Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 790

TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY

www.tsu.edu

Undergraduate Catalog 2012-2014


LEONARD H.O. SPEARMAN SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY BUILDING

Office of the Registrar


Bell Building; Second Floor
3100 Cleburne Street, Houston, Texas 77004
Phone: (713) 313-7071 Fax: (713) 313-7471 Undergraduate Catalog 2012-2014
Email: EnrollmentManagement@tsu.edu • http://em.tsu.edu/catalog Revised July 2012
TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
3100 Cleburne Street
Houston, Texas 77004
www.tsu.edu

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 1


PROVISIONS OF THIS CATALOG

The provisions of this catalog do not constitute a contract, expressed or implied, between any applicant, student, or faculty
member and Texas Southern University. Texas Southern University reserves the right to withdraw courses at any time and
to change fees, calendars, curricula, graduation procedures, or other requirements affecting students. Changes will become
effective whenever the proper authorities at the University so determine and will apply to both prospective students and
those currently enrolled. Provisions set forth in publications of individual schools and colleges shall supersede those
herein.

Although every effort is made to assure that information is accurate, Texas Southern University does not assume respon-
sibility for any misrepresentation that might arise through error in the preparation of this or any other of its catalogs or
through failure to give notice of changes in its requirements, policies, tuition and fees, course offerings and other matters
affecting students or applicants. To be assured of accuracy of information, students must regularly consult current publica-
tions and academic advisors.

GUIDE TO COURSE OFFERINGS


PREFIX ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE PREFIX ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE
ACCT Accounting (02) HSHA Health Administration (27)
AD Art and Design (17) HSHI Health Information Management (27)
AFS African Studies (16) HSRT Respiratory Therapy (27)
AJ Administration of Justice (23) INS Insurance (02)
ART Art (14) ITEC Industrial Technology (33)
AWS Airway Science (36) JOUR Journalism (05)
BADM Business Administration (03) MATH Mathematics (34)
BIOL Biology (29) MFG Automated Manufacturing Technology (33)
CFDV Child and Family Development (17) MGMT Management (03)
CHEM Chemistry (30) MGSC Management Science (03)
CIVT Civil Engineering Technology (32) MKTG Marketing (03)
CLSC Clinical Laboratory Science (27) MSCI Military Science (23)
CM Communication (04) MTMS Maritime Transportation Mgmt & Security (36)
CMET Computer Engineering Technology (32) MUSA Applied Music (14)
COE Cooperative Education (32,33,36) MUSI Music (14)
CONS Construction Technology (33) PA Public Affairs (22)
CS Computer Science (31) PADM Pharmacy Administration (26)
CT Clothing and Textiles (17) PAS Pharmaceutical Applied Sciences (25)
DRFT Drafting and Design Technology (33) PE Human Performance (11)
ECON Economics (16) PHAR Pharmacy (25, 26)
EDCI Curriculum and Instruction (10) PHCH Pharmaceutical Chemistry (25)
ELET Electronics Engineering Technology (32) PHIL Philosophy (18)
ENG English (13) PHYS Physics (35)
ENGT Engineering Technology (32) POLS Political Science (22)
ENTR Entrepreneurship (02) (04) PSY Psychology (18)
ERM Entertainment & the Recording Industry Management RDG Reading Education (10)
FCS Family and Consumer Sciences (17) READ Developmental Reading
FIN Finance (02) RTF Radio, Television, Film (04)
FN Foods and Nutrition (17) SC Speech Communication/Communication Arts and Sciences (04)
FR French (15) SOC Sociology (20)
GEOG Geography (16) SOCW Social Work (19)
GEOL Geology (16) SPAN Spanish (15)
HED Health (11) SPED Special Education (10)
HIST History (16) SPMT Sports Management
HSCR Health Sciences Core (27) TC Telecommunications (04)
HSCS Human Services And Consumer Sciences (17) THC Theatre (14)
HSEH Environmental Health (27)
*Designations in parentheses refer to section numbers in this document where courses offered under the prefixes specified
are referenced.
2 | Texa s So uthe r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Undergraduate Degrees Offered..................................................................................................................................5


2012-2014 Academic Calendar................................................................................................................................................. 7-14
About this Bulletin........................................................................................................................................................................15
About the University.....................................................................................................................................................................16
Mission....................................................................................................................................................................................16
Vision......................................................................................................................................................................................16
Organization for Instruction....................................................................................................................................................16
Campuses................................................................................................................................................................................16
Regents and Administration..........................................................................................................................................................17
Policies and Accreditation..............................................................................................................................................................18
Notice of Nondiscriminatory Policies.......................................................................................................................................18
Notice of No Weapons Policy................................................................................................................................................. 18
University Commitment and Student Responsibilities............................................................................................................ 18
Accredited Programs............................................................................................................................................................... 18
College of Continuing Education (COCE).................................................................................................................................. 19
Thomas F. Freeman Honors College............................................................................................................................................21
The Robert James Terry Library................................................................................................................................................... 26
The Office of Information Technology (OIT).............................................................................................................................. 27
The Office of Veteran Affairs Resource Center (VRC) and the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) Programs....................28
Admission Requirements, Enrollment Information, and Academic Regulations......................................................................30-51
Undergraduate Admissions Requirements by Categories......................................................................................................... 30
Enrollment Information.......................................................................................................................................................... 32
Transfer Credit........................................................................................................................................................................ 34
Academic Fresh Start................................................................................................................................................................35
Early Admission of High School Students................................................................................................................................35
Orientation Program for New Students...................................................................................................................................36
Student Academic Enhancement Services (SAES)....................................................................................................................36
Texas Success Initiative (TSI)...................................................................................................................................................36
Academic Regulations..............................................................................................................................................................38
General Education Core Curriculum.......................................................................................................................................45
Graduation Requirements........................................................................................................................................................47
Dual Degree and Double Major Policy....................................................................................................................................49
Generation of Student Transcripts............................................................................................................................................50
Right to Privacy.......................................................................................................................................................................50
Fees and Expenses................................................................................................................................................................... 50-55
Regulations Governing Refunds...............................................................................................................................................54
Tuition Rebate Program for Undergraduates............................................................................................................................55
Types of Financial Aid and Assistance...................................................................................................................................... 55-59
Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements.....................................................................................................................................57
Residential Life and Housing Procedures.......................................................................................................................................60
Student Services and Campus Life........................................................................................................................................... 62-65
Counseling Services.................................................................................................................................................................62
Student Health Services...........................................................................................................................................................62
Cooperative Education and Placement Services Center............................................................................................................63
University Testing Services.......................................................................................................................................................63
Student Support Services Program (The Learning Enhancement Center).................................................................................63
University Program Council.....................................................................................................................................................64
Student Government Association.............................................................................................................................................65
Campus Organizations............................................................................................................................................................65
Statement of Ethical Principles................................................................................................................................................ 65-75

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 3


Title IX Grievance Procedures..................................................................................................................................................65
Anti-Retaliation.......................................................................................................................................................................73
Sexual Harassment...................................................................................................................................................................73
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)/Section 504 Policy......................................................................................................75
Substance Abuse Prevention, Education and Intervention Program (SAPEI)............................................................................80

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

Jesse H. Jones School of Business.......................................................................................................................................... 82-117


Department of Accounting and Finance..................................................................................................................................87
Department of Business Administration..................................................................................................................................98
School of Communication.................................................................................................................................................. 118-145
Speech Communications.......................................................................................................................................................130
Entertainment and the Recording Industry............................................................................................................................134
Journalism.............................................................................................................................................................................136
Telecommunications..............................................................................................................................................................142
College of Education........................................................................................................................................................... 146-207
College of Education Clinical Practice...................................................................................................................................150
Educator Preparation Program...............................................................................................................................................150
Department of Curriculum and Instruction...........................................................................................................................152
Department of Health and Kinesiology..................................................................................................................................180
College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences................................................................................................................... 208-323
Department of English..........................................................................................................................................................212
Department of Foreign Languages.........................................................................................................................................222
Department of History and Geography.................................................................................................................................229
Department of Human Services and Consumer Sciences.......................................................................................................242
Department of Music.............................................................................................................................................................263
Department of Psychology.....................................................................................................................................................284
Department of Social Work...................................................................................................................................................290
Department of Sociology.......................................................................................................................................................296
Department of Visual and Performing Arts............................................................................................................................302
Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs.................................................................................................... 324-345
Department of Political Science.............................................................................................................................................330
Department of Administration of Justice...............................................................................................................................339
College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences........................................................................................................................... 346-405
Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences.................................................................................................................................356
Department of Pharmacy Practice..........................................................................................................................................361
Department of Health Sciences..............................................................................................................................................379
College of Science and Technology...................................................................................................................................... 406-513
Department of Aviation Science and Technology...................................................................................................................411
Department of Biology..........................................................................................................................................................419
Department of Chemistry......................................................................................................................................................434
Department of Computer Science.........................................................................................................................................441
Department of Engineering Technologies..............................................................................................................................455
Department of Environmental Science and Technology.........................................................................................................472
Department of Industrial Technologies..................................................................................................................................473
Department of Mathematics..................................................................................................................................................489
Department of Physics...........................................................................................................................................................497
Department of Transportation Studies...................................................................................................................................505
Developmental Education Program..................................................................................................................................... 514-515

4 | Texa s So uthe r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


SUMMARY OF UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED
COLLEGE OR DEPARTMENT UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED
SCHOOL
Jesse H. Jones School of Accounting and Finance Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in Accounting
Business Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in Finance
Business Administration Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in Management
Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in Management
Information Systems
Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) in Marketing
School of Communication Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Entertainment and the Recording Industry
Communication Management
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Speech Communication
Journalism Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Journalism
Radio, TV and Film Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Telecommunications
College of Education Curriculum and Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Interdisciplinary Studies
Instruction
Education None
Administration and
Foundations
Counseling None
Health and Kinesiology Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Health Studies
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Performance
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Performance/Athletic Training
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Sports Management
College of Liberal Arts English Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in English
and Behavioral Sciences Foreign Languages Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Spanish
History and Geography Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in General Studies
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in History
Human Services and Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Dietetics
Consumer Sciences Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Services and Consumer Sciences –
Child and Family Development
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Services and Consumer Sciences –
Family and Consumer Science
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Services and Consumer Sciences –
Foods and Nutrition
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Services and Consumer Sciences –
Human Development and Family Studies
Music Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Music
Psychology Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Psychology
Social Work Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Social Work
Sociology Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Sociology
Visual and Performing Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Art
Arts Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Theatre

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 5


COLLEGE OR DEPARTMENT UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED
SCHOOL
Barbara Jordan - Mickey Political Science Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Political Science
Leland School of Public Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Public Affairs
Affairs
Administration of Justice Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Administration of Justice
College of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences Entry Level Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.)
Health Sciences Pharmacy Practice
Health Sciences Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Environmental Health
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Health Administration
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Health Information Management
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Clinical Laboratory Science
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Respiratory Therapy
College of Science and Aviation Science and Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Aviation Science Management
Technology Technology
Biology Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Biology
Chemistry Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Chemistry
Computer Science Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Computer Science
Engineering Technology Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Civil Engineering Technology
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Computer Engineering Technology
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Electronics Engineering Technology
Environmental Science None
and Technology
Industrial Technology Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Industrial Technology - Construction
Technology
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Industrial Technology - Design
Technology
Mathematics Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Mathematics
Physics None
Transportation Studies Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Maritime Transportation Management
and Security

NOTE: Many of the degrees offered have multiple tracks leading toward their completion. Consult contents of this
bulletin related to the various departments and the respective degrees offered for detailed information on these tracks.
Texas Southern University does not offer an undergraduate degree in nursing; however, students interested in pursuing
this degree elsewhere may earn lower level credits needed for this degree at the University. The Department of Biology
administers a pre-nursing program, and students choosing to pursue this course of study should consult that department’s
section of this bulletin for more information.

6 | Texa s So uthe r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


2012-2014 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

First Summer Term 2012 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 21 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 1 Deadline Housing applications for Fall 2012
May 15 Tuesday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 28 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 29-31 Tuesday-Thursday Registration period for new students
June 1 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 4 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 7 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 15 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Tuesday Juneteenth Holiday
June 22 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 20-22 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
June 25 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 4 Wednesday Independence Day holiday
July 6 Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2012 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 21 - July 6 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 15 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
July 18-20 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 2-6 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 6 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 9 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 12 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 25 Wednesday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 27 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
Purge of all unpaid course selections
August 8 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes
Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 7
Fall 2012 Semester

April 21 - August 24 Fall registration period for continuing students


June 20-22 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 18-20 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 13 Friday Last day to apply for fall admission
August 17 Friday Urban Academic Village move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 18 Saturday Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 19 Sunday University Courtyard, Savoy, Lanier West and Other University-Sponsored Hous-
ing Locations move-in date by appointment only
August 20-21 Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer students
August 22-24 One Stop Registration
August 27-28 Late Registration at Department of Academic Major
August 24 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
August 27 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
August 27-31 Monday-Friday Change of program period
September 3 Monday Labor Day holiday
September 10 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
September 14 Friday Last day to file for December graduation
September 18 Tuesday Opening Convocation-FOUNDERS’ DAY
September 19 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
September 24 Monday Second installment payment due
October 13-19 MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
October 28 - November 3 Homecoming (Tentative dates)
October 29 Monday Third installment payment due
November 9 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
November 22-24 Thursday-Saturday Thanksgiving holidays
November 26 Classes resume
December 7 Friday Last day of classes
December 8-14 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
December 14 Official closing of semester
December 15 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.
Residence Halls close

8 | Texa s So uthe r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Spring 2013 Semester

November 19, 2012 - Spring registration period for continuing students


January 13, 2013
December 7, 2012 Friday Last day to apply for spring admission
January 6 Sunday Urban Academic Village, Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East, University Courtyard,
Savoy, Lanier West and other University-Sponsored Housing move-in date by scheduled
appointment only
January 7-11 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
January 11 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
January 14 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
January 14-18 Monday-Friday Change of program period
January 21 Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day holiday
January 28 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
February 6 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
February 8 Friday Last day to file for May graduation
February 18 PRESIDENTS’ DAY
February 19 Tuesday Second Installment payment due
March 2-8 Saturday-Friday MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
March 9-15 Saturday-Friday Spring vacation
March 16 Saturday Classes Resume
March 29-30 Friday-Saturday Easter Holidays
April 1 Monday Third installment payment due
Classes resume
April 4 Thursday Honors Day
April 12 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
May 3 Friday Last day of classes
May 4-10 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Official closing of semester
May 11 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 9


First Summer Term 2013 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 10 Friday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 27 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 28-30 Tuesday-Thursday Registration period for new students
May 31 Monday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 3 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 6 Friday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 7 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Wednesday Juneteenth holiday
June 20-22 Thursday-Saturday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
June 21 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 24 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 4 Thursday Independence Day holiday
July 5 Monday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2013 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - July 5 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 21 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
July 1-5 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 5 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 8 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 11 Monday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 17-19 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 25 Thursday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 26 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
August 7 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes

10 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Fall 2013 Semester

April 15 - August 23 Fall registration period for continuing students


June 20-22 Thursday-Saturday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 17-19 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 13 Friday Last day to apply for fall admission
August 16 Friday Urban Academic Village move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 17 Saturday Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 18 Sunday University Courtyard, Savoy, Lanier West and other University-Sponsored Hous-
ing Locations move-in date.
August 19-23 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
August 23 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
August 26 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
August 26-30 Monday-Friday Change of program period
September 2 Monday Labor Day holiday
September 9 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
September 13 Friday Last day to file for December graduation
September 17 Tuesday Opening Convocation-FOUNDERS’ DAY
September 18 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
September 23 Monday Second installment payment due
October 12-18 MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
October 20-26 Homecoming (Tentative)
October 28 Monday Third installment payment due
November 8 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
November 28-30 Thursday-Saturday Thanksgiving holidays
December 2 Classes resume
December 6 Friday Last day of classes
December 7-13 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
December 13 Official closing of semester
December 14 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.
Residence Halls close

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 11


Spring 2014 Semester

November 18, 2013 - Spring registration period for continuing students


January 10
December 6, 2012 Friday Last day to apply for spring admission
January 5 Sunday Urban Academic Village, Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East, University Courtyard,
Savoy, Lanier West and other University-Sponsored Housing Locations move-in date per
scheduled appointment only
January 6-10 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
January 10 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
January 13 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
January 13-17 Monday-Friday Change of program period
January 20 Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day holiday
January 27 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
February 5 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
February 7 Friday Last day to file for May graduation
February 17 Monday Second installment payment due
PRESIDENTS’ DAY
March 1-7 Saturday-Friday MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
March 8-14 Saturday-Friday Spring vacation (tentative dates)
March 31 Monday Third installment payment due
April 3 Thursday Honors Day
April 11 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
May 2 Friday Last day of classes
May 3-9 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Official closing of semester
May 10 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.

12 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


First Summer Term 2014(Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 9 Friday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 26 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 27-30 Tuesday-Friday Registration period for new students
May 30 Monday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 2 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 5 Friday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 6 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Thursday Juneteenth holiday
June 20 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 23 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 3 Monday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2014 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - July 5 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 21 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
June 30 - July 5 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 3 Thursday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 7 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 10 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 24 Thursday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 25 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
August 6 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 13


Some specific dates on the above academic calendars may be adjusted without prior notice.

The Graduate School and the Thurgood Marshall School of Law have separate bulletins that contain academic calendars
for these units. The calendar presented in this section was designed to include the most students possible in activities and to limit
the time missed from classes. Also, for the purpose of planning, the definition of an academic year, as provided by the U.S.
Department of Education, has been used. This definition follows:

• An academic year is a period that begins on the first day of classes and ends on the last day of classes or examinations and
that is a minimum of 30 weeks of instructional time during which for an undergraduate educational program a full-time
student is expected to complete at least:
− 24 semester or trimester hours or 36 quarter hours in an educational program whose length is measured in credit hours.
− 900 clock hours in an educational program whose length is measured in clock hours.
• For purposes of the definition of an academic year, a week is a consecutive 7-day period.
• For an educational program using a semester, trimester, or quarter system or clock hours, the Secretary considers a week of
instructional time to be any week in which at least one day of regularly scheduled instruction, examinations, or preparation
for examination occurs.
• For an educational program using credit hours (but not using a semester, trimester, or quarter system), the Secretary considers
a week of instruction to be 5 days.
• Instruction time does not include periods of orientation, counseling, vacation, or other activity not related to class prepara-
tion or examinations.

14 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


ABOUT THIS BULLETIN

The statements set forth in this bulletin are for informational purposes only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract
between a student and Texas Southern University. Provisions set forth in publications of individual schools and colleges shall
supersede those herein.

Although the provisions of this bulletin will ordinarily be applied as stated, Texas Southern University reserves the right to change
any provision listed in this bulletin, including but not limited to academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice
to individual students. However, every effort will be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information concern-
ing changes in policies, procedures, and requirements will be available in the Office of the University Registrar and the offices of
the various academic advisors, the academic departments, and the major schools and colleges. It is especially important that
each student note that it is his or her responsibility to be aware of current graduation requirements for a particular degree
program.

This undergraduate bulletin contains information on academic and non-academic policies, procedures, and requirements with
which each student must become familiar. Students should consult the Table of Contents for guidance. Provisions in this bulletin
will not be valid after August 2018.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 15


ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY

MISSION

Texas Southern University is a comprehensive metropolitan university. Building on its legacy as a Historically Black University,
the University provides academic and research programs that address critical urban issues and prepare an ethnically diverse student
population to become a force for positive change in a global society.

In order to achieve this mission, Texas Southern University provides


• quality instruction in a culture of innovative teaching and learning;
• basic and applied research and scholarship that is responsive to community issues;
• opportunities for public service that benefit the community and the world.

VISION

Texas Southern University will become one of the nation’s preeminent comprehensive, metropolitan universities. We will be recog-
nized by the excellence of our programs, the quality of our instruction, our innovative research, and our desire to be a contributing
partner to our community, state, nation, and world.

ORGANIZATION FOR INSTRUCTION

The University is organized for academic instruction as eleven colleges and schools. The names of these instructional units appear
below:
The Jesse H. Jones School of Business
The College of Education
The Thurgood Marshall School of Law
The School of Communication
The College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
The Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
The College of Science and Technology
The Graduate School
The College of Continuing Education
The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College

CAMPUSES

Texas Southern University is located in Houston, TX, the fourth largest city in the US and one of the fastest-growing and forward-
moving cities in the world. Nestled upon a sprawling 150-acre campus, Texas Southern University is located in the heart of the
city in Houston’s historic Third Ward, giving its students and faculty easy access to the Museum District, neighboring educational
institutions, the Texas Medical Center, City Hall, downtown Houston, and all of the city’s major freeways.

The Northwest Campus of Texas Southern University opened in Fall 2010. Texas Southern University partners with Lone Star
College System to offer higher level degree programs in Northwest Houston. Currently, Texas Southern University offers nine
degree programs and two concentrations at the Northwest Campus.

16 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


REGENTS AND ADMINISTRATION

BOARD OF REGENTS
Glenn Lewis, Chairman Fort Worth
Dionicio Flores, Vice Chairman El Paso
Curtistene McCowan, Second Vice Chairman Desoto
Richard Salwen, Secretary Austin
Gary Bledsoe Austin
Samuel L. Bryant Austin
Richard Holland Plano
Richard Knight Jr. Dallas
Marilyn A. Rose Houston
Stephen R. Champion, Student Regent Houston

OFFICERS OF BOARD RELATIONS


Karen Griffin Executive Director

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
John M. Rudley President
Sunny E. Ohia Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs and Vice President for Research
James M. Douglas Vice President for Governmental and Community Affairs
William T. Saunders Vice President for Student Services & Dean of Students
Wendy H. Adair Vice President of University Advancement
Jim C. McShan Vice President for Administration and Finance
Charles F. McClelland Director of Athletics
Janis J. Newman Chief of Staff
Bryon E. Price Chair of Faculty Assembly/Senate
Andrew C. Hughey General Counsel

OFFICERS OF ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION


Ronald Johnson Dean, Jesse H. Jones School of Business
James W. Ward Dean, School of Communication
Lillian Poats Dean, College of Education
Dannye Holley Dean, Thurgood Marshall School of Law
Danille K. Taylor Dean, College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Sciences
Robert Bullard Dean, Barbara Jordan–Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs
Shirlette Milton Interim Dean, College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Lei Yu Dean, College of Science and Technology
Kingston Nyamapfene Dean, College of Continuing Education and Assistant Provost for Online/Distance Learning
Programs
Gregory Maddox Dean, Graduate School
Humphrey Regis Dean of the Thomas F. Freeman Honors College

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 17


POLICIES AND ACCREDITATION

NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATORY POLICIES

Texas Southern University is in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and does not discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, color, or national origin. It is also in compliance with the provisions of Title IX of the Educational
Amendments of 1972 which prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex. Further, the University is in compliance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 and with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended.

It is the policy of the University that sexual harassment as defined in the EEOC Guidelines will not he tolerated
among members of the Texas Southern University community. Any complaint of sexual harassment should he reported
immediately to the appropriate person designated by the Provost/Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs and Research.

NOTICE OF NO WEAPONS POLICY

Under Texas Penal Code, Section 46.03, citizens may obtain licenses to carry concealed handguns. However, firearms,
fireworks, and explosives of any kind are NOT PERMITTED on the Texas Southern University campus or other state-
owned property, except in the possession of state law enforcement officers. Violators will be dismissed from the University
and are subject to legal sanctions.

UNIVERSITY COMMITMENT AND STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES

University Commitment
On June 17, 1973, the Texas Legislature designated Texas Southern University a “special purpose institution of higher education
for urban programming.” Subsequent to this mandate, the designation and the University motto of “Excellence in Achievement”
were welded in order to formulate the institutional mission. Accordingly, the University is committed to the management of a
comprehensive educational curriculum that will render the motto creditable.

Student Responsibilities
Texas Southern University provides a student-centered learning environment in which students are afforded opportunities to
practice selfdiscipline, to assume responsibilities as maturing adults, and to enjoy certain freedoms. When students elect to enroll
at the University, they also accept and agree to abide by the rules, regulations, and policies by which the University is governed.
Inasmuch as enrollment is voluntary, acceptance is voluntary. On this basis, students cannot, without great personal liability to
their continued association with the University, obstruct, hamper, disrupt, or otherwise interfere with the institution’s attainment
of its lawful mission. The institution, therefore, has both the right and the obligation to promulgate rules and regulations designed
to promote attainment of its purpose.

ACCREDITED PROGRAMS

Texas Southern University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
to award baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral degrees. Contact the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions concerning the accreditation of Texas Southern University.

The College of Education is accredited by the Texas Education Agency, the Texas Workforce Commission, and the Texas Association
of Colleges. It also holds membership in the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and is a member of the
Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. The Thurgood Marshall School of Law is approved by the State Board of Law
Examiners, is accredited by the American Bar Association, and holds membership in the American Association of Law Libraries.

The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is accredited by the American Council of Pharmaceutical Education and is a
member of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy.

In the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences, the Social Work Program is accredited by the Council of Social Work
Education, and the Dietetics Program is accredited by the American Dietetic Association.

Four of the programs in the College of Science and Technology hold special certification and/or accreditation: the chemistry
program is certified by the American Chemical Society; the electronics engineering technology program is accredited by the
Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (TAC of ABET); and the
industrial technology and airway science programs are accredited by the National Association of Industrial Technology (NAIT).
18 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION (COCE)

OVERVIEW

The Texas Southern University Weekend College and Division of Continuing Education was renamed the College of Continuing
Education by the Board of Regents on June 3, 1994; this alteration marks one of the most significant changes in the unit since it
was created in 1973 as the Weekend College.

In 1973, the Texas Legislature recognized Texas Southern University as a “special purpose institution of urban programming.”
Considering the history of Texas Southern University and the former Weekend College, the charge for the College of Continuing
Education is to continue the legacy of responding pro-actively to challenges from the state, city, and the University community.

The role of the College of Continuing Education is to provide programs and services that affirm the community service element
of the University’s mission. Operationally, the College of Continuing Education is Texas Southern University›s administrative
unit for delivering non-credit courses. More specifically, this academic unit is designed to meet identifiable community needs in
lifelong learning and professional development by providing educational opportunities for all citizens.

MISSION STATEMENT

To act as an agent through which our community may acquire continued knowledge and skills that enhance their ability to enter
and remain fully engaged in the job market and enjoy lifelong learning.

ADMISSION INFORMATION

Applicant demographics include:

1. TSU students seeking (the online function resides in a different part of the university, and COCE simply taps into that)
alternative pathways to degree completion, especially where online options exist
2. Working students seeking professional and/or personal enrichment
3. Working students seeking non-traditional, evening and weekend-course offerings
4. Military personnel and veterans seeking to utilize their educational benefits

An applicant’s eligibility to enroll in the Weekend College credit courses is governed by the same criteria for admissions into the
University and the following criteria:

1. You have a high school diploma or GED


2. You are not on active scholastic or disciplinary dismissal from any institution of higher education
3. You possess the prerequisites listed for the course for which you intend to register (see Course Prerequisites as specified by
departments)
4. You have satisfied the THEA requirements (if applicable)
5. You are in good financial standing and have no active holds with the University

DEGREE OFFERINGS

The course offerings for the Weekend College now lead to degrees in the following areas:  (1) Bachelor of Arts Degree in Radio/
Television/ Film, (2) Bachelor of Arts Degree in Mass Communications, (3) Bachelor of Business Administration in Management,
(4) Bachelor of Science in Administration of Justice, and (5) Bachelor of Arts in General Studies.

OTHER TYPES OF OFFERINGS

Continuing Education Units

Texas Southern University’s College of Continuing Education is committed to establishing and fostering relationships with
organizations who share our commitment to the community by offering or partnering in conferences and/or workshops in which
we will offer CEU credits, the following parameters must be addressed:

• Submission of a letter of request along with a complete copy of the conference/workshop information.
• Submission of a copy of the biographical information of the presenter(s), including licenses and degrees held.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 19


In the event the College of Continuing Education agrees to issue CEUs for a conference/workshop we must receive the following:

• A copy of the conference/workshop sign-in sheet for the day(s) of the event.
• The total contact hours to be offered.
• A list of names for the certificates along with the contact hours and CEU units to be issued per CEU participant.

The COCE will offer a wide variety of workshops and educational seminars for Continuing Education Unit (CEU) credits.

Certificate Programs and Preparation for Professional Qualifications

Pharmacy Technician Program

This comprehensive 50 hour course will prepare students to enter the pharmacy field and to take the Pharmacy Technician
Certification Board’s PTCB exam. Course content includes medical terminology specific to the pharmacy, reading and interpreting
prescriptions and defining drugs by generic and brand names. Students will learn dosage calculations, I.V. flow rates, drug
compounding, dose conversions, dispensing of prescriptions, inventory control, billing and reimbursement.

Dental Assistant Program

The dental assistant program covers key areas and topics exposing students to both classroom and hands-on instruction. The
classroom instruction reviews the necessary anatomy, terminology, legal and ethical issues as well as the policy and guidelines
necessary to understanding the scope of practice and the practical aspects of dental assisting.  Topics include: instrument
identification, equipment maintenance, tooth structure and oral cavity anatomy, dental anesthesia, sterilization, and
charting. Program includes: review of tooth charting, restorations, bridge implants, bitewing, panograph, and periapical x-ray
and the mixing of dental cements. Additionally, this 100 contact hour course includes a CPR certification course and covers the
relevant material necessary to prepare students to take the State of Texas “TSBDE” Dental Assisting exam offered throughout the
State of Texas.

Customer Service Certification Program

Customer service has become the major differentiating factor in the competitiveness of businesses. Texas Southern University is
already playing an important role in showing the Houston business community the benefits of good customer service training
through programs offered to executives, management level personnel and frontline employees. We provide the opportunity to
obtain a customer service certification issued by Texas Southern University’s COCE. Certification will require attending a two-day
course along with satisfactory completion of a summative assessment. All successful participants will be issued an official Texas
Southern University certificate.

Certified Project Manager Program

Considering that 75% of all projects fail due to poor project management, PMPs are considered mission critical organizational
assets by the companies who employ them.  Recently the federal government mandated any projects receiving government funding
need to have certified project managers and most businesses in every industry with any level of success require their project
managers to be certified. Certified project managers understand how to set up and execute projects so they are completed on
time, use less resources to do so, better manage the risks encountered, and achieve a far better outcome.  A person who holds the
globally recognized credential of the Project Management Professional (PMP) or the Certified Associate of Project Management
(CAPM) as awarded by the Project Management Institute through the COCE is highly sought after. Even during the toughest
economic downturns, corporations continue to hire project managers,

Conversational Spanish Courses

There is a real need among residents of this state in which over 25% of the population speaks Spanish as their first language, for
those in the services sector to have a working knowledge of Spanish. People with even a minimal level of understanding enhance
their chances of getting hired into key positions. Through the COCE this course will offer students the following:

• The ability to save time and money with an increased understanding of a client’s or customers’ native language.
• A chance to create more opportunities for professional development.
• A better cultural understanding of Spanish speaking individuals.
• An even better understanding of English as many English words have Latin roots.

20 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Enrichment Programs

For more than two decades now, the COCE has run an ever popular and highly sought after Your Enrichment Program (YEP).
The College is now expanding its offerings in that area, by broadening the mix of programs for youth and also making available
new enrichment programs intended for the adult population. Listed below are examples of the major ones.

Youth Enrichment Program

In existence since 1997, the YEP is a six-week comprehensive academic/recreational program for elementary and secondary
school students. The program offers core academic courses (Reading, Math, and Science) as well as recreational classes designed
to promote self-esteem and self-improvement. YEP provides students with specific class offerings to help reinforce academic and
social skills for the next school year. All academic classes are taught by certified teachers from the greater Houston area and selected
college professors from TSU.

In a continuous effort to meet community needs, the COCE may offer new certificate, enrichment and recreational programs that
may not be listed above. Please contact our office at 713-313-7224, to receive updated information.

THOMAS F. FREEMAN HONORS COLLEGE

In our global community in which the future of each society is linked to the future of the other, the Thomas F. Freeman Honors
College at Texas Southern University has an essential commitment: preparing the next generation of citizens and leaders of the world.

At the foundation of the Honors College is the recognition of the power of education in the cultivation of this new generation.
The College has developed a program that combines a strong foundation in the liberal arts and sciences; optimum achievement in
an academic, artistic and/or professional specialty; and the enrichment of the foundations and achievement with preparation for a
career, further study, and global citizenship and leadership.

The product of this education is a graduate who is accomplished in his or her specialty; is connected and dedicated to his or her
principal community; is well integrated into the national and global communities; secures the best from and contributes the best
to each of these communities; and supports and leads the integration of them.

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College upholds the motto of Texas Southern University: Excellence in Achievement.
The College also seeks to make its own stamp on the character of its students by requiring them to hold five major Core Values –
Honesty, Integrity, Creativity, Excellence and Community.

In addition, the College seeks to cultivate students into observers of the principles that guided relationships in one of the greatest
civilizations of ancient times and should guide relationships today. These Seven Principles for the Age of Globalization and
Globalism include Truth, Justice, Propriety, Harmony, Balance, Order and Reciprocity.

The Core Values give focus and direction to the achievement of Excellence by students within themselves. The Seven Principles
give focus and direction to their achievement of Excellence in all of their relationships.

EXPECTATIONS OF SCHOLARS

Students in the Thomas F. Freeman Honors College must meet a number of expectations to maintain their status as scholars in the
College and continue to receive assistance from it. These expectations are in academic performance, College participation, and
personal conduct.

Each semester, students must pass at least 15 semester credit hours with a C or better (with a grade of B or better in Honors
College program courses), achieve a semester grade point average of at least 3.25, and maintain an overall grade point average of at
least 3.25. They also must attend the co-curricular and other activities the College organizes or endorses. In addition, they must
uphold the Core Values in individual behavior, and observe the Seven Principles in their relationships with people in all arenas –
the College, University, local, national and global communities.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 21


COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College has developed a cutting-edge academic program that combines strong institutional
foundations; an Honors College core that includes three themes and computer skills; accomplishment in an academic, artistic and/
or professional specialty; and integration of the foundations, core, and specialty in an end-of-program activity that forms a bridge
to a career, further study, and global citizenship and leadership.

The institutional foundations come from the general education curriculum of the University. They emphasize the fundamentals
in such areas as language, mathematics, science, the arts and humanities, and the social sciences.

The Honors College core includes three themes, as well as computer skills, all specifically designed to prepare students for their
roles as educated global citizens and leaders.

The Interdisciplinarity theme includes multidimensionality (the understanding of the many aspects of subjects) and
interdisciplinarity (the integration of insights from many specialties in the understanding of subjects). The Local/National/Global
theme has a focus on the locating of subjects (people, phenomena or ideas) within integrated local, national and global contexts.
The Ethics/Aesthetics/Philosophy theme includes ethical, aesthetic and philosophical ideals that may guide study and life around
the world (including the Seven Principles for the Age of Globalization and Globalism).

The academic core also includes special computer skills: the utilization of computers in research; the preparation of multimedia
reports, presentations and portfolios; and the dissemination (using traditional means as well as the Internet) of these reports,
presentations and portfolios.

In their specialties at the junior and senior levels, students apply the ideas and skills of the Honors College core, thus exceeding the
command of their specialties that their non-honors peers may achieve.

The end-of-program activity includes an internship or a research/creative/professional project. The results students produce –
their reports, creative works, or professional productions – help them in their pursuits of career opportunities, as well as in their
applications for admission into graduate or professional programs.

The outputs from the project or internship also allow students to demonstrate their abilities as young professionals who
are accomplished in their specialties, committed to their local communities, well integrated into their national and global
communities, and observing of the Seven Principles for the Age of Globalization and Globalism.

The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College continues to develop the course and progression requirements of scholars in its program.
These details are on the Web site of the College, at http://www.tsu.edu/honorscollege.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Since it is one of the premier units in Texas Southern University, the Thomas F. Freeman Honors College has special requirements
for admission, retention and graduation. The requirements for admission reflect the emphasis on Excellence in Achievement in the
College in particular and the University in general.

High school seniors who seek admission into the College, at a minimum, should have:
• a Grade Point Average of 3.5 or higher (on a 4.0 scale); and, ideally,
• an ACT composite score of 23 or above but preferably 24 or above, with at least 19 in each of the Verbal and Mathematics
sections on the same test date; or
• an SAT combined score of 1070 or above but preferably 1200 or above in Mathematics and Critical Reading, with at least
500 in each subject on the same test date.

The College may offer conditional admission to high school applicants who meet the GPA requirements but not the SAT or ACT
requirements, but these students must meet requirements for the regular admission of continuing TSU freshmen at the end of
their first year at the University.

22 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Students continuing in or transferring to Texas Southern University, at a minimum, should have:
(a) achieved a GPA of at least 3.5 overall, and in each of the two semesters before they enter the College;
(b) passed at least 15 college credit hours with a C or better in each course in each of the two semesters before they enter the
College.

Transfer students who meet these requirements may receive invitations to seek admission into the Honors College after they
receive admission to the University. They also may submit applications directly to the College, then receive offers of admission
into the College after they receive admission into the University.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE

Students should be careful to submit the application information and materials appropriate to them.
High school seniors should submit the following:
(a) the completed application form, available at http://www.tsu.edu/honorscollege;
(b) copies of their high school transcripts (official copies go to the Office of Admissions with their applications for admission into
Texas Southern University);
(c) copies of their ACT or SAT score reports;
(d) three recommendations (in sealed envelopes) – from teachers in English, Mathematics and one of the sciences;
(e) an essay (about 300 words) on why they wish to study at, and receive financial assistance from, the College.

Continuing and transfer students should submit the following:


(a) the completed application form, available at http://www.tsu.edu/honorscollege;
(b) their unofficial transcripts (obtained from the web sites of their universities);
(c) an essay (about 300 words) on why they wish to study at, and receive financial assistance from, the College.

Applicants should send materials to the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Thomas F. Freeman Honors College, Robert J. Terry
Library, Lower Level, Texas Southern University, 3100 Cleburne Street, Houston, TX 77004.

The application deadlines are: for high school seniors, March 31; for continuing and transfer students, May 31.

HONORS COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS

The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College uses the limited funds at its disposal to award scholarships to its students. For these
competitive awards, students should submit their application forms and supporting documents early, and before their respective
application deadlines. They also should make sure that their personal statements and letters of recommendation make strong
cases for their receipt of the awards. In addition, students who seek scholarships from the Honors College should expect to receive
consideration for these scholarships only after they have submitted their completed Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) forms.

The principal categories of scholarships for high school students, and their requirements and financial awards, are:

REGULAR ADMISSION CONDITIONAL


ADMISSION
ACT = AT LEAST 27* or ACT = 23 – 26* or ACT less than 23* or
SAT = AT LEAST 1400** SAT = 1070 – 1399** SAT less than 1070**
GPA = 3.75 – 4.00 CATEGORY 1: $6,000 CATEGORY 2: $5,000 CATEGORY 7: $1,000
GPA = 3.60 – 3.749 CATEGORY 3: $5,000 CATEGORY 4: $4,000 CATEGORY 7: $1,000
GPA = 3.50 – 3.599 CATEGORY 5: $4,000 CATEGORY 6: $3,000 CATEGORY 7: $1,000
VALEDICTORIAN Additional $1,200 Additional $1,200 No additional award
SALUTATORIAN Additional $1,000 Additional $1,000 No additional award
* Composite Score ** Mathematics and Critical Reading Scores

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 23


For the high school valedictorian, the highest award from the College will be $7,200, and the lowest will be $4,200. For the high
school salutatorian the highest will be $7,000, and the lowest will be $4,000. For the student with regular admission, the highest
award will be $6,000 and the lowest will be $3,000. Students with conditional admission receive a $1,000 award, which the
College may be able to increase if they secure regular admission after two semesters and if the College has the funds to pay for this
increase.

In addition to awards from the Honors College, students may secure help from a number of other sources.
A. For residents of Texas, state sources include:
1. the Texas Grant, which, in general, pays for tuition and fees; and
2. the Top Ten Percent Scholarship, for applicants in the top 10 percent of their graduating classes.
B. For residents of all states, sources include the federal Pell Grant and private philanthropic organizations. The Honors College
also may recommend that non-resident students receive out-of-state tuition waivers (about $9,300 for students taking the
minimum of 15 credit hours the College requires students to take each semester).

Honors College students also may apply for awards from their academic units, and from specialized programs such as Athletics.
Details are at http://em.tsu.edu/financialaid/scholarships/departmentalscholarships.php.

The total value of the scholarship and financial aid packages students receive depends on the number of sources from which
they seek awards and the information they provide to these sources. Students who seek scholarships from the College must fill
out and submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) form, because the sizes of their total packages depend on
information they provide in the FAFSA. It also is extremely important that they use all available sources of financial assistance.
For information on these sources, visit the web site of the Office of Student Financial Aid at http://em.tsu.edu/financialaid/index.
php?submenu=aid.

Residential vs. Commuter Students

The College awards two groups of scholarships on the basis of whether students live on or off campus:
(a) residential scholarships go to students who choose to live on campus;
(b) commuter scholarships go to students who choose to live off campus.

Admission and Assistance Application Procedure

Students receive financial assistance from the College after they receive admission into the university and the College. They ideally
would file their applications for the assistance from the College at the time they file their applications for admission into the College.

Students attending high school or another college or university, who meet admission requirements of the College, follow these
steps:
a. apply for admission into the university;
b. receive an offer of admission from the university;
c. receive an invitation to apply for admission into the Honors College (not absolutely necessary);
d. submit the special application for admission into and assistance from the College;
e. receive responses to their applications for admission (and for assistance) from the Honors College.

Students attending Texas Southern University gain admission into the College through these steps:
a. receive an invitation to apply for admission into the Honors College (not absolutely necessary);
b. submit the special application for admission into and assistance from the College;
c. receive responses to their application for admission (and for assistance) from the Honors College.

Admission and Scholarship Deadlines and Priorities

The Honors College gives the greatest priority to admitting and supporting first-semester freshmen who enter the college
immediately after their senior year in high school – especially those who apply for Honors College admission and an Honors
College scholarship before March 31. The College considers admitting other students and providing scholarships to them only
after it has offered admission and given awards to high school seniors. The table below shows the deadlines and priorities for
different categories of students:

24 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


APPLICANT CATEGORY DEADLINE FOR DEADLINE FOR PRIORITY
APPLICATION NOTIFICATION
High School Students * Mar. 31 May 31 1 (HIGHEST)
Freshmen (planning to continue at TSU) * May 31 June 30 2 (SECOND)
Freshmen (planning to transfer to TSU) * May 31 June 30 2 (SECOND)
Sophomores (planning to continue at TSU) * May 31 June 30 3 (THIRD)
Sophomores (planning to transfer to TSU) * May 31 June 30 3 (THIRD)
Returning Students (no academic difficulty) June 30 July 31 4 (FOURTH)
Returning Students (with academic difficulty) June 30 July 31 5 (LOWEST)
* will enter the College in next fall semester

Conditions of Acceptance of Awards

A student receives a scholarship through the Thomas F. Freeman Honors College with certain conditions. One is that the student
should first enroll in Texas Southern University in the fall semester of the academic year the scholarship covers. Another arises
from financial aid policies: Federal and state financial aid programs require that students not receive financial aid in excess of their
financial need, as determined by the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), which all applicants should fill out and
submit. The University considers the Honors College scholarship to be part of a total financial aid package. Thus, the Office of
Student Financial Assistance will determine whether the award from the Honors College necessitates a revision of the financial aid
package. This revision may result in the adjustment of the Honors College award.

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS IN THE HONORS COLLEGE

Freeman, Thomas F. Kossie-Chernyshev, Karen L.


Dean, Emeritus Interim Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs
(Professor, Dept. of Psychology) (Professor, Dept. of History, Geography and Economics)
B.A., Virginia Union University B.A., M.A., Rice University
B.D., Andover-Newton Theological School M.A., Michigan State University
Ph.D., University of Chicago Ph.D., Rice University
Jemison Pollard, Dianne F. Regis, Humphrey A.
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs Dean
(Professor, Dept. of Visual and Performing Arts) (Professor, Department of Journalism)
B.A., Fisk University Certificate, Saint Lucia Teachers College
M.A., University of Wisconsin B.A., University of the District of Columbia
M.F.A., The Catholic University of America M.A., University of Maryland at College Park
Ed.D., Texas Southern University Ph.D., Howard University (Mass Communication)
Ratliff, Candy H.
Assistant Dean for Student Services
(Assistant Professor, Dept. of Counselor Education)
Certificate, Cyril Potter College of Education
B.A., Texas Southern University
M.A., Texas Southern University
Ed.D., Texas Southern University

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 25


THE ROBERT JAMES TERRY LIBRARY

The Robert James Terry Library supports the academic and research mission and vision of the University through the development
of relevant resources and educational services designed to enhance and facilitate learning and research, enriching information
literacy skills - life long learning - in the information age. The library provides dedicated librarians and staff who provide reference
and research assistance, consultation, and instruction.

The principal research resources consist of over 261,505 volumes of print materials and media, over 1,774 print journals and more
than 504,149 microforms. The library provides web-based access to a large number of electronic research resources, including
over 260 electronic databases, over 79,557 full text e-journals, and five collections totaling approximately 100,735 e-books, most
of which are also accessible from off campus. These resources are housed in a building with approximately 135,000 square feet of
seating space accommodating approximately 687 users. To augment study, a number of closed study rooms and individual study
carrels are provided on most floors. With the exception of Special Collections, the library maintains open stacks. Materials are
classified using the Library of Congress Classification System as presented on the Library of Congress website.

The five-story Terry Library provides seven major public access service areas: Reference, Circulation/Reserve, and Special Collections
on the first floor; the Serials Department on the second floor; the Learning Resources Center on the third floor; the Business and
Economics Library on the fifth floor; and the Pharmacy Reading Room on the first floor of the Gray Hall pharmacy building.

The Library has four Circulating Collections. All materials classified according to the Library of Congress Classifications A-K are
located on the third floor; Classifications L-Z are located on the fourth floor; Classifications HB-HJ are located in the Business
and Economics Library on the fifth floor; and the paperback collection is located on the first floor in the Heartmen Collection.

Access to library resources is available on the Web. The Library Catalog is linked to the Texas Southern University website.
Online public access terminals are located on the first floor in the Catalog Alcove, on the second floor in the Serials Department,
and on the fifth floor in the Business and Economics Library.

The Library provides a variety of services such as bibliographic instruction, Ask A Librarian, information services, borrowing,
faculty reserves, My Account, and interlibrary loan and document delivery. Distance Learning Services (SeE Terry Library
Webpage: http://archive.tsu.edu/pages/4398/) and reciprocal borrowing from TexShare libraries are available for currently enrolled
students, and faculty and staff are eligible to borrow materials directly from most Texas state colleges and universities. Additional
information regarding this service may be obtained from the Terry Library Circulation/Reserve Desk (713-313-714). Other
services offered include photocopying; free scanning; study areas; study carrels; laptop computing; lockers; and services for persons
with disabilities. For more information (SeE Terry Library web page: http://www.tsu.edu/academics/Robert_J_Terry_Library/)

Finally, one of the unique features of the Library is its Department of Special Collections, housing the “treasures” of the University.
These unique holdings provide a varied repository of collections with international significance. The collections include The
Barbara Jordan Archives, The Traditional African Art Gallery, The Heartman Collection on African American Life and
Culture, and The University Archives.

26 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


THE OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (OIT)

The Office of Information Technology (OIT) managed by Texas Southern University provides a robust, cost-effective, user-
friendly and secure information and instructional technology environment for the University community in support of the
institution’s vision, mission and core values. The office also has organized information technology support throughout the
University to provide the leadership, guidance and technical skills required to establish and support the information technology
architecture and accompanying services.

Its mission has been accomplished by taking a leadership role in university-wide strategic planning for information systems,
creating user involvement, and recommending innovative uses of technology to meet the needs of the University. The OIT office
works to expand and enhance the quality and quantity of information technology services. These services include administrative
computing, Web content management services, database administration, network services, and the management of the University’s
customer service support. Additionally, it plays a vital role in facilitating the University’s utilization of technology to improve
services to the public at the lowest cost. OIT responsibilities related to these services fall within the following domains:

• Information Technology Staff. The Office of Information Technology includes SunGard Higher Education on-site
staff, SunGard Higher Education corporate support, and University administrative staff.
• Information Technology Resources. OIT maintains information on supported hardware, software site licenses,
cost-savings opportunities, customer service support, Web content management services, user group activities, project
management, and training. The Office also works with consultants to identify and provide appropriate IT information
to meet campus needs.
• Infrastructure Services. Infrastructure services are an array of utility, back office or foundation services including data,
voice and video distribution networks, and administrative applications, which benefit institution-wide coordination.
• Consulting and Expert Liaison. OIT provides advice and consulting service on the implementation and use of
computing, Web, and communication technologies. Departmental collaborations establish a pipeline for technical
leadership and expertise in emerging technologies.

User Services

Telecommunications and Network Services, sub-units of Network Communications, have the primary responsibility of
maintaining the administrative Sun/Solaris clusters and campus network (which includes LAN, WAN, and VPN), resolving
operating system issues, maintaining PBX services, installing phones lines, setting up user accounts, resolving network
performance problems, providing analysis and recommendations on new or emerging technologies, and providing planning
assistance to campus management and the governance committee on information resource issues.

Specific user services are also provided directly to the user. This unit is divided into three areas: Customer Service Support,
Academic Computing, and Desktop Support. The services provided include user customer service support, desktop support,
training, documentation preparation, and evaluation and recommendation of desktop computing solutions.

Customer Service Support serves as the central contact point for users regarding academic and administrative information systems,
networking, data communications, and desktop computing. Academic Computing is responsible for planning, implementation,
and support of the computing needs for the academic units of the university. Specifically, it provides assistance in selection and
implementation of appropriate personal computer hardware and software needed for faculty, students, and academic offices.

The Academic Computing area also provides on-going training for faculty and staff. This training is provided every academic
semester and involves the use of existing equipment to perform tasks using software packages found in the TSU computing
environment. Similar training is also provided to students and involves skill development in these same areas. Academic
Computing also assists faculty members in the instructional environment. Specifically, it provides training to students within the
classroom environment on the use of discipline-specific technology. This mainly includes both hardware and software use.

Web Services

The Office of Information Technology manages the University corporate Web presence through its Web Services Division, which
includes hosting, security, software licenses, maintenance, technical support, content management training, project management,
Web development, and contract oversight.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 27


THE OFFICE OF VETERAN AFFAIRS RESOURCE CENTER (VRC)
AND THE RESERVE OFFICERS’ TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) PROGRAMS

The Office of Veteran Affairs Resource Center functions as part of the Division of Student Services and supports the educational
process of servicemen/women and veterans of the Armed Forces of the United States, their spouses and/or dependents whm
are eligible for educational benefits at the University. Basic educational eligibility requirements include the DD214 (Copy 4),
military transcript (SMART or AARTS), and Certificate of Eligibility (COE) from the Department of Veterans Affairs. The
Center’s primary mission is providing counseling and assistance to facilitate acquiring educational benefits from the Veterans’
Administration (VA) and Texas Veterans Commission (TVC) programs and advisement for the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
(ROTC) Programs of the U.S. Army, U.S. Air Force, U.S. Navy, and U.S. Marine Corps.

The Veteras Affiars Resource Center (VRC) (ICW SB 1538) provides numerous programs to assist with the transitional processes
involved with our returning veterans and their families. TSU also has a certified post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), military
sexual trauma (MST) and traumatic brain injury (TBI) facilitator in the Center along with assistance from the University
Counseling Center and pending partnership with the PTSD Clinics at Riverside and the VA Medical Hospitals. Opportunities
exist for employment with the VA Federal Work-study program and career resources through the TSU Career Services
Department. Community Service projects also exist yearly along with a forthcoming campus Student Veterans of America (SVA)
chapter. To inquire about any benefits, programs, or resource assistance, please contact us at (713)-313-7862/7327 or viale-mail
at veteransaffairs.tsu.edu or johnsont@tsu.edu. You may also find information at www.tsu.edu/veteransaffairs, TSU Office of
Veterans Affairs Facebook page and TSUOVA Twitter account or through the Department of Veterans Affairs website at www.
va.gov.

ARMY ROTC PROGRAM

The U.S. Army ROTC program exists as a series of college elective courses and field training activities which, when successfully
completed, leads to a commission as a second lieutenant in the active U.S. Army, the U.S. Army National Guard, or the U.S.
Army Reserve. Military science courses are taken in conjunction with academic course loads. Participants must be full-time
students to enroll in Army ROTC, and their securing of Army commissions is entirely separate from the pursuit of academic
degrees. Participants may pursue those academic degrees which are offered by the various schools and colleges of the University;
however, no degrees are offered in military science.

Most ROTC cadets first enroll in the two-year Basic Course (with no military obligation incurred), followed by enrollment in the
two-year Advanced Course. Veterans may receive credit for the Basic Course and may earn commissions by enrolling in ROTC for
two academic years in conjunction with the completion of one six-week summer camp. Four-year and three-year Green to Gold
scholarship winners are also required to participate in the Basic Course military science courses. A baccalaureate degree must be
conferred in order for a participant to return to active duty as a commissioned officer or to participate as a second lieutenant in the
Reserve Forces.

There are monetary benefits to be derived from participation in the ROTC program. For each month of enrollment in the
Advanced Course, participants will receive an allowance of $150.00 up to $1,500.00 per year for each of its two years. Participants
are also paid for attending the six-week summer camp, usually between the junior and senior years of enrollment. Participants will
also retain and receive all educational benefits earned while on active duty, even if they receive ROTC scholarships.

In the ROTC program, participants are not members of the Active Army, so they earn no Active Army benefits. As a Green-to-
Gold scholarship cadet, participants may not be in a Reserve Component; however, a two-year Green-to-Gold non-scholarship
cadet may be in a Reserve Component. For the latter case, participants will be entitled to reserve pay and certain benefits.

To obtain detailed information on all scholarships available to students participating in the U.S. Army ROTC program, including
the Green to Gold scholarships, call (713)-743-3875 or go on-line at www.uh.edu/rotc.

AIR FORCE ROTC PROGRAM

The Air Force Reserve Officer Training (ROTC) program prepares men and women of character, commitment, and courage
to assume leadership positions as commissioned officers in the active duty United States Air Force. Upon completion of the
curriculum, students will have a thorough understanding of the core values, leadership, teamwork, and other requirements to
be an effective officer in the world’s greatest Air Force. Although registration for these classes is done through Texas Southern

28 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


University, the actual courses and physical training sessions take place at the University of Houston. Flight orientation occurs at
airports in the Houston metropolitan area. For more information on the Air Force Science program, contact the Air Force Science
Department at the University of Houston by calling 713-743-4932 or going on-line at www.uh.edu/afrotc.

Course Credit

ROTC classes may be taken for elective credit toward any degree offered at Texas Southern University. Freshman and sophomore
level classes are open to all students. No military obligation is incurred as a result of enrollment in these courses. Junior and senior
level courses are more restrictive and do require a military obligation. ROTC scholarship students also incur a military obligation.

Four-Year Program

The General Military Course (GMC) is the first half of the four year ROTC program and is taken during the freshman and
sophomore years. This program allows the student to experience Air Force ROTC without obligation (unless the student is on
an Air Force ROTC scholarship). Each semester of the GMC consists of one classroom hour of instruction as well as Leadership
Laboratory once each week. During the first two years, the student will learn about the Air Force and the historical development
of aerospace power. During the summer preceding the junior year, the student will compete for the opportunity to attend a
four-week Field Training Unit. Successful completion of field training is mandatory for entrance into the Professional Officer
Course (POC), the junior and senior years of the four year program. As a junior, the student will study the core values, leadership,
teamwork, and management tools required to become an effective Air Force officer. During the senior year students study the
national security policy process, regional and cultural studies, and complete final requirements for commissioning as second
lieutenants.

AFROTC Scholarship Opportunities

Air Force ROTC offers various scholarship opportunities for students at Texas Southern University. The Express Scholarship
Program is operated on a fully qualified basis; those who meet the qualifications are awarded the scholarship. Students who are
fully qualified are eligible for a non-competitive scholarship up to 3.5 years. The express scholarship pays up to $15,000 tuition
per year and $900 per year for books. Minimum qualifications to be eligible for this scholarship include attaining a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2., and successfully passing the physical fitness test and the Air Force Officer Qualifying Test. The processing
of the scholarship award is completed at the local detachment.

Stipend

All AFROTC scholarship recipients and POC cadets receive a nontaxable monthly stipend. The annual stipend amount ranges
from $2,000 per year to $4,000 per year depending on the recipient’s enrollment year.

Flight Orientation Program

All cadets can volunteer to participate in a joint Air Force ROTC/Civil Air Patrol flight orientation program. This program
consists of eight flights, four in the front seat of a small passenger aircraft and four additional flights in the back seat as an observer.
In addition, an abbreviated flying ground school course is taught in the ROTC classrooms using FAA textbooks. The flight
orientation and ground school course are both free for all cadets.

Physical Fitness Training

Cadets meet two times per week at 0600 at the University of Houston Alumni Center to perform physical fitness training. The
training is mandatory and emphasizes push-ups, sit-ups, and running in order to pass the USAF physical fitness test. Although
registration for these classes is done through Texas Southern, the actual courses and physical training sessions take place at the
University of Houston. Flight orientation occurs at airports in the Houston metropolitan area. For more information on the Air
Force Science program, contact the Air Force Science Department at the University of Houston by calling 713-743-4932 or going
on-line at www.uh.edu/afrotc.

U.S NAVY/MARINE CORPS ROTC

Students interested in opportunities with the US Navy or Marine Corps ROTC should contact 713 348-4825/3928.

Of special note, students who participate in the ROTC Programs at Texas Southern University are also cross-enrolled at the
University of Houston (A/AF) or Rice University (N/MC).

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 29


Texas Hazelwood Act

Information and the application for the Hazelwood Act can be found at

http://collegeforalltexans.com/index.cfm?objectid=6D14A588-F337-DE9F-C34472E57102FA06

Current and prospective students are encouraged to begin the application processes and submission for any veterans’ benefits at
least 45 days prior to enrolling to prevent payment delays.

Veterans Tuition Rebate

Beginning in Fall 2012, Veterans have the opportunity to receive a $1000 tuition rebate upon completion of their undergraduate
degree. Please see or contact the TSU Office of Veteran Affairs for more information

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS, ENROLLMENT INFORMATION,


AND ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Undergraduate Admissions Requirements by Categories

Texas Southern University is an accredited higher education institution that provides equal educational opportunity.
Entering freshman applicants must have earned an overall “C” average (2.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale) in high school. All entering
freshman applicants must submit either ACT or SAT scores. All entrants must meet the Texas Success Initiative requirements
outlined belo, with a minimum combined SAT critical reading/math test scores of 820 or an ACT composite test score of 17.

Candidates for undergraduate admission must identify the appropriate category below and follow the indicated steps:

• (I) Citizens of the United States with diplomas from accredited high schools, GED equivalents, or equivalent
examinations from foreign countries that attest to the fact that they have attained the high school standard and
who have never before enrolled for college credits must

A. Submit an application to Texas Southern University, Office of Undergraduate Admissions (at 3100 Cleburne
Street; Houston, Texas 77004-998, or electronically at www.applytexas.org).
B. Submit the required non-refundable application fee.
C. Submit an official transcript from an accredited high school that (1) includes the date of graduation, (2) the
student’s class ranking, and (3) for Texas high school graduates, indication of successful completion of either
the Texas Assessment of Academic Skills (TAAS) examination or the Texas Assessment of Knowledge and Skills
(TAKS) examination and completion of the Recommended or Advanced High School Program if the student’s
graduation date is on or after May 2011, or
D. Submit an official GED Test Report that includes a minimum score of 40 on each part of the GED test, or
E. If A home-schooled student, submit directly from the parent school distric, an official assessment to the Office
of Undergraduate Admissions for use in grade placement and/or awarding of credit. The school district must
assess course mastery inasmuch as such students do not earn diplomas from the State of Texas. All Texas
residents must also submit the Texas Private High School Certification completed by the high school counselor
or school official.
F. Submit either ACT or SAT scores.

• (II) Citizens of the United States who have attended another college or university prior to seeking admission to
Texas Southern University must

A. NOTE: If a permanent resident of the United States, submit certified copies of both front and back sides of his
or her federal Permanent Resident Card along with the application for admission.
B. Submit the required, non-refundable application fee. Submit an official transcript from each college or
university previously attended. Transcripts should be sent from the issuing institution(s); however, they may be
hand-carried and delivered in an envelope bearing the unbroken seal of the issuing institution(s).
To be considered and/or evaluated, transcripts MUST contain the following:

30 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


1. The seal and signature of the registrar of the issuing institution
2. The transcript(s)’ date of issuance

A transcript evaluation is completed only when all transcripts and the application fee have been received.
Evaluations are done on a first-come-first served basis. During periods of registration, evaluations generally
require five (5) to seven (7) working days for processing. NOTE: No more than sixty-six (66) credit hours
from junior and/or community colleges may be transferred to Texas Southern University. Courses with an
earned grade below C are not transferable with the exception of the following:

1. Subject to the approval of the individual department, up to 6 hours of credit for grades of C- or D may
be transferred. However, these credits may not be applied to the major or minor sequence, each of which
requires a grade of C or better.
2. Courses with grades of C- or D are accepted in the event that the student is core complete and core
completion is indicated on the student’s transcript.

All academic courses except developmental courses, whether passed, failed, or repeated, including those
in which the student earned a grade below C, are used to compute the applicant’s grade point average for
admission purposes.

C. Submit placement test scores or evidence of test exemption eligibility.

• (III) Permanent residents of the United States who have diplomas from accredited high schools, GED equivalents,
or equivalent examinations from foreign countries that attest to the fact that they have attained the high school
standard and who have never previously enrolled for college credits must

A. Follow the same steps given above for citizens of the United States with diplomas from accredited high schools
or GED equivalents.
B. In addition, submit certified copies of both the front and back sides of their Permanent Resident Cards
along with the application for admission.
C. Submit all specifically needed documents to the Office of International Student Affairs, Texas Southern
University 3100 Cleburne Street; Houston, Texas 77004-9987.

• (IV) Permanent residents of the United States who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges and universities
must

A. Follow the same steps given above for citizens of the United States.
B. In addition, submit certified copies of both the front and back sides of their federal Permanent Resident
Cards along with the application for admission.

• (V) International students who have never previously enrolled for college credits or who wish to transfer from
other accredited colleges or universities must

A. Complete application online and submit all required documentation along with the required, non-refundable
application fee.
B. Send proof of graduation from high school (transfer students must submit only college transcripts) either in
conjunction with the application or separately to the Office of International Student Affairs.
C. Provide a certificate of finance either in conjunction with the application or sent separately to the Office of
International Student Affairs.
D. Provide official proof of completion of the TOEFL examination, if applicable, to the Office of International
Student Affairs. Applicants must have an earned score of 500 or better on the paper TOEFL or 173 or better on
the computerized TOEFL to qualify for admission.
E. Request that, if applicable, the of-record college or university of current attendance transfer its SEVIS
information to Texas Southern University.
F. Request that official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended be sent directly to the Office of
International Student Affairs.

NOTE: The authenticity of transcripts is critical to the admissions process. It is the responsibility of all
international students to have international transcripts translated by an approved accredited agency.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 31


G. NOTE: Upon admission to the University, providing the results of a recent health examination,sa requiremend
for all students. Questions about the health examination may be directed to the Office of International Student
Affairs at (713)-313-4229. A meningitis vaccine is required before registration.

• (VI) Transient students who wish to attend the University must

A. Submit an application to Texas Southern University, Office of Undergraduate Admissions (at 3100 Cleburne
Street; Houston, Texas 77004-998, or electronically at www.em.tsu.edu).
B. Request that an official transcript or letter of good standing from the college or university in attendance be sent
to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the address above.

• (VII) Students who have not attended the University for more than one year and now wish to return must

A. Submit an application to Texas Southern University, Office of Undergraduate Admissions (at 3100 Cleburne
Street; Houston, Texas 77004-998, or electronically at www.em.tsu.edu)t
B. Identify the category above that best fits your circumstances and complete the remaining listed steps.

In admitting first-time freshmen, the University abides by the uniform admission policy as defined in accordance with
Texas Education Code Chapter 51, Subchapter S. Students’ high school average, class ranking, and test scores shall all
factor into consideration for admission.

Students who are admitted by the University, but fail to enroll for a given semester, may request that their application be
deferred and updated for a future semester. The application and associated fee will be honored for one (1) year from the
original semester in which the application was made.

Under certain mitigating circumstances, individuals may be eligible to apply for admission during the registration period. If
admission is granted under these circumstances, then the applicant must be prepared to pay his or her tuition and fees out-of-
pocket.

ENROLLMENT INFORMATION

Advising

Academic advising is an integral and necessary part of the higher education process. Faculty advisors in the academic departments
have the responsibility of advising those students who have met all admission requirements and have declared majors based on
(1) the most current information available to them about departmental, college, and university requirements, and (2) students’
interests, needs, and abilities. All students who have not declared majors are advised in Student Success Services in Fairchild
Hall. Undecided students are those who are registered in Academic Foundation courses and have not decided on their majors. In
general, students are not encouraged to declare majors until their individual ASSET or equivalent responsibility has been met.
Students who receive financial assistance are STRONGLY CAUTIONED that they must each have a declared major by the
time that they have successfully completed 45 semester credit hours in order to remain eligible for this assistance.

Specific responsibilities of advisors include

• Helping students to define and develop realistic goals.


• Matching students to available resources.
• Assisting students to plan programs of study consistent with their abilities.
• Helping students monitor their progress toward graduation.

Although academic advisors will assist students in every way possible, students are expected to accept full responsibility for
their academic programs of study, including the satisfactory completion of all requirements.

Registration Policies and Procedures

All students must register at the beginning of each semester or term. Each student is assigned a faculty advisor, who assists in
planning a program of study. Complete registration instructions are contained in the schedule of classes each semester or term.
Students are registered for and entitled to attend classes only when they have completed the prescribed procedures, including the

32 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


payment of fees, which is a part of registration. A student is not registered with the University, and therefore not entitled to
University privileges, until fees are paid. All unpaid course selections will be purged from the database of student records
after the twentieth class day during a regular semester and after the fourth class day during a summer term.

Students planning to return to the campus after an absence of one year or after earning credits at another institution are
required to notify the Admissions Office and have transcripts mailed from the schools attended.

Registration and Payment of Fees

Official registration days for each semester and each term of the summer session are indicated in the University Calendar at the
beginning of this bulletin. Students are required to provide their transcripts for use by counselors in preparing their schedules each
semester.

Registration is not complete, and students with unpaid fees are not entitled to University privileges. Students are required
to have sufficient funds to cover all required tuition, fees, and deposits.

Auditing

With the consent of both the chair of the administering department and the course instructor, a student may audit a course.
Auditors shall be registered, shall receive no credit for audited courses, and shall pay the same fees as a student enrolled for credit.

Credit by Examination

A student may receive credit by examination for courses listed in this bulletin by showing proficiency gained in advanced high
school courses, independent research, non-credit adult courses or professional development programs. Credit by examination
shall not be given for a previously attempted or surpassed course, or for hours beyond published limits. The Pass (P) grade given
is not calculated into the GPA. Students of any age currently or previously enrolled in Texas Southern University can demonstrate
college-level achievement and receive credit for what they may have learned through advanced-high school courses, independent
research, non-credit adult courses or professional development. To the extent that a student is successful in passing the prescribed
examinations, he or she may use the maximum allowable credits received to shorten the length of time required to attain a degree.
The student must submit the Credit by Examination form, such as the CLEP, to the academic department, the academic dean
of the school or college involved, and the Provost for approval. Once approved for credit by examination, the student must pay
applicable testing, administration, and per credit hour fees, earn a passing score on the national and/or departmental examination,
and the approved application will be submitted to the Registrar’s Office by the Office of the Provost.

Concurrent Enrollment

A student concurrently enrolled at Texas Southern University and another college or university may receive total credit for no
more than the maximum allowable Texas Southern University load for any given semester or term. In each semester of concurrent
enrollment, the student must verify with his or her advisor that the other institution’s courses qualify for transfer, notify the
Office of Financial Aid at both Texas Southern University and the other institution, and submit the signed agreement form to the
Registrar’s Office.

Official Enrollment in Class

A student may not attend a class after the first week of classes unless he or she is properly registered for that course and section.
Failure to follow proper registration procedures may jeopardize that student’s good standing at the University and result in loss of
funds and credit. Instructors’ class rolls are prepared from the official enrollment records of the Registrar. A student whose name
does not appear on the class rolls should contact the Registrar’s Office to verify his or her proper registration.

Discontinued Classes

The University reserves the right, when necessary, to discontinue classes or to otherwise alter the schedule. If a class is
discontinued, students will be notified at the first scheduled class meeting, whenever possible, so that they may register for
alternate courses. Students who are enrolled in a discontinued class must officially drop the course; students who wish to enroll in
another section or another course must immediately and officially carry out the drop and add process.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 33


TRANSFER CREDIT

Transfer of credit from another institution to Texas Southern University involves consideration of the institution’s
accreditation, the comparability of course work, and the applicability of that course work to a degree program at the
University. The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is responsible for reviewing each course taken at another college or university
and making an initial determination of transferability. Colleges and universities from which credits are to be transferred must have
been granted membership or candidacy status in a regional accrediting association of the Association of Colleges and Schools,
which does NOT include accrediting commissions for vocational or occupational training.

No more than sixty-six (66) credit hours from junior and community colleges may be transferred to Texas Southern
University. Courses with an earned grade below C are not transferable. Transfer credit hours will not be granted for
college/university courses omittednfrom the evaluation request, they may also be bound by policies set by the University’s
individual schools and colleges. If a student has successfully completed the 42-semester credit hour core mandated by the
State of Texas, the student will have fulfilled the core curriculum requirements for Texas Southern University. A student
who has not completed the core curriculum elsewhere will be required to complete the University core. A student must
meet special program requirements in addition to general core curriculum requirements.

All academic courses except developmental courses, whether passed, failed, or repeated, including those in which the student
earned a grade below C, are used to compute the applicant’s grade point average for admission purposes.

In order for the Office of Undergraduate Admissions to make a decision about the transferability of a course, the transfer student
may need to provide materials such as school catalogs/bulletins, course descriptions, course outlines, class assignments, or
textbooks to assure proper evaluation. The final determination of the applicability of credit transferred toward a degree sought at
Texas Southern University is made by the chair of the student’s major department and the dean of the school or college in which it
is listed in conjunction with the Director of Undergraduate Admissions.

Courses accepted for transfer credit must be from a college or university accredited by one of the regional agencies for higher
education and must be similar in character and content to courses offered at Texas Southern University.

Junior and community college courses may only transfer as lower-division (freshman or sophomore) credit. Undergraduate courses
from senior colleges transfer at the same level, lower- or upper-division, as they were taken. Graduate-level coursework is not
transferable as undergraduate credit.

In the transfer of core curriculum credits and field of study curricula credits from other public institutions of higher
education in Texas to Texas Southern University, the University is subject to Texas Education Code Chapter 4, Subchapter B,
Rule 4.27. These sections specifically address the resolution of transfer disputes for lower division courses between two public
institutions of higher education in Texas and are quoted directly as follows:

a. The following procedures shall be followed by public institutions of higher education in the resolution of credit transfer
disputes involving lower division courses:

1. If an institution of higher education does not accept course credit earned by a student at another institution of
higher education, the receiving institution shall give written notice to the student and to the sending institution
that transfer of the course credit is denied, and shall include in that notice the reasons for denying the credit.
Attached to the written notice shall be the procedures for resolution of transfer disputes for lower-division
courses as outlined in this section, accompanied by clear instructions outlining the procedure for appealing the
decision to the Commissioner.
2. A student who receives notice as specified in paragraph (1) of this subsection may dispute the denial of credit by
contacting a designated official at either the sending or the receiving institution.
3. The two institutions and the student shall attempt to resolve the transfer of the course credit in accordance with
Board rules and guidelines.
4. If the transfer dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of the student or the sending institution within 45
days after the date the student received written notice of denial, the institution that denies the course credit for
transfer shall notify the Commissioner of Higher Education of its denial and the reasons for the denial.

b. The Commissioner or Commissioner’s designee shall make the final determination about a dispute concerning the transfer of
course credit and give written notice of the determination to the involved student and institutions.
c. Each institution of higher education shall publish in its course catalogs the procedures specified in subsections (a), (b), (d),

34 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


and (e) of this section.
d. The Board shall collect data on the types of transfer disputes that are reported and the disposition of each case that is
considered by the Commissioner or the Commissioner’s designee.

If a receiving institution has cause to believe that a course being presented by a student for transfer from another school is not of
an acceptable level of quality, it should first contact the sending institution and attempt to resolve the problem. In the event that
the two institutions are unable to come to a satisfactory resolution, the receiving institution may notify the Commissioner, who
may investigate the course. If its quality is found to be unacceptable, the Board may discontinue funding for the course.

ACADEMIC FRESH START

Residents of the state of Texas are entitled to enroll at a state institution of higher education, including Texas Southern
University, as new undergraduate students if the last college credits that they earned were earned ten (10) or more years
ago. This provision is covered by the Texas Education Code Section 51.931. In electing to enroll under this provision, students
may not receive any credit for courses undertaken ten (10) or more years ago prior to enrollment at Texas Southern University.

If a student earns a baccalaureate degree under this section and applies for admission to a graduate or professional program of study
that is offered by a public institution of higher education in Texas, only the grade point average (GPA) that the student earned under
this section is to be considered, along with any other criteria used for evaluating applicants for admission to these programs of study.

Students who qualify for an academic fresh start may petition the University for such through the use of the steps outlined
below:

1. An applicant must submit a written request to the dean of the academic area in which he or she intends to major and/or
the area in which he or she was last enrolled. The request must include the following information:

a. Full name
b. Texas Southern University student identification number or social security number
c. Mailing address
d. Current telephone number
e. Last date of enrollment at Texas Southern University, including the year and semester

2. The academic dean of record will determine whether or not the applicant is eligible for an academic fresh start in
consultation with the University Registrar and communicate his or her final decision in writing to the Registrar within a
reasonable period of time.
3. The University Registrar will notify the applicant, in writing, of his or her status within a reasonable period of time upon
receipt of the decision of the academic dean.

EARLY ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS

Texas Southern University’s early admission policy is designed to give high school students who demonstrate outstanding academic
performance the opportunity to enroll in regular college courses for credit toward graduation while they are still enrolled in high
school. The student retains high school status and has the option of enrolling either during the summer session following the
junior year in high school or in the fall of the senior year. The student must take high school courses concurrently while enrolled
as a part-time student at TSU.

Eligibility. All Early Admission applicants must satisfy the following requirements:

1. Successful completion of the 11th grade.


2. Evidence of a level of academic achievement that promises successful completion of college work. Applicants must have
passed all portions of the Exit-Level Texas Assessment of Knowledge and Skills (TAKS) examination.
3. Recommendation from a high school guidance counselor or principal.
4. Either (1) a minimum GPA of 3.10 on a 4.0 scale, along with a minimum SAT combined score of 1000 or ACT
composite score of 20; OR (2) a minimum GPA of 3.50 on a 4.0 scale, along with a minimum SAT combined score of
900 or ACT composite score of 18.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 35


Applications. All documents pertaining to early admission must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admission and
must include the following:

1. Completed application form


2. Non-refundable application fee
3. Official high school transcript showing successful completion of the TAKS examination eExemptions do not qualify).
4. Official SAT-I, PSAT or ACT scores report (Test scores posted on a high school transcript are considered official)
5. Letter of recommendation from a high school guidance counselor or principal

Enrollment. A student who is admitted under the Early Admission Program

1. May enroll in up to six (6) semester credit hours per eligible semester for up to two (2) years while being concurrently
enrolled in high school
2. Must follow University rules and regulations
3. Will be classified as a special student
4. Will be advised by Student Success Services in Fairchild Hall

Financial Aid. Inasmuch as early admission students are considered to be in college and high school at the same time, federal
regulations prohibit eligibility for any form of federal financial aid (grants or loans).

Change of Status. A high school student admitted under the early admission policy who remains in good standing through high
school graduation will automatically have his or her status upgraded to “unconditional undergraduate admission.” However, the
student must provide an official copy of the final high school transcript with evidence of date of graduation.

ORIENTATION PROGRAM FOR NEW STUDENTS

All undergraduate students entering the University for the first time are required to take part in a series of orientation activities,
which are conducted prior to the opening of their semester of residence. Orientation programs are planned for each of the two
semesters on specific dates prior to registration.

Entering students should contact Student Academic Enhancement Services, Texas Southern University, 3100 Cleburne,
Houston, Texas 7700, (713)-313-7782.

STUDENT ACADEMIC ENHANCEMENT SERVICES (SAES)

Student Academic Enhancement Services (SAES) provides planned coordination of curriculum faculty, staff, and instructional resources
to ensure the successful transition of first year students from high school to Texas Southern University. Additionally, it provides resources
to ensure the success and persistence of first year students. All newly admitted students to the University are co-assigned to SAES,
togetheg with a major department for advisement, registration, and matriculation purposes up to the time that the required
placement examination is passed and a major is formally declared. Freshman Seminar (FS 102) is required for all freshman and
new students enrolling in Texas Southern University. This is a required course for every undergraduate degree offered through the
University. These courses are focused on preparing students for success at the University and beyond.

Student Academic Enhancement Services is located in the Fairchild Building, and students may request available services
in Room 114 of that facility. Further information may also be obtained directly by telephoning (713)-313-7782.

TEXAS SUCCESS INITIATIVE (TSI)

The Texas Success Initiative was developed by the 78th State Legislature on September 1, 2003 to guarantee student
success at institutions of higher education. The program involves two major components: (1) measuring students’ academic
skills in reading, writing and mathematics and (2) advising the student into the appropriate developmental course for any
academic skill that needs improvement. In accordance with the Initiative, all applicants must have successfully completed

36 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


the following numbes of high school credits:

• 4 in English
• 3 in mathematics
• 2 in natural science
• 2 in social science
• 6 selected from a group consisting of foreign languages, computer science (or keyboarding), speech, journalism,
and fine arts

SAES is committed to providing exceptional academic services for all TSU students to assist them in achieving all of their
academic and professional goals. An example of this commitment is demonstrated in the following student academic services and
programs

Academic Advisement and Counseling Center The professional staff persons in this area have a significant impact on the first
two years of entering students. They assist the students in planning class schedules by helping them select appropriate classes
in keeping with their major ares of study. The advisors meet with their advisees at least twice per semester to monitor students’
academic progress as well as other issues of concern. The advisor makes referrals to all available services for students as needed.
These counselors/advisors are quite essential to the success of students in matter of class attendance, course completion, and
student retention.

SAES Academic Advising Support for Colleges/Schools SAES assigns its academic advisors to the undergraduate colleges/
schools to assist them in the further development and strengthening of their Student Academic Support Services areas. The
primary focus of the SAES assigned advisors is the retention of freshman and sophomore students. The assigned advisors assist as
follows:

1. Tracking students who are not attending classes


2. Participating in student related seminars and programs as needed, and
3. Providing various services and programs to improve retention in each college/school.

Planning, Evaluation, Assessment, and Retention Within the Division of SAES is the Office of Planning, Evaluation,
Assessment, and Retention. The primary purpose of this office is to study current and pertinent qualitative and quantitative
retention-related data. These data-driven results subsequently serve as the foundation for ongoing evaluation, assessment, and
plans to continue improving the student retention and graduation rates at TSU.

Academic Laboratories and Tutorial Center SAES manages and staffs five academic laboratories and the new SAES Tutoring
Center, which provides individualized tutoring. These facilities are available for students, faculty, and staff to use in enhancing
learning and teaching.

Peer Mentoring Program These upper classmen (juniors and seniors) who serve as mentors play a vital role in the academic
advisement/counseling of students. Their services are critical to the success of establishing and monitoring rapport with both first-
and second- year students. Our Peer Mentors serve as excellent role models academically, professionally, and socially for freshman
and sophomore students.

Freshman Seminar 102 This course enhances the academic, social, and emotional development of entering freshman as well as
transfer, and returning students through a series of seminars, workshops, lectures, and other interactive activities. Topics covered
include study skills, an introduction to University mentoring programs, technology literacy, critical thinking skills, financial
literacy, effective time management, self- assessment, and personal growth.

Summer Institute The Summer Institute is a rigid eight-week curriculum designed to assist the serious student master the skills
needed for success in college level courses. Specifically, the coursework concentration will be in the areas of mathematics, reading
and writing. Successful completion (obtaining a grade of “C’ or better) in these courses will reduce or eliminate the need for
taking developmental education courses in the subsequent fall. More particularly, the benefit of successfully completing the
Institute is that it permits students to enroll sooner in college level (degree credit) courses rather than in developmental education
(non-degree credit) courses, thereby increasing their chances for graduating in four years. In addition, the Institute includes
specific prograg, which provides opportunities for cultural enrichment, orientation, academic advisement, and registration.

Developmental Education Program SAES in collaboration with the Departments of English, Reading, and Mathematics select
highly qualified and committed faculty to provide instructions for students in this Program. In addition, students enrolled in

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 37


one or more of these courses have access to fully equipped laboratories which provide additional course-related academic support.
Developmental courses to be taken before or concurrently with related college-level courses include ENG 129, ENG 130, MATH
130, MATH 131, READ 130, and SSS 101 lab courses.

It is highly recommended that students who do not meet minimum admission requirements enroll and successfully
complete the Summer Institute. This intensive program provides the academic foundatios necessary for one to master the
ASSET placement examination and to succeed in college level courses. Students who are not successful in the program
may transfer in to complete their studies at the University only after completing two years of prescribed, transferable
courses at a community college.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Load Limit

The normal load is 15 to 18 semester credit hours. A regular student may not carry more than 18 hours of course work in any
long term or semester without the approval of his or her dean and the head of the department in which the student is a major. The
maximum load for any student in a regular semester is 21 hours. Students who are working may be required by the dean to reduce
their loads. A student enrolled in a 6-week summer term may not normally carry more than 7 hours. Under special conditions
a student may, with permission of his or her dean, carry 8 hours in one 6-week term provided he or she carries no more than 6
hours during the other term of that summer. Under no circumstances may a student earn more than 14 semester hours from
any source in the two terms of one summer.

Full-Time and Part-Time Status

The full-time or part-time status of students is determined by the descriptors listed in the table below.

Undergraduate Fall/Spring Undergraduate 6-week Summer term


Full-time 12 or more credit hours 6
3/4 time 9-11 4-5
1/2 time 6-8 3
Less than 1/2 time 1-5 0-2
1/4 time 1-3 X

Classification

Undergraduate students’ classification is determined as follows:

Classification Freshman Sophomore Junior Senior


Credit hours earned 0-29 30-59 60-89 90+

Class Attendance Regulations

All students are required to be present for all class meetings of any course in which they are enrolled. Students are responsible
for learning about, becoming knowledgeable of, and complying with the attendance policy stated in the catalog and/or faculty
syllabus. Faculty members will provide details on the rules for attendance in their classes in their course syllabi. Faculty members
will keep students’ attendance records.

Record keeping

A record of excused and unexcused absences will be maintained by faculty members. When requested by the student, teachers
must inform the student who has been absent whether or not make-up work is allowed and whether or not absences jeopardize the
student’s standing in a class.

38 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Nonattendance

Students who register for courses for a particular semester must attend their classes starting on the first day of class. Students who
have not attended classes up to the 12th day of classes will be reported to the Registrar’s office for nonattendance. A student who is
reported for non-attendance will be dropped from those classes which he or she has not attended.

Students who have supporting documentation offering explanation for their absence(s) must present their documentation to the
instructor who reported them for nonattendance. The instructor may evaluate their supporting documentation and hear their case.
If the request for consideration is denied, the student will have to re-register for the course as early as the next semester the class
is available. If the instructor approves the student for re-instatement, the instructor will submit a written request for the student’s
reinstatement to the dean of the school or college. If the dean approves the request for reinstatement, he or she will submit a
written request to the Registrar’s Office for the student’s reinstatement.

Change of Major

A student in an undergraduate department of the University who can satisfy admission requirements of another undergraduate
department within the same college or school may transfer to it with the approval of the department chairs concerned.

Transferring from One Branch to Another

A student in an undergraduate college or school of the University who can satisfy admission requirements of another
undergraduate branch may transfer to it with the approval of the department chairs and deans concerned.

Changes in Class Schedule (Adds, Drops, and Withdrawals)

A student may make changes in class schedules with the approval of his faculty advisor and of the department in which the course
is offered. A service fee is charged for each change in program.

Course changes must be made in person under the following conditions:

a. Adding courses. In adding courses, the student must obtain the approval of his or her faculty advisor and the
department in which the course is offered.
b. Dropping courses. A student may, for good cause, drop a course with the approval of his or her faculty advisor and
the department in which the course is offered under the following provisions:

• During the first twelve days of any semester or the first four days of a summer term, a student may drop a
course without having a grade recorded for the course.
• After the twelfth or fourth class day, a student may drop a course without penalty prior to the published
deadline. A grade of W will be recorded. State legislation enforces a limit of six (6) recorded drops, excluding
withdrawals, over the college career of a student who enrolls in a Texas public institution of higher education as
a first-time freshman beginning fall 2007 or later. Documentation of good cause must accompany any request
for exception.
• After the published deadline, a student will be permitted to drop a course only upon approval of the student’s
dean and only for urgent and substantiated, nonacademic reasons acceptable to the Dean.

Withdrawal

To insure his or her possible future standing with the University, a student has the right to withdraw officially. A student wishing
to withdraw from the University for the remainder of a session should apply to the dean of his or her school or college for
permission. Having secured the dean’s permission, the student may receive honorable dismissal through the Registrar’s Office after
he or she has returned all library books, surrendered his or her activity books, and cleared himself or herself with all offices at the
University. A student failing to do these things will not be eligible for restitution of any fees.

The term “honorable dismissal” will not be given unless the student’s standing as to conduct and character is such as to entitle him
or her to continuance in the University. The grade to be recommended for the student will be in keeping with the regulation for
dropping courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 39


Reinstatement

Students who are administratively withdrawn from their classes because of nonpayment of tuition and fees may petition for
reinstatement if and only if extraordinary circumstances prevail. Students may obtain the prescribed form in the Registrar’s Office
and must return the petition with evidence of suitable payment options. The Registrar’s Office reviews all such petitions on a case-
by-case basis. All approved petitions are subject to a late payment fee and a reinstatement fee.

Course Numbering

Lower division undergraduate courses are numbered from 100 to 299, whereas upper division undergraduate courses are
numbered 300 to 499. Upper division courses that may be taken by graduate students for graduate credit upon prior approval of
the student’s advisor and Dean of the Graduate School are listed in the Graduate Bulletin. Courses numbered 500 and above,
except in pharmacy, carry graduate credit and are open only to graduate students.

Unit of Credit and Grade Point Average

1. The unit of credit is the semester hour. A semester hour represents the equivalent of one recitation or lecture hour per
week for one semester.
2. The following grades and quality points per semester hour were used in evaluating the work of students in courses at the
University in the past:
Grade Meaning Prior to Fall 1977 Beginning Fall 1977
A+, A Excellent 3.00 4.00
B Good 2.00 3.00
C Average 1.00 2.00
D Poor but Passing 0 1.00
I Incomplete 0 0
F Failure 0 0
W Withdrawal 0 0
S Satisfactory 0
U Unsatisfactory 0
N No Grade Submitted 0
P Pass 0

3. Beginning the Fall of 1991, the following grades and quality points were and are now used:
Grade Meaning Grade or Quality Points Per Credit Hour
A+, A Excellent 4.00
A- Intermediate Grade 3.67
B+ Intermediate Grade 3.33
B Good 3.00
B- Intermediate Grade 2.67
C+ Intermediate Grade 2.33
C Satisfactory 2.00
C- Intermediate Grade 1.67
D+ Intermediate Grade 1.33
D Marginal 1.00
D- Intermediate Grade 0.67
F Failure 0
I Incomplete 0
P Passing 0

40 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Grade Meaning Grade or Quality Points Per Credit Hour
R In Progress 0
S Satisfactory 0
U Unsatisfactory 0
W Withdrawal 0
WT Withdrawal, Test Requirement NOT Fulfilled 0

4. The grade “R,” meaning “In Progress,” is given only when the work in a course extends beyond the semester or term. It
implies satisfactory performance. The grade “R” will not alter the quality point average of the student inasmuch as hours
attempted, hours earned, and quality points earned will not be entered in cumulative totals.
5. The grade of “I” is given only when a student’s work is satisfactory in quality, but because of reasons beyond his or her
control, the work has not been completed. The missing work may be a major quiz, a final examination, a term paper,
or other work. It is not given in lieu of an F. The instructor will stipulate, in writing, at the time the grade is given the
conditions under which the “I” may be removed. This temporary grade of “I” is non-punitive and semester hours for the
course are not considered in the computation of the quality-point average. Removal must be within one calendar year
after the “I” is assigned, or the “I” grade shall become an “F.” The grade “I” is not assigned if the student must retake the
course. In the event a student who earns a grade of “I” decides to retake the course, the student is required to pay for that
course a second time.
6. The grade of “W” is given for a course officially dropped by the student after the twelfth class day of a regular semester
or the fourth class day of a summer term and before mid-semester or midterm.
7. In cases where students repeat courses, the last grade earned must be used in the determination of the student’s
official grade point average at all stages and in the determination of eligibility for graduation.
8. The terms “grade point average (GPA)” and “quality point average” are used interchangeably. In all cases, these
averages are calculated by dividing the total quality points earned (see chart above) by the total semester credit
hours attempted.

Grade Notification

Final grades are electronically disclosed to students at the end of each term, no later than fourteen (14) days after all final
examinations have been completed.

Good Academic Standing/Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy

The minimum grade point average required by the University for awarding the baccalaureate degree is 2.00 for all credit work
taken and completed by the student as part of an approved program of study. The GPA is computed by dividing the total number
of hours attempted by the total number of quality points earned (See “Grading System”), except for credit hours in courses for
which the student received a “W” or “I”. Also, a repeated course is counted as attempted one time only; the last grade earned
will be used to calculate the GPA. Any enrolled student who meets the minimum academic requirements is in good academic
standing at the University.

Probationary or Notice status will be incurred by the student who fails to meet the standards listed below in any semester.

1-14 hours attempted—Not less than a 1.4 cumulative GPA


15-29 hours attempted—Not less than a 1.6 cumulative GPA
30-59 hours attempted—Not less than a 1.8 cumulative GPA
60 or more hours attempted—Not less than a 2.0 cumulative GPA
and satisfactory completion of all developmental or remedial courses

Academic Notice

Students falling below the set standards of 1-14 hours 1.4 cumulative GPA; 15-29 hours 1.6 cumulative GPA; 30-59 hours 1.8
cumulative GPA; and 60 or more hours 2.0 cumulative GPA, are placed on Academic Notice. Students on Academic Notice are
not on Academic Probation and cannot be suspended. Students on Academic Notice must get advisement in the Office of
Student Success Services or their major department before they will be allowed to enroll.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 41


Academic Probation

Students who are currently on Academic Notice and who fail to maintain the minimum cumulative GPA requirements (as per the
previous chart above) are placed on Academic Probation. In short, if a student falls below the set standards, the student is placed
first on Academic Notice. If in the following semester, the student again falls below the set standards, the student will be placed
on Academic Probation. Undergraduate students may be removed from Academic Probation at the close of the semester in which
they earn a cumulative GPA that meets the standards outlined above. They may register for not more than 15 semester credit
hours. Freshmen and sophomore students on Academic Probation must get advisement in the Office of Student Success
Services or in their major department before they will be allowed to enroll. Juniors and seniors must seek advisement in
their respective departments and undergo individual monitoring before they will be allowed to enroll.

Suspension

Students on Academic Probation who earn a GPA below the standards outlined above are suspended for one academic semester.
Undergraduate students failing to maintain the required GPA in any semester while on Academic Probation will be suspended.

A. The first academic suspension is for a period of at least one semester. (fall or spring or summer)

1. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a fall semester are not eligible to re-enroll until the following
summer.
2. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a spring semester are not eligible to re-enroll until the following
fall.
3. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a summer session are not eligible to re-enroll until the following
spring.

B. Students who have been placed on academic suspension twice may apply for re-admission to the University after one year,
provided they can show evidence of increased academic maturity. Such evidence may be grades for courses taken at another
institution of higher learning if such courses are not repeats of courses previously taken at TSU. Military service and
associated courses/training may also be used as evidence of maturity.

Academic Suspension and Appeal

Faculty and staff are committed to helping students achieve their academic goals. Nevertheless, some students fail to maintain an
adequate grade point average and are academically suspended. Students who believe that extenuating circumstances contributed to
their suspension may appeal their case to the University’s Committee on Suspension and Readmission. To appeal, students must
explain those circumstances in a letter submitted to the committee immediately after receiving notification of suspension. (See
also “Academic Grievances”.)

Readmission from Academic Suspension

1. Only the dean of a college or school may readmit students on academic suspension from Texas Southern University.
2. Readmission from academic suspension is neither automatic nor guaranteed. Students seeking readmission must submit the
following to the dean of the schoold or college in which they wish to earn their degrees:

a. A written petition justifying their readiness to resume their studies at the University.
b. Transcripts showing at least a 2.00 grade point average on all college work completed elsewhere while on academic
suspension from Texas Southern University.
c. Transcripts of all other completed college work.
d. For a change of majors from the college or school from which they were suspended to another college or school, a
“change of major” request along with a petition for readmission from academic suspension to the college or school of the
intended major.

Colleges may have additional policies and procedures pertaining to readmission from academic suspension; therefore, students
seeking readmission should consult the appropriate college or school section in this catalog or request information from the office
of the appropriate academic dean for specific college or school requirements.

42 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


When readmitted, the student will enter the University with probationary status. Another suspension at the end of the semester of
readmission may be avoided by achieving the minimum cumulative average according to the above standards. Moreover, a student
on academic probation will not be suspended at the end of any semester during which a semester average of 2.00 has been earned.

Any student enrolled in nine or more credit hours who earns an “F” in all classes will be suspended from the University for
the following semester.

NOTE: Each college or school may adopt its own set of “Academic Progression Standards” to address the particular
academic needs of its students. These standards, however, must be higher than the standards of the University, as set out
above; They may not be lower.

Semester Academic Honors

Academic honors are earned for performance during each fall and spring semester of enrollment in accord with requirements
summarized below. Academic honors are not bestowed during summer terms. Distinctions earned as a result of academic
performance become a part of students’ permanent records.

Academic Required GPA for


Conditions for Designation of Academic Distinction
Distinction Semester
A minimum of 12 semester credits completed; a minimum cumulative GPA of
President’s List 3.75 to 4.00 3.00 earned; no grades earned below “B”; and no grades of “I”, “W”, “P”, or “S”
earned
Deans’ List 3.50 to 3.74 A minimum of 12 semester credits completed
Honor Roll 3.00 to 3.49 A minimum of 12 semester credits completed

Correspondence Courses

Texas Southern University offers no correspondence courses. A student in residence at this institution will be permitted to receive
credit for correspondence courses from other institutions only when written permission to take the courses has been granted in
advance by the dean of the school or college in which the student is enrolled. Each request made by a student of the University
for credit in courses taken by correspondence will be considered on its own merits by the registrar and the dean involved. Credit
earned in a course completed by correspondence will be accepted only if the final examination is taken under the supervision of
the Registrar of Texas Southern University.

Not more than twelve (12) semester hours of credit taken in correspondence work may be applied toward the requirements for an
undergraduate degree. (No graduate credit will be given for work done by correspondence.) Further, inasmuch as the last thirty
(30) semester hours of credit for an undergraduate degree must be taken in residence, no credit earned by correspondence
may be applied toward the requirements for an undergraduate degree after the student has earned ninety-four (94)
semester hours of credit applicable toward the requirements for a degree. Any exceptions to this rule must be made by the
appropriate undergraduate dean.

Scholastic Dishonesty

Students must maintain a high standard of honesty in their academic work. They should avoid all forms of academic dishonesty,
especially the following:

a. Plagiarism. The appropriation of passages, either word for word (or in substance) from the writing of another and the
incorporation of these as one’s own written work offered for credit.
b. Collusion. Working with another person in the preparation of notes, themes, reports, or other written work offered for
credit unless such collaboration is specifically approved in advance by the instructor.
c. Cheating on an Examination or Quiz. Giving or receiving, offering or soliciting information, or using prepared material
in an examination or testing situation is expressly forbidden. On examinations and quizzes students are expected (a) to
remain in the examination room until the examination is finished, (b) to refrain from talking, and (c) to refrain from
bringing notes and books into the examination room.
d. Impersonation. Allowing another person to attend classes, take examinations or to do graded assignments for an enrolled
student under his or her name is strictly forbidden.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 43


A violator of any of the above offenses will incur severe disciplinary action ranging from suspension to expulsion from the
University. Specific guidelines will be administered by each dean.

Academic Grievances

Purpose. The following procedures are designed to provide a means for undergraduate students to petition for review of final
course grades alleged to be incorrect. Before filing a formal appeal, students are urged to resolve grievances informally with the
instructor of the course. Students filing a written appeal shall be expected to abide by the final decision of the committee, as
provided for in these procedures. This decision precludes any further review under any other procedure within the University.

Conditions. A student may seek a review of a final grade if he or she feels that one of the following conditions applies:

a. A grade was assigned on some basis other than performance in the course, or
b. the standards applied to a grade were not the same as those applied to other students in the course, or
c. the assigned grade represents a substantial and unannounced departure from the instructor’s previously stated standards.

Procedures. A student who feels that his or her grade is incorrect should

1. Confer promptly with the instructor of the course. If the instructor is unavailable and cannot be reached by the
student after a reasonable effort, then the student shall consult with the chair of the department offering the course. If
the student and instructor or department chair are unable to arrive at a mutually agreeable solution, the student may
file an appeal within twenty (20) days after the first day of class of the next semester (not including summers) with a
standing committee of three (3) tenured faculty members of the department offering the course. If the instructor of the
course is a member of the committee, he or she shall be replaced by a tenured faculty member selected by the chair of the
department.
2. File an appeal by submitting to the departmental committee a detailed statement regarding the alleged improper
grade, as well as any relevant evidence. The appeal shall be dismissed if

a. the student has submitted the same or substantially the same complaint to any other grade review procedure,
b. the appeal is not timely, or
c. the student has not conferred with the instructor or department chair before filing the appeal.

3. Allow the departmental committee to take action. If the appeal is not dismissed, the committee shall submit a copy of
the student’s written appeal to the instructor with a request for a prompt written reply.
4. Work toward a mutually agreeable solution in concert with the committee and the instructor. If a mutually
agreeable solution is not achieved, the committee shall advise both the student and the instructor that the matter
has been sent to the dean of the academic unit offering the course. The dean of the academic unit shall convene a
committee of three (3) tenured faculty members from departments outside of the department offering the course. This
committee shall hold an informal, nonadversarial fact-finding meeting concerning the dispute. Both the student and
the instructor shall be entitled to be present throughout this meeting and to present any evidence deemed relevant,
except the student shall not be present during the discussion of any other student. Neither the student nor the instructor
shall be accompanied by counsel, an advocate, or a representative. The meeting shall be closed to the public. After the
fact-finding meeting, if the majority of the committee finds that the evidence supports the student’s complaint, the
committee shall take any action thought to rectify the situation, including, but not limited to

a. directing the instructor to re-grade the student’s work,


b. directing the instructor to administer a new final examination or paper in the course,
c. directing the cancellation of the student’s registration in the course, or
d. if no reasonable alternative is available, directing the instructor to award a grade of “pass” in the course.

The committee is not authorized to award a letter grade, or to reprimand, or otherwise take disciplinary action against
the instructor. The decision of the committee is final and shall be promptly reported in writing to the parties involved.
The dean of the academic unit has the responsibility for implementing the decision of the committee.

44 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


GENERAL EDUCATION CORE CURRICULUM

Mission, Goals, and Objectives

The Core Curriculum is central to the intellectual mission of Texas Southern University. It is designed to equip students in each
major field or concentration with a broad knowledge base and a set of college-level competencies to support lifelong learning and
the attainment of their academic and career goals.

Texas Southern University’s undergraduate degree programs comply with the mandates of the Texas Higher Education
Coordinating Board, which requires all students to complete a General Education Core Curriculum. Texas Southern University
requires students to complete 44 credit hours in communication, mathematics, natural sciences, humanities, visual and
performing arts, social and behavioral sciences, and technology.

The goals of the Core Curriculum at Texas Southern University are to prepare students to examine their values; to become aware
of the values, perspectives, and contributions of other individuals, groups, and cultures; to integrate knowledge; and to understand
the interrelations of the scholarly disciplines. Students will accomplish these goals through intensive reading, careful analysis,
computational and laboratory experiences, active discussion, and frequent writing.

The general education core curriculum at TSU has the following specific objectives:

1. To develop basic competencies in reading, writing, speaking, listening, and critical thinking
2. To develop knowledge of the principles and proficiency in the use of mathematics, logical reasoning, and problem solving
3. To develop an understanding of the scientific method and of the role of the natural sciences in the health and well being
of the individual and of the natural world
4. To develop an appreciation for and an understanding of the significant ideas and creative achievements in literature,
philosophy, art, music, media, and the performing arts
5. To develop an understanding of the diversity of the human experience through the study of social, cultural, historical,
economic, and political systems
6. To develop an appreciation for and skill in the use of computer-based technology for communication, information
retrieval, research, and problem solving.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 45


The core curriculum common to all undergraduate degrees at the University appears in the following chart.

Core curriculum SCH* Required TSU COURSES Required TCCNS*** Equivalent


COMPONENT AREA at TSU**
Communication 9 ENG 131 ENGL 1301
ENG 132 ENGL 1302
SC 135 or 136 SPCH 1321 or 1315
Mathematics 3 MATH 133 or higher MATH 1314 or higher
Natural Sciences 8 BIOL 143,143L or CHEM 111,131 BIOL 1408 or CHEM 1111,1311
plus 4 SCH selected from one of the
following 8 choices (4 SCH ea.):
CHEM 112,132 CHEM 1112,1312
PHYS 101 PHYS 1415
GEOL 141 GEOL 1403
PHYS 213, 237 PHYS 1101, 1301
PHYS 214, 238 PHYS 1102,1302
BIOL 135 BIOL 2401
BIOL 136 BIOL 2402
BIOL 246 BIOL 2420
Humanities & Visual 6 ENG 2__ ENGL 23__
and Performing Arts plus 3 SCH selected from one of the
following choices (3 SCH ea.):
THC 130 DRAM 1310
THC 231 DRAM 1351
MUSI 131 MUSI 1301
MUSI 239 HUMA 1301
ART 131 ARTS 1316
ART 135 HUMA 1315
Social and Behavioral 15 HIST 231 HIST 1301
Sciences HIST 232 HIST 1302
POLS 231 GOVT 2301
POLS 232 GOVT 2302
plus 3 SCH selected
from one of the following
8 choices (3 SCH ea.):
PSY 131 PSY 2301
SOC 157 SOCI 1301
SOC 158 SOCI 1306
SOC 221 SOCI 2306
SOC 238 ANTH 2346
ECON 231 ECON 2301
ECON 232 ECON 2302
GEOG 132 GEOG 1303
Institutional Desig- 3 CS 116 COSC 1300
nated Option ART 233
MUSI 132 MUSI 1302
MIS 2041
EDCI 2102
TOTAL 44
* SCH stands for semester credit hours.
** TSU stands for Texas Southern University.
*** TCCNS stands for the Texas Common Course Numbering System.
1
Business Majors
2
Education Majors

46 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

General Requirements for Undergraduate Degrees

It is the student’s responsibility to plan his or her program with the assistance of a University advisor and to register for the proper
courses so that all requirements will have been satisfied by the time for graduation.

All University advisors of undergraduate students are expected to review each advisee’s registration respective to his or her
curriculum of study. This review will ensure that courses are taken in proper sequence. All students who are to be classified as
juniors must have successfully completed all traditional freshman and sophomore courses in their respective curricula, i.e., courses
ordinarily in the 100 and 200 series that are normally taken by freshmen and sophomores.

General Policies and Procedures for Graduation

1. Degrees will be conferred only on dates that are publicly announced.


2. Application for graduation must be filed within the time period listed in the University calendar. The application form is
secured through the office of the student’s major department.
3. All candidates for degrees are expected to attend the convocation at which their degrees are to be conferred unless excused
by their respective deans.
4. To receive an undergraduate degree, a candidate must complete a major and a minor or a composite major.
5. Reasonable and logical substitutions for required courses may be made within a department or area. Substitutions must
be authorized by the student’s academic advisor and the head of the student’s major department and approved by the
dean of the college or school in which he or she is enrolled. Students must submit a petition for substitution with their
graduation application or as deficiencies are exposed at least two weeks before their intended graduation date.
6. Not more than thirty (30) semester hours of course credit offered toward a degree may be earned through
extension with no more than twelve (12) of these credits earned through correspondence courses (provided
these 12 credits have been approved by the appropriate dean). Overall, at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the
semester credit hours needed for degree conferral must be earned at the University.
7. A graduation fee is required, and students must purchase academic regalia for participation in the graduation
convocation through the University Bookstore.

Semester Hours and Quality Point Requirements for Graduation

1. A minimum of 120 credit hours of college credit must be completed for an undergraduate degree.
2. A student must earn a quality point average or GPA of at least 2.00 for all college courses attempted.
3. A student must have grades of “C” or better in all courses taken to fulfill the major requirements.

Graduating Under a Given Bulletin

A student may expect to earn a degree in accordance with the requirements of the curriculum outlined in the bulletin in force
when he or she first entered the University, provided the courses are being offered. He or she must complete these requirements
within six years. In addition, he or she may graduate under any subsequent bulletin published while he or she is a student. If a
student elects to meet the requirements of a bulletin other than the one in force at the time of his or her initial enrollment, he or
she must meet all requirements of the bulletin he or she selects. The University reserves the right to impose changes in academic
requirements upon any student in residence.

Residence Requirement

A candidate for graduation must earn, in residence, the last thirty (30) semester hours that are offered for the degree. Some
instructional units have additional residency requirements. A transfer student from another institution must (1) spend at least
two semesters in full-time residence work; (2) secure credit in residence for at least 12 semester hours of upper division courses in
his or her major and six hours of upper division courses in his or her minor or 18 semester credit hours at the junior/senior level
for a composite major.

Application for Graduation

A student expecting to graduate must file an application for graduation. The student should be within 30 hours of completion
of the required hours for graduation and should file the application before the semester in which he or she intends to graduate.
The filing deadline is printed each semester in the schedule of courses. Prior to applying for graduation, the student should
Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 47
review his or her academic records and his or her online degree audit, which matches completed coursework against listed degree
requirements, with an academic advisor to verify he or she is eligible to apply for graduation. The student should then obtain an
application with instructions for completion from his or her major department. Each applicant must submit a printed degree
audit along with the completed application for graduation.

Students should keep their graduation filing fee receipts. These receipts must be presented at the time caps and gowns are
purchased at the University Bookstore.

Financial Clearance

Students who are indebted to the University will not be allowed to participate in commencement exercises. Such obligations
include traffic and parking fines, library fines, housing fees, and any miscellaneous fees. Students who are not sure about the status
of their indebtedness should check with the Bursar’s Office prior to final examinations. If there is a dispute concerning payment of
a bill, receipts should be presented to verify payment.

Graduation Fees

Graduation fees are subject to change. They are due and payable at the time of one’s application for graduation. These fees include
cap and gown rental. Invitations are optional and may be ordered through the University Bookstore one month or more prior to
commencement. Caps and gowns are also ordered through the University Bookstore.
Doctoral Law Master’s Bachelor’s Pharmacy
Microfilm Service $40.00        
Binding Fee $28.00   $12.50    
Postage & Handling $10.00        
Diploma Fee $16.50 $16.50 $15.00 $11.50 $29.75
Cap, Gown, Hood $95.00 $16.50 $27.50 $11.50 $29.75

Graduation with Honors

1. Special honors in three grades are awarded in recognition of superior scholarship in the work leading to the bachelor’s
degree. These honors are awarded at commencement and are shown on the diplomas of the recipients.
2. To be eligible for graduation honors, a student must have completed (exclusive of correspondence and extension work)
at least 60 semester hours in the upper division of the University. The quality point average which shall be used for
awarding graduation honors shall be the smaller of the following two quality point averages:
a. The quality point average for all work taken in all colleges attended.
b. The quality point average for all work taken at Texas Southern University.

3. The three grades of honors and the quality point averages for each are as follows:
a. Summa Cum Laude is awarded to the candidate for graduation whose quality point average is 3.75 or above.
b. Magna Cum Laude is awarded to the candidate for graduation whose quality point average is between 3.50 and
3.74 inclusive.
c. Cum Laude is awarded to the candidate for graduation whose quality point average is between 3.25 and 3.49 inclusive.

Commencement

Commencement exercises are held each year in May and December for students who qualify for graduation from Texas Southern
University. All such students are expected to participate in one of these two exercises as appropriate. Juris Doctor and graduate
students who are within six hours of completing their degree requirements and/or completion of required examination, and
Doctor of Pharmacy students who are within two advanced pharmacy practice experiences (APPEs) and/or completion of required
examination are eligible to participate in May commencement.

Commencement is a solemn and special occasion in the lives of students, and they are expected to behave in a manner
commensurate with the magnitude of the occasion. While attending commencement exercises, students and their guests are
expected to maintain decorum that is reasonable and befitting of a public event of special significance. Because commencement
exercises are formal events, graduates are expected to abide by the University’s policy on appropriate attire that is announced in
advance of the ceremonies.

48 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


DUAL DEGREE AND DOUBLE MAJOR POLICY

Dual Degree Policy

Dual degrees can be applied for and earned by students interested in fulfilling requirements of two different majors in two
different baccalaureate degree (e.g., B.A., B.S., B.B.A.) programs (e.g., a student fulfilling requirements for a B.S. in mathematics
and a B.A. in psychology). Students should plan to graduate from the two degree programs simultaneously, and must identify one
of the two majors as the primary major, the choice of primary major will determine the students’ academic home of record and
graduation-related activities. For majors that require a minor, the minor must be in a discipline different from that of the student’s
second major. The University Core Curriculum Requirement and Other Requirement courses may apply towards the first and
second majors. Approved students who complete requirements for two majors in two different degree programs may earn two (2)
separate degrees from the University.

Students with two majors must follow any application procedures and meet admission requirements that have been established
for both majors. In addition, students with two majors must pay applicable major-related fees * for both fields and are encouraged
to use the advising and student services provided by both majors. Decisions about admission to programs, honors, scholastic
probation, and dismissal are independently determined by the two Schools or Colleges. A student who chooses to pursue two
majors simultaneously is expected to take responsibility for his or her educational development.

Core Curriculum Major Curriculum


Major Minor Requirements Other Requirements
Requirements Requirements
Primary Major Required: 45 Required: 30- 36 Required: 21+ Required: 12+
Secondary Major N/A Required: 30-36 N/A N/A
* Students should be advised that Financial Aid will support only up to 180 credit hours of coursework.

Double Major Policy

Double majors can be applied for and earned by students interested in fulfilling requirements of two different majors (e.g.,
Journalism and Organizational Communication) that are either within the same discipline (e.g., communication) or of two
different majors within the same baccalaureate degree (e.g., B.A., B.S., B.B.A.) program (e.g. a student fulfilling requirements for
a B.S. in mathematics and a B.S. in elementary education). Students should plan to graduate from the two majors simultaneously
and must identify one of the two majors as the primary major, the primary major will determine the students’ academic home of
record and graduation-related activities. For degree programs that require a minor, the minor must be in a discipline different from
that of the students’ second major. The University Core Curriculum Requirement and Other Requirement courses may apply
towards the first and second majors. Approved students who complete requirements for two majors may earn one (1) degree from
the University that lists both majors.

Students with two majors must follow any application procedures and meet admission requirements that have been established
for both majors. In addition, students with two majors must pay applicable major-related fees* for both fields and are encouraged
to use the advising and student services provided by both majors. Decisions about admission to programs, honors, scholastic
probation, and dismissal are independently determined by the two schools or colleges. A student who chooses to pursue two
majors simultaneously is expected to take responsibility for his or her educational development.

Core Curriculum Major Curriculum


Major Minor Requirements Other Requirements
Requirements Requirements
Primary Major Required: 45 Required: 30- 36 Required: 21+ Required: 12+
Secondary Major N/A Required: 30-36 N/A N/A
* Students should be advised that Financial Aid will support only up to 180 credit hours of coursework.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 49


GENERATION OF STUDENT TRANSCRIPTS

Students may request in writing, from the Registrar’s Office, official transcripts of coursework indicating each course attempted,
each grade earned, and credit hours associated with each course. Each request requires a processing fee.

Student Records (transcripts) will not be released under the following circumstances:

1. All student records are not on file in the University Registrar’s Office.
2. The requesting student has not cleared all bills (academic or financial).
3. The requesting student has a record hold imposed by the Office of Financial Aid or the Office of General Counsel
4. The requesting student has not paid the transcript fee.

In the event that a student experiences a legal change of name, he or she should submit a completed Name Change Request Form
and official documentation of the change. The Registrar’s Office will record a copy of the required documentation, which may
include, but is not limited to marriage license, divorce decree, court document, passport, and naturalization certificate.

RIGHT TO PRIVACY

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law designed to protect the privacy of a student’s educational
records. In compliance with this act, the University may release information to the general public that may be thought of as
“directory information” without the written consent of the student. However, students may request that this information be
withheld from the public by giving written notice to the Registrar’s Office. “Directory information” includes the following:
(1) name, (2) address, (3) telephone number, (4) date and place of birth, (5) weight and height of members of the athletic
teams, (6) participation in officially recognized activities and sports, (7) dates of attendance, (8) educational institution
most recently attended, and (9) other information (such as major field of study, degrees earned, and awards received).

Students desiring to have “directory information,” as specified above, withheld from the public should give written notice of this
desire to the Registrar’s Office during the first twelve (12) days of class during a regular semester (fall or spring) or the first four (4)
days of class during a summer term. These written notices must be transmitted in person. No transcript or other academic or
disciplinary record related to an individual student will be released without the written consent of the student for such a
release, except as specified by law.

FEES AND EXPENSES

Resident Status

Students enrolled at the University can be classified as resident, nonresident, or foreign. All students attending Texas Southern
University who are nonresidents of this state will be charged additional tuition in accordance with state law. The burden of
registering under proper resident status is the responsibility of the student. Nonresidents are persons who are residing in the State
of Texas fewer than twelve (12) months immediately preceding their initial registration.

A request for a change of resident status for tuition purposes should be made as soon as the student has met the requirements
for residency change, but no later than the 4th class day for a summer session or the 12th class day for a fall or spring semester.
Changes made after the 4th/12th class day will apply only for future semesters. All required documents must accompany the
Residency Application form, which is available in the Office of the Registrar on the second floor of Bell Hall.

The determination of resident classification for tuition purposes is governed by statutes enacted by the Texas Legislature and by
rules and regulations promulgated by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board. These regulations may be reviewed in the
Robert J. Terry University Library in the Reserved Area.

Required Residency Documentation

The Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board requires that Texas Southern University document each student’s residency. In order to
apply for Texas residency status for tuition purposes, one must be either a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. The following documents
indicating that the student has resided in the State of Texas for 12 continuous months prior to registration may be REQUIRED:

50 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Documentation To Support Domicile And Residency

The following documentation may be requested by the institution in order to resolve issues raised by responses to the Core
Residency Questions. The listed documents may be used to establish that the person is domiciled in Texas and has maintained a
residence in Texas continuously for 12 months prior to the census date.

PART A: Documentation That Can Support the Establishment of a Domicile and Demonstrate the Maintenance of a
Residence in Texas for 12 Months

1. An employer’s statement of dates of employment (beginning and current or ending dates) that encompass at least 12
months. Other documents that show the person has been engaged in activities intended to provide an income to a person
or allow a person to avoid the expense of paying another person to perform the tasks (as in child care or the maintenance
of a home) may also be used, as well as documents that show the person is self-employed or employed as a homemaker,
or is living off his/her earnings or through public assistance. Student employment such as work-study and the receipt of
stipends, fellowships or research or teaching assistantships does not qualify as a basis for establishing a domicile.
2. For a homeless person, written statements from the office of one or more social service agencies located in Texas that
attest to the provision of services to the homeless person for the 12 months prior to the census date of the term in which
the person enrolls.

PART B: Documentation Which (if accomplished and maintained for the 12 months prior to the census date of the term
in which the person enrolls and if accompanied by at least ONE type of document listed in Part C) Can Support the
Establishment of a Domicile and Demonstrate the Maintenance of a Residence in Texas for 12 Months

1. Title to real property in Texas


2. Marriage certificate with documentation to support that spouse is a domiciliary of Texas
3. Ownership of business in Texas with documents that evidence the organization or the business as a partnership or
corporation and reflect the ownership interest of the person or dependent’s parent
4. State or local licenses to conduct a business or practice a profession in this state.

PART C: Documents That May Be Used to Demonstrate Maintenance of a Residence for 12 Months

These documents do not show the establishment of a domicile. They only support a person’s claim to have resided in the state for
at least 12 months. Activities in Part A and B of this Chart may be used to establish a domicile.

1. Utility bills for the 12 months preceding the census date


2. A Texas high school transcript for a full senior year of attendance preceding the census date
3. A transcript from a Texas institution showing presence in the state for the 12 months preceding the census date
4. A Texas driver’s license or Texas ID card with an expiration date of not more than four years
5. Cancelled checks that reflect a Texas residence for the 12 months preceding the census date
6. A current credit report that documents the length and place of residence of the person or the dependent’s parent
7. Texas voter registration card that has not expired
8. Pay stubs for the 12 months preceding the census date
9. Bank statements reflecting a Texas address for the 12 months preceding the census date
10. Ownership of real property with copies of utility bills for the 12 months preceding the census date
11. Registration or verification from licensor, showing Texas address for licensee
12. Written statements from the office of one or more social service agencies, attesting to the provision of services for at least
the 12 months preceding the census date
13. Lease or rental of real property, other than campus housing, in the name of the person or the dependent’s parent for the
12 months preceding the census date

Photocopies of the above items are required with the completed application. Students who do not provide required documentation
will be charged nonresident tuition.

If there is a question of a student’s legal resident status under state law and University rules, it is the duty of the student to obtain
an opinion from the Student Resident Status Advisor prior to registration. Any attempt on the part of the nonresident to evade
the nonresident fee will be taken seriously and may lead to expulsion. Nonresident students are given official notice of their
nonresident classification at the time of admission. A student who is classified as a nonresident but who pays the resident fee at any
subsequent registration after he or she has been officially advised in writing of nonresident status will receive a penalty of loss of credit.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 51


Tuition and Fees

The University reserves the right to adjust fees without prior notice. A list of tuition and regular fees to be paid by all
students enrolled for any semester hours is available through the Office of the University Comptroller. In addition to these fees,
one should add estimates of special laboratory fees and the cost of books and supplies to arrive at an approximate total amount
needed at the time of registration.

All payments to the University should be made by online payment, by credit card, or by cashier’s check, money order, or
personal check made payable to Texas Southern University. Personal checks will not be accepted for any amount in excess of the
total amount due. Postdated checks will not be accepted. There will be a $25.00 charge for each check returned for any reason.
Temporary checks are unacceptable.

Tuition. In all colleges and schools of the University except the Thurgood Marshall School of Law, each student who is a resident
of the State of Texas is required to pay tuition at a rate of not less than $100.00 per semester or $50.00 for each six-week term. A
nonresident or foreign student is required to pay tuition per semester hour. Information on specific rates may be secured from the
Office of the University Comptroller. This fee is refundable.

Designated Tuition. The Building Use Fee, of a prorated amount per semester hour, is charged to all students. This fee is used to
construct, equip, repair, and renovate buildings and facilities. This fee is refundable.

Student Service Fee. The Student Service Fee is used to support certain extracurricular activities, such as student publications,
special cultural programs, the marching band, and the athletic programs. This fee also provides for general health counseling,
minor medication, and treatment in the Student Health Center. It does not include special medicines, dental care, treatment
by specialists, or hospitalization. The amount of the fee depends on the number of credit hours for which the student is
enrolled, and it is charged to all students enrolled at the University during a regular semester.

Students enrolled for 12 or more credit hours in each of both semesters of a school year are entitled to receive one copy of the
University annual. Students enrolled full-time for only one semester may also receive the annual by paying an additional fee. This
fee is nonrefundable.

Student Center Fee. The Student Center Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the Student Center
and acquiring or constructing additions to the Student Center. This fee is nonrefundable.

Library Service Fee. The Library Service Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the Robert J. Terry
Library and for providing library services to students. This fee is nonrefundable.

International Education Fee. The International Education Fee is used to assist students participating in international student
exchange or study programs in accordance with guidelines jointly developed by the student governing body and University
administration. This fee is nonrefundable.

Recreational Facility Fee. The Recreational Facility Fee is used for constructing, operating, maintaining and equipping the
recreational facilities and programs. This fee is refundable.

Intercollegiate Athletics Fee. The Intercollegiate Athletics Fee is imposed by the Board of Regents of Texas Southern University
on each student enrolled at Texas Southern University.  This fee is used to develop and maintain an intercollegiate athletics
program at the University. This fee is nonrefundable.

Medical Service Fee. The Medical Service Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the medical service
facility; acquiring and constructing additions to the medical service facility and providing medical services to students. This fee is
refundable.

Computer Service Fee. The Computer Service Fee is assessed per semester to all students enrolled at the University to help
support the provision of computer services to students. This fee is nonrefundable.

School Fee. The School Fee is assessed by each college or school to all students enrolled in its component major programs in order
to support administrative costs. This fee is nonrefundable.

52 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Late Registration Fee. Texas Southern University reserves the right to conduct registration according to students’ last name,
major area, or any other delimiting factor. Students are required to register at the time indicated by the class schedule. Failure
to complete registration on the date specified, but before the absolute deadline, may result in a late fee assessment. This fee is
nonrefundable.

Drop/Add Fee. A student making a course change or changes after payment of initial tuition and fees may be charged for each
change. This fee is nonrefundable.

Installment Handling Fees. Tuition and fees during the fall and spring semesters may be paid by one of two options:

1. Full payment of tuition and fees by the twentieth day of class or

2. One-half payment of tuition and fees by the twentieth day of class, one-fourth by the start of the sixth week, and one-
fourth by the start of the eleventh week.

Students electing to pay their tuition and fees on the installment plan will be assessed a handling fee for the three-payment plan.
Students are also assessed a fee for each delinquent payment. These fees are nonrefundable.

A student who fails to make full payment or a first installment payment of tuition and fees, including any incidental fees, by the
due date may be barred from classes until full payment is made. A student who fails to make full payment prior to the end of the
semester may not receive credit for the work done that semester. University records may be adjusted to reflect the student’s failure
to enroll properly for that semester.

Late Payment Fee. A student who fails to pay tuition and fees by the posted deadline will be assessed a late payment fee. This fee
is nonrefundable.

Laboratory Fee. Fees are assessed for studio and laboratory courses in the following academic disciplines: art, biology, chemistry,
education, geology, human services and consumer sciences, music, pharmacy, human performance, physics, and technology. This
fee is nonrefundable.

SEVIS International Fee. International students are required to pay an administration fee for University compliance with the
federal student exchange system. This fee is nonrefundable.

Orientation Fee. First-time students are required to pay a fee for the orientation program and related activities. This fee is
nonrefundable.

Health Insurance. The University provides minimal health care for students. All residence hall occupants are required to be
covered by hospitalization insurance. For students without such coverage, a student hospital, medical, and surgical insurance
policy is available through the Student Health Center.

Room and Board. Residence hall occupants will be required to sign a Housing-Food Service Contract for the entire academic
year before being admitted to the facilities. The Housing-Food Services Contract is personal and may not be transferred
or assigned to another person. Any violator will be subject to immediate disciplinary action. Room and Board charges are
assessed on an annual basis.

Parking Fee. Students who need to park vehicles in designated student lots on the campus must pay for parking decals to attach
to their vehicles. These decals will indicate the parking lot. This fee is assessed on a semester or term basis. Refunds for parking
fees must be applied for separately through the Department of Public Safety.

Other Fee(s). Other fees, not specified in this section, may be charged by colleges, schools, departments, or other offices at the
University. Students will be apprised of these fees and their designated purposes at the time that they are incurred.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 53


REGULATIONS GOVERNING REFUNDS

Dropped Courses

Any student who drops courses within the first twelve (12) days of a fall or spring semester or within the first four (4) days of a
summer term and remains enrolled in the University will receive refunds applicable to tuition paid for those courses.

Withdrawals

Refunds for courses enrolled in during a fall or spring semester by a student who officially withdraws from the University
are calculated according to the following percentage schedule:

• Prior to the first day 100%


• During the first week of class 80%
• During the second week of class 70%
• During the third week of class 50%
• During the fourth week of class 25%
• After the fourth week of class 0%

Refunds for courses enrolled in during a summer term by a student who officially withdraws from the University are
calculated according to the following percentage schedule:

• Prior to the first day 100%


• During the first, second, or third class day 80%
• During the fourth, fifth, or sixth class day 50%
• Seventh day of class and thereafter 0%

Refunds are granted for those fees designated as “refundable.” The refundable fees assessed at registration are tuition
and designated tuition. These fees are calculated based upon the number of semester credit hours for which a student registers.
Refunds of refundable fees are calculated based upon the total amount of these fees assessed at registration and not on the basis of
the amount of the total that has been paid if a student is paying on an installment basis.

Students who are not indebted to the University should expect to receive checks by mail after the fourth week of class during a
regular semester and after the third week of class during a summer term. Students who pay fees through financial aid/assistance
(including Guaranteed Student Loans) will receive refunds only if the Office of Student Financial Assistance determines that
refunds are due.

Students who register for courses that are either paid for directly or paid through the use of financial aid/assistance are considered
enrolled at the University until they officially withdraw through the Office of the University Registrar. Ceasing to attend classes
or stopping payment of checks for fees owed without officially withdrawing from the University will result in semester
grades of “F”. Thus, any remaining balance owed to the University by a student who ceases to attend classes, but who does
not officially withdraw through the Office of the University Registrar, is still due and NOT subject to reduction.

Refund of Room and Board Fees

Dormitory residents are required to sign a HousingFood Service Contract for the entire academic year. The University’s policy
concerning refunds associated with room and board fees is stated in the contract. Where refunds are applicable, application for
such refunds must be made within one year after official withdrawal.

Refund of Graduation Fees

Graduation fees cannot be transferred to another graduation period. Applications for refunds of the May diploma fee must be
made in writing at the Bursar’s Office prior to March 1. No other refunds shall be granted. Summer graduates have no refund
grace period inasmuch as orders are placed immediately upon receipt of their applications for graduation.

Financial Obligations

No person who is indebted to the University in any amount will be permitted to graduate, receive transcripts, reenroll at the
University, or receive any refunds.

54 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


TUITION REBATE PROGRAM FOR UNDERGRADUATES

In accord with Section 54.0065 of the Texas Education Code, as authorized by Texas Senate Bill 1907, Texas Southern University
provides tuition rebates of $1,000.00 each to undergraduates who complete baccalaureate degrees with no more than three
semester credit hours attempted in excess of the minimum required for the major specified in the university bulletin under which
they graduated. Specifically, a student qualifying for this rebate must meet the following conditions as set forth in the Texas
Education Code:

1. The student took his or her first college course in Fall 1997 or later,
2. The student was a Texas resident at all times while pursuing his or her degree,
3. The student was entitled to pay resident tuition at all times while pursuing his or her degree,
4. The student has not yet graduated, and
5. The student has not attempted more than three semester credit hours in excess of the minimum number of hours
required for his or her degree. Hours attempted include for-credit developmental courses, repeated courses, courses
dropped after the official census date, transfer credits, course credit by examination, and internship and cooperative
education courses. Courses dropped for reasons that the University determines to be totally beyond the student’s control
shall not count toward these attempted hours.

Students meeting the criteria referenced above who wish to take advantage of this program must complete a rebate application
form and submit it to the Registrar’s Office prior to graduation from Texas Southern University.

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID AND ASSISTANCE

Pell Grant Program (Basic Educational Opportunity Grant)

The Pell Grant is a Federal Aid Program designed to assist students in pursuing their first undergraduate degree. Students should
apply for a Pell Grant by completing and submitting the U.S. Department of Education’s Federal Application for Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA), preferably through online submission at www.fafsa.ed.gov The student will receive an electronic e-mail response
with instructions for viewing the FAFSA. He should immediately access the application, review it, and then correct any errors with
the U.S. Department of Education. Pell Grant award amounts are calculated once all student data is complete and verified.

Awards depend on the expected family contribution, the number of semester hours the student is enrolled in, the cost of
education, and the number of semesters of enrollment. Students who already have a baccalaureate degree from any country
are not eligible. International students seeking their first undergraduate degrees are not eligible, nor are early-admit high
school students.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)

The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) is a federal grant for students that have not received a
baccalaureate degree and who are eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant and demonstrate financial need. Students must be enrolled
at least half time to be considered.

Texas Public Education Grant (TPEG)

The Texas Public Education Grant is a state grant for resident and nonresident students with established financial need according
to federal guidelines. Students must be enrolled at least half time to be considered.

Texas Grant

The Texas Grant requires the receipt of an official high school transcript indicating that the student graduated in the
recommended or distinguished curriculum. The student must be a Texas resident, must have an expected family contribution
under $4000, must register in a minimum of 12 hours per semester, and must not have graduated from high school prior to 1989.
Continuing students must meet the state mandated satisfactory academic progress requirements. Complete grant information may
be obtained at www.collegefortexans.org.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 55


TEACH Grant

The Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant Program provides grants of up to $4,000
per year to students who intend to teach in a public or private elementary or secondary school that serves students from low-
income families.  In exchange for receiving a TEACH Grant, students must agree to serve as a full-time teacher in a high-need
field in a public or private elementary or secondary school that serves low-income students. Recipients of a TEACH Grant must
teach for at least four academic years within eight calendar years of completing the subsidized program of study. Complete grant
information and program requirements are published on the Federal Student Aid Web site at http://teachgrant.ed.gov.

To receive the TEACH Grant, a student must meet the following criteria:

• Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Demonstrated financial need is not needed.
• Be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen.
• Be enrolled as an undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, or graduate student in a postsecondary educational institution that
has chosen to participate in the TEACH Grant Program.
• Be enrolled in coursework that is necessary to begin a career in teaching or plan to complete such coursework. Such
coursework may include subject area courses (e.g., math courses for a student who intends to be a mathematics teacher).
• Meet certain academic achievement requirements (generally, scoring above the 75th percentile on a college admissions test
or maintaining a cumulative GPA of at least 3.25).
• Sign a TEACH Grant Agreement to Serve.

As other grant programs become available at the University, students should directly contact the Office of Student
Financial Assistance for pertinent information.

Scholarships

The Scholarship Application is available at http://em.tsu.edu/financialaid/scholarships/index.php or by contacting the Scholarship


Office, located on the second floor of the Recreation Center. The application should be completed and returned in a timely
manner to the same office. Once the application is received, the applicant is considered for all available scholarships by the
Scholarship Committee, which operates in conjunction with the Office of Student Financial Assistance. The deadline for receipt
of scholarship applications is determined annually by the Scholarship Office. Students’ applications received by March 15th will
receive priority consideration for scholarships.

Prospective students may wish to address certain offices or departments for scholarship assistance.

Outstanding high school students who have been newly admitted to the University are encouraged to apply for scholarships
through the Thomas Freeman Honors Program, as referenced earlier, at the time of their admission. Further information
may be obtained by calling (713)-313-7458.

Students who are admitted to the University and who wish to participate in competitive sports may qualify for athletic
scholarships. Detailed information on these scholarships (along with designated qualifications) may be obtained by calling
(713)-313-7671.

The United States Army through its Army Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) Scholarship Program provides financial
assistance for the undergraduate education of highly qualified and motivated young men and women who ultimately want
to pursue careers as commissioned officers in the United States Army after graduation. Detailed information on this program
may be obtained by calling (713)-743-3875.

Through a number of the instructional units at the University, various types of academic scholarships are available. These
scholarships are awarded directly by the sponsoring units, which should be contacted directly through information numbers
referenced in this document.

Federal Work-Study Program

Financial aid applicants may be eligible for assistance under the Federal Work-Study Program. These funds, however, are not
available to international students or to high school students who have gained early admission to the University. Students may
work an average of 20 hours each week. Students must attend a mandatory orientation prior to placement by the program
coordinator and starting work. Students may contact the Support and Academic units within the University to determine
availability of employment opportunities. Generally, a student may explore opportunities that meet the student’s academic
56 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014
interest, skills, and work preference. Students are paid at a rate above the national minimum wage as approved by the University at
the time that eligibility is established.

Loans

The loan programs described below are not available to international students or to high school students who have gained early
admission to the University.

Federal Direct Loans are low-interest loans for students and parents to help pay for the cost of a student’s education after high
school. The lender is the U.S. Department of Education, though the entity dealt with, your loan servicer, can be a private business.
With Direct Loans, the student borrows directly from the federal government and has a single contact, his or her loan servicer, for
everything related to repayment, even if one receives Direct Loans at different schools. Federal Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans
are available to students that may not qualify for more restrictive aid programs based solely on need. Federal Direct Plus Loans are
available for parent and graduate borrowers who do not have an adverse credit history.

As other programs become available at the University, students should contact the Office of Student Financial Assistance
directly for pertinent information.

FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

In order to maintain eligibility for consideration for financial aid, students must meet the standards set forth in Texas Southern
University’s policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). There are three facets of the individual student record that
determine financial aid eligibility: credit hours, grades, and time frame. The requirements in each facet vary in accordance
with academic status (undergraduate, graduate, or professional student), the college or school of enrollment, and enrollment status
(full-time, half-time, or less than half-time). Time frame is always included regardless of the level, enrollment status or degree
objective for the student when considering the financial aid satisfactory academic progress standards.

Credit Hours and GPA


Students receiving financial aid must satisfy the qualitative component, credit hours attempted and earned (ratio) and
qualitative component, the cumulative grade point average (GPA) needed based upon their individual academic classifications
to maintain eligibility. Students receiving aid have their overall enrollments at the University reviewed at the end of the spring
semester. If they meet or exceed the minimum SAP standards, the student’s next scheduled review will occur annually at the
end of the subsequent spring term. If they fail to meet the minimum SAP standards, the student is placed on financial aid
suspension and must appeal for reinstatement of eligibility to receive aid. If the student successfully appeals and is approved to
regain eligibility to receive aid, the student is placed on financial aid probation and the student’s SAP is measured at the end of
each subsequent term. If the student meets the minimum financial aid satisfactory academic progress requirements, the student
regains eligibility to receive Title IV aid. If the student fails to meet the minimum requirements or the requirements outlined in
the academic plan, the student is placed on financial aid suspension and may not automatically regain eligibility until the student
has met the minimum financial aid satisfactory academic progress requirements for their category. The student may appeal for
reinstatement after earning a 2.0 in at least 6 hours at an accredited two-year or four-year University, junior or community college
prior and meets other federal acceptable terms for reentry into the financial aid programs.

Time Frame
With regard to the time frame needed to maintain eligibility, students will be considered for financial aid for a limited time
only. Their enrollment in all postsecondary institutions, regardless of financial aid support, is considered when determining the
total number of credit hours that they are allowed to enroll in with the benefit of financial aid. The Office of Student Financial
Assistance should be contacted directly regarding the specifics of time frame limitations. Students are notified when they are
approaching enrollment in the maximum number of credit hours permitted. If students exceed this number before finishing their
individual programs of study, then they will no longer be eligible to receive federal student assistance.

Financial Aid Probation

Students are placed on financial aid suspension with regard to the receipt of financial aid for their next semester of attendance.
Students placed on financial aid suspension are required to submit an appeal containing a SAP appeal form, letter of explanation,
plan of action for improving their academic performance and academic plan to regain eligibility to receive aid. Submission of an
appeal does not automatically reestablish eligibility to receive aid. If they are successful in appealing the financial aid suspension
Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 57
the student is placed on financial aid probation. If the student has an established academic plan and meets the standards outlined
in the academic plan, the student is continued on financial aid probation. To be removed from this probation, students must
complete the requisite number of semester credit hours with the corresponding GPA to regain unconditional eligibility under
the Satisfactory Academic Progress (or SAP) policy. Students who meet the conditions of outlined in the approved appeal and
an academic plan, but continue to fall below the minimum requirements continue to receive aid on probationary status. If these
conditions are not met the student will be placed on financial aid suspension and may not regain eligibility until the student has
met the minimum financial aid satisfactory academic progress requirements for their category or meets other federal acceptable
terms for reentry into the financial aid programs.

Financial Aid Suspension

Students who fail to earn the required semester credit hours and achieve the required GPA while on financial aid probation
will be placed on financial aid suspension. Thus, they will no longer be eligible to receive federal student assistance. In order to
return to financial aid probationary status, students must meet the minimum financial aid satisfactory academic requirements.
Students failing to meet the minimum requirements must earn a 2.0 in at least 6 hours at an accredited two-year or four-year
university prior to appealing for reinstatement of the financial aid eligibility. The student must submit a financial aid appeal for
consideration of reinstatement of aid. Submission of an appeal after achieving a 2.0 does not automatically reestablish eligibility
to receive aid; appeals will be considered on a case by case basis for reinstatement of aid.

Exclusions

The following types of registration or grades cannot be used to fulfill conditions for the removal of financial aid probation or
suspension: advanced placement credits, credits earned through the credit by examination process, independent study courses, and
grades of withdrawal (W), incomplete (I), in progress (R), unsatisfactory (U), and fail (F).

Additional Academic Requirements

If a student applies for financial aid, their eligibility will be based on past performance as measured by the Satisfactory Academic
Progress (SAP) standards for financial aid. If a student is a transfer student, he or she will be evaluated within the financial aid SAP
maximum time frame based upon the number of semester credit hours accepted by Texas Southern University and subsequently
enrolled in at Texas Southern University.

Other factors that students need to be cognizant of with regard to the assessment of financial aid status are as follows:
1. Semester credit hours earned from foreign institutions are included in the financial aid SAP evaluation if these
credits are accepted by the University and the college/school in which a major is declared.
2. If a course is repeated, the semester credits earned will count toward the determination of enrollment status and
maximum time frame. If a course is repeated due to a failing grade, financial aid may be applied until the student
receives a passing grade in the course. If the student receives a passing grade, financial aid may only be applied for
the first instance the course is repeated.
3. Courses in which grades of “I” (incomplete) are received do not earn credits to meet the academic year minimum,
nor do they influence GPA’s in the semester in which they are taken; however, the credits are counted in the
maximum time frame.
4. Courses in which grades of “W” (withdrawal) are received do not earn credits to meet the academic year minimum,
nor do they influence GPA’s in the semester in which they are taken; however, the credits are counted in the
maximum time frame. Students may retake courses from which they withdraw, and retaken credits will count
toward the determination of enrollment status and minimum credits earned.
5. Credits earned from undergraduate developmental/remedial courses that students are required to take count toward
the determination of enrollment status, minimum semester credits earned, and maximum time frame.
6. Credits earned from undergraduate courses taken while students are enrolled as graduate students do not count
toward the academic year minimum, nor do they influence GPA’s, nor do they count toward the determination of
enrollment status or minimum credits earned, unless these credits are specifically required as prerequisites.
7. All undergraduate and prerequisite courses are included in the financial aid time frame for financial aid SAP.
8. Summer terms are considered special semesters and are not automatically monitored to determine financial aid SAP.
Students who attend summer terms and who want credits earned during these terms counted with fall and/or spring
semester credit totals must make a request for such at the end of the summer terms of attendance.

58 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Right to Appeal

Students placed on financial aid suspension may appeal this status by completing a Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeal Form in
the Office of Student Financial Assistance within 30 days of receipt of notification.

Students who believe that they have been identified as not having met financial aid SAP requirements because of the late posting
of grades should contact the Office of Student Financial Assistance once grades have been posted. A counselor will then review the
information and determine whether or not the SAP requirements have been appropriately met.

Students who are placed on financial aid suspension should submit a Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeal Form, Letter of
Explanation, Plan of Action and Academic Plan. The Academic Plan must be obtained from an academic advisor, or designated
representative for the department. Students who fail to achieve financial aid SAP standards because of mitigating circumstances
(such as illness, injury, family crisis, or credits earned from incomplete courses) should attach supporting documentation with the
appeal. The Satisfactory Academic Progress committee will render a decision after reviewing the documentation presented.

Students who attend either one or both summer terms during a year when they have been placed on either financial aid probation
or suspension and succeed in increasing their GPA’s and/or semester credit hours completed in order to meet the minimum
financial aid SAP standards for the year should appeal their status in writing with supporting documentation to the following:
Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals Committee
Office of Student Financial Assistance
Texas Southern University
3100 Cleburne Street
Houston, Texas 77004-9987

Decisions on these appeals will be made within 20 business days after their receipt. Students will be notified in writing of the
decision.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 59


RESIDENTIAL LIFE AND HOUSING PROCEDURES

The demand for student housing is quite large. Facilities may not be available for all students who apply. To process applications
expeditiously, students must request and submit the appropriate application for the type of accommodation desired.

Texas Southern University (TSU) has launched a new learning and living program. The Urban Academic Village is available to a
select group of incoming freshmen. Only 400 of our 1,200 incoming freshmen will be selected to participate in this pilot program
that includes both an academic and a residential learning community.

To begin the housing reservation process, a student will submit a housing application; the student must remit a security deposit and
a non-refundable application fee at all housing locations. The application fee will not be credited toward the amount of room and
board to be paid at registration. The deposit will remain with the University as long as the student is under the terms of the Housing-
Food Service Contract.

Housing Deposit/Application Fee Refund Policy

A housing/food service contract may be obtained by students for one academic year (that is, for the fall and spring semesters) and the
aforementioned deposit. The deposit will be forfeited if contract is terminated. The deposit is refundable when the student cannot
be accommodated. Refunds are made after verifying that the housing balance has been paid in full and the room has been vacated,
left clean, and in good order. Cost for damages to facilities, furnishings, and special cleaning are charged to the student. Where
responsibility cannot be determined, costs will be divided among the occupants of the room/floor/building involved in the damages.

Housing Reservations

Reservations are made on a priority basis. Freshmen will be served first priority at the Academic Village and the Lanier East and
West Halls. You must be accepted into the Urban Academic Village (UAV) program to reserve housing at the Academic Village. All
other incoming freshmen will reside at Lanier East and West Halls. Priority levels exist according to classification. Sophomores are
accommodated at the 2nd level, followed respectively by juniors and seniors. Assignments depend on housing availability.

All domestic and international students should make applications with applicable fees as early as possible prior to the semester or term
in which they wish to attend. Applicants must be accepted to the University before applying for housing accommodations.

Assignments are made beginning in April for the fall semesters, and are made in December for the spring semester. Every effort will
be made to honor specific room requests; however, room/hall assignments are made on a space-available basis.

Housing Cancellations

All requests for cancellation of housing reservation must be in writing and submitted to the housing office within two (2) weeks upon
receipt of your application. If the request is submitted in time, applicants are eligible to receive the deposit.

All requests for termination of housing/food contracts must be submitted in writing to the housing office located at 3505 Blodgett St,
Houston, Texas 77004 by November 1st each calendar year.

Resident’s Responsibilities

Students are cautioned to read carefully all terms and conditions stated on the application form, information bulletins, and housing/
food service contracts. Students will be held accountable for adherence to the contents of all contractual information. Once a
student is assigned to a room, he/she is responsible for its maintenance (i.e., keeping the room in good condition) and shall be held
responsible to the University for damages to equipment and furnishings. Charges will be assessed for damages or defacements beyond
normal wear and tear.

Texas Southern University strongly urges students to provide personal property insurance via a rider on the family’s homeowners
insurance or by purchase of a personal property insurance policy provided by a third party insurance provider.

All residents are expected to familiarize themselves with and abide by the Housing Rules and Regulations and the Student
Code of Conduct. Violation of University Rules and Regulations could result in disciplinary actions taken by the Housing
Judiciary Committee, Head Resident Counselor, and/or the Office of Judicial Affairs.

The Residential Life and Housing Office is located at 3505 Blodgett in the Tierwester Oaks leasing office, and the telephone number
is (713)-313-7206.
60 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014
ERNEST S. STERLING STUDENT LIFE CENTER

As the “Hub of University Life,” the Student Center is a laboratory of citizenship and provides an educational experience for the
development of successful leadership skills in numerous broad-based college union activities. The Center provides educational,
cultural, social, and recreational programs as well as leisure activities for the entire University community.

This four-story structure in the center of the campus contains a 1,000-seat cafeteria, a pizza and fried chicken shop, and the
University Bookstore. Offices for the Student Government Association, the University Program Council, and Student Publications
(Herald Newspaper and Tiger Yearbook) are also located here. Social events, special meetings, luncheons and receptions are held
in the Tiger Room and in the President’s Lounge. The Center houses a student computer lab, a bowling facility, barber and beauty
shops, a game room, a television room, reading lounges, a meditation room, and a terrace on the roof. It is also equipped to receive
closed circuit television. Special features include an automatic teller machine for banking services, METRO bus pass service, and
graphic services for campus clubs and organizations.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 61


STUDENT SERVICES AND CAMPUS LIFE

COUNSELING SERVICES

The mission of the University Counseling Center (UCC) is to help students enhance their academic and personal well-being. The
UCC seeks to provide crisis intervention, grief counseling, outreach, and other referral services to TSU students.

Confidential counseling services are made available for all currently enrolled TSU students at no charge. Our primary
responsibilities are to alleviate distress and promote healthy functioning by providing either short-term or ongoing counseling
services. These services include, but are not limited to individuals, couples, family and/or group consultation, referral for on-
campus psychiatric services, and public presentations for campus organizations and/or academic classes.

The UCC staff consists of mental health professionals from diverse clinical backgrounds. Some members are licensed mental
health professionals. The UCC consults with psychologists, psychiatrists, and physicians when necessary. This practice allows the
staff to provide quality counseling, integrated care, appropriate referrals, consultation, and training. The UCC clinical staff are
trained and experienced in responding to a variety of issues encountered by university students.

The UCC is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call the
UCC at 713-313-7804 either to make an appointment or for additional information.

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES

Student Health Services offers medical care and educational programs to all students currently enrolled at Texas Southern
University. Students who have a validated ID card and a physical examination form with current immunization report on file are
eligible for clinic services.

The Student Health Center is located off Tierwester Street at parking lot D. It is staffed by one physician, two nurses and
supportive administrative/clerical personnel. To provide care when needed, the Clinic is open year-round and operates on a walk-
in basis. The nurses are on duty Monday-Friday from 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. The physician is available from 3:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
daily. Students may call the Clinic at (713) 313-7173.

The Center is designed and equipped to render service for minor and acute ailments and injuries. On-hand medications and
medical supplies available at the Clinic are dispensed free of charge to all students with a validated ID card for the current
semester. Specific medications may be obtained from any pharmacy with a prescription written by the school physician. There
are no facilities for overnight stay. Two rooms are available for short-term day observation. For services beyond the scope of
the University physician, students are referred to local health care providers. Expenses for services of these providers are the
responsibility of the student, not the University. Consultations made within the University are free of charge.

No one can get information from a student’s medical record without the student’s written consent or a court-ordered subpoena.
A federal regulation, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), requires our protecting the privacy of your
health information.

Insurance. Students who reside in University dormitories are provided a basic hospitalization/accident insurance plan. The
premium is included in the housing fee. This plan is available to ALL University students for a small fee. The premium is low,
and the coverage is minimal. Information is available at the Clinic.

After Clinic hours and on weekends, residence hall students should report any emergency situation or illness to the Dormitory
Director. Students living in other University housing should contact Campus Security at (713) 313-7000.

Health Awareness Programs. HIV counseling and testing is available in the Center every week. The Center will be presenting
informative health programs throughout the fall and spring semester. Information regarding these programs will be posted
campuswide. The pamphlet on HIV infection developed by the Texas Department of Health is available.

62 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


COOPERATIVE EDUCATION AND PLACEMENT SERVICES CENTER

The Cooperative Education and Placement Services Center has the major objective of assisting students and alumni with their
employment-related needs. The Center staff seeks to assist students with choosing their majors and career interests and gaining
relevant work experience, as well as to provide alumni guidance in their full-time professional job search. The Center encompasses
four interlocking components: Career Awareness, Job Location and Development (JLD), Cooperative Education (Co-Op)/
Internships, and Career Planning and Placement.

Cooperative Education and Placement Services also focuses on developing strong relationships with employers and assisting
them in their recruiting needs. Provided services include career fairs, on-campus recruitment, and resume referrals that assist in
meeting each organizations needs. If the need is filling internships, cooperative education, or full-time employment opportunities,
Cooperative Education and Placement Services is dedicated to providing each organization personal and prompt service.

Whether or not one is a student, an alumnus, or an employer, Cooperative Education and Placement Services is committed to
assisting you in meeting your goals. The Center is located in 152 Fairchild Hall. For further information, students should call
(713)-313-7346.

UNIVERSITY TESTING SERVICES

The University Testing Services program renders the following services.

1. The provision of local and national testing programs for its clientele.
2. The collection of relevant and reliable psychometric information about the learner.
3. The collection of relevant and reliable psychometric information about prospective students of Texas Southern
University.
4. The provision of test services and test consultations for various components within the University.
5. The provision of counselors and admission officers with test profiles on all freshman students.
6. The provision of academic advisors with test profiles and other relevant test data compiled on their advisees.

University Testing Services offers two specific programs: national testing programs and institutional testing programs.

A. National Testing Programs are testing programs which are administered nationwide in terms of date and time. They are
controlled by test service centers external to the University. Those national testing programs which are currently conducted by
University Services are

• American College Testing (ACT) Program Test


• General Education Development (GED) Test
• Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT)
• Law School Admission Test (LSAT)
• Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)
• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
• Texas Educator Certification (TExES)

B. Institutional testing programs are programs that are conceived, designed, implemented, and controlled by the University.

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM


(THE LEARNING ENHANCEMENT CENTER)

Funded by the United States Department of Education, Texas Southern University’s Student Support Services Program (SSSP) is
designed to provide academic assistance and counseling to “TRIO” eligible students who are pursuing a baccalaureate degree. All
services are provided free of cost so as to empower participants to realize their academic and career goals. Specific programmatic
services include the following:

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 63


TUTORING

All participants are eligible to receive tutoring. Each participant will be assessed by a staff member to identify critical academic
support needs. “Learning Enhancement” tutor/mentors will provide academic support assistance in numerous disciplines.

COUNSELING

The assistant director and academic advisor/counselor will interview and assess each eligible applicant. Together, they will identify
the student’s academic and self-development needs. Additionally, students will have access to career, personal and academic related
counseling services.

SEMINARS

Seminars offered by the program include, but are not limited to, the following: financial aid assistance, test-taking skills, career
planning, time management, note-taking skills, GRE, GMAT, LSAT, and MCAT test preparation seminars, and graduate and
professional school information. Each seminar is carefully designed with the student’s best interest in mind.

FINANCIAL AID ADVISEMENT

The program provides assistance in completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and facilitates seminars/
workshops relative to accessing financial aid resources.

CULTURAL ENRICHMENT

Participants are offered an opportunity to attend activities that foster cultural enrichment (e.g., Broadway plays and University
theatrical productions).

COMPUTER/COPIER/INTERNET ACCESS

So as to advance academic research, participants are afforded access to educational support resources such as copiers, computers,
laptops, printers, and the internet.

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

To qualify for program participation, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents and have a need for academic support.
Additionally, students must satisfy one of the following criteria:

• be a first-generation college student (neither parent/nor guardian has a four year college degree);
• have an economic need as established by the Department of Education income guidelines; and/or
• manifest a documented learning or physical disability.

SSSP LOCATION AND HOURS OF OPERATION

The Learning Enhancement Center’s main office and tutorial laboratory are located in Fairchild 147.

HOURS OF OPERATION: 9 a.m. – 6 p.m., Monday thru Friday.

For additional information, please call Student Support Services’ administrative office at (713) 313-7998/4207 and/or
access the project’s Web site at www.tsu.edu.

UNIVERSITY PROGRAM COUNCIL

The University Program Council is composed of students, staff, faculty, and administrators who work in collaboration with the
Office of Student Services in implementing programs for the University community. The Council’s charge includes sponsoring a
comprehensive list of social, cultural, intellectual, and recreational programs which enhance the total development of students.

64 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION

The Student Government Association is the supreme governing body of Texas Southern University students. Comprised of three
branches, Executive, Legislative and Judicial, the Student Government Association serves as a means whereby students’ opinions,
views, and aspirations may be properly discussed and acted upon.

Participation in the co-curricular laboratory environment provided by the Student Government Association maximizes
opportunities for leadership development and ensures student participation on University committees. Weekly meetings of the
Student Government Association are held in the Student Center and are open to all students.

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS

The Office of Campus Organizations, which is housed in the Student Center, each year certifies over seventy (70) campus
organizations serving the special interests of the campus community. Among those recognized organizations are undergraduate
chapters of national fraternities and sororities and social, academic, recreational, religious, and para-professional organizations.

STATEMENT OF ETHICAL PRINCIPLES

TITLE IX GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

It is the policy of Texas Southern University not to discriminate on the basis of sex in its educational programs and activities as
required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. Title IX provides that “No person in the United States shall, on the
basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education
program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance. Sex discrimination includes sexual harassment and sexual assault. This
policy shall apply to all students, staff, faculty, contractors, vendors, and/or visitors to Texas Southern University.

As a student of the University you are protected from sex discrimination in areas including, but not limited to:

• Admission to schools/colleges
• Access to enrollment in courses
• Access to and use of school facilities
• Counseling and guidance materials, tests and practices
• Vocational education
• Physical education
• Competitive athletics
• Graduation requirements
• Student rules, regulations and benefits
• Treatment as a married and/or pregnant student
• Housing
• Financial assistance
• Health services
• School-sponsored extracurricular activities

As an employee of the University you are protected from sex discrimination in areas including, but not limited to:

• Employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties and shifts


• Career advancement
• Other terms and conditions of employment

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 65


II. DEFINITIONS

A. Sex Discrimination. Sex discrimination can occur when conduct is directed at a specific individual or a group of identifiable
individuals that adversely affects the education or employment of the individual or group because of sex. Behavior that may be sex
discrimination include, but are not limited to:

• Exclusion from educational resources or activities because of one’s gender


• Subjection to jokes or derogatory comments about one’s gender; or
• Being held to different standards or requirements on the basis of one’s gender

B. Sexual Harassment. Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination that can occur when there are:

• Unwelcome sexual advances;


• Request for sexual favors, whether or not accompanied by promises or threats relating to the employment or academic
relationship, or that in any way influence any academic or personnel decision regarding a person’s academic standing,
employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties, shifts or any other condition of employment, career or
academic development;
• Any verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature that threatens or implies, either explicitly or implicitly, that an employee’s
or student’s submission to or rejection of sexual advances will in any way influence any personnel or academic decision
regarding his or her academic standing, employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties, shifts or any other
condition of employment, career or academic development;
• Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an employee’s ability to do
his or her job or a student’s academic standing, performance or development;
• Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working or
educational environment; and
• Certain conduct in the workplace or educational environment, whether physical or verbal, committed by supervisors, non-
supervisory personnel, or faculty, including but not limited to references to an individual’s body; use of sexually degrading
words to describe an individual; offensive comments; off-color language or jokes; innuendoes; and sexually suggestive objects
or behavior, books, magazines, photographs, cartoons or pictures.

C. Sexual Assault. Sexual assault is a nonconsensual act involving psychological manipulation, physical force, or coercion. As
defined by the Texas Penal Code, a stranger or acquaintance commits sexual assault through forcible sodomy, forcible sexual
penetration, however slight, of another person’s mouth, anal or genital opening with any object. These acts must be committed
without the victim’s consent either by force, threat of force or violence, intimidation or through the use of the victim’s mental or
physical helplessness of which the accused was aware or should have been aware.

III. REPORTING OF COMPLAINTS

Texas Southern University (TSU) encourages any student, employee or visitor who thinks that she or he has been subjected to
sex discrimination, sexual harassment or sexual assault by another student, member of the faculty or staff, campus visitor or
contractor, to report that action immediately to the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy Coordinator.

Any complaint of sex discrimination, sexual harassment or sexual assault made under this procedure must be submitted in writing
within 180 days after the occurrence (or the last of a series of occurrences) of the alleged discrimination.

Every dean, department head, director, supervisor or administrator is responsible for promptly reporting incidents of sex
discrimination, sex harassment and sexual assault that come to their attention to the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a
Deputy Coordinator. All other individuals are urged to report to their supervisors or the University’s Title IX Coordinator/Deputy
Coordinators conduct that they believe violate the University policies prohibiting sex discrimination.

66 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


IV. NOTICE OF TITLE IX COORDINATOR/DEPUTY COORDINATORS

While compliance with the law is everyone’s responsibility at the University, listed below are the University’s Title IX Coordinator/
Deputy Coordinators who have primary responsibility for Title IX Compliance.

Title IX Coordinator

Keisha David
Associate Director, Employee Relations and Compliance
Office of Human Resources
Hannah Hall, Room 126
Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7037
David_KL@tsu.edu

Duties and responsibilities of the Title IX Coordinator include monitoring and oversight of overall implementation of Title
IX compliance at the University, including, but not limited to coordination of training, education, communications, and
administration of grievance procedures for faculty, staff, students and other members of the University community.

Title IX Deputy Coordinators

For students:

Corliss Rabb William Thomas


Director of Judicial Affairs Associate Dean of Students
Office of the Dean of Students Office of the Dean of Students
Recreation Center, Room 200 Recreation Center, Room 200
Texas Southern University Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004 Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7956 (713) 313-6816
rabb_ca@tsu.edu thomas_wa@tsu.edu

If you have a complaint against a TSU student for sex discrimination, sex harassment or sexual assault, you should contact the
Associate Dean of Students or the Director of Judicial Affairs.

The Associate Dean of Students and the Director of Judicial Affairs are responsible for Title IX compliance for matters involving
students, including training, education, communication, and administration of the grievance procedure for all complaints filed
against TSU students.

For faculty, staff and visitors:

Sanya Sinclair
Human Resources Generalist
Office of Human Resources
Hannah Hall, Room 126
Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7881
SinclairSA@tsu.edu

If you have a complaint against a TSU faculty member, staff member, visitor or contractor for sex discrimination, sex harassment
or sexual assault, you should contact the Office of Human Resources.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 67


The Human Resources Generalist is responsible for Title IX compliance for matters involving faculty and staff, including training,
education, communication, and administration of the grievance procedure for all complaints against faculty, staff and visitors,
including those complaints filed by students.

For Athletics:

Dr. Dwalah Fisher


Senior Woman Administrator - Athletics
Health & Physical Education Building, Room
Texas Southern University
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313- 7272
Fisher_DL@tsu.edu

Complaints against TSU students and Employees in Athletics

If you have a complaint against a TSU student, coach or administrator for sexual discrimination, sexual harassment, or sexual
assault, you may contact one of the offices listed above, or you may contact the Senior Woman Administrator - Athletics, who will
facilitate the handling of the complaint with the appropriate office.

Gender Equity in Athletics

If you have a complaint about gender equity in TSU athletic programs, you should contact the Senior Woman Administrator -
Athletics, who is responsible for Title IX compliance in matters relating to gender equity in TSU athletic programs.

For Sexual Assault:

To file a complaint of sexual assault, you may contact one of the offices listed above, and you may also contact:

TSU Department of Public Safety


Texas Southern University
3443 Blodgett Street
(713) 313-7000 (Emergency)
(713) 313-7001 (Non-emergency)

U. S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights

You may also file a complaint of illegal discrimination with the Dallas regional office of the U. S. Department of Education’s
Office for Civil Rights.

Confidentiality

Discrimination and harassment complaints will be handled in a confidential manner to the extent possible and consistent with
principles of due process. Information will only be shared on a need-to-know basis and as provided for by University policy and
applicable federal and state laws.

V. INFORMAL RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

Though not required, employees and students are encouraged to attempt initially to resolve complaints at the lowest level through
the administrative structure of the employment unit or academic department.

If you would like to proceed informally, you should ask your supervisor, the other person’s supervisor, the Title IX Coordinator
or a Deputy Title IX Coordinator to intervene. Do not rely upon other co-workers or individuals who are not familiar with

68 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


University policy to intervene on your behalf when discussing your concerns with the person whose behavior is unwelcome and/or
offensive. In cases involving allegations of sexual assault, mediation is not appropriate, even on a voluntary basis.

You have the right to end the informal resolution process at any time and begin the formal resolution process.

Supervisors or administrators, including faculty, always should contact the Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy Coordinator before
attempting to resolve any complaints.

VI. FORMAL RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

You may initiate formal complaint procedures by filing a complaint with the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy
Coordinator (“Coordinator”) whether or not you have attempted resolution through informal procedures. The individual who
files the complaint is referred to as the “Complainant”. The individual against whom the complaint is filed is referred to as the
“Respondent”. Collectively these individuals are referred to as the “parties”. The University will work to investigate all complaints
as quickly and professionally as possible. When investigations confirm the discrimination and/or harassment allegations,
appropriate corrective action will be taken to prevent the recurrence of any discrimination or harassment.

1. Filing of a Complaint.

The complaint must be submitted in writing, must be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the incident (or last of a
series of incidents) that is the basis of the complaint, and must contain the following information:

• Complainant’s name and contact information, including address, telephone number and e-mail address;
• Name of Complainant’s Department Head/Dean/Vice President (if Complainant is an employee);
• Name of person(s) responsible for alleged violation(s);
• Date(s) and place(s) of alleged violation(s);
• Nature of alleged violation(s) as defined in this policy;
• Detailed description of the specific conduct that is the basis of alleged violation(s);
• Names of any witnesses to alleged violation(s);
• Action requested to resolve the situation;
• Complainant’s signature and date of filing; and
• Any other relevant information/documents

The following communications do not constitute a complaint and will not be investigated or resolved pursuant to this complaint
resolution process:

• Oral allegations
• E-mail correspondence
• Anonymous communications
• Courtesy copies of correspondence or a complaint filed with others/other entities
• Inquires that seek advice or information only
• Pre-complaint consultations and informal resolution activities

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the University will, pursuant to its obligations under Title IX, respond to all incidents of possible
sex discrimination, harassment and sexual assault, of which it knows or reasonably should know.

2. Receipt of a Complaint.

Upon receipt of the written complaint, the Coordinator will meet with the Complainant within five (5) working days to review
the complaint procedures, discuss the Complainant’s allegations, and determine, if appropriate, whether the Complainant is
amenable to resolving the complaint through informal procedures. If the Complainant is willing to first proceed informally, the
Coordinator will temporarily postpone the complaint investigation and contact the Respondent to determine whether he or she is
willing to participate in an informal resolution.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 69


If the Complainant wishes to proceed directly with the formal complaint procedures, or the Respondent declines to participate in
an informal resolution, or attempts to resolve the complaint through informal procedures are unsuccessful, the Coordinator will
assess the Complainant’s written complaint to determine whether the allegations state a potential violation of federal or state laws
and/or University policies.

3. Acceptance of a Complaint.

Within five (5) working days of: 1) the Coordinator’s receipt of the complaint; 2) the Coordinator’s initial meeting with the
Complainant; or 3) the Coordinator’s determination that an informal resolution of the Complainant’s complaint is no longer
feasible – whichever is later, the Coordinator shall decide whether the written complaint states a potential violation of University
policies or federal or state laws and shall notify the Complainant in writing of her/his determination.

If the Coordinator determines that the allegations of the complaint state a potential violation, the Coordinator will notify the
Complainant that the complaint has been accepted and within ten (10) days thereafter provide written notice to the Respondent
of the complaint allegations. In addition to notice of the complaint being provided to the Respondent, the Coordinator shall
provide notice to the Respondent’s immediate supervisor and divisional vice president.

If the Coordinator determines that the allegations of the complaint do not state a violation of University policy or federal or state
laws, the Coordinator will provide written notice of this decision to the Complainant. The notice shall explain why the complaint
does not state a violation.

4. Complaint Investigation.

The allegations in all complaints will be investigated thoroughly to assure a resolution that is consistent with the facts. The
investigation may include, but is not limited to:

• Interviewing the Complainant


• Interviewing the Respondent
• Interviewing witnesses and reviewing evidence presented by the parties
• Interviewing other material witnesses
• Reviewing relevant files and records;
• Comparing the treatment of the Complainant to that of others similarly situated in the department or unit; and/or
• Reviewing applicable policies and procedures

All interviews will be audio recorded. Parties and witnesses will be informed that their statements will remain confidential only to
the extent allowed by laws.

Evidence will be reviewed using a preponderance of the evidence standard (e.g. is it more likely than not that a violation of
University policy occurred).

5. Abandonment of Complaint.

The following acts may constitute abandonment of a complaint:

• Failing to respond or take an action required by the policy or procedure within the specified time limit;
• Failing to appear for a scheduled meeting/hearing without adequate cause; or
• Otherwise failing to advance the complaint in a timely manner.

No further action or appeal will be allowed following a Coordinator’s determination that the Complainant has abandoned their
complaint. The Coordinator will provide written notice to the Complainant of this determination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the University will, pursuant to its obligations under Title IX, respond to all incidents of possible
sex discrimination, harassment and sexual assault, of which it knows or reasonably should know.

70 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


6. Report of Findings and Recommendation – Complaints Against Nonstudents.

The investigation shall normally be concluded within sixty (60) working days of the filing of the written complaint, at which time
the Coordinator shall issue a written report to the Respondent’s supervisor/department head. If a complaint is directed against a
supervisor/department head who would otherwise act on a complaint, the function assigned to that supervisor/department head
will be delegated to the next level supervisor in the Respondent’s line of supervision. The report shall include a summary of the
Complainant’s allegations, the Respondent’s response to the allegations, findings of fact and conclusions, as well as appropriate
recommendations.

If the report determines a finding of a violation of University policy and/or federal or state law, within five (5) working days
following receipt of the report of findings and recommendation, the supervisor/department head shall determine a disciplinary
action that is appropriate for the severity of the conduct. Disciplinary action which may include sexual harassment, non-retaliation
and/or managerial training, a letter of reprimand, a formal letter of apology to the Complainant, a reduction in administrative
duties (e.g. removal as chair of department), unpaid suspension and/or termination of employment, will be taken in accordance
with applicable University policies and procedures. Disciplinary action must be approved by the Office of Human Resources prior
to the action being taken.

The supervisor/department head shall communicate the discipline decision in writing to the Coordinator and the Coordinator
shall provide written notice to the parties of the outcome of the investigation.

7. Report of Findings and Recommendation – Complaints Against Students.

The investigation shall normally be concluded within sixty (60) days of the filing of the written complaint, at which time the
Coordinator shall issue a written report. The report shall include a summary of the Complainant’s allegations, the Respondent’s
response to the allegations, findings of fact and conclusions, as well as appropriate recommendations.

Any disciplinary proceedings involving a student will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of the University’s Student
Conduct Code. Disciplinary sanctions under the Code may include sexual harassment and non-retaliation counseling, disciplinary
reprimand, disciplinary probation, suspension and expulsion.

The University will take necessary steps to prevent the recurrence of any discrimination found to exist.

The Coordinator shall provide written notice to the parties of the outcome of the investigation.

In all Student Conduct Code disciplinary proceedings initiated pursuant to this Policy the Complainant will be provided with the
same procedural protections provided to the Respondent, including but not limited to the right to:

• Receive notice of the hearing;


• Select and be accompanied and assisted by an advisor;
• Attend a pre-hearing disciplinary conference;
• Present witnesses and evidence in support of her/his position;
• Appeal the determination of the hearing panel;
• Notice of the outcome of the complaint and any appeal

Further, the Complainant and Respondent will not be allowed to personally question or cross-examine each other during
disciplinary hearings/proceedings. Finally, all evidence will be reviewed using a preponderance of the evidence standard (e.g. is it
more likely than not that a violation of the Student Conduct Code occurred).

As required by Federal law, any disclosure of the findings and decision in regards to student disciplinary proceedings will be
governed by the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 71


8. Protective Measures.

At times the Title IX Coordinator/Deputy Coordinator may deem it necessary to recommend steps before or during an
investigation to protect the rights and interests of the Complainant and/or the Respondent. Those measures may be designed to
reduce or eliminate contact between the Complainant and Respondent so that both parties feel safe in their work or educational
environment. Protective measures may also guard against further actual or perceived discrimination or retaliation.

Protective measures may include but are not limited to temporary changes in working conditions (such as changes in supervisor,
shift, job site, or office location), changes in class schedule, changes in living arrangements, directives to the Complainant and
Respondent to avoid personal contact or refrain from such contact without a third party neutral person present, and in severe cases
interim suspension.

9. Effect of Criminal Proceedings.

Because sexual assault may constitute both a violation of University policy and criminal activity, the University encourages
students to report alleged sexual assaults promptly to University and/or local law enforcement agencies. Criminal investigations
may be useful in the gathering of relevant evidence, particularly forensic evidence. Because the standards for finding a violation
of criminal law are different from the standards for finding a violation of this Policy, criminal investigations or reports are not
determinative of whether sexual assault, for purposes of this Policy, has occurred. In other words, conduct may constitute sexual
assault under this Policy even if law enforcement agencies lack sufficient evidence of a crime and therefore decline to prosecute.

The filing of a complaint of sexual assault under this Policy is independent of any criminal investigation or proceeding, and
(except that the University’s investigation may be delayed temporarily while the criminal investigators are gathering evidence) the
University will not wait for the conclusion of any criminal investigation or proceedings to commence its own investigation and
take interim measures to protect the Complainant and the University Community, if necessary.

10. Retaliation Prohibited.

It is contrary to Title IX, and other federal and state civil rights laws, and to University policy, to retaliate against any person for
asserting his/her civil rights, including filing a claim of discrimination or participating as a witness in an investigation. Retaliation
or reprisals against any participant in an investigation will not be tolerated by the University. Retaliation against a person who
files a claim of discrimination (including sexual harassment or sexual assault) is grounds for a subsequent claim by that person
under the University’s Retaliation policy (MAPP 02.05.14). If a person believes that he or she has been retaliated against as a
result of filing a grievance or participating in the investigation of a grievance, he or she may pursue a separate complaint charging
retaliation.

11. Filing of False Complaints.

Any employee or student who knowingly and intentionally files a false complaint under this procedure is subject to disciplinary
action up to and including dismissal from the University/termination of employment.

12. Time Frames.

Time frames referenced in these procedures may be extended by the Coordinator for good cause, such as holidays or when classes
are not in session, or when it is necessary to complete an investigation due to difficulties reaching witnesses or parties to the
complaint.

VII. TITLE IX GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES.

This procedure shall constitute the grievance procedures for complaints alleging unlawful sex discrimination required under Title
IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. As used herein, “complaint” is synonymous with “grievance”.

72 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


VIII. OTHER DISCRIMINATION GRIEVANCES/COMPLAINTS

Complaints and grievances by faculty, staff and students alleging other forms of unlawful discrimination and harassment by faculty
or staff, including but not limited to unlawful discrimination/harassment based on race, color, religion, national origin, age,
disability, sexual orientation or veteran status, are subject to the procedures set forth in the University’s “Complaint and Grievance
Policy” – MAPP 02.05.01.

ANTI-RETALIATION

Policy. It is the policy of Texas Southern University that positive employee relations and morale can best be achieved and
maintained in an environment that promotes ongoing open communication among administration, staff, faculty, and students,
including open and candid discussions of problems and concerns. The University encourages staff, faculty and students to express
their issues, concerns or opinions without fear of retaliation or reprisal. Therefore, the University wishes to make clear that it
considers acts or threats of retaliation to constitute a serious violation of University policy.

Retaliation is any action that has the effect of punishing a person for engaging in a legally protected activity, such as alleging
discrimination, making a discrimination or harassment complaint, or assisting in a discrimination or harassment investigation.
The EEOC has determined that there are three essential elements of a retaliation claim: 1) participating in a legally protected
activity, 2) an adverse employment action, such as suspension, demotion, or termination and, 3) a causal connection between
engaging in the protected activity and the adverse employment action. Other examples of adverse employment actions include
but are not limited to harassment, intimidation, threats or coercion.

Retaliation against any person who seeks assistance from the Offices of General Counsel, Internal Audit, Institutional Compliance
or Human Resources or who files a claim of discrimination, including sexual harassment, is prohibited. Direct or indirect
retaliation against anyone who, in good faith, raises or points out compliance-related violations or issues is also prohibited. There
shall be no retaliation against any participant or witness in an investigation of a complaint, grievance or compliance violation. Any
employee who retaliates against a fellow employee or a student in violation of the law and/or this policy is subject to disciplinary
action, up to and including termination of employment.

Procedures. All administrators, managers and faculty should take proactive measures to assure staff or students that the University
encourages the reporting of problems and prohibits retaliation or reprisal for reporting such problems. Allegations of retaliation
will be investigated pursuant to the University’s Retaliation Investigation Procedures. Any employee who is found to have
retaliated against a fellow employee or a student in violation of the law and/or this policy is subject to disciplinary action in
accordance with the University’s Discipline and Termination Policy, up to and including termination of employment.

An employee, who has a complaint of retaliation by anyone at work, including any supervisor, co-worker, or visitor, should report
such conduct to his or her supervisor. In addition, the employee should report the retaliation to the University’s Employment
Compliance Manager. If the complaint involves the employee’s supervisor or someone in the direct line of supervision or if the
employee for any reason is uncomfortable in dealing with his or her immediate supervisor, the employee should go directly to the
Compliance Manager. If the complaint involves the Compliance Manager, the employee should make a report to the University’s
Office of Human Resources. For more information, call the Office of Human Resources at (713) 313-7520.

SEXUAL HARASSMENT

Policy. It is the policy of Texas Southern University that all employees have the right to work in an environment free of
discrimination and sexual harassment. As such, the University has a no-tolerance policy on sexual harassment. That means that
any employee who sexually harasses a fellow employee or a student is subject to discipline, up to and including termination of his
or her employment.

The University’s sexual harassment policy is designed to apply to employment and academic relationships among faculty,
administrators, staff, and students and prohibits male-to-female, female-to-male, faculty-student and same-sex harassment. Every
employee of the University must avoid offensive or inappropriate sexual and/or sexually harassing behavior at work. Furthermore,
the University’s guidelines apply to all sexual advances, regardless of whether or not they are made in the office, outside the office,
or during social or business occasions.
Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 73
Definitions. Texas Southern University has adopted and incorporated the regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) and case law that define sexual harassment and hostile work environment. Prohibited conduct and activities
include

1. Unwelcome sexual advances;


2. Requests for sexual favors, whether or not accompanied by promises or threats relating to the employment relationship
or in any way influencing any personnel decision regarding a person’s employment, evaluation, wages, advancement,
assigned duties, shifts or any other condition of employment or career development;
3. Any verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature that threatens or implies, either explicitly or implicitly, that an
employee’s submission to or rejection of sexual advances will in any way influence any personnel decision regarding his or
her employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties, shifts or any other condition of employment or career
development;
4. Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an employee’s ability to do
his or her job;
5. Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working
environment;
6. Certain conduct in the workplace, whether physical or verbal, committed by supervisors or non-supervisory personnel,
including but not limited to references to an individual’s body; use of sexually degrading words to describe an individual;
offensive comments; off-color language or jokes; innuendoes; and sexually suggestive objects or behavior, books,
magazines, photographs, cartoons or pictures; and
7. Retaliation against employees who report sexual harassment or assist the University in investigating a complaint. Such
action is illegal and prohibited. Retaliation includes, but is not limited to, refusing to recommend an employee for a
benefit for which he or she qualifies, spreading rumors about the employee, encouraging hostility from co-workers, and
escalating the harassment.

Prohibitions

1. It is a violation of the University policy for anyone to engage in sexual harassment as defined above.
2. It is a violation of the University policy for anyone who is authorized to effectively recommend or take personnel or
academic actions affecting faculty, staff members or students to engage in sexual harassment as defined above.
3. It is a violation of University policy for anyone to offer sexual favors in order to obtain preferential treatment with regard
to conditions of employment or academic standing.
4. It is a violation of the University policy for an administrator/supervisor to take personnel or academic actions as a reprisal
or in retaliation against an individual for reporting sexual harassment.
5. As with other University policies, it is also a violation of University policy for anyone to make false accusations of sexual
harassment or other misconduct.

Responsibilities of the University

1. Whenever there is a violation of this policy, prompt corrective action shall be taken by the University consistent with
existing rules, regulations, and policies. The University shall take preventive and corrective disciplinary action, up to and
including termination of employment, against any employee who engages in sexual harassment.
2. The University’s Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the coordination, dissemination, and implementation of
this policy and shall work closely with senior academic and non-academic administrators to assure compliance with the
provisions of this policy. The Office of General Counsel and the Human Resources Department shall serve as resources
with regard to sexual harassment-related matters.
3. Each dean, director, department chairman and/or administrative officer of an operational unit shall cooperate with the
Compliance Officer in the implementation and dissemination of this policy and in providing an environment free of
sexual harassment. Such officials shall refer complaints arising under this policy to the Compliance Officer.
4. It is the obligation of every faculty, student and staff member of the University to adhere to this policy. Failure of
supervisors promptly to investigate and report allegations of sexual harassment or failure to take timely corrective actions
is a violation of University policy and may be considered a violation of the law. The University shall take appropriate
disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment, against any supervisor who fails to investigate,
report and/or take timely corrective action in cases of sexual harassment.
5. The University shall exercise reasonable care to prevent and promptly correct any sexual harassing behavior, to safeguard
against sexual harassment, and to prevent any harm that could have been avoided.

74 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


6. The person affected by sexual harassment from another must make an attempt to take advantage of a reasonable
preventive or corrective opportunity provided by the University or otherwise to avoid harm.
7. Retaliation against an employee who reports sexual harassment or assists the University in investigating a complaint is
prohibited; any individual who retaliates against an employee under these circumstances will be subject to appropriate
disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.

Complaints. An employee who has a complaint of sexual harassment by anyone at work, including any supervisor, co-worker,
or visitor, should report such conduct to his or her supervisor. In addition, the employee should report the harassment to the
University’s Compliance Officer. If the complaint involves the employee’s supervisor or someone in the direct line of supervision,
or if the employee for any reason is uncomfortable in dealing with his or her immediate supervisor, the worker should go
directly to the Compliance Officer. If the complaint involves the Compliance Officer, the employee should make a report to the
University’s Office of Human Resources. The University will work to investigate all complaints as quickly and as professionally as
possible. When investigations confirm the allegations, appropriate corrective action will be taken.

In the event the University learns that an employee has made a sexual harassment complaint in bad faith or has knowingly
provided false information regarding a complaint, appropriate disciplinary action may be taken against the individual who
provided the false information.

Confidentiality. The University will make every attempt to keep the information provided in the complaint and investigation process
confidential to the fullest extent permitted by the circumstances and allowed by law. However, confidentiality cannot be guaranteed.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)/SECTION 504 POLICY

A. Purpose

The purpose of this operating policy/procedure is to ensure understanding of the University’s responsibilities regarding the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended (Section 504). It is the
policy of Texas Southern University (TSU) to provide reasonable accommodations upon request for qualified individuals with
a disability who are students, employees, or applicants for employment. TSU will adhere to all applicable state and federal
laws, regulations and guidelines with respect to providing reasonable accommodations as required in an effort to offer equal
opportunities to qualified disabled individuals. The provost and the dean of students will review this policy on an annual basis and
forward any recommendations for revisions to the Human Resources Department.

B. Introduction

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 mandates equal opportunities for persons with disabilities in all public
facilities, programs, activities, services and benefits derived from them. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
mandates equal opportunity for qualified persons with disabilities in all programs, activities and services of recipients of federal
financial assistance. Both the ADA and Section 504 are civil rights statutes which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability,
obligate colleges and universities to make certain adjustments and accommodations, and offer to persons with disabilities the
opportunity to participate fully in all institutional programs and activities.

Section 504 states “a handicapped person is anyone with a physical or mental impairment that substantially impairs or restricts one
or more major life activities, such as caring for one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing,
learning and working.”

For federally assisted programs or activities operated by post-secondary education recipients, the specific obligations with regard to
handicapped or disabled students, faculty or staff, include but are not limited to the following:

• All programs and activities must be offered in the most integrated setting appropriate.
• Academic requirements must be modified, on a case-by-case basis, to afford qualified handicapped or disabled
individuals an equal educational and/or work opportunity;
• A recipient may not impose upon disabled individuals rules that have the effect of limiting their participation in
the recipients’ education program or activity; for example, prohibiting tape recorders in classrooms or guide dogs in
campus buildings.
• Students with impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills must be provided auxiliary aids such as taped texts,
interpreters, readers and classroom equipment adapted for persons with manual impairments.
Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 75
Texas Southern University provides all educational and other university-sponsored programs and activities to persons with
disabilities in the most integrated setting appropriate. Students, employees, applicants and other individuals with disabilities served
by TSU are not segregated, separated or treated differently. TSU does not require persons with disabilities to take advantage of all
adjustments, accommodations or special services.

C. Scope

This policy applies to students, staff, faculty, job applicants, and other beneficiaries of the programs, services, and activities of
TSU.

D. Definitions

1. ADA/Section 504 Coordinator. The University’s Employment Compliance Officer acts as the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator for faculty, staff and students and ensures the University’s compliance with relevant federal and state laws
regarding the ADA.
2. Disability. A disability is defined as a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life
activities.
3. Qualified individual with a disability. An individual who has a physical or mental impairment as defined above, has
a record of such impairment, or is regarded as having such impairment, who possesses the requisite skills, education,
experience and training for a position, and who can, with or without a reasonable accommodation, perform the essential
functions of the position the individual desires or holds.
4. Reasonable Accommodation. A modification or adjustment to the job application process or the work or academic
environment that enables a qualified person with a disability to be considered for a position, perform the essential
functions of a position, or enjoy the same benefits and privileges of employment and academics as are enjoyed by
similarly situated employees or students without disabilities. Reasonable accommodations include, but are not limited
to modifying written examinations, making facilities accessible, adjusting work schedules, restructuring jobs, providing
assistive devices or equipment, providing readers or interpreters, and modifying work sites.
5. Substantial limitation. An impairment that prevents the performance of a major life activity that the average person in
the general population can perform, or a significant restriction as to the condition, manner or duration under which an
individual can perform a particular major life activity as compared to the average person in the general population.
6. Undue hardship. An action that is unduly costly extensive, substantial, disruptive, or an act that would fundamentally
alter the nature or operation of the business. An “undue hardship” is determined in accordance with the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, and relevant case law. Factors to consider in
determining whether or not an accommodation would impose an undue hardships include, but are not limited to, the
nature and cost of the accommodation, financial considerations, the impact of the accommodation upon the nature and
operation of the department and how the request affects the health and safety of other employees or students.

E. Information

Any communications from the University concerning ADA and Section 504 related information shall be made accessible to all
students and employees. This term includes student and employee policies, procedures, emergency evacuation plans, and other
related information that shall be published in the student course selection booklet, student catalogs and handbooks, employee
handbooks, and the University’s Staff Operating Manual.

F. ADA Oversight Committee

The ADA oversight committee has been charged by the president with overseeing all aspects of the University’s compliance with
ADA laws. The members of the committee serve for a term of two (2) years. The president may appoint new members at the
expiration of the two year term. Representation will include an individual from the Office of the General Counsel, Student Affairs,
and Human Resources, as well as the Thurgood Marshall Law School, Maintenance and Operations, and Department of Special
Events. Also included are three members from the student and faculty body, totaling nine (9) members for the ADA Oversight
Committee.

76 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


The Oversight Committee will ensure that TSU makes such modifications to its campus, classrooms and testing requirements as
are necessary to ensure that such requirements do not discriminate or have the effect of discriminating on the basis of disability.
Specifically, the procedures will address the following:

1. certifying that an individual has a disability;


2. undertaking reasonable steps to obtain a professional determination of whether or not academic adjustments/auxiliary
aids are necessary and if they are, what kind;
3. determining, on an individual basis, what academic or workplace adjustment(s)/auxiliary aid(s) TSU will grant and
ensuring that the academic or workplace adjustment(s)/auxiliary aid(s) granted is/are of an acceptable level of quality and
effectiveness for each student/employee making such a request on the basis of a disability;
4. providing students/employees a justification for denial of an academic or workplace adjustment/auxiliary aid or for the
selection of another academic or workplace adjustment/auxiliary aid if the provided academic or workplace adjustment/
auxiliary aid is different from that requested by the student/employee;
5. providing students/employees a reasonable opportunity to submit additional information to TSU if their initial
documentation does not support the request for academic or workplace adjustments/auxiliary aids; and
6. ensuring that decisions regarding requests for academic or workplace adjustments/auxiliary aids are made in a timely
manner.

G. ADA/Section 504 Coordinator

The University’s ADA/Section 504 Coordinator, in conjunction with the ADA Oversight Committee and ADA Hearing
Committee, is responsible for ensuring that the University is in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws regarding the
ADA and responding to requests for information from outside agencies regarding ADA concerns and/or complaints.

H. ADA Hearing Committee

The ADA Hearing Committee is responsible for hearing all ADA complaints submitted by students or employees. The
Committee is composed of three students, two faculty members and two administrator/staff members. The two faculty members
who serve on the Committee shall be appointed by the Faculty Senate at the beginning of the academic year and shall serve for the
entire fiscal year (September 1 – August 31). One of the faculty members or administrator/staff members shall serve as Chair of
the Committee.

I. ADA Building Representative

A designated representative in each building (Hannah Hall, Bell, Fairchild, School of Business, Library, Student Center, etc.)
serves as the point-of-contact for all ADA and Section 504 accessibility issues. That individual is responsible for ensuring that all
residents in the building are properly notified regarding ADA and Section 504 announcements and emergency evacuation plans.
The representative also works with the Maintenance and Operations Department to ensure that the buildings that the University
owns and/or operates are maintained within the standards of compliance required by the relevant provisions of the ADA and
Section 504.

PROCEDURES FOR REQUESTING ACCOMMODATIONS

A. Introduction

All offices and individuals responsible for reviewing and analyzing the request shall maintain the confidentiality of all medical
and ADA information. Records and information obtained about employees as part of a request for accommodations shall be
maintained in a secure location in the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator’s office. Student records and information obtained on
students as part of an accommodations request shall be kept in a secure location in the Office of Disabled Student Services (ODS).
All information shall be kept confidential, to the extent allowed by law, and shall be shared on a limited need-to-know basis to
implement the accommodation request.

The University may, at the University’s expense, request an independent medical opinion concerning the impairment for which
an employee or student seeks an accommodation. This decision is based on a number of factors, and each case is assessed
individually. Failure of an employee or student to cooperate in obtaining such an opinion will result in the cancellation of the
request for accommodation.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 77


B. Student Requests

Students requesting eligibility for accommodations and services may initiate this request for accommodation(s) by contacting
the Office for Disability Services (ODS) in the Student Health Center. Students will be required to provide a recent medical
statement that contains a diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and
activities affected by the impairment. Records and information obtained about our students as part of an accommodations request
shall be kept in a secure location in the Office of Disability Services (ODS). Students may be asked to submit additional medical
information if the information previously provided is incomplete, outdated, unclear, or inconsistent according to the guidelines set
forth by the ODS.

All documentation and information submitted with a request for accommodations shall be reviewed and considered by the
University. The University may consult with an outside expert, who will assess the request and make recommendations for
modifications. If a student is dissatisfied with the determination on accommodations, he or she may initiate a request for
reconsideration with the ODS and may be required to submit additional information. The ODS and/or its consultant will review
the determination and consider any additional information. The ODS will then issue a written notice regarding the outcome
of reconsideration of the student’s request. If a student remains dissatisfied with the determination, he or she may file an ADA
complaint under the procedures outlined in Section II below.

ODS is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call ODS at
713-313-4210, either to make an appointment or to obtain additional information.

C. Staff/Faculty Employee Requests

Staff/faculty employees of TSU may request an accommodation by notifying the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator in writing stating
the nature of their disability and the accommodation requested. Employees may be required to provide a recent medical statement
by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s)
and the major life functions and activities affected by the impairment. Employees may be asked to submit additional medical
information if the information previously provided is incomplete, unclear, outdated or inconsistent. If the employee does not
provide the required documentation and information within thirty (30) days, the request for accommodations may be cancelled
for lack of necessary information.

In the event that a supervisor receives a request for accommodation, the supervisor shall immediately notify the ADA/Section
504 Coordinator so that the request may be processed in a timely manner. Any supervisor who, in the course of job performance
counseling, is informed by an employee that a physical or mental condition may be affecting the employee’s work performance
shall refer the employee to the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator.

The ADA/Section 504 Coordinator will analyze the request and confer with the employee and the supervisor to ascertain the
employee’s requirements and input on a reasonable accommodation and make a determination regarding which accommodations
are necessary. If the employee is unable to demonstrate a disability or does not request a reasonable accommodation under the
guidelines set forth in this policy, the request may be denied.

Employees or supervisors may obtain information concerning disabilities and accommodations from the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator in the Office of the General Counsel. Employee requests for information and the provision of information
by an Office of General Counsel staff member concerning disabilities and accommodations is not considered a part of the
accommodation process.

D. Job Applicants

Applicants for employment may request accommodations by contacting the Office of Human Resources in Hannah Hall 126, the
department in which they will be interviewing, or the chair of the search committee, when applicable. Upon receipt of a request,
the chair of the department or search committee shall immediately notify the Office of Human Resources or the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator regarding the request. If the Office of Human Resources receives a request, the request should be forwarded to the
ADA/Section 504 Coordinator, who will assist the Office of Human Resources in determining what reasonable accommodations
may be offered to a potential job applicant.

Applicants may be required to provide a recent medical statement by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a
diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and activities affected by the
impairment. Applicants may be asked to submit additional medical information if the information previously provided is

78 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


incomplete, unclear, outdated or inconsistent. If the applicant does not provide the required documentation and information
within thirty (30) days, the request for accommodations may be cancelled for lack of necessary information.

E. Beneficiaries of Programs, Services and Activities

Beneficiaries of programs, services and activities may request accommodations by contacting the department or organization
hosting the event, program, or activity. A designee of the event, service, or activity shall immediately notify the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator regarding the request. The ADA/Section 504 Coordinator shall determine, on a case-by-case basis, what reasonable
accommodations may be offered.

Individuals may be required to provide a recent medical statement by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a diagnosis,
prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and activities affected by the impairment.
Individuals may be asked to submit additional medical information if the information previously provided is incomplete, unclear,
outdated or inconsistent. If the individual does not provide the required documentation and information within a reasonable time
prior to the event, service, or activity, the request for accommodations may be cancelled for lack of necessary information.

COMPLAINT AND HEARING PROCEDURE

A. Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide the primary process for addressing student and employee complaints based on
disabilities under the ADA and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Texas Southern University has adopted an
internal complaint procedure providing prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by Title
II of the ADA and/or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. Any individual who believes he or she was denied a reasonable
accommodation or received insufficient accommodations in violation of this policy or disability laws may file an ADA complaint
with the appropriate University official.

B. Complaints

All student ADA complaints should be addressed to the


Dean of Students
TSU Office of Student Services
Student Recreation Center, Room 212
3100 Cleburne
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313-1038

All other ADA complaints should be addressed to:


ADA/Section 504 Coordinator
Texas Southern University
Office of General Counsel
3100 Cleburne Avenue
Hannah Hall, Suite 310
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313-7950

C. Complaint and Hearing Procedure

1. A complaint should be filed in writing, contain the name, address and telephone number of the complainant, and
briefly describe the alleged violation of the regulations. The complaint should be filed within thirty (30) days after the
complainant becomes aware of the alleged violation.
2. After receiving an ADA complaint, the University’s ADA/Section 504 Coordinator shall schedule a hearing before the ADA
Hearing Committee and submit a copy of the complaint and any other relevant documents to the committee. The hearing
shall be scheduled within twenty-one (21) days from the date the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator receives the complaint.

Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 79


3. The hearing shall consist of opening statements, if desired, by the complainant, the institution or their representatives,
and testimony by any witnesses called by the complainant or the institution. During the hearing, both parties and the
members of the ADA Hearing Committee shall have the right to question witnesses and introduce any relevant exhibits
to the committee. The complainant shall have the responsibility of presenting relevant facts and circumstances to
establish the validity of the complaint. Formal rules of evidence will not apply during the hearing. The proceeding shall
be non-adversarial in nature.
4. The Chairperson shall control the hearing and take appropriate action to ensure an equitable, orderly, and expeditious
hearing. As presiding officer, the Chairperson may remove anyone not complying with the rules and/or disrupting the
hearing. Witnesses will be heard one at a time and may be excused from the hearing by the Chairperson after testifying.
5. At least ten (10) working days prior to the hearing, either party may request in writing that the proceedings be tape-
recorded. At the conclusion of the testimony, both parties will be permitted to make a closing statement. Following the
hearing, the Hearing Committee will retire to deliberate and will submit a written report of its recommendations to the
ADA/Section 504 Coordinator within seven (7) days after hearing the complaint.
6. The complainant may request an appeal of the case in instances where he or she is dissatisfied with the resolution. The
request for an appeal should be made within five (5) business days of receiving the decision of the Hearing Committee to:
ADA/Section 504 Coordinator
Texas Southern University
3100 Cleburne Ave.
Hannah Hall, Suite 310
Houston, Texas 77004

D. Appeals

The Dean of Students shall appoint the ADA Appeals Committee to hear appeals related to the ADA and Section 504. The
Appeals Committee is composed of three students, two faculty members and two administrators/staff members. A faculty
member or administrator/staff member shall serve as Chair of the Appeals Committee. The ADA Appeals Hearing shall be
conducted in accordance with the hearing proceedings outlined in Section C above. Upon completion of the appeal, a copy of the
final resolution resulting from the complaint procedure shall be provided to the ADA Coordinator who will notify the appropriate
persons in the department where the violation has occurred.

SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION, EDUCATION AND INTERVENTION PROGRAM (SAPEI)

The total health and welfare of the students at Texas Southern University (TSU) is of paramount concern to all staff, faculty, and
administrators, who realize that students are striving to achieve a quality education and prepare to enter the work force. They also
recognize that alcohol and other drugs often become a part of the social interaction of young people. TSU, as well as all other
federally funded institutions of higher learning, is mandated by the United States Department of Education to have a program
on campus that will address the use of alcoholic beverages and illicit drugs by students. The unit charged with this responsibility
is the Substance Abuse Prevention, Education and Intervention Program (SAPEI) of the University Counseling Center. SAPEI is
an outcome of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986. TSU’s Board of Regents has approved policies to regulate the use of
alcohol, drugs, and other controlled substances on campus.

The SAPEI program utilizes a variety of approaches with which to educate our students, among these are classroom presentations,
dissemination of educational materials (pamphlets, brochures), and campus-wide observances (e.g., National Collegiate Alcohol
Awareness Week, health fairs, etc.). It also co-sponsors programs with various student organizations on campus. SAPEI also
provides individual, family, and group counseling at no charge to all currently enrolled students.

SAPEI is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call SAPEI at
713-313-7800, either to make an appointment or for additional information.

80 | Texa s So uth e r n Un i ve r si t y Catalog 2012-2014


Catalog 2012-2014 Tex as Sout h ern Uni ve rsity | 81
82 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014
JESSE H. JONES SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business consists of two departments: (1) Accounting and Finance and (2) Business Administration.
Through these two departments, five undergraduate degrees and three graduate degrees are offered. The five undergraduate
degrees are the Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting, the Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance,
the Bachelor of Business Administration in Management, the Bachelor of Business Administration in Management
Information Systems, and the Bachelor of Business Administration in Marketing. The three graduate degrees are the
Master of Business Administration in Business Administration, the Master of Science in Management Information
Systems, and an Online Executive Master of Business Administration. The Bachelor of Business Administration in
Accounting and the Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance are administered through the Department of
Accounting and Finance, while the remaining three undergraduate degrees are administered through the Department of
Business Administration. Students should refer to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for information on
the graduate degree programs.

The School is administratively organized with a Dean who is assisted by an Associate Dean for Academics, an Assistant
Dean for Business Student Services, Assistant Dean for Administration and Assessment, two department chairpersons,
and support staff. All administrative offices, including departmental offices, are located in the Jesse H. Jones School of
Business building.

MISSION STATEMENT

Vision

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business will be a leading provider of quality business education, research and engagement in an
innovative and student-centered community of continual learners.

Mission

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business is a constituent part of Texas Southern University, a comprehensive metropolitan university,
located in Houston, Texas. We offer baccalaureate and masters degree programs to a diverse student population that is primarily
first generation college students.

Our mission is to transform students into leaders in the global market place. To achieve the mission, we provide quality education
in an entrepreneurial, global context through effective teaching, theoretical and applied research, and community engagement in a
student-centered environment.

Core Values

Our actions are guided by fundamental values and flow from a commitment to:

Student-Centered Learning Global Perspective


Community Engagement Professionalism
Innovativeness

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 83


ADMISSION POLICIES
General Information

Admission to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business is governed by the policies established for the Office of Enrollment
Management and the various guidelines established by the departments in the School.

Admission of Undergraduate Transfer Students

Students who have been enrolled in other colleges or universities, who are admitted to Texas Southern University, and who wish
to enroll in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business, are subject to the regulations pertaining to transfer credit as established by
the University and referenced in the section of this bulletin devoted to Admission Requirements, Enrollment Procedures, and
Academic Regulations.
Students who wish to transfer credits from a two-year, regionally accredited institution should note the following conditions upon
which such transfers are acceptable:

1. Only freshmen (100-level) and sophomore (200-level) business courses in which grades of “C” or better have been earned
may be transferred.
2. The “first upper-level course” in each functional area (with associated credit) may be transferred if validated and if a grade
of “C” or better has been earned. (Validation consists of passing a departmental examination).

Students who wish to transfer credits from four-year regionally accredited institutions may transfer courses equivalent to
those offered through the Jesse H. Jones School of Business, provided grades of “C” or better have been earned and subject to
departmental degree requirements.

Readmission of Former Students

Former students of Texas Southern University who wish to re-enroll in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business are subject to the
regulations pertaining to readmission as established by the University and referenced in the section of this bulletin devoted to
Admission Requirements, Enrollment Procedures, and Academic Regulations.

GENERAL SCHOOL POLICIES

1. All students enrolled in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business are required to follow the sequence of courses outlined in
their respective degree plans.
2. All students enrolled in the School must earn grades of “C” or better in English 131, English 132, Mathematics 133,
Mathematics 135, and all transfer credits.
3. At least 50 % of the business semester credit hours required for the various business degrees must be earned at Texas
Southern University.
4. Students may not enroll in advanced courses without satisfactorily completing the prerequisites required for such courses.
5. Students earning undergraduate degrees from the School are not required to declare a minor in a second academic
discipline offered through the University.
6. Students must complete a comprehensive exit examination prior to graduation.
7. Proper professional conduct is required of all students enrolled. This includes dress, language, honesty, personal integrity,
and personal ethics.

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING

To remain in good academic standing, students majoring in any area of business must maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of
2.00.

84 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


ACCREDITATION

The University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. Additionally,
the School of Business is accredited by AACSB International -- The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.

THE BUSINESS LIBRARY

The Business Library is located on the fifth floor of the Robert J. Terry Library and combines resources for accounting, business,
and economics. The Business Library has over 52,500 volumes and subscribes to more than 300 serials. Extensive files of
corporate financial reports and business and financial services are available. Computerized inter-library loan services link the
Library with others throughout the nation and world. Electronic resources are substantial including more than 300 databases
that provide a comprehensive list of scholarly journals with access to more than 63,000 full text articles covering a broad scope of
disciplines. Also included are e-books, videos, newspapers, graphics and some reference materials. Off campus access to electronic
resources is available. For the faculty, students, and staff, the TexShare Consortium provides access to participating State university
and college libraries, including the University of Houston, Rice University, Houston Public Library and several other Houston area
libraries.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Student organizations operating in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business contribute significantly to the student’s total educational
experience. They are important vehicles for creative interaction among students, between students and faculty, and between
students and their counterparts on other campuses. They also provide linkages between the School and the business and
professional community.

School-Wide Organizations

The Mack H. Hannah Junior Chamber of Commerce was named for a black pioneer business leader in Houston who also
served as a University regent and benefactor of the School. This school-wide club is a central focus of extra-curricular efforts
and serves as the student government organization within the Jesse H. Jones School of Business. In the latter function, it
assures students a voice in all aspects of college life and affords them the opportunity to experience leadership and participatory
governance.

Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE) creates and presents a wide variety of innovative community outreach projects. This provides
an opportunity for students to make a difference and to develop leadership, teamwork, and communication skills through
learning, practicing, and teaching the principles of free enterprise.

The Student Business Leadership Organization (SBLO) has as its mission the development of Jesse H. Jones School of Business
students into community and corporate leaders by enhancing their skills, talents, and experiences. Membership qualifications
include being an undergraduate major or minor in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business or pursuing the Master of Business
Administration degree while having a grade point average of 2.70 or higher.

Beta Gamma Sigma is the honor society serving business programs accredited by AACSB International – The Association
to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest recognition a business student
anywhere in the world can receive in a business program accredited by AACSB International. The mission of Beta Gamma Sigma
is to encourage and honor academic achievement in the study of business along with personal and professional excellence in the
practice of business.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 85


Accounting Organizations

Beta Alpha Psi is a national scholastic and professional accounting fraternity. The Delta Xi Chapter was established at Texas
Southern University in 1975 for the purpose of encouraging and recognizing scholastic and professional excellence in the field of
accounting. To achieve this purpose or objective, Beta Alpha Psi fosters the following: the promotion of the study and practice of
accounting; the provision of opportunities for self-development and association among members and practicing accountants; and
the encouragement of a sense of ethical, social, and public responsibilities. The minimum scholastic requirement for juniors and
seniors to be members is a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in accounting courses. Also, students must have completed Accounting 231,
232, and 331 for admission.

The National Association of Black Accountants (NABA) is a national organization of accounting students. Its primary
purpose is to promote professional development in accounting, to encourage and help members of minority groups entering the
accounting profession, and to provide assistance in developing accounting education for members of minority groups. The student
chapter at Texas Southern University was organized in 1975, and membership is open to all students majoring in accounting or
those who have expressed a desire to enter the accounting profession.

Finance Organization

The Urban Financial Services Coalition plans and executes activities designed to reinforce the theoretical base provided in the
classroom with knowledge and insights gained through real-world exposure in the field of finance. This organization further serves
as a forum for social and other extra-curricular activities designed to enrich the academic experience of finance majors.

Marketing Organization

The American Marketing Association (AMA) is a national organization that serves to instill a desire in students to develop
excellence in marketing and to provide them access to the professional enrichment activities provided by the national organization.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The information contained in this bulletin is considered to be descriptive in nature and not contractual. The University reserves
the right to change any policy or requirement at any time during the time that a student is enrolled. Courses are also subject to
change.

DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS IN THE SCHOOL


The two departments housed in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business are described in detail on the pages that follow. They are
described in the following order: Department of Accounting and Finance, and Department of Business Administration.

86 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

The Department of Accounting and Finance offers courses in Accounting (ACCT), Business Law, Finance (FIN), and Insurance
(INS) at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. The Department offers the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.)
degree in Accounting and the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree in Finance. Minors in Accounting and Finance
and a concentration in Insurance are offered through the Department. Members of the Department are located on the third
floor of the Jesse H. Jones School of Business building in Suite 356.
The Department seeks to fulfill a primary mission of delivering quality instruction that provides students with:
• A general education foundation,
• A comprehensive understanding of general business concepts and principles,
• The requisite conceptual and technical knowledge of accounting and finance, and
• The basis for multi-dimensional roles required of professional accountants and financial managers.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree in Accounting and the Bachelor of Business
Administration (B.B.A.) degree in Finance are summarized in this section, including exact course requirements (and their
sequencing) and credits needed for graduation. In pursuing a degree in Accounting or Finance, a total of 120 semester credit
hours are required; students are not required to declare a minor in another academic discipline. Students seeking either a
major or a minor in Accounting or Finance must first gain admission to the Department of Accounting and Finance through the
procedures outlined below.
Students wishing to pursue a major or minor in Accounting or Finance must petition for admission to the Department of
Accounting and Finance. The appropriate forms are available in the Office of Business Student Services in the Jesse H. Jones
School of Business building in Suite 117. Students must also meet prerequisite(s) for courses required as described in the course
descriptions section. Transfer students must meet all admission requirements of the University, be in good standing at former
institution(s) of attendance, and have met ASSET requirements or equivalents to be considered for admission to the Department.
Grades below “C” in Accounting and Finance courses will not be accepted for transfer credit. Students applying for admission,
who are not transfer students, are also responsible for verifying their ASSET status through the Office of Student Success Services
(SSS). Transcripts of all college work must be forwarded to or presented to the Office of Business Student Services. Once admitted
to the Department of Accounting and Finance, students are required to seek advisement through the Office of Business Student
Services and to keep that office apprised of changes in address and telephone number.
For students majoring in other academic disciplines who wish to pursue a minor in Accounting or Finance, twenty-one (21)
semester credit hours are required. See degree program schedule of courses in the Accounting or Finance area. Students are
cautioned that grades of “C-” are not accepted for the twenty-one (21) semester credit hours referenced.
Graduation requirements include the following: (1) grades of “C” or better in all major courses (grades of “C-“ are not accepted);
(2) no more than two grades of “D” in Business Core courses; (3) an overall GPA of 2.00 or better; and (4) an overall GPA of 2.50
or better in the major courses.
The Texas Legislature has passed a bill regarding the requirements to sit for the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination.
In its present format, Texas candidates for the CPA examination must meet the 150-semester credit hour requirement before
applying to sit for the CPA examination. To help meet this requirement, the Department is offering a an accounting concentration
in the MBA program that will enable students to meet the education requirements for CPA licensure as well as provide an
opportunity to earn a Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree. The requirements and course offerings for the MBA
program is described in the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University.
The Department also offers an insurance program which provides career opportunities as risk manager, actuary, claims examiner,
insurance adjuster, insurance broker, insurance agent, risk analyst, underwriter, claims investigator, marketing representative,
appraiser, and loss control specialist.
Students should read all general policies and information related to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business prior to acceptance into
this instructional unit as a major or degree seeker.
In summary, interested students must do the following: (1) gain admission to the University; (2) fulfill prerequisite requirements
for a major or minor in Accounting or Finance as specified in this section; (3) satisfy ASSET requirements or equivalent through
the Office of Student Success Services (SSS); and (4) apply for admission to the Department as either a major or minor. Once
admission has been obtained, students must seek advisement from the Office of Business Student Services before attempting to
complete degree requirements. Questions may be directed to the Departmental Office at (713) 313-7910 or (713) 313-7590.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 87


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Ayadi, O. Felix O, Sewon


JP Morgan Chase Professor of Finance Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Lagos B.A., Yonsei University
Ph.D., University of Mississippi M.S., Ph.D., Mississippi State University
CPA
Boyd, Joseph L. Perkins, Carlton
Distinguished Professor Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D. B.S., Norfolk State College
University of South Carolina M.B.A., J.D., Texas Southern University
CPA CPA
Chatterjee, Amitava Pitre, Richard
Professor Distinguished Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Calcutta B.S., Southern University
Ph.D., University of Mississippi M.B.A., Atlanta University
Ph.D., University of Houston
CPA
Desselle, Bettye R. Raghavan, Kamala
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
B.S. Louisiana State University B.Sc., Calcutta University
M.B.A. University of Wisconsin, Madison M.S. Simmons College
Ph.D., University of Houston M.B.A. Northeastern University
CPA D.B.A., Cleveland State University
CPA, CFP, CFF
Hyman, Ladelle M. Saunders, William
Professor Associate Professor
B.S., M.B.A., University of Arkansas B.S., Southwest Missouri State University
M.A.S., University of Illinois J.D., University of Indiana
Ph.D., North Texas State University
CPA
Iqbal, Zahid Tai, Chu-Sheng
Professor Associate Professor
Bachelor of Commerce, University of Dhaka B.S., National Cheng Kung University
M.B.A., East Tennessee State University M.S., Golden Gate University
Ph.D., University of North Texas M.A., M.A.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Johnson, Ronald Wang, Kun
Professor Associate Professor
B.A., M.B.A., Adelphi University B.S., Shanxi Finance and Economics University
M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University M.S., New Mexico State University
Ph.D., Texas A&M University

88 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


ACCOUNTING COURSES

ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I (3)


Fundamental concepts of double-entry theory, recording procedures, worksheet techniques, and
financial statement preparation. Accounting for cash, receivables, inventories, plant assets, liabilities,
and equity. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133 and MATH 1
Listed as ACCT 2301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II (3)


Emphasis on the preparation of reports and the use of accounting data for internal management.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ACCT 231
Listed as ACCT 2302 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ACCT 300 Accounting Information Systems (3)


Inquiry into the fundamental principles and concepts underlying accounting information systems.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ACCT 231 with a grade of C or better and ACCT
232 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 331 Intermediate Accounting I (3)


Techniques in adjusting, correcting, and revising accounting records and statements. Conventional
standards and acceptable alternatives in accounting for cash, receivables, liabilities, and inventories
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ACCT 231 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 332 Intermediate Accounting II (3)


Accounting procedures for plant assets and intangible assets, liabilities and equity requirements
peculiar to corporate accounting, analysis and interpretation of accounting data, and current trends in
the application of basic concepts. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: ACCT 331 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 334 Federal Income Tax Accounting (3)


Interpretation of the Internal Revenue Code and related regulations and instructions. Concepts of
income tax determination and reporting requirements for individuals, partnerships, and corporations;
payroll tax requirements and reporting procedures. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
ACCT 231 with a grade of C or better and ACCT 232 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 335 Income Tax Practicum (3)


Preparation of federal income tax returns for individuals as part of the Voluntary Income Tax
Assistance program. Students provide tax compliance services and prepare tax returns primarily for
individuals who cannot afford professional tax services. Prerequisites: ACCT 334 with grade of C or
better and approval by the Accounting Coordinator.

ACCT 336 Cost Accounting (3)


Provision of a basis for using Accounting as a management tool through the development of knowledge
of accounting techniques for planning, controlling, and product costing. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: ACCT 231 with a grade of C or better and ACCT 232 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 339 Business Law (3)


Study of the basic legal concepts and principles pertaining to fundamental business transactions and of
the Uniform Commercial Code. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: BADM 234.

ACCT 400 Introduction to Energy Accounting (3)


Financial reporting and tax practices of the energy industry. Accounting for cost activities relating
to, acquisition of mineral interest in properties, exploration, development and production of oil and
gas. Designed to enhance knowledge and skill level of accounting students in order to improve their
accounting skills and marketability in the global energy market. Prerequisite: ACCT 331.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 89


ACCT 430 Ethics for Accountants (3)
Philosophical understanding of ethical complexities of the modern business enterprise and a
fundamental base of ethical knowledge necessary for a career in Accounting and Finance. Prerequisite:
Senior standing.

ACCT 431 Advanced Accounting (3)


Accounting for mergers and acquisitions, partnership formation and liquidation, and multinational
accounting. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ACCT 331 with a grade of C or better
and ACCT 332 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 433 Auditing (3)


Introduction to general auditing objectives and study of auditing principles, techniques, and internal
controls. Prerequisites: ACCT 331 with a grade of C or better, ACCT 332 with a grade of C or
better and ACCT 300 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 436 Federal Income Tax Accounting II (3)


Continuation of ACCT 334 with emphasis on research in taxation; accounting methods; payment
of taxes; guides for partnerships, estates, trusts, and corporations; preparation and filing of required
returns. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ACCT 334 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 438 Governmental and Not-For-Profit Accounting (3)


An introduction to budgeting, accounting, and financial reporting of governmental entities as well as
private and public not-for-profit organizations. Prerequisite: ACCT 331 with a grade of C or better.

ACCT 445 Contemporary Topics in Accounting (3)


Applied study and research on emerging issues in the field of Accounting and Information Systems.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and consent of the instructor.

ACCT 446 Accounting Internship (3)


Faculty supervised work experience where written reports are required. Students may be allowed to
receive up to nine (9) hours of credit for this course with the approval of the instructor. Prerequisites:
Junior or senior status and consent of the instructor

FINANCE COURSES

FIN 300 Personal Finance (3)


Various aspects of personal and family finances including financial goal setting, budgeting, use
of credit, investments, insurance, estate planning, retirement planning, taxation and housing.
Prerequisites: ACCT 231 and ACCT 232.

FIN 301 Basic Financial Management (3)


Introduction to financial markets, mathematics of finance, capital budgeting, valuation, and international
finance. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ACCT 231, ACCT 232, and ECON 231.

FIN 302 Management of Financial Institutions (3)


Asset and liability management in the context of risk, liquidity, and profitability in the Financial
Services Industry. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 303 Treasury Management (3)


Issues and current developments in cash and treasury management as a part of the CTM (Corporate
Treasury Management) program. Successful completion of this course with a grade of “B” or higher
will satisfy the eligibility criteria for students to sit for the CTP (Certified Treasury Professional) exam
offered by the Association for Finance Professionals (AFP). Prerequisite: FIN 301.

90 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


FIN 304 Finance Boot Camp (3)
This course is designed for students to develop an understanding of investment banking and the role
played by financial analysts in the valuation of corporations.

FIN 312 Investments (3)


Types of investments; securities exchanges; market indexes; quotations; practices, procedures,
and evaluations relating to stocks, bonds, and mutual fund trading; the international financial
environment. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 338 International Finance (3)


Introduction to the international financial environment and international financial tools and
techniques, including the foreign exchange markets, exchange rates, financing international operations,
and foreign investments. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 403 Corporate Financial Management (3)


In-depth study of capital budgeting, financing, dividends, and related issues in the context of risk,
return, and creation of value. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 405 Real-World Financial Training (3)


This course provides training on financial statement analysis, corporate finance, excel, financial
modeling, valuation modeling and mergers and acquisition modeling. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 411 Introduction to Derivatives (3)


Introduction to derivative instruments such as forwards, futures, options, and swaps. Emphasis is
placed on the framework for pricing derivatives and strategies used to achieve various hedging and risk
management objectives. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 412 Finance: Cases and Readings (3)


Analysis of case problems in finance utilizing the tools and techniques developed in prior courses. Also
includes readings on current financial events. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: FIN 301,
FIN 312, and FIN 403.

FIN 413 Risk Management and Insurance (3)


Fundamentals of risk management and insurance including the nature of potential loss exposures and
alternative methods of managing them. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 414 Real Estate Finance (3)


Knowledge of basic real estate theory and practice. Emphasis is placed on applying this knowledge to
different areas of modern day real estate business and to issues in real estate practice. Prerequisite: FIN
301.

FIN 415 Small Business and Entrepreneurial Finance (3)


Application of the theories and concepts of financial issues within the framework of small business and
entrepreneurship. Topics include financial analysis and forecasting, valuations, investment and growth
strategies. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 417 Understanding Global Energy Markets (3)


This course provides a review of natural gas, oil and petroleum products, coal, liquefied natural gas
and electricity including energy forecasting and supply and cost curves. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

FIN 418 Financial Derivatives for Energy Markets (3)


The course provides comprehensive coverage of a wide range of financial derivative products including
oil, natural gas, foreign exchange and interest rate markets. Prerequisite: FIN 301.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 91


INSURANCE COURSES

INS 300 General Insurance (3)


Nature and function of the insurance mechanism and a survey of the principal characteristics of
the several branches into which the insurance industry is divided. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: 60 semester credits completed.

INS 301 Fundamentals of Life Insurance (3)


Functions and mechanics of life insurance; the life insurance contract; the rights of the insured,
beneficiaries, and creditors. Some emphasis placed on interpreting mortality tables. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: 60 semester credits completed.

INS 400 Property Insurance Contracts (3)


Provisions of property and casualty insurance contracts. Considerable attention paid to commercial
policy forms. Some emphasis placed on insurance company operations. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: 60 semester credits completed.

INS 401 Employee Benefits and Retirement Plans (3)


Exposure to major components of most benefit plans; health coverage, retirement, and disability
plans. Features of group insurance covered in detail. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 60
semester credits completed.

INS 402 Insurance Operations & Regulations (3)


Fundamentals of insurance operations and regulations. Topics include underwriting, ratemaking,
claim adjusting, and reinsurance. Some emphasis is placed on insurer financial statements and
strategies. Prerequisite: 60 semester credits completed.

92 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN ACCOUNTING
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (ACCOUNTING) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Business Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major
Requirements (27)
ACCT 300 (3)
ACCT 331 (3)
ACCT 332 (3)
ACCT 334 (3)
ACCT 336 (3)
ACCT 433 (3)
ACCT Electives (9)5

1
(N) represents the number of course credits.
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.
5
ACCT Electives must be 300- or 400-level accounting courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 93


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN ACCOUNTING
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3
FIRST YEAR

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information Systems 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform Arts 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Natural Science 4
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


SECOND YEAR

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 ACCT 300 Information Systems 3
THIRD YEAR

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 ACCT 332 Intermediate Accounting II 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 ACCT 334 Federal Income Tax 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
ACCT 331 Intermediate Accounting I 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


ACCT 336 Cost Accounting 3 ACCT (Elective) 3
FOURTH YEAR

ACCT 433 Auditing 3 ACCT (Elective) 3


ACCT (Elective) 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

ACCOUNTING MINOR
FOR NON-BUSINESS MAJORS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 21
21 credits
ACCT 231 (3)
ACCT 232 (3)
ACCT 331 (3)
BADM 234 (3)
MGMT 300 (3)
Accounting Electives (6)*
*300- or 400-level accounting courses

94 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN FINANCE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (FINANCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Business Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major
Requirements (27)
FIN 302 (3)
FIN 312 (3)
FIN 338 (3)
FIN 403 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)
Restricted Electives (9)3

1
(N) represents the number of course credits.
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.
5
Restricted electives must be 300- or 400-level accounting or finance courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 95


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN FINANCE
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3
FIRST YEAR

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information Systems 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform Arts 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Natural Science 4
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


SECOND YEAR

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 FIN 312 Investments 3
THIRD YEAR

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 FIN (Elective) 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGSC 331 Business Statistics II 3
MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


FOURTH YEAR

FIN 302 Management of Financial Institutions 3 FIN 403 Corporate Financial Management 3
FIN 338 International Finance 3 FIN (Elective) 3
FIN (Elective) 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

FINANCE MINOR
FOR NON-BUSINESS MAJORS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 21
21 credits
FIN 301 (3)
ACCT 231 (3)
ACCT 232 (3)
FIN 312 (3)
FIN 403 (3)
Finance Electives (6)*
*300- or 400-level finance courses

96 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN FINANCE
WITH INSURANCE CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (FINANCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Business Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major
Requirements (27)
FIN 302 (3)
FIN 312 (3)
FIN 338 (3)
FIN 403 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)
FIN 413 (3)
INS 400 (3)
INS 402 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits.
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 97


DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The Department of Business Administration offers courses in Business Administration (BADM) and the following functional business
disciplines: Management (MGMT), Management Information Systems (MIS), Management Science (MGSC), and Marketing
(MKTG) at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. The Department offers the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.)
degree in Management, Management Information Systems, and Marketing at the undergraduate level; and the Master of
Business Administration (M.B.A.) degree in Business Administration and Master of Science (M.S.) degree in Management
Information Systems at the graduate level. Two minors are offered in Business Administration and Entrepreneurship at the
undergraduate level. Also, one concentration is offered in Human Resource Management in the Management major and
Entrepreneurship is offered as a concentration in the Management and Marketing majors. Members of the Department are
located on the third floor of the Jesse H. Jones School of Business building in Suites 315 and 340.
Students interested in the Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) degree in Business Administration or Master of Science
(M.S.) degree in Management Information Systems should refer to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University
for details.
The mission of the Department of Business Administration is to prepare students for positions of leadership, trust, and responsibility
in business, government, entrepreneurial, and community service organizations. The Department offers the foundation business
courses (except Accounting, Business Law, and Finance) and provides the curriculum of study for Management, Management
Information Systems, and Marketing majors.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree in Management, the Bachelor of Business Administration
(B.B.A.) degree in Management Information Systems, and the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree in Marketing
are summarized in this section, including exact course requirements (and their sequencing) and credits needed for graduation.
In pursuing a degree in Management, Management Information Systems or Marketing, a total of 120 semester credit hours are
required; students are not required to declare a minor in another academic discipline. Students seeking a major in Management,
Management Information Systems, or Marketing or a minor in Business Administration or Entrepreneurship must first gain
admission to the Department of Business Administration through the procedures outlined below.
Students wishing to pursue a major in Management, Management Information Systems, or Marketing or a minor in Business
Administration or Entrepreneurship should indicate their preference on the application for admission to the University. Students
who seek to change their major to Management, Management Information Systems, or Marketing must petition for admission to the
Department of Business Administration. The appropriate forms are available in the Office of Business Student Services in the Jesse
H. Jones School of Business building in Suite 117. Students must also meet prerequisite(s) for courses required as described in the
course descriptions section. Transfer students must meet all admission requirements of the University, be in good standing at former
institution(s) of attendance, and have met ASSET and or equivalent requirements to be considered for admission to the Department.
Grades below “C” in business courses will not be accepted for transfer credit. Students applying for admission, who are not transfer
students, are also responsible for verifying their ASSET or equivalent status through Academic Advisement Services in the Office
of Student Success Services (SSS). Transcripts of all college work must be forwarded to or presented to the Office of Admissions
where they will be routed to Business Student Services. Once admitted to the Department of Business Administration, students are
required to seek advisement through the Office of Business Student Services and to keep that office apprised of changes in address and
telephone number.
For students majoring in other academic disciplines who wish to pursue a minor in Business Administration or Entrepreneurship,
twenty-seven (27) semester credit hours are required. See degree program schedule of courses in this section of the catalog. Students
are cautioned that grades of “C-” are not accepted for the twenty-seven (27) semester credit hours referenced.
Graduation requirements include the following: (1) grades of “C” or better in the major courses (grades of “C-” are not accepted);
(2) no more than two grades of “D” in Business Core courses; (3) an overall GPA of 2.00 or better; and (4) an overall GPA of 2.50 or
better in the major courses.
Students should read all general policies and information related to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business prior to acceptance
into this instructional unit as a major or degree seeker.
In summary, interested students must do the following: (1) gain admission to the University; (2) fulfill prerequisite
requirements for a major in Management, Management Information Systems or Marketing, or a minor in Business
Administration or Entrepreneurship; (3) satisfy ASSET requirements or equivalent through Academic Advisement Services in
the Office of Student Success Services (SSS); and (4) apply for admission to the Department as either a major or minor. Once
admission has been obtained, students must seek advisement from the Office of Business Student Services before attempting to
complete degree requirements. Questions may be directed to the Department Office at (713) 313-7309 or (713) 313-7590.

98 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT
Brice, Jeff Sherif, Karma
Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.S., Tuskegee Institute B.A., American University in Cairo
M.B.A., Clark Atlanta University M.S., Texas A&M University, College Station
Ph.D., Mississippi State University Ph.D., Texas A&M University, College Station
Claiborne, Claudius B. Smith, Marion
Professor Associate Professor
B.S., Duke University B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
M.E., Dartmouth College M.B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
M.B.A., Washington University Ph.D., University of Houston
Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Cooley, Delonia Superville, Claude
Assistant Professor Professor
B.S., M.S., M.B.A., University of Arkansas Fayetteville B.B.A., Florida International University
Ph.D., University of Memphis M.S., Ph.D., University of Alabama
Desai, Mayur Thomas, Esther R.
Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., University of Bombay B.B.A., New Mexico State University
M.S., Texas A&M University, Kingsville, TX M.B.A., New Mexico State University
M.B.A., Harding Simmons University Ph.D., New Mexico State University
Ph.D., University of North Texas
Hansen, David E. Vanjani, Mahesh
Professor Professor
B.A., San Diego State University B.Com., University of Calcutta
M.B.A., University of California at Los Angeles M.B.A., M.A., , University of Mississippi
Ph.D., Duke University Ph.D., University of Mississippi
Ofori-Brobbey, Kwadwo Wiley, Clara A.
Associate Professor Instructor
B.A., University of Cape Coast B.S., Texas Southern University
M.B.A., M.P.A., Texas Southern University M.B.A., Texas Southern University
M.Tax, University of Mississippi
Ph.D., University of Texas at Dallas
Ojode, Lucy Williams, John H.
Associate Professor Associate Professor
B. Com., University of Nairobi B.S., Prairie View A & M University
M.B.A., University of Nairobi M.B.A., University of Texas at Austin
Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana Champaign Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Parks-Yancy, Rochelle Williams, Johnnie
Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.S., Central State University B.A., Rollins College
M.B.A., Howard University M.S., University of Tennessee
Ph.D., Rutgers University Ph.D., University of Tennessee
Ramaswamy, K. V. Woldie, Mammo
Professor Professor
B.E., University of Madras B.A., Haile Selassie University
M.S., Texas Tech University M.S., Western Michigan University
Ph.D., Texas Tech University Ph.D., Oklahoma State University
Robinson, Sammie L. Yorke, George G.
Assistant Professor Professor
B.B.A., Southwestern University B.A., Howard University
M.B.A., Southern Methodist University M.S., Howard University
Ph.D., The University of Kansas Ph.D., University of Virginia

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 99


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES

BADM 101 Introduction to Business and Entrepreneurship (3)


Overview of the nature of business and its environment with focus on social responsibility,
environmental/ecological issues, and ethics. Three hours of lecture per week.

BADM 111 Leadership Development I (1)


Emphasizes the development of communication skills necessary for receiving and transmitting
information and concepts. One hour of lecture per week.

BADM 112 Leadership Development II (1)


Development of research skills necessary to locate, obtain, and organize information to solve
unstructured problems in unfamiliar settings. One hour of lecture per week.

BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills (3)


Development of written communication, oral communication, and presentation skills in the context
of critical issues for business. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ENG 131, ENG 132, and SC 135.

BADM 234 Legal and Regulatory Environment of Business (3)


Legal systems of government, business, and society, including coverage of ethics, contracts, business
organizations, creditor/ debtor relationships, international law, environmental issues, and business
regulation. Three hours of lecture per week.

BADM 311 Leadership Development III (1)


Development of skills necessary to exercise judgment; introduction to ethical precepts in business.
One hour of lecture per week.

BADM 450 Organizational Policy and Strategy (3)


Integrative, problem-solving course on domestic and international top management problems,
strategy, policy formulation, and execution. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MGMT 300, FIN 301, MGSC 302, MKTG 306.

BADM 466 Business Internship (3)


Faculty supervised work experience where written reports are required.
Prerequisites: At least Junior standing (60 semester hours completed) and consent of the instructor.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP COURSES

ENTR 300 Introduction to Entrepreneurship (3)


A comprehensive introduction to entrepreneurship. Basic topics include entrepreneurship,
entrepreneurs, and new venture development. Individual and team projects including the development
of introductory-level business plans.
Prerequisite: Completion of at least 60 semester credit hours or consent of the instructor.

ENTR 330 New Venture Marketing (3)


A study of the fundamentals of marketing research, planning, and strategy as applied to new ventures.
Major emphasis on developing market planning and research skills.
Prerequisite: ENTR 300.

ENTR 335 Financial Foundations for New Ventures (3)


Foundational accounting and financial analysis for new ventures. Major emphasis on the production,
integration, and interpretation of financial information for use in business planning and capital
budgeting. Prerequisites: ACCT 231 and ENTR 300.

100 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


ENTR 420 Seminar in Entrepreneurship (3)
Capstone course in the entrepreneurship concentration. Major emphasis on entrepreneurial skill
integration, case analysis, and the development and presentation of an advanced-level business plan.
Prerequisites: ENTR 300, ENTR 330, and ENTR 335.

MANAGEMENT COURSES

MGMT 300 Principles of Management (3)


Study of the processes of planning, organizing, directing, and controlling in the context of
demographic diversity, globalization, and ethical decision making. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: 60 semester credit hours completed.

MGMT 301 Personnel and Human Resource Development (3)


Policies, procedures, and strategies for human resource management. Topics include recruitment,
selection and utilization, employee appraisal, compensation systems, and career planning. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MGMT 300.

MGMT 330 Organizational Behavior (3)


Applications for managing people in modern organizations. Topics include decision-making,
motivation, leadership, power, conflict, stress, understanding individual differences, and diversity.
Prerequisite: 60 semester credit hours completed.

MGMT 350 Critical Thinking and Problem-Solving Skills (3)


Critical thinking skills and the decision-making process with an emphasis on understanding and
improving how we make effective and creative decisions. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
MGMT 330 or consent of the instructor.

MGMT 395 Teambuilding and Organizational Change (3)


Effective group dynamics and understanding behavior in groups with attention to planning and
managing change; individual, group, and system interventions; transformation; and
re-engineering processes. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MGMT 330.

MGMT 400 Small Business Management (3)


Organizational and administrative problems of the small business manager with emphasis on the
inner-city business person and urban development. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MGMT 300 or consent of the instructor.

MGMT 401 Leadership and Motivation (3)


Development of management skills, self-assessment for organizational settings, and the nature of
leadership and motivation in theory and practice. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MGMT 330.

MGMT 402 International Management (3)


Management processes as they apply within different cultural environments with emphasis on
contrasts among values, beliefs, perceptions, attitudes, and behavior, including consideration of their
effects upon business. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MGMT 300 or consent of the instructor.

MGMT 405 Business, Government, and Society (3)


Historical and contemporary views of business as a social institution with a focus on social
responsibility, environmental/ecological issues, and ethics. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: 60 semester credit hours completed.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 101


MGMT 407 The Legal Environment of Human Resource Management (3)
Employment laws relevant to human resources professionals, as well as how to apply the laws in
various circumstances. Prerequisite: MGMT 300.

MGMT 408 Managing the Global Workforce (3)


Managing human resources in global settings and distinguishing international HR
practices from domestic HR practices. Prerequisite: MGMT 300.

MGMT 409 Human Resources Information Systems (3)


HR Internet based and software applications. Students also learn contexts in which to apply the
software and the importance of securing information. Prerequisites: MGMT 300 and MGSC 304.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS COURSES

MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information Systems (3)


The management and use of Information Technology in business today by diverse individuals, groups,
and organizations.

MIS 310 Programming Concepts (3)


Basic concepts of software programming including the evolution of programming and its implications
for businesses. Topics include design of programs using state of the art programming languages,
object-oriented programming concepts, and problem-solving skills using software program.
Prerequisite: MIS 204.

MIS 320 Hardware and Networking (3)


Basic understanding of the hardware components of information systems. The course will also address
basic networking concepts and various networking approaches used in businesses.
Prerequisite: MIS 204

MIS 340 Database Design and Development (3)


An introductory course in database technology. It provides students an understanding of developing
data models and databases using Database Management Systems software.
Prerequisite: MIS 204.

MIS 350 Advanced Programming (3)


Students will apply programming concepts learned in the first programming course to a business
problem. Prerequisites: MIS 310 and MIS 340.

MIS 410 Systems Analysis and Design (3)


Information system development methods using state of the art software development tools.
Prerequisite: MIS 340.

MIS 420 Web Development (3)


Web-based web development tools to design and develop a website. The course will help students
develop basic skills to provide web-based solutions to business problems related to e-commerce.
Prerequisite: MIS 310.

MIS 450 Information Technology Security (3)


A course that will expose students to information technology security concepts.
Prerequisite: MIS 320.

MIS 460 Enterprise Resource Planning (3)


Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) that will provide students with an understanding of integrating
functional information systems in an organizational setting. Basic concepts of popular ERP software
will also be introduced. Prerequisite: MIS 410.

102 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


MIS 470 MIS Capstone (3)
A capstone course that provides students with an overall understanding of information systems from
different perspectives. Student will work on analyzing cases and developing an overall information
systems solution using popular software. Prerequisite: MIS 410.

MIS 480 Current Topics (3)


Current topics in the MIS area. Topics to be determined by the instructor. Prerequisite: MIS 340.

MIS 490 Internship (3)


Internship in the information technology area in an IT department within an approved organization.
Prerequisite: Completion of 18 Cr. Hrs. of course work in MIS Program.

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE COURSES

MGSC 239 Business Statistics I (3)


Basic elements of classical statistical analysis, including descriptive statistics, probability theory,
probability distributions, sampling, estimation, and testing in the analysis of business problems. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133 and MATH 135 or higher (except MATH 231).

MGSC 302 Operations Management I (3)


Introduction to organizational and managerial problems in the area of operations. Topics include
forecasting, inventory, scheduling, operations planning, and control. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MGSC 239 and 60 semester credit hours completed.

MGSC 303 Operations Management II (3)


Design, operation, and control of the transformation process in both service and production settings.
Topics include: quality assurance, aggregate planning, and queuing analysis. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: MGSC 302.

MGSC 304 Information Technology (3)


Development of software skills and an appreciation of the role of information technology in modern
organizations. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MIS 204 or CS 116 and 60 semester credit hours completed.

MGSC 331 Business Statistics II (3)


Special topics in statistics, including regression, correlation, analysis of variance, time series, and non-
parametric statistics as related to statistical decision theory applied to business problems. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MGSC 239.

MGSC 440 Supply Chain Management (3)


A course in Supply Chain Management. Prerequisites: MGSC 302 and MIS 340

MARKETING COURSES

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing (3)


Marketing functions and environmental factors related to satisfying consumer needs. Legal, behavioral,
ethical, competitive, economic, and technological factors discussed as they affect marketing decisions.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 60 semester credit hours completed.

MKTG 307 Marketing Channels and Institutions (3)


Institutional, functional, and social aspects of distribution channel design and management with
emphasis on retail management. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MKTG 306.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 103


MKTG 336 Marketing Communications (3)
Design and evaluation of marketing communications: communication theory, theories of persuasion
and attitude change, promotion mix decisions, and advertiser-agency relationship. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: MKTG 306.

MKTG 430 Marketing Decision Making: Theory and Practice (3)


Role of information in marketing decision making with emphasis on the application of research
concepts and methodologies to marketing problems. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
MGSC 239 and MKTG 306.

MKTG 431 Entrepreneurial Marketing (3)


Planning, developing, and implementing marketing programs for entrepreneurial opportunities.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MKTG 306 or consent of the instructor.

MKTG 432 International Marketing (3)


Problems and procedures for marketing in foreign countries: effects of foreign cultures and marketing
systems on design and execution of marketing. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MKTG
306 or consent of the instructor

MKTG 435 Strategic Marketing Management (3)


Strategic marketing management concepts: market opportunity analysis; market segmentation,
targeting, and positioning; marketing mix strategies; and the marketing control process. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MKTG 430 and 90 semester credit hours completed.

MKTG 444 Professional Selling (3)


The universal need for sales, improving sales skills, characteristics and tools needed for success in the
profession.

104 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MANAGEMENT
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MANAGEMENT) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Business Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major
Requirements (27)
MGMT 301 (3)
MGMT 330 (3)
MGMT 395 (3)
ENTR 300 (3)
MGMT 401 (3)
MGMT 402 (3)
MGSC 303 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 105


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MANAGEMENT
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 MGMT 301 Personnel and Manpower Dev 3
THIRD YEAR

MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGMT 330 Organizational Behavior 3
MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 ENTR 300 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


MGMT 395 Teambuilding and Org. Change 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MGSC 303 Operations Management II 3 MGMT 401 Leadership and Motivation 3


MGSC 331 Business Statistics II 3 MGMT 402 International Management 3
MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

106 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT
WITH ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MANAGEMENT) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of Business ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) 3 BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Management Major
Requirements (12)
MGMT 301 (3)
MGMT 330 (3)
MGMT 401 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
Entrepreneurship Concentration
Requirements (12)
ENTR 300 (3)
ENTR 330 (3)
ENTR 335 (3)
ENTR 420 (3)
Management Electives (3 hours from
the following):
MGMT 395 (3)
MGMT 402 (3)
MGSC 303 (3)
MGMT 331 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 107


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT
WITH ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 ENTR 330 New Venture Marketing 3
THIRD YEAR

MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGMT 330 Organizational Behavior 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 MGSC 304 Information Technology 3
ENTR 300 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


MGMT 301 Personnel and Manpower Dev 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 ENTR 420 Seminar in Entrepreneurship 3


ENTR 335 Financial Foundations for New 3 MGMT 401 Leadership and Motivation 3
Ventures
Management Elective 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

108 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT
WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MANAGEMENT) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of Business ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Human Resource Management
Concentration Requirements (21)
MGMT 330 (3)
MGMT 301 (3)
MGMT 407 (3)
MGMT 408 (3)
MGMT 409 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)
Business Electives (6 hours from the
following):
MGMT 395 (3)
ENTR 300 (3)
MGMT 401 (3)
MGMT 402 (3)
MGSC 303 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 109


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT
WITH HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 MGMT 330 Organizational Behavior 3
THIRD YEAR

MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 MGMT 301 Personnel and Manpower Dev 3
MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGSC 331 Business Statistics II 3
MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 MGMT 407 The Legal Envir of Human 3
Resource Mgt
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


MGMT 408 Managing the Global Workforce 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3 MGMT 409 Human Resources Information 3


Systems
MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 Business Elective 3
Business Elective 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

110 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MIS) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of Business ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major Requirements (24)
MGSC 304 (3)
MIS 310 (3)
MIS 320 (3)
MIS 340 (3)
MIS 410 (3)
MIS 420 (3)
MIS 460(3)
MIS 470 (3)
MIS Electives (3 hours from the
following):
MIS 350 (3)
MGSC 440 (3)
MIS 450 (3)
MIS 480 (3)
MIS 490 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 111


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3
THIRD YEAR

MIS 310 Programming Concepts 3 MIS 340 Database Design & Development 3
MIS 320 Hardware & Networking 3 MIS 420 Web Development 3
MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


MIS 410 Systems Analysis & Design 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MIS Elective 3 MIS 460 Enterprise Resource Planning 3


MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 MIS 470 MIS Capstone 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

112 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MARKETING
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MARKETING) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of Business ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Other Major
Requirements (27)
MKTG 307 (3)
MKTG 336 (3)
MKTG 430 (3)
MKTG 431 (3) or ENTR 330 (3)
MKTG 432 (3)
MKTG 435 (3)
BADM 466 (3)
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 113


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
IN MARKETING
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 MKTG 307 Marketing Channels and 3
Institutions
THIRD YEAR

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 MKTG 336 Marketing Communications 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGSC 331 Business Statistics II 3
MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


BADM 466 Business Internship 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MKTG 430 Marketing Decision Making: Theory 3 MKTG 432 International Marketing 3
and Practice
MKTG 431 Entrepreneurial Marketing; or, 3 MKTG 435 Strategic Marketing Management 3
ENTR 330 New Venture Marketing
MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

114 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MARKETING
WITH ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (MARKETING) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 57 credits 19 credits
1
ENG 131 (3) School of Business ECON 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) Core (30) MATH 135 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ACCT 231 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ACCT 232 (3) FS 102 (1)
2
Natural Science (8) BADM 101 (3) General Ed Elective (9)4
ENG 2xx Literature (3) BADM 230 (3)
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts (3) 3 BADM 234 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MGSC 302 (3)
ECON 231 (3) BADM 450 (3)
MIS 204 (3) Marketing Major
Requirements (12)
MKTG 307 (3)
MKTG 336 (3)
MKTG 430 (3)
MKTG 435 (3)
Entrepreneurship Concentration
Requirements (12)
ENTR 300 (3)
ENTR 330 (3)
ENTR 335 (3)
ENTR 420 (3)
Business Electives (3 hours from the
following):
MGSC 304 (3)
MGSC 331 (3)
MKTG 432 (3)
BADM 466 (3)

1
(N) represents the number of course credits. 
2
Natural Science credits should be selected from the following: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) plus ONE of the following:
CHEM 112, 132 (4); GEOL 141 (4); PHYS 101 (4); PHYS 213,237 (4); PHYS 214, 238 (4); BIOL 135 (4) BIOL (136); or
BIOL 246 (4).
3
Humanities & Visual and Performing Arts credits should be selected from the following: THC 130 (3); THC 231 (3); MUSI 131
(3); MUSI 239 (3); ART 131 (3), or ART 135 (3).
4
General Ed Elective must be a non-business course.

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 115


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE IN MARKETING
WITH ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION
FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PLAN – TOTAL CREDIT HOURS: 120

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


BADM 101 Introduction to Business 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Economics 3
FIRST YEAR

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MIS 204 Fundamentals of Information 3


Systems
SC 135 Business & Professional Comm. 3 BADM 234 Legal & Regulatory Envir of Bus 3
Humanities & Visual/Perform. Arts 3 Natural Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs. 16 hrs.

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
SECOND YEAR

HIST 231 Social & Political History I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History II 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
BADM 230 Advanced Communication Skills 3 ENG 2xx Literature 3
Natural Science 4 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
16 hrs. 15 hrs.

FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER


ECON 232 Principles of Economics II 3 MKTG 307 Marketing Channels and 3
Institutions
THIRD YEAR

MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3 MKTG 336 Marketing Communications 3


MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
ENTR 300 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 ENTR 330 New Venture Marketing 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 15 hrs.

SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER


MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 BADM 450 Organizational Policy & Strategy 3
FOURTH YEAR

MKTG 430 Marketing Decision Making: Theory 3 ENTR 420 Seminar in Entrepreneurship 3
and Practice
ENTR 335 Financial Foundations for New 3 MKTG 435 Strategic Marketing Management 3
Ventures
Business Elective 3 General Ed Elective 3
General Ed Elective 3
15 hrs. 12 hrs.

116 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Catalog 2012-2014


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MINOR
FOR NON-BUSINESS MAJORS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 27
27 credits
ECON 231 (3)
ECON 232 (3)
ACCT 231 (3)
ACCT 232 (3)
BADM 234 (3)
FIN 301 (3)
MGMT 300 (3)
MKTG 306 (3)
Business Elective (3)*
*300- or 400-level business course

ENTREPRENEURSHIP MINOR
FOR NON-BUSINESS MAJORS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 27
27 credits
ECON 231 (3)
ENTR 300 (3)
ACCT 231 (3)
ACCT 232 (3)
BADM 234 (3)
ENTR 330 (3)
ENTR 335 (3)
FIN 301 (3)
ENTR 420 (3)

Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 117


118 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014
THE SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION

The School of Communication offers courses in four (4) degree programs: B.A. in Speech Communications (SC), B.A. in
Entertainment and the Recording Industry (ERM), B.A. in Journalism (JOUR), B.A. in Telecommunications (TC). Also, minors
in speech communications, journalism, telecommunications are offered for students in disciplines where the declaration of a
minor is required.

Students who are first-time degree seekers are required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline and are
cautioned that grades less than “C”, including “C-”, are unacceptable in courses designated as major or minor courses in
the pursuit of the degree.

Entertainment and the Recording Industry is an interdisciplinary major. Course requirements are offered in accounting,
communication, mathematics, management, finance, and radio, television, film. Students are also required to select a specialty,
requiring 18 credits, in one of the following areas: business communications, computer science, health science, education (sports),
music, or public affairs. (SEE ADVISOR)

In selecting minors for curriculum tracks for either of the undergraduate degrees offered, students should seek detailed
advisement from their designated advisors because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core
curriculum or other requirements for the degree selected could impact the total number of credits required. In no case
will students qualify for graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 120 semester credit hours satisfactorily
completed.

The primary mission of the School of Communication is to prepare students majoring and minoring in departmental curricular
offerings for entry into the workforce and for graduate study. A secondary mission is to ensure that all students matriculating
through the university have an understanding of the impact of communication skills upon all aspects of society.

Requirements for the B.A. degrees are summarized below with exact requirements and semester credit hours needed for graduation
dependent upon the track selected for the respective degree. Students pursing either of the B.A. degrees must first be admitted to
the department before attempting to meet degree requirements. Regardless of the degree and associated track selected by students,
emphasis in the overall curriculum is placed on the development of high communication skills. Students accepted to major status
in the school are required to pass an exit examination during the calendar year of their expected graduation. Students failing
this examination will not graduate and must wait until the next regularly scheduled examination to retake it.

For a minor in Speech Communications, twenty-two (22) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the
following courses: SC 110 (1 credit), SC 136 (3 credits), SC 230 (3 credits), SC 232 (3 credits), SC 330 (3 credits), SC 332 (3
credits), and six (6) additional SC credits of choice, three (3) of which must be at the 300-level or 400-level.

For a minor in Journalism, twenty-three (23) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses:
JOUR 130 (3 credits), JOUR 132 (4 credits), JOUR 238 (4 credits), JOUR 253 (3 credits), and nine (9) additional JOUR credits
of choice, all of which must be at the 300-level or 400-level.

For a minor in Telecommunications, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following
courses: RTF 230 (3 credits), RTF 231 (4 credits), RTF 331 (3 credits), RTF 344 (3 credits), RTF 365 or RTF 368 (4 credits
each), and RTF 375 or RTF 378 (4 credits each).

Students wishing to pursue either a major or minor offered through the department must petition for admission by completing
and returning the appropriate form for such through the department office. Students petitioning for either status must have
an overall GPA of 2.50 or better; must have completed the following courses with grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-“ are
unacceptable): ENG 131, ENG 132, and CM 130; and must also have completed the introductory course(s) for the chosen
degree and track with grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-“ are unacceptable): both JOUR 130 and JOUR 132, or only JOUR
132 for the journalism degree in the advertising and public relations specialty, or SC 136, or both RTF 230 and RTF 231.
The overall GPA minimum must also be maintained after admission. In addition, students are responsible for verifying their
compliance with ASSET and or equivalent requirements and their eradication of any academic deficiencies previously identified
by the University at the time they request admission to the Department. Upon admission, each student is assigned an official
advisor and is expected to keep the department office informed of address and telephone number changes up to the time of
graduation.

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 119


In summary, an interested student must first gain admission to the university; must meet his or her ASSET and or
equivalent responsibility; must eradicate identified academic deficiencies; and must petition for admission as either a
major or minor to the School of Communication. Once admitted, each student is provided with extensive advisement
before further progression toward the completion of degree requirements is undertaken. Questions may be directed to the
School of Communication Student Services Center at (713) 313-7670. The School of Communication Student Services
Center is located in 216 MLK Building. The Dean’s Office is located in 222 MLK Building.

120 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Berryhill, Michael Poudeh, Reza J.


Associate Professor Professor
A.B., Kenyon College B.S., Esfahan University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota M.S., Ed. D., Boston University
Brown-Burton, Rockell Randle, Ladonia
Assistant Professor Instructor
B.A., Xavier University B.A., Huston-Tillotson College
M.A., Howard University M.A., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Wayne State University
Campbell, Kimberly Sandifer-Walker, Serbino
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.A., Florida State University, Tallahassee B.A., Texas Southern University
M.A., California State University, Fullerton M.S., Columbia University
Ph.D., Howard University
Dixon, Tyrone Thomas, Dominic M.
Instructor Instructor
B.A., Texas Southern University B.A., Southern University
M.A., American Film Institute M.A., Southern University

Egbunike, Joy Thompson, Gloria


Assistant Professor Instructor
B.A., Southeastern University B.A., M.A., Tennessee A&I University
M.P.A., Southeastern University
Ph.D., Howard University
Hasan, Jaballa M. Ulasi, Christian
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
B.A., University of Benghazi B.S., M.A., Texas Southern University
M.A., Ohio University Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
M.A., Ohio University
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Khosrovani, Masoomeh Walker-Hawkins, Vera
Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.A., University of Tehran, Iran B.A., Tufts University
M.A., University of Iran M.A., Ohio University
M.A., University of Detroit Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Ph.D., Wayne State University
Lee, Eui Bun Ward, James. W.
Professor Associate Professor
B.A., Ewha Women’s University B.A.. Texas Southern University
M.A., University of Minnesota M.A., Texas Tech University
Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin Ph.D., Wayne State University

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 121


COMMUNICATION CORE COURSES

CM 130 Introduction to Communication Theory (3)


Basic concepts and principles operative in the communication process; application of these principles
to the acquisition of communication skills. Three hours of lecture per week.

CM 200 Intermediate Writing (3)


In-depth experience in written composition, emphasizing composition as a communication skill;
analysis of student proficiency in the basic communication skills as they relate to professions in
communication. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENG 131 and ENG 132.

CM 332 Computers in Communication (3)


The role of computer technology in media production and the impact on the communication process
discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CS 116.

CM 430 Internship (3)


The integration of process and content acquisition through application and practice in real-
life situations; structured part-time or full-time internships. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and a minimum of 12 semester credit hours earned in a field of
concentration in the Department. May be repeated for up to 6 credits.

SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS COURSES

SC 110 Multipurpose Laboratory (1)


Improvement of various communications skills such as verbal and nonverbal messages, listening,
diction, enunciation, pronunciation, and articulation. May be repeated for a maximum of four credits.
Two hours of laboratory per week.

SC 131 Fundamentals of Speech Communications (3)


Emphasis on basic oral communication skills: voice production, articulation, and diction; listening
and responding to verbal and nonverbal cures. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SPCH 1311
in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SC 133 American English Phonetics (3)


Articulatory and acoustic description of American speech sounds by means of the International
Phonetic Alphabet; phonetic transcription. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 135 Business and Professional Communication (3)


Introduction to the basic oral communication skills needed for careers in business and the professions.
Students make presentations, conduct interviews, and participate in problem-solving group
discussions. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SPCH 1321 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

SC 136 Public Address (3)


Principles of effective speaking and their application to the preparation, delivery, and evaluation of the
basic forms of public messages; stresses public issues, their relevancy and effect. Three hours of lecture
per week. Listed as SPCH 1315 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SC 140 Voice and Diction (3)


Development of an effective speaking voice through the achievement of proper relaxation, breathing,
and vocal resonance. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SPCH 1342 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

SC 230 Urban Rhetorical Patterns (3)


Study of linguistic and rhetorical patterns of major ethnic and socioeconomic groups in urban areas.
Three hours of lecture per week.

122 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


SC 232 Interpersonal Communication (3)
Study of the interpersonal communication as a dynamic process utilizing verbal and nonverbal cues as
the basis of meaningful human interaction. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SPCH 1318 in
the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SC 233 Communication Skills for Health Professionals (3)


Practice in the development of interpersonal skills in relating to the health professional; practice in the
development of the skills of group and public communication. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 236 Argumentation and Debate (3)


Exploration of principles of argumentation, training, and participation in various types of
argumentative speeches and debate. Special inclusion of parliamentary procedures. Three hours of
lecture per week. Listed as SPCH 2325 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SC 330 Persuasion (3)


Intensive examination of principles and techniques of persuasion and of the critical role of the
consumer of persuasive messages. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 332 Group Communication Processes (3)


Role of communication theory in the making of individual and collective decisions; application of
communication theory to principles of leadership in small group decision making. Three hours of
lecture per week.

SC 333 Interviewing (3)


Strategies and techniques of interviewing as purposive dyadic interaction for interviewer and
interviewee. Includes the study of and practice with various types of interviews. Three hours of lecture
per week.

SC 335 Rhetorical History and Criticism (3)


Study of the history of rhetoric and rhetorical criticism: classical, medieval, and contemporary. Three
hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

SC 336 Professional Writing (3)


Analysis of selected speech material for such communication objectives as form, style, and content.
Practice in writing speeches, technical reports, research reports; and preparation of messages for
organizations. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 338 Introduction to Organizational Communication (3)


Basic principles and perspectives of organizational communication; communication networks and
structures; decision making; conflict resolution with organizations; impact of styles of communication
on organizational relations. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 430 Independent Study (3)


Independent study in interpersonal/intercultural communication, organizational communication, or
rhetorical theory and criticism. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 431 Nonverbal Communication (3)


The analysis of nonverbal aspects of human communication with special consideration of physical and
spatial styles and cues. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 432 Intercultural Communication (3)


Importance of cultural and ethnic differences as they affect our communication processes in various
aspects of personal relations. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 433 Health Communication (3)


Current issues in delivery of health care, practitioner/patient relationships, the role of private and
government agencies in health care, dissemination of health care information. Three hours of lecture
per week. Offered as needed.

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 123


SC 434 Principles of Leadership (3)
Study of the phenomenon of leadership, leadership styles, and leadership techniques, including
parliamentary procedures and other strategies of control and influence. Three hours of lecture per week.

SC 435 Advanced Public Address (3)


Study, criticism, and application of the principles and forms of public communication such as oratory,
lectures, sermons, argumentation, and debate in a variety of public forums. Three hours of lecture per
week. Offered as needed.

SC 436 Black Rhetoric (3)


Analysis of rhetorical strategies used by Black Americans to influence agitation and control public
policy; emphasis on social, economic, and political developments in twentieth century rhetoric. Three
hours of lecture per week.

SC 438 Organizational Structure and Communication Behavior (3)


Analysis of the interdependence of organizational goals and communication behavior from the
standpoint of those who must recognize, understand, or design communication systems. Three hours
of lecture per week.

SC 450 Problems in Speech Communications (3)


Problems of current concern in Speech Communications; topics vary according to time and instructor.
May be repeated as topics change. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

SC 462 Language Acquisition and Development (3)


How verbal and nonverbal language develops in children; how they learn the selection of appropriate
communication strategies and satisfactory relationships. Three hours of lecture per week.

ENTERTAINMENT AND THE RECORDING INDUSTRY COURSES

ERM 300 The Recording Industry (3)


Examines the development, current policies and issues, organizational structure, function and
economics, domestic and global institutions of the recording industry.

ERM 305 Black Entertainment, Music and Sports (3)


Examines the development and role of African entertainment in the new world, contributions in the
Americas and globally from minstrels, to sports, Caribbean carnivals, film and modern entertainment.

ERM 310 Publishing and Media Policy (3)


Examines legal foundations to intellectual property rights, copyright, current policies, industry
structure, processes, corporations, administrative associations, marketplaces and new issues.
Prerequisite: ERM 300.

ERM 450 Entertainment Management (3)


The course explores in-depth legal and ethical areas of entertainment management including individual
artists, venues, sports, music and related organizations; topics may vary. Prerequisite: ERM 310.

124 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


JOURNALISM COURSES

JOUR 130 Introduction to Journalism (3)


Survey of history, theory, aesthetics, and economics of print media; special emphasis is placed on the
development of electronic news operation. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Concurrently
with ENG 131 or ENG 132.

JOUR 132 Introduction to Reporting (4)


Introduction to fact gathering news and writing basic and advanced news stories considered. Students
must be able to type at least 30 words per minute. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Having passed ENG 131 & ENG 132. May take concurrently with ENG 132.

JOUR 133 Broadcast News I / Introduction to Broadcast News (4)


Introduction to reporting and writing news for the broadcast media. Four hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 232 Introduction to Advertising (3)


Introduction to basic principles of advertising theory and practice. Broad picture of advertising as
marketing communications and social information. Three hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 234 Introduction to Public Relations (3)


Introduction to the principles and practices of public relations in business, education, social welfare,
government, and the armed forces. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CM 130, CM 200,
CS 116, JOUR 130, JOUR 132. May take concurrently with CM 332.

JOUR 235 Online Journalism I (3)


Hands-on introduction to journalistic writing for online publications and broadcasts using state-of-
the-art software. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CS 116, JOUR
130, JOUR 132. May take concurrently with CM 332.

JOUR 238 Intermediate Reporting (4)


Development of reporting and writing skills for the print media. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CM 332, CS 116, JOUR 130, JOUR 132. May take concurrently
with CM 332.

JOUR 242 Intermediate Broadcast News (4)


Refining skills in gathering, evaluating, and writing news for the broadcast media. Four hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: JOUR 132 and JOUR 133.

JOUR 251 The Black Press (3)


Survey of the Black press, including a survey of Black journalists, past and present, along with the
status of today’s Black press. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, JOUR
130, JOUR 132. May take concurrently with CM 200.

JOUR 253 News Editing I (3)


Development of clear, effective editing, rewriting, headline writing, page make-up, and reporting
management for the print media. Three hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 331 Law and Ethics of Journalism (3)


Evolution of print and broadcast media in the United States in the context of political, social, and
economic change; privileges and responsibilities of a journalist are stressed. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, JOUR 130, JOUR 132. May take concurrently with CM 200.

JOUR 332 Advanced Reporting (4)


Advanced training and practice in the gathering and writing of news stories with emphasis placed on
enterprise ability and publishable quality stories. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM
130, CM 200, CM 332, CS 116, JOUR 130, JOUR 132, JOUR 238. May take concurrently with
CM 332.

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 125


JOUR 333 Newspaper Design (3)
Introduction to basic camera-ready production techniques for tabloid and standard newspaper designs.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CM 332, CS 116, JOUR 130,
JOUR 132, JOUR 253.

JOUR 335 Intermediate Desktop Publishing / Computer Assisted Reporting (3)


Advanced training in the use of various database software products for contemporary reporting. Three
hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 356 Advertising and PR Campaigns (3)


Emphasis on group coordination of advertising and public information campaigns; development
of strategies for local and national campaigns, including marketing media planning, research, and
segmentation. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CM 332, JOUR
130, JOUR 132.

JOUR 359 Computer Skills for Journalists (4)


Fundamental principles and techniques of newsroom computer usage; hands-on experience using
various computer software. Four hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 362 Critical Writing (3)


Writing course for students who wish to specialize in writing reviews of motion pictures, plays,
concerts, art, and books for print and electronic media. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as
needed.

JOUR 430 Independent Study (3)


Independent study in history, ethics, practice, law, and aesthetics of journalism. Prerequisite: Junior/
Senior standing and consent of the instructor or faculty chair.

JOUR 431 Community News Operations (3)


Planning and preparation of news, features, and editorials for the rural and urban community
newspaper; emphasis on weekly publications; practical problems in community issues. Three hours of
lecture per week.

JOUR 432 Editorial Writing (3)


Training in editorial research and writing for print media. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CM 332, JOUR 130, JOUR 132, JOUR 234, JOUR 238,
JOUR 253 or JOUR 332.

JOUR 433 Public Affairs Reporting (3)


Advanced training and practice in reporting the affairs of municipal, county, state, and federal
agencies. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130, CM 200, CM 332, JOUR 130,
JOUR 132, JOUR 234, JOUR 238, and JOUR 332.

JOUR 435 Advanced Desktop Publishing / Multimedia Graphic Designs (3)


Hands-on approach to designing publications using contemporary software and online graphic
techniques. Emphasis placed on the use of up-to-date contemporary software products. Three hours of
lecture per week.

JOUR 437 Feature Writing (3)


Researching and writing feature stories such as human interest stories and personal columns presented.
Three hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 438 Online Journalism II (3)


Advanced training for online publications and broadcast using state-of-the-art software. Three hours
of lecture per week.

126 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


JOUR 443 Advanced Broadcast News (4)
Advanced training and practice in broadcast news production; emphasis on production of audition
tape and portfolio-quality material. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CM 130,

CM 200, CM 332, JOUR 130, JOUR 132, JOUR 238, and JOUR 242.

JOUR 450 Problems in Journalism (3)


Problems of current concern in journalism; topics may vary according to time and instructor. May be
repeated as topics change. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Junior/senior standing and
consent of the faculty chair.

JOUR 453 News Editing II (3)


Advanced training and practice in editing for specialty publications, book publishing, pagination, and
other electronic editing techniques. Three hours of lecture per week.

JOUR 490 Media Management (3)


Ownership, financing, structure of mass media organizations; management of editorial, program,
administrative support, and advertising staffs; servicing and evaluating media audiences. Three hours
of lecture per week.

JOUR 491 Advertising and Public Relations Campaigns / Critical Thinking (3)
Solutions to problems in advertising/public relations management; theories and research in persuasive
campaigns; cases in advertising, public relations, political campaigns, and social change. Three hours
of lecture per week.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS COURSES

RTF 230 Introduction to Media Studies (3)


Survey of history, theory, aesthetics, cultural, political, economic, and international characteristics of
mass media in society. Required of all mass communications majors. Three hours of lecture per week.

RTF 231 Introduction to Media Production (4)


Basic skills and theories required to equip students to communicate through audiovisual media.

Lectures and practical applications. Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged.
Required of all students in the production area. Prerequisite: RTF 230 or may take concurrently with
RTF 230.

RTF 331 Media Analysis and Criticism (3)


Same as JOUR 362. Analysis of critical methods for electronic media and film as a segment of mass
culture. Focus on selected television programs and selected critics. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 335 Writing for Electronic Media and Film (3)


Development of skills and practice in the art of script writing for broadcast, film, and multimedia.
Writing and evaluation of many short scripts required. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 341 Television Graphics (4)


Theory and practice of graphic design for television and operation of electronic graphic equipment.
Three hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged.

Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 344 Media Management and Marketing (3)


Introduction to the basic elements involved in the day-to-day operation of radio and television
stations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 127


RTF 347 Multimedia Interaction Design (4)
Theory and practice of interactive technologies and multimedia production with focus on design and
development, including web design. Three hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged.
Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF231.

RTF 365 Television Studio Production I (4)


Introduction to the basic elements of electronic media production. Four hours of lecture per week
with studio hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 368 Field Video Production I (4)


Introduction to principles and procedures in field production with focus on the competent use of
equipment in the field. Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged. Prerequisites:
RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 371 Studies in Film History (3)


Critical assessment of theory and technique of film communication with focus on major genres,
periods, movement, and personalities in national and international film history. Three hours of lecture
per week with one two-hour film screening each week as required by the topic. Prerequisites: RTF
230, RFT 231, and consent of the instructor.

RTF 375 Introduction to Media Performance (4)


Principles and practices of audio production, voice training, and performance for broadcast (news,
narration, disc jockey, and multimedia). Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be
arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 378 Introduction to Radio Operations (4)


Introduction to fundamentals of radio production and procedures; focus on basic competency in
equipment and station operation policies. Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be
arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230 and RTF 231.

RTF 381 Broadcast Responsibilities (3)


Same as JOUR 331. Examination of the legal, economic, and social responsibilities and requirements
that must be satisfied by print, electronic media, and cable operators in the United States. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231 and RTF 344.

RTF 391 Broadcast Programming (3)


Examination of the theory and practice of broadcast programming with special consideration of the
decision-making process, social applications, current trends, philosophies, and audience research.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231 and RTF 344.

RTF 430 Independent Study (3)


Same as JOUR 430. Independent study in the history, economics, production, and management of
print and/or electronic media. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 331, RTF 344, upper-level
standing and consent of the instructor or Faculty Chair.

RTF 435 Advanced Writing for Electronic Media and Film (3)
Advanced work in the development of proposals, treatments, and shooting scripts for electronic media
and film. May be repeated as topics vary. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: RTF 230,
RTF 231, RTF 335 and upper-level standing.

RTF 438 Media and Society (3)


Critical assessment of media on society with focus on special topics related to media in cultural
contexts. May be repeated as topics vary. Three hours of lecture per week with one two-hour film
screening each week as required by the topic. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231 and RTF 331.

128 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


RTF 440 Electronic Media Management (3)
Study of the ownership, financing, and structure of mass media organizations; management of
editorial, program, administrative, support, and advertising staffs; servicing and evaluating media
audiences. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231 and RTF 344.

RTF 450 Issues in Telecommunications (3)


Same as JOUR 450. Advanced problems in mass communication studies, communication
technologies, and international communication with special consideration of current concerns in
electronic media production. Topics vary from semester to semester. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 344, upper level standing and consent of the instructor.

RTF 462 New Communications Technologies (3)


Examination of applications and potential effects of new telecommunications and information
technologies in the home and workplace and for education and social services with their relation to
existing systems. May be repeated as topics vary. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: RTF
230, RTF 231, RTF 344, upper level standing and consent of the instructor.

RTF 465 Television Studio Production II (4)


Advanced practice in studio and field production of television programs and video. Focus on using
single and multi cameras, lighting, sound recording, and editing. Four hours of lecture per week
with studio and field hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 365, upper-level
standing, and consent of the instructor.

RTF 468 Field Video Production II (4)


Advanced production techniques in using camera, lighting, sound recording, and editing outside of
the studio. Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230,
RTF 231, RTF 368, upper-level standing, and consent of the instructor.

RTF 475 Advanced Media Performance (4)


Advanced work in the theory, principles, and practices of digital audio production with emphasis on
aspects of studio and field digital audio production and voice performance. Topics vary from semester
to semester. Four hours of lecture per week with studio hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230,
RTF 231, RTF 375, upper-level standing, and consent of the instructor.

RTF 478 Advanced Radio Operations (4)


Advanced theory and practice of directing, producing, and performing for radio. Four hours of lecture
per week with studio hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 378, upper-level
standing, and consent of the instructor.

RTF 498 International Communication (3)


Comparative study of domestic and international systems of broadcasting with focus on political,
social, cultural, and economic factors affecting the use and impact of new and old communication
technologies. Topics vary from semester to semester. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 344, upper level standing and consent of the instructor.

RTF 499 Master Projects in Media Production (4)


Creative projects or comprehensive research in the area of special interest: radio, television, or
multimedia, developed and executed by the student to demonstrate his/her capabilities in quality
production. Required of all mass communications majors. Six studio hours per week. Prerequisites:
Radio Track: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 375, RTF 378, RTF 475, RTF 478, upper level standing and
consent of the instructor.

TV Track: RTF 230, RTF 231, RTF 365, RTF 368, RTF 465, RTF 468, upper level standing and
consent of the instructor.

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 129


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS
INTERCULTURAL - INTERPERSONAL TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
MAJOR
CORE CURRICULUM* OTHER MINOR
(SPEECH
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
COMMUNICATIONS)
44 credits 43 credits 13 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Electives (12) Contact
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) FS 102 (1) Department of
SC 135 (3) CM 332 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) being
BIOL 143 (4) SC 110 (1) admitted as
PHYS 101 (4) SC 136 (3) a major in
ENG 2xx (3) SC 230 (3) the Department.
MUSI 131 or SC 232 (3)
THC 130 (3) SC 330 (3)
HIST 231 (3) SC 332 (3)
HIST 232 (3) SC 431 (3)
POLS 231 (3) SC 432 (3)
POLS 232 (3) SC 433 (3)
PSY 131 or SC Electives (6)
SOC 157 or
SOC 158 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

130 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Speech Communications
Intercultural-Interpersonal Track
Four Year Plan - Total Semester Hours Required: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 3 PSY 131 3
BIOL 143 4 ENG 132 3
SC 135 3 CS 116 3
First Year

PE 100 Level 1 SC 136 (Public Address) 3


CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
SC 110 (Multipurpose Laboratory) 1
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 15
16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
Second Year

ENG 2XX (Any 200 level course) 3 PHYS 101 4


CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3 SC 232 (Interpersonal Communication) 3
SC 230 (Urban Rhetorical Patterns) 3 Minor 3
Elective 3 Elective 2
15 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


POLS 231 3 Minor 3
Third Year

Minor 3 Elective 3
Minor 3 POLS 232 3
CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 SC Elective 3
SC330 (Persuasion) 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Minor 3 Minor 3
Fourth Year

CM 430 (Internship) 3 Minor 3


SC 431 (Nonverbal Communication) 3 SC 433 (Health Communication) 3
SC 432 (Intercultural Communication) 3 SC Elective 3
Elective 3 THC 130 or MUSI 131 3
15 15

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 131


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS
ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
MAJOR
CORE CURRICULUM* OTHER MINOR
(SPEECH
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
COMMUNICATIONS)
44 credits 43 credits 13 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Electives (12) Contact
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) FS 102 (1) Department of
SC 135 (3) CM 332 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) being
BIOL 143 (4) SC 110 (1) admitted as
PHYS 101 (4) SC 136 (3) a major in
ENG 2xx (3) SC 230 (3) the Department.
MUSI 131 or SC 232 (3)
THC 130 (3) SC 330 (3)
HIST 231 (3) SC 332 (3)
HIST 232 (3) SC 333 (3)
POLS 231 (3) SC 338 (3)
POLS 232 (3) SC 434 (3)
PSY 131 or SC 438 (3)
SOC 157 or SC Elective (3)
SOC 158 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

132 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Speech Communications
Organizational Communication Track
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 3 PSY 131 3
BIOL 143 4 ENG 132 3
SC 135 3 CS 116 3
First Year

PE 100 Level 1 SC 136 (Public Address) 3


CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
SC 110 (Multipurpose Laboratory) 1 15
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
Second Year

ENG 2XX (Any 200 level course) 3 PHYS 101 4


CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3 SC 232 (Interpersonal Communication) 3
SC 230 (Urban Rhetorical Patterns) 3 Minor 3
Elective 3 Elective 2
15 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


POLS 231 3 POLS 232 3
Minor 3 SC 332 (Group Communication Processes) 3
Third Year

Minor 3 SC 333 (Interviewing) 3


SC 330 (Persuasion) 3 SC 338 (Introduction to Organizational 3
Communication)
SC Elective 3 Minor 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Minor 3 Elective 3
Minor 3 Elective 1
Fourth Year

CM 430 (Internship) 3 THC 130 or MUSI 131 3


SC 434 (Principles of Leadership) 3 SC 438 (Organizational Structure and 3
Communication Behavior)
Elective 3 Minor 3
15 15

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 133


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN
ENTERTAINMENT AND THE RECORDING INDUSTRY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
This track is designed and restricted to students transferring from another discipline.
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (ENTERT & RECORD) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 36 credits 18 credits 23 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ERM 300 (3) See Advisor*** ACCT 232 (3)
ENG 132 (3) ERM 305 (3) Business Communications CS 117 or
SC 135 or 136 (3) ERM 310 (3) Computer Science CS 120 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ERM 450 (3) Health & RTF 475 (4)
BIOL 143 (4) ACCT 231 (3) Physical Education (Sports) Electives (12)
PHYS 101 (4) CM 430 (3) Music FS 102 (1)
ENG 2xx (3) ECON 231 (3) Public Affairs
MUSI 131 or MATH 135 or 136 (3)
MUSI 239 or MGMT 300 (3)
THC 130 (3) FIN 301 (3)
HIST 231 (3) RTF 230 (3)
HIST 232 (3) RTF 344 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
PSY 131 or
SOC 157 or
SOC 158 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** The specialty is a focus (concentration) area agreed upon by the student and advisor. Twelve (12) credits must be at the
300 and 400 level.

134 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Entertainment and the Recording Industry
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English 3 CS 117 Introduction to Computer Science 3
II for non-majors or CS 120 Introduction to
Programming in C++
CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science 3 MATH 135 Mathematics for Business & 3
Economics or MATH 136 Pre-Calculus
First Year

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


SOC 157 Introduction to Sociology 3 SC 135 Business & Professional 3
Communications
BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science 4 HIST 231 Social and Political History of the 3
United States to 1877
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 15
17

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx any 200 level English 3 PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science 4
HIST 232 Social & Political History of the U.S. 3 RTF 230 Introduction to Media Studies 3
Second Year

Since 1877
ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting I 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Accounting II 3
ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3 POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3
MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
15 13

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ERM 300 The Recording Industry 3 ERM 305 Black Entertainment 3
Third Year

MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3


RTF 344 Media Management and Marketing 3 CM 430 Internship 3
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 Specialty Course 3
Specialty Course 3 Elective Course 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


ERM 310 Publishing and Media Policy 3 ERM 450 Entertainment Management 3
Fourth Year

RTF 475 Advanced Media Performance 4 Specialty Course 6


Specialty Courses 6 Elective Courses 6
Elective Course 3
16 15

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 135


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM
(PRINT JOURNALISM SPECIALTY)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR MINOR
(STANDARD) (JOURNALISM) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 55 credits 22 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) Department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) CM 332 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) Being
BIOL 143 (4) JOUR 130 (3) advised by
PHYS 101 (4) JOUR 132 (4) major advisor
ENG 2xx (3) JOUR 235 (3) once admitted
MUSI 131 or JOUR 238 (4) to the Department.
THC 130 (3) JOUR 253 (3)
HIST 231 (3) JOUR 331 (3) FS 102 (1)
HIST 232 (3) JOUR 332 (4)
POLS 231 (3) JOUR 335 (3)
POLS 232 (3) JOUR 435 (3)
PSY 131 or plus
SOC 157 or 13 additional
SOC 158 (3) General and
CS 116 (3) Upper-Level JOUR
Elective credits approved
by the major advisor

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

136 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Journalism
(Print Journalism Specialty)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English 3 JOUR 132 (Introduction to Reporting) 4
BIOL 143 4 PSY 131 or SOC 157 or 158 3
First Year

SC 135 or 136 3 ENG 132 3


CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
JOUR 130 (Introduction to Journalism) 3 CS 116 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2XX (Any 200 level course) 3 JOUR 238 (Intermediate Reporting) 4
Second Year

CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3 JOUR 253 (News Editing I) 3


JOUR 235 (Online Journalism I) 3 HIST 232 3
HIST 231 3 POLS 232 3
POLS 231 3 THC 130 or MUSI 131 3
15 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 PHYS 101 4
Third Year

JOUR 331 (Law and Ethics of Journalism) 3 JOUR 335 (Intermediate Desktop Publishing) 3
JOUR 332 (Advanced Reporting) 4 *JOUR Elective (s) 6
Minor 3 Minor 3
*JOUR Elective 3
16 16

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CM 430 (Internship) 3 Minor 12
Fourth Year

*JOUR Elective 4
JOUR 435 (Advanced Desktop Publishing) 3
Minor 3
13 12

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 137


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM
(ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS SPECIALTY)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR MINOR
(STANDARD) (JOURNALISM) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 55 credits 22 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) Department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) CM 332 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) being
BIOL 143 (4) JOUR 132 (4) advised by
PHYS 101 (4) JOUR 232 (3) major advisor
ENG 2xx (3) JOUR 234 (3) once admitted to
MUSI 131 or JOUR 235 (3) the Department.
THC 130 (3) JOUR 238 (4)
HIST 231 (3) JOUR 253 (3) FS 102 (1)
HIST 232 (3) JOUR 331 (3)
POLS 231 (3) JOUR 332 (4)
POLS 232 (3) JOUR 335 (3)
PSY 131 or JOUR 356 (3)
SOC 157 or JOUR 435 (3)
SOC 158 (3) plus
CS 116 (3) JOUR Elective (7)
credits approved by
the major advisor

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

138 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Journalism
(Advertising and Public Relations Specialty)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 3 JOUR 132 (Introduction to Reporting) 4
BIOL 143 4 PSY 131 or SOC 157 or 158 3
First Year

SC 135 or 136 3 ENG 132 3


CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
CS 116 3 HIST 231 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2XX 3 POLS 231 3
Second Year

CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3 JOUR 238 (Intermediate Reporting) 4


JOUR 232 (Introduction to Advertising) 3 JOUR 253 (News Editing I) 3
JOUR 235 (Online Journalism I) 3 JOUR 234 (Introduction to Public Relations) 3
HIST 232 3 THC 130 or MUSI 131 3
15 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 PHYS 101 4
Third Year

JOUR 331 (Law and Ethics of Journalism) 3 JOUR 335 (Intermediate Desktop Publishing) 3
JOUR 332 (Advanced Reporting) 4 JOUR 356 (Advertising and PR Campaign) 3
POLS 232 3 JOUR Elective 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
16 16

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CM 430 (Internship) 3 Minor 9
Fourth Year

JOUR Elective 4
JOUR 435 (Advanced Desktop Publishing) 3
Minor 6
16 9

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 139


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM
(BROADCAST JOURNALISM SPECIALTY)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD) (JOURNALISM) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 67 credits 10 credits 0 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Electives (9) A minor is
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) FS 102 (1) NOT required
SC 135 or 136 (3) CM 332 (3) for this
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) Specialty under
BIOL 143 (4) JOUR 130 (3) the Journalism
PHYS 101 (4) JOUR 132 (4) Track.
ENG 2xx (3) JOUR 133 (4)
MUSI 131 or JOUR 235 (3)
THC 130 (3) JOUR 238 (4)
HIST 231 (3) JOUR 242 (4)
HIST 232 (3) JOUR 253 (3)
POLS 231 (3) JOUR 331 (3)
POLS 232 (3) JOUR 332 (4)
PSY 131 or JOUR 335 (3)
SOC 157 or JOUR 443 (4)
SOC 158 (3) RTF 231 (4)
CS 116 (3) RTF 365 (4)
RTF 368 (4)
RTF 375 (4)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

140 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Journalism
(Broadcast Journalism Specialty)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 JOUR 132 (Introduction to Reporting) 4
Theory)
JOUR 130 (Introduction to Journalism), 3 JOUR 133 (Broadcast News I) 4
First Year

ENG 131 3 ENG 132 3


SC 135 3 MATH 133 3
CS 116 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 14

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3 JOUR 238 (Intermediate Reporting) 4
Second Year

JOUR 235 (Online Journalism I) 3 JOUR 253 (News Editing I) 3


RTF 231 (Telecommunications Production) 4 JOUR 242 (Intermediate Broadcast News) 4
ENG 2xx (Any 200 level course) 3 BIOL 143 4
13 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 JOUR 335 (Intermediate Desktop Publishing) 3
JOUR 331 (Law and Ethics of Journalism) 3 RTF 368 (Introduction to Field Video 4
Third Year

Production)
JOUR 332 (Advanced Reporting) 4 POLS 231 3
PHYS 101 4 HIST 231 3
RTF 365 (Introduction to TV Studio 4 Elective 3
Production)
18 16

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CM 430 (Internship) 3 HIST 232 3
Fourth Year

JOUR 443 4 PSY 131 3


RTF 375 4 Electives 6
POLS 232 3 THC 130 or MUSI 131 3
14 15

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 141


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS
RADIO/TELEVISION/FILM TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD) (TELECOMMUNICATIONS) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 50 or 71 credits 6 credits 21 or 0 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CM 130 (3) Electives (5) If the declaration
ENG 132 (3) CM 200 (3) FS 102 (1) of a minor is
SC 135 or 136 (3) CM 332 (3) approved by
MATH 133 (3) CM 430 (3) the major advisor,
BIOL 143 (4) RTF 230 (3) the Department of
PHYS 101 (4) RTF 231 (4) choice should be
ENG 2xx (3) RTF 331 (3) contacted directly.
MUSI 131 or RTF 335 (3)
THC 130 (3) RTF 344 (3)
HIST 231 (3) RTF 438 (3)
HIST 232 (3) RTF 499 (4)
POLS 231 (3) plus
POLS 232 (3) either 15 (with minor option)
PSY 131 or or 36 (without minor option)
SOC 157 or credits approved by the major
SOC 158 (3) advisor, selected from
the list of RTF elective
CS 116 (3)
courses***

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** The 15 credit option is selected if the student is approved to declare a minor by his/her major advisor.
The 36 credit option is selected if the student is approved to not declare a minor.

142 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Telecommunications
(With Minor Option)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 3 PSY 131 3
BIOL 143 4 ENG 132 3
First Year

SC 135 3 CS 116 3
CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
Elective 2 CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
Second Year

ENG 2XX 3 PHYS 101 4


Elective 3 RTF 231 (Introduction to Media Aesthetics) 4
RTF 230 (Introduction to Media Studies) 3 Elective 1
THC 130 or MUSI 131 3 POLS 231 3
15 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 Approved Upper-Level RTF Elective(s) 15
RTF 331 (Media Analysis and Criticism) 3
Third Year

RTF 335 (Writing for Electronic Media and 3


Film)
RTF 344 (Media Management and Marketing) 3
POLS 232 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CM 430 (Internship) 3 Minor 15
Fourth Year

Minor 6
RTF 438 (Media and Society) 3
RTF 499 (Master Projects in Media Production) 4
16 15

Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 143


The School of Communication
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Telecommunications
(Without Minor Option)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 3 PSY 131 3
BIOL 143 4 ENG 132 3
First Year

SC 135 3 CS 116 3
CM 130 (Introduction to Communication 3 MATH 133 3
Theory)
Elective 2 CM 200 (Intermediate Writing) 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
Second Year

ENG 2XX 3 PHYS 101 4


Elective 3 RTF 231 (Introduction to Media Aesthetics) 4
RTF 230 (Introduction to Media Studies) 3 Elective 1
THC 130 or MUSI 131 3 POLS 231 3
15 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CM 332 (Computers in Communication) 3 Approved Upper-Level RTF Elective(s) 15
RTF 331 (Media Analysis and Criticism) 3
Third Year

RTF 335 (Writing for Electronic Media and 3


Film)
RTF 344 (Media Management and Marketing) 3
POLS 232 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CM 430 (Internship) 3 Approved Upper-Level RTF Elective(s) 14
Fourth Year

Approved Upper-Level RTF Elective(s) 6


RTF 438 (Media and Society) 3
RTF 499 (Master Projects in Media Production) 4
16 14

144 | The School of Communication Catalog 2012-2014


Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 145
146 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
OVERVIEW

The College of Education consists of four instructional departments (Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Administration
and Foundations, Counseling, and Health and Kinesiology) through which four undergraduate degrees and six graduate
degrees are offered. The four undergraduate degrees are the Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies, the Bachelor of
Science in Health, the Bachelor of Science in Human Performance, and the Bachelor of Science in Human Performance/Athletic
Training. The six graduate degrees are the Master of Education in Counselor Education, the Master of Education in Educational
Administration, the Master of Science in Health, the Master of Science in Human Performance, the Master of Education in
Curriculum and Instruction, and the Doctor of Education. The Master of Education (M.Ed.) in Curriculum and Instruction
is offered with specializations in Bilingual Education, Early Childhood Education, Reading Education, English, Mathematics,
Science, and Special Education. Two of the departments in the College, the Department of Educational Administration and
Foundations and the Department of Counseling, are unique at the University in that they offer graduate level degrees only.

Students who are interested in obtaining detailed information on the graduate degrees offered through the College, as
well as more information on the Department of Educational Administration and Foundations and the Department of
Counseling, should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University.

The College is organized with a Dean, two Associate Deans, and four Department Chairs. The Dean, Associate Deans, and
Department Chairs are all housed in the Roderick R. Paige Education Building with the exception of the Chair of the Department
of Health and Kinesiology, who is located in Room 103 of the Health and Physical Education Building. The Dean’s Office is
located in Roderick R. Paige Education Building 243.

The Director of Field Experiences and Clinical Practice and the Director of Certification are housed in the College of
Education and share the same suite of offices. Students interested in applying for the Educator Preparation Program should
obtain application forms from the Office of Field Experiences and Clinical Practice. Students interested in applying to take
the state examination for educator certification (TExES) or to be recommended for certification should contact the Director
of Certification. Both offices are located in Room 100 of the Roderick R. Paige Education Building. These offices may also be
reached by calling (713)-313-7434.

Some scholarships may be available for candidates preparing for the teaching field. Interested candidates should contact the Office
of the Dean for details.

MISSION STATEMENT

The mission of the College of Education is to provide competent professionals for effective service in urban schools, agencies and other
entities using research and collaboration in seeking solutions to teaching, learning, and behavioral challenges facing urban populations. The
COE is committed to preparing candidates to become urban professionals who will be caring, competent, committed, and culturally
responsive.
ADMISSION INFORMATION

Admission to the College of Education Educator Preparation Program is governed by the following criteria:
1. Completion of the Educator Preparation Program application.
2. Submission of a transcript from Texas Southern University reflecting the most recent semester enrolled prior to the date
of the application.
3. Completion of the core requirements of forty-four (44) semester credit hours and those identified in the degree plan.
• 6 hours of English composition (ENG 131, 132)
• 3 hours of English Literature (ENG 230)
• 3 hours of Speech (SC 135 or 136)
• 8 hours of Science (BIOL 143, PHYS 101)
• 3 hours of Mathematics (MATH 133, 235, 236)
• 3 hours of Fine Arts (Music, Art or Theatre)
• 3 hours of Geography (GEOG 132, World Geography)
• 6 hours of American History (HIST 231, 232)

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 147


• 6 hours of Political Science (POLS 231, 232)
• 3 hours of General Psychology (PSY 131)
• 1 hour of Physical Education (any 100 level activity course)
• 3 hours of Instructional Technology (EDCI 210)
• 9 hours of electives as recommended by the Academic Advisor:
Chemistry
Mathematics
Theater
Foreign Language
Sociology
Health
Adolescent Psychology

4. Submission of the degree plan, signed by the advisor, and department chairperson in the area for which certification is
sought.

5. A minimum overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 and all core-related courses completed with grades of “C” or
better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable).

6. Submission of verification that the passing criteria given below for the THEA has been met. Applicants for the
Educator Preparation Program are not TASP/THEA exempt and are not eligible for any waivers. The minimum
required scores are:
Reading 250
Mathematics 230
Writing 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

The application for the Educator Preparation Program must be completed and accompanied by a current Texas Southern
University transcript, a degree plan signed by the applicant’s advisor, and THEA scores with minimum scores required by the
College of Education. Please forward application materials to:
Director of Field Experiences and Clinical Practice
College of Education, Room 100
Texas Southern University
3100 Cleburne, P.O. Box 1680
Houston, Texas 77004-4501
Admission to the Educator Preparation Program is decided by the Unit’s Admissions Committee. The Director of Field Experiences
and Clinical Practice will notify the applicant of the action taken on the application.

Candidates seeking to transfer to the University should note that the two application processes, admission to Texas
Southern University and admission to the College of Education Educator Preparation Program, are separate and
independent. Deadlines for submission of applications for admission to the University may be earlier than those for
admission to the program. Approval for admission to the program does not imply approval for any other purpose (e.g.,
admission to the University, financial aid, housing, etc.).

148 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Educator Preparation Program Admissions Steps

STATE BOARD FOR EDUCATORS CERTIFICATION POLICIES

As of May 2002, applicants to the educator preparation program must pass the TExES proficiency test in their area of study and/
or endorsement, as well as the pedagogy and professional responsibilities proficiency test (TExES PPR).

Only eligible candidates may attempt TExES. A candidate is eligible when the candidate’s advisor and department head grant
approval to sit for any of the state Certification Exams

For additional information call 713-313-7751 or e-mail Dr. Roscette Lewis Holmes at Holmes_RY@tsu.edu.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 149


COLLEGE OF EDUCATION CLINICAL PRACTICE

APPROVAL INFORMATION

The applicant for clinical practice must complete an application that includes the approval of the candidate’s advisor and the
department chairperson within the major area. The application deadlines are stipulated by the Office of Field Experiences and
Clinical Practice. A current transcript must accompany the completed application.

Persons seeking approval to engage in clinical practice are discouraged from enrolling in any additional courses. The applicant
must have completed the minimum 45 hours of observation in the field (verified by a completed validation form), as required by
law, prior to approval for clinical practice and evidence of passing the Content and PPR Representative Forms Practice Tests.

After being approved for clinical practice, the candidate teacher is scheduled for an interview with the Director of Field
Experiences and Clinical Practice and the Unit’s Field Experiences and Clinical Practice Committee. Such an interview may be used
to raise concerns relative to any constraints that may negatively affect the success of the placement. Candidate teachers are also
provided professional development activities that are related to their optimum functioning during clinical practice.

Candidate teachers are assigned to school districts through the collaboration of the Director of Field Experiences and Clinical
Practice and the human resources personnel of the district to which the candidate teacher is assigned. Attention is given to the
certification the candidate is seeking, the availability of cooperating teachers to supervise, the constraints that surfaced in the
interview, and any other requirements that may impact the candidate’s placement.

Clinical Practice is at least sixteen weeks. An orientation is provided for the candidate teachers prior to their placement. In
addition, professional development activities are scheduled throughout the clinical experience. Topics and skills relative to the
candidates’ success are presented in workshops by human resource and district personnel, faculty, and other invited professionals.
,

EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAM

The following options are available, based upon the type of undergraduate degree earned:

Bachelor of Science Degrees


EC-6 Bilingual Generalist
EC-6 Generalist
4-8 Bilingual Education Generalist
4-8 English Language Arts/Reading
4-8 English Language Arts/Reading/Social Studies
4-8 Mathematics
4-8 Mathematics/Science
4-8 Science
4-8 Social Studies
EC-12 Special Education
EC-12 Physical Education
EC-12 Health
EC-12 Art
EC-12 Music
EC-12 Theatre Arts

150 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


The following secondary school options are available. Candidates should consult the Certification Office regarding the
availability of new options.
8-12 English Language Arts
8-12 Mathematics
8-12 History
8-12 Life Science
8-12 Mathematics/Physical Science
8-12 Physical Science
8-12 Speech Communication
8-12 Family and Consumer Science
8-12 Human Development and Family Studies

APPROVED ENDORSEMENT PROGRAMS

Persons interested in Supplemental Certification should check with the Certification Officer in Room 100 of the Roderick R.
Paige Education Building.

Endorsement Certification which requires a Teaching Certificate can be completed in the following areas:
Special Education
Bilingual Education

DEFICIENCY PLANS

Persons who currently hold an earned bachelor’s degree and wish to obtain certification in the State of Texas should request a
Deficiency Plan through the Certification Office (Room 100) in the Roderick R. Paige Education Building. The number of
semester credit hours required to complete the Deficiency Plan will vary on an individual basis and in accordance with the
individual’s transcripts.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION

The requirements for persons seeking certification are:


1. Completion of an approved educator preparation program
2. earned grades of “B” or better, where grades of “B-” are unacceptable, in professional development courses.
3. earned grades of “B” or better (grades of “B-” are unacceptable) in specialty courses identified on the selected degree plan.
4. completion of candidate clinical practice, evidence of the completion of two years of teaching experience as a teacher of
record; or enrollment in the Texas State Aide Exemption Program.
5. earned passing scores on all required state-mandated Certification Examination(s).

Participants in an Educator Preparation Program shall complete a survey approved by the State Board of Educator Certification
(SBEC) evaluating the preparation he or she received in the Educator Preparation Program. Completion and submission of this
survey to SBEC is a requirement for issuance of a standard certificate.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The information contained in this bulletin is considered to be descriptive in nature and not contractual. The University
reserves the right to change any policy or requirement at any time during the time that candidates are enrolled. Courses are
also subject to change.

DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS IN THE COLLEGE

The two departments offering undergraduate degrees are described in detail on the pages that follow. A description of the
Department of Curriculum and Instruction is provided, followed by a description of the Department of Health and Kinesiology.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 151


DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

The mission of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction is to produce effective teachers to serve culturally diverse students
with a focus on urban school populations. The Department’s mission is consistent with the overall mission of the College of
Education (COE). The mission of the COE is to prepare caring, committed, competent, culturally responsive urban professionals
who are equipped to provide effective service in urban schools, agencies and other entities. The theme of the conceptual
framework for the COE Educator Preparation Program is “ExPO for Preparing Urban Professionals” which represents COE
expectations, practices and outcomes. The programs of study in the Department of Curriculum & Instruction are designed to
enable candidates to acquire the knowledge, skills and dispositions needed to function effectively in urban learning environments.

Courses in Curriculum and Instruction (EDCI), Reading Education (RDG), and Special Education (SPED) are offered through
the Department of Curriculum and Instruction along with the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
at the undergraduate level. The B.S. in Interdisciplinary Studies leads to Teacher Certification in the state of Texas in EC-6
or 4-8 in one of ten specialty areas: EC-6 Generalist, EC-6 Bilingual Generalist, 4-8 Bilingual Generalist, 4-8 English/
Language Arts/Reading, 4-8 English/Language Arts/Reading/Social Studies, 4-8 Mathematics, 4-8 Mathematics/Science,
4-8 Science, 4-8 Social Studies and All Level (EC-12) Special Education. Unlike most of the other instructional units at the
University, no minor is offered through this Department for the undergraduate degree

At the graduate level, the Master of Education (M.Ed.) in Curriculum and Instruction is offered with specializations
in Bilingual Education, Early Childhood Education, Reading Education, English, Mathematics, Science, or Special
Education. A Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Degree is offered in Curriculum and Instruction with a focus on urban school
communities.

Students who are interested in detailed information regarding the graduate degrees offered through the Department are
referred to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University or the Graduate School Website at http://www.tsu.
edu/academics/colleges__schools/the_graduate_school/.

The ten specialty areas for the B.S. in Interdisciplinary Studies represent ten (10) tracks that students may follow toward
completion of the degree and Texas Teacher Certification. Students desiring to earn the B.S. Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
must:

(1) be admitted to the University,


(2) satisfy University and state testing requirements,
(3) secure an application to the Educator Preparation Program (EPP) from the Office of Field Experiences and
Clinical Practice,
(4) meet with departmental advisors to ensure all requirements have been met for admission to the EPP and
complete all forms in the application packet, and
(5) submit the completed application packet to the Office of Field Experiences and Clinical Practice on or before
the submission deadline.

Once admitted to the Educator Preparation Program (EPP), students become Candidate Teachers and they are assigned an
official departmental advisor who should be consulted each academic term. Advisors guide candidate teachers through the
Educator Preparation Program, as well as oversee matriculation through their programs of study. All requirements for the
Educator Preparation Program must be met and candidate teachers must earn an overall GPA of 2.5 or better as a requirement
for graduation. Courses designated as specialty courses must be completed with grades of “B” or better, where grades of “B-” are
unacceptable, and assessment targets referenced for the Educator Preparation Program must also be met.

Prior to admission to the Educator Preparation Program students are encouraged to visit with staff advisors in the COE Student
Advisement Center (SAC) for guidance, information, and program updates. SAC is located in the lower level of the Roderick R.
Paige Education Building.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, meet University and state testing requirements, petition for
admission, and qualify for the Educator Preparation Program. Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should
be reviewed carefully by all interested students. Additional information may be obtained from the Department Office
located in R. Paige Education Building 204 or via telephone at (713)-313-7267.

152 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Departmental Policies

The Department has established policies and procedures to ensure that candidates matriculate through the program in a timely
manner. Adherence to these policies is necessary to successfully complete the selected program of study.
 Students should apply for admission to the Educator Preparation Program after completing at least 44-45 of the 60
hours of the foundation/core courses and after passing ALL parts of the THEA with the minimum scores required by
the College of Education. Minimum scores are: Reading – 250, Mathematics – 230, and Writing – 220. Admission to
the Educator Preparation Program MUST be obtained prior to enrollment in selected specialty courses and professional
development courses.
 Prospective candidates cannot earn more than six (6) semester credit hours in specialty courses prior to admission to the
Educator Preparation Program in the College of Education.
 Candidates should enroll in the Professional Development courses in two blocks of six semester hours
each. The required sequence is EDCI 310 and EDCI 339 followed by EDCI 328 and EDCI 350. These four courses
cannot be taken together in a single semester.
 Candidates seeking certification must earn grades of “B” or better (grades of “B-” are unacceptable) in All professional
development courses (EDCI 310, EDCI 328, EDCI 339, and EDCI 350).
 Candidates seeking certification must earn grades of “B” or better (grades of “B-” are unacceptable) in specialty/content
courses identified on the selected degree plan.
 Candidates must register in the Department for Specialty, Professional Development, and Clinical Practice Courses.
 Candidates cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Representative Forms Content and PPR Practice Tests have been
passed with 80% accuracy or above.
 Students desiring to transfer into the Department from other schools and colleges must have an overall GPA of 2.50.
Students who fail to meet the GPA requirements can reapply for approval to transfer into the Department after meeting
the 2.50 GPA requirement.
 Candidates may register for TExES (PPR or Content Test) after successfully passing the appropriate TExES
Representative Forms Practice Tests (administered by Department).
 Candidates must complete the Department “Notice of Intent to File for Graduation” form one semester prior to the
anticipated graduation date. This will allow time for Advisors to determine whether candidates will be able to complete
program requirements by the expected graduation date.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 153


Steps for Completing the COE Educator Preparation Program

*Once candidates have passed the Representative Forms Practice Tests, they can seek permission from their departmental advisors and
the Chairperson of Curriculum & Instruction to take the appropriate state-administered TExES Examination.

** Candidates cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test and the EC-12 PPR Representa-
tive Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

***Complete the Department “Notice of Intent to File for Graduation” form one semester prior to your anticipated graduation date.

154 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Amacker, Emma Ligons, Claudette M.


Associate Professor Professor
B.S., Grambling State University B.S., Hampton University
M.A., Governors State University M.Ed., University of Massachusetts
Ed.D., Texas Southern University Ed.D., University of Houston
Boyd, Nellie Saha-Gupta, Shaswati Nina
Visiting Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.A., M.Ed., University of South Carolina B.A., Delhi University
Ed.D., University of North Carolina - Greensboro M.A., Nagpur University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
Gooden, Cherry Smith, Jacqueline
Associate Professor/Chair Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Texas Southern University B.S., Sam Houston State University
Ed.D., University of Houston M.S., Chicago State University
Ed.D., University of Houston
Haynes-Mays, Ingrid Song, Holim
Associate Professor/Assessment Coordinator Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Texas Southern University B.A., Kyunghee University
Ph.D., University of Mississippi M.A., Ed.D., University of Houston
Johnson, Jr., James A.
Professor
B.A., Brooklyn College
M.S., Nova University
Ph.D., University of California

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION COURSES

EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I (3)


Provides practice using computers for instruction, evaluation, and management. Analyzes the tenets
of professional conduct, ethics, roles, and responsibilities for teaching with computer technology.
Three hours of computer use and lecture per week.

EDCI 310 Principles and Foundations of Education (**) (3)


Analyzes the ethical and legal aspects of teaching, including the structure, organization, and
management of the Texas educational system. (Must be taken concurrently with EDCI 339, after
admission to the Educator Preparation Program). Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 328 Psychology of Learning, Growth, and Development (**) (3)


Analyzes human development and behavior that influences learning. Attention is also given to
motivational styles, learning styles, and ethnic identity development in multicultural classrooms.
Three hours of lecture per week. (Must be taken concurrently with EDCI 350, after admission to the
Educator Preparation Program). Prerequisites: EDCI 310 and 339.

EDCI 329 Social Studies Strategies I (3)


Provides developmentally appropriate knowledge and skills needed for planning, organizing, and effectively
delivering instruction based on NCSS social studies standards. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 330 Mathematics Strategies I (3)


Provides developmentally appropriate knowledge and skills needed for planning, organizing, and effectively
delivering instruction based on NCTM mathematics standards. Three hours of lecture per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 155


EDCI 339 Classroom Management (**) (3)
Provides a foundation in comprehensive classroom management with a special emphasis on creating
a positive, productive classroom environment. Attention will be given to research-based management
techniques and problem solving for unproductive student behaviors. (Must be taken concurrently with
EDCI 310, after admission to the Educator Preparation Program). Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II (3)


Emphasizes research, planning, development, implementation, and evaluation of teaching and
learning materials for specific purposes. Requires planning for higher order thinking and information
processing. Three hours of computer use and lecture per week. Prerequisite: EDCI 210.

EDCI 346 History and Theories of Child Development (3)


Develops historical, philosophical, psychological, and social foundations of early childhood education.
Cognitive, physical, social, and emotional developmental theories emphasized. Three hours of lecture
per week.

EDCI 347 Adolescent Development Theories (3)


Analyzes developmentally appropriate human processes, from birth through age 16, with respect to
adolescent adjustment to school and society. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 350 Effective Instructional Strategies (**) (3)


Focuses on the study of instructional methods that emphasize practical application to the teaching/
learning process. Some of these strategies include planning, resource selection, evaluation and
communication. (Must be taken concurrently with EDCI 328, after admission to the Educator
Preparation Program). Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: EDCI 310 and 339.

EDCI 402 Science Strategies I (3)


Provides developmentally appropriate knowledge and skills needed for planning, organizing, and
effectively delivering instruction based on NSTA science standards. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 404 Certification Seminar (3)


Emphasizes the importance of aligning knowledge and skills with best practices in developmentally
appropriate teaching environments. Attention will also be given to preparation for state licensure
examinations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of Advisor.

EDCI 405 Integrated Language Arts, Social Studies, and Fine Arts (3)
Enhances the language skills of pre-service teachers through Social Studies, Art, Music, and Drama in
order for teachers to model effective teaching practices from a whole language approach. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: RDG 301 or RDG 302.

EDCI 410 Individual Projects (3)


Creates opportunities for students to increase learner outcomes through participation in an
independent project to apply effective instructional practices for diverse populations of urban learners.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

EDCI 430 Integrated Science, Mathematics, and Health (3)


Provides integrated study of the natural sciences, along with mathematics and health, in a creative way
with associated teaching strategies to support the success of urban students. Intended for Educator
Preparation Candidates. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133, MATH 235 and
MATH 236.

EDCI 431 Linguistics (3)


Introduces the basic linguistic concepts and terminology related to phonology, syntax, morphology,
vocabulary, and semantics for bilingual and ESL teachers. Three hours of lecture per week.

156 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


EDCI 432 Language Acquisition (3)
Analyzes the first and second language acquisition theories. Addresses the linguistic, cultural, and
cognitive factors that impact the acquisition of a second language. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 433 Early Childhood Curriculum (3)


Examines and stresses planning, implementation, and evaluation of developmentally appropriate
curriculum content for young children from birth through age eight. Emphasizes an interdisciplinary
cognitive curriculum that includes an understanding of mathematics, science, and social studies. Three
hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 434 Creative Arts and Movement (3)


Supports pre-service teachers’ development of the basic skills and techniques associated with activities
and strategies for integrating the visual arts, music, creative drama and movement into the EC-6
curriculum. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 435 Language Development and Literacy in Early Childhood (**) (3)
Emphasizes the development of receptive, expressive language, and emergent literacy in children.
Includes understanding and awareness of native speakers of other languages. Three hours of lecture per
week and 10 hours in the field.

EDCI 436 Developing English Language Skills (**) (3)


Creates opportunities for students to practice techniques to teach English to speakers of other
languages. Three hours of lecture per week and 10 hours in the field.

EDCI 450 Directed Student Teaching in Grades 4-8 (**) (6)


Provides directed student teaching in grades 4-8 with supervisory support from the College of
Education, a University-based supervisor, and a school-based supervisor. Two hours of lecture and
forty hours of laboratory per week.

EDCI 455 Curriculum Development in Bilingual Education (3)


Examines the theoretical bases of bilingual education curriculum. Emphasis is placed on designing
curriculum appropriate to EC-6 bilingual education. Includes evaluation of designed curriculum and
application.

EDCI 456 Developing Spanish Language Skills I (3)


Develops Spanish language skills needed to teach reading and language arts in a bilingual program.
Taught in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 457 Developing Spanish Language Skills II (3)


Develops the technical Spanish vocabulary skills needed to communicate concepts in mathematics,
social studies, and science. Taught in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 458 Effective Classroom Communications (3)


Focuses on academic language among school personnel: teachers, students, parents, administrators,
and others. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 460 Foundations of Bilingual Education (3)


This course outlines the historical perspective of bilingual education, foundations of education, and
the concepts of bilingualism and biculturalism. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 463 Directed Student Teaching in Special Education (**) (6)


Creates opportunities for observation and student teaching in regular and special class assignments in
the area of language/learning disabilities on the elementary or secondary levels. Two hours of lecture
and forty hours of laboratory per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 157


EDCI 464 Directed Student Teaching in High School (**) (6)
Creates opportunities for observation and directed teaching by students in an approved secondary
school. Two hours of lecture and forty hours of laboratory per week.

EDCI 466 Directed Student Teaching in Bilingual Classrooms (**) (6)


Creates opportunities for observation and directed teaching of students in elementary, bilingual, and/
or ESL classrooms. Supervision done by bilingual faculty. Two hours of lecture and forty hours of
laboratory per week.

EDCI 468 Directed Student Teaching - All Levels (**) (6)


Creates opportunities for observation and directed teaching at the elementary and secondary levels.
Half of the time is spent in an elementary school and half of the time is spent in a high school setting.
Two hours of lecture and forty hours of laboratory per week.

EDCI 478 Family and Community Relationships in Early Childhood (3)


Stresses the social and psychological impact that the family and the community have on the
development of children. Also examines implications of cultural diversity, family life styles, and
socioeconomic level on the young child. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 479 Management in Early Childhood Environment (3)


Emphasizes structuring of indoor and outdoor learning environments that promote positive self
image, achievement, and competence. Examines personal health, safety, materials, and resources.
Includes group management. Three hours of lecture per week.

EDCI 491 Directed Student Teaching in Elementary School and Kindergarten (**) (6)
Creates opportunities for observation and directed student teaching at the elementary and
kindergarten levels. Half of the time is spent in an elementary school and half of the time is spent in a
kindergarten setting. Two hours of lecture and forty hours of laboratory per week.

READING EDUCATION COURSES

RDG 301 Basic Concepts of Reading (3)


Recognizes interrelationships of reading, writing, listening, and speaking. Shows how to plan
instruction that reflects interrelated nature of these processes. Three hours of lecture per week.
Formerly RDG 201.

RDG 302 Reading Skills Development (3)


Familiarizes students with recent issues in language arts education and teaches them how to apply this
information to classroom instruction. Three hours of lecture per week. Formerly RDG 202.

RDG 400 Middle School Reading (3)


Introduces language arts strategies and concepts of learning across the content areas. Focuses on the
curriculum in grades 4-8. Three hours of lecture per week.

RDG 401 Reading for Diverse Populations (3)


Presents culturally responsive teaching pedagogies to enhance reading skills development of diverse
populations of children in Texas schools. Focuses on TEKS-related reading competencies as reflected
in K-8 standards. Three hours of lecture per week.

RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis (**) (3)


Emphasizes assessment of reading skills using informal procedures, including informal reading
inventories, checklists, and observation. Three hours of lecture per week and 10 hours in the field.

158 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES

SPED 309 Survey of Exceptional Education I (3)


Provides a survey of the characteristics and issues related to working with students with: Learning
Disabilities, ADHD, Mental Retardation, Autism and Severe and Multiple Disabilities. Special
emphasis on Dyslexia. Three hours of lecture per week. (Must be taken concurrently with SPED 370)

SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Education II (3)


Provides a survey of the characteristics and issues related to working with students with:
Communication disorders, Physical Disorders, Other health Impairments, Visual disabilities and
Hearing Disabilities. Basic statutory and legislative issues included. Three hours of lecture per week.
(Must be taken concurrently with SPED 309)

SPED 401 Field Experiences in Special Education (**) (3)


A field-based course which includes 45 hours of classroom observation, lesson planning and teaching
mini units.

SPED 402 Assessment Practices for Children with Disabilities (3)


Emphasizes the commonly used techniques and tools for assessing students. Includes both formal and
informal assessment measures. Three hours of lecture per week.

SPED 403 Educational Procedures for Children with Disabilities I (3)


Outlines strategies and methods used to foster inclusionary practices that improve student outcomes
in the areas of mathematics and social skills. Three hours of lecture per week.

SPED 404 Managing Behaviors of Children with Disabilities (3)


Focuses on the characteristics of children with behavioral disorders and provides strategies to address
these problems. Three hours of lecture per week.

SPED 405 Educational Procedures for Children with Disabilities II (3)


Outlines strategies and methods used to foster inclusionary practices that improve student outcomes
in the areas of language, spelling, and reading. Three hours of lecture per week.

SPED 406 School/Community Collaboration for Special Education (3)


Addresses the importance of collaboration among educators, parents, and the community to meet the
needs of all students. Emphasizes collaborative strategies within the context of inclusive education.
Three hours of lecture per week.

SPED 410 Individual Projects - Special Education (3)


Creates opportunities for students to increase learner outcomes through participation in an
independent project to apply effective special education instructional practices for the urban learner.

NOTE: (**) is used to designate field-based courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 159


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
EARLY CHILDHOOD-6 GENERALIST SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (EARLY CHILDHOOD) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) EDCI 346 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
MATH 133 (3) EDCI 433 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) EDCI 434 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) EDCI 435 (3) MATH 235 (3)
ENG 230 (3) EDCI 478 (3) MATH 236 (3)
MUSI 131 (3) or Art 131 (3) EDCI 479 (3) SPED 309 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional EDCI 347 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: RDG 302 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) RDG 401 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) HED 233 (2)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
EDCI 430 (3)
EDCI 491 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree Interdisciplinary Studies
EC-6 Generalist (Nationally Recognized)
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional
Communication or Public Address 3 PHYS 101 Prin. Of Physical Science 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
United States to 1877 3 United States to 1877 3
MUSI 131 or ART 131
Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I 3 BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science 4
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 PE (Any Course) 1
FS 102 Freshmen Seminar 1 HED 233 Principles of Health 2
16 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 Multiple-Choice Section)

160 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
POL SCI 231 American Polit. System I 3 POL SCI 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found., Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3

16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 309 Survey of Exceptional Educ. I 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
RDG 302 Reading Skills Development 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

EDCI 346 Hist. & Theory of Child Dev. 3 EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3
EDCI 433 Early Childhood Curriculum 3 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
EDCI 434 Creativity and Movement 3 EDCI 435 Language Development & Literacy 3
EDCI 478 Family & Com. Relat. EC 3
15 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 491 Direct. Stud. Teaching, EC-4 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & Fine A 3
EDCI 479 Management in Early Childhood 3
RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
15 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 161


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
EC-6 BILINGUAL GENERALIST SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (BILINGUAL ED) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) EDCI 431 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
MATH 133 (3) EDCI 432 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) EDCI 436 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) EDCI 456 (3) Math 235 (3)
ENG 230 (3) EDCI 457 (3) Math 236 (3)
EDCI 460 (3) SPED 370 (3)
MUSI 131 (3) Professional RDG 301 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Development: RDG 302 (3)
HIST 232 (3) EDCI 310 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 328 (3) EDCI 347 (3
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 339 (3) HED 233 (2)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 430 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
EDCI 466 (6)

* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
EC-6 Bilingual Generalist
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Communication or Public Address United States since 1877
First Year

HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
MUSI 131 Intro. To Music 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
17 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 Multiple-Choice Section)

162 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science 4
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3
HED 233 Principles of Health 2
18 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Ed II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ. 3
EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

RDG 301 Basic Concepts or Reading 3 EDCI 436 Dev. Eng. Lang Skills 3
EDCI 431 Linguistics for Teachers 3 EDCI 456 Dev. Span. Lang. Skills I 3
EDCI 432 Language Acquisition 3 RDG 302 Reading Skills Development 3
EDCI 460 Foundations of Bilingual Ed. 3
18 hrs 15 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 466 Direct. Stud. Tch. Bil. Ed. 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
EDCI 457 Dev. Eng. Lang. Skills II 3
EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & F. A. 3

12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 163


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
4-8 BILINGUAL GENERALIST SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (BILINGUAL ED) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) EDCI 431 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
MATH 133 (3) EDCI 432 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) EDCI 436 (3) MATH 235 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) EDCI 456 (3) MATH 236 (3)
ENG 230 (3) EDCI 457 (3) SPED 370
MUSI 131 (3) EDCI 460 (3) RDG 302 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional RDG 400 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: GEOG 132 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 339 (3) EDCI 347 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 328 (3) HED 233 (2)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
EDCI 430 (3)
EDCI 466 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 Bilingual Generalist
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science
Communication or Public Address 4
First Year

HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
United States since 1877 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
MUSI 131 Intro. To Music 3 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 Multiple-Choice Section)

164 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
HED 233 Principles of Health 2
18 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

RDG 301 Basic Concepts of Reading 3 EDCI 436 Dev. Eng. Lang. Skills 3
EDCI 431 Linguistics for Teachers 3 EDCI 456 Dev. Span. Lang. Skills I 3
EDCI 432 Language Acquisition 3 RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3
EDCI 460 Foundations of Bilingual Ed. 3 .
18 hrs 15 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 466 Direct. Stud. Teaching, Bil. Ed. 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & F. A. 3
EDCI 457 Dev. Span. Lang Skills II 3
12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 165


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
ENGLISH LANG. ARTS AND READING 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (ELA/RDG) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ENG 231 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
MATH 133 (3) RDG 301 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) RDG 302 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
PHYS 101 (4) RDG 401 (3) MATH 235 (3)
ENG 230 (3) RDG 400 (3) MATH 236 (3)
MUSI 131 (3) RDG 402 (3) ENG 351 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional EDCI 340 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: EDCI 347 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) SPED 370 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) RDG 406 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) ELECTIVE (Any two hour course)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
ENG 439 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) Represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 English Language Arts/Reading
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Communication or Public Address United States since 1877
First Year

HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
MUSI 131 Intro. To Music 3 PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 Multiple-Choice Section)

166 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 ENG 231 World Literature II 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 1
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 3
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3 EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3
Elective 2
16 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

RDG 301 Basic Concepts of Reading 3 ENG 351 Grammar Review Workshop 3
RDG 302 Reading Skills Development 3 RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3
EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis 3
EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & F. A 3
15 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Tch. 4-8 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 RDG 406 Reading Appreciation


RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
ENG 439 The Teaching of English 3
12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form
Practice Test and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 167


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
ENGLISH LANG. ARTS/ READING / SOCIAL STUDIES 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (ELA/RDG/SS) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ENG 351 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
MATH 133 (3) RDG 301 (3) GEOG 230 (3)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) RDG 302 (3) GEOG 331 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) RDG 400 (3) GEOG 332 (3)
ENG 230 (3) RDG 402 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
MUSI 131 (3) RDG 401 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
HIST 231 (3) Professional SPED 370 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: EDCI 340 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) MATH 235 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) MATH 236 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) ELECTIVE (Any two hour course)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 347 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) Represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 English Language Arts/Reading/Social Studies
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
Communication or Public Address 3 United States since 1877 3
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
United States to 1877 3
MUSI 131 Introduction to Music 3 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 Multiple-Choice Section)

168 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 230 Urban Geography 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
Elective (Any two hour course) 2
16 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ. 3
EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 RDG 302 Reading Skills Development 3


ENG 351 Grammar Review Workshop 3 RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3
RDG 301 Basic Concepts of Reading 3 GEOG 332 Economic Geography 3
GEOG 331 Geography of Texas 3
18 hrs 15 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Teaching, 4-8 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations
EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & F. A 3
RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis 3
12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 169


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
MATHEMATICS 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 125
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (MATH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 39 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) MATH 134 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
MATH 133 (3) MATH 235 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) MATH 236 (3) EDCI 347 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) MATH 241 (4) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
ENG 230 (3) MATH 242 (4) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
ART 131 (3) MATH 243 (4) MATH 250 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional MATH 331 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: MATH 473 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) RDG 400 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) RDG 401 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) SPED 370 (3)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3) ELECTIVE (Any two hour course)
EDCI 330 or 430 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) Represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 Mathematics
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 125
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Communication or Public Address United States since 1877
First Year

HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science 4
ART 131 Drawing & Composition I 3 BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1

16 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

170 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
Third Year

EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3


EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 MATH 242 Calculus & Analy. Geom. II 4
MATH 241 Calculus & Analy. Geom. I 4 MATH 250 Linear Algebra 3
MATH 331 Logic, Sets, and Functions 3 RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Tch. 4-8 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3 Elective (Any two-hour course) 2
MATH 243 Calculus & Analy. Geom. III 4 .
MATH 473 Probability and Statistics I 3
16 hrs 11 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 171


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
MATHEMATICS / SCIENCE 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (MATH/SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 45 credits 34 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) PHYS 237, 213 (4) EDCI 340 (3)
MATH 133 (3) PHYS 238, 214 (4) EDCI 347 (3)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) BIOL 343, 345 (4) SPED 370 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) CHEM 131, 111 (4) MATH 134 (3)
ENG 230 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4) MATH 235 (3)
ART 131 (3) BIOL 347 (4) MATH 236 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional MATH 241 (4)
HIST 232 (3) Development: GEOG 132 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) RDG 400 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) RDG 401 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) ELECTIVE (Any one hour course)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 402 or 430 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 Mathematics/Science
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science
Communication or Public Address 3 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
United States to 1877 3 United States since 1877 3
BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science 4 MATH 134 Plane Geometry 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 ART 131 Drawing and Comp. I 3
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

172 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 CHEM 131 Gen. Chemistry I 3


BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 CHEM 111 Gen. Chemistry I Lab. 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ. 3
EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 BIOL 347 Microbiology 4


MATH 241 Calculus & Analy. Geom. I 4 PHYS 237 College Physics I 3
BIOL 343 Ecology (Must take with lab) 3 PHYS 213 College Physics Lab I 1
BIOL 345 Ecology Lab 1 RDG 401 RDG for Diverse Populations 3
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Teaching, 4-8 6
EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
Fourth Year

RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3


PHYS 238 College Physics II 3
PHYS 214 College Physics Lab II 1
Elective (Any one hour course) 1 9 hrs
14 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 173


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
SCIENCE 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 41 credits 36 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4) CHEM 131, 111 (4)
MATH 133 (3) BIOL 132, 112 (4) GEOG 132 (3)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) BIOL 343, 345 (4) SPED 370 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) BIOL 347 (4) EDCI 340 (3)
ENG 230 (3) PHYS 237, 213 (4) EDCI 347 (3)
ART 131 (3) MATH 235 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional MATH 236 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: RDG 400 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) RDG 401(3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) PHYS 238, 214 (4)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 339 (3) ELECTIVE (Any two hour course)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 402 or 430 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 Science (Nationally Recognized)
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Communication or Public Address United States to 1877
First Year

PSY 131 General Psychology 3 PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science 4


HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 ART 131 Drawing & Composition 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

174 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CHEM 131 Gen. Chemistry I 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
CHEM 111 Gen. Chemistry Lab 1 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 BIOL 343 Ecology 3


EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 BIOL 345 Ecology Lab 1
PHYS 236 College Physics I 3 PHYS 237 College Physics II 3
PHYS 213 College Physics I Lab 1 PHYS 214 College Physics Lab II 1
Elective (Any two-hour course) 2
16 hrs 14 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Tch. 4-8 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3
BIOL 347 Microbiology 4
RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
16 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 175


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
SOCIAL STUDIES 4-8 SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (SOC. STU.) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 39 credits 39 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) HIST 371 (3) GEOG 132 (3)
MATH 133 (3) HIST 451 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) SOC 238(3) BIOL 132, 112 (4)
PHYS 101 (4) SOC 335 (3) SPED 370 (3)
ENG 230 (3) GEOG 331 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
MUSI 131 (3) GEOG 332 (3) EDCI 347 (3)
HIST 231 (3) Professional ECON 315 (3)
HIST 232 (3) Development: MATH 235 (3)
POLS 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3) MATH 236 (3)
POLS 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3) RDG 401 (3)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 329 (3) RDG 400 (3)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 339 (3) ELECTIVE (Any two hour course)
EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 450 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) Represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree Interdisciplinary Studies
4-8 Social Studies (Nationally Recognized)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional PHYS 101 Prin. of Physical Science
Communication or Public Address 3 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
United States to 1877 3 United States to 1877 3
PSY 131 General Psychology 3 MUSI 131 Introduction to Music 3
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

176 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3 SOC 238 Introduction to Anthropology 3
16 hrs 16 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ 3
EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 GEOG 332 Economic Geography 3


GEOG 331 Geography of Texas 3 SOC 335 Ethnic Groups in Society 3
ECON 315 Environmental Economics 3 HIST 451 Mexican American History 3
HIST 371 Texas History 3 ELECTIVE (Any two hour course) 2
18 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 450 Direct. Stud. Teaching, 4-8 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
EDCI 329 Social Studies Strategies 3
RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3

12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 177


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
ALL LEVEL SPECIAL EDUCATION SPECIALTY TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM* SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD) (SPEC. EDUCATION) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 48 credits 31 credits
ENG 131 (3)** Relative to PE 1xx (1)
ENG 132 (3) Specialty: FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) SPED 309 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
MATH 133 (3) SPED 370 (3) MATH 235 (3)
BIOL 143, 143L (4) SPED 401 (3) MATH 236 (3)
PHYS 101 (4) SPED 402 (3) RDG 301 (3)
ENG 230 (3) SPED 403 (3) RDG 401 (3)
ART 131 (3) SPED 404 (3) EDCI 347 (3)
HIST 231 (3) SPED 405 (3) BIOL 131, 111 (4)
HIST 232 (3) SPED 406 (3) SOC 257 (3)
POLS 231 (3) Professional GEOG 132 (3)
POLS 232 (3) Development: ELECTIVE (Any one hour course)
PSY 131 (3) EDCI 310 (3)
EDCI 210 (3)*** EDCI 328 (3)
EDCI 339 (3)
EDCI 350 (3)
EDCI 405 (3)
EDCI 430 (3)
EDCI 463 (6)
* Students should be counseled by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Not Equivalent to CS 116.

College of Education
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Interdisciplinary Studies
Special Education All Levels
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Communication or Public Address United States to 1877
First Year

HIST 231 Soc. Polit. Hist. of U.S, to 1877 3 PHYS 101 Prin. Of Physical Science 4
BIOL 143 A Surv. Of Life Sci. 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
ART 131 Drawing & Composition 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
PE (Any 100-Level Course) 1 FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 17 hrs
Transition 0: Before the end of Second Semester the candidate should:
Complete THEA with minimum scores of:
Reading: 250 Math: 230 Writing: 220 (Multiple-Choice Section)

178 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 230 World Literature I 3 GEOG 132 World Regional Geography 3
POLS 231 American Polit. System I 3 POLS 232 American Polit. System II 3
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 SOC 257 School Sociology 3


BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 MATH 236 Found. Geom., Stat., Prob. 3
MATH 235 Struc. & App. Of Numb. Sys. 3 SPED 309 Survey of Exceptional Educ. I 3
EDCI 210 Instructional Technology I 3 SPED 370 Survey of Exceptional Educ. II 3
16 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 1: Before the end of Fourth Semester, candidate should:
Be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program.

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


SPED 403 Educational Procedures I 3 EDCI 310 Principles & Foundations of Educ. 3
SPED 405 Educational Procedures II 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Third Year

RDG 301 Basic Concepts of Reading 3 EDCI 405 Integrated L.A., Soc. St., & F. A. 3
EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3 SPED 402 Assessment Practices 3
EDCI 347 Adolescent Development 3 SPED 404 Managing Behaviors 3
ELECTIVE (Any one hour course) 1 SPED 406 Sch./Comm. Collab. For Spec. Ed. 3
16 hrs 18 hrs
Transition 2: Before the end of Fifth Semester, candidate should:
Take and pass Content Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 1 (EDCI 310 and EDCI 339)

Before the end of Sixth Semester candidate should:


Take and pass the PPR Representative Form Practice Test.
Enroll in Field Experience Block 2 (EDCI 328 and EDCI 350)
Take and pass the TExES Content Test.

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 328 Psy. Of Learn. Growth & Dev. 3 EDCI 463 Direct. Stud. Tch. Spec. Ed. 6
Fourth Year

EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3 RDG 401 Rdg. For Div. Populations 3
SPED 401 Field Experiences in Spec. Ed. 3
EDCI 430 Integrating Sci., Math., & Health 3
12 hrs 9 hrs
Transition 3: Before the end of the Seventh Semester, the candidate should:
Take and pass the TExES EC-12 PPR Test.
Apply for Clinical Practice.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Candidate cannot enroll in Clinical Practice until the Content Representative Form Practice Test
and the PPR Representative Form Practice Test have both been passed with 80% accuracy.

Transition 4: By the end of the Eighth Semester, the candidate should:


Satisfy all requirements for Texas Teacher Certification
Graduate from the Educator Preparation Program

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 179


DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND KINESIOLOGY

The Department of Health and Kinesiology offers courses in Health (HED), Human Performance (PE), Recreation & Leisure
Studies (RECL), Sport Management (SPMT), three undergraduate degrees, and two graduate degrees. The Bachelor of Science
(B.S.) in Health Studies, Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Performance, and Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Sport Management
are offered on the undergraduate level; the Master of Science (M.S.) in Health Education and the Master of Science (M.S.) in
Human Performance are offered at the graduate level. The Department offers four minors, one in Health Studies, one in Human
Performance, one in Recreation & Leisure Studies, and one in Sport Management, for students pursuing undergraduate degrees
in other instructional units at the University. Students may also earn Teacher Certification for the state of Texas either in Health
Studies or Human Performance through the Educator Preparation Program in the College of Education in conjunction with the
two undergraduate degrees offered. Members of the Department and department facilities are located in the Health and Physical
Education Building with the Department Office located in Room 103.

Students who are interested in detailed information regarding the Master of Science in Health Education and Master of Science in
Human Performance should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University.

The primary mission of the Department of Health and Kinesiology is to prepare students for entry into the workforce and for
graduate study. A secondary mission is to ensure that all students matriculating through the University have an understanding of
the importance of wellness and health-related fitness upon society.

In pursuing either the B.S. in Health Studies, the B.S. in Human Performance or the B.S. in Sport Management, there are
several tracks of study, two tracks for the B.S. in Health Studies, four tracks for the B.S. in Human Performance and five tracks
for the B.S. in Sport Management. Completion of the B.S. in Health Studies – EC-12 (Option I, Track I), the B.S. in Human
Performance – All Levels Teaching (Option II, Track I), and B.S. in Human Performance/Athletic Training – All Levels Teaching
(Option II, Track II), require matriculating students to be admitted to the Educator Preparation Program in the College of
Education. Completion of the B.S. in Health Studies – non-teaching (Option I, Track II), the B.S. In Human Performance/
Athletic Training – non-teaching (Option II, Track III) and the B.S. in Human Performance/Recreation & Leisure Studies – non-
teaching (Option II, Track IV), requires an externship. Both Athletic Training options, tracks II and III also require a mandatory
1800 hour internship working under a certified/licensed athletic trainer and the matriculating student will be prepared to sit for
the licensure examination administered by the Advisory Board of Athletic Trainers for the state of Texas. Completion of the B.S.
in Sport Management/Business (Option III, Track I), B.S. in Sport Management/Health (Option III, Track II), B.S. in Sport
Management/Human Performance (Option III, Track III), B.S. in Sport Management/Journalism (Option III, Track IV), and
B.S. in Sport Management/Radio, Television, Film (Option III, Track V) require an externship.

Requirements for the B.S. in Health Studies, B.S. in Human Performance, B.S. in Sport Management and the three minors
(Health Studies, Human Performance and Sport Management) are summarized. Interested students must first be admitted to the
University, must satisfy the THEA requirements, must eradicate deficiencies assessed at the time of admission through the Office
of Student Success Services, and must petition the Department as THEA requirements are completed. Students are admitted
after review by a departmental committee; and, once admitted, they are assigned an official advisor who should be consulted
on a semester or term basis and who will guide those students in need of being admitted to the Education Preparation Program
in that process. The advisor will also advise students with regard to their status for graduation as they enter and complete the
senior year. After completion of PE 112, PE 211, PE 212, PE 127, PE 233, and PE 235 during the sophomore year, Human
Performance majors will be administered a departmental diagnostic comprehensive examination in PE 302. All requirements
for the Educator Preparation Program must be met (consult previous section of this document under the College of
Education), and students must have an overall GPA of 2.50 or better to graduate. Courses designated as major courses
must be completed with grades of “C” or better, where grades of “C-“ are unacceptable, and grade restrictions referenced
for the Educator Preparation Program must also be adhered to. Prior to graduation, a comprehensive departmental exit
examination is administered to seniors.

For the minor in Health Studies, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses in the
Department: HED 234 (3 credits), HED 335 (3 credits), HED 340 (3 credits), HED 432 (3 credits), HED 433 (3 credits),
HED 471 (3 credits), and HED 477 (3 credits). BIOL 245 (4 credits) and PE 102 (1 credit) are cognate courses that must
also be completed in conjunction with the 21 credits. Grades of “C” or better, where grades of “C-“ are not acceptable, must
be earned in all classes making up the 21 credits and in the two cognate courses.

180 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


For the minor in Human Performance, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses
in the Department: PE 127 (3 credits), PE 211 (1 credit), PE 212 (1 credit), PE 235 (3 credits), PE 302 (3 credits), PE 324 (2
credits), PE 327 (2 credits), PE 336 (3 credits), and PE 437 (3 credits). In addition, BIOL 245 (4 credits and HED 333 (3
credits) must be completed as cognate courses along with the 21 hours specified. Grades of “C” or better, where grades of
“C-“ are not acceptable, must be earned in all classes making up the 21 credits and in the two cognate courses.

For the minor in Recreation & Leisure Studies, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following
courses in the Department: RECL 234 (3 credits), RECL 332 (3 credit), RECL 332 (3 credit), RECL 335 (3 credits), RECL
373 (3 credits), and RECL 379 (3 credits) as well as RECL 434 (3 credits) or RECL 476 (3 credits). In addition, BIOL 245 (4
credits and HED 333 (3 credits) must be completed as cognate courses along with the 21 hours specified. Grades of “C”
or better, where grades of “C-“ are not acceptable, must be earned in all classes making up the 21 credits and in the two cognate
courses.

For the minor in Sport Management, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses
in the Department: SPMT 134 (3 credits), SPMT 135 (3 credits), SPMT 273 (3 credits), SMPT 279 (3 credits), SPMT 332
(3 credits), and SPMT 333 (3 credits) as well as SPMT 434 or SPMT 476 (3 credits). In addition, PE 127 (3 credits) must
be completed as a cognate course along with the 21 hours specified. Grades of “C” or better, where grades of “C-“ are not
acceptable, must be earned in all classes making up the 21 credits and in the cognate course.

Students who need to earn teacher certification in a supporting teaching field may earn this additional certification in either
Health Studies or Human Performance through the Department. All requirements for the Educator Preparation Program,
including grade requirements, must be met in seeking these additional certifications.

For the supporting certification in Health Studies, 24 semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: HED 234, HED 333, HED 340, HED 432, HED 433, HED 436, HED 471,
and HED 477. The cognate courses of BIOL 245 and HED 399 are also required.

For the supporting certification in Human Performance, 24 semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: PE 127, PE 233, PE 337, PE 338, PE 339, PE 378, PE 437, and one additional
upper-level PE course. The cognate courses of BIOL 245, HED 333, and PE 399 are also required.

Students wishing to pursue either a minor or certification in a supporting teaching field offered, just as those pursuing
majors, must also petition the Department for admission. All students enrolled in Human Performance (PE) activity
courses must purchase and wear a required uniform for activities.

Degree requirements are summarized below for the B.S. in Health Studies, B.S. in Human Performance, and B.S. in Sport
Management; however, students admitted to the Department who pursue these supporting degrees must seek advisement from
their assigned faculty advisor because of the frequency with which certification requirements change as dictated by the state of
Texas.

In summary, students who gain admission to the University must meet THEA responsibility, must petition the Department
for admission; and must qualify for the Educator Preparation Program if their degree requirements lead to teacher certification.
Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should be reviewed by all interested students. Additional information may be
obtained from the Department Office at (713) 313-7087.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 181


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Cavil, Jafus Moreland, Robert


Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Prairie View A & M University B.S., Tougaloo College
M.Ed., Prairie View A & M University M.S., Indiana University
M.S., Texas Southern University Director of Physical Education, Indiana University
M.B.A., Texas Southern University
Ed.D., Texas Southern University

Duncan, Clyde Meshack, Angela


Instructor Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University B.S., University of Houston
M.P.H., University of Texas School of Public Health
Dr.PH., University of Texas School of Public Health

Fisher, Dwalah Osueke, Samuel


Assistant Professor Professor
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Texas Southern University B.S., University of Ife, Nigeria
M.S., Texas Southern University
DrPH., University of Texas School of Public Health

Floyd, Gabrielle Owlia, Gholamali


Visiting Instructor Professor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University B.S., University of Iran Isfahan
M.S., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Texas Woman’s University

Harvey, John Randle, Earnestine


Instructor Assistant Professor
B.S., Wiley College B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Texas Southern University
M.S., Prairie View A & M University

Horton, Marie Reynolds, Lacey


Associate Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Dillard University B.S., Mississippi Industrial College
M.S., Texas Woman’s University M.S., Delta State University
Ed.D., Texas Southern University Ed.D., Texas Southern University

Hurst, Jesse Thomas, William


Assistant Professor Instructor
B.S., Oklahoma State University B.S., M.S., Tennessee State University
M.S., Prairie View A & M University
Ed.D., Texas Southern University

182 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


HEALTH COURSES (HED)

HED 223 Basic CPR (2)


Basic concepts in cardiopulmonary resuscitation, certification in basic cardiac life support. One hour
of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

HED 233 History and Principles of Health (2)


Discussion of the historical and philosophical development of health. Consideration given to those
illnesses and health hazards of major significance and concern in contemporary society. Two hours of
lecture per week. Listed as PHED 1206 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

HED 234 History and Biological Function (3)


Organizational components of the human body; types of diseases; biological defense mechanisms,
healing processes; and human biological growth and development. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 333 Emergency and Care of Injuries (3)


Reinforcement of first aid and emergency care principles and concepts in challenging and motivational
presentations. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 335 Problems in Community Health (3)


In-depth study of contemporary community health problems encountered in an area of diverse
ethnicity and mobility. Emphasis on the biological, psychological, and socioeconomic factors that
impact disease and levels of wellness. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 336 Organization and Administration of Health Programs (3)


Analysis of the organizational structure, administrative policies, and management styles of official and
non-official agencies at the local, state, and national levels. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 338 Sexually Transmitted Diseases (3)


Overview of the causes, treatment, and prevention of sexually transmitted diseases, including
socioeconomic variables. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

HED 339 Diseases and Consumer Health (3)


Factual, scientifically-based information about diseases, medical goods, and services with an analysis of
issues and strategies undertaken by consumers and providers to bring about changes in health systems
and society. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 340 Environmental and Public Health (3)


Identification of environmental health hazards associated with the home and workplace along with
consideration of human environment interactions in modern society. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 399 Health Seminar (2)


Discussion of topics of current relevance with the main focus on local health problems. Presentation
of outstanding speakers in the areas of school and community health. Two hours of lecture per week.
Majors only. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

HED 432 Fitness for Living (3)


Considers the influence of exercise, rest, fitness, and lifelong activity in prevention of behavior-related
problems and benefits of health and wellness promotion activities. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 433 Personal Health and Safety I (3)


Identification of current problems relating to family relations, marriage styles, the changing family,
social hygiene, chemical use and abuse and the effects on the individual and society. Three hours of
lecture per week.

HED 434 Mental Hygiene (3)


Examination of the basic problems of mental hygiene encountered in the community. Consideration
given to emotional problems of childhood, adolescence, and adulthood. Three hours of lecture per
week.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 183
HED 435 International Health Issues (3)
Discussion of health issues in other countries, as compared to the United States, with implications
considered for global impact. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

HED 436 Hygiene of the School Child (3)


In-depth study of the combination of factors affecting the health of children and adolescents and the
impact of lifestyles on human growth and development. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 437 Health Economics (3)


Discussion of the issues of optimum health and well-being and the cost to government, providers and
consumers. Alternative methods of health care delivery and funding mechanisms considered. Three
hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

HED 438 Hygiene of Children and Adolescents (3)


Study of the conditions found in childhood and adolescence and preventive measures to reduce
the incidence and severity of these. Consideration of the control of risk factors and how lifestyle
modification impacts development. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

HED 439 Review of Selected Health Materials (3)


Study of published health materials available to the public to determine scientific accuracy and degree of
value to consumers and professionals in the field. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

HED 471 Personal Health and Safety II (3)


Health problems associated with alcohol, tobacco, and narcotics use and the impact of such behavior
on society’s safety, economics, and health with implications for health promotion. Three hours of
lecture per week.

HED 472 Foundations of Safety (3)


Study of the basic assumptions that aid in understanding situations related to safety in the world in
which we live. Emphasis on human interactions and mutual impact. Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 477 Human Sexuality (3)


Examination of the biological, psychological, and cultural dimensions of sexuality, exploration of
controversial issues surrounding human sexuality as they impact human well-being and quality of life.
Three hours of lecture per week.

HED 499 Supervised Individual Work/Research in Community Health (6)


Directed internship with local health agencies or programs that includes close supervision and
seminars. Emphasis on improving professional competency in students and assisting them in relating
theory to practice. One hour of lecture and five hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAJORS
ONLY .Senior standing.

HUMAN PERFORMANCE COURSES (PE)

The following Human Performance courses, with the exception of PE 111 and PE 112, may be used to satisfy “Other
Requirements” in the various undergraduate degree plans referenced in other departments of the University:

PE 100 Water Aerobics (1)


Aerobic activities conducted in water. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 101 Bowling (1)


Study and practice of the basic techniques, scoring, and history of bowling. Two hours of laboratory
per week.

PE 102 Physical Fitness (1)


Study and practice of physical fitness activities and the effects of exercise on systems of the human
body. Two hours of laboratory per week. Listed as PHED 1164 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

184 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


PE 103 Racquetball (1)
Basic activity course in racquetball. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 104 Intermediate Racquetball (1)


Advanced techniques and skills for racquetball. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PE
103. Offered as needed.

PE 106 Intermediate Bowling (1)


Advanced techniques and skills for bowling. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PE 101.
Offered as needed.

PE 107 Walking, Jogging, and Fitness Appraisal (1)


Fitness techniques for walking and jogging as a life long activity. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 108 Modern Dance I (1)


Fundamentals of modern dance providing an opportunity for students to develop techniques, aesthetic
appreciation, and creativity. Two hours of laboratory per week. Listed as DANC 1145 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

PE 109 Modern Dance II (1)


Continuation of PE 108. Two hours of laboratory per week. Listed as DANC 1146 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

PE 110 Folk and Square Dance (1)


Dance instruction providing experiences in international folk dances, square dances, and folklore. Two
hours of laboratory per week.

PE 111 Team Sports I (1)


Theory, rules, and practice of soccer, flag/touch football, and volleyball. Three hours of laboratory per
week. Restricted to majors.

PE 112 Team Sports II (1)


Theory, rules, and practice of basketball, field hockey, and softball. Three hours of laboratory per
week. Restricted to majors.

PE 113 Speedball and Soccer (1)


Advanced techniques and skills for speedball and soccer. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 115 Volleyball and Basketball (1)


Theory and practice in basketball and volleyball fundamentals. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 116 Touch Football and Track (1)


Theory and practice in touch/flag football and track fundamentals. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 117 Swimming (1)


Instruction in basic swimming strokes. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 118 Golf (1)


Fundamentals and techniques of golf. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 119 Tennis and Badminton (1)


Fundamentals and techniques of tennis and badminton. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 120 Adapted Activities I (1)


Adapted activities for students unable to participate in regular human performance classes. Two hours
of laboratory per week. Physician’s statement required.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 185


PE 121 Adapted Activities II (1)
Continuation of PE 120. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PE 120. Physician’s
statement required.

PE 122 Aerobic Activities (1)


Instruction and practice in basic aerobic activities. Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 125 Weight Training (1)


Introductory course in the correct use of weights in body development. Two hours of laboratory per
week.

PE 128 Tae Kwon-Do I (2)


Fundamental offensive and defensive techniques used in Tae Kwon-Do. Student abilities assessed
in relation to the technical and physical requirements of the martial arts. Meditation and mental
discipline introduced. Two hours of laboratory per week.

The following courses do not satisfy “Other Requirements” for the various undergraduate degrees in other departments,
but are intended for Human Performance majors and minors.

PE 123 Football and Basketball (2)


Lectures, demonstrations, and practice in advanced skills of football and basketball. Two hours of
lecture per week. Offered as needed.

PE 124 Baseball and Track (2)


Lectures, demonstrations, and practice in advanced skills of baseball and track. Two hours of lecture
per week. Offered as needed.

PE 127 Foundations I (3)


Basic foundations in human performance, including historical development, philosophical
implication, and issues related to movement. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as PHED 1301
in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

PE 211 Individual/Dual Sports and Activities I (1)


Theory, rules, and practice of archery, bowling, dance, weight training, and gymnastics/tumbling.
MAJORS ONLY

PE 212 Individual/Dual Sports and Activities II (1)


Theory, rules, and practice of track and field, swimming, badminton, wrestling, tennis, golf, and
cycling. Three hours of laboratory per week. MAJORS ONLY

PE 233 Foundations II (3)


Continued study of the principles of human performance, including an overview of the status and
scope of modern performance programs, activities for children of various ages, and assessment of skills.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PE 127.

PE 235 Introduction to Adapted Physical Education (3)


Study of the general organization of programs and exercises for the handicapped. Recreational sports,
aquatic skills, and planning procedures included. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 300 Athletic Training Practicum/Seminar I (3)


Theories and techniques of athletic training and their applications to practical and on-field situations.
Students also explore current issues that impact professional practices. Two hours of lecture/laboratory
per week. Athletic Training majors only

PE 301 Athletic Training Practicum II (3)


Advanced theories and techniques of athletic training and their applications to practical and on-
field situations. Students also explore current issues that impact professional practices. Two hours of
lecture/laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PE 300.

186 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


PE 302 Physical Fitness Programs for Elementary and Secondary Schools (3)
Study and practice of fitness activities and the effects of exercise upon systems of the body. Two hours
of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.

PE 324 Advanced Swimming (2)


Completion of requirements for the Red Cross Water Safety Instructor’s Certificate. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Current Red Cross Senior Life Saving Certificate.

PE 327 Advanced Gymnastics (2)


Theory and practice in performing pyramid building, stunts, and apparatus activities. Two hours of
lecture per week.

PE 329 Theory and Practice of Coaching and Officiating (2)


Theory, practice, rules, mechanics, and strategies of coaching and officiating various sports activities.
Two hours of laboratory per week.

PE 331 Performance Practicum (3)


Techniques and theories of sports activities and their applications to practical situations. Three hours
of lecture per week.

PE 332 Coaching and Officiating Sports Activities for Secondary Schools (3)
Study of coaching strategies, techniques, and theories of selected sports activities in secondary schools.
Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 333 Coaching and Officiating of Football and Basketball (3)


Study of theory, strategy, and mechanics of coaching football and basketball. Emphasis placed on
designing coaching strategies. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 334 Coaching and Officiating of Baseball and Track (3)


Study of theory, strategy, and mechanics of coaching baseball and track. Emphasis placed on designing
coaching strategies. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 335 Administration of Intramural Sports (3)


Techniques for organizing, directing, and supervising intramural p programs of sports activities. Three
hours of lecture per week.

PE 336 Organization and Administration of Physical Education (3)


Emphasis on the organization and administration of physical education programs in elementary and
secondary schools. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 337 Movement Skill Development at the Elementary Level - (3)


The PE Program in the Elementary School
Principles of and activities for movement education and sports related skills at the elementary school
level. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 338 Principles and Techniques for Outdoor and Leisure Activities (3)
Discussion of techniques and skills required for outdoor and leisure sports. Three hours of lecture per
week.

PE 339 Advanced Techniques, Skills, and Rules for Sports Activities - (3)
Fundamentals of Movement
Techniques, skills, and rules of sports activities. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 370 Athletic Training I (3)


Demonstration of and management study of athletic injuries. Two hours of lecture and one hour of
laboratory per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 187


PE 371 Athletic Training II (3)
Fundamental principles and methods for preliminary diagnosis of athletic injuries, including choice
of initial treatment and rehabilitation procedures. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: PE 370.

PE 372 Therapeutic Exercise Modalities (3)


Study of the use, selection, and application of therapeutic modalities in the rehabilitation of athletic
injuries. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 374 Sociology of Sports (3)


Sports and their impact on American society; social organization from play to professional sports;
violence; discrimination; women in sports; socialization and implications from participation in sports.
Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 378 Individual Development and Motor Learning (3)


Study of the nature of learning factors that affect motor learning and individual development at
various skill levels. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.

PE 379 Facilities and Equipment Management (3)


Discussion of skills and logistics necessary for management of sports facilities and related equipment.
Three hours of lecture per week. Offered as needed.

PE 399 Physical Education Seminar (2)


Issues and application of organizational and administrative principles of physical education. Two hours
of lecture per week. Majors only. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

PE 432 Rhythms and Games for Elementary School Teachers (3)


Planning and execution of acceptable programs of physical education through the use of rhythmic and
sports activities for the elementary grade level. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 433 Current Problems in Physical Education (3)


Study of selected problems and trends in physical education. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 434 Administration of Athletics (3)


Implementation and evaluation of athletic programs in secondary schools. Three hours of lecture per
week. Offered as needed.

PE 435 Tests and Measurements (3)


Theory of measurements in physical education and recreation; selection of appropriate tests; and
interpretation of test results through statistical procedures. Three hours of lecture per week.

PE 437 Kinesiology (3)


Scientific study of the skeletal muscles and human movement. Two hours of lecture and one hour of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 245.

PE 438 Physiology of Exercise (3)


Study of the effects of exercise upon the systems and organs of the body. Skill, endurance, fatigue,
training, and other factors considered as they affect performance. Two hours of lecture and one hour
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 245.

PE 439 Independent Study (3)


Research and/or field work on selected projects or topics. Prerequisite: Consent of Advisor or Faculty
Chair.

PE 499 Supervised Individual Work/Research in Athletic Training (6)


Directed internship with local sports medicine facilities or programs that include close supervision and
seminars. Emphasis on improving professional competency in students and assisting to relate theory
to practice. One hour of lecture and five hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Athletic Training majors only
188 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014
RECREATION & LEISURE STUDIES COURSES (RECL)

RECL 234 Foundations of Recreation, Parks and Leisure Services (3)


This course is an introduction to the recreation, parks and leisure profession including the history of
recreation, parks and leisure services. Orientation to the variety of services including their settings,
services and organization; relationship to public, private or governmental agencies. An overview of
career opportunities in the field. Trends in services to various populations.

RECL 332 Aquatic Facility Management and Waterfront Facility Operations (3)
This course is a capstone course intended to provide a bridge from theory to professional practice.
Integrates students’ learning experiences from their core classes into their professional goals. Students
explore their approaches to lifelong learning and make connections as to how a liberal arts background
can facilitate currency and relevancy in professional practice and life. Determining a career direction,
assuming professional roles and performing actual job responsibilities in a global and diverse world
are emphasized. As students prepare for entry into the leisure, sport or wellness profession they are
exposed to and practice steps in making decisions with a focus on promoting sound and ethical
judgment to create a common good.

RECL 333 Leisure Studies: Human Diversity and the Environment (3)
This course provides a comprehensive overview of the role of leisure in contemporary society.
Sociological, economic, psychological and environmental implications of leisure are explored with
diverse groups. Societal and lifestyle changes are discussed with a multicultural focus and in relation to
their impact on the future of leisure. Personal leisure lifestyles are reviewed and discussed.

RECL 335 Programming and Promotions in Recreation, Parks and Leisure Services (3)
This course analyzes the fundamentals of program planning using techniques of identifying and
analyzing program activity areas; content includes program development and application with a
variety of population groups and representative leisure service agencies.

RECL 373 History and Philosophy of Recreation and Leisure Studies (3)
This course reviews the historical and theoretical foundations, nature, and significance of recreation
and leisure in contemporary society; current trends and prospects for the future. Survey of agencies,
organizations, and programs in the leisure service field and the recreation profession.

RECL 379 Facility Planning and Maintaining Recreation, Park, Leisure Areas and Sport Facilities (3)
This course examines the contemporary issues and related administrative practices associated with
managing human resources in leisure services. Includes: basic elements, procedures and processes
involved in planning, designing, developing and maintaining recreation, park, leisure and sport
facilities and areas. Students assess and evaluate existing facilities and areas in terms of functionality,
access standards and maintenance operations.

RECL 399 Professional Development and Capstone Experience in Recreation and Leisure, Sport and
Wellness Related Professions (2)
This course analyzes the fundamentals of program planning using techniques of identifying and
analyzing program activity areas; content includes program development and application with a
variety of population groups and representative_ leisure service agencies. Majors only. Prerequisite:
Junior standing.

RECL 434 Management in Recreation, Sport and Leisure Services (3)


This course is an introduction to basic concepts of organization, administration, and supervision of
leisure service agencies. Application to recreation, parks, sports and leisure agencies is stressed. The
administrative functions covered include personnel management, budgets, finance, resource planning,
public relations, evaluation, legal issues, policy development, and problem-solving techniques.
Essential elements of management systems are reviewed. Emphasizes human resource management
and the employment process, personnel policies and procedures, legal issues, supervision, performance
appraisal, and technological tools.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 189


RECL 476 Therapeutic Recreation, Therapeutic Activity Intervention and Aging (3)
This course delivers an in-depth study of support and delivery systems, and desirable practices
of therapeutic recreational and of concepts associated with the practice of therapeutic recreation,
including history, philosophy, professional development and medical terminology, as well as
characteristics of illness, disease and disability. Overview of the process of therapeutic recreation,
including assessing, planning, implementing and evaluating. Emphasis is on age-related illness, disease,
disability and therapeutic activity intervention.

RECL 499 Supervised Internship in Recreation, Parks and Leisure Services (6)
Directed internship with local sports medicine facilities or programs that include close supervision and
seminars. Emphasis on improving professional competency in students and assisting to relate theory
to practice. One hour of lecture and five hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Recreation majors only

SPORT MANAGEMENT COURSES (SPMT)

SPMT 134 Sport & Entertainment Management (3)


This course is an analysis of effective management strategies and the body of knowledge associated
with pursuing a career in sport management. The course will introduce students to the American
and World sport and entertainment enterprise; background, influences and trends; intercollegiate,
collegiate and professional sport organizations; ownership and unionization; media portrayals.
Emphasis will be placed on an introduction to the sport and entertainment management industry
career fields.

SPMT 135 Sport Marketing & Promotions (3)


This course will include the application of marketing principles and concepts in the sports industry. It
includes sponsorships, branding, promotions, public relations, licensing, and sports consumer research
and behavior. Emphasis will include the foundations of consumer behavior and sport marketing
planning. The course includes reviewing the design and implementation of marketing plans for the
integration of product, pricing, promotion, distribution, sales, sponsorship, and advertising of sport
goods and services.

SPMT 273 Managerial Communication & Media Relations in Sport (3)


This course is designed to explore the different types of communication in sport programs and how they
are organized and administered at the school, community and professional levels. It will also explore the
communication process in management of intramural, recreation, sport and health club programs. The
course focuses on the skills, techniques, practices and issues related to the field of public relations, as well
as the methods of critical analysis regarding public relations campaigns and the media production of an
event (conference, game or tournament). Prerequisite: ENGL 131 AND ENGL 132.

SPMT 279 SPMT 279 Sport Program Events & Facility Management (3)
This course provides students with an understanding of the intricacy and complexity involved in sport
program event and facility management. Sport facility management includes a variety of activities
such as planning and designing a sports facility, staff management, facility marketing, developing
revenue streams, and facility scheduling and operating. Sport program event management consists of
identifying goals of the event and coordinating people in the organizations involved to achieve those
goals with the resources available.

SPMT 332 Sports, Ethics and the Law (3)


This course will explore the ethics and legal principles and rules of law affecting the administration
of sports and recreation programs. Emphasis will be placed in the areas of negligence, product
liability, nuisance, contracts, leisure, personnel practices, and risk management. Students are
given opportunities to identify, examine, and present decisions on ethics issues related to sport and
sport management. Theories of ethics, concepts of morality, codes of conduct, as well as personal
philosophies in regard to social responsibility are some of the topics included in this course.
Prerequisite: SPMT 134 AND SPMT 273.

190 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


SPMT 333 Problems in Urban Recreation & Sports (3)
This is course provides an in-depth analysis of the causes and consequences of contemporary problems
in urban sport with a focus on minorities. Students will utilize the case-study approach to examine the
social, political, and economic factors influencing the structure and experience of sport in American
cities. Emphasis will be placed on formulating solutions and potential strategies to address identified
problems. This course focuses on sports as social and cultural phenomena. Students will learn to use
sociological concepts and critical thinking to discover how sports affect multiple spheres of our social
life, particular in the African American and other minority communities. Prerequisite: SPMT 134
AMD SPMT 273.

SPMT 399 Sport Management Seminar (2)


This course will explore the issues and applications of organizational and administrative principles
of sport management. This is a capstone course that provides an opportunity for students to
demonstrate that they have achieved the goals for learning established by this educational institution
and department. Includes the opportunity to integrate and apply learning from the sport management
program in a comprehensive manner. Two hour of lecture per week. Majors only. Prerequisite:
Junior standing.

SPMT 434 Administration of Athletics in Organizations (3)


This course examines a philosophic rationale and a variety of methods that may be used to assess
athletic programs and personnel. The course takes a unique view on the management of urban
intercollegiate schools and HBCUs. The goals of this program are to improve the performance of
athletic coaches and other athletic department personnel, improvement of program operations and
improvement of satisfaction among players, parents and employees. Prerequisite: SPMT 273 AND
SPMT 332.

SPMT 476 History of Sport Governance, African Diaspora & (HBCU) Black Colleges in Sports (3)
This course takes a look at sports sociology in a global, issues-oriented approach to study the role of
sport in society and the African American cultural of sports. It encourages the discussion of current
sports-related issues and controversies as well as helps students develop critical thinking skills. It
reviews the history of the African Diaspora in Sports and Black College Sports, specifically the history
of the SWAC and the role (HBCUs) Black College Sports play in Texas. Prerequisite: SPMT 333.

SPMT 499 Sport Management Practicum (3/6)


Sport Management major students must complete one practicum and one internship (field experience)
or two practicum internships (field experience). These work experiences are designed to involve
students in a professional environment outside the classroom. Field experiences are carefully selected
by the students and approved by their academic advisor. Prerequisite: Junior/Senior standing. Sport
Management majors only.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 191


Curriculum in Health Studies
EC-12 Teacher Certification Degree Plan (Option I, Track I)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
HUMA 1301 MUSI 239 * 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
PHED 1164 PE 102 1_____ HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
GEOG 1303 GEOG 132 4_____ SPCH 1315 SC 136 3_____
HED 233 2_____ GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____ HED 333 3_____
FS 102 1______ 18
18

Sophomore Year
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ HED 399 2_____
PE 122 1_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
ENGL 2328 ENG 235 3_____ HED 340 3_____
HED 234 3_____ EDCI 210 or 340 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____ HED 436 3_____
17 17

** Must apply for admission to Educator Preparation Program/College of Education


Must have Grade Point Average of 2.5 or above – Must have earned 60 hours minimum above
Must have taken THEA – pass all levels

Junior Year
HED 335 3_____ PE 331 3_____
HED 336 3_____ HED 471 3_____
EDCI 310 3_____ EDCI 328 3_____
EDCI 339 3_____ EDCI 350 3_____
12 12

Senior Year
HED 339 3_____ PE 438 3_____
HED 477 3_____ EDCI 468 6_____
RDG 401 3_____ HED 434 3_____
HED 432 3_____ 12
HED 433 3_____
15

Total Credit Hours = 121

Admission Information
Admission to the College of Education Educator Preparation Program is governed by the following criteria:
1. Completion of the Educator Preparation Program application
2. Submission of all transcripts from all colleges attended and/or a transcript from Texas Southern University reflecting the
most recent semester enrolled prior to the date of the application.
3. Completion of the core requirements of 48 semester credit hours identified in the degree plan.
4. Submit a degree plan signed by the advisor in certification area and Dean of the College of Education.
5. A minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and all courses completed with grades of “C” or better (C- not acceptable).
6. Sit for the THEA with minimum required scores: Reading 250, Mathematics 230, Writing/English 220.

192 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Curriculum in Health Studies
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option I, Track II)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
HUMA 1301 MUSI 239 * 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
PHED 1164 PE 102 1_____ HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
GEOL 1403 GEOL 141*** 4_____ SPCH 1315 SC 136 3_____
FS 102 1_____ GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 15

Sophomore Year
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ HED 233 2_____
PE 122 1_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
ENGL 2328 ENG 235 3_____ HED 340 3_____
HED 333 3_____ PSYC 2301** PSY 131 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
HED 223 2_____ PE 107 1_____
16 15
Must consult with advisor in regard to HED 499 (Health Supervised Internship) prior to beginning of Senior Year
Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above – Must have earned 90 hours minimum above before HED 499
* Any one (1) of these – HUMA 1301 – MUSI 239, DRAM 1310 – THC 130, ARTS 1316 – Art 131
**Any one (1) of these – PSYC 2301- PSY 131, SOC 1301 – SOC 157, GEOG 1303 – GEOG 132
***May also satisfy GEOL 1412 – GEOL 141 by taking PHYS 101

Junior Year
HED 234 3_____ HED 432 3_____
HED 335 3_____ HED 433 3_____
Approved Approved
Elective 3_____ Elective 3_____
HED 336 3_____ HED 434 3_____
HED 339 3_____ HED 472 3_____
HED 399 2_____
17 15

Senior Year
HED 471 3_____ HED 499 6_____
HED 477 3_____ Outside Interest 3_____
Outside Interest 3_____ Outside Interest 3_____
PE 437 or PE 438 3_____
Outside Interest 3_____
15 12

Total Credit Hours = 121

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 193


Curriculum in Kinesiology (Human Performance)
All Levels Teacher Certification Degree Plan (Option II, Track I)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
PE 112 1_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ GEOG 1303 GEOG 132 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____ FS 102 1_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239 3_____
17 16
Sophomore Year
PE 211 1_____ PE 212 1_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 235 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ PE 324 2_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ EDCI 210 or 340 3_____
17 15

**Must apply for admission to Educator Preparation Program/College of Education

Junior Year
PE 302 3_____ PE 336 3_____
PE 331 3_____ PE 337 3_____
PE 332 3_____ PE 378 3_____
EDCI 310 3_____ EDCI 328 3_____
EDCI 339 3_____ EDCI 350 3_____
15 15

Senior Year
PE 399 2_____ PE 435 3_____
RDG 401 3_____ PE 438 3_____
PE 437 3_____ EDCI 468 6_____
PE 338 3_____
HED 333 3_____
14 12

Total Credit Hours = 121

Admission Information
Admission to the College of Education Educator Preparation Program is governed by the following criteria:
7. Completion of the Educator Preparation Program application
8. Submission of all transcripts from all colleges attended and/or a transcript from Texas Southern University reflecting the
most recent semester enrolled prior to the date of the application.
9. Completion of the core requirements of 48 semester credit hours identified in the degree plan.
10. Submit a degree plan signed by the advisor in certification area and Dean of the College of Education.
11. A minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and all courses completed with grades of “C” or better (C- not acceptable).
12. Sit for the THEA with minimum required scores: Reading 250, Mathematics 230, Writing/English 220.

194 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Curriculum in Kinesiology (Human Performance/Athletic Training)
All Levels Teacher Certification Degree Plan (Option II, Track II)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ GEOG 1303 GEOG 132 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____ FS 102 1_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239 3_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
Elective 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 235 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ PE 324 2_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ EDCI 210 or 340 3_____
16 17

**Must apply for admission to Educator Preparation Program/College of education


Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above – Must have earned 60 hours minimum above
1800 Clock Hours working under the guidance of a certified/licensed athletic trainer
Must have taken THEA test – pass all levels

Junior Year
PE 302 3_____ PE 336 3_____
PE 331 3_____ PE 370 3_____
FN 233 3_____ HSMR 362 3_____
EDCI 310 3_____ EDCI 328 3_____
EDCI 339 3_____ EDCI 350 3_____
HED 333 3_____
18 15

Senior Year
PE 371 3_____ PE 399 2_____
RDG 401 3_____ PE 438 3_____
PE 372 3_____ EDCI 468 6_____
PE 378 3_____
PE 437 3_____
15 11

Total Credit Hours = 124

Admission Information
Admission to the College of Education Educator Preparation Program is governed by the following criteria:
13. Completion of the Educator Preparation Program application
14. Submission of all transcripts from all colleges attended and/or a transcript from Texas Southern University reflecting the
most recent semester enrolled prior to the date of the application.
15. Completion of the core requirements of 48 semester credit hours identified in the degree plan.
16. Submit a degree plan signed by the advisor in certification area and Dean of the College of Education.
17. A minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and all courses completed with grades of “C” or better (C- not acceptable).
18. Sit for the THEA with minimum required scores: Reading 250, Mathematics 230, Writing/English 220.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 195


Curriculum in Human Performance/Athletic Training
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option II, Track III)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
HED 233 2_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ GEOG 1303 GEOG 132 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____ FS 102 1_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ HUMA 1301* MUSI 239 3_____
18 16

Sophomore Year
PE 211 1_____ PE 212 1____
PE 233 3_____ PE 235 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ PE 324 2_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HED 333 3_____
17 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in n PE 499 – Athletic Training Supervised Internship
Degree requirements - 1800 Clock Hours working under the guidance of a certified/licensed athletic trainer

Summer Session
Elective 3_____ Elective 3_____
3 3
Junior Year
PE 302 3_____ PE 339 3_____
PHED 1206 HED 223 2_____ PE 370 3_____
FN 233 3_____ HSMR 362 3_____
PE 336 3_____ PHYS 101** 4_____
11 13

Senior Year
PE 371 3_____ PE 399 2_____
PE 437 3_____ PE 372 3_____
PE 374 3_____ PE 499 6_____
PE 378 3_____ PE 438 3_____
12 14

Total Credit Hours = 122

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400) – 6 hours


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431
**PHYs 101 formerly was PHYS 141

196 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Curriculum in Kinesiology Human Performance – (Recreation & Leisure Studies)
Non-Teacher Certification Degree Plan (Option II, Track IV)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
PE 112 1_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3_____
FS 102 1_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____ PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____
15 15

Sophomore Year
PE 233 3_____ PE 372 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ PE 235 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
16 15

Must consult with advisor in regard to RECL 499 – (Recreation & Leisure Supervised Internship) prior to beginning of Senior Year
Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above GPA – Must have earned 90 hours minimum above before RECL 499
* Any one (1) of these – HUMA 1301 – MUSI 239, DRAM 1310 – THC 130, ARTS 1316 – ART 131
** Any one of (1) of these – PYSC 2301 – PSY 131, SOC 1301 – SOC 157, GEOG 1303 – GEOG 132

Junior Year
PE 374 3_____ PE 336 3_____
PE 324 2_____ PE 337 3_____
RECL 332 3_____ RECL 373 3_____
RECL 333 3_____ RECL 379 3_____
RECL 335 3_____ RECL 434 3_____
RECL 234 3_____ PE 211 1_____
17 16

Senior Year
RECL 399 2_____ PE 435 3_____
RECL 476 3_____ PE 438 3_____
PE 437 3_____ RECL 499 6_____
PE 338 3_____
HED 333 3_____
PE 212 1_____
15 12

Total Credit Hours = 121

Admission Information

*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 197


Curriculum in Sport Management (Business)
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option III, Track I)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
FS 102 1_____
COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
SPMT 134 3_____ SPMT 135 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
SPMT 279 3_____ SPMT 273 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ ECON 2301 ECON 231 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
16 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in SPMT 499 – Sport Management Supervised Internship
Must have earned 60 hours minimum to take Department / Sports Studies & Leadership Program Mid-Point Examination
Eligible students for the program, freshman; internal (change of major) and external transfer students must have a 2.5 or above
GPA and have not completed more than 60 credit hours

Junior Year
ECON 2302 ECON 232 3_____ (ELEC PE > 300) ELEC PE 337 3_____
ACCT 2301 ACCT 231 3_____ ACCT 2302 ACCT 232 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ SPMT 476 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 437 3_____
SPMT 332 3_____ BUSI 2301 BADM 234 3_____
15 15

Senior Year
PE 435 3_____ SPMT 499 6_____
PE 438 3_____ SPMT 333 3_____
MKTG 306 3_____ SPMT 434 3_____
FIN 301 3_____
ELEC BADM 3_____
SPMT 399 2_____
17 12

Total Credit Hours = 122

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400)


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

198 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Curriculum in Sport Management (Health)
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option III, Track II)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
FS 102 1_____
COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
SPMT 134 3_____ SPMT 135 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
SPMT 279 3_____ SPMT 273 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ ECON 2301 ECON 231 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
16 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in SPMT 499 – Sport Management Supervised Internship
Must have earned 60 hours minimum to take Department / Sports Studies & Leadership Program Mid-Point Examination
Eligible students for the program, freshman; internal (change of major) and external transfer students must have a 2.5 or above
GPA and have not completed more than 60 credit hours

Junior Year
HED 335 3_____ HED 340 3_____
HED 432 3_____ ELEC HED 333 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ SPMT 476 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 437 3_____
SPMT 332 3_____ HED 471 3_____
15 15

Senior Year
PE 435 3_____ SPMT 499 6_____
PE 438 3_____ SPMT 333 3_____
HED 433 3_____ SPMT 434 3_____
ELEC HED 3_____
HED 477 3_____
SPMT 399 2_____
17 12

Total Credit Hours = 122

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400)


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 199


Curriculum in Sport Management (Human Performance)
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option III, Track III)

Freshman Year
FS 102 1_____
COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
SPMT 134 3_____ SPMT 135 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
SPMT 279 3_____ SPMT 273 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____
16 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in SPMT 499 – Sport Management Supervised Internship
Must have earned 60 hours minimum to take Department / Sports Studies & Leadership Program Mid-Point Examination
Eligible students for the program, freshman; internal (change of major) and external transfer students must have a 2.5 or above
GPA and have not completed more than 60 credit hours

Junior Year
PE 302 3_____ (ELEC PE > 300) ELEC PE 337 3_____
PE 374 3_____ PE 324 2_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ SPMT 476 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 437 3_____
SPMT 332 3_____ (ELEC PE > 300) ELEC PE 378 3_____
PE 211 1_____
15 15

Senior Year
PE 435 3_____ SPMT 499 6_____
PE 438 3_____ SPMT 333 3_____
HED 333 3_____ SPMT 434 3_____
PE 338 3_____
PE 327 2_____
SPMT 399 2_____
16 12

Total Credit Hours = 121

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400)


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

200 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Curriculum in Sport Management (Journalism)
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option III, Track IV)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
FS 102 1_____
COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
SPMT 134 3_____ SPMT 135 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
SPMT 279 3_____ SPMT 273 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ ECON 2301 ECON 231 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
16 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in SPMT 499 – Sport Management Supervised Internship
Must have earned 60 hours minimum to take Department / Sports Studies & Leadership Program Mid-Point Examination
Eligible students for the program, freshman; internal (change of major) and external transfer students must have a 2.5 or above
GPA and have not completed more than 60 credit hours

Junior Year
JOUR 130 3_____ JOUR 253 3_____
JOUR 132 4_____ (ELEC JOUR > 300) JOUR ELEC 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ SPMT 476 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 437 3_____
SPMT 332 3_____ (ELEC JOUR > 300) JOUR ELEC 3_____
16 15

Senior Year
PE 435 3_____ SPMT 499 6_____
PE 438 3_____ SPMT 333 3_____
JOUR 238 4_____ SPMT 434 3_____
(ELEC JOUR > 300) JOUR ELEC 3_____
SPMT 399 2_____
15 12

Total Credit Hours = 121

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400)


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 201


Curriculum in Sport Management (Radio, Television & Film)
Non-Teaching Degree Plan (Option III, Track V)

Freshman Year
TCCNS TSU TCCNS TSU
FS 102 1_____
COSC 1300 CS 116 3_____ ENGL 1302 ENG 132 3____
ENGL 1301 ENG 131 3_____ MATH 1325 MATH 135 3_____
MATH 1314 MATH 133 3_____ PSYC 2301 PSY 131 3_____
SPMT 134 3_____ SPMT 135 3_____
SPCH 1321 or 1315 SC 135 or 136 3_____ BIOL 1308 or 1108 BIOL 143 & LAB 4_____
16 16

Sophomore Year
HIST 1301 HIST 231 3_____ HIST 1302 HIST 232 3_____
SPMT 279 3_____ SPMT 273 3_____
ENGL 2332 or 2333 ENG 230 or231 3_____ ECON 2301 ECON 231 3_____
BIOL 2401 & 2402 BIOL 245 & LAB 4_____ HUMA 1301 MUSI 239* 3_____
GOVT 2301 POLS 231 3_____ GOVT 2302 POLS 232 3_____
16 15

Must have Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.5 or above to participate in SPMT 499 – Sport Management Supervised Internship
Must have earned 60 hours minimum to take Department / Sports Studies & Leadership Program Mid-Point Examination
Eligible students for the program, freshman; internal (change of major) and external transfer students must have a 2.5 or above
GPA and have not completed more than 60 credit hours

Junior Year
RTF 230 3_____ ENTR 305, ENTR 310 or ENTR 450 3_____
RTF 231 4_____ RTF 344 3_____
PHED 1301 PE 127 3_____ SPMT 476 3_____
PE 233 3_____ PE 437 3_____
SPMT 332 3_____ RTF 331 3_____
16 15

Senior Year
PE 435 3_____ SPMT 499 6_____
PE 438 3_____ SPMT 333 3_____
RTF 365 or RTF 368 4_____ SPMT 434 3_____
RTF 375 or RTF 378 4_____
SPMT 399 2_____
16 12

Total Credit Hours = 122

Admission Information

Electives – Upper level electives (300-400)


*Aesthetic – Select any one (1) of the following – MUSI239, THC 130, SOC 141, PHIL 431

202 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND KINESIOLOGY
MINOR IN HEALTH STUDIES

For a minor in Human Performance, the following courses (21 semester credit hours) are required through enrollment in the
following courses as well as Cognate Courses (5 semester credit hours) as indicated below:
Courses:
HED 234 _____(3)
HED 335 _____(3)
HED 340 _____(3)
HED 432 _____(3)
HED 433 _____(3)
HED 471 _____(3)
HED 477 _____(3)

Cognate Courses required:


BIOL 245 _____(4)
PE 102 _____(1)

A grade of C or better is required, whereas a C- or below is unacceptable, in all classes leading to the minor in Health Studies,
including the cognate courses.

Students wishing to pursue a minor in Health Studies must petition the Department for admission. All students who enroll in
Human Performance (PE) activity courses must purchase and wear a required uniform for activities.

For supporting teacher certification in Health Studies, 24-semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: HED 234, HED 333, HED 340, HED 432, HED 433, HED 436, HED 471
and HED 477. The cognate courses as above listed are also required.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, must meet THEA responsibility if the student plans to pursue a
teaching certificate, must petition the Department for admission, and must qualify for the Educator Preparation Program if
their degree requirements lead to teacher certification. Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should be reviewed
carefully by all interested students. Additional information may be obtained from the Department office at (713) 313-7087.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 203


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND KINESIOLOGY
MINOR IN HUMAN PERFORMANCE

For a minor in Human Performance, the following courses (21 semester credit hours) are required through enrollment in the
following courses as well as Cognate Courses (7 semester credit hours) as indicated below:
Courses:
PE 127 _____(3)
PE 211 _____(1)
PE 212 _____(1)
PE 235 _____(3)
PE 302 _____(3)
PE 324 _____(2)
PE 327 _____(2)
PE 336 _____(3)
PE 437 _____(3)

Cognate Courses required:


BIOL 245 _____(4)
HED 333 _____(3)

A grade of C or better is required, whereas a C- or below is unacceptable, in all classes leading to the minor in Human
Performance, including the cognate courses.

Students wishing to pursue a minor in Human Performance must petition the Department for admission. All students who enroll
in Human Performance (PE) activity courses must purchase and wear a required uniform for activities.

For supporting teacher certification in Human Performance, 24-semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: PE 127, PE 233, PE 337, PE 338, PE 339, PE 378, PE 437, and one upper level
PE course. The cognate courses as above listed are also required.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, must meet THEA responsibility if the student plans to pursue
a teaching certificate must petition the Department for admission, and must qualify for the Educator Preparation Program if
their degree requirements lead to teacher certification. Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should be reviewed
carefully by all interested students. Additional information may be obtained from the Department office at (713) 313-7087.

204 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND KINESIOLOGY
MINOR IN RECREATION & LEISURE STUDIES

For a minor in Recreation & Leisure Studies, the following courses (21 semester credit hours) are required through enrollment in
the following courses as well as Cognate Courses (7 semester credit hours) as indicated below:
Courses:
RECL 234 _____(3)
RECL 332 _____(3)
RECL 333 _____(3)
RECL 335 _____(3)
RECL 373 _____(3)
RECL 379 _____(3)
RECL 434 _____(3)
or RECL 476

Cognate Courses required:


BIOL 245 _____(4)
PE 127 _____(3)

A grade of C or better is required, whereas a C- or below is unacceptable, in all classes leading to the minor in Recreation &
Leisure Studies, including the cognate courses.

Students wishing to pursue a minor in Recreational & Leisure Studies must petition the Department for admission. All students
who enroll in Human Performance (PE) activity courses must purchase and wear a required uniform for activities.

For supporting teacher certification in Human Performance, 24-semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: PE 127, PE 233, PE 337, PE 338, PE 339, PE 378, PE 437, and one upper level
PE course. The cognate courses as above listed are also required.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, must meet THEA responsibility if the student plans to pursue
a teaching certificate must petition the Department for admission, and must qualify for the Educator Preparation Program if
their degree requirements lead to teacher certification. Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should be reviewed
carefully by all interested students. Additional information may be obtained from the Department office at (713) 313-7087.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 205


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND KINESIOLOGY
MINOR IN SPORT MANAGEMENT

For a minor in Sport Management, the following courses (21 semester credit hours) are required through enrollment in the
following courses as well as Cognate Courses (3 semester credit hours) as indicated below:
Courses:
SPMT 134 _____(3)
SPMT 135 _____(3)
SPMT 273 _____(3)
SPMT 279 _____(3)
SPMT 332 _____(3)
SPMT 333 _____(3)
SPMT 434 _____(3)
or SPMT 476

Cognate Courses required:

PE 127 _____(3)

A grade of C or better is required, whereas a C- or below is unacceptable, in all classes leading to the minor in Sport Management,
including the cognate courses.

Students wishing to pursue a minor in Sport Management must petition the Department for admission. All students who enroll
in Human Performance (PE) activity courses must purchase and wear a required uniform for activities.

For supporting teacher certification in Human Performance, 24-semester credit hours are required in the Department through
enrollment in the following three-credit courses: PE 127, PE 233, PE 337, PE 338, PE 339, PE 378, PE 437, and one upper level
PE course. The cognate courses as above listed are also required.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, must meet THEA responsibility if the student plans to pursue
a teaching certificate must petition the Department for admission, and must qualify for the Educator Preparation Program if
their degree requirements lead to teacher certification. Requirements for the Educator Preparation Program should be reviewed
carefully by all interested students. Additional information may be obtained from the Department office at (713) 313-7087.

206 | College of Education Catalog 2012-2014


Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 207
208 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES

OVERVIEW

The College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences is the largest and most diversified instructional unit at Texas Southern
University. The College offers twelve (12) undergraduate or baccalaureate degrees and five (5) graduate degrees through nine
(9) departments, housed in different locations on the main campus. Students are referred to the sections below for information
concerning the departments. Students should also refer to the Graduate Bulletin of Texas Southern University for detailed
descriptions of the five graduate degrees. A summary of the degrees and departments appears in the chart below:

Department Undergraduate Degrees Graduate Degrees


English Bachelor of Arts in English Master of Arts in English
Foreign Languages Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
History and Geography Bachelor of Arts in History Master of Arts in History
Bachelor of Arts in General Studies
Human Services and Bachelor of Science in Dietetics
Consumer Sciences Bachelor of Science in Human Services and Master of Science in Human Services and
Consumer Sciences Consumer Sciences
Music Bachelor of Arts in Music
Psychology Bachelor of Arts in Psychology Master of Arts in Psychology
Social Work Bachelor of Arts in Social Work
Sociology Bachelor of Arts in Sociology Master of Arts in Sociology
Visual and Performing Arts Bachelor of Arts in Art
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre

The College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences offers all students who matriculate at the University the opportunity to choose
an integrated major called “General Studies.” This major leads to the earning of a Bachelor of Arts Degree. Students are required
to complete a number of courses across several disciplines along with the standard undergraduate core curriculum. In providing
this degree option, students who do not want to focus on a narrowly defined major have the opportunity to develop a broader
world view and prepare for a variety of careers. Students who wish to pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies are
mentored and advised in the Department of History, Geography and Economics and should contact the department for further
information at the telephone number given below.

Although a degree in Women’s Studies is not offered at the undergraduate level at the University, the College of Liberal Arts and
Behavioral Sciences provides a non-degree interdisciplinary program which seeks to examine women’s lives, culture, and history in
all their complex multiplicities. This body of information can be attained through enrollment in the following courses: ENG 239,
ENG 440, HIST 349, HSCS 335, POLS 499, SOC 460, and SOCW 333. For further information, contact the Department of
History, Geography, and Economics at (713)-313-7814.

The organization of the College is patterned on a conventional model of Dean and faculty chairs as programmatic supervisors.
The Associate Dean is charged with administrative matters related to student affairs and acts on the Dean’s behalf in certain
matters. The Office of the Dean is located in Room 315 of Barbara Jordan/Mickey Leland Building and may be contacted by
calling (713)-313-4287.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 209


MISSION STATEMENT

The mission of the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences is to educate every individual to live knowledgeably,
responsibly, and humanely. In an effort to have highly employable graduates, the College seeks to provide the knowledge
and understanding necessary for its majors to perform successfully in their specific disciplines, as well as in education, mass
communications, politics, the international areas, and the performing arts. Thus, the goals of the College are:

1. To prepare students to demonstrate oral and written communications.


2. To prepare students to think and read critically and analytically.
3. To prepare students to obtain employment or admission to graduate and professional schools.
4. To prepare competent professionals and leaders capable of providing solutions to the problems in the urban environ of
the nation and the world.
5. To expose students to a variety of literary and cultural experiences.

These goals are attendant to the mission which is ordered so as to accomplish the general educational aims of the University,
while providing specialized training in selective areas of knowledge. Of special note is the fact that most of the Undergraduate
Core Curriculum courses required for the conferral of the various undergraduate degrees at Texas Southern University are offered
through the departments in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences.

Students (either new or transfer) who wish to enroll in one of the programs of study leading to undergraduate degrees offered
through the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences must first gain admission to Texas Southern University through
adherence to the policies and procedures established by the Office of Admissions. Once admitted, students are assigned to Student
Academic Enhancement Services until they fulfill placement test requirements, eradicate deficiencies identified at the time of
admission, and fulfill prerequisites established by the various departments in the College. While under the guidance of Student
Academic Enhancement, students should develop a rapport with the departments in which they intend to declare majors and
minors (if required). The departmental offices provide advisement upon request to students who are not yet eligible to declare
majors and who are trying to fulfill prerequisites that must be met in order to declare majors or minors. In either case, students
should consult the respective department section of this document for detailed information.

Once admitted or while applying for admission, students who need financial aid or assistance should contact the Office of
Financial Aid at the University. Former students in the College who were enrolled for credit within the year prior to registration
are not required to apply for readmission. However, students who last attended one year or more, prior to registration, are required
to file applications for readmission and submit transcripts from all colleges attended since their last enrollment at Texas Southern
University.

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICIES

1. All students enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences are required to follow the sequence of courses
outlined in their respective degree plans.
2. Students pursuing undergraduate degrees in the College may or may not be required to declare a minor; hence, the
respective departmental information describing the various degrees should be consulted regarding this matter.

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING

To remain in good academic standing in the College, students must meet the requirements for good academic standing and are
subject to the probationary and suspension policies set by the University as referenced under the Academic Regulations described
in this document.

Students pursuing majors and/or minors through the various departments in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
are strongly cautioned that many of the curricula of study offered have specific GPA and grade requirements that exceed the
overall good academic standing policy of the University. Students enrolled in such programs must also meet these requirements in
order to remain in good standing as designated majors and minors.

210 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS AND PERFORMING GROUPS

Various student organizations operate in the College and are housed in the nine member departments. Students should contact the
respective departments if they are interested in these organizations. In addition, a number of ensemble groups perform under the
guidance of the Department of Music. Students interested in participating in student organizations and performing groups should
contact the respective department for further information.

ACCREDITATION

All programs in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences are accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools, but some programs have professional accreditation as well. The Bachelor of Arts Degree in
Social Work is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and the Bachelor of Science in Dietetics is accredited by the
American Dietetic Association.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The information contained in this bulletin is considered to be descriptive in nature and not contractual. The University reserves
the right to change any policy or requirement during the time that students are enrolled. Courses are also subject to change.

DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS IN THE COLLEGE

The nine departments in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences are described in detail on the pages that follow in the
order referenced in the chart at the beginning of this section.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 211


DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
The mission of the Department of English is to teach literature and language arts at the core curriculum level for all
undergraduates and at the baccalaureate level for majors and minors. Through its courses and programs, the Department of
English aims to equip students to succeed in academic endeavors in college as well as in graduate and professional schools and to
prepare them to assume responsible roles in society.

The Department of English offers courses leading towards two degrees, one undergraduate and one graduate: the Bachelor of Arts
(B.A.) Degree in English, with two tracks, Non-Teaching, Track I, and Teaching, Track II, and the Master of Arts (M.A.) Degree
in English.

Students interested in the Master of Arts Degree in English should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern
University for further information.

In selecting English as a major or a minor, students must formally register in the Department of English and must seek requisite
guidance from departmental advisors. Students wishing to petition for an English major or minor must have minimum GPAs of
2.50 in English and must have grades of “C” or better in all English courses completed at the time their petitions are made. For
the baccalaureate or undergraduate degree, students must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 123 semester hours for the B.A.
Degree in English, Track I, and 123 semester hours for the B.A. Degree in English, Track II.

Students majoring in the English Track I option (non-teaching) are required to declare minors in a second academic discipline.
Students majoring in the English Track II option (teaching certification) must take 21 hours of Education Courses in EDCI,
including student teaching and six hours of required reading courses, in lieu of a minor.

Grades of “C” or better are required in all courses dedicated to either the major or the minor program. No course offered through
the Department can be used to satisfy both a core curriculum requirement and a major requirement for graduation. To be eligible
for graduation as English majors, students must follow a program of specific course requirements as well as successfully complete
an exit examination.

Course requirements for the major and minor programs are summarized as follows:

1. For the major in English, Non-Teaching Track I, 123 semester hours are required, including the following three-credit
courses: ENG 231 (prerequisite ENG 230), ENG 301,ENG 302, ENG 303, ENG 304, ENG 338, ENG 430, ENG
432, ENG 433, and ENG 440 or ENG 441.
2. For the major in English, Teaching Track II, 123 semester hours are required, including the following three-credit
courses: ENG 231 (prerequisite ENG 230), ENG 301, ENG 302, ENG 303 or ENG 304, ENG 338, ENG 430,
ENG 432, ENG 433, and ENG 440 or ENG 441. Individuals interested in seeking certification for teaching in the
public schools of Texas should contact the Teacher Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas Southern
University for application instructions.
3. For the minor in English, 21 semester credit hours are required, including the following three-credit courses: ENG 231
(prerequisite ENG 230), ENG 301, ENG 302, ENG 303 or ENG 304, ENG 338, ENG 430, ENG 432, and ENG 440
or 441.
Professional Writing Certificate

For certification in professional writing, TSU students in any major must complete 9 hours of coursework (with a 3.0 or above
average), including all prerequisites, plus approved portfolio. Concentration options are for Technical Writing (ENG 338, ENG
412, ENG 536, SC 336, BADM 230) or for Creative Writing (ENG 320, ENG 347, ENG 350, ENG 352).
The offices of the Department of English and of the faculty in the Department are located in Martin Luther King Center, with the
Department Office located in Room 106. Questions may be directed to the Department Office at (713) 313-7214.

212 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Brooks de Vita, Alexis Saldivar, Rhonda


Professor Associate Professor and Chair
B.A., University of Vermont B.A., Spelman College
M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado-Boulder M.S., George Peabody College
brooksdevitaa@tsu.edu Ph.D., Peabody at Vanderbilt
713-313-7214 saldivar_rx@tsu.edu
MLK 139 713-313-7667
MLK 107/170
Burgess, Linda Johnson Samples, Ronald C.
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., Texas Southern University B.A., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., University of Missouri M.A., Ph.D., Rice University
johnsonla@tsu.edu samples_rc@tsu.edu
713-313-7928 713-313-7218
MLK 169 MLK 142
Butler, Thorpe A. Saylors, Rita
Professor Associate Professor
B.A., Rice University B.A., University of Texas-Austin
M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School M.A., Ph.D., University of Houston
butler_at@tsu.edu saylors_rx@tsu.edu
(713) 313-7663 713-313-7666
MLK 143 MLK 142
Evans, Charlene T. Sollars, Michael D.
Professor Associate Professor
B.A. University of Texas at Austin B.A., University of Missouri, Columbia
M.A. Atlanta University M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri, Kansas City
M.A., Ph.D. Rice University sollars_md@tsu.edu
evnas_ct@tsu.edu 713-313-7654
(713) 313-7094 MLK 165
MLK 146
Jennings, Arbolina L. Turner, Billy Joe
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.A., Notre Dame College (Ohio) B.A., Texas Southern University
M.A., New York University M.A., University of Virginia
jennings_al@tsu.edu turner_bj@tsu.edu
713-313-7661 713-313-7659
MLK 152 MLK 162
Kilgore-Kimble, Donna Zeitler, Michael A.
Instructor Associate Professor
B.A., Huston-Tillotson College B.A. University of California, Santa Cruz
M.A., Texas Southern University M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
kimble_dk@tsu.edu Zeitlerma@tsu.edu
713-313-7536 713-313-7413
MLK 168 MLK 147
Moore, Shirley W. Conerly, Joyce
Professor Administrative Assistant
B.A., Texas Southern University English Department
M.A., Ph.D., Rice University conerly_jy@tsu.edu
moore_sw@tsu.edu 713-313-7916
713- 313-7652 MLK 106
MLK 141

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 213


DEVELOPMENTAL ENGLISH COURSES

ENG 129 Introduction to English Fundamentals (3)


A course designed to prepare students to develop college level writing proficiency and to master the
skills measured on state and national required tests such as the Texas Higher Education Assessment
(THEA) and ASSET Examination. Focus on sentence structure, usage, mechanical conventions, and
paragraph development. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Listed as ENGL
0100 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENG 130 English Fundamentals (3)


A course in basic reading and writing skills that concentrates on grammar, sentence structure,
paragraph and essay development. Exemption by satisfactory score on the Texas Higher Education
Assessment (THEA) or ASSET Examination. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per
week. Listed as ENGL 0300 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENGLISH COURSES

ENG 131 Freshman English I (3)


First of a two-part composition course in which students analyze essays that are samples of rhetorical
modes and write competent multi-paragraph essays utilizing formal principles of grammar, usage,
mechanics, rhetoric, and style. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ENG 130 or satisfactory
score on the ASSET exam. Listed as ENGL 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

ENG 132 Freshman English II (3)


Second half of a two-part composition course designed to improve and extend students’ skills in
organizing and developing persuasive and analytical essays, to enhance knowledge of literary genres,
and to provide instruction in research skills needed in the preparation of documented essays. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ENG 131 with a grade of C or better. Listed as ENGL 1302
in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENG 230 World Literature I (3)


Survey of masterpieces of poetry, prose, and drama from antiquity through the Renaissance. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENG 131 and ENG 132 with a grade of C or better. Listed
as ENGL 2332 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENG 231 World Literature II (3)


Survey of masterpieces of poetry, prose, and drama from the Enlightenment to the present. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENG 131 and 132 with a grade of C or better. Listed as
ENGL 2333 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENG 235 American Literature (3)


Survey of the prose, poetry, and drama of the United States from the colonial period to the present.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENG 131 and 132 with a grade of C or better. Listed
as ENGL 2328 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ENG 244 African American Literature (3)


Survey of African American literature with emphasis on major authors and movements. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENG 131 and ENG 132 with a grade of C or better.

ENG 301 Great American Writers I


Survey of major works of American literature from pre-colonial to 1865. The course emphasizes
literary movements, genres, and themes. Required of English majors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

214 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


ENG 302 Great American Writers II (3)
Survey of major works of American literature from 1865 to the present. The course emphasizes
literary movements, genres, and themes. Required of English majors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 303 Great British Writers I (3)


Survey of major works of British literature from its beginnings through the eighteenth century.
Required of English majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required
200-level ENG courses.

ENG 304 Great British Writers II (3)


Survey of major works of British literature from the nineteenth century to the present. Required of
English majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level
ENG courses.

ENG 305 Mythology in Literature (3)


Study of classical and other myths, legends, and folktales, with emphasis on original works and
mythology in literature. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required
200-level ENG courses.

ENG 320 Introduction to Creative Writing (3)


Creative writing workshop in which students study the intricacies of literary terminology, techniques,
genres, and mechanics in various works of fiction and poetry. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 336 The Novel (3)


Study of the novel as a genre and of its various forms from the picaresque to the contemporary novel.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 338 Advanced Composition (3)


Practice in the use and analysis of rhetorical techniques as exemplified in selected prose models. Three
hours of lecture per week. Students will be encouraged to develop facility with both formal and
informal discourse and will write criticism, factual reports, commentary, autobiography, and various
other forms. This course is required for all English majors and minors. Prerequisite: Completion of
all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 339 Women’s Literature (3)


A study of the distinctly female tradition in literature, by examining the style
and content of women’s fiction, poetry, drama, and non-fiction. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG
courses.
ENG 341 Literature and Film (3)
A study of the relationships between the two media, literature and film, by exploring works
linked by genre, topic, and style. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion
of all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 342 Chinese Literature (3)


A study of Chinese fiction, poetry, and historical writing in English translation. Students may enrich
their readings with selected media and film. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion
of all required 200-level ENG courses.
ENG 343 African Literature (3)
A study of the literature of Africa and of the works of Africana writers, in English translation.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 215


ENG 347 Workshop in Creative Writing (3)
A creative writing workshop course in poetry and fiction. Offered during the summer session.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.

ENG 350 Fiction Workshop (3)


A course in which students write, discuss, criticize, and revise original works of short fiction,
with student-instructor conferences and class discussion of student writing. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.
ENG 351 Grammar Review Workshop (3)
Comprehensive review/study of basic grammatical structures of edited American English:
vocabulary development, spelling, punctuation, sentence structure, mechanics, syntax, writing
revisions, and proofreading. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required
200-level ENG courses.

ENG 352 Poetry Workshop (3)


A course in which students write, discuss, criticize and revise original works of poetry with student-
instructor conferences and class discussion of student writing. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: ENG 320 and consent of the instructor. Offered during the fall semester of even-
numbered academic years.
ENG 367 Latin American Literature (3)
Study of the novel and various other forms of literature as they developed in Latin America from
colonial times to the twentieth century, in English translation. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.
ENG 412 Seminar in Technical Writing (3)
A course which offers focused instruction in Technical Writing and leads to Certification.
Students learn specific technical writing skills of professions such as business, government, and science
and demonstrate these through project proposals, response papers, abstracts, summaries, memos and
letters, Powerpoint presentations, and various types of business and industry reports. Prerequisite:
Completion of all required 200-level ENG courses.
ENG 430 History and Theory of the English Language (3)
Introduction to the principles of language theory and to the history of the English language. Required
of English majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level
and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 432 Capstone Seminar (3)


A senior level culmination of baccalaureate studies and preparation for work in academic and
professional environments. Students prepare a capstone project in order to demonstrate mastery of
skills in research, writing, editing, and documentation. Students compile a portfolio of critical essays,
review literary history and major literary works, and take a comprehensive exam on literature and
language. Course is required of English majors and English minors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 433 Shakespeare and Renaissance Studies (3)


Study of selected tragedies, histories, comedies, and non-dramatic works by William Shakespeare, set
in the context of the English Renaissance. Required of English majors and minors. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 437 Principles of Literary Criticism (3)


Historical study of critical approaches to literature applied in the appraisal of selected works. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level required
ENG courses.

216 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


ENG 438 Masterpieces of Modern Theatre (3)
Study of drama, focusing on masterpieces of the twentieth century. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level required ENG courses. May be
offered in conjunction with SPAN 438.

ENG 439 The Teaching of English (3)


The study and application of philosophies, objectives, methods, and materials used in teaching
English at the secondary level. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all
required 200-level and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 440 African American Literature: Poetry and Drama (3)


Study of selected poetry and drama written by African-American authors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 441 African American Literature: Fiction and Criticism (3)


Study of fiction and criticism written by African-American authors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Completion of all required 200-level and 300-level ENG courses.

ENG 450 Independent Reading and Research in Modernist Literature (3)


Reading and research in modernist literature, for advanced English majors and minors. Prerequisites:
Senior standing as an English major or minor and consent of both the Faculty Chair and the
instructor.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 217


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH, TRACK I
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (ENGLISH) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 16 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ENG 231 (3) Foreign Language (12) Contact
ENG 132 (3) ENG 302 (3) Elective (3) department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) ENG 303 (3) FS 102 (1) choice for advisement on
MATH 133 (3) ENG 304 (3) minor courses,
BIOL 143 or ENG 338 (3) after being accepted
CHEM 111, 131 (4) ENG 430 (3) and advised on the
PHYS 101 or ENG 432 (3) major program
GEOL 141 (4) ENG 433 (3) by the English
THC 130 or ENG 440 or 441 (3) faculty advisor or
ART 131 or Plus the English Chair.
ART 132 or (15) additional
MUSI 131 or upper-level
MUSI 239 (3) ENG credits
HIST 231 (3) approved by
HIST 232 (3) either the
POLS 231 (3) faculty advisor
POLS 232 (3) or the
PSY 131 (3) Faculty Chair***
CS 116 (3)
ENG 230 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly for any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Electives are selected from any 300-level or 400-level English courses.

218 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


English Department
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in English
Track I (Non-Teaching Plan)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SPAN (or FR) 131 Elementary Spanish (or FR) SPAN (or FR) 132 Elementary Spanish (or FR)
I 3 II 3
First Year

FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1


SC 135 Business Professional Communication or HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
136 Public Address 3 United States since 1877 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the
United States to 1877 3 PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science 4
BIOL 143, 143L Survey of Life Science I 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 230 World Literature I 3 ENG 231 World Literature II 3
SPAN (or FR 231) Intermediate Spanish (or FR) 3 SPAN (or FR) Intermediate Spanish (or FR) II 3
Second Year

I
POLS 231 American Political System I 3 POLS 232 American Political System II 3
PSY 131 General Psychology 3 Art, Music or Theater 3
HIST 131 World History to 1500 3 CS 116 Computer Science 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ENG 302 Great American Writers 3 ENG 338 Advanced Composition 3
Third Year

ENG 303 Great British Writers I 3 ENG 304 Great British Writers II 3
Approved English elective 3 Approved English elective 6
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


ENG 432 English Capstone 3 ENG 430 History & Theory of Languages Study 3
Fourth Year

ENG 433 Shakespeare & Renaissance Studies 3 ENG 440 or 441 African American Literature 3
Approved Elective 3 Approved English elective 3
Minor 6 Minor 6
15 hrs 15hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 219


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH, TRACK II
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER CERTIFICATION
(STANDARD)* (ENGLISH) REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM
44 credits 36 credits 19 credits 24 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ENG 231 (3) Foreign Language (12) EDCI 310 (3)
ENG 132 (3) ENG 302 (3) EDCI 350 (3) EDCI 328 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ENG 303 or 304 (3) GEOG 132 (3) EDCI 339 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ENG 338 (3) FS 102 (1) EDCI 340 (3)
BIOL 143 or ENG 430 (3) EDCI 464 (6)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) ENG 432 (3) RDG 400 (3)
PHYS 101 or ENG 433 (3) RDG 402 (3)
GEOL 141 (4) ENG 439 (3)
THC 130 or ENG 440 or 441 (3)
ART 131 or Plus
ART 132 or Approved electives (9)***
MUSI 131 or
MUSI 239 (3)
HIST 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
PSY 131 (3)
CS 116 (3)
ENG 230 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly for any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Electives are selected from any 300-level or 400-level English courses.

220 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


English Department
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in English
Track II with Teacher Certification for English Language Arts & Reading Grades 8-12
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
SPAN (or FR) 131 Elementary Spanish (or FR) I 3 SPAN (or FR) 132 Elementary Spanish (or FR) II 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
First Year

SC 135 Business & Professional Communication HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
or 136 Public Address 3 United States since 1877 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the
United States to 1877 3 PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science 4
BIOL 143, 143L Survey of Life Science I 4 MATH 133 College Algebra 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 230 World Literature I 3 ENG 231 World Literature II 3
SPAN (or FR) 231 Intermediate Spanish (or FR) 3 SPAN (or FR) 232 Intermediate Spanish (or FR) 3
Second Year

I II
POLS 231 American Political System I 3 POLS 232 American Political System II 3
PSY 131 General Psychology 3 Art, Music or Theater 3
GEOG 132 World Geography 3 CS 116 Computer Science 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ENG 302 Great American Writers 3 ENG 338 Advanced Composition 3
ENG 303 or 304 Great British Writers I & II 3 ENG 430 History & Theory of Language Study 3
ENG 433 Shakespeare & Renaissance Studies 3 ENG 440 or 441 African American Literature 3
Third Year

Approved English Elective 3 Approved English Elective 3


EDCI 310 Principles of Foundation of 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
Education
EDCI 328 Psychology of Learning Growth, and
Development 3 EDCI 350 Instructional Strategies 3
18 hrs 18 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 464 Directed Student Teaching in High
Fourth Year

ENG 432 English Capstone 3 School 6


Approved English Elective 6 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
RDG 400 Content Area Reading 3
RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis 3
15 hrs 9 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 221


DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
The mission of Foreign Languages is to provide education in foreign languages and studies in global culture and literature. Through
its courses and programs the department will prepare students with professional fluency in language, communicative skills, knowledge
of history, society and culture of the world, capability of language instruction, and will develop students’ skills in critical thinking
and analysis in literature and culture. The department is dedicated to support the students for success in career and life in the global
community.

The Department of Foreign Languages offers courses leading towards the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Spanish, and Minor in French
and Spanish. The Department also offers the following Chinese courses in foreign language education: CHNS 131, CHNS 132,
CHNS 231, CHNS 232.

In selecting major in Spanish or minor in French or Spanish, students must register in the Department of Foreign Languages and
seek advisement from departmental advisors. For the baccalaureate or undergraduate degree, students must satisfactorily complete
a minimum of 121 semester hours for the B.A. Degree in French or Spanish. Students majoring in French or Spanish are required
to declare a minor. Grades of “C” or better are required in all courses dedicated to either the major or the minor program.
No course offered through the Department can be used to satisfy both a core curriculum requirement and a major requirement for
graduation.

To be eligible for graduation as French minor or Spanish major or minor, students must follow a program of specific course requirements.
Course requirements for the major and minor programs are summarized as follows:

1. For the major in Spanish, 120 semester hours are required. Students must take a total of twelve three-credit courses.
Students must take sequentially: SPAN 131, SPAN 132, SPAN 231, and SPAN 232. After taking SPAN 331, SPAN
332, they will have to take six more courses from the following list: SPAN 333, SPAN 334, SPAN 335, SPAN 336,
SPAN 438, SPAN 441, SPAN 444, and SPAN 445.

2. For the minor in French, 21 semester credit hours are required, including the following three-credit courses: FR 231,
FR 232, FR 331, FR 335, FR 347, FR 432, FR 438, and FR 439.

3. For the minor in Spanish, 21 semester hours are required beyond SPAN131, including at least 12 hours at the 300
or 400 level from the following courses: SPAN 331, SPAN332, SPAN333, SPAN334, SPAN335, SPAN336, SPAN438,
SPAN441, SPAN444, SPAN445, a total of seven three-credit courses.

The Department of Foreign Languages is located on the third floor of Martin Luther King Center with the Department
Main Office located in Room 301. Questions may be directed to the Department Office at (713)-313-1324, or e-mail at
languages@tsu.edu.

222 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Boles, Miryan Garcia, Maria Carmen


Visiting Instructor Associate Professor
B.A., Central University, Quito Ecuador B.A., M.A., University of Texas at Brownsville
M.A., Universidad de Salamanca, Spain Ph.D., University of Houston
bolesmi@tsu.edu garcia_mc@tsu.edu
713-313-7615 713-313-7064
MLK 315 MLK 300
Casals, Alicia Gonzales, Antonio
Visiting Instructor Visiting Instructor
B.A., Instituto Magistrerial de Tienta y Tres, Uruguay B.A., University of Maryland
M.A., University of Houston M.A., University of Tennessee
casalsa@tsu.edu J.D., Miles College School of Law
713-313-7612 gonzaleza@tsu.edu
MLK 308 713-313-1335
MLK 315
Caussinus, Marylise Sun, Haiqing
Associate Professor Associate Professor, Interim Chair
B.A., M.A., La Sorbonne, Paris B.A., M.A., Peking University, Beijing
Ph.D., University of Louisiana at Lafayette Ph.D., University of Southern California
caussinusm@tsu.edu sunh@tsu.edu
713-313-7650 713-313-7022
MLK 306 MLK 314
(Note: Adjunct Faculty will be listed in the department website under the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences.)

FRENCH COURSES
FR 131 Elementary French I (3)
Fundamentals of French pronunciation and grammar with drills in spoken and written French. Three
hours of lecture per week. Listed as FREN 1311 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

FR 132 Elementary French II (3)


Continuation of FR 131. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FR 131. Listed as FREN
1312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

FR 231 Intermediate French I (3)


Review of French pronunciation and grammar using a reader and more advanced classroom and
laboratory materials. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: FR 132.
Listed as FREN 2311 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

FR 232 Intermediate French II (3)


Continuation of FR 231. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: FR
231. Listed as FREN 2312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

FR 331 Review of French Grammar and Composition (3)


Review of French grammar with emphasis on the more difficult structures and idioms. Concurrent
practice in conversation and diction provided. Conducted in both English and French. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: FR 231 and FR 232.

FR 335 Scientific French (3)


Individualized readings in the physical, natural, and social sciences to familiarize students with the specialized
vocabulary of their field in translating from French to English. Graduate students may substitute the passing of
this course with a grade of “B” or better for the graduate foreign language reading examination. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: FR 231 and FR 232 or consent of the instructor.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 223
FR 347 Contemporary France I (3)
Study of French institutions and movements since the beginning of the twentieth century, including
transportation, politics, education, geography, industrialization, social classes, world wars, and fine
arts. Conducted in both English and French. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: FR 231
and FR 232 or consent of the instructor.

FR 432 Business French (3)


Designed to present specialized vocabulary, methods, and techniques pertaining to how to conduct
French business, to enable students to prepare business documents and letters. Conducted in both
English and French. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: FR 231 and FR 232 or consent of
the instructor.

FR 438 Directed Study (3)


Study of a single topic, particular work, or author under the direction of a faculty member. Prior
approval for enrollment needed from the Faculty Chair. May be retaken for credit. Prerequisites:
Senior standing as a French major and consent of both the Faculty Chair and instructor.

FR 439 French Influence in Africa (3)


Study of the importance of the French presence in French-speaking African countries utilizing critical
and analytical approaches that will allow students to acquire an understanding of the language and
culture of contemporary French Africa. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Senior standing
as a French major and consent of both the Faculty Chair and instructor.

SPANISH COURSES

SPAN 131 Elementary Spanish I (3)


Fundamentals of Spanish pronunciation and grammar along with intensive listening/speaking and
reading/writing skills development. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SPAN 1311 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SPAN 132 Elementary Spanish II (3)


Continuation of SPAN 131. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: SPAN 131. Listed as
SPAN 1312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SPAN 231 Intermediate Spanish I (3)


Application of grammar; elementary composition; media-aided listening and reading proficiency;
focused development of aural-oral skills. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: SPAN 131 and SPAN 132 or the equivalent. Listed as SPAN 2311 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

SPAN 232 Intermediate Spanish II (3)


Analysis of grammar; translation; media-aided listening and reading proficiency; focused development
of aural-oral skills. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: SPAN 231.
Listed as SPAN 2312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

SPAN 305 Study of Hispanic Film (3)


Provision of critical examination of films by representing directors in the Hispanic world, focusing
on presentation of Hispanic culture, history and society through the lens of cinema. Elective course.
Prerequisite: SPAN 231.

SPAN 331 Review of Grammar and Composition (3)


Provision of intensive training in reading comprehension, grammar, and writing. Conducted in
Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 231 and SPAN 232.

SPAN 332 Conversation and Diction (3)


Communication practice designed to develop a superior level of oral proficiency. Conducted in
Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 231 and SPAN 232.

224 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


SPAN 333 Introduction to Spanish Literature I (3)
Survey of representing works of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages through the Golden Age.
Conducted in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN 332.

SPAN 334 Introduction to Spanish Literature II (3)


Survey of major works of Spanish literature from the Neoclassical period to the present. Conducted in
Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN 332.

SPAN 335 Introduction to Latin American Literature I (3)


Survey of major works of Latin American writers from colonial times to the beginning of the Mexican
Revolution. Conducted in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and
SPAN 332.

SPAN 336 Introduction to Latin American Literature II (3)


Survey of major works of Latin American writers of the 20th century. Conducted in Spanish. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN 332.

SPAN 438 Masterpieces of World Theatre (3)


Study of selected dramas in modern theatre, focusing on the masterpieces of the twentieth century.
Conducted in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN 332.

SPAN 441 Hispanic Culture and Civilization (3)


Survey of the culture and the civilization of the Hispanic world from prehistoric times to the modern
era. Conducted in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN 332.

SPAN 444 Masterpieces of Hispanic Literature (3)


Study of representing works from the Spanish-speaking nations and communities within the United
States. Conducted in Spanish. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SPAN 331 and SPAN
332.

SPAN 445 Directed Study (3)


Research of special topic in Hispanic study, or particular works or authors, under the direction of
a faculty advisor. Prior approval for enrollment needed from the Faculty Chair. May be retaken for
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing as a Spanish major or minor and consent of both the Faculty
Chair and instructor.

CHINESE COURSES
CHNS 131 Elementary Chinese I (3)
Fundamentals of Chinese pronunciation and grammar along with basic development of listening/
speaking and reading/writing skills. Three hours of lecture per week.

CHNS 132 Elementary Chinese II (3)


Continuation of CHNS 131. Fundamentals of Chinese pronunciation and grammar along with
development of listening/speaking and reading/writing skills Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: CHNS 131.

CHNS 231 Intermediate Chinese I (3)


Application of grammar, elementary composition, media-aided listening and reading proficiency;
focused development of writing and oral skills. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: CHNS 131 and CHNS 132 or the equivalent.

CHNS 232 Intermediate Chinese II (3)


Analysis of grammar; translation; media-aided listening and reading proficiency; focused development
of writing and communicative skills. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: CHNS 231.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 225


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPANISH
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (SPANISH) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 36 credits 19 credits^* 21 credits ^**
SPAN 131 (3)*** Contact department
ENG 131 (3)** ENG (3)
of
ENG 132 (3) SPAN 132 (3)*** HIST (6) choice after
SC 135 or 136 (3) SPAN 231 (3) FR 131 (3) being admitted
MATH 133 (3) SPAN 232 (3) FR 132 (3) as a major
BIOL 143 or SPAN 331 (3) General Elective (3) and after receiving
CHEM 111, 131 (4) SPAN 332 (3) FS 102 (1) advisement from
PHYS 101 or SPAN 333 or 334 (3) either the
GEOL 141 (4) SPAN 335 or 336 (3) Faculty Advisor or
THC 130 or SPAN 441 (3) the Faculty Chair.
ART 131 or SPAN 438 or 444 (3)
ART 132 or SPAN 445 (3)
MUSI 131 or Elective (3)
MUSI 239 (3)
HIST 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
PSY 131 or
SOC 157 (3)
CS 116 (3)
ENG 230 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly for any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** These courses may be replaced by an approved substitute at the time of advisement either by the major advisor or by the
Faculty Chair.
^* In “Other Requirements” the credits for history may be substituted by (6) credits from another discipline in Humanities.
Spanish in double major needs (7) credits in “Other Requirements” including FS102.
^** Minor is not required for Spanish in Double Major/ Dual Degree.

226 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Spanish
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 120
First Semester Second Semester
Spanish 131 3 Spanish 132 3
English 131 3 English 132 3
First Year

History 231 3 History 232 3


Math 133 3 Physics 101 or Geology 141 4
Speech 135 or 136 3 Theatre 130 or Art 131 or 132 or
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Music 131 or 239 3
16 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Spanish 231 3 Spanish 232 3
English 230 3 Political Science 232 3
Second Year

Psychology 131 or Sociology 157 3 Computer Science 116 3


Biology 143 or Chemistry 111 and 131 4 History--- 3
Political Science 231 3 Minor course 3

16 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Spanish 331 3 Spanish 332 3
French 131 3 French 132 3
Third Year

Spanish Elective 3 English --- 3


History--- 3 Minor courses 6
Minor course 3

15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Spanish 333 or 334 3 Spanish 441 3
Fourth Year

Spanish 335 or 336 3 Spanish 438 or 444 3


Elective 3 Spanish 445 3
Minor Courses 6 Minor Course 3

15 hrs 12 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 227


MINOR PROGRAM

For the minor in French

21 semester credit hours are required, including the following three-credit courses: FR 231, FR 232, FR 331, FR 335, FR 347,
FR 432, FR 438, and FR 439.

MINOR IN FRENCH
(21 credits)
FR 131 (3)*
FR 132 (3)*
Take 7 courses from the following
FR 231 (3)
FR 232 (3)
FR 331 (3)
FR 335 (3)
FR 347 (3)
FR 432 (3)
FR 438 (3)
FR 439 (3)

*Prerequisite, can be substituted by test for credits.

For the minor in Spanish

21 semester hours are required beyond SPAN131, including at least 12 hours at the 300 or 400 level from the following courses:
SPAN 132, SPAN 231 , SPAN 232 , SPAN 331, SPAN332, SPAN333, SPAN334, SPAN335, SPAN336, SPAN438, SPAN441,
SPAN444, SPAN445, a total of seven three-credit courses.

MINOR IN SPANISH
(21 credits)
21 credits beyond Span131 including at least 12 credits from the advanced courses-- 300 or 400 level courses
SPAN 132 (3)
SPAN 231 (3)
SPAN 232 (3)
SPAN 331 (3)
SPAN 332 (3)
SPAN 333 or 334 (3)
SPAN 335 or 336 (3)
SPAN 441 (3)
SPAN 438 or 444 (3)
SPAN 445 (3)

228 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY

The Department of History, Geography, and Economics is primarily responsible for the instruction of courses in History (HIST),
Geography (GEOG), and Economics (ECON). In addition to course offerings in these disciplines, two undergraduate degrees,
the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in History, the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in General Studies, and one graduate degree, the Master
of Arts (M.A.) in History, may be earned through this instructional unit. Minors are available in History, Geography,
Economics, African Studies, African American Studies and Women’s Studies for students majoring in a discipline that
requires the declaration of a minor. Members of the Department are housed on the third floor of the Public Affairs Building
with the Department Office located in Room 30B.

For detailed information on the Master of Arts in History, students are referred to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas
Southern University.

The Department has a diverse mission that encompasses three distinct academic disciplines. Through the program of study in
History, the Department is committed to providing students with modern research skills and computer skills that are appropriate
to the discipline and to their chosen careers. On a more abstract level, it is the goal of the Department to increase students’
awareness of the nature of history and the historical process, as well as to expand their knowledge of world history and American
history while emphasizing the role of African Americans and other minorities. Through course offerings and the minor available
in Geography, students are introduced to the environmental, cultural, and human aspects of the world and its various regions.
In addition, they develop skills, through hands-on training, in areas such as cartography and geographic information systems.
Through the course offerings and minor available in economics, the Department is committed to providing students with a
strong background in both macro and micro economics, as well as the tools to perform economic analysis of local, national, and
international issues, including the price system, market analysis, labor force characteristics, the process of capital formation, and
tax systems. Through all programmatic offerings in the Department, students are prepared for careers in either the public sector
or private industry, for post-graduate professional degrees (in law, medicine, or business, for example), and for graduate studies
in either History or Economics. On a broader level, members of the Department view knowledge of history, geography, and
economics as fundamental to the understanding of one’s background and to developing an appreciation of diverse peoples and
cultures as students are prepared to function effectively as citizens of their community, their nation, and the world.

In pursuing either the Bachelor of Arts in History through this instructional unit, students (as first-time degree seekers)
are required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline. In contrast, students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in
General Studies (as first-time degree seekers) are NOT required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline. Specific
requirements for each undergraduate degree are presented elsewhere in this section, and students are cautioned that grades
of “C” or better (where grades of “C-” are unacceptable) must be earned in all courses specified as either major courses or
required courses for the minor selected unless otherwise stated below. An exit examination is also required of graduating
seniors, and all history majors must complete HIST 420 during their senior year. In addition, students seeking either one
of the two B.A. degrees in the disciplines offered are strongly urged to seek detailed advisement from their designated
advisors because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core curriculum or other requirements for
the degree sought could impact the total number of credits required. In no case will students qualify for graduation at the
undergraduate level with fewer than 120 semester credit hours satisfactorily completed.

Students wishing to pursue one of the two undergraduate degrees or one of the six minors offered through the Department must
first gain admission to the University, must satisfy THEA requirements or equivalent through the Student Academic Enhancement
Services(SAES), and must petition the Department for admission as THEA requirements are completed. Once admitted, students
are each assigned an official faculty advisor who must be consulted with each term to ascertain progress toward graduation.
Students are also expected to keep the Department Office apprised of changes in addresses and telephone numbers. Individuals
interested in seeking certification for teaching in the public schools of Texas in academic disciplines offered through
this unit should contact the Teacher Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas Southern University for
application instructions.

For the minor in History, 21 semester credit hours are required including the six hours required by the core and an additional
15 hours which must include two courses in world history and 9 hours at the 300-level or 400-level. The four required courses are
as follows: HIST 131, HIST 132, HIST 231, and HIST 232.

For the minor in Geography, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in no less than 12 semester credit
hours at the 300-level or 400-level. All students must enroll in GEOG 132 (3 semester credits), must enroll for 6 semester credits
from each of the focus areas listed below, and must enroll for 6 semester credits of electives selected from either focus area. Focus
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 229
area 1 for the minor in Geography focuses on Cultural/Human Geography and consists of the following three-credit courses
that are described in detail elsewhere: GEOG 230, GEOG 231, GEOG 331, GEOG 332, GEOG 337, and GEOG 430. Focus
area 2 for the minor in Geography focuses on Land Use Analysis and consists of the following courses that are described in detail
elsewhere: GEOG 330 (3 credits), GEOG 338 (4 credits), GEOG 431 (3 credits), and GEOG 432 (3 credits).

For the minor in Economics, 21 semester credit hours are required. The following three-credit Economics courses are required
for 12 of the 21 credits needed: ECON 231, ECON 232, ECON 330, and ECON 336. In addition, Economics minors must
take six credits of upper-level Economics electives and a three credit statistics course, MGSC 239 or MATH 231. GEOG 332 (3
credits) may be substituted for one of the upper-level Economics electives.

For the minor in African Studies, students must take 21 semester credit hours selected from the list below. Of the 21
hours students must take: AFS 132 Introduction to African Studies, ART 137 Introduction to African Art, and three hours of a
foreign language, either in French or an African language. . The remaining twelve credits must be chosen from among ART 135,
ECON 443, ENG 243, FR 439, GEOG 132, GEOG 430, HIST 345, HIST 381, HIST 382, HIST 421, HIST 481, POLS
360, POLS 361, SC 432, SOC 238, or SOC 335. Courses used to fulfill minor requirements in African Studies cannot be
simultaneously used to fulfill a major requirement.

For the minor in African American Studies, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in four (4) three-credit
courses and nine (9) additional credits at the 200-level or above. The four required courses are: HIST 321, ENG 244, POLS 410,
and ART 139. The remaining nine credits may be selected from the following courses: HIST 322, HIST 381, HIST 382, HIST
478, HIST 481, SOC 254, SOC 335, ENG 243, ENG 440, ENG 441, POLS 412, ART 137, THC 339, and SC 436.

For the minor in Women’s Studies, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in five (5) three-credit courses
and six (6) additional credits at the 200-level or above. The required courses are as follows: HIST 246 Introduction to Women’s
Studies, which should be taken first; ENG 339 Women’s Literature; HIST 349 Women’s History; SOC 460 Women in Society;
and POLS 440 Seminar on Women’s Political Issues. The remaining nine credits may be selected from courses which focus
on women, including but not limited to SOC 221 Sociology of Human Sexuality; HIST 348 Women Empire; SOCW 333
Violence and Abuse in Families. Prerequisites: Completion of all required ENG 131, ENG 132, and 200-level core curriculum
requirement.

In summary, students must gain admission to the University, must satisfy ASSET requirements or equivalent, and must
petition the Department for major or minor status upon completion of ASSET requirements. Each student admitted is
assigned an official advisor, and students interested in certification for teaching in the public schools of Texas should
contact the Teacher Certification Officer in the College of Education. An exit examination is required of graduating
seniors. Further information may be obtained by contacting the Department Office at (713)-313-7794.

230 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Batie, Clarence Kossie-Chernyshev, Karen L.


Instructor Professor
B.A., M.A., Prairie View A & M University B.A., M.A., Rice University
M.A., Michigan State University
Ph.D., Rice University
Beeth, Howard O. Maddox, Gregory H.
Professor Professor
B.A., M.A., Temple University B.A., University of Virginia
Ph.D., University of Houston Ph.D., Northwestern University
Chaudhuri, Nupur Norman, Emlyn A.
Professor Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Calcutta B.A., University of New Brunswick
M. A.T., Smith College M.A., Harvard University
M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State University
Horvitz, Sigmund Pitre, Merline
Professor Professor
A. B., M. A., Brown University B.S., Southern University
L. L. B., University of Texas at Austin M.A., Atlanta University
Ph.D., University of Houston M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
Keleta, Ethiopia Wintz, Cary D.
Professor Professor
B.A., Haile Selassie University, Addis Ababa B.A., Rice University
M.A., University of Texas at Austin M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State University
Ph.D., Rice University

HISTORY COURSES

HIST 131 World History to 1500 (3)


General survey of civilization from prehistoric times to the present with emphasis on the development
of the ideas, events, and institutions that make up the modern world. Three hours of lecture per week.
Listed as HIST 2311 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

HIST 132 World History since 1500 (3)


Continuation of HIST 131. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as HIST 2312 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

HIST 231 Social and Political History of the United States to 1877 (3)
Survey of the history of the United States with particular emphasis on the institutions and events
which transformed America from an English colony to a world power. Three hours of lecture per
week. Listed as HIST 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

HIST 232 Social and Political History of the United States since 1877 (3)
Continuation of HIST 231. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as HIST 1302 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.
HIST 246 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3)
Interdisciplinary is scope, this course introduces the study and contributions of women and gender as
social categories that transform our understanding of culture, history, and society.
HIST 321 African American History to 1865 (3)
Survey of the history of African Americans in the United States from the colonization of North America
through the Civil War. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 231
HIST 322 African American History since 1865 (3)
Continuation of HIST 321. Survey of the history of African Americans in the United States from the
Civil War to the present. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 331 Modern Europe from 1450 to 1815 (3)


Examination of the political, social, and cultural history of Europe from the Renaissance through the
French Revolution. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 131, HIST 132, HIST 231,
and HIST 232.

HIST 332 Modern Europe since 1815 (3)


Examination of the political, social, and cultural history of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the
end of the cold war. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 131, HIST 132, HIST 231,
and HIST 232.
HIST 341 Latin American History since 1500 (3)
Examines the history of Latin America from the conquest in the sixteenth century to the present.
Emphasizes the formation of society and the economy in the colonial era, the changes set in
motion by independence in the nineteenth century, and the implications of industrialization in
the twentieth century.

HIST 342 History of Mexico (3)


Explores the history of Mexico from the Spanish conquest in the sixteenth century to the present.
Emphasizes the development of Mexico since independence. Particular attention is devoted to
the evolving relationship between Mexico and the United States. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 343 History of Brazil (3)


Explores the history of Brazil from the onset of Portuguese colonization in the sixteenth century to
the present. Emphasizes the significance of slavery in Brazil’s development through the end of the
nineteenth century, and the transformation of Brazil into a multiracial industrialized democracy in the
twentieth century. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 344 Constitutional History of the United States (3)


An examination of legal constitutional problems and issues in American history. Three hours of
lecture per week.
HIST 348 Women and Empire (3)
Examination of the history of gender, sexuality, and racial and national identity. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 349 Women’s History (3)


Survey of the history of women in the United States from the colonial period to the present. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 371 Texas History (3)


History of Texas from prehistoric times to the present. Special attention focused on the role of Texas
as a crossroad between Anglo and Latin America. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST
231 and HIST 232.

HIST 381 African Civilizations to 1800 (3)


Introduction to the rise of African civilizations from the first African civilization in Egypt through the
period of the Atlantic slave trade. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 382 African Civilizations since 1800 (3)


Continuation of HIST 381. Examines the integration of African societies into the world economy and
the responses of Africans to that integration. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231
and HIST 232.

232 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


HIST 410 Archival Methods and Records Management (3)
Examination of the evolution of record collection and preservation in modern times. Students work
directly with historical records. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST
232.

HIST 420 Capstone Seminar (3)


Directed reading course that may be repeated for up to six hours credit. Open to senior History majors
and minors and required of majors. Students must undertake an independent research project leading
to the production of an article-length senior thesis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
HIST 131, HIST 132, HIST 231, and HIST 232.

HIST 421 Topics in African Diaspora (3)


Directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six hours credit. Topics examine the history
of the peoples of the African Diaspora. Three hours of lecture per week.

HIST 430 Topics in U.S. History (3)


Intensive study with reading and discussion of special topics in United States, African American, and
world history. Special attention will be focused on selected national and international topics. Three
hours of lecture per week. May be repeated for up to 9 credits as topics vary. Prerequisites: HIST 231
and HIST 232.

HIST 431 Topics in European History (3)


Directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six hours credit. Topics examine themes in
the history of European civilization. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 432 Topics in World History (3)


Directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six hours credit. Topics examine themes in
the history of societies and cultures throughout the world. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.
HIST 434 Topics in Latin American History (3)
General study of the origins of the peoples, cultures, and politics of Latin America with special
emphasis on the problems of colonialism, imperialism, and hemispheric solidarity. Prerequisites: HIST
231 and HIST 232. May be repeated for up to six credits as topics vary.
HIST 438 History of the South (3)
Examination of the South, including Houston during and after slavery with particular emphasis
on race relations as well as cultural and economic development. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 439 The United States since 1945 (3)


Examination of the rapid social and political changes experienced by the United States since World
War II with particular attention given to America’s involvement in foreign affairs. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 447 Modern African American History (3)


Examination of the background and events of the struggle for legal, political, and economic equality
by African Americans up to the present day. Three hours of lecture per week. May be repeated as
topics vary. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 451 Mexican American History (3)


Examination of the Mexican-American people with special emphasis on Texas and the Southwest.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 471 The American Revolution (3)


Examination of the explosive political, social, and cultural developments between 1763 and 1789
which culminated in a war for independence and the adoption of the U. S. Constitution. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 233


HIST 478 Slavery (3)
Examination of the political, social, economic, and cultural impact of slavery on the Western world.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 479 Urban History of the United States (3)


Examination of the process of urbanization in American history with special emphasis on the role
of ethnic minorities, Blacks, and Browns, in an urban nation. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

HIST 481 Topics in African History (3)


Series of specialized topics in African history. Topics include ancient African kingdoms, history of
South Africa, and the Atlantic slave trade. May be repeated up to 6 credits as topics vary. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HIST 231 and HIST 232.

AFRICAN STUDIES COURSE


AFS 132 Introduction to African Studies (3)
This course is a multi-disciplinary course designed to give students a broad overview of African
history, culture, economics, and art. Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOGRAPHY COURSES

GEOG 132 World Regional Geography (3)


Survey of the regions and nations of the planet and the geographical foundations of their physical and
cultural characteristics. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as GEO 1303 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

GEOG 230 Urban Geography (3)


Study of the form, function, land use, structure, and core-periphery relations of urban areas. Three
hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 231 Geography of North America (3)


Geographical analysis of the nations of North America. Relationships among natural resources, social
structure, and economic structure and development discussed. Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 232 Population Geography (3)


Designed to demonstrate how spatial variations in the distribution, composition, migration, and
growth of populations are related to spatial variations in the nature of places. Three hours of lecture
per week.

GEOG 330 Introduction to Cartography (3)


Introduction to the fundamentals of cartography, including basic computer mapping techniques.
Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 331 Geography of Texas (3)


Designed to acquaint students with the principal geographic factors influencing the development of
the state of Texas. Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 332 Economic Geography (3)


Consideration of oceans, rivers, and highways as carriers of trade and of factors of location, minerals,
and population as determinants in the commercial development of our civilization. Three hours of
lecture per week.

GEOG 337 Geography of Asia (3)


Survey of the geography of Asia with emphasis on the Middle East, Far East, and Indochina. Three
hours of lecture per week.

234 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


GEOG 338 Geographic Information Systems (4)
Survey of computerized spatial data handling systems for visual display or analytic modeling purposes.
Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CS 116 or the equivalent.

GEOG 430 The People and Culture of Africa (3)


Integrated overview of the African cultural history, social organizations, economic and political
geography. Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 431 Geography of Health and Disease (3)


Study of the spatial distribution of diseases and their relationship to the environment and the
geographical aspects of health-related activities. Three hours of lecture per week.

GEOG 432 Geography and Transportation (3)


Consideration of the nature of spatial interactions, the various kinds of transport media, and the
relationship between transportation and economic and social patterns. Three hours of lecture per
week.

ECONOMICS COURSES

ECON 131 Introductory Economics (3)


An introduction to basic microeconomics and macroeconomic concepts and their application in the
real world so that students can learn to appreciate what economics can do for them. One-semester
course designed to satisfy requirements in other disciplines like Education, Medical Technology,
Pharmacy, etc. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as ECON 1301 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

ECON 231 Principles of Economics I (3)


Introduction to macro economic analysis pertaining to the overall performance of the economy.
Emphasis on measurement of aggregate output, determination of the level of income and
employment, and evaluation of various monetary and fiscal policies of government. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: 6 semester credits of Mathematics. Listed as ECON 2301 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ECON 232 Principles of Economics II (3)


Introduction to micro economic analysis of pricing and output decisions, resource allocation, market
structure, income distribution, and international trade. Problems of agriculture, labor unions, and
other sectors of the economy addressed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 6 semester
credits of Mathematics. Listed as ECON 2302 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ECON 315 Environmental Economics (3)


Introduction to the economic analysis of environmental problems. Emphasis placed on the cause
of environmental problems, types of externalities, determination of the optimal rate of pollution,
alternative strategies for solving environmental problems, and the current state of U.S. environmental
policy. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ECON 131 or ECON 232.

ECON 325 Health Economics (3)


Introduction to the economic analysis of health services and health policy. Emphasis placed on the
effects of uncertainty and incomplete information on the market for medical care and alternative
strategies for controlling the cost of health care. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ECON
131 or ECON 232.

ECON 330 Intermediate Microeconomics (3)


Economic theories pertaining to business and household decision-makers and to market behavior
under various degrees of competition. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and
ECON 232.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 235


ECON 332 Labor Economics (3)
Economic theories and analyses of labor markets, wages, rates, collective bargaining, labor legislation,
unemployment, and other labor problems. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231
and ECON 232.

ECON 336 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)


Economic theories pertaining to the determination of aggregate income, output, employment, and
price level. Economic policies to achieve stability and economic growth analyzed. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

ECON 337 Monetary Theory and Policy (3)


Study of the money supply and the impact of monetary policies on interest rates, prices, and the level
of aggregate income. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

ECON 339 Economics of Money and Banking (3)


Theory and analysis of money, banking, and the financial system. Emphasis on money creation
and the Federal Reserve System’s control of the money supply. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

ECON 431 Economics of Public Finance (3)


Study of the theoretical structure employed in examining the economic role of government and the
use of this structure to explore a number of current policy issues. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ECON 330 and ECON 336 or consent of the instructor.

ECON 436 Urban Economics (3)


Survey of urban economic problems, including those concerned with transportation, health services,
and taxation. Analysis of alternative remedies for issues related to the urban economy addressed. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

ECON 437 Introduction to Econometrics (3)


Basic mathematical, statistical, and computer techniques used in estimating and testing relationships
among economic variables. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Six (6) semester credits in
statistics.

ECON 440 Managerial Economics (3)


Application of economic theory to managerial decision making with emphasis on optimization,
uncertainty, demand theory, production theory, cost theory, and profit analysis. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

ECON 442 International Economics (3)


Analysis of problems and effects of international trade with emphasis on import-export imbalances,
balance of payments, international flows of capital, foreign exchange rates, and international trade
financing. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232. Offered as
needed.

ECON 443 Economics of Development (3)


Analysis of the problems and issues involved in the economic modernization of developing and third
world nations. Various theories of economic development and their applicability in specific instances
examined. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232.

236 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (HISTORY) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 30 credits 27 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HIST 131 (3) ENG 2xx (3) Contact either
ENG 132 (3) HIST 132 (3) Foreign the Faculty Chair
SC 135 or 136 (3) HIST 331 or 332 (3) Language (12)^* or the
MATH 133 (3) HIST 420 (3) MATH 231 (3) Faculty Advisor for
BIOL 143 (4) HIST 3rd World General recommendations
GEOL 141 (4) Elective (3) Electives (9-12)^** regarding the
ENG 2xx (3) HIST Electives (15) FS 102 (1) choice of
Visual & a minor.
Performing
Arts (3)***
HIST 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
Social &
Behavioral
Sciences (3)****
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Select one of the following: THC 130, THC 231, MUSI 131, MUSI 239, ART 131, or ART 132.
**** Select one of the following: ECON 231; ECON 232; PSY 131; SOC 157; SOC 158; SOC 221; or SOC 238.
^* The foreign language credits required may be substituted by (6) additional CS credits plus PA 301 to accompany CS 116 (3).
^** When computer science courses are substituted for foreign language courses, an additional three (3) credits of electives will be
required. All students must have a minimum of 120 credit hours to graduate.
FS 102 Freshman Seminar is required by all entering freshmen and new students.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 237


College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Science
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in History
Foreign Language Track
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
Natural Science 4 Natural Science 4
Computer Science 116 3 Foreign Language 3
First Year

English 131 3 English 132 3


Visual and Performing Arts 3 History 232 3
History 231 3 Math 133 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 16 hrs
17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


English 2xx 3 English 2xx 3
Second Year

History 131 3 History 132 3


Social and Behavioral Science 3 SC 135/136 3
Math 231 3 Minor 3
Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Foreign Language 3 History 332 or Hist. elective 3
Third Year

History 331 or Hist. elective 3 History elective 3


Minor 3 Minor 3
History elective 3 Elective 3
Political Science 231 3 Political Science 232 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


History 420 3 History elective 3
Fourth Year

History elective 3 History elective 3


Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Elective 3 Elective 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

238 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Science
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in History
Computer Science Track
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
Natural Science 4 Natural Science 4
Computer Science 116 3 Computer Science xxx 3
First Year

English 131 3 English 132 3


Visual and Performing Arts 3 History 232 3
History 231 3 Math 133 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


English 2xx 3 English 2xx 3
Second Year

History 131 3 History 132 3


Social and Behavioral Science 3 SC 135/136 3
Math 231 3 Computer Science xxx 3
Computer Science xxx 3 Minor 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


History elective 3 History 332 or Hist. elective 3
Third Year

History 331 or Hist. elective 3 History elective 3


Minor 3 Minor 3
History elective 3 Elective 3
Political Science 231 3 Political Science 232 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


History 420 3 History elective 3
Fourth Year

PA 301 3 History elective 3


Minor 3 Elective 3
Minor 3 Elective 3
Elective 3 Minor 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 239


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR SPECIALTY OTHER
(STANDARD)* (GENERAL STUDIES) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 27 credits 24 credits^ 24 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CS 117 (3) See Advisor^ Electives (24 credits)
ENG 132 (3) ECON 231 (3) See Advisor
SC 135 or 136 (3) MATH 134, 135, or 136 (3)
MATH 133 (3) SOC 3xx (3)
BIOL 143 (4) or
GEOG 3xx or 4xx (6)
CHEM 111, 131 (4)
Natural Sciences*** (4) HIST 3xx (6)
ENG 2xx (3) ENG 3xx (3)
Visual Performing Arts &
Music (3)****
HIST 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
Social &
Behavioral
Sciences (3)*****
CS 116 (3)
FS 102 (1)^^

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
***Select 4 SCH from University approved core curriculum in BIOL, CHEM, PHYS, or GEOL.
**** Select one of the following: THC 130, THC 231, MUSI 131, MUSI 239, ART 131 or ART 135.
***** Select one of the following: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, or SOC 238.
^ The specialty is a focus (concentration) area agreed upon by the student and advisor. Fifteen (15) credits must be at the 300
and 400 level. Courses may be taken in more than one department to fulfill the specialty. Students must obtain a grade of “C” or
better in all major and specialty courses.
^^ Freshman Seminar is required for all new students as of Fall 2010.

240 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in General Studies
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 120
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 Natural Science 4
CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 CS 117 Introduction to Computer Science II 3
First Year

Social & Behavioral Sciences 3 SC 135 or SC 136 Business & Professional 3


Communication or Public Address
BIOL 143 or Survey of Life or 4 MATH 134, 135 or 136 Plane Trigonometry, 3
CHEM 111, 131 General Chemistry I Math for Business & Economic Analysis or Pre-
Calculus Math
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx Level English 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Second Year

United States to 1877 United States since 1877


Visual Performing Arts & Music 3 ELECTIVE 3
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 SPECIALTY 3
ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3 SPECIALTY 3
ELECTIVE 3
18 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


HIST 3xx Upper Level History 3 GEOG 3xx or 4xx Upper Level Geography 3
Third Year

GEOG 3xx or 4xx Upper Level Geography 3 HIST 3xx Upper Level History 3
ENG 3xx Upper Level English 3 ELECTIVE 3
SOC 3xx Upper Level Sociology 3 ELECTIVE 3
SPECIALTY 3 SPECIALTY 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


ELECTIVE 3 SPECIALTY 3
Fourth Year

ELECTIVE 3 SPECIALTY 3
ELECTIVE 3 SPECIALTY 3
SPECIALTY 3 ELECTIVE 3

12 hrs 12 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 241


DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

Program Overview:

The Department of Human Services and Consumer Sciences is one of several units in the College of Liberal Arts and
Behavioral Sciences. Formerly known as the Department of Home Economics, the Department of Human Services and
Consumer Sciences offers degrees at the bachelor’s and master’s levels. Degrees offered at the bachelor’s level include the Bachelor
of Science (B.S.) in Dietetics and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Human Services and Consumer Sciences. Students seeking
the Bachelor of Science in Human Services and Consumer Sciences may elect to focus in one of the following areas: Child and
Family Development, Food and Nutrition, Composite Family and Consumer Sciences, Family and Consumer Sciences with
Certification, or Human Development and Family Studies with Certification. Additionally, the department offers minors in
Child and Family Development, Composite Family and Consumer Sciences and Food and Nutrition.

The Human Services and Consumer Sciences Department (HSCS) is housed in the Cecelia Scott Lane Building. The
Department Office is located in room 103 of that facility. HSCS Department personnel may be contacted at
713-313-7230.

Department Mission:

The mission of the Department of Human Services and Consumer Sciences is to improve the quality of life for individuals and
families in the global society through high quality programs, outreach services and research. In its endeavor to achieve its mission,
the Texas Southern University Human Services and Consumer Sciences Department seeks to prepare self empowered, competent
individuals from diverse backgrounds for entrepreneurial, leadership, entry level professional roles, and advanced study in dietetics,
human development, food science, human nutrition, family, consumer, and community services. The program is designed to: 1)
provide instructional and clinical experiences that satisfy the competencies needed for dietetic entry careers as well as to provide
the competencies needed for entry into dietetic and professional internships; 2) prepare competent family and consumer sciences
professionals and child development professionals; and 3) provide students with the competencies necessary to enter graduate
and professional schools and/or gain entry level careers in human development, family relations, consumer, human nutrition, and
other related careers that service the needs of individuals, families and children, especially those in urban environs.
*Students interested in the Master of Science in Human Services and Consumer Sciences should refer to
the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for details.

Matriculation Requirements:

In pursuing either the B.S. degree in Dietetics or the B.S. degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences, students are not
required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline as all HSCS fields of study are composite majors. The B.S. degree
program in Dietetics is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education in Dietetics (ACED) of the American Dietetic
Association. As such, students are required to follow the guidelines set forth for the Dietetics program and the Department of
Human Services and Consumer Sciences. Specific requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Dietetics and the Bachelor of
Science degree in Human Services follow.
1. Grade Requirements:
• All students who major in HSCS programs of study must earn grades of “C” or better in all courses specified as
major and cognate courses (thus, grades of “C-” or less are unacceptable).
• In addition to earning grades of “C” or better in major courses, Dietetic majors must also earn grades of “C” or
better in all required Mathematics, Science, and English courses.
• Beginning Fall 2012, students entering the Dietetics program must have and maintain a minimum 2.75 G.P.A
by the end of their sophomore year.
• Beginning Fall 2014, students entering the Dietetics program must have and maintain a minimum 3.0 G.P.A.
by the end of their sophomore year.
2. Exam Requirements:
• All HSCS majors (both Dietetic and Human Services and Consumer Sciences degree seekers) must take and
pass an Exit Exam in their area of specialty before graduating.
• In addition, Dietetic majors must pass the Dietetic Rising Junior Examination at the end of the sophomore
level.

242 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


3. Health Insurance:
• Health insurance is required of all Dietetic students participating in practical experiences as a condition of the
affiliation agreements with host sites.

4. Health Tests:
• All HSCS majors must observe immunization record and health test requirements of clinical and practicum
host sites.

5. Background Checks:
• A background check is required of any student participating in a HSCS or Dietetics practicum or clinical
experience. Students are referred to the Harris County Criminal Courts Customer Service Department to
request a background check. Students are responsible for any associated fees or paperwork.
Students desiring to pursue one of the two undergraduate degrees or the minor offered through the Department must first gain
admission to the University, must satisfy ASSET and or equivalent requirements and must complete identified deficiencies
through Student Academic Enrichment Services (SAES). They must also petition the Department for admission as ASSET and/or
equivalent requirements are completed. Once admitted, students will be assigned an official faculty advisor with whom they must
consult on a semester or term basis to ascertain progress toward completion of major degree or minor requirements. Individuals
interested in seeking certification for teaching in the public schools of Texas in academic disciplines offered through this unit
should contact the Director of Certification in the College of Education at Texas Southern University for application instructions.

Additionally, majors in Human Services and Consumer Sciences disciplines should be advised that major courses, especially at the
upper level, are offered in rotational sequences. Further, lower level major courses should be completed before enrolling in upper
level courses. To ensure quality instruction and outcome competencies, course sequence restrictions will be observed for all HSCS
majors.

Description of HSCS Academic Programs

Dietetics Program
Accredited by the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, the Dietetics program is designed for students desirous of becoming
registered dietitians and/or nutritionists employed in health, community, business, research, private and educational agencies/
facilities. Career options include, but are not limited to clinical, research, food production/management, pediatric, oncology,
nutrition entrepreneur, gerontology, sports, cardiovascular and wellness dietitians. The program requires 123 semester hours, a
Rising Junior Examination, and an Exit Examination. To meet eligibility requirements for becoming a Registered Dietitian, the
following steps must be followed:

Requirements For Becoming a Registered Dietitian

Eligibility for the Registration Examination for Dietitians is determined by evaluation of current requirements as established by
the Commission on Dietetic Registration (CDR). The present eligibility requirements address academic preparation and
supervised practice as explained below.
1. Complete a minimum of a bachelor’s degree at a U.S. regionally accredited university or college and course work
approved by the Accreditation Council for Education in Dietetics (ACEND) of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics
(AND)

2. Complete an ACEND-accredited supervised practice program at a healthcare facility, community agency, or a food
service corporation, or combined with undergraduate or graduate studies. Typically, a practice program will run six to
twelve months in length.

3. Pass a national examination administered by the Commission on Dietetic Registration (CDR).

4. Complete continuing professional educational requirements to maintain registration.


Source: The Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND).

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 243


Human Services and Consumer Sciences Baccalaureate Programs
Child and Family Development Program
The area of Child and Family Development focuses on growth throughout the life span as well as family dynamics and the impact
thereof on individual family members. This program prepares individuals for management, entrepreneurial and other professional
careers in agencies, institutions, and programs that focus on services for children, youth, adults and families. Some career options
include: case workers, parent educators, family-child educators, recreation workers/play therapists, civil servants in family service
units of police departments, early childhood professionals in private, parochial, and public schools (with certification); and
owners/directors of schools for young children. A total of 121 semester hours are required for completion of requirements in this
program area.

Family and Consumer Sciences Program


Courses in this holistic area of study focus on providing opportunities for the development of competence in family and consumer
program development and leadership. In addition, students may opt to receive certification in Human Development and Family
and Consumer Sciences. Career options include secondary Vocational Family and Consumer Sciences Teacher Certification
(in cooperation with the College of Education); family and consumer sciences…..extension and adult program development/
directorship; consumer counseling; eldercare…service providers, directors, entrepreneurs; and customer service representatives.
A total of 120 semester hours are required for completion of the Composite Family and Consumer Sciences program (without
certification); 120 semester hours are required for the Human Development and Family Studies certification program; and 120
semester hours are required for the Composite Family and Consumer Sciences program with certification.

Food and Nutrition Program


The Food and Nutrition program emphasis is designed for persons desirous of pursuing careers as food production managers,
and supervisors; health/food inspectors; caterers; hotel and restaurant managers; hospitality hosts; and food service supervisors/
managers in institutional and cafeteria settings. A total of 121 semester hours are required for completion of this program
emphasis area.

Minor in HSCS Focus Areas:

The minor offered in Human Services and Consumer Sciences is unique in that it offers students the opportunity to choose
one of three tracks in Human Services and Consumer Sciences. Those tracks are Child and Family Development, Composite
Family and Consumer Sciences, and Food and Nutrition. The various tracks for the minor are specified below. Grades of “C”
or better must be earned in all courses referenced for the minor. Additionally, minors in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
disciplines should be advised that courses leading to the minor are offered on a rotational cycle (especially upper level courses).
Further, lower level courses requirements must be completed before enrolling in upper level courses.

For the Child and Family Development track toward the minor in Human Services and Consumer Sciences, the following
courses, totaling 21 semester credit hours, are required with the grade restrictions referenced above: CFDV 233 (3 credits); CFDV
234 (3 credits); CFDV 235 (3 credits); CFDV 333 (3 credits), CFDV 432 (3 credits), and six (6) additional CFDV restricted
elective credits at the 300-level or 400-level.

For the Composite Family and Consumer Sciences track toward the minor in Human Services and Consumer Sciences, the
following courses, totaling 21 semester credit hours, are required with the grade restrictions referenced above: CFDV 233 (3
credits), CT 130 (3 credits), FN 233 (3 credits), HSCS 233 (3 credits), FCS 436 (3 credits), and six (6) additional HSCS, CFDV,
CT, or in elective credits at the 300-level or 400-level.

For the Food and Nutrition track toward the minor in Human Services and Consumer Sciences, the following courses, totaling
21 semester credit hours, are required with the grade restrictions referenced above: FN 233 (3 credits), FN 253 (3 credits), FN 337
(3 credits), and twelve (12) additional FN restricted elective credits at the 300-level or 400-level.

To ensure quality instruction and outcome competencies, course sequence restrictions will be observed for all HSCS minors.

The University reserves the right to change any policy, fees or requirement at any time that students are enrolled. Courses are also
subject to change.

244 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Ahmed, Selina Morgan, Annie


Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.Sc., M.Sc., College of Home Economics, Dhaka, Bangladesh Director of Didactic Program in Dietetics
Ph.D., Texas Women’s University B.S., Grambling State University
M.S., University of Nebraska
Dr.P.H. University of Texas –Houston Cntr.
RD/LD (Registered/Licensed Dietitian)
Buckingham, Arlene Nealy, Shirley
Visiting Instructor Professor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University B.S., Florida A & M University
RD/LD (Registered/Licensed Dietitian) M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Dixon, Kimona Scurlock Oates, D. Vantrice
Visiting Instructor Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Texas Southern University
Levy-Cullins, Dandy
Visiting Instructor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
Licensed CFLE

ART AND DESIGN COURSES


AD 130 Environmental Design (2)
Introduction to the elements and principles of design. Two hours of lecture per week.

AD 130L Environmental Design Laboratory (1)


Laboratory course to accompany AD 130. Two hours of laboratory per week.

AD 131 Introduction to Housing (2)


Space planning, color schemes, and selection of residential furnishings and accessories according to
lifestyle and budget considerations. Two hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: AD 131L.
AD 131L Introduction to Housing Laboratory (1)
Laboratory course to accompany AD 131. Two hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: AD 131
AD 435 Interior Space and Equipment Planning (1)
Planning, design, and budgeting of furnishings and equipment in residential environments. One hour
of lecture. Co-requisite AD 435L; Prerequisites; Ad 131 and junior/senior status.
AD 435L Interior Space and Equipment Planning Lab (2)
Planning, design, and budgeting of furnishings and equipment in residential environments laboratory
course to accompany AD 435. Four (4) hours laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: AD 131/AD 131L and Junior/Senior status.

CHILD AND FAMILY DEVELOPMENT COURSES

CFDV 233 Family Relationships (3)


Study of interpersonal relationships within the family. Emphasis on analysis of differences in lifestyle
and implications of interactions. Three hours of lecture per week.

CFDV 234 Survey of Early Childhood Development (3)


Study of the child’s sequential development from conception through age twelve with primary
emphasis on conception through eight years of age. Observations in appropriate settings required.
Three hours of lecture per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 245


CFDV 235 Interaction with Young Children (3)
Supervised observation and participation with two-to-six-year-old children in a laboratory setting.
One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 233 and CFDV 234.

CFDV 235L Interaction with Young Children Laboratory (0)


Laboratory course to accompany CFDV 235. Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
CFDV 233 and CFDV 234.

CFDV 331 Methods of Child Study/Assessment of Young Children (3)


Study and interpretation of developmentally appropriate assessment techniques necessary for
understanding and guiding the behavior of children. Observations in appropriate settings required.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and CFDV 235.

CFDV 332 Children’s Play: Development and Role (3)


Study of the theories of play and use of materials relating to broad areas of growth and development.
Emphasis on application of theories to program areas and appropriate use of materials. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and CFDV 235.

CFDV 333 Methods and Procedures in Early Childhood Development (3)


Program planning, implementation, and evaluation in the early childhood setting. Observation of
children in supervised setting required. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and
CFDV 235 and junior standing.

CFDV 334 Pre-Adolescence and Adolescent Development (3)


Study of the physical, intellectual, emotional, social, and moral development of children from
pubescence through adolescence. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and
CFDV 235.

CFDV 335 Independent Study (3)


Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of instructor.
CFDV 430 Special Topics (3)
Intensive study of professional interest in child development. With class designation, this course
may be used up to four (4) times for a total of twelve (12) hours. Senior Project. Project hours to be
determined by the instructor of record. Junior /Senior standing.
CFDV 431 Theories in Child Development (3)
Survey of theories relevant to principles of learning in the cognitive, social/emotional, and
physiological areas of development at the early childhood level. Observations in appropriate settings
required. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and CFDV 235. Junior or
Senior standing

CFDV 432 Children’s Literature (3)


Analysis of children’s books with emphasis on literacy and language development enhancement for
children. Extensive reading of books by outstanding authors and illustrators included. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing.

CFDV 433 Multicultural Strategies (3)


Study of the impact of various cultures on the American system with implications for early childhood
program development. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and CFDV 235.
Junior or Senior standing
CFDV 434 Practicum I (3)
Educationally directed and supervised practical experience in an early childhood setting or family
service agency. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CFDV 234, CFDV 235, and Senior standing.

246 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CFDV 435 Child Nutrition (3)
Principles of nutrition affecting growth and development from conception through early childhood.
Emphasis on menu planning, preparation, portion control, and nutritional requirements in early
childhood programs. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: FN 233 and Junior /Senior standing.
CFDV 436 Parenting (3)
Study of theoretical procedures and techniques for use in guiding the behavior and development of the
child. Application of current research on parenting models utilized. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CFDV 234 and CFDV 235 and Junior/Senior standing.

CFDV 437 Capstone in Child & Family Development (3)


Comprehensive study of the integrative, synergistic nature of the field of Child & Family
Development from a historical, theoretical, and practical perspective. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES COURSES

CT 130 Clothing Behavior (3)


The psychological, sociological, and aesthetic aspects of clothing. Research project required. Three
hours of lecture per week.

CT 131 Basic Clothing Concepts (1)


Study of basic clothing construction. One hour of lecture per week. Co-requisite: CT 131L.
CT 131L Basic Clothing Concepts Laboratory (2)
Laboratory course to accompany CT 131. Four hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: CT 131.
CT 233 Textiles I (2)
Study of fiber properties, yarns, fabric structures, and finishes as related to serviceability. Two (2) hours
of lecture per week. Co-requisite CT 131L.
CT 233L Textiles I Laboratory (1)
Laboratory course to accompany CT 233. Two (2) hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: CT 233.

DIETETICS/FOOD AND NUTRITION COURSES

FN 111 Introduction to Dietetics (1)


Introduction to Dietetics and the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND), including its purpose,
membership requirements, professional ethics, by-laws, and career opportunities in dietetics, food
service industries, and health care facilities. One hour of lecture per week.

FN 233 Elementary Nutrition (3)


Fundamental concepts of nutrition including terminology; physical and chemical properties
of nutrients; food sources and functions; the body’s utilization of food, nutrients, and calories
(absorption, transport, and metabolism). Three hours of lecture per week.

FN 253 Meal Management (1)


Management principles of basic menu planning, including evaluation of associated costs; food
purchasing and preservation; planning and service techniques for various occasions and income
levels. One (1) lecture hour per week. Prerequisite: FN 233. Co-requisite: FN 253L.
FN 253L Meal Management Laboratory (2)
Application of menu planning and production management techniques in a laboratory setting. Four
(4) laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: FN 233. Co-requisite: FN 253.
FN 333 Diet Therapy for Health Professionals (3)
Introduction to scientific principles and practices in the dietary care of patients during various stages
of the life cycle. Emphasis on: team approach, nutrition assessment, documenting and charting, diet
modification, and counseling. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: FN 233, BIOL 131, BIOL
132, CHEM 131/111, and CHEM 132/112.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 247
FN 336 Independent Study in Dietetics (3)
(Formerly FN 336, Environmental Nutrition and World Hunger)
Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior Standing and Consent of
instructor.
FN 337 Human Nutrition (3)
Advanced study of fundamental nutrition concepts (nutrients, digestion, absorption, metabolism, and
fluid); electrolytes, and acid-base balances as they relate to the chemistry and physiology of the human
body throughout the life cycle. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: FN 233, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132, CHEM 131/111, and CHEM 132/112.

FN 341 Management Principles of Food Service Systems (4)


Study of the organization, management and administration of various food service facilities including
human resource management. Three (3) lecture hours and two (2) practicum hours per week.
Prerequisites: FN 233, FN 253, and Junior /Standing.

FN 343 Junior Seminar in Dietetics (4)


Comprehensive review of dietetics academic core and pre-professional requirements: emphasis on
nutrition, medical nutrition therapy and principles/theories and food service management concepts.
Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 132, CHEM 231,
BIOL 132, FN 233, FN 253, FN 333, FN 337, and FN 341.

FN 413 Independent Study in Dietetics (1)


Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.

FN 427 Independent Study in Dietetics (2)


Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
FN 428 Nutrition Counseling (2)
(Formerly FN 428 Nutrition Education)
Study and application of nutrition knowledge and interpersonal and intrapersonal communication
and counseling skills in dietetic settings. One (1) hour lecture and two (2) field/experiential learning
experiences per week. Prerequisites: FN 343 and Senior standing.

FN 430 Special Topics in Dietetics and Foods and Nutrition (3)


Intensive study of professional interest in foods and nutrition or dietetics. With class designation(s)
and permission of instructor, this course maybe used up to four (4) times for a total of twelve (12)
hours. Senior project. Project hours to be determined by the instructor of record.
Prerequisite: Junior/Senior standing.

FN 432 Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3)


(Formerly FN 432 Nutrition in Disease I)
Application of nutrition knowledge and processes for assessing, formulating and developing nutrition
care plans for managing cardiovascular and renal diseases, diabetes, obesity and digestive disorders.
Two hours of lecture and two hours of practicum per week.
Prerequisites: FN 333, FN 337, FN 343, CHEM 131/111, CHEM 132/112, CHEM 231/211,
CHEM 343 and Senior standing.

FN 433 Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3)


(Formerly FN 433 Nutrition in Disease II)
Application of nutrition knowledge and processes for assessing, formulating and developing nutrition
care plans for managing cancer, respiratory and gall bladder diseases. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of practicum per week. Prerequisites: FN 333, FN 337, FN 343, CHEM 131/111, CHEM
132/112, CHEM 231/211, CHEM 343 and Senior standing.

248 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


FN 434 Food Analysis and Research (1)
(Formerly FN 434 Experimental Foods)
Study of physical and chemical properties of basic food materials related to consumption, acceptability
and nutritional values of food. Application of scientific research methods for analysis. One lecture
hour per week. Prerequisites: FN 343, CHEM 231/211and Senior standing.

FN 434L Laboratory Experiences in Food Analysis and Research (2)


(Formerly FN 434 Experimental Foods Laboratory)
Laboratory experiences in the use of research methods applicable to food and nutrition. Four (4)
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: FN 343, CHEM 231/211, and Senior standing.
FN 436 Community Nutrition (3)
Fundamentals of nutritional care delivery systems in community health programs and services with special
references to nutritional problems of indigent population groups. Practical approach to nutrition education,
interviewing, counseling, and changing food habits. Two hours of lecture and two hours of practicum per
week. Prerequisite: FN 233, FN 253, FN 333, FN 337, FN 343, and Junior or Senior standing.

FN 437 Capstone in Dietetics and Food and Nutrition (3)


Comprehensive study of the field of Dietetics and Nutrition. Required Senior Exit Exam.
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
FN 438 Independent Study (3)
Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing and consent of
instructor.
FN 442 Independent Study in Dietetics (4)
Independent study in area of specialization. Prerequisites: Junior/Senior standing and consent of
instructor.
FN 461 Commercial Food Production (3)
(Formerly FN 461 Quantity Cookery)
Study of skills and knowledge required for quantity food production and merchandising. Three (3)
lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: FN 253, FN 341 and Junior/Senior standing. Co-requisite:
FN 461L.

FN 461L Commercial Food Production Laboratory (3)


(Formerly FN 461 Quantity Cookery Laboratory)
Laboratory experiences in quantity food production and merchandising. Six laboratory hours per
week. Prerequisites: FN 253, FN 341 and Junior/Senior standing. Co-requisite: FN 461.

HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES COURSES

HSCS 233 Seminar in Human Services & Consumer Sciences (3)


Application of interdisciplinary concepts contributing to the physiological, psychosocial, intellectual
development, and well-being of individuals and families. Discussion of the decision-making process
relative to these concepts. Three hours of lecture per week.

FCS 334 Career Opportunities in Family and Consumer Sciences (3)


Survey of current professional opportunities and preparation for the job search process. Overview of
the transition from a student to professional role. Three hours of lecture per week.

FCS 335 Principles of Family and Consumer Sciences (3)


Study and evaluation of the ethical principles related to the field of family and consumer sciences.
May be used for family life certification. Three hours of lecture per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 249


FCS 411 Independent Study in Family and Consumer Sciences (1)
Independent study in an area of specialization.

FCS 420 Independent Study in Family and Consumer Sciences (2)


Independent study in an area of specialization.

HSCS 430 Research Methodology (3)


A study of diverse research approaches focusing on methods for collecting and analyzing quantitative
and qualitative data. Critique of research reports and development of a research proposal.
FCS 430 Special Topics (3)
Intensive study of professional interest in family & consumer sciences. With class designation,
this course may be used up to four (4) times for a total of twelve (12) hours. Prerequisites: Junior
Senior status or consent of instructor.
FCS 431 Aging and Health Needs (3)
Analysis of specific programs and services impacting the needs of an aging population, including
health care, health care management, consumer issues, public policies, and familial relations.

FCS 432 Program Planning and Methodology in Human Services and Consumer Sciences (3)
Methods and procedures for planning, developing, and implementing programs in Human Services &
Consumer Sciences. Three hours of lecture per week.

FCS 434 Occupational Programs Public Policy (3)


Planning and implementing programs in occupational family sciences. Study and evaluation of
selected legislation and public policy related to family science and its impact of families. Three hours
of lecture per week.

FCS 435 Communication: Family and Marriage (3)


Personal and professional growth and development through more effective communication within the
family milieu and the marital unit. Three hours of lecture per week.

FCS 436 Family Resource Management (3)


Study of attitudes, concepts, skills, and understanding of consumers which contribute to their
satisfaction in the choice of goods and services. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: HSCS
233.

HSCS 437 Statistics (3)


Survey of descriptive and inferential statistical techniques. Emphasis on understanding and
interpreting statistical concepts used in research. Three hours of lecture per week.

FCS 438 Family and Consumer Economics (3)


Study of consumer management principles and income distribution patterns relative to time and
money use decisions by the family. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: HSCS 233.

FCS 439 Family and Community Services (1)


Utilization of family and consumer sciences perspectives in family service agencies within government,
public, and private sectors. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSCS 233 and FCS 436.

FCS 439L Family and Community Services Laboratory (2)


Practicum to accompany FCS 439. Four hours per week. Prerequisites: HSCS 233 and FCS 436.

FCS 440 Survey of Human Development Over the Lifespan (4)


Independent study in area of specialization.

FCS 441 Capstone in Family and Consumer Sciences (3)


Comprehensive study of the integrative, synergistic nature of the field of family sciences from a
historical , theoretical, and practical perspective. The Senior Exit Examination also administered.
Prerequisite: Senior Status
250 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN DIETETICS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 123
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (DIETETICS) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 47 credits 32 credits
ENG 131 (3)** FN 111 (1) BIOL 131 (3)
ENG 132 (3) FN 233 (3) BIOL 132 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) FN 253 (1) BIOL 245 (4)
MATH 133 (3) FN 253L (2) BIOL 347 (4)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) FN 333 (3) CHEM 211, 231 (4)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) FN 337 (3) CHEM 343 (4)
ENG 2xx (3) FN 341 (4) HSCS 233 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FN 343 (4) FCS 432 (3)
HIST 232 (3) FN 428 (2) HSCS 437 (3)
POLS 231 (3) FN 430 (3) FS 102 (1)
POLS 232 (3) FN 432 (3)
SOC 238 (3) FN 433 (3)
CS 116 (3) FN 434 (1)
FN 434L (2)
FN 436 (3)
FN 437 (3)
FN 461 (3)
FN 461L (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 251


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Dietetics
Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND) Accredited
4 Year Degree Plan with Houston Community College Equivalent*- Total Credits: 123
First Semester Second Semester
FN 111 Introduction to Dietetics 1 FN 253 Meal Management 1
FN 253L Meal Management 2
FN 233 Elementary Nutrition 3 CHEM 111 General Chemistry Lab- 1
(CHEM 1111) *
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 CHEM 131 General Chemistry I- 3
First year

CHEM 1311) *
ENG 131 Freshman English I-(ENGL 1301) * 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II-(ENGL 1302) * 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877-(HIST 1301) * United States since 1877-(HIST 1302) *
MATH 133 College Algebra-(MATH 1314) * 3 MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living or 3
THC 130 Introduction to Theatre-
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 (Approved Accepted Humanities Course) *
17 hrs 16 hrs
Third Semester Fourth Semester
POLS 231 American Political Systems I- 3 SOC 238 Introduction to Anthropology- 3
(GOVT 2301) * (ANTH 2302) *
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 SC 135 Business & Professional Communication 3
(ENGL 2328, 2332, 2333) * or SC 136 Public Address-
(SPCH 1321 or SPCH 1315) *
Second Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I-(BIOL 1306) * 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II-(BIOL 1307) * 3
CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I- 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems I- 3
(COSO 1300) * (GOVT 2302) *
CHEM 112 General Chemistry Lab II-(CHEM 1 CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry Lab- 1
1112) * (CHEM 2123) *
CHEM 132 General Chemistry II- 3 CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I- 3
(CHEM 1312) * (CHEM 2323) *
16 hrs 16 hrs
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
FN 333 Diet Therapy for Health Professionals 3 FN 337 Human Nutrition 3
Third Year

FN 341 Mgmt Principles of Food Svc Sys 4 FN 343 Junior Seminar in Dietetics 4
BIOL 245 Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 FN 430 Special Topics in Dietetics and Foods 3
and Foods and Nutrition
CHEM 343 Biochemistry 4 BIOL 347 Microbiology 4
15 hrs 14 hrs
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
FN 428 Nutrition Counseling 2 FN 433 Medical Nutrition Therapy II 3
Fourth Year

FN 432 Medical Nutrition Therapy I 3 FN 436 Community Nutrition 3


FN 434 Food Analysis and Research 1 FN 437 Capstone in Dietetics and Foods & 3
FN 434L Food Analysis and Research Lab FCS 2 Nutrition
432 Program Planning & Methodology 3 FN 461 Commercial Food Production 3
HSCS 437 Statistics 3 FN 461L Commercial Food Production Lab 3
14 hrs 15 hrs

252 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES
CHILD AND FAMILY DEVELOPMENT TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
MAJOR
CORE CURRICULUM* OTHER
(CHILD AND FAMILY
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS
DEVELOPMENT)
44 credits 39 credits 38 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CFDV 233 (3) AD 130, 130L (3)
ENG 132 (3) CFDV 234 (3) CT 130 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) CFDV 235 (3) F&N 233 (3)
MATH 133 (3) CFDV 331 (3) HSCS 233 (3)
BIOL 143 (4) CFDV 332 (3) HSCS 430 (3)
GEOL 141 (4) CFDV 333 (3) FCS 436 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) CFDV 334 (3) MATH 134 (3)
MUSI 239 or THC 130 (3) CFDV 431(3) MUSI 339 or 347 (3)
HIST 231 (3) CFDV 432 (3) SPAN 131 or FR 131 (3)
HIST 232 (3) CFDV 433 (3) SPED 309 (3)
POLS 231 (3) CFDV 434 (3) Restricted Electives:
POLS 232 (3) CFDV 435 (3) CFDV 335 (3)
PSY 131 or CFDV 436 (3) CFDV 437 (3)
SOC 157 (3) HSCS 411 (1)
CS 116 (3) FS 102 (1)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 253


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Child and Family Development Track
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semest*er
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra I 3 MATH 134 Plane Trig 3
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 4
United States to 1877 (HIST 1301) United States since 1877 (HIST 1302)
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 BIOL 143/143LSurvey of Life Science 3
Speech 135 or 136 Bus & Prof. Communication 3 CFDV 233 Family Relationships 3
or Public Address (SOCI 2301)
FS 102 (1) 16 hrs 16 hrs
Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 2xx-Upper level English 3 MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
AD 130/130L Environmental Design/Lab 3 PSY 131GEN PSY or SOC 157 Intro to 3
(CDEC 1358) Sociology (PSY 2301 or SOCI 1301)
Second Year

CFDV 234 Survey of Early Childhood Dev 3 CFDV 235/235L Interaction w/ Young Child 3
(TECA 1354)
GEOL 141 Intro to the Earth 4 CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I 3
POLS 231American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
(GOVT 2301) (GOVT 2302)
16 hrs 15 hrs
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
CT 130/130L Clothing Behavior (FSHD 1308) 3 FN 233 Elementary Nutrition (TECA 1318) 3
MUSI 347 Basic Music Procedures 3 SPED 309 Survey of Exceptional Ed I 3
Third Year

CFDV 331 Methods/Assessment of Young 3 CFDV 332 Children’s Play: Dev and Role 3
Children
CFDV 333 Methods & Procedures in Early 3 CFDV 432 Children’s Literature 3
Childhood Development
CFDV 334 Pre-Adolescent & Adolescent 3 FR 131 Elementary French I or 3
Development SPAN 131 Elementary Spanish I
15 hrs 15 hrs
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
CFDV 335 Independent Study 3 CFDV 434 Practicum I 3
Fourth Year

CFDV 431 Theories in Child Development 3 CFDV 435 Child Nutrition 3


CFDV 433 Multicultural Strategies 3 CFDV 437 Seminar in Child & Family Dev 3
CFDV 436 Parenting 3 HSCS 430 Research in HSCS 3
FCS 436 Family Resource Management 3 HSCS 411 Independent Study in FCS 1
15 hrs 13 hrs

*FS 102 must be taken by all newly enrolled TSU students.

254 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES
FOOD AND NUTRITION TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (FOODS AND NUTRITION) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 42 credits 35 credits
ENG 131 (3) FN 111 (1) AD 130, 130L (3) or
ENG 132 (3) FN 233 (3) ART 370 or 371 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) FN 253 (1) BIOL 131 (3)
MATH 133 (3) FN 253L (2) BIOL 132 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) FN 333 (3) CFDV 233 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) FN 337 (3) CHEM 211, 231 (4)
ENG 2xx (3) FN 341 (4) CT 130 (3)
MUSI 239 or THC 130(3) FN 343 (4) HSCS 233 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FN 430 (3) HSCS 430 (3)
HIST 232 (3) FN 432 (3) FCS 436 (3)
POLS 231 (3) FN 433 (3) Restricted Electives (6)
POLS 232 (3) FN 434 (1) FS 102 (1)
SOC 238 (3) FN 434L (2)
CS 116 (3) FN 437 (3)
FN 461 (3)
FN 461L (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 255


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Foods and Nutrition Track
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
FN 111 Introduction to Dietetics 1 FN 253 Meal Management/ 1
FN 253L Meal Management 2
FN 233 Elementary Nutrition 3 CHEM 111 General Chemistry Lab 1
SC 135 Business & Professional 3 CHEM 131 General Chemistry I 3
First year

Communication or SC 136 Public Address


ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877 United States since 1877
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living or 3
THC 130 Introduction to Theatre
FS 102 (1) 17 hrs 16 hrs
Third Semester Fourth Semester
FN 333 Diet Therapy for Health Professionals 3 FN 337 Human Nutrition 3
CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I 3 ENG 2xx Upper Level English 3
Second Year

SOC 238 Introduction to Anthropology 3 BIOL 13I Biological Science I 3


CHEM 112 General Chemistry Lab II 1 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
CHEM 132 General Chemistry II 3 CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry Lab 1
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I 3
16 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


FN 341 Mgmt Principles of Food Svc Sys 4 FN 343 Junior Seminar in Dietetics 4
Third Year

BIOL 132 Biological Science II 3 FN 441 Organization Mgmt of Food Svc Sys 4
AD 130/130L Environmental Design or ART 3 CT 130 Clothing Behavior 3
370 Studies in Art I
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 CFDEV 233 Family Relationships 3
13 hrs 14 hrs
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
FN 432 Medical Nutrition Therapy I 3 FN 433 Medical Nutrition Therapy II 3
FN 434 Food Analysis and Research 1 HSCS 437 Capstone in Dietetics and Food and 3
Fourth Year

Nutrition or FN 413 and FN 427


FN 434L Food Analysis and Research 2 FN 461 Commercial Food Production 3
HSCS 430 Research in HSCS 3 FN 461 L Commercial Food Production Lab 3
FCS 436 Family Resource Management 3 ELECTIVE 3
ELECTIVE 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

*FS 102 must be taken by all newly enrolled TSU students.

256 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HUMAN SERVICES & CONSUMER SCIENCES
COMPOSITE FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES TRACK (without Certification)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (FAMILY & CONSUMER REQUIREMENTS
SCIENCES)
44 CREDITS 36 CREDITS 40 CREDITS
ENG 131 (3)** HSCS 233 (3) AD 131, 131L (3)
ENG 132 (3) FCS 334 (3) AD 435, 435L (3)
SC 135 OR 136 (3) FCS 335 (3) CFDV 233 (3)
MATH 133 (3) HSCS 430 (3) CFDV 234 (3)
BIO 143 (4) FCS 431 (3) CFDV 235, 235L (3)
GEOL 141 (4) FCS 432 (3) CFDV 334 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) FCS 434 (3) CFDV 436 (3)
ART 131 (3) FCS 435 (3) CT 131, 131L (3)
HIST 231 (3) FCS 436 (3) CT 233, 233L (3)
HIST 232 (3) FCS 437 (3) FN 233 (3)
POLS 231 (3) FCS 438 (3) FN 253, 253L (3)
POLS 232 (3) FCS 439, 439L (3) HED 477 (3)
PSY 131 or SOC 157 (3) SPED 309 or 370 (3)
CS 116 (3) FS 102 (1)***

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 257


Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Family and Consumer Science (FCS) – Composite Track
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 120
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra I 3 BIOL 143/143L Survey of Life Science 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877 United States since 1877
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 ART 131 Drawing and Composition I 3
CT 131/131L Basic Clothing Concepts 3 CFDV 233 Family Relationships 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3
Communication or Public Address
Second Year

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 PSY 131 Gen Psychology or SOC 157 Intro to 3
Sociology
GEOL 141 Intro to the Earth 4 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
CFDV 234 Survey of Early Childhood Dev 3 CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I 3
FN 233 Elementary Nutrition 3 AD 131/131L Introduction to Housing 3
16 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


AD 435/435L Interior Space & Equip Plan 3 FCS 431 Aging and Health Needs 3
Third Year

CFDV 436 Parenting 3 FSC 435 Communication: Family & Marriage 3


FCS 334 Career Opportunities in FCS 3 HED 477 Human Sexuality 3
CFDV 334 Pre-Adolescent Development 3 FCS 335 Principles of FCS 3
FN 253/253L Meal Management 3 CT 233/233L Textiles I 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


FCS 432 Program Planning & Methodology 3 FCS 437 Capstone in FCS 3
Fourth Y ear

FCS 434 Occupational Program/Public Policy 3 FCS 436 Consumer Resource Management 3
FCS 435 Communication: Family & Marriage 3 FCS 439/439L Family & Community Serv 3
FCS 438 Family and Consumer Economics 3 HSCS 430 Research Methods 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

258 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HUMAN SERVICES & CONSUMER SCIENCES
COMPOSITE FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES TRACK (with Certification)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER CERTIFICATION
(STANDARD) (FAMILY & CONSUMER REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM
SCIENCES)
44 credits 21 credits 31 credits 24 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HSCS 233 (3) AD 131, 131L (3) EDCI 310 (3)
ENG 132 (3) FCS 334 (3) AD 435 (3) EDCI 328 (3)
SC 135 OR 136 (3) FCS 431 (3) CFDV 233 (3) EDCI 339 (3)
MATH 133 (3) FCS 433 or FCS 440 (3) CFDV 234 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
BIO 143 (4) FCS 436 (3) CFDV 436 (3) EDCI 464 (6)
GEOL 141 (4) FCS 437 (3) CT 131, 131L (3) RDG 400 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) FCS 438 (3) FN 233 (3) RDG 402 (3)
ART 131 (3) FN 253, 253L (3)
HIST 231 (3) HED 477 (3)
HIST 232 (3) SPED 309 or 370 (3)
POLS 231 (3) FS 102 (1)***
POLS 232 (3)
PSY 131 or SOC 157 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 259


Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Composite Family & Consumer Sciences Program with Certification
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 120
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra I 3 BIOL 143/143L Survey of Life Science 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877 United States since 1877
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 ART 131 Drawing and Composition I 3
CT 131/131L Basic Clothing Concepts 3 CFDV 233 Family Relationships 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3
Communication or Public Address
Second Year

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 PSY 131 Gen Psychology or SOC 157 Intro to 3
Sociology
GEOL 141 Intro to the Earth 4 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
CFDV 234 Survey of Early Childhood Dev 3 CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I 3
FN 233 Elementary Nutrition 3 AD 131/131L Introduction to Housing 3
16 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


AD 435/435L Interior Space & Equip Plan 3 FCS 431 Aging and Health Needs 3
Third Year

CFDV 436 Parenting 3 FSC 435 Communication: Family & Marriage 3


EDCI 310 Principles & Foundation of Ed 3 HED 477 Human Sexuality 3
EDCI 328 Psy of Learning, Growth & Dev 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
FN 253/253L Meal Management 3 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


FCS 440 Seminar of Human Development or 3 FCS 441 Capstone in FCS 3
Fourth Y ear

FCS 433 Teaching FCS


FCS 438 Family and Consumer Economics 3 FCS 436 Consumer Resource Management 3
RDG 400 Middle School Reading 3 EDCI 464 Direct Student Teaching in H.S. 6
RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

260 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HUMAN SERVICES & CONSUMER SCIENCES
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY STUDIES TRACK (with Certification)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER CERTIFICATION
(STANDARD) (FAMILY & CONSUMER REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM
SCIENCES)
44 credits 27 credits 25 credits 24 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HSCS 233 (3) CFDV 233 (3) EDCI 310 (3)
ENG 132 (3) FCS 334 (3) CFDV 234 (3) EDCI 328 (3)
SC 135 OR 136 (3) FCS 431 (3) CFDV 235, 235L (3) EDCI 339 (3)
MATH 133 (3) FCS 432 (3) CFDV 334 (3) EDCI 340 (3)
BIO 143 (4) FCS 433 or FCS 440 (3) CFDV 436 (3) EDCI 464 (6)
GEOL 141 (4) FCS 434 (3) FN 233 (3) RDG 400 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) FCS 435 (3) HED 477 (3) RDG 402 (3)
ART 131 (3) FCS 436 (3) SPED 309 or 370 (3)
HIST 231 (3) FCS 437 (3) FS 102 (1)***
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
PSY 131 or SOC 157 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
Students should also note that major courses are offered in a rotational cycle and course sequences are followed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for all first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 261


Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Human Development & Family Studies Certification Program
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 120
First Semester Second Semester
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra I 3 BIOL 143/143L Survey of Life Science 4
First Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877 United States since 1877
CFDV 233 Family Relationships 3 ART 131 Drawing and Composition I 3
HSCS 233 Seminar in HSCS 3 FN 233 Elementary Nutrition 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3
Communication or Public Address
Second Year

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 PSY 131 Gen Psychology or SOC 157 Intro to 3
Sociology
GEOL 141 Intro to the Earth 4 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
CFDV 234 Survey of Early Childhood Dev 3 CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I 3
CFDV 235/235L Interaction w/ Young Child 3 CFDV 334 Pre-Adolescent Development 3
16 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


FCS 431 Aging and Health Needs 3 FCS 432 Program Planning & Methodology 3
Third Year

CFDV 436 Parenting 3 FSC 435 Communication: Family & Marriage 3


EDCI 310 Principles & Foundation of Ed 3 FCS 440 Seminar in Human Development 3
EDCI 328 Psy of Learning, Growth & Dev 3 EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3
HED 477 Human Sexuality 3 EDCI 340 Instructional Technology II 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


FCS 434 Occupational Program/Public Policy 3 FCS 441 Capstone 3
FCS 440 Seminar of Human Development or 3 FCS 436 Family Resource Management 3
Fourth Y ear

FCS 433 Teaching FCS


FCS 439 Family & Community Services 3 EDCI 464 Direct Student Teaching in H.S. 6
RDG 400 Middle School Reading 3
RDG 402 Informal Diagnosis 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

262 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
The primary mission of the Department of Music is to educate students through activities culminating in the creation, performance
and promotion of music. In creating, performing and promoting music, the department involves, serves, educates and enriches the
TSU community and residents throughout the region; and particularly, provides music students opportunities to develop their skills
as performers and teachers. The Department is a professional, accessible and reliable department that presents creative, innovative
and exciting performances and educational opportunities of the highest quality.

Requirements for the B.A. degree, students may select from four curriculum tracks of study: Performance, Jazz Studies, Teacher
Certification and Composition. Members of the Department and the departmental facilities area housed in the Rollins-Stewart
Music Center and the Rhinehart Music Auditorium. The Department office is located on the first floor of the Rollins-Stewart Music
Center in Room 112. All courses designated as either major or minor courses must be completed with grades of “C” or better,
where grades of “C-” are unacceptable. In considering requirements for one of the bachelor’s degrees, or one of the five minors,
students must first be admitted by the University, must satisfy ASSET requirements, must eradicate deficiencies assessed through
Student Academic Enhancement Services (SAES), must petition the Department for admission as ASSET exam requirements are
completed, and must complete preliminary requirements established by the Department for majors. Further admission and graduation
requirements for the Department are considered below. An exit examination is required of all graduating seniors.

Individuals interested in seeking certification for teaching in the public schools of Texas in academic disciplines offered
through the Department should contact the Teacher Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas Southern
University for application instructions.

For the minor in Music, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following: 21 semester credit hours in
the following: Music 100 (0 credit), Music 141 (2 credits)after successfully passing a placement test, Music 146 (1 credit), Music
142 (2 credits), Music 147 (1 credit), 4 applied music credits or class lab credits ( 4 credits total), 2 music ensemble courses (2 credits
total) and 9 upper level elective credits in Music or Musa one of which must be Music 337 or Music 338. The minimum grade
requirement for each course designated is referenced above. Students who minor in Music are required to take Music 239 as their
university core humanities elective.

For the minor in Jazz Studies, 22 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in fourteen (14) credit hours in required
jazz courses, which include Music 141 (2 credits) and Music 146 (1 credit) Music 253 (3 credits), Music 343 (3 credit), Music 228
(2 credits), Music UJ (for 2 total credits), MUSA 111 (1 credit), and in eight (8) credit hours in approved electives, which must
include Music 142 (2 credits), and Music 147 (1 credit),Music 229 (2 credits), Music 480 (3 credits), one additional ensemble course
per semester, one additional applied music course per semester, and approved electives as determined by a jazz studies committee
that considers the student’s abilities, career goals, and objectives as related to the performing arts. Any courses that apply toward a
student’s major requirements in the Fine Arts cannot be used to fulfill these minor requirements. The minor in Jazz Studies is open
both to music majors and to non-music majors who qualify by audition.

In petitioning the Department for admission as either a major or minor, students are required to schedule a personal interview through
the Department Office. At the time of interview, students are asked to perform an audition as part of the procedure for admission to
the Department. Once admitted, students are each assigned a faculty advisor for continuous advisement and schedule approval up
to the time of graduation. At the beginning of the senior year, students must meet the approval of a panel of faculty members prior
to enrollment in courses related to final projects such as recitals and performances. Majors are expected to maintain an overall GPA
of 2.50 or better to remain in good standing and to keep the Department Office informed of current local addresses and telephone
numbers. All majors should request that the Faculty Chair evaluate their transcripts during the first semester of their senior year to
ascertain their graduation status.

Ten performing groups at the University are sponsored and coordinated through the Department of Music require that participating
students enroll for elective credit. These groups are the: University Marching Band, University Concert Band, Jazz Combo, Jazz Big
Band, Latin Jazz, Vocal Jazz, University Choir, Concert Choir, Opera Workshop, and the University Chamber Orchestra. Interested
students should contact the Department Office for additional information.
In summary, interested students must first gain admission to the University, must meet their ASSET responsibility, and must
adhere to admission and graduation requirements specified in this section. Students are each assigned an official advisor and
provided with extensive advisement upon admission to the Department to ensure proper progression toward graduation.
An exit examination is required of graduating seniors. For additional information, students should contact the Department
Office at (713)-313-7337.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 263
LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Adams, Daniel Mack, Dianne


Professor, Graduate Studies Coordinator Associate Professor, Teacher Certification Coordinator
B.M., Louisiana State University B.S., Dalhousie University
M.M., University of Miami M.M. Ed., University of Missouri
D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Ph.D., University of Missouri
Butler, Benjamin J., II Oby, Jason
Associate Professor Professor, Choir Director
B.S., Tennessee State University B.M., M.M., Manhattan School of Music
M.M., University of Michigan D.M., Florida State University
Gibson, Clarence Perkyns, Jane
Instructor, Assistant Band Director Associate Professor, Piano Coordinator
B.M.E., Alcorn State University B.M., Dalhousie University
M.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi M.M., The Julliard School
D.M.A., University of British Columbia
Harris, Howard C. Thomas, Fennoyee
Professor Professor
B.S., Southern University B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Colorado
M.M.Ed., Louisiana State University
Lee, Richard Singleton, Darryl M.
Associate Professor, Interim Chair Instructor, Associate Band Director
Director of Bands B. M.E. Howard University
B.M.Ed., Texas Southern University M.M. Florida State
M.M., Colorado State University
Lundy, Anne
Instructor, Chamber Orchestra Director
B.M., University of Texas
M.M., University of Houston

MUSIC COURSES

MUSI 100 Seminar I (0-1)


Introductory course for majors which provides enrichment through the art of performing. May be
repeated for up to three semester credits earned. During freshman and sophomore years of enrollment,
counted as 0 credit; during junior and senior years of enrollment, counted as 1 semester credit. One
hour of lecture per week.

MUSI 131 Introduction to Music (3)


Survey of basic materials and the fundamentals of music. Open to all students. Students may test out.
Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as MUSI 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

MUSI 132 Introduction to Computer Music (3)


Introductory survey of computers and computer peripherals as used in various musical disciplines,
including the fundamentals of computer literacy and music software applications. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 131 or consent of the instructor. Listed as MUSI 1302 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

264 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


MUSI 141 Theory I (2)
Music theory, including basic musicianship, written and keyboard diatonic harmony, and harmonic
analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 131 or passage of Theory Placement
Exam. Corequisite: MUSI 146. Listed as MUSI 1211 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

MUSI 142 Theory II (2)


Continuation of MUSI 141. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 141 and MUSI
146. Corequisite: MUSI 147. Listed as MUSI 1212 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

MUSI 146 Ear Training and Sight Singing I (1)


An aural skills course, to be taken concurrently with music theory. Includes ear training, sight singing
and dictation. One hour of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MUSI 141.
Listed as MUSI 1116 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 147 Ear Training and Sight Singing II (1)


Continuation of MUSI 146, to be taken concurrently with music theory. One hour of lecture and
one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 141 and MUSI 146. Corequisite: MUSI 142.
Listed as MUSI 1117 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 150 Composition I (2)


Individual study of the techniques of vocal, instrumental, and electronic music composition in various
styles. One hour of laboratory/private lessons per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Listed
as MUSI 1386 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 151 Composition II (2)


Continuation of MUSI 150. One hour of laboratory/private lessons per week. Prerequisite: MUSI
150. Listed as MUSI 2386 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 171 Class Piano I (1)


Study of keyboard functional skills such as harmonization, sight reading, improvisation, and
transposition and how they relate to general musicianship. May be substituted for MUSA 111 when
specified for the piano. Two hours of laboratory per week. Listed as MUSI 1181 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 172 Class Piano II (1)


Continuation of MUSI 171. May be substituted for MUSA 112 when specified for the piano. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 171. Listed as MUSI 1182 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

MUSI 173 Voice Class I (1)


Designed to teach the fundamental skills of tone production, breathing, posture, and to enhance the
repertory by teaching simple songs in the classroom. Two hours of laboratory per week. Listed as
MUSI 1183 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 174 Voice Class II (1)


Continuation of MUSI 173. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 173. Listed as
MUSI 1184 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 223 Brass and Percussion (2)


Practical performance course for majors, including principles of intonation, fingering, breathing,
embouchure, transposition, sticking, and rudiments. Elementary proficiency on brass and percussion
instruments taught. Offered during the spring semester only. One hour of lecture and one hour of
laboratory per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 265


MUSI 224 Woodwind Instruments (2)
Study of basic performance of woodwind instruments, including the concepts and procedures for
woodwind instruction. Offered during the fall semester only. One hour of lecture and one hour of
laboratory per week.

MUSI 225 String Instruments (2)


Instruction in performing, teaching, and scoring for violin, viola, cello, and string bass. Organization,
program planning, and terminology emphasized. One hour of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.

MUSI 228 Jazz Improvisation I (2)


Basic techniques of improvisation of various styles, historical developments, and contributions. Two
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 141, MUSI 146, MUSI 142, and MUSI 147.

MUSI 229 Jazz Improvisation II (2)


Continuation of MUSI 228. Prerequisite: MUSI 228.

MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living (3)


Study of art, music, drama, and dance with emphasis on the interrelationship of these common
elements and concepts and the contributions of noted artists. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed
as HUMA 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 241 Theory III (2)


Continuation of MUSI 141 and MUSI 142, including more advanced chromatic harmony, analysis,
and the expression of musical ideas in form. Three hours of lecture and per week. Prerequisites: MUSI
142 and MUSI 147. Corequisite: MUSI 246. Listed as MUSI 2211 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

MUSI 242 Theory IV (2)


Continuation of MUSI 241. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 241 and MUSI 246.
Corequisite: MUSI 247. Listed as MUSI 2212 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 246 Ear Training and Sight Singing III (1)


Continuation of MUSI 147, with greater complexity in rhythms and chromatic harmony, to be
taken concurrently with music theory. One hour of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: MUSI 142 and MUSI 147. Corequisite: MUSI 241. Listed as MUSI 2116 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 247 Ear Training and Sight Singing IV (1)


Continuation of MUSI 246, to be taken concurrently with music theory. One hour of lecture and
one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 241 and MUSI 246. Corequisite: MUSI 242.
Listed as MUSI 2117 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 250 Composition III (2)


Continuation of the integrated course begun in MUSI 150, MUSI 151, and MUSI 152. Two hours
of lecture/private lessons per week. Prerequisites: MUSI 150, MUSI 151, and MUSI 152. Listed as
MUSI 2186 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 251 Composition IV (2)


Continuation of MUSI 250. Two hours of lecture/private lessons per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 250.
Listed as MUSI 2187 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI 253 Jazz Theory I (3)


Identification and application of basic harmonic, melodic and rhythmic elements. Required of
jazz majors and minors. Open to all music majors as an elective. Prerequisite: MUSI 141 and
MUSI 146 or consent of instructor.

266 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


MUSI 254 Jazz Theory II (3)
Composition study and analysis with application of advanced harmonic and rhythmic formats
along with production of original student works. Prerequisite: MUSI 253.

MUSI 300 Junior Recital (0)


Solo recital required of students pursuing the B.A. in Music, Applied Performance Specialty. Must be
taken concurrently with appropriate Applied Music course.

MUSI 322 Diction for Singers (3)


Application of vocal pronunciation and techniques of Italian, German, French, and English songs.
Three hours of lecture per week. Offered during the fall semester only.

MUSI 325 Song Literature (3)


Study of the evolution of solo singing and the art of song, as well as song repertoire for all voice
classifications. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered during the spring semester only.

MUSI 328 Instrumental Techniques (2)


Study of instrumental literature, management, rehearsal techniques, and problems of instrumental care
and maintenance. Offered during the fall semester only. Two hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 329 Fundamentals of Music Techniques (3)


Study of musical concepts and principles involving traditional and contemporary learning techniques
with the provision of creative experiences through rhythm, song, and instrumental performance.
Offered during the fall semester only. Three hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 331 Counterpoint (3)


Study of tonal counterpoint in two, three, and four voices; analysis and composition of 18th century
polyphony with emphasis on canon, invention, and fugue. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered
during the fall semester only. Prerequisite: MUSI 242.

MUSI 333 Form and Analysis (3)


Study of small and large musical forms in a tonal context with emphasis on binary, ternary, sonata-
allegro, rondo forms, concerto, and variation procedures. Three hours of lecture per week. Offered
during the spring semester only. Prerequisite: MUSI 242.

MUSI 334 Advanced Music Theory (3)


Introduction to 20th century theoretical concepts and stylistic trends, including impressionism,
serialism, indeterminacy, minimalism, neo-Classicism, and neo-Romanticism. Emphasis placed on
score analysis, composition assignments, and listening activities. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MUSI 242.

MUSI 335 Orchestration (3)


Practical study of writing and arranging for the orchestral instruments as well as score reading
and analysis of effects heard in extensive orchestral recordings. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MUSI 242.

MUSI 336 Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2)


Continuation of MUSI 229 with applications in advanced harmonic and rhythmic formats from
bebop to contemporary.

MUSI 337 History of Music I (3)


Comprehensive study of the historical periods in music beginning with antiquity to the present.
Listening, analysis, and research activities included. Four hours of lecture per week. Offered during
the fall semester only. Prerequisites: MUSI 141, MUSI 146, MUSI 142, and MUSI 147.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 267


MUSI 338 History of Music II (3)
Continuation of MUSI 337. Four hours of lecture per week. Offered during the spring semester
only. Prerequisites: MUSI 141, MUSI 146, MUSI 142, and MUSI 147.

MUSI 339 Music for Young Children (3)


Fundamental principles, methods, and materials of music for nursery and primary children with emphasis
on contemporary and traditional methods for ages three through eight. Three hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 343 Jazz History (3)


A chronological examination of jazz styles and major artists of jazz from pre-jazz forms to the
present. Offered as needed.

MUSI 347 Basic Music Procedures (3)


Study of the development of basic music skills stressing the understanding of music fundamentals
through activities in singing, listening, performing, and eurhythmics. Three hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 350 Composition V (2)


Continuation of MUSI 251. One hour of laboratory/private lessons per week. Prerequisite: MUSI 251.

MUSI 351 Composition VI (2)


Continuation of MUSI 350. One hour of laboratory/private lessons per week. Prerequisite: MUSI
350. Offered as needed.

MUSI 355 Jazz Arranging (3)


Arranging compositions in various jazz styles and group combinations. Prerequisite: MUSI 253.

MUSI 400 Senior Recital (0)


Solo recital required of all students pursuing the B.A. in Music. Must be taken concurrently with the
appropriate Applied Music course.

MUSI 401 Capstone Seminar in Music (3)


Directed research, reading, and discussion to integrate historical, stylistic, and theoretical concepts
acquired throughout the major. The EXIT examination will be administered in this course.

MUSI 431 Conducting Fundamentals (3)


Fundamentals of choral and instrumental conducting, stylistic interpretation, terminology,
instrumental transposition, score reading, and rehearsal skins. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Junior standing.

MUSI 435 Seminar in Music Studies (3)


Study of the organization and activities of music for majors. Offered during the spring semester
only. Three hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 439 Piano-Voice Pedagogy (2)


Study and examination of the process of teaching voice and piano with emphasis on technique, style
and specific literature for each instrument. Standard practices and modalities will also be reviewed.
Offered during the fall semester only. Two hours of lecture per week.

MUSI 480 Business of Music (3)


A study of contracts, copyrights, and marketing for the career musical artist. Required of Jazz Studies
music majors. Open to all students as an elective.

MUSI 481 Modern Music (3)


Critical examination and analysis of selected works of representative modern composers. Open to both
undergraduate and graduate students. Offered during the fall semester only. Three hours of lecture per week.

268 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


MUSI CC Concert Choir (1)
An organization of specially selected singers performing major concerts on and off campus. Three
hours of laboratory per week. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

MUSI OW Opera Workshop (1)


A small musical ensemble performing operatic repertoire on and off campus. Membership based on
audition. Three hours of laboratory per week. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the
instructor. Listed as MUSI 1157 and MUSI 1158 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MUSI UB University Band (1)


A musical ensemble required of all majors and open to all university students based on audition. Three
hours of laboratory per week. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

MUSI UC University Choir (1)


A music choral laboratory, required of majors and open to all university students, performing a wide
range of standard, sacred, and secular repertoire. Three hours of laboratory per week. May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

MUSI JEC University Jazz Ensemble Combo (1)


Performing jazz compositions from the bebop era through the contemporary. Prerequisite: Jazz Music
major or minor status or approval by audition. This course may be repeated for credit.

MUSI JBB University Jazz Ensemble Big Band (1)


Performing original and standard charts from the Big Band Era, through contemporary styles.
Prerequisite: Jazz Music major or minor status or approval by audition. This course may be repeated
for credit.

MUSI VJE University Vocal Jazz Ensemble (1)


Performing jazz compositions and arrangements for voices. Prerequisite: Jazz Music major or minor
status or approval by audition. This course may be repeated for credit.

MUSI LJE University Latin Jazz Ensemble (1)


Performing Latin Jazz arrangements, covering traditional and contemporary materials. Prerequisite:
Jazz Music major or minor status or approval by audition. This course may be repeated for credit.

MUSI UO University Chamber Orchestra (1)


An instrumental ensemble open to music majors and all university students based on audition.
Performs “Classical,” “Sacred,” and “Jazz” musical genres. Two hours of laboratory per week. May be
repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

APPLIED MUSIC COURSES

Applied Music courses are for majors and minors in Music. In scheduling each course referenced as Applied Music, the
individual sections are provided with an alphabetic code to specify the applied instrument selected for the semester or term under
consideration. Each designated course number is also coded according to year, track, credit, and semester or term. For example,
MUSA 121K would correspond to first or freshman year, certification or general track, first semester, piano. The following
instrument codes are noted:
CODE INSTRUMENT CODE INSTRUMENT
B Brass S Strings
G Guitar V Voice
P Percussion W Woodwinds
K Piano

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 269


MUSA 111 Applied Music (1)
Performance in a secondary medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical
skills. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for majors. One-half hour of
laboratory per week.

MUSA 112 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 111. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for
majors. One-half hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 111.

MUSA 121 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical skills.
Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week.

MUSA 122 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 121. Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MUSA 121.

MUSA 131 Applied Music (2)


Intensive performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and
technical skills. Offered each semester for majors. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor.

MUSA 132 Applied Music (2)


Continuation of MUSA 131. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 131 and
consent of the instructor.

MUSA 211 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a secondary medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical
skills. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for majors. One-half hour of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 112.

MUSA 212 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 211. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for
majors. One-half hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 211.

MUSA 221 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical skills.
Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 122.

MUSA 222 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 221. Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MUSA 221.

MUSA 231 Applied Music (2)


Intensive performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and
technical skills. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 132 and consent of the instructor.

MUSA 232 Applied Music (2)


Continuation of MUSA 231. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 231 and consent of the instructor.

MUSA 311 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a secondary medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical
skills. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for majors. One-half hour of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 212.
270 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
MUSA 312 Applied Music (1)
Continuation of MUSA 311. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for
majors. One-half hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 311.

MUSA 321 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical skills.
Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 222.

MUSA 322 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 321. Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MUSA 321.

MUSA 331 Applied Music (2)


Intensive performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and
technical skills. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 232 and consent of the instructor.

MUSA 332 Applied Music (2)


Continuation of MUSA 331. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 331 and consent of the instructor.

MUSA 411 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a secondary medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical
skills. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for majors. One-half hour of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 312.

MUSA 412 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 411. Offered each semester for minors and as a secondary MUSA course for
majors. One-half hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 411.

MUSA 421 Applied Music (1)


Performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and technical skills.
Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MUSA 322.

MUSA 422 Applied Music (1)


Continuation of MUSA 421. Offered each semester for majors. One hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MUSA 421.

MUSA 431 Applied Music (2)


Intensive performance in a principal medium emphasizing the development of musicianship and
technical skills. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 322 and consent of the instructor.

MUSA 432 Applied Music (2)


Continuation of MUSA 431. Offered each semester for performance and jazz specialty majors. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MUSA 431 and consent of the instructor.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 271


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
(PERFORMANCE WITH MINOR)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 125
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (MUSIC) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 45 credits 14 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** MUSI 100 (1) PE 1xx (1) Contact
ENG 132 (3) MUSI 141 (2) Foreign department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) MUSI 146 (1) Language (6) choice after
MATH 133, 134, MUSI 142 (2) Music electives (7) being admitted
135, or 136 (3) MUSI 147 (1) or as a Music Major
BIOL 143 (4) MUSI 171 (1) MUSI 223 (2) and after being
Natural Sciences (4)*** MUSI 241 (2) MUSI 224 (2) advised by the
ENG 2xx (3) MUSI 246 (1) MUSI 225 (2) major advisor
Performing Arts Elective (3)+ MUSI 242 (2) MUSI 328 (2)
HIST 231 (3) MUSI 247 (1) MUSI 329 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MUSI 331 or MUSI 435 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MUSI 439 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MUSI 333 (3)
PSY 131 (3) MUSI 335 or
FS 101 (1) MUSI 322 (3)
MUSI 132 (3) MUSI 337 (3)
MUSI 338 (3)
MUSI 400 (0)
MUSI 431 (3)
MUSI Ensemble (5)
Plus
approved applied
instrument (MUSA) (8)
(7 in the major
instrument and
1 in appropriate level of
secondary piano)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Natural Sciences electives include: CHEM 112 and 132, GEOL 141, PHYS 101, PHYS 213 and 237, PHYS 214 and 238,
BIOL 135, BIOL 136, and BIOL 246.
+Performing Arts Electives include: Musi 131 or Musi 239
**** MUSI 132 Intro to Computer Music may substitute for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.

272 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Music
Performance with Minor
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125

First Semester Second Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Psy 131 3 Music 142 Theory II 2
Music 141 Theory 1 2 Music 147 E.T/S.S II 1
Music 146 E.T./S.S. 1 1 Musa 122 Major applied 1
First Year

Musa 121 Major applied 1 Ensemble 1


[Music 171 Class piano 1*] Eng 132 3
Ensemble 1 SC 135 or 136 3
Math 13_ 3 Biology 143 and (L) or Chem 111, 131 4
Eng 131 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
16 15
Third Semester Fourth Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 241 2 Music 242 Theory IV 2
Music 246 E.T./S.S. 1 Music 247 E.T./S.S. IV 1
Second Year

Musa 221 Major applied 1 Musa 222 Major applied 1


Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Music 132 Intro to Computer Music 3 PE 1__ 1
Eng 2__ 3 Science elective 4
Hist 231 3 Hist 232 3
Minor requirement 3 Performing Arts Elective 3
17 16
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music100 Seminar 0
Music 331 Counterpoint Or Music 333 Form and Analysis 3
Music 439 Voice/Piano Pedagogy 3 Music 338 History II 3
Third Year

Music 337 History I 3 Musa 322 Major applied 1


Musa 321 Major applied 1 Minor requirement 3
Ensemble 1 Pols 232 3
Pols 231 3 Minor Requirements 3
Minor Requirements 3
14 16

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 273


Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
Music Seminar 1 Musa 212K secondary piano 1
Music 335 Orchestration Or 3 Music elective 2
Music 322 Diction for Singers Music Elective 3
Fourth Year

Musa 421 Major applied 1 Foreign Language 3


Music 431 Conducting 3 Minor requirement 3
Music 400 Senior recital 0 Minor requirement 3
Music elective 2
Minor requirement 3
Foreign language 3
16 15

*Student must be assessed by Piano Coordinator to determine appropriate class level to prepare for piano proficiency exam (Musa
411K).
*To reduce the number of credit hours taken per semester, the student has the option of enrolling in the university core courses
during the summer sessions.

274 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
(TEACHER CERTIFICATION TRACK)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 128
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION
(STANDARD)* (MUSIC) CORE REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 45 credits 14 credits 24 credits
ENG 131 (3)** MUSI 100 (1) MUSI 223 (2) Enroll in
ENG 132 (3) MUSI 141 (2) MUSI 224 (2) College of Education
SC 135 or 136 (3) MUSI 146 (1) MUSI 225 (2) certification program
MATH 133, 134, MUSI 142 (2) MUSI 328 (2)
135, or 136 (3) MUSI 147 (1) MUSI 329 (3)
BIOL 143 (4) MUSI 171 (1) MUSI 435 (3)
Natural Sciences (4)*** MUSI 241 (2) MUSI 401 (3)#
ENG 2xx (3) MUSI 246 (1)
Performing MUSI 242 (2)
Arts (3)*** MUSI 247 (1)
HIST 231 (3) MUSI 331 or
HIST 232 (3) MUSI 439 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MUSI 333 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MUSI 335 or
PSY 131 (3) MUSI 322 (3)
CS 116 (3)**** MUSI 337 (3)
FS 101 (1) MUSI 338 (3)
MUSI 132*** (3) MUSI 400 (0)
MUSI 431 (3)
MUSI Ensemble (5)
Plus
approved applied
instrument (MUSA) (8)
(7 in the major
instrument and
1 in Appropriate level of
secondary piano)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Natural Sciences electives include: CHEM 112 and 132, GEOL 141, PHYS 101, PHYS 213 and 237, PHYS 214 and 238,
BIOL 135, BIOL 136, and BIOL 246.
Performing Arts electives include: MUSI 131 and MUSI 239
**** MUSI 132 Intro to Computer Music may substitute for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.
#Not required but strongly recommended to prepare for the TExES certification exam.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 275


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Music
Teacher Certification Track
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 128
First Semester Second Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Performing Arts Elective*** 3 Music 142 Theory II 2
Music 141 Theory 1 2 Music 147 E.T/S.S II 1
Music 146 E.T./S.S. 1 1 Musa 122 Major applied 1
First Year

Musa 121 Major applied 1 Ensemble 1


[Music 171 Class piano 1*] Eng 132 3
Ensemble 1 SC 135 or 136 3
Math 13_ 3 Biology 143 and (L) 4
Eng 131 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 241 2 Music 242 Theory IV 2
Music 246 E.T./S.S. 1 Music 247 E.T./S.S. IV 1
Second Year

Musa 221 Major applied 1 Musa 222 Major applied 1


Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Hist 231 3 Music 223 Brass and Percussion 2
Eng 23_ 3 Music 132 Intro to Computer Music 3
Science elective 4 History 232 3
Pols 231 3
15 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 225 String Instruments 2 Music 335 Orchestration OR
Pols 232 3 Music 322 Diction for Singers 3
Third Year

Psy 131 3 Music 338 Music History II 3


EDCI 340 or 210 3 Music 321 Major applied 1
Music 337 Music History I 3 Music 328 Instrumental Techniques 2
Music 224 Woodwind Instruments 2 Music 333 Form and Analysis 3
Ensemble 1
Reading 401 Diverse Population 3
16 16

276 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
Music 100 Music Seminar 0 Music 100 Music Seminar 1
Musa 322 Major applied 1 Music 431 Conducting 3
Music 329 Fund. of Mus Tech 3 Music 435 Seminar in Music Studies 3
Fourth Year

EDCI 310 Princip. And Fund. of Education 3 Music 421 Major applied 1
EDCI 339 Classroom Management 3 Musa 411K Piano proficiency 1
Music 331 Counterpoint OR Music 400 Senior recital 0
Music 439 Voice/Piano Pedagogy 3 Music 328 Psy. Of Learning Growth & Dev. 3
EDCI 350 Effective Instructional Strategies 3

13 15

Ninth Semester
EDCI 468 6
Fifth Year

Music 401 Capstone Seminar*** 3

Complete certification requirements and forms


9

***Not required but strongly recommended to prepare for the TExES certification exam.
*Students must be assessed by Piano Coordinator to determine appropriate class level to prepare for piano proficiency exam
(USA 411K ).
*To reduce the number of credit hours taken per semester, the student has the option of enrolling in the university core courses
during the summer sessions.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 277


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
(PERFORMANCE WITHOUT MINOR)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 125
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER SPECIALTY
(STANDARD)* (MUSIC) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 45 credits 17 credits 18 credits
ENG 131 (3)** MUSI 100 (1) PE 1xx (1) Select one of
ENG 132 (3) MUSI 141 (2) Foreign the following sets:
SC 135 or 136 (3) MUSI 146 (1) Language (6) Applied
MATH 133, 134, MUSI 142 (2) Music electives (10) Performance
135, or 136 (3) MUSI 147 (1) Approved MUSA,
BIOL 143 (4) MUSI 171 (1) Ensemble, or
Natural Sciences (4)*** MUSI 241 (2) upper level music
ENG 2xx (3) MUSI 246 (1) electives (18)
Performing MUSI 242 (2) Composition
Arts (3)# MUSI 247 (1) MUSI 150 (2)
MUSI 300 (0) MUSI 151 (2)
HIST 231 (3) MUSI 331 (3) MUSI 250 (2)
HIST 232 (3) MUSI 333 (3) MUSI 251 (2)
POLS 231 (3) MUSI 335 (3) MUSI 350 (2)
POLS 232 (3) MUSI 337 (3) MUSI 351 (2)
Social & MUSI 338 (3) Approved upper
Behavioral MUSI 400 (0) level MUSI
Sciences (3)## MUSI 431 (3) electives (6)
CS 116 (3)**** MUSI Ensemble (5)
Freshmen Seminar FS 102 (1) plus
approved applied
instrument (MUSA) (8)
(7 in the major
instrument and 1 in
200 level secondary
piano or 400 level for voice
majors)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Natural Sciences electives include: CHEM 112 and 132, GEOL 141, PHYS 101, PHYS 213 and 237, PHYS 214 and 238,
BIOL 135, BIOL 136, and BIOL 246.
#Performing Arts electives include: MUSI 131and MUSI 239.
##Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and ECON
232.
**** MUSI 132 Intro to Computer Music may substitute for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.

278 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Music
Performance Without Minor
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125

First Semester Second Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Soc/Behavioral Science elective 3 Music 132 Intro to Computer Music 3
Music 141 Theory 1 2 Music 142 Theory II 2
Music 146 E.T./S.S. 1 1 Music 147 E.T/S.S II 1
First Year

Musa 131 Major applied 2 Musa 132 Major applied 2


[Music 171 Class Piano 1*] Ensemble 1
Ensemble 1 Eng 132 3
Math 13_ 3 Biology 143 and (L) OR Chem 111, 131 4
Eng 131 3 SC 135 or 136 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
17 16
Third Semester Fourth Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 241 Theory III 2 Music 242 Theory IV 2
Music 246 E.T./S.S. 1 Music 247 E.T./S.S. IV 1
Second Year

Musa 231 Major applied 2 Musa 232 Major applied 2


Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Music 132 Intro to Computer Music 3 Science elective 4
Eng 2__ 3 Performing Arts Elective 3
Hist 231 3 Hist 232 3
15 16
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 331 Counterpoint 3 Music 300 Junior Recital 0
Music 337 Music History I 3 Music 333 Form and Analysis 3
Third Year

Musa 331 Major applied 2 Music 338 Music History II 3


Ensemble 1 Musa 332 Major applied 2
Music elective 3 Ensemble 1
Music elective 1 Pols 232 3
Pols 231 3 Foreign Language 3
16 15

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 279


Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 1
Music 335 Orchestration 3 Musa 432 Major applied 2
Music 431 Conducting 3 Musa 212K or 411KSecondary piano 1
Fourth Year

Musa 431 Major applied 2 Ensemble 1


Ensemble 1 Music 400 Senior recital 0
Music elective 3 Music elective 3
Foreign Language 3 Music elective 3
Music elective 3
PE _ 1
15 15

*Student must be assessed by piano coordinator to determine appropriate class level to prepare for piano proficiency exam (Musa
212K for instrumental majors or Musa 411k for voice majors).
*To reduce the number of credit hours taken per semester, the student has the option of enrolling in the university core courses
during the summer sessions.

280 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
JAZZ PERFORMANCE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 125
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER SPECIALTY
(STANDARD)* (MUSIC) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 45 credits 12 credits 23 credits
ENG 131 (3)** MUSI 100 (1) PE 1xx (1) MUSI 228 (2)
ENG 132 (3) MUSI 141 (2) Foreign MUSI 229 (2)
SC 135 or 136 (3) MUSI 146 (1) Language (6) MUSI 254 (3)
MATH 133, 134, MUSI 142 (2) Music electives (5) MUSI 343 (3)
135, or 136 (3) MUSI 147 (1) MUSI 480 (3)
BIOL 143 (4) MUSI 171 (1) plus
Natural Sciences (4)*** MUSI 241 (2) approved MUSA and
ENG 2xx (3) MUSI 246 (1) Ensemble electives (10)
MUSI 242 (2)
Performing Arts Elective MUSI 247 (1)
(3)# MUSI 300 (0)
HIST 231 (3) MUSI 253 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MUSI 333 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MUSI 355 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MUSI 337 (3)
Social & MUSI 338 (3)
Behavioral MUSI 400 (0)
Sciences (3)## MUSI 431 (3)
Musi 132 (3)**** MUSI Ensemble (5)
Freshmen Seminar FS 101 (1) plus
approved applied
instrument (MUSA) (8)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Natural Sciences electives include: CHEM 112 and 132, GEOL 141, PHYS 101, PHYS 213 and 237, PHYS 214 and 238,
BIOL 135, BIOL 136, and BIOL 246.
#Performing Arts electives include: MUSI 131 and MUSI 239.
##Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and ECON
232.
**** MUSI 132 Intro to Computer Music may substitute for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 281


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Music
Jazz Performance
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125

First Semester Second Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Soc/Behavior Science elective 3 Music 142 Theory II 2
Music 141 Theory 1 2 Music 147 E.T/S.S II 1
Music 146 E.T./S.S. 1 1 Musa 132 Major applied 2
First Year

Musa 131 Major applied 2 Ensemble 1


[*Music 171 Class Piano *1] SC 135 or 136 3
Ensemble 3 Eng 132 3
Math 13_ 1 Biology 143 and (L) or Chem 111, 131 4
Eng 131 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
17 16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music 100 Seminar 0
Music 241 2 Music 242 Theory IV 2
Music 246 E.T./S.S. 1 Music 247 E.T./S.S. IV 1
Second Year

Musa 231 Major applied 2 Musa 232 Major applied 2


Ensemble 1 Ensemble 1
Music 228 Jazz Improv. I 2 Science elective 4
Eng 2__ 3 Music 132 Introduction to Computer Music 3
Hist. 231 3 Hist 232 3

14 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Music 100 Seminar 0 Music Seminar 0
Music 253 Jazz Theory I 3 Music 300 Junior Recital 0
Music 337 Music History I 3 Music 254 Jazz Theory II 3
Third Year

Musa 331 Major applied 2 Music 333 Form and Analysis 3


Ensemble 1 Music 338 Music History II 3
Music 343 Jazz History 3 Musa 332 Major applied 1 2
Pols 231 3 Pols 232 3
Music 229 Jazz Improvisation II 2 Performing Arts elective 3
17 17

282 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
Music Seminar 0 Music Seminar 1
Music 431 Conducting 3 Music 400 Senior Recital 0
Music 431Major applied 2 Musa432 Major applied 2
Fourth Year

Ensemble 1 Musa 212K or 411K secondary piano 1


Music 355 Jazz Arranging 3 Music 480 Business of Music 3
Music elective 2 Foreign Language 3
Foreign Language 3 Music elective 3
PE_ 1
14 14

*Student must be assessed by piano coordinator to determine appropriate class level to prepare for piano proficiency exam (Musa
212K for instrumental majors or Musa 411K for voice majors).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MUSIC MINOR

Students interested in a minor course of study in music must first report to the music office in the Department of Music to be
assigned an advisor. To be place in the appropriate applied music courses, each prospective student must be auditioned and
counseled.

The music minor curriculum is an attractive and flexible course of study that can be designed around the strengths of each
student. Courses, however, cannot be used to complete requirements for a major in elementary education. A minimum of
twenty-one(21) semester hours is required.

Course Requirements

Musi 100 Seminar 0 hrs


Musi 141-146 Theory I and Sight Singing/Ear Training I 3 hrs
Musi 142-147 Theory II and Sight Singing/Ear Training II 3 hrs
Musi Ensemble Choir, Band, Jazz, Opera Workshop, Orchestra 2 hrs
( 2 semesters minimum)
Musi Applied Concentration in one area or a combination 4 hrs
of two applied areas
(ie: Musi 171/172 class piano, Musi 173/174 class voice
and Musa 111-112, 211-212 in applied music courses)
Music Electives Upper level courses, one of which must be a 9 hrs
Music 337 or 338

The following is a list of recommended electives for students who are interested in the teaching profession:

Musi 322 Diction for Singers 3 hrs


Musi 325 Song Literature 3 hrs
Musi 328 Instrumental Techniques 2 hrs
Musi 337 History of Music I 3 hrs
Musi 338 History of Music II 3 hrs
Musi 329 Fundamental Music Techniques 3 hrs
Musi 343 Jazz History 3 hrs
Musi 431 Conducting 3 hrs
Musi 435 Seminar in Music Studies 3 hrs
Musi 480 Business of Music 3 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 283


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

The Department of Psychology at Texas Southern University (TSU) has two degree programs in Psychology, one
undergraduate degree, the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), and one graduate degree, the Master of Arts (M.A.). The Department
also offers a minor in Psychology for students pursuing undergraduate degrees in majors of other academic units at TSU.
The departmental curriculum includes course offerings in both Psychology (PSY) and Philosophy (PHIL).

Students interested in the M.A. degree in Psychology are referred to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for
general information about admission requirements.

The mission of the Department of Psychology is to contribute to the development of an individual who has assumed a productive
role in society upon completion of a liberal education. To fulfill its mission, the Department of Psychology imparts 1) knowledge,
skills, and values related to the science and application of psychology; and 2) knowledge, skills, and values consistent with a liberal
arts education that are further enhanced by the discipline of psychology. After successful completion of the curriculum plan in
psychology,

(1) students will demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends
in psychology;
(2) students will understand and apply basic research methods in psychology, including research design, data analysis, and
interpretation;
(3) students will value and use critical and creative thinking, skeptical inquiry, and, when possible, the scientific approach to solve
problems related to behavior and mental processes;
(4) students will understand and apply psychological principles to personal, social, and organizational issues; and
(5) students will be able to weigh evidence, tolerate ambiguity, act ethically, and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of
psychology as a discipline.

Students wishing to pursue either the B.A. in Psychology or an undergraduate minor in Psychology must satisfy university
requirements and remediate identified deficiencies, and must petition the Department for admission by completing the
appropriate form available through the Departmental Office. Students applying to declare either major or minor in Psychology
must
present evidence of having an overall GPA of 2.50 or better;
submit official copies of their transcripts;
have completed PSY 131 (General Psychology) with a grade of “B” or better;
have their petitions reviewed by the department.

Students are notified of the departmental decision within thirty (30) days after submission of their petitions. New freshmen to
the university can declare the major or minor, but their status will be reevaluated after the third semester in the major or minor to
determine whether they are eligible to remain in Psychology. Transfer students from other colleges will be admitted to the major
or minor in Psychology according to the criteria used to evaluate students who are attempting to transfer internally. Students
must also achieve a grade of “C” or better in PSY 234 Elementary Statistics by the end of 36 semester credit hours to remain in
the Psychology major or minor. Upon admission to the Department, students are each assigned an official advisor, and they are
expected to keep the Department Office informed of changes in contact information including home and mailing addresses and
telephone number up to graduation.

To reiterate, students must gain admission to the University; must satisfy university requirements; and must fulfill prerequisites
noted above. Once all university requirements have been fulfilled, students can apply to the Department to declare an
undergraduate major (or minor) in Psychology. The admission of eligible students into the psychology major (or minor) is subject
to the approval of departmental and college administration. Once admitted, each student is assigned an official advisor who
provides comprehensive advisement that is on-going as he or she progresses toward the successful completion of the degree plan or
minor requirements in Psychology.

For the B.A. degree in Psychology, students must declare a minor in another academic discipline (as first-time seekers of an
undergraduate degree) at the University and must earn grades of “C” or better in all Psychology and minor courses undertaken.
(Grades of “C-” are not acceptable in these courses.) In selecting a minor, psychology majors should seek detailed advisement from
their designated advisors, because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core curriculum of study could

284 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


impact the total number of credits required. Students can remain n the Psychology major or minor as long as they
maintain a grade of “C” or higher in all Psychology courses with no more than two attempts for a given course;
do not receive a “F” in two or more courses, or a “D” or lower in three or more courses, in a single semester;
and maintain an overall GPA of 2.0 or higher in two consecutive semesters

In no case will students qualify for graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 120 semester credit hours satisfactorily
completed. Psychology majors and minors must also have a cumulative GPA of 2.50 across all Psychology courses taken to be
eligible for graduation. Prior to graduation, candidates for the B.A. degree in Psychology must also successfully complete an exit
examination in the Department in more than two attempts. Students who do not pass the exit examination will not be allowed
to participate in the graduation ceremony, and must reapply for graduation in the next semester. Students who do not pass the
exit exam after two attempts may petition for a third and final attempt. They are required to attend mandatory workshops before
admission to the exit exam. The outcome of the exit exam on the third attempt will determine whether these students graduate
with an undergraduate degree in psychology.

For a minor in Psychology, students must first pass PSY 131 (General Psychology) with a grade of “B” or better. Subsequently,
twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in six specified courses (credit values indicated) and one
elective course. The specified courses are as follows: PSY 231 (3 credits), PSY 234 (3 credits), PSY 235 (3 credits), PSY 331 (3
credits), PSY 433 (3 credits), and PSY 435 (3 credits). The elective course may be selected from one of the following three-credit
courses: PSY 332, PSY 333, PSY 336, PSY 432, PSY 434, PSY 436, PSY 439, PSY 461, and PSY 463. Students must earn
grades of “C” or better in the seven (7) courses constituting the minor. As is the case for the major in Psychology, minor courses
completed by a Psychology Major in another academic discipline must be completed with grades of “C” or better, where grades of
“C-” are unacceptable.

For further information regarding the Psychology major or minor requirements, contact the Department Office at (713)-313-7344.

The Department of Psychology is located in the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences in Suite 302 on the third floor of
the Mickey Leland/Barbara Jordan Building.

PSYCHOLOGY FACULTY

Belcher, Leon H. Geyen, Dashiel J.


Professor Visiting Assistant Professor
B.S., M.A., University of Arkansas B.S., Lamar University
Ph.D., University of Northern Colorado M.P.H., University of Texas at Houston
M.A., Ed.D., Texas Southern University
Braud, Lendell W. Qualls, Albert L.
Professor Instructor
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., B.B.A., University of Oklahoma
University of Houston-University Park M.A., Texas Southern University
Broussard, Dominique Rouce, Sandra D.
Visiting Assistant Professor Associate Professor
B.A., Loyola University B.A., University of Oklahoma
M.Ed., University of Georgia M.A., Ph.D., George Peabody College
Ph.D., University of Georgia
Clay, William A. L., III Whaley, Arthur L.
Associate Professor Professor
B.A., Rutgers University A.B., Princeton University
M.A., Howard University M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University
Ph.D., Texas A&M University M.P.H., Dr.P.H., Columbia University
Freeman, Thomas F.
Professor
B.A., Virginia Union University
B.D., Andover-Newton Theological School
Ph.D., University of Chicago

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 285


PSYCHOLOGY COURSES

PSY 131 General Psychology (3)


Foundation for the understanding of basic psychological principles underlying human behavior. A
prerequisite to all other Psychology courses. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as PSYC 2301 in
the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

PSY 231 Child Psychology (3)


Special study of the mental and emotional development from birth to middle childhood.
Development considered from a life long process viewpoint. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: PSY 131. Listed as PSYC 2308 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

PSY 234 Elementary Statistics (3)


Basic statistics course for students in Psychology and in the College of Education. Limited practice
in the use of calculations and computational devices included. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MATH 133. Formerly PSY 436.

PSY 235 Educational Psychology (3)


Study of the relationship between psychology and education and its usefulness in the normal processes
of growth and development. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PSY 131.

PSY 331 Psychology of Learning (3)


Study of classical and instrumental conditioning, verbal learning, and theories of learning.
Motivational factors also covered. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PSY 131

PSY 332 Vocational and Industrial Psychology (3)


Study of the basic factors in vocational selection, methods of estimating aptitude, measurement of special
abilities, problem analysis and specifications. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PSY 131.

PSY 333 Adolescent Psychology (3)


Social and psychological bases of adolescent behavior. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
PSY 131 and PSY 231.

PSY 334 Experimental Psychology (3)


Study of the experimental analysis of behavior and experimental design. Emphasis placed on the
application of behavior principles to non-laboratory settings. Two hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PSY 131 and consent of the instructor.

PSY 336 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3)


Emphasis on the role and function of informal and standardized tests in the mental health and
educational settings. The use of group and individual tests in the assessment of the cognitive, affective
and psychomotor domains will be considered. Prerequisite: Statistics course.

PSY 432 Social Psychology (3)


Study of the psychological basis of social behavior. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PSY 131.

PSY 433 Abnormal Psychology (3)


Study of pathological behavior, its causes, preventive measures, and remedial treatment. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of nine (9) semester credit hours in Psychology.

PSY 434 Mental Health (3)


Study of the basic problems of mental health encountered by parents, teachers, and others.
Consideration given to emotional problems of childhood, adolescence, and adulthood. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Completion of nine (9) semester credit hours in Psychology and
consent of the instructor.

286 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PSY 435 Psychology of Personality (3)
Consideration of the individual as both a social and biological unit by relating each group of factors to
the development of personality. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Completion of nine (9)
semester credit hours in Psychology and consent of the instructor.

PSY 436 Biopsychology (3)


Study of brain structures and their relationship to behavior. Brain chemicals and psychoactive
medications also covered. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Completion of nine (9)
semester credit hours in Psychology.

PSY 439 Behavioral Problems in Children (3)


Survey of behavioral abnormalities in children with particular emphasis on types of social and
emotional disorders. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor or
Faculty Chair. Formerly listed as Behavioral Psychology under the same course designation.

PSY 461 Selected Topics in Psychology (3)


Seminar which focuses upon selected topics in the field of Psychology. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and the completion of at least twelve (12) semester credit hours in
Psychology.

PSY 463 Independent Study in Psychology (3)


Investigation of an area in Psychology and/or the conduction of a research project under the direction
of a faculty member. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the Faculty Chair.

PHILOSOPHY COURSES

PHIL 231 Introduction to Philosophy (3)


Exploration of the methods and problems of philosophy through critical discussion and analysis of
contemporary social and moral issues. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as PHIL 1301 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

PHIL 431 Aesthetics (3)


Critical examination of classical and contemporary aesthetic theories and their relevance for students’
aesthetic experiences. Three hours of lecture per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 287


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS MINOR REQUIREMENTS
(PSYCHOLOGY)
44 credits 36 credits 20 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3) PSY 131 (3) CS 117 (3) Psychology majors
ENG 131 (3) PSY 231 (3) SPAN 131 or FR 131 (3) must consult minor
SC 135 or 136 (3) PSY 234 (3) SPAN 132 or FR 132 (3) department for
MATH 133 (3) PSY 235 (3) HED 233 (3) their requirements
BIOL 143 (4) PSY 331 (3) MATH 135 (3)
GEOL 141 or PSY 334 (3) PE 1xx (1)
PHY 101 (3) PSY 432 (3) PE 1xx (1)
ENG 2xx (3) PSY 433 (3) PHIL 231 (3)
MUSI 239 (3) PSY 435 (3) FS 102 (1)
HIST 231 (3) PSY 436 (3)
HIST 232 (3) plus
POLS 231 (3) Two upper level
POLS 232 (3) electives (6) from:
SOC 221 (3) PSY 332, PSY 333,
CS 116 (3) PSY 336, PSY 434
PSY 439, PSY 461
or PSY 463

288 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Psychology
4 Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 120

First Semester Second Semester


PSY 131 General Psychology 3 PSY 231 Child Psychology 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
First Year

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 135 Math Business Economic Analys 3
BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science 4 HED 233 History & Principles of Health 2
PHY. ED. (100-125) 1 GEOL/PHYS Intro to Earth/Prin of Phys Sci 4
PHY. ED. (100-125) 1
14 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


PSY 234 Elementary Statistics 3 PSY 235 Educational Psychology 3
PSY 331 Psychology of Learning 3 CS 117 Introduction to Computer Science II 3
Second Year

CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science I 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional Commu- 3
United States to 1877 nication or Public Address
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 MINOR 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


PSY 432 Social Psychology 3 PSY 334 Experimental Psychology 3
SPAN /FR 131 Elem. Spanish I /Elem. French I 3 SPAN /FR 132 Elem. Spanish II /Elem. French 3
II
Third Year

PSY 436 Biopsychology 3 SOC 221 Sociology of Human Sexuality 3


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
MINOR 3 MINOR 3

15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


PSY 433 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 435 Psychology of Personality 3
Fourth Year

PSY ELECTIVE 3 PSY ELECTIVE 3


MINOR 3 MINOR 3
MINOR 3 MINOR 3
PHIL 231 Introduction to Philosophy 3 MUSI 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 289


DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK

The Department of Social Work offers courses in Social Work (SOCW) and the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Social Work. The
B.A. in Social Work is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Unlike many of the departments
offering undergraduate degrees at the University that allow students from other disciplines to declare minors therein, this unit does
not allow the declaration of a minor in Social Work. Additionally, students pursuing the B.A. in Social Work are not required
to declare a minor in a second academic discipline.

The mission of the Department of Social Work is to prepare students from diverse backgrounds for entry-level generalist
professional social work practice with special attention to the complexities of the urban environment. This preparation, with its
foundation in professional knowledge, values, and skills, emphasizes practice with individuals, families, groups, organizations,
and communities, especially populations at risk. As reflected in the program goals below, these populations include, in particular,
people of color (specifically African Americans) as well as other groups identified as most vulnerable to poverty, violence,
disabilities, and economic and social inequities. Further emphasis is placed on the development of advocates for system and policy
changes that promote social and economic justice given the challenges of urban settings and global conditions.

The baccalaureate Social Work Program expresses its commitment to social work’s purpose, values and ethics throughout the
various components of the curriculum wherein students are exposed to the values and ethical foundation consistent with that
of the social work profession. The knowledge and skills acquired over the course of the program are directly correlated to 41
specific practice behaviors which operationalize the CSWE’s 10 Core Competencies as defined in the 2008 Educational Policy and
Accreditation Standards.

The liberal arts perspective, social science cognates and social work courses (core and electives) provide opportunities to learn
about and incorporate the ethical and value orientations necessary for effective practice. Faculty are fully aware of the necessity to
introduce to students, nurture and facilitate the continual attention to the values and ethical positions of the profession to guide
practice actions. Further instruction supports the professional commitment to continue contributing to the ongoing assessment
of these perspectives. Each of the program goals addresses the purpose, values and ethics of the profession to some degree and is
derived from its mission in order to:
1. Prepare students for entry-level generalist social work practice with client systems of all sizes and types, especially
concerned with the complexities of urban settings.
2. Prepare students for practice with diverse populations, especially African Americans, other people of color, and
populations at risk to social and economic inequities nationally and globally.
3. Prepare students with knowledge, values and skills for practice that will further develop the profession and promote just,
more humane, and equitable service delivery.
4. Provide a comprehensive curriculum infused with values and ethics of the profession as a guide for social work practice.
5. Provide students with a strong educational foundation that fosters a commitment to continuous personal and
professional development, and advanced training, especially for those who aspire to pursue graduate education.
Students wishing to pursue the undergraduate degree offered through the Department must first gain admission to the University,
must satisfy THEA and/or other university placement responsibility requirements and eradicate identified deficiencies through
Student Academic Enhancement Services, and must petition the Department for admission as THEA requirements are completed.
Each student must be admitted by the Department, as a major, before attempting to meet all of the requirements for the
degree. Interested students are asked to contact the Department Office during their freshman year in order to obtain admissions
information and procedures. No academic credit is given for prior life experiences.

The overall Social Work major is structured to conform to a “Curriculum Guide” that is available for reference in the Social
Work Department. This guide outlines the required sequence of courses that must be completed satisfactorily through the senior
year. It also assures the preparedness of students for placement in field education in various community agencies.
A total of 50 credits is required in Social Work for completion of the B.A. degree in which grades of “C” or better must
be earned. Grades of “C-” are unacceptable in core Social Work courses and in cognate courses taken in psychology and
sociology. A student who has two (2) unsatisfactory grades in a given core Social Work course will not be permitted to re-
enroll for a third time. Therefore this student must meet with their faculty advisor for further academic guidance.
No more than three grades below a “C” may be earned in all other courses. Where courses are part of a liberal arts content area,
students may not earn consecutive grades of C- or below in the represented discipline. A grade below a “D” will not be accepted
for credit.

290 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


All courses required through the junior year must be completed satisfactorily in order for students to progress to the senior year
Block I and the required associated Block I Field Placement. Courses required during the senior year are organized into two
blocks: Block I and Block II. In order to proceed to Block, a minimum GPA of 2.5 must be accrued by the end of the junior
year. Block I courses (SOCW 440, SOCW 440L, SOCW 443, SOCW 444, SOCW 444S, and SOCW 450) must be taken
concurrently during the first half of the senior year. Students who receive a C- or below in more than one Block I course must
petition the Department and receive approval to proceed to Block II.

Block II courses (SOCW 439, SOCW 441, SOCW 441L, SOCW 446, SOCW 446S, and a SOCW elective, if applicable) must
be taken concurrently during the second half of the senior year. An exit examination is required of graduating seniors. Please
note: Social Work graduates are required to pass the state licensing examination in order to practice social work in the state
of Texas.

In summary, interested students must first gain admission to the University; must meet their THEA and/or other university
placement responsibility; must fulfill prerequisites referenced above; and must petition for admission to the Department.
The Social Work major has specific entrance requirements that must be met before acceptance can be granted. Students
are provided with extensive advisement once admitted to ensure proper progression toward graduation, and an exit
examination is required of graduating seniors. For additional information, questions regarding the Social Work major,
department location and parking may be directed to (713)-313-7783.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Boutté-Queen, Needha M. White, Sara


Associate Professor Assistant Professor
Department Chair LMSW-AP, ACSW*
B.A., Texas Southern University B.A., Miami University
M.A., University of Chicago M.A., University of Chicago
Ph.D., University of Houston
Dr. Nicole Willis
Assistant Professor
LMSW
University of South Carolina
M.A. University of Houston
Ph.D. University of Houston
Full time faculty are supported by the presence and expertise of visiting instructors and adjunct faculty. At the present time these
faculty members and their most recent professional affiliations include:

Ms. Mency Anderson, UT OB/GYN Clinic


Dr. Gloria Batiste-Roberts, TSU Honors Program
Dr. Deanna Lott Burrell, TSU Retired
Ms. Jennifer Herring, TSU
Ms. Roxanne Henry, Harris County Social Services
Dr. Nelda Lewis, TSU Retired
Ms. Catheryn Longino, TSU

*Licensures are indicated on this line that are specific to Social Work with the following references noted: LMSW for Licensed
Master Social Worker; LMSW-AP for Licensed Master Social Worker - Advanced Practitioner; and ACSW for Academy of
Certified Social Workers.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 291


SOCIAL WORK COURSES

SOCW 145 Introduction to Social Welfare (3)


Introduction to representative fields, practices, agencies, services, and professional groups engaged in
social welfare with particular emphasis on Social Work and required field experience. Three hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory/field experience per week.
SOCW 246 Social Welfare Legislation (3)
Intensive examination and discussion of selected social legislation. Emphasis on the Social Security Act
and other Acts closely related to social welfare services and social work. Required field experience. Three
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: SOCW 145.
SOCW 333 Violence and Abuse in Families (3)
Consideration of selected aspects of violence and abuse: patterns (wife, child), types (physical,
emotional, sexual), theories of causation, manifestation, and social service programs. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
SOCW 335 Service to Children and Youth in Institutional Settings (3)
Examines selected representative services for children and youth in terms of their programs, method
of service delivery, and needs in settings other than the home. Three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
SOCW 340 Seminar in Helping (3)
Examination and discussion of motives, value orientations, and approaches used in helping with
emphasis on self awareness, interviewing, observation, data management, and integration as key tools
in the helping process. Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory/field experience per week.
Prerequisite: SOCW 246 or consent of the instructor.
SOCW 341 Social Services in Medical Settings (3)
Analysis of service providers, their roles, ethics, values, and functions as provided to clientele in health
and medical settings. Emphasis on the role of the Social Worker. Three hours of lecture and two hours
of laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
SOCW 342 Seminar on Aging (3)
Introduction to the aged and aging process. Emphasis on the major concepts related to aging,
associated critical issues, and social services. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Junior
standing.
SOCW 343 Social Work and the Law (3)
Study and analysis of selected laws directly related to social work practice in the provision of services to
individuals, groups, and communities. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
SOCW 345 Human Behavior in the Social Environment (for Health Related Majors ONLY) (3)
Emphasis on holistic approach to understanding human behavior across the lifespan for non-social
work majors.
SOCW 346 Human Behavior in the Social Environment (for Social Work Majors ONLY) (3)
Integrated biological/psychological/sociological approach toward understanding the aspects of
behavior. Examines the person-in-environment concept from the systems ecological perspective. Three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: SOCW 145 and
SOCW 246. Corequisite: Enrollment in SOCW 340 or consent of the instructor.
SOCW 347 Human Behavior in the Social Environment II (3)
Application of the theoretical framework of systems ecological perspective with emphasis upon
families, groups, communities, and organizations. Examines issues of diversity, structure, and outcome
of transactions between and within systems. Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory/field
experience per week. Prerequisites: SOCW 340 and SOCW 346 or consent of the instructor.

292 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


SOCW 439 Social Welfare Policy (3)
Exploration and assessment of legislative/policy issues with reference to Social Work. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of Block I. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block II.
SOCW 440 Generalist Practice I (3)
Micro level focuses on the integrated use of a knowledge/value approach for the development of
generalist skills in providing intervention strategies of direct services to appropriate client systems.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SOCW 340, SOCW 346, and SOCW 347.
Corequisite: Enrollment in Block I.
SOCW 440L Generalist Practice Laboratory I (2)
Practice laboratory to accompany SOCW 440. Two hours of laboratory/field experience per week.
Prerequisite: Senior standing. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block I.
OCW 441 Generalist Practice II (3)
Builds upon skills, practice knowledge, and value base of generalist intervention with a primary focus
on macro systems (families, groups, communities, and organizations). Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: Completion of Block I. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block II.
SOCW 441L Generalist Practice Laboratory II (2)
Practice laboratory to accompany SOCW 441. Two hours of laboratory/field experience per week.
Prerequisite: Senior standing. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block II.
SOCW 442 Seminar on Dying and Death (3)
Examination of values and attitudes related to social services during terminal illness, death, and
planning with survivors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
SOCW 443 Theories in Social Work Practice (3)
Critical analysis and evaluation of major selected social work practice theories. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block I.
SOCW 444 Field Instruction I (4)
An educationally directed field placement for the development and utilization of professional social
work practice skills. Sixteen hours of laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: Senior
standing. Corequisites: Enrollment in Block I and SOCW 444S.
SOCW 444S Field Instruction Seminar I (1)
Group discussion and integration of field practicum experiences. Accompanies SOCW 444. One hour
of lecture per week. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block I.
SOCW 446 Field Instruction II (4)
Continuation of SOCW 444 with evaluation of practicum experience. Sixteen hours of laboratory/
field experience per week. Prerequisite: Completion of Block I. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block II.
SOCW 446S Field Instruction Seminar II (1)
Continuation of SOCW 444S with discussion and integration of field practicum experience.
Accompanies SOCW 446. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: Enrollment in Block II.
SOCW 447 Independent Study in Social Welfare (3)
Selection of topics by students for study and analysis culminating in a paper suitable for publication.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of the instructor.
SOCW 448 Topical Seminar in Social Welfare (3)
Selected topics in social welfare and/or areas/topics normally not covered in published curricula. Three
hours of laboratory/field experience or research per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
SOCW 450 Social Work Practice Research and Evaluation (3)
Application of empirical measurements to determine the effectiveness of one’s own practice and
evaluation of practice skills, policy implementation, program service, and self assessment. Three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory/field experience per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Corequisite: Enrollment in Block I.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 293


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 126
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD)* (SOCIAL WORK) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 50 credits 32 credits
ENG 131 (3)** SOCW 145 (3) ECON 231 (3)
ENG 132 (3) SOCW 246 (3) HED 233 (2)
SC 135 or 136 (3) SOCW 340 (3) PE 1xx (1)
MATH 133 (3) SOCW 346 (3) PE 1xx (1)
BIOL 131, 111 (4) SOCW 347 (3) Statistics (3)***
BIOL 132, 112 (4) SOCW 439 (3) SOC 157 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) SOCW 440 (3) SOC 158 (3)
MUSI 239 (3) SOCW 440L (2) SOC 359 (3)
HIST 231 (3) SOCW 441 (3) Approved SC Elective (3)
HIST 232 (3) SOCW 441L (2) PSY Elective (3)
POLS 231 (3) SOCW 443 (3) Free Upper Level Electives (6)
POLS 232 (3) SOCW 444 (4) FS 102 (1)
PSY 131 (3) SOCW 444S (1)
CS 116 (2) SOCW 446 (4)
CS 116L (1) SOCW 446S (1)
SOCW 450 (3)
SOCW Electives (6)

* All Social Work majors and intended majors are strongly encouraged to obtain advising from a departmental advisor prior to
registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** The 3 credits required in statistics may be earned through any department at the University where a three-credit lower level
statistics course is offered.

294 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social Work
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 126
First Semester Second Semester
Math 133 3 Speech 135 or 136 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
First Year

BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
Sociology 157 3 Sociology 158 3
Intro Social Welfare (SOCW 145) 3 Computer Science 116 (2) /116L (1) 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Physical Ed (2 PE classes) 2
17 hrs 18 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 Speech 232, 233, 332, 333, …, etc. 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Second Year

United States to 1877 United States since 1877


MUSI 239 3 Psychology 131 3
Political Science 231 3 Political Science 232 3
Social Welfare Legislation (SOCW 246) 3 Economics 231 3
Health Education 233 2
15 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Psychology (elective) 3 SOCW Elective 3
Third Year

Electives (Must be 300-400 level) 3 SOCW Elective 3


Seminar in Helping (SOCW 340) 3 Electives (Must be 300-400 level) 3
Statistics (PSY, SOC, BUS, PA, MTH) 3 Social Research (SOC 359) 3
*Human Behavior in Soc Env I (SOCW346) 3 **Human Behavior in Soc Env II (SOCW 347) 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Generalist Practice I (SOCW 440) 3 Generalist Practice II (SOCW 441) 3
Generalist Practice Lab I (SOCW 440L) 2 Generalist Practice Lab II (SOCW 441L) 2
Fourth Year

Theories of Soc Practice (SOCW 443) 3 Social Welfare Policy (SOCW 439) 3
Field Instruction (SOCW 444) 4 Field Instruction II (SOCW 446) 4
Field Instruction Seminar (SOCW 444S) 1 Field Instruction II Seminar 1
Social Work Research & Eval (SOCW 450) 3
16 hrs 13 hrs

*SOCW 346 is a Fall only course and must be taken in the first Fall semester of the Junior year
**SOCW 347 is a Spring only course and must be taken in the final Spring semester prior to Block I entry

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 295


DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

The Department of Sociology offers coursework leading to two degrees: the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Master of Arts (M.A.).
A minor in Sociology is also offered for students pursuing undergraduate degrees in departments where they are required to
declare a minor. Interested students may secure information from the Department of Sociology office located in the Barbara
Jordan and Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs building.

Students interested in the Master of Arts Degree in Sociology should refer to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas
Southern University.

The mission of the Department of Sociology at Texas Southern University is to become a nationally recognized leader in the
Urban Sociological training of students who will enter graduate/professional school or career oriented professions. Students are
trained with a special emphasis on sociological theory, methodology, and the substantive areas of social inequality and urban
sociology. The major in Sociology will, both orally and in written form, demonstrate how this discipline advances scientific
knowledge, demonstrate an understanding of sociological theory and methodology, and be able to successfully complete a
scientific research project. Within the curriculum students will be challenged to develop their critical thinking skills, to utilize
technology in the acquisition and analysis of data and to participate in service learning activities in the Houston metropolitan
community.

Upon completing this program, the Sociology major will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the following:

1. The discipline of Sociology and its role in contributing to our understanding of social reality, such that the student will be
able to: (a) describe how Sociology differs from and is similar to other social sciences; (b) describe how Sociology contributes to a
liberal arts understanding of social reality; and (c) apply the sociological imagination, sociological principles and concepts to his/
her own life.

2. The role of theory in Sociology, such that the student will be able to: (a) define theory and describe its role in building
sociological knowledge; (b) compare and contrast basic theoretical orientations; (c) demonstrate how theories reflect the historical
context of times and cultures in which they were developed; and (d) describe and apply basic theories and theoretical orientations
in at least one area of social reality.

3. The role of evidence and qualitative and quantitative methods in Sociology, such that the student will be able to: (a) identify
basic methodological approaches and describe the general role of methods in building sociological knowledge; (b) compare and
contrast the basic methodological approaches for gathering data. (c) design a research study and explain why various decisions are
made; and (d) critically assess a published research report and explain how the study could have been improved.

4. The technical skills involved in retrieving information and data from the internet and using computers appropriately for data
analysis. The Sociology major should also be able to do (social) scientific technical writing that accurately conveys data findings
and to demonstrate an understanding and application of principles of ethical practice as a sociologist.

5. In depth knowledge of at least two specialty areas within Sociology, such that the student will be able to: (a) summarize basic
questions and issues in the areas; (b) compare and contrast basic theoretical orientations and middle range theories in the areas;
(c) demonstrate how Sociology helps the understanding of the area; (d) summarize content research in the area; and (e) develop
specific policy implications of research and theories in the areas.

The major in Sociology requires a total of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours in Sociology courses. Only grades of
“C” or better are accepted (grades of “C-” are unacceptable). First-time degree seeking students pursuing this degree must
declare a minor in a second academic discipline. Once admitted to the University, Sociology majors are assigned a faculty advisor
who will advise them of the curriculum courses that are required to receive the B.A. degree in Sociology. The faculty advisor
should be consulted in the selection of a required minor for the B.A. in Sociology. The Department of Sociology must have a
current address and telephone number of each student pursuing the B.A. degree in Sociology. Students can be assured of the
confidentiality of this information.

Students interested in seeking the undergraduate degree (B.A. in Sociology) or the Sociology minor must first gain admission to
the University, satisfy THEA requirements, satisfy deficiencies assessed at the time of admission through the Office of Student
Academic Enhancement Services Center, and petition the Department for admission as THEA requirements are completed.
Students must schedule at least two academic conferences per semester for course approval and status verification for progress

296 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


toward graduation. In no case will students qualify for graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 124 semester credit
hours satisfactorily completed. An exit examination is required of all Sociology candidates for the B.A. degree in Sociology.

For the minor in Sociology, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required, exclusive of freshman level courses SOC
157 and SOC 158. Students pursuing the minor in Sociology must enroll in the following three-credit courses for a total of 12
credits: SOC 254, SOC 354, SOC 357, and SOC 359. An additional 9 credits must be approved by a Sociology Faculty advisor
or the Department Chairperson. Students seeking the minor in Sociology, while pursuing undergraduate degrees in other
departments, must earn grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable) in all courses related to the Sociology
minor.

Sociology majors and all interested students are encouraged to become members of The Sociology Scholars Association and to
participate in the Spring and Fall semester Sociology Lecture Seminars. The Department of Sociology strives to enhance the
student’s college experience by providing the opportunity to develop leadership skills, participate in research oriented forums,
strengthen interpersonal communication skills, and make contributions to the community by participating in service-oriented
projects.

Alpha Kappa Delta (AKD) is an international academic Sociology honor society and an integral component of the Department
of Sociology at Texas Southern University. The Honor Society’s focus promotes the scientific study of society through research
and service to mankind. The purpose of this honor society is to promote scholarship, both at the graduate and undergraduate
levels. Sociology Faculty members are diligent in encouraging all sociology majors to excel in their academic studies. To become a
member of AKD, a student must be an officially declared Sociology major or have a serious interest in Sociology within an official
program of the University; has to have at least junior standing; have maintained a 3.0 in Sociology courses; has accumulated
the equivalent of an overall grade point average of 3.0 on a four point scale and rank in the top 35% of their class in general
scholarship; and has completed at least four regular courses in sociology prior to initiation.

In summary, interested students must first gain admission to the University, meet their THEA responsibility, satisfy any
deficiencies assessed at the time of admission, and petition the Department for admission. To ensure proper progression
toward graduation students are required to seek advisement from departmental faculty, and an exit examination is required
of graduating seniors. For further information regarding the Sociology major or minor requirements, contact the
Department at (713)-313-7250.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Cox, Betty B. Siwatu, Mxolisi


Associate Professor Assistant Professor
B.A., M.A., Texas Southern University B.A., Grambling State University
Ed.D., University of Houston M.A., Ph.D., Howard University
Jackson, Kenneth W. Slatton, Brittany C.
Associate Professor Assistant Professor
B.A., M.A., Texas Southern University B.A., Northern Illinois University
Ph.D., University of Chicago M.A., Virginia State University
Ph.D. Texas A & M
James, Bonnie L. Swan, Llewellyn Alex
Assistant Professor Professor
B.A., M.A., Texas Southern University B.S., Oakwood College
M.A., Atlanta University
M.S., Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley
Mosley, E. Dianne
Associate Professor
B.A., University of Texas at Austin
M.A., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Texas Woman’s University

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 297


SOCIOLOGY COURSES

SOC 141 Texas: A Multicultural Society (3)


Study of selected ethnic groups and their contributions to the development of Texas and the nation.
Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 157 Introduction to Sociology (3)
Presentation of basic concepts and processes in the sociological analysis of micro and macro socio-
cultural systems. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SOCI 1301 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.
SOC 158 Contemporary Social Issues (3)
Selected current social issues discussed from the perspective of contemporary theories of social
problems. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as SOCI 1306 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.
SOC 211 Social Adjustment to College (1)
Designed to help students develop the practical knowledge, skills, and attitudes essential for a
successful and rewarding college experience. One hour of lecture per week.
SOC 221 Sociology of Human Sexuality (3)
Examination of the physiological, sociological, and psychological variables that influence human
sexuality both within and outside the confines of the institution of marriage. Three hours of lecture
per week. Listed as SOCI 2306 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.
SOC 238 Introduction to Anthropology (3)
General introduction to anthropology and the subdisciplines of anthropology, including a general
introduction to the major topical areas within each anthropological subdiscipline. Three hours of
lecture per week. Listed as ANTH 2346 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.
SOC 254 Black Perspectives in Sociology (3)
Presentation of the works and critical analysis of a variety of issues that concern the group life of
African Americans. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 257 School Sociology (3)
Critical analysis of the character and nature of education in complex societies: relationship to political,
economic, and cultural processes; impact on individual and community behavior and development;
the learning process; and the classroom as a social system. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 322 Social Psychology (3)
Basic concepts of social psychology with emphasis on the interrelations among individuals, society,
and its sociocultural subsystems. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 331 Sociology of the Family (3)
Presentation of theoretical perspectives that influence family studies and a discussion of the forces
external and internal to the family that impact its structure, process, and function. Emphasis placed
on Black families and the establishment and development of a family unit. Three hours of lecture per
week.
SOC 335 Ethnic Groups in Society (3)
Presentation and discussion of the nature and character of society and the presence of racial and ethnic
groups within the social order. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 337 Urban Community Life (3)
Designed to take stock of the knowledge accumulated regarding the social and psychological
consequences of community life. Examination of the historical background of cities and the three
main sociological theories of urbanism with speculations about the urban future. Three hours of
lecture per week.

298 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


SOC 344 Social Stratification (3)
Examination of the various types of social stratification and their effects on human behavior and life
chances. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 351 Criminology (3)
Study of the causes of crime; the social, economic, and political context of the development of law;
and the development of crime control strategies and penology. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 354 Sociological Statistics (3)
Descriptive and simple inductive statistics, selected mathematical topics, and orientation to computer
applications in the analysis of sociological data. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: SOC 157 and SOC 158.
SOC 357 Sociological Theory (3)
Study of selected social theories and their major contributions to the field of Sociology. Three hours of
lecture per week.
SOC 359 Sociological Research (3)
Study of quantitative and qualitative research techniques for data collection and analysis. Two hours of
lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
SOC 435 Juvenile Delinquency and Juvenile Justice (3)
Discussion of the major theoretical notions which attempt to explain juvenile delinquency; the
development of the juvenile justice system; and various strategies of delinquency, including diversion
programs. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 438 Collective Behavior and Social Movements (3)
Study of human societies and culture. Emphasis placed on ethnographic anthropological research.
Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 450 Seminar in Methodology (3)
Consideration of the requirements specified by the scientific method and the hazards encountered
when this method is not followed. Examination of common purpose of research, alternative research
designs, sampling, and several techniques for collecting data. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: SOC 157, SOC 354, and SOC 359.
SOC 452 Sociology of Work (3)
This course examines the sociological dimensions of work and occupations. Specific topics may
include: the organizational context of work, occupational and labour market structures, job
satisfaction, industrial relations, technological change, and the effects of gender, age, race/ethnicity on
how work and employment are experienced. Three hours of lecture per week.
SOC 456 Independent Study (3)
Independent study in theoretical and applied sociology designed to allow juniors and seniors to work
independently on topics of special interest not covered in depth in course offerings. Work may be
done in a tutorial relationship with an individual faculty member or in a seminar.
SOC 457 Seminar in Sociological Theory (3)
Critical analysis and evaluation of the major theoretical perspectives (structural functionalism; conflict
Marxian; and symbolic interactionism, exchange, and ethnomethodology) that dominate the field of
sociological explorations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: SOC 157 and SOC 357.
SOC 458 Seminar in Applications of Sociology (3)
Designed for seniors who will demonstrate their knowledge and skills in the discipline of sociology by
developing a publishable work applying sociological knowledge and experience systematically to a specific
social issue under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisites: SOC 157, SOC 354, and SOC 450.
SOC 460 Women in Society (3)
Examination of changing gender roles and the effects on the social and cultural status of women.
Three hours of lecture per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 299


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 125
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (SOCIOLOGY) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 36 credits 24 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** SOC 157 (3) CS 117 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) SOC 158 (3) ECON 231 (3) department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) SOC 254 (3) ENG 2xx (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) SOC 221 or 257 (3) MATH 134 (3) being admitted
BIOL 143 (4) SOC 354 (3) SOC 141 (3) as a
GEOL 141 (4) SOC 357 (3) HED 233 (2) Sociology Major
ENG 2xx (3) SOC 359 (3) Electives (6) by the Department.
MUSI 239 (3) SOC 450 (3) FS 102 (1)
HIST 231 (3) SOC 457 (3)
HIST 232 (3) SOC 458 (3)
POLS 231 (3) 300 or 400 Level
POLS 232 (3) SOC Elective (3)
SOC 238 (3) 300 or 400 Level
CS 116 (3) SOC Elective (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR


MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 21
(EXCLUSIVE OF DEPARMENTAL PREREQUISITIES)
REQUIRED
DEPARTMENT
REQUIRED COURSES SOCIOLOGY
PREREQUISITIES
ELECTIVES
6 credits 12 credits 9 credits
SOC 157 (3)** SOC 254 (3) 200 Level (3)
SOC 158 (3) SOC 354 (3) 300 or 400 Level (3)
SOC 357 (3) 300 or 400 Level (3)
SOC 359 (3)

** (N) represents the number of course credits.

300 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Sociology
4 Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125
First Semester Second Semester
Sociology 157 Introduction to Sociology 3 Sociology 158 Contemporary Issues in Society 3
English 131 Freshman English I 3 English 132 Freshman English II 3
Biology 143 Survey of Life Science 4 Computer Science 117 Introduction to 3
First year

Computer Science II
Mathematics 133 College Algebra 3 Geology 141 Introduction to the Earth 4
Computer Science 116 Introduction to 3 Mathematics 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
Computer Science I
Freshman Seminar 102 1
TOTAL HOURS 17 TOTAL HOURS 16

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Sociology 254 Black Perspectives in Sociology 3 Sociology 141 Texas: A Multicultural State 3
English: Any 200 Level 3 English: Any 200 Level 3
Economics 231 Principles of Economics I 3 Political Science 232 American Political Systems II 3
Second Year

Health 233 History and Principles of Health 2 Speech 135 Business and Professional 3
Communication or Speech136 Public Address
Political Science 231 American Political Systems I 3 Music 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
History 231 Social and Political History of the 3 History 232 Social and Political History of the 3
United States to 1877 United States Since 1877
TOTAL HOURS 17 TOTAL HOURS 18

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Sociology 354 Sociological Statistics 3 Sociology 359 Sociological Research 3
Sociology 357 Sociological Theory 3 Sociology 457 Modern Sociological Theory 3
Third Year

Sociology 238 Introduction to Anthropology 3 Sociology: Any 300/400 Level 3


Minor 3 Sociology 221 Human Sexuality or Sociology 3
257 School Sociology
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3
TOTAL HOURS 15 TOTAL HOURS 18

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Sociology 450 Seminar in Methodology 3 Sociology 458 Applications in Sociology 3
Fourth Year

Minor 3 Sociology: Any 300/400 Level Course 3


Minor 3 Elective 3
Minor 3 Elective 3
TOTAL HOURS 12 TOTAL HOURS 12

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 301


DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS

The Department of Visual and Performing Arts brings together two Liberal Arts disciplines devoted to creative endeavors at the
University: Visual Arts and Theatre. The highly trained and professionally active Arts faculty offer studio, digital and certification
courses in art and technical and performing courses in theatre. The Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Degree in Art and the Bachelor of
Arts (B.A.) Degree in Theatre are offered along with minors in each area for students pursuing undergraduate degrees in other
departments and colleges. The John T. Biggers Art Center is home to the Visual Art Program. Dr. Biggers (noted muralist,
painter and griot) founded the art program in 1948 and along with Mr. Carroll Harris Simms (noted Ceramics & Sculpture
Artist) and built a unique visual arts curriculum. The Ollington Smith Playhouse is home to the Theatre Program. The Theatre
Program was founded in 1974 by Professor Ollington Smith (noted Director and Playwright) in 1974. Smith is credited with the
development of a strong touring and performing arts program.

The Mission of the Department of Visual and Performing Arts is to prepare and train competent, confident, creative, practicing
career visual artists and actors for a growing local, state, regional and national community within a global world. Hence, real
and theoretical experiences in aesthetic inquiry, creative choices, artistic investigations, hands-on and real life explorations are
paramount to classroom instruction. The explosion of technology in every field makes the use of all forms of computer/digital
resources in teaching all art and theatre courses essential.

Curricular offerings are designed to provide a broad liberal arts education. Students are provided with a strong undergraduate
education upon which to base the pursuit of career opportunities and advanced or graduate study. Faculty members in the
Department are committed to providing an educational environment where aspiring visual and performing artists and creative
craftsmen develop in the understanding and mastering of critical inquiry techniques, where all students may gain an appreciation
of the cultural historical and educational values of the arts, and where cultural awareness translates to the community and the
larger global society.

Requirements for the B.A. in Art, and the B.A. in Theatre, as well as minors in each area offered through this unit, are summarized
below with exact requirements dependent upon the track, including specialty, or minor selected. All courses designated as either
major or minor courses must be completed with grades of “C” or better, where grades of “C-“ are unacceptable. In considering
requirements for one of the bachelor’s degrees, or one of the minors, students must first be admitted by the University, must satisfy
ASSET requirements, must eradicate deficiencies assessed through Student Academic Enhancement Services, must petition the
Department for admission as ASSET requirements are completed, and must complete preliminary requirements established by
the Department for majors. Further admission and graduation requirements for the Department are considered below. An exit
examination in the content area of study is required of all graduating seniors.

Individuals interested in seeking certification for teaching in the public or private schools of Texas in academic disciplines
offered through the Department should contact the Teacher Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas
Southern University for application instructions.

For the minor in Art, 22 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following: ART 131 (3 credits); ART
133 (3 credits); ART 201 (1 credit); ART 231 (3 credits); one art history class of choice (3 credits); and 9 additional upper-level
elective credits in ART. The minimum grade requirement for each course in this minor is referenced above.

For the minor in Visual and Performing Arts, 22 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following:
ART 131 (3 credits); ART 201 (1 credit); ART 133 (3 credits), and ART 137, 139, 235 or 236 (3 credits) and THE 130 (3),
THC 231 (3), THC 337, or 338 (3 credits) and 438 (3 credits). In addition, students minoring in Visual & Performing Arts
must participate in two University Players productions.

For the minor in Theatre, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in five designated three-credit courses
(THC 130, THC 151, THC 231, THC 337 or 338, THC 491 or THC 492) and 6 additional upper-level elective credits in
THC. The minimum grade requirement for each of these courses is referenced above.

In petitioning the Department for admission as either a major or minor, students are required to schedule a personal interview
through the Department Office. At the time of interview, students are asked to either present an art portfolio or perform an
audition as part of the procedure for admission to the Department. Once admitted, students are each assigned a faculty advisor
for continuous advisement and schedule approval up to the time of graduation. At the beginning of the senior year, students must

302 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


meet the approval of a panel of faculty members prior to enrollment in courses related to final projects such as Senior exhibitions,
and performances. Majors are expected to maintain an overall GPA of 2.50 or better to remain in good standing and to keep the
Department Office informed of current local addresses and telephone numbers. All majors should request that the Faculty Chair
evaluate their transcripts during the first semester of their senior year to ascertain their graduation status and again just before
applying for graduation.

In summary, interested students must first gain admission to the University, must meet their ASSET responsibility, and must
adhere to admission and graduation requirements specified in this section. Students are each assigned an official advisor and
provided with extensive advisement upon admission to the Department to ensure proper progression toward graduation. An exit
examination is required of all graduating seniors. For additional information, students should contact the Department Office at
(713) 313-7337.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Beineman, Christopher Meloncon, Thomas


Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.F.A., McMurry University B.A., Texas Southern University
M.F.A., University of Georgia M.A., Texas Southern University
Brown, Lenard Rodriguez-González, Rosarito
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.F.A., Texas A & M, Corpus Christi B.F.A., University Puerto Rico
M.F.A., Ohio State University M.F.A. Savannah School of Art and Design
Brown-Guillory, Elizabeth Trotty, Sarah A.
Distinguished Professor Associate Professor, Interim Chair
B.A., University of Louisiana, Lafayette B.S. Art Ed., University of Houston
M.A., University of Louisiana, Lafayette M. Art Ed., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Florida State University Ph.D., Purdue University
Green, Leamon Wardlaw, Alvia J.
Associate Professor Professor
B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art B.A.., Wellesley College
M.F.A., Temple University M.A., New York University
Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Jemison-Pollard, Dianne
Professor
B.A., Fisk University
M.A., University of Wisconsin
M.F.A., Catholic University of America
Ed.D, Texas Southern University

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 303


ART COURSES

ART 130 Introduction to Visual Art (3)


A three credit hour lecture course for the non art major. The course surveys the visual fine
arts by identifying the different kinds, the intended purpose and the artists who create them.
Artists, artworks, and artistic styles are studied in an art historical and cultural context. Extra
consideration includes artists and artworks on the Texas Southern University campus. Attention
is also given to artworks concerning gender, political and cultural themes. Does not satisfy art
major requirements. Listed as Arts 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 131 Drawing and Composition I (3)


Basic principles of drawing and composition incorporating the elements and principles of art to provide
opportunities for self-expression through the use of varied drawing media and subject matter. Six hours
of laboratory per week. Listed as ARTS 1316 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 132 Drawing and Composition II (3)


Continuation of ART 131 with emphasis on the human figure. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 131. Listed as ARTS 1317 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 133 Creative Design I (3)


Design fundamentals with emphasis on the nature of materials and color theory. Six hours of
laboratory per week. Listed as ARTS 1311 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 134 Creative Design II (3)


Continuation of ART 133with emphasis on 3-D applications. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 133. Listed as ARTS 1312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 135 Topics in Contemporary Art and Culture (3)


Introduction to all visual art with special topics in contemporary art and their relationships to cultural
issues. Basic elements of sculpture, painting, architecture, performance art, environmental art,
computer art, and ceramics are discussed and examined. Three hours of lecture per week. Required for
art majors. Listed as Arts 1301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System

ART 137 Introduction to African Art (3)


Fundamentals of African art as related to the philosophies which developed the cultures of the Nile
River, the Sahara, the Coastal Forest, and the Savannah. Royal court art, functional art, architecture,
decorative adornment, and art as a symbol of rites of passage are examined. Three hours of lecture per
week.

ART 139 African-American Art and Culture (3)


Analysis of the roots of African-American creativity along with an examination of nineteenth century
African-American artists and their relationship to Europe, the Harlem Renaissance, the Sixties, and the
emergence of African-American artists in Texas. Three hours of lecture per week

ART 201 Art Seminar (0-1)


A seminar course for majors and minors to present their work for regular critiques. Enrichment and
professional experiences presented are by faculty and visiting artists. Career and graduate school are
emphasized for juniors and seniors. Must be repeated for up to 4 semester credits earned by Juniors/
Seniors. During freshman and sophomore years of enrollment, counted as 0 credit and pass (p)/fail (f )
only. One hour of lecture per week.

ART 231 Elementary Painting I (3)


Basic painting techniques related to figure, still life, and landscape painting. Includes acrylic, gouache,
and oil painting. Six hours of laboratory per week. Listed as ARTS 2316 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

304 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


ART 232 Elementary Painting II (3)
Continuation of ART 231. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 231. Listed as ARTS
2317 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 233 Introduction to Computer Generated Art and Design (3)


Broad range of graphic art, desktop publishing, and digital imaging software covered with a focus
on combining basic computer techniques and design fundamentals. Use of the computer as a design
tool for creating commercial and fine art applications emphasized. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ART 131 and ART 133. Listed as ARTS 2348 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

ART 234 Intermediate Computer Illustration and Typography (3)


Intermediate course for students planning to become graphics professionals. Contemporary software
packages used to explore what makes effective layout and illustration. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 233. Listed as ARTS 2349 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 235 Ancient, Medieval and Renaissance Art (Art History I) (3)
Historical examination of the transition of art from ancient through the Medieval Period, where it
was created communally resulting in cathedrals as places of worship and exchange, to the Renaissance
Period, where the artist/patron relationship developed. The Role of humanistic ideas in developing
subject matter of the artists considered. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as Arts 1303 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 236 Baroque and Modern Art (Art History II) (3)
Examination of the challenge to surpass the Renaissance as expressed in the sometimes idiosyncratic
stylizations of Baroque creativity as an appropriate prelude to the expansion of ideas, the restructuring
of technique, the influence of society and the visual approach that defines the Modern Era. Three
hours of lecture per week. Listed as 1304 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 237 Ceramics and Pottery I (3)


General ceramics and pottery course for beginners that includes hand-built and wheel-thrown objects.
Six hours of laboratory per week. Listed as ARTS 2346 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

ART 238 Ceramics and Pottery II (3)


Continuation of ART 237. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 237. Listed as ARTS
2347 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

ART 303 Art Studio I (3)


Independent studio for junior or senior level majors with a major advisor in a specialized area of
research. The area of study will be listed in students’ folder for record purposes.

ART 321 Life Sketch I (3)


Skillful representation of the human figure using the live model to represent various conditions of
life. Individualized approaches using varied subject matter, media, and techniques are emphasized. Six
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Junior standing as art major.

ART 322 Life Sketch II (3)


Continuation of ART 321 representing the human figure while emphasizing specific types of
rendering expressions in various drawing media. An individual and creative approach required. Six
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 321.

ART 331 Sculpture I (3)


Creative approach to three-dimensional sculpture, nature study, organic form, and structure in clay
and varied media. Six hours of laboratory per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 305


ART 332 Sculpture II (3)
Continuation of ART 331. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 331.

ART 333 Digital Painting and Imaging (Digital Art I) (3)


Course in digital/electronic illustration that examines the difference between structured drawing and
bit-mapped or digital software programs. Image processing, electronic painting, image compositing,
and color adjustment studied using contemporary software packages. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ART 233.

ART 334 Digital Imaging and Sequential Art (Digital Art II) (3)
In-depth study of a specific area of interest in computer art as it relates to design, illustration, painting,
or art history. Desktop video editing and two-dimensional animation techniques included. Students
asked to develop individual projects. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 333.

ART 335 Intermediate Painting I (3)


Techniques related to acrylic and oil painting with emphasis on individual expression and
experimentation with mixed media. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ART 131, ART
132, ART 231, and ART 232.

ART 336 Intermediate Painting II (3)


Continuation of ART 335. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 335.

ART 337 Printmaking I (3)


Methods and materials used in producing black and white multiple edition prints from linoleum
blocks, lithographic stones and metal plates. Six hours of laboratory per week.

ART 338 Printmaking II (3)


Continuation of ART 337 with the production of multiple editions of color prints. Six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ART 337.

ART 339 Two-Dimensional Art and Artists (3)


Current issues and research findings related to the application of studio and certification methods and
techniques in watercolor, pastels and colored pencils for studying two-dimensional art and the artists
recognized in the field. One hour of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.

ART 370 Studies in Art I (3)


General and certification course for the study of simple, inexpensive art techniques that includes
the psychology of creativity. Projects include drawing, painting, design, printmaking, and collage
techniques. Certification techniques for artists of all ages and challenged youth are investigated. One
hour of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.

ART 371 Studies in Art II (3)


General course for advanced art techniques which include the psychology of creativity. Projects include
the research of sculptured and craft techniques used by folk artists. One hour of lecture and three
hours of laboratory per week.

ART 400 Exhibition (3)


Independent study course which requires public exhibition of a body of work that is required of all
graduating art majors during their senior year. Students are responsible for the installation of exhibit,
programs, invitations, photographic documentation, and a philosophical paper. All graduating seniors
must have had a pre-show before enrolling in this course. The EXIT examination will be administered
in this course.

ART 402 Independent Study in Art Research (3)


Independent study in art history and certification, including research and curating an art exhibition.
May be repeated up to three enrollments. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
306 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
ART 431 Advanced Drawing I (3)
Drawing techniques and composition, including interior perspective, foreshortening of live subjects
and still life objects. Rendering techniques explored in depth. Three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 131 and 132.

ART 432 Advanced Drawing II (3)


Course utilizing African Art as the model for anatomical studies. Three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 431.

ART 433 Advanced Painting (3)


Independent study course for students specializing in painting that explores all media related to
painting. Prerequisites: ART 335 and ART 336.

ART 434 Mural Painting (3)


Independent study course in mural painting techniques. Prerequisites: ART 231 and ART 232.
Required course for all art majors.

ART 436 Three-Dimensional Art and Artists II (3)


Advance Studio techniques in three-dimensional art with emphasis on the study of noted artists in
the field and certifications applications. One hour of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ART 339.

ART 437 Printmaking III (3)


Methods and techniques used in the production of black and white linoleum and lithographic
multiple edition prints utilizing original drawings with an individual creative approach to subject
matter. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ART 337 and ART 338..

ART 438 Printmaking IV (3)


Production of multiple editions of color linoleum and lithographic prints utilizing original drawings
with an individual creative approach to subject matter. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
ART 437.

ART 439 Design and Illustration (3)


Computer based study of studio production techniques, design elements, media choice, typography,
and conceptual imagery. Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ART 133, ART 134, ART
233, and ART 333.

ART 440 Screen Printing / Design (3)


Techniques used in screen-printing of numbered edition prints, fabrics, wallpaper, tiles, plastics, and
other media with both fine art and industrial applications explored. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ART 133, ART 134, ART 233, Art 333 and Art 439.

THEATRE COURSES

THC 130 Introduction to Theatre (3)


Overview of the theatre -- its aesthetics, theory, history, and relationships to other elements of society.
May be used to satisfy aesthetics requirement for the various undergraduate degrees offered through
the University. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as DRAM 1310 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

THC 151 Basic Technical Theatre (3)


Overview of fundamental principles of scenery construction and rigging, makeup, lighting, and
costume. Dismantling and storing of scenery also included. One hour of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 307


THC 152 Basic Technical Theatre Continued and Basic Stage Lighting
Advanced study including research application of principles of scenery construction and rigging,
makeup, lighting, and costume. Actual responsibility in the lighting of scenes of plays required.
Dismantling and storing of scenery including additional lighting equipment required.

THC 231 Elements of Acting (Acting I) (3)


Movement, voice, and character analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: THE 130
or consent of the instructor. Listed as DRAM 1351 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

THC 232 Elements of Acting II (Acting II) (3)


Advanced study of movement, voice and character analysis. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: THE 130 or consent of the instructor. Listed as DRAM 1352 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

THC 240 Oral Interpretation (3)


Emphasis on understanding literature through the study of meaning, imagery, mood, and theme.
Analysis and development of techniques of presentation. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
SC 140 or consent of the instructor.

THC 251 Scene Design I (3)


Development of scenic design, principles of perspective and balance; types of scenery; painting and
decorating scenery. One hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.

THC 252 Scene Designs II


Advanced development of scenic design, principles of perspective and balance; types of scenery;
painting and decorating scenery. One hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.

THC 253 Stage Lighting (3)


Introduction to principles and practices of stage lighting design. Practical training in use of color,
lighting instruments, and control. Includes production participation. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week.

THC 331 Stage Makeup (3)


Theory and practice of the design and application of makeup for stage, television, and film. Two hours
of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

THC 332 Playwriting (3)


Introduction to theory, form, and materials used in the art and craft of playwriting; analysis of plays
and assignments in imaginative writing. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: THC 130 or
consent of the instructor.

THC 334 Play Directing (3)


Study of the principles and techniques of play direction. Students must direct a one-act play. One
hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: THC 231 or consent of the
instructor.

THC 337 History of Theatre I (3)


Development of the theatre from the Greeks to the 17th century. Three hours of lecture per week.

THC 338 History of Theatre II (3)


English and Continental theatre from the 17th century to the 20th century. Three hours of lecture per
week.

308 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


THC 339 Black Drama (3)
Analytical study of selected Black playwrights and their plays from the past to the present. Emphasis
on the influences on style, form, and content. Three hours of lecture per week.

THC 430 Musical Theatre (3)


Introduction to Musical Theatre; providing instruction in basic techniques of singing, dancing,
acting and audition techniques. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor/Available to music majors.

THC 431 Styles of Acting (3)


Advanced training in character work, styles of acting, and performance with emphasis on individual
acting problems. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: THC 231 or consent of the instructor.

THC 436 History of Costumes (3)


An overview of historical periods of dress as they affect play production.

THC 438 Modern Drama (3)


Literature of theatre from late 19th – 21st century, changes in style, and modern revolutionary patterns.
Three hours of lecture per week.

THC 450 Problems in Theatre / Cinema (3)


Problems of current concern in theatre; topics vary according to time and instructor. May be repeated
as topics change. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of
the instructor.

THC 457 Creative Dramatics for Children (3)


Techniques employed in selecting, mounting, directing and presenting plays for children.

THC 491 Theatre / Cinema Practicum I (3)


Design and production of one complete project in student’s area of expertise. Includes activity point
assessment. Six hours of laboratory per week. Open to minors only. Prerequisites: Graduating Senior
standing and consent of the instructor.

THC 492 Theatre / Cinema Practicum II (3)


Same as THC 491, but offered during the spring semester only. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Open to minors only. Prerequisites: Graduating Senior standing and consent of the instructor.

THC 497 Practicum I (9)


Research project in theatre performance or technical theatre which includes activity point assessment.
Open to senior majors only. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and the Faculty Chair.

THC 498 Practicum II (9)


Continuation of THC 497 which includes activity point assessment through internship and report
in local theatres. Sixty hours at an approved theatre site. Open to senior majors only. Prerequisites:
THC 497, consent of the instructor, and consent of the Faculty Chair.

THC 499 Practicum III (9)


Continuation of THC 498 which includes activity point assessment. Senior project must be presented
showcasing talent in either performance or technical theatre. Open to Graduating Senior majors
only. Prerequisites: THE 498, consent of the instructor, and consent of the Faculty Chair. The EXIT
examination will be administered in this course.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 309


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART
(WITH MINOR AND WITHOUT SPECIALTY)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 124
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR MINOR
(STANDARD)* (ART) REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 55 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ART 132 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) ART 133 (3) department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) ART 134 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) ART 135 (3) being admitted
BIOL 143 or ART 137 or ART 139 (3) as an
PHYS 101 (4) ART 201 (4) @ “1” plus 4 @ “0”^ Art Major
CHEM 111, 131 (4) or GEOL 141 (4) ART 231 (3) and after
ENG 2xx (3) ART 232 (3) Being
ART 131 (3) ART 235 (3) advised by
HIST 231 (3) ART 236 (3) the major
HIST 232 (3) ART 321 (3) advisor.
POLS 231 (3) ART 322 (3)
POLS 232 (3) ART 331 (3)
Social & ART 335 (3)
Behavioral ART 337 (3)
Sciences (3)**** ART 400 (3)
ART 233 (3)***** ART 434 (3)
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar (1) plus
(3) approved ART elective
credits selected from the
3-credit courses below:
ART 136, ART 137,
ART 139, ART 237,
ART 339,
ART 370
ART 436

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Visual and Performing Arts elective requires: ART 131..
****Social and Behavioral Science electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and ECON
232.
***** ART 233 Intro to Computer Generated Art and Design substitutes for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.
^In order to earn 4 credits in ART 201, students must enroll in four times for 1 credit. In addition, it should be enrolled in four
times for 0 credit and pass/fail grades only. Thus, ART 201 should be taken each semester for 8 semesters.

310 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Art
(With Minor and Without Specialty)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 124
First Semester Second Semester
Art 131 3 Art 132 3
Art 133 3 Art 134 3
Art 135 3 Art 137 or 139 3
First Year

Art 201 0 Art 201 0


Eng 131 3 Eng 132 3
SC 135 or 136 3 Art 233 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Art 201 0 Art 201 0
Art 235 3 Art 232 3
Second Year

Art 231 3 Art 236 3


Math 133 3 Soc or Behavioral Sci 3
Hist 231 3 Hist 232 3
Eng 2XX 3 Pols 231 3
15 15

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Art 201 1 Art 201 1
Art Elective 3 Art 322 3
Third Year

Art 331 3 Art 331 3


BIOL 143 or Phys 101 4 Art 335 3
Art 321 3 GEOL 141 or Chem 111 4
Pols 232 3 Minor 3
17 17

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Art 201 1 Art 201 1
Minor 3 Art 400 3
Fourth Year

Art 434 3 Minor 3


Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Art 337 3
16 13

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 311


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART
(WITH SPECIALTY AND WITHOUT MINOR)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR SPECIALTY
(STANDARD)* (ART) REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 58 credits 18 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ART 132 (3) Select one of
ENG 132 (3) ART 133 (3) the following
SC 135 or 136 (3) ART 134 (3) sets for specialty:
MATH 133 (3) ART 135 (3) Art History/Art Education^^
BIOL 143 or ART 137 or 139 (3) ART 137, or 139 (3), ART 402 (6)
PHYS 101 (4) ART 201(4) @ “1” plus 4 @ “0”^ ART 370 (3), ART 436 (3), ART 339
(3)
CHEM 111, 131 or GEOL 141 (4) Design/Printmaking
ENG 2xx (3) ART 231 (3) ART 303 (3), ART 333 (3),
ART 131 (3)*** ART 232 (3) ART 439 (3)
HIST 231 (3) ART 235 (3) ART 338 (3), ART 437 (3),
ART Upper Level Art Elective (3)
HIST 232 (3) ART 236 (3)
POLS 231 (3) ART 321 (3) Drawing/Painting
ART 431 (3) , ART 432(3)
POLS 232 (3) ART 322 (3) ART 303 (3), ART 336 (3),
Social & ART 331 (3) ART 433 (3), &Upper level elective (3)
Behavioral ART 335 (3)
Sciences (3)**** ART 337 (3)
ART 233 (3)***** ART 400 (3)
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar ART 434 (3)
Plus
(6) ART electives of choice all studio
majors
(6)-Art electives below for Art History/
Education majors:
ART 137,
ART 139, ,
ART 237,
ART 371,
ART 435

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** ART 131 meets Visual & Performing Arts requirement.
****Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and
ECON 232.
***** ART 233 Intro to Computer Generated Art and Design substitutes for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.
^ In order to earn 4 credits in ART 201, students must enroll in four times for 1 credit. In addition, it should be enrolled in four
times for 0 credit and pass/fail grades only. Thus, ART 201 should be taken each semester for 8 semesters.
^^Art History/Certification prepares students for Museum Studies and students are expected to assist with a minimum of two
Museum exhibitions.

312 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Art
(With Specialty and Without Minor)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
Art 131 3 Art 132 3
Art 133 3 Art 134 3
Art 135 3 Art 137 0r 139 3
First Year

Art 201 0 Art 201 0


Eng 131 3 Eng 132 3
Math 133 3 SC 135 or 136 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Art 201 0 Art 201 0
BIO 143 or Phy 101 4 Art 232 3
Second Year

Art 235 3 Art 233 3


Art 233 3 Art 236 3
Hist. 231 3 Geol 141 or Chem 111 4
Art 231 3 Hist. 232 3
16 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Art 201 1 Art 201 1
Art 335 3 Pols 232 3
Third Year

Pols 231 3 Art 331 3


Eng 2XX 3 Art Elective 100-200 level 3
Art 321 3 Social & Behavioral Sci 3
Art 337 3 Art 322 3
16 16

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


Art 201 1 Art 400 3
Upper Level Specialty 3
Fourth Year

Art 434 3 Upper Level Specialty 3


Upper Level Specialty 3 Upper Level Specialty 3
Upper Level Specialty 3 ART 201 1
Upper Level Specialty 3
13 13

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 313


^ CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART
(PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION TRACK)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 127
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD)* (ART) REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 55 credits 33 credits^^
ENG 131 (3)** ART 132 (3) Enroll in
ENG 132 (3) ART 133 (3) the College of Education
SC 135 or 136 (3) ART 134 (3) certification program
MATH 133 (3) ART 135 (3) and Art Studies courses
BIOL 143 (4)or ART 137 or Art 139 (3) Certification
PHYS 101 (4) ART 201 (4) @ “1” plus 4 @ “0”^ EDC I 210 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) or GEOL 141 (4) ART 231 (3) EDCI 310 (3)
Eng 239 or 231 (3) ART 232 (3) EDCI 328 (3)
ART 131 (3) ART 235 (3) EDCI 339 (3)
HIST 231 (3) ART 236 (3) EDCI 350 (3)
HIST 232 (3) ART 237 (3) RDG 400 (3)
POLS 231 (3) ART 321 (3) EDCI 468 (6)
POLS 232 (3) ART 335 (3) Art Studies/Certification
Social &Behavioral Sciences (3)*** ART 337 (3) ART 370 (3)
ART 233 (3)**** ART 400 (3) ART 339
FS101 Freshmen Seminar (1) ART 434 (3) ART 401 (3)
plus
3-credit courses below:
ART 137 or 139
3-credit courses below
ART 331 or ART 436

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** ART 131 meets Visual & Performing Arts requirement.
****Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and
ECON 232.
***** ART 233 Intro to Computer Generated Art and Design substitutes for CS 116 as the core computer requirement.
^ In order to earn 4 credits in ART 201, students must enroll in four times for 1 credit. In addition, it should be enrolled in four
times for 0 credit and pass/fail grades only. Thus, ART 201 should be taken each semester for 8 semesters.
^^33 hours are required for professional certification in all level art education. Students must earn grades of “c” or higher in all
courses, including the Core Curriculum.

314 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Art
Teacher Certification Track
(All level)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 133
First Semester Second Semester
Art 131 3 Art 132 3
Art 133 3 Art 134 3
First Year

Art 135 3 Art 139 or 137 3


Art 201 0 Art 201 0
Eng 131 3 Eng 132 3
Math 133 3 SC 135 or 136 3
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar 1
16 15

Third Semester Fourth Semester


Art 231 3 Art 232 3
Art 233 3 Art 236 3
Second Year

Biol 143 + lab or Phys 101 + lab 4 Art 201 0


Art 201 1 Hist 232 3
Art 235 3 Chem + lab or Geol + lab 4
Hist 231 3 Soc, Psy or Econ 3
16 16

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


Eng 230 or 231 3 Art 331 or 436 3
Art 237 3 Art 339 3
Third Year

Art 321 3 Art 434 3


Art 201 1 Art 335 3
Art 370 3 Art 201 1
Pol. Sci 231 3 Pol. Sci 232 3
16 16

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


EDCI 210 3 Art 400 3
Art 337 3 EDCI 310 3
Fourth Year

Art 137 or 139 3 EDCI 328 3


Art 401 3 EDCI 339 3
Reading 400 3 EDCI 350 3
Art 201 1 Art 201 1
16 16

Ninth semester
Fifth Year

EDCI 438 6

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 315


Minor in Art
Required (13hrs.) Upper Level Elective (9hrs.)
Art 131 Drawing (3) Choice of Art
Art 133 Design (3) Art 339, 370, 371, 331, 337, 436
Art 201 Seminar (1)
Art History Choice (3)
135, 137, 139, 235, 236)
ART 231 (3)

316 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN THEATRE
(WITH MINOR)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR MINOR OTHER
(STANDARD)* (THEATRE) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 49 credits 21 credits 6 credits
ENG 131 (3)** THC 111 (1) Contact Department of. Foreign Language (6)
ENG 132 (3) THC 130 (3) choice after being admitted
SC 135 or 136 (3) THC 151 (3) as a Theatre Major and
After being advised by the
MATH 133 (3) THC 231 (3)
major advisor
BIOL 143 or PHYS 141 (4) THC 240 (3)
CHEM 111 and 131 (4) THC 251 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) THC 252 (3)
ART 131 (3)*** THC 332 (3)
HIST 231 (3) THC 334 (3)
HIST 232 (3) THC 335 (3)
POLS 231 (3) THC 337 (3)
POLS 232 (3) THC 338 (3)
Social &Behavioral Sciences THC 339 (3)
Sciences (3)*** THC 438 (3)
CS 116 (3) THC 498 (3)
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar (1) THC 499 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** ART 131 meets Visual & Performing Arts requirement.
****Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and
ECON 232.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 317


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Science
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
(With Minor)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 124
First Semester Second Semester
FS 102 1 THC 111 – Prod Practicum 1
THC 111 – Prod Practicum 1 CS 116 3
First Year

THC 130 – Intro to Theatre 3 ENG 132 3


THC 151 – Basic Technical 3 PSY 131 or SOC 157 3
ENG 131 3 SC 135 OR 136 3
Math 133 3 Art 131 3
14 16

Summer I Summer II
CHEM 131 4 Summer II 4
4 BIO 143 or PHYS 141 4

Third Semester Fourth Semester


THC 111 – Prod Practicum 1 THC 111 – Prod Practicum 1
Second Year

THC 231 – Elements of Acting 3 THC 252 – Stage Lighting 3


THC 251 – Scene Design 3 ENG 2xx 3
HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
13 14

Summer I Summer II
Summer

POL 231 3 POL 232 3


I

3 3

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


THC 240 – Oral Interpretation 3 THC 332 – Playwriting 3
THC 337 – History of Theatre I 3 THC 338 – History of Theatre II 3
Third Year

THC 334 – Play Directing 3


THC 436 History of Costumes 3
Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


THC 498 – Internship 3 THC 499 – Senior Project 3
Fourth Year

THC 339 – African American Theatre 3 THC 451 – Advanced Design & Tech 3
THC 335 – Stage Makeup 3 THC 438 – Modern Drama 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3
15 12

318 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN THEATRE
(WITH SPECIALTY - TECHNICAL)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR SPECIALITY OTHER
(STANDARD)* (THEATRE) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 49 credits 21 credits 6 credits
THC 111 (4) @ “1” per
ENG 131 (3)** Technical Theatre Foreign Language (3)
semester
ENG 132 (3) THC 130 (3) THC 132 (3) Foreign Language (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) THC 151 (3) THC 231 (3)
MATH 133 (3) THC 231 (3) THC 436 (3)
BIOL 143+lab or PHYS
THC 240 (3) THC 451 (3)
101+lab (4)
CHEM 111+lab or Geol
THC 251 (3) Approved elective (3)***
141+lab (4)
ENG 2xx (3) THC 252 (3) Approved elective (3)***
ART 131 (3) THC 332 (3) Approved elective (3)***
HIST 231 (3) THC 334 (3)
HIST 232 (3) THC 335 (3)
POLS 231 (3) THC 337 (3)
POLS 232 (3) THC 338 (3)
Social &Behavioral Sciences
THC 339 (3)
(3) ***
THC 438 (3)
CS 116 (3) THC 498 (3)
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar (1) THC 499 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** ART 131 meets Visual & Performing Arts requirement.

****Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and ECON 232.

. Theatre electives include: THC 225, THC 331, THC 430, THC 450, THC 457 and ART 231.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 319


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
(With Specialty - Technical)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
FS 102 1 THC 111 – Prod Practicum 1
THC 111 - Prod Practicum 1 CS 116 3
First Year

THC 130 - Intro to Theatre 3 Eng 132 3


THC 151 – Basic Technical 3 PSY 131 or SOC 157 3
ENG 131 3 SC 135 or 136 3
MATH 133 3 Art 131 3
14 16

Summer I Summer II
CHEM 131 4 Summer II 4
4 BIO 143 or PHYS 141 4

Third Semester Fourth Semester


THC 111 - Prod Practicum 1 THC 111 - Prod Practicum 1
Second Year

THC 231 – Elements of Acting 3 THC 252 Stage Lighting 3


THC 251 – Scene Design 3 ENG 2xx 3
THC 132- 3 THC 152 3
HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
14 14

Summer I Summer II
Summer

POL 231 3 POL 232 3


I

3 3

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


THC 240 – Oral Interpretation 3 THC 332 - Playwriting 3
Third Year

THC 337 History of Theatre I 3 THC 338 – History of Theatre II 3


THC 436 History of Costumes 3 THC 334 Play Directing 3
THC 232 3 Approved Elective 3
Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3
15 15

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


THC 498 - Internship 3 THC 499 – Senior Project 3
Fourth Year

THC 339 – African American Theatre 3 THC 451 – Advanced Design & Tech 3
THC 335 – Stage Makeup 3 THC 438 – Modern Drama 3
Approved Elective 3 Approved Elective 3
12 12

320 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN THEATRE
(WITH SPECIALTY - PERFORMANCE)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR SPECIALITY OTHER
(STANDARD)* (THEATRE) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 49 credits 21 credits 6 credits
ENG 131 (3)** THC 111 (1) PERFORMANCE Foreign Language (3)
ENG 132 (3) THC 130 (3) SC 140 (3) Foreign Language (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) THC 151 (3) THC 331 (3)
MATH 133 (3) THC 231 (3) THC 431 (3)
BIOL 143 or PHYS 141 (4) THC 240 (3) PE 108 or 110
CHEM 111 and 131 (4) THC 251 (3) MUSI 173 (1)
ENG 2xx (3) THC 252 (3) MUSI 174 (1)
ART 131 (3) THC 332 (3) Approved elective (3)***
HIST 231 (3) THC 334 (3) Approved elective (3)***
HIST 232 (3) THC 335 (3) Approved elective (3)***
POLS 231 (3) THC 337 (3)
POLS 232 (3) THC 338 (3)
Social &Behavioral Sciences THC 339 (3)
Sciences (3)*** THC 438 (3)
CS 116 (3) THC 498 (3)
FS 101 Freshmen Seminar (1) THC 499 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** ART 131 meets Visual & Performing Arts requirement.

****Social and Behavioral Sciences electives include: PSY 131, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221, SOC 238, ECON 231, and ECON 232.

Theatre electives include: THC 225, THC 430, THC 436 THC 450 and THC 457 and THC 485 and
MUSI UC, MUSI OW, and MUSI VJE.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 321


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Science
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
(With Specialty - Performance)
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 THC 111 Prod Practicum 1
THC 111 Prod Practicum 1 CS 116 3
First Year

THC 130 Intro to Theatre 3 ENG 132 3


THC 151 Basic Technical 3 PSY 131 or SOC 157 3
ENG 131 3 SC 135 or 36 3
MATH 133 3
14 13

Summer I Summer II
CHEM 131 4 BIO 143 OR PHY 141 4
4 4

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ThC 111 Prod Practicum 1 THC 111 Prod Practicum 1
THC 231 Elements of Acting 3 THC 252 Stage Lighting 3
Second Year

THC 251 Scene Design 3 SC 140 Voice and Diction 3


ART 131 3 ENG 2xx 3
HIST 231 3 HIST 232 3
MUSI 173 Voice I 1 MUSI 174 Voice II 1
14 14

Summer I Summer II
POLS 231 3 POLS 232 3
3 3

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


THC 240 Oral Interpretation 3 THC 332 Playwriting 3
Third Year

THC 337 History of Theatre I 3 THC 338 History of Theatre II 3


THC 331 Intermediate Acting 3 THC 334 Play Directing 3
Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3
Approved Elective 3 PE 108 or 110 1
15 13

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


THC 498 Internship 3 THC 499 Senior Project 3
Fourth Year

THC 339 African American Theatre 3 THC 431 Styles of Acting 3


THC 335 Stage Makeup 3 THC 438 Modern Drama 3
Approved Elective 3 Approved Elective 3
12 12

322 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Minor in Theater
Upper Level Elective
Required 15 credits
6 credits
THC130 THC 331
THC 151 THC 332
THC 231 THC 3334
THC 337 or 338 THC 337
THC 491 or 492 THC 338
THC 339
THC 430
THC 431
THC 436
THC 438
THC 457

Minor in Visual and Performing Arts


Upper Level Elective
Required 21 credits
3 credits
ART 201 (0) ART 339 or THC 331
University Player – 1 production (8) ART 370 or THC 332
ART 135, ART 137, 235, 236 (3) ART 331 or THC 334
ART 131 (3) ART 337 or THC 337
ART 133 (3) ART 436 or THC 338
THC 130 (3)
THC 231 (3)
THC 337, 338 or 438 (3)

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 323


324 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
BARBARA JORDAN - MICKEY LELAND SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS

OVERVIEW

An extensive set of curricular offerings is provided through the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs (BJ-ML
SPA) that includes undergraduate courses in Administration of Justice (AJ), Political Science (POLS), Public Affairs (PA), and
Military Science (MSCI); through which three undergraduate degrees can be earned (Bachelor Science in Administration of
Justice, Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and Bachelor of Science in Public Affairs. At the graduate level, degrees are
offered as follows: Master of Administration of Justice, Master of Public Administration, Master of Urban Planning and
Environmental Policy, Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice and Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning
and Environmental Policy. In addition to course and degree offerings, students with majors in other departments may
declare minors in the four undergraduate disciplines offered through this school: Administration of Justice, Political
Science, Public Affairs, and Military Science. Faculty and staff are housed on the fourth floor of the BJ-ML School of Public
Affairs/College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Science Building.

The Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs occupies a 4-story facility with “smart” classrooms and the latest
in multimedia technology. This first-class facility houses a state of the art Survey Research Laboratory, a modern day Crime
Laboratory, a Government Decision making Laboratory (which will be used for legislative and judicial simulations), a cutting edge
Geographic Information System (GIS) Laboratory that will provide 3D modeling resources, and a Site Design Laboratory. The
facility also houses the Barbara Jordan Institute, a public policy institute dedicated to finding policy solutions to the many
challenges facing urban communities at the local, regional, national and global level, and to advancing civic engagement.

Referral should be made to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for detailed information on the
School’s graduate degree programs. A summary of the degrees and programs, by name, appears in the chart below:

Programs Degrees
Administration of Justice Bachelor of Science in Administration of Justice
Master of Science in Administration of Justice
Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice
Political Science Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
Public Affairs Bachelor of Science in Public Affairs
Public Administration Master of Public Administration
Urban Planning and Environmental Policy Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy
Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy

The School is administratively organized with a Dean who is assisted by an Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and support staff.
Administrative offices are located on the fourth floor of the BJ-ML School of Public Affairs/College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral
Science Building.

MISSION STATEMENT

The mission of the Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs is to serve as an urban focused community of learning
dedicated to educating professionals who will plan and administer environmentally healthy and sustainable communities at the
local, state, national and international levels of society.

Students in the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs who successfully complete their degree programs become
well versed in the theories, concepts, and practical procedures of the challenging world of public policy making and administration
of justice. Their majors help prepare them for effective participation in government, non-governmental organizations, and private
sector careers. An excellent background is also provided for students interested in pursuing careers in the legal profession as well as
in a wide variety of graduate and professional school programs.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 325
GENERAL SCHOOL POLICIES

Students wishing to pursue one of the three undergraduate degrees offered through the School must first gain admission to the
University, must satisfy all university application requirements, and must petition the School for admission. In petitioning,
students must have an earned overall GPA of 2.00 or better and have completed the following four courses with grades of “C” or
better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable): POLS 231 (American Political Systems 1), POLS 232 (American Political Systems 11),
ENG 131 (Freshman English 1), and ENG 132 (Freshman English 11). Once admitted to the School, students are each assigned
an official advisor who must approve all class schedules. Students must keep the School Office informed of current addresses
and telephone numbers up to graduation. Students must also retain a minimum overall GPA of 2.00 and fulfill all prerequisites
for required courses prior to scheduling them to remain in good standing in the School. Students failing to meet prerequisites
for courses will be withdrawn, administratively, from them. Students are also cautioned that transfer credits will be accepted for
required courses only if grades of “C” or better have been earned (grades of “C-” are unacceptable).

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING

Good academic standing constitutes maintaining a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) set by the University as
referenced under the academic regulations described in chapter two of this document.

ADVISING

All students are assigned an academic advisor who will assist them with academic planning and learning about career options that
relate to their programs. During each registration period, students and their advisors select courses consistent with the overall
degree objectives. With their advisors, students learn to explore academic interests, to recognize academic strengths, and to
identify resources to address weaknesses.

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES

The Office of Student Support Services is available to all students to help with questions about admissions, academic majors and
minors, course requirements, career and degree plans, and other student related matters. It is to assists students with identifying
faculty advisors and mentors. This office also refers students to other campus offices for assistance in academic, personal, and
career counseling initiatives; academic skill development and financial aid.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

Student organizations are an integral part of student life at Texas Southern University. Four program-related student organizations
operate in the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs at the undergraduate level. Two are open to all students
in the School. They are the Administration of Justice Club and the Political Science Club. The other two are national honor
societies: Alpha Phi Sigma – the Criminal Justice Honor Society and Pi Sigma Alpha – the National Political Science Honor
Society.

ACCREDITATION

All programs in the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs are accredited by Commission on College of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The University reserves the right to change, without prior notice, any policy or procedure, tuition or fee, curricular
requirements, or any other information found in this bulletin. The information contained in this bulletin is considered to
be descriptive in nature and not contractual. It is recommended that students, faculty, and staff refer to the most current
academic policies and procedures.

326 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAMS IN THE SCHOOL

The Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs, named for two of Houston’s most distinguished public servants,
is an outstanding undergraduate program at one of the nation’s largest Historically Black Colleges and Universities. The unique
urban mission of Texas Southern University and its location in the heart of Houston make it the perfect vantage point to develop a
foundation of academic status. The University is located in the city’s historic Third Ward and the entire metropolitan region offer
an unparalleled urban laboratory for students to learn.

The facility also houses the Barbara Jordan Institute, a public policy institute dedicated to finding policy solutions to the many
challenges facing urban communities at the local, regional, national and global level, and to advancing civic engagement

The Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs has a reputation as a comprehensive center for sound academic
research. Scholars focus on a broad range of topics, including voting behavior, American foreign policy and international
relations, African-American politics, race and politics, religion and politics, criminal justice attitudes and behavior, police violence,
environmental justice, race and crime, race and governance, policy studies, leadership, E-government, homeland security, urban
transportation, housing and community development, Diaspora studies, environmental planning, economic development and the
fiscal responsibility of urban governments.

The Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs has established strategic partnerships with numerous public and
private sector entities. These partnerships offer our students unique opportunities to gain hands-on skills and establish contacts
and references for the future.

Requirements for the B.S. in Administration of Justice, the B.S. in Public Affairs, and the B.A. in Political Science are specified,
in detail, below within the department descriptions. As first-time degree seekers, students are required to declare a minor in
a second academic discipline either through the Department or through another department for graduation. Grades of
“C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable) must be earned in all major and minor courses required for graduation.
Additionally, in selecting minors, students should seek detailed advisement from their designated advisors because the
selection of a minor having representative courses in the core curriculum for the degree of choice could impact the total
number of credits required. In no case will students qualify for graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 120
semester credit hours satisfactorily completed. At the beginning of the senior year, majors should have their overall transcripts
and records evaluated by the Faculty Chair to verify their status with regard to graduation. An exit examination is required of all
graduating seniors.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 327
LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE SCHOOL

Adams, Michael O. Ibitayo, Olurominiyi


Professor & Program Director – Political Science Associate Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental Policy
B.A., Tougaloo College B.S., University of Ibadan
M.A., Ph.D., Atlanta University M.S., Colorado State University
M.S., Ph.D., Arizona State University
Baker, David Johnson, Marva
Associate Professor – Administration of Justice Assistant Professor – Political Science
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., York University B.A., Tougaloo College
MA., Atlanta University
Barrington, Eugene Jones, Franklin
Associate Professor – Political Science Professor & Department Chair – Political Science
M.Ed., Rutgers University BA. Southern University, 1968
M.Ph,D., Syracuse University M.A. Atlanta University, 1973
Ph.D. Atlanta University, 1980
Bullard, Robert D. Kalunta-Crumpton, Anita
Professor & Dean Professor – Administration of Justice
B.S., Alabama A&M University B.S., University of Nigeria
M.A., Atlanta University M.S., University of Calabar, Nigeria
Ph.D., Iowa State University Ph.D., Brunel, The University of West London, United Kingdom
Callaghan, Karen Kellum, Sharlette
Associate Professor – Political Science Assistant Professor – Administration of Justice
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Stony Brook B.A., Prairie View A&M University
M.A., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Prairie View A&M University
Chandrasekhar, Divya Mangum, Maruice
Assistant Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental Int. Assoc. Dean, Associate Professor – Political Science
Policy B.A., - University of Iowa, 1992,
M.S., University of Illinois at Urbara-Champaign M.A., - Ohio State University, 1993,
Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Ph.D., - Louisiana State University 1998
Christophe, Antoinette McCoy, Walter
Assistant Professor – Political Science Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental Policy
B.S. Southern University, 1972 B.A., Huston-Tillotson College
M.S. Southern University, 1995 M.P.A., M.U.R.P., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
M.S. Louisiana State University, 1999 J.D., South Texas College of Law
Ph.D. Southern University, 2009
Frimpong, Agyemang Mupier, Robert M.
Assistant Professor– Political Science Associate Professor – Administration of Justice
B.S. Kwame University of Science and Technology, Kumasi, B.B.A., University of Kinshasa
Ghana, 1999 M.B.A., Western Illinois University
M.S. The Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Stockholm, D.A., Illinois
Sweden, 2002
M.A. The University of Akron, 2007
Ph.D. The University of Akron, 2010
Georges-Abeyie, Daniel E. Mwamba, Zuberi
Professor – Administration of Justice Professor – Political Science
B.A., Hope College B.A., University of Wisconsin
M.A., University of Connecticut M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Ph.D., Syracuse University Ph.D., Howard University
Herrington, Theophilus
Associate Professor – Political Science
B.A., Fort valley State University
MA., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbaba

328 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
Nayer, Gautam Robinson, Carroll G.
Assistant Professor – Administration of Justice Associate Professor – Political Science
B.A., American University J.D., George Washington University
M.P.A., University of North Carolina at Pembroke B.A., Stockton State College
Ph.D., Rutgers University
Olonilua, Ponmile Sen, Lalita
Assistant Professor – Political Science Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental Policy
B.A., Obafemi Awolowo University, Ile-Ife, Nigeria B.S., University College Swansen, University of Wales
M.P.A., Ph.D., Texas Southern University M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Onwudiwe, Ihekwoaba Smith, Sheri
Professor & Department Chair – Administration of Justice Associate Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental
B.A., Central State University Policy
M.S., Florida State University B.S., George Washington University
Ph.D., Florida State University M.S., University of Illinois at Champaign Urbana
Ph.D., Texas A & M University
Opolot, James S. E. Solitare, Laura
Professor – Administration of Justice Associate Professor – Urban Planning & Environmental
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Policy
PhD, Rutgers University
MURP, Virginia Commonwealth University
BS, University of Connecticut
Pan, Qisheng Tachia, Hon Richard
Professor & Department Chair – Urban Planning & Envi- Associate Professor – Administration of Justice
ronmental Policy B.S., University of Nigeria, Nsukka
B.S., Peking University M.S., Iowa State University
M.S., Peking University Ph.D., Oklahoma State University
M.S., University of Southern California
Ph.D., University of Southern California
Perez-Feliciano, Luis Taylor-Greene, Helen
Associate Professor – Political Science Professor – Administration of Justice
B.A., Florida International University B.S., Howard University
M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University M.S., The American University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
Price, Byron E. Woods, Don Anthony
Associate Professor – Political Science Professor – Political Science
B.S. - Texas Southern University, 1988 B.S., M.A., Tennessee State University
M.B.A. - Oklahoma City University, 1991 Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
M.P.A. - Texas Southern University, 1993
Ph.D. - Mississippi State University, 2002

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 329
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE

The Department of Political Science offers courses in Political Science (POLS) and Public Affairs (PA), as well as two
undergraduate degrees, the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Political Science and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Public
Affairs, and one graduate degree, the Master of Public Administration (for information on the MPA refer to the graduate
school bulletin). In addition to these courses, the department offers six (6) semester credit hours of American and Texas
government that are required of all students by the university. Offices of faculty members are located on the fourth floor of
the Mickey Leland/Barbara Jordan School of Public Affairs Building.
The mission of the department is essentially twofold: (1) to develop general competencies in students that will allow
them to continue their education in either graduate or professional schools upon completion of their undergraduate
studies; and (2) to prepare students for entry-level professional public service positions. Three objectives are prominent
in the realization of this mission: (1) to provide students with essential knowledge and understanding of the dynamics
related to the Texas, national, and international political systems and their relationships to these systems; (2) to provide
students with an in-dept understanding of the American political system; and (3) to develop problem solving skills and
competencies in students that will translate to various work settings.

The Bachelor of Arts in Political Science degree prepares students for careers in various aspects of public service, law,
business, journalism, politics, public policy analysis, and education. They learn how to evaluate individual and group
behavior in political systems. Political Science courses are designed to stimulate students to be better citizens through an
understanding of the working of the American and other political systems.

Requirements for the B.S. in Public Affairs and the B.A. in Political Science are specified, in detail, below. As first-time degree
seekers, students are required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline either through the Department or
through another department for graduation. Grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable) must be earned
in all major and minor courses required for graduation. Additionally, in selecting minors, students should seek detailed
advisement from their designated advisors because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core
curriculum for the degree of choice could impact the total number of credits required. In no case will students qualify for
graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 120 semester credit hours satisfactorily completed. At the beginning
of the senior year, majors should have their overall transcripts and records evaluated by the Faculty Chair to verify their status with
regard to graduation. An exit examination is required of all graduating seniors.

Students wishing to pursue one of the two undergraduate degrees offered through the Department must first gain
admission to the University, and must petition the Department for admission. In petitioning, students must have an
earned overall GPA of 2.00 or better and have completed the following courses with grades of “C” or better (grades of
“C-“ are unacceptable): POLS 231 (American Political Systems I), POLS 232 (American Political Systems II), ENG 131
(Freshman English I), and ENG 132 (Freshman English II). In those instances where a student has an exemplary record
and may not have met all of the requirements he/she can make a special appeal to the Department for admission. Once
admitted to the Department for admission, students are each assigned an official advisor who must approve all class
schedules; and they must keep the Department informed of current addresses and telephone numbers up to graduation.
Students must also retain a minimum overall GPA of 2.00 and fulfill all prerequisites for required courses prior to
scheduling them to remain in good standing in the Department. Students failing to meet prerequisites for courses will
be withdrawn, administratively, from them. Students are also cautioned that transfer credits will be accepted for either
elective or required courses only if grades of “C” or better have been earned (grades of “C-” are unacceptable).

For a minor in Political Science, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required. Students pursuing this minor must
first complete POLS 231 and POLS 232 with grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable) before enrolling in the
following courses: (3 semester credit hours each): POLS 330, POLS 340, POLS 410, POLS 413, POLS 390 or POLS 391. Six (6)
elective credits in POLS (two additional courses of 3 credits each) must also be earned.

For a minor in Public Affairs, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses
(3 semester credit hours each): PA 271, PA 301, PA 311, PA 312, PA 313, PA 321, and PA 400. Students seeking the Public
Affairs minor who have taken a research methods course in their major area may be eligible for an approved substitution in the
listing with the consent of the Faculty Chair.

330 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES

POLS 231 American Political Systems I (3)


Study of the national, state, and local government, including principles of American government,
constitutions, public opinion, socialization, interest groups, political parties, and elections. Not
counted toward major or minor in Political Science. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as GOVT
2301 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

POLS 232 American Political Systems II (3)


Continuation of national, state, and local government, including the legislative, executive, and judicial
branches; American foreign policy; rights of the individual. Not counted toward major or minor in
Political Science. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as GOVT 2302 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

POLS 250 Introduction to Political Science (3)


Introduction to the history, scope, methods, and approaches to the study of political science and
politics. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per
week.

POLS 310 Legislative Process (3)


Structure of the powers and roles of legislatures and legislators, legislative structure, decision making,
internal and external pressure upon legislators. Special attention given to the United States Congress.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 311 Judicial Process (3)


Structure, function, and process of the American court systems and related institutions; factors
influencing judicial decision-making. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and
POLS 232.

POLS 330 Comparative Government (3)


Introduction to the methods and scope of comparative government; analysis of the institutions and
cultures that impact selected governments. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 340 International Relations (3)


Survey of the major approaches and principles of international relations that affect the members of the
international community. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS
231 and POLS 232.

POLS 341 International Organizations (3)


Study of international organizations along with their roles, functions, and objectives in the
international community. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 360 Political Systems of Africa (3)


Study of Modern Africa from World War 1, including the different European policies, growth of
nationalism, movements to independence, white supremacist bloc, and Africa today. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 361 Political Issues in Africa Today (3)


Study of contemporary events in Africa since the end of World War II, including the growth of
nationalism to independence, modernization, economic development, and the emergence of new
political systems. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 380 Political Systems of Latin America (3)


Study of the political and economic development of selected Latin American countries with emphasis on
the period since World War 11. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 331
POLS 381 Dynamics of Latin America (3)
Study of the major problems of Latin America: democratic government, urbanization, and economic
development. Individual countries may be studied. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 390 Development of Political Thought: Classical and Medieval Theory (3)
Political philosophy of early Greek, Roman, and medieval European thinkers. Special concentration
on the major political works of Plato and Aristotle. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 391 Modern Political Theory (3)


Political philosophy from the Italian city-state to the twentieth century. Special emphasis on
Machiavelli, the Social Contract School, and Marx. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 392 American Political Thought (3)


Study of the development of political thought in the United States from the seventeenth century to
the present. Emphasis placed on the historical context in which political thought and movements
developed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 393 African American Political Thought (3)


Analysis of ideas, personalities, relevant ideologies and categories, and the role of theory in African
American political thought.

POLS 401 Executive Process (3)


The political dynamics of chief executives and their relationship to the competitive branches and units
of government within the American political system. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 403 Policy Formulation and Decision Making (3)


An examination of the forces and constraints involved in making and implementing public policy.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 410 Politics in Black America (3)


The study of Blacks’ efforts to participate in the American political system; government and societal
responses; present status of Blacks in the political system. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 411 American Political Parties (3)


The study of the American party system, including the functions, activities, development, structure,
and organization of political parties. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and
POLS 232.

POLS 412 Civil Rights and Political Judiciary Processes (3)


A study of civil rights and how they have been impacted by the constitutional process of checks and
balances; civil rights in party politics; civil rights as seen by American minorities. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 413 Constitutional Law (3)


The development and application of American constitutional law as interpreted by Supreme Court
decisions on selected topics, cases, and recent trends. Required of majors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 414 American Foreign Policy (3)


Factors shaping contemporary American foreign policy; administration and conduct of foreign
affairs; the major foreign policy problems; cases in decision making. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

332 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
POLS 419 Selected Topics in Political Science (3)
Analysis of selected areas and problems in political science. Subject matter varies from year to year.
Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 420 Urban Politics (3)


Investigation of urban political systems; politics in America’s large cities and their relationship to
minorities; analysis of resources, strategies, and tactics in urban areas. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 431 Current International Issues (3)


Seminar focusing on a review of events as they occur using topical events reported in the news media.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 440 Seminar on Women’s Political Issues (3)


Analysis of selected topics relevant to women and politics. Subject matters vary from year to year.
Prerequisites: POLS 231 and POLS 232.

POLS 498 Capstone Seminar in Political Science (3)


Directed reading, research, and discussion of different sub-fields in the discipline of Political Science.
Includes a significant writing component. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS COURSES

PA 271 Introduction to Public Administration (3)


The rise, significance, and role of public administration. Problems of executive leadership,
administrative organization, personnel and management, administrative decision-making and
adjustment. Three hours of lecture per week.

PA 301 Research Methods in Public Administration (3)


Introduction to applied research methods in public administration with emphasis on descriptive
statistical methods as a tool for assisting public managers in decision making. Computer applications
included. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 133.

PA 302 Quantitative Methods in Public Administration (3)


Continuation of PA 301 introducing probability and inferential statistics as analytical tools useful to
public administrators. Students are expected to gain knowledge and experience in the use of packaged
statistical software in data analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PA 301.

PA 311 Introduction to Public Sector Planning (3)


Introduction to the principles, methods, and techniques of public sector planning. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: PA 271.

PA 312 Public Budgeting (3)


Introduction to the method and nature of government financing, including a study of public revenues,
expenditures, debts, fiscal policies, and certain problems related to government fiscal systems. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PA 271.

PA 313 Organization Behavior and Management (3)


Analysis of various theories of human behavior in organizational settings from the disciplines of
Political Science, Sociology, Psychology, and Public Administration. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: PA 271.

PA 321 Personnel Administration (3)


Principles, theories, and methods of human resource management. Particular attention given to
personnel policy, procedures, and collective bargaining. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
PA 313.
Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 333
PA 350 Internship (6)
Supervised work experience with various public, private, and governmental agencies. Intern will be
jointly supervised by the agency head and appropriate academic advisor. Eighteen hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the appropriate faculty advisor or Faculty
Chair.

PA 400 Program Evaluation (3)


Focuses on evaluation as a management tool to improve public sector program performance and
introduces concepts, principles, methods, and practice of program performance evaluation. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PA 301 and PA 302.

PA 401 Policy Process (3)


Examines the role, influence, and interaction of legislatures, executives, bureaucracies, courts,
and interest groups. Focuses on policy processes: problem definition, agenda setting, budgeting,
authorization, implementation, and oversight. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PA 271.

PA 410 Seminar in Public Affairs (3)


Special topics seminar that provides for the examination of selected public affairs problems and issues.
Specific content varies from semester to semester. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
consent of the instructor.

PA 461 Supervised Independent Study (6)


Designed to allow students to conduct a scientific inquiry into a problem and present the research
finding in a scholarly manner. Prerequisites: Senior standing, overall GPA of 3.30 or better,
recommendation from appropriate faculty members and faculty advisor, and approval of the Faculty
Chair.

334 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN
POLITICAL SCIENCE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (POLITICAL SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 30 credits 26 credits 21 credits
ENG 131(3)** POLS 250 (3) ECON 231 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) POLS 330 (3) ECON 232 (3) department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) POLS 340 (3) MATH 134 or 135 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) POLS 390 or 391 (3) PA 301 (3) being admitted
BIOL 143 (4) POLS 410 (3) PA 302 (3) as a major
PHYS 101 or POLS 413 (3) PE 1xx (1)
GEOL 141 (4) plus PSY 131 or
ENG 2xx (3) 12 credits SOC 158 (3)
ART 131, MUSI 131, or selected from Foreign Language
THC 130 (3) the following or Approved
HIST 231 (3) 3-credit hour courses: CS credits (6)
HIST 232 (3) POLS 310, POLS 311 FS 102 (1)
POLS 231 (3) POLS 341, POLS 360
POLS 232 (3) POLS 361, POLS 380
SOC 157 (3) POLS 381, POLS 392
CS 116 (3) POLS 393, POLS 401
POLS 403, POLS 411
POLS 412, POLS 414
POLS 419, POLS 420
POLS 431, POLS 440
POLS 498

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 335
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Political Science
Total Credits: 121

First Semester Second Semester


English 131 3 English 132 3
Math 133 3 Math 134 or 135 3
Freshman

FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Sociology 157 3


History 231 3 History 232 3
Speech 135 or 136 3 Pol. Sci. 232 3
Pol. Sci. 231 3 P.E. 102 1
16 hrs 16hrs

First Semester Second Semester


English (200 level) 3 Computer Sc 116 3
Sophomore

Biology 143 4 Phys 101 or Geol 141 4


Aesthetics* 3 Sociology 158 or Psychology 131 3
For. Lang./Sub 3 For. Lang./Sub 3
Pol. Sci. 250 3 Pol. Sci. 330 3
*Art 131 or Mu 131 or THC 130
16 hrs 16 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


Economics 231 3 Economics 232 3
PA 301 3 PA 302 3
Junior

Pol. Sci. 340 3 Pol. Sci. Elective 3


Pol. Sci. 390 or 391 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Pol. Sci. Elective 3

15 hrs 15 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


Pol. Sci. 413 3 Pol. Sci. 410 3
Pol. Sci. Elective 3 Pol. Sci. Elective 3
Senior

Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3

15 hrs 12 hrs

336 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
PUBLIC AFFAIRS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (PUBLIC AFFAIRS) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 36 credits*** 20 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** PA 271 (3) ECON 231 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) PA 301 (3) ECON 232 (3) department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) PA 302 (3) MATH 134 or 135 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) PA 311 (3) PE 1xx (1) being admitted
BIOL 143 (4) PA 312 (3) PSY 131 or as a major
PHYS 101 or PA 313 (3) SOC 158 (3)
GEOL 141 (4) PA 321 (3) Foreign Language
ENG 2xx (3) PA 350 (6) or Approved
ART 131, MUSI 131, or PA 400 (3) CS credits (6)
THC 130 (3) PA 401 (3) FS 102
HIST 231 (3) PA 410 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
SOC 157 (3)
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 337
Bachelor of Science Degree in Public Affairs
Total Credits: 121

First Semester Second Semester


English 131 3 English 132 3
Math 133 3 Math 134 or 135 3
Freshman

FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Sociology 157 3


History 231 3 History 232 3
Speech 135 or 136 3 Pol. Sci. 232 3
Pol. Sci. 231 3 P.E. 102 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


English (200 level) 3 Computer Sc 116 3
Sophomore

Biology 143 4 Phys 101 or Geol 141 4


Aesthetics* 3 Sociology 158 or Psychology 131 3
For. Lang./Sub 3 For. Lang./Sub 3
PA 271 3 PA 301 3
*Art 131 or Mu 131 or THC 130
16 hrs 16 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


Economics 231 3 Economics 232 3
PA 302 3 PA 312 3
Junior

PA 311 3 PA 313 3
Minor 3 PA 321 3
Minor 3 Minor 3

15 hrs 15 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


PA 401 3 PA 400 3
Senior

PA 350 6 PA 410 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

338 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

The Department of Administration of Justice offers courses in Administration of Justice (DAJ) and Military Science (MSCI)
and an undergraduate degree, the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Administration of Justice. A minor in Administration of
Justice is offered for students pursuing undergraduate degrees or majors in other departments where they are required
to declare a minor. The Department of Administration of Justice also offers the minor in Military Science and a newly
created minor in Air Force Leadership. Interested students may obtain information from the department office located
on the fourth floor of the Public Affairs Building. The Department of Administration of Justice initiated a M.S. degree in
Administration of Justice in Fall 2007 and a Ph.D. in Administration of Justice in Fall 2008.

The mission of the Department of Administration of Justice is to educate students for careers and community service within
a diverse urban environment through the development of specialized knowledge and skills needed for effective public
service. The Department strives to prepare students not only with facts and concepts, but also, more importantly, to think
critically and ethically in applying knowledge to related problems and challenging situations.

The curriculum presents subjects designed to develop competence for employment and for leadership roles for students
planning careers in the judiciary, law enforcement, parole and probation, corrections, institutional services, security
administration, homeland security, and other related career areas.

Students wishing to pursue the undergraduate degree offered through the Department must first gain admission to the
University. They must satisfy ASSET requirements, eradicate identified deficiencies, and declare Administration of Justice
as their major. To declare a major in Administration of Justice, students must have an earned overall GPA of 2.50 or better
and have completed the following four courses with grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable): POLS 231
(American Political Systems I), POLS 232 (American Political Systems II), ENG 131 (Freshman English I), and ENG 132
(Freshman English II). Once admitted to the Department, students are each assigned an Academic Advisor who must
approve all class schedules. They must also keep the Department Office informed of current addresses and telephone
numbers prior to graduation. Students must also retain a minimum overall GPA of 2.00 and fulfill all prerequisites
for required courses prior to scheduling them to remain in good standing in the Department. Students failing to meet
prerequisites for courses will be withdrawn, administratively, from them. Students are also cautioned that transfer credits
will be accepted for either elective or required courses only if grades of “C” or better have been earned (grades of “C-” are
unacceptable) at an accredited educational institution.

Students wishing to pursue the B.S. in Administration of Justice are cautioned that a prior criminal conviction may be
used to deny access or placement in various jobs in the criminal justice system, especially those related to the judiciary, law
enforcement, detention, and corrections, even when the degree has been earned.

Requirements for the B.S. in Administration of Justice are specified, in detail, below. As first-time degree seekers, students
are required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline either through the Department or through another
department for graduation. Grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-” are unacceptable) must be earned in all major and
minor courses required for graduation. Additionally, in selecting minors, students should seek detailed advisement from
their designated advisors because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core curriculum for the
degree of choice could impact the total number of credits required. In no case will students qualify for graduation at the
undergraduate level with fewer than 120 semester credit hours satisfactorily completed. At the beginning of the senior
year, majors should have their overall transcripts and records evaluated by their Academic Advisor to verify their status with
regard to graduation. An exit examination is required of all graduating seniors.

For a minor in Administration of Justice, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required. The following courses (3
semester credit hours each) must be taken: AJ 105, AJ 211, AJ 220, and AJ 240. In addition, nine (9) 300-level or 400-level
semester credits must be earned as electives along with the four courses identified.

For a minor in Military Science, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required. To qualify for this minor, twelve (12)
credit hours must be taken in 300-to-400-level courses. Nine (9) credit hours must be completed in residency, and six (6) of the
nine (9) must be in 300-to-400-level courses. Students may receive credit for 100-200-level courses based upon prior military
training, completion of ROTC Basic Camp, completion of JROTC training, or completion of one year at a service academy.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 339
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE COURSES

AJ 100 Introduction to Criminology (3)


An introduction to the scientific study of crime. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 105 Introduction to Administration of Justice (3)


An introduction to the U.S. and Texas criminal justice systems. Definition of crime, law enforcement,
prosecution, due process, and rehabilitation systems. Prerequisite for all Administration of Justice
courses. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed as CRIJ 1301 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

AJ 211 Introduction to Court Systems (3)


Examines the role of courts in the criminal justice system. Special attention is on processes and
organization of state and federal courts. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 220 Introduction to Corrections (3)


Historical development of the current structure and dynamics of correctional organizations and their
practices. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 240 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3)


Survey of both public and private law enforcement agencies with special emphasis on public law
enforcement agencies at the different levels of government. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 241 Security Management (3)


Organization of the security function and its administration will be emphasized. Selection, education,
and training for security personnel will be examined including modern technological approaches.

AJ 250 Legal Aspects of Law Enforcement (3)


Designed to create an awareness of the law governing the behavior of law enforcement officials.
Special attention given to probable cause, interrogation, arrest, searches and seizures, and criminal
court procedure. Three hours of lecture per week. Listed in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System as CRIJ 2323.

AJ 300 Substance Abuse (3)


Designed to focus on varied substances, including drugs and alcohol that are currently being used and
abused in society. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 301 Research Methods in Administration of Justice (3)


Introduction to applied research methods in administration of justice with emphasis on descriptive
statistical methods as a tool for assisting administration of justice administrators and researchers in
decision making. Computer applications included. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 302 Quantitative Methods in Administration of Justice (3)


Continuation of AJ 301 introducing probability and inferential statistics as analytical tools useful to
administration of justice administrators and researchers. Students are expected to gain knowledge and
experience in the use of packaged statistical software in data analysis. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: AJ 301.

AJ 310 Criminal Law and Procedure (3)


Basic concepts of criminal law with an emphasis on the penal law of Texas. Evidence sufficiency,
procedural due process, and constitutional safeguards also addressed. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: AJ 211 and AJ 250.

AJ 313 Judicial Administration (3)


Local, state, and federal judicial operations; constitutional, legislative, and judicial influence on
administrative action; and administrative problems associated with judicial functions. Prerequisite: AJ
211.

340 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
AJ 321 Probation and Parole Administration (3)
Systems of probation and parole from the perspective of organization, operation, and results; legal and
administrative requirements of probation management; substitutions for incarceration. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: AJ 220.

AJ 322 Juvenile Justice System (3)


Examination of aspects of the juvenile justice history and philosophy; court practices and procedures;
police practices and corrections. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 323 Correctional Counseling (3)


Emphasis on principles and procedures; the theoretical foundations of therapeutic psychology;
therapeutic techniques and processes. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AJ 220.

AJ 333 Police and Community Relations (3)


Role of the urban police department in community relations and how the police and the community
can establish a more effective relationship. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 334 Criminal Investigation (3)


Designed to focus on the theory and practice of criminal investigation, including techniques and skills
of successful investigators. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AJ 240.

AJ 335 Community-Based Corrections (3)


Principles and practices of community-based corrections such as probation, intermediate sanctions
and parole. Emphasis is on functions, supervisions, problems, methods and technologies utilized in
community-based programs.

AJ 338 Spatial Analysis of Crime (3)


The analysis of the location of crime including the site and situational relationship of crime causative
and associational factors. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 345 Comparative Administration of Justice (3)


An introduction to various administration of justice systems and practices operative in different
nation-states. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 411 Seminar on Administration of Justice Ethics (3)


Ethical issues in criminal justice by philosophers, criminal justice professionals, lawyers and judges,
and the general public. Includes topics relating to policy, courts, corrections, and issues in legal
philosophy. Prerequisite: 18 semester credit hours in Administration of Justice or consent of the
instructor.

AJ 412 Selected Topics in Administration of Justice (3)


The review of various administration of justice beliefs and practices; the topics can vary by semester
and instructor. May be repeated for up to 9 credits as topics vary. Three hours of lecture per week.

AJ 441 Correctional Administration (3)


Organizational and Administrative problems and procedures unique to corrections. Custody,
discipline, security force distribution, and coordination with treatment services within correctional
institutions. Personnel policies, budgets, and the prison community’s social structure. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: AJ 220.

AJ 450 Police Administration (3)


Emphasis on police management theory and practice; personnel management; planning and research;
management of information; allocation and distribution of operational human resources. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AJ 240.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 341
AJ 451 Seminar on Administration of Justice (3)
Selected topics such as the experiences encountered by African-Americans and other ethnic groups in
criminal justice in the United States. May be repeated for up to 9 credits as topics vary. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: 21 semester credit hours in Administration of Justice or consent of the
instructor.

AJ 452 Race and Crime (3)


An introduction to the impact and relationship of race and ethnicity to crime. Three hours of lecture
per week.
AJ 453 Administration of Justice Theories
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of competing theories in
administration of justice. Listed in the Texas Common Course Numbering System as CRIJ
003642.

AJ 460 Administration of Justice Internship (3)


Supervised practical experience in public and nonprofit selected agencies. Designed for student at
junior and senior levels.

MILITARY SCIENCE COURSES

MSCI 113 Ranger Challenge Training (1)


Team competition, land navigation, rifle marksmanship, tactics, and survival skills covered. Fitness
training requires cadets to compete against other universities. Prerequisite: Must be enrolled for
Military Science minor.

MSCI 115 Physical Readiness Training (1)


Satisfies physical education requirements. Utilizes U.S. Army fitness techniques in developing strength,
flexibility, and endurance. Develops self-confidence through leadership training and physical activities.
Open to all students at the University. Offered during the fall semester only.

MSCI 116 Physical Readiness Training (1)


Continuation of MSCI 115. Open to all students at the University. Offered during the spring semester
only.

MSCI 121 Introduction to Army and Marksmanship (2)


Introduction to the role of the U.S. Armed Forces in society. Emphasizes weapon safety, responsibility,
and marksmanship techniques. No military obligation incurred for attendance. Open to all students at
the University.

MSCI 122 Survival and Unarmed Self-Defense (2)


Basic concepts and techniques in unarmed self-defense, field expedient techniques, and basic field craft
addressed. Rape prevention techniques also addressed. No military obligation incurred for attendance.
Open to all students at the University.

MSCI 221 Military Leadership Development (2)


Introduction to leadership, problem analysis, decision making, oral communication, first aid, land
navigation, basic radio communications, marksmanship, and repelling. Fitness training and laboratory
required.

MSCI 222 Military Leadership Development (2)


Continuation of MSCI 221. Fitness training and laboratory required.

342 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
MSCI 241 Basic Camp (4)
Six-week, off-campus field training practicum that introduces students to the military. Includes topics
in leadership and repelling. No military obligation is required for attending course. Prerequisite:
Consent of the Faculty Chair.

MSCI 331 Advanced Military Science (3)


Introduction to small unit leadership, troop leading procedures, leadership theory, and small unit
patrolling. Fitness training required as part of the course. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

MSCI 332 Advanced Military Science (3)


Introduction to combat orders and military principles, small unit tactics, and tactical communications.
Fitness training required as part of the course. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

MSCI 431 Advanced Military Science (3)


Leadership and command, military law, administration/staff operations and procedures, dynamics of
the military team, training management, ethics, and professionalism. Fitness training required as part
of the course. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

MSCI 432 Advanced Military Science (3)


Continuation of MSCI 431. Fitness training required as part of the course. Prerequisite: Consent of
the Faculty Chair.

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 343
CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (ADMIN OF JUSTICE)^ REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 45 credits 10 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** AJ 100 (3) CS 117 (3) Contact
ENG 132 (3) AJ 105 (3) HED 233 (2) department of
AJ 211 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) AJ 220 (3) MATH 134 or 135 (3) choice after
MATH 133 (3) AJ 240 (3) PE 1xx (1) being admitted
BIOL 143 (4) AJ 250 (3) PE 1xx (1) as a major.
AJ 301 (3) FS 102 (1)
AJ 302 (3)
PHYS 101 or AJ 321 (3)
GEOL 141 (4)
ENG 2xx (3) AJ 411 (3)
ART 131, MUSI 131, or AJ 460 (3)
THC 130 (3) Plus 12 credits selected
HIST 231 (3) from the following:
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3) AJ 241 (3)
POLS 232 (3) AJ 300 (3)
PSY 131; SOC 157, AJ 310 (3)
AJ 313 (3)
or SOC 158 (3) AJ 322 (3)
CS 116 (3) AJ 323 (3)
AJ 333 (3)
AJ 334 (3)
AJ 335 (3)
AJ 338 (3)
AJ 345 (3)
AJ 412 (3)
AJ 441 (3)
AJ 450 (3)
AJ 451 (3)
AJ 452 (3)

Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
^ Students must earn grades of C or better in all AJ core courses, POLS and freshman English courses, and courses in the Minor.

344 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Catalog 2012-2014
Bachelor of Science Degree in Administration of Justice
Four-Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
AJ 100 3 AJ 105 3
English 131 3 AJ 220 3
Freshman

Math 133 3 English 132 3


Art 131, Music 131 or Theater 130 3 Math 134/135 3
Psy 131, Soc 157 or Soc 158 3 SC 135/136 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PE (100 Level) 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


AJ 240 3 AJ 250 3
Pol. Sci. 231 3 Pol. Sci. 232 3
Sophomore

Eng (200 Level) 3 HED 233 2


Geol 141 or Phys 101 4 Biol 143 & Biol 143L 4
CS 116 3 CS 117 3
PE (100 Level) 1
16 hrs 16 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


Hist 231 3 Hist 232 3
AJ 301 3 AJ 302 3
Junior

AJ 211 3 AJ 321 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
Minor 3 Minor 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

First Semester Second Semester


AJ 411 3 AJ Elective 3
AJ 460 3 AJ Elective 3
Senior

AJ Elective 3 Minor 3
AJ Elective 3 Minor 3
Minor 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 345
346 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES

OVERVIEW

The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences consists of three departments: Pharmaceutical Sciences, Pharmacy Practice, and
Health Sciences. The College offers the Doctor of Pharmacy (two-year pre-pharmacy, four-year professional program degree), and
graduate degrees in Health Care Administration (M.S. in Health Care Administration) and Pharmaceutical Sciences (M.S./Ph.D. in
Pharmaceutical Sciences). The College offers five baccalaureate or undergraduate degrees through the Department of Health Sciences:
the Bachelor of Science in Environmental Health, the Bachelor of Science in Health Administration, the Bachelor of Science in
Health Information Management, the Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy, and the Bachelor of Science in Clinical Laboratory
Science. Information on the Master of Science Degree in Health Care Administration and the M.S./Ph.D. degrees in Pharmaceutical
Sciences can be obtained directly from the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Admissions Office (3100 Cleburne; Houston,
Texas 77004-9987) or the Graduate School.

Administratively, the College is organized with a Dean who is assisted by an Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, an Assistant Dean
for Student Services, an Assistant Dean for Practice Programs, and three Faculty Chairs who administer the didactic and experiential
components of all programs. The Associate Dean for Academic Affairs is responsible for all academic matters of the College, and
in the absence of the Dean, is responsible for the operations of the College. The Assistant Dean for Student Services coordinates all
student related organizations and activities, including recruitment, admissions, registration, counseling, and academic advising. The
Assistant Dean for Practice Programs is responsible for the coordination of the professional practice experiences program. The Dean,
Associate Dean, Assistant Deans, and Chairs of Pharmaceutical Sciences and Pharmacy Practice are housed in Gray Hall. The office
of the Assistant Dean for Practice Programs is located on the Texas Medical Center John P. McGovern Campus and the Chair of the
Department of Health Sciences is housed in Room 202 of the Nabrit Science Center.

MISSION STATEMENT

The mission of the COPHS is to produce quality health care professionals, particularly minorities who are competent in health
care delivery including the provision of patient-centered care and other health care services and programs. In fulfilling its purpose,
the College is committed to fostering an innovative, productive and receptive learning environment for research, scholarly
activities, and service; infusing new technology into its infrastructure and academic programs; and preparing, nurturing and
mentoring students to be leaders in their fields and good citizens who give back to their city, state, nation and global communities.
The college evaluates and assesses academic programs to ensure that the programs support the mission, vision and values of the
university and college and support the advancement of graduate education and research focusing on reducing health disparities
among minority and other underserved populations.

ACCREDITATION

The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is a member of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, and the
Association of Schools of Allied Health Professions. Programs in Pharmacy are accredited by the Accreditation Council for
Pharmacy Education. The Respiratory Therapy Program is accredited by the Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory
Care (CoARC). The Health Information Management Program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health
Informatics and Information Management Education (CAHIIM). The Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology)
Program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Science. The Environmental Health Program
is accredited by the Environmental Health Science and Protection Accreditation Council (EHAC). The Health Administration
Program is certified by the Association of University Programs in Health Administration (AUPHA).

REGISTRATION AS A PHARMACIST IN THE STATE OF TEXAS


LICENSURE AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS

An applicant for licensure shall be of good moral character, provide satisfactory evidence that the age of 18 years has been
obtained and shall meet one of the following requirements: (1) have graduated and received a professional degree from a college
of pharmacy the professional degree program of which has been accredited by ACPE and meets the requirements of the board;
or (2) have graduated from a foreign college of pharmacy and obtained full certification from the FPGEC.

To become a registered pharmacist in the State of Texas, candidates must obtain a minimum grade of 75 on the North American
Pharmacist Licensure Examination (NAPLEX); and must earn minimum grade of 75 on the Multistate Pharmacy Jurisprudence
Examination (MPJE).

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 347


The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences has a structured practical experience program, approved by the Texas State Board of
Pharmacy, which satisfies the practical experience requirement for licensure.

REGISTRATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH

Upon completion of all academic and professional work in Environmental Health students are eligible to receive the Bachelor of
Science (B.S.) degree in Environmental Health. Persons completing the program of study in Environmental Health are eligible
to apply for registration/certification with the National Environmental Health Association (NEHA), the Air Pollution Training
Institute (APTI), the National Safety Council (NSC), the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH),
the National Society of Health Physics (NSHP), the Texas Environmental Health Association (TEHA), and the Texas Commission
on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). The curriculum of study prepares students for successful completion of registration/
certification examinations for Environmental Quality Specialist, Hazardous Substance Professional, Industrial Hygienist, and
Health Physicist.

REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATION AS A HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGER

The Bachelor of Science Degree is awarded to students upon successful completion of the curriculum in Health Information
Management. Once students earn this degree, they are eligible to apply for registration as Health Information Managers through
the American Health Information Management Association.

REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATION IN CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

Upon completion of all academic and professional work in Clinical Laboratory Science, students are eligible to receive both the
Bachelor of Science Degree in Clinical Laboratory Science and a Certificate of Completion in Clinical Laboratory Science, as well
as to apply to take the national certification examination administered by The American Society for Clinical Pathology Board of
Registry and The National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Personnel.
LICENSURE/CERTIFICATION AS A RESPIRATORY THERAPIST
Eligible seniors will receive the program Certificate of Completion and will take the National Board of Respiratory Care Entry
Level Examination (CRT). After successful completion of the CRT, and receipt of State Licensure, seniors will take the two
professional board Registry examinations (WRT and CSE) to obtain the Registered Respiratory Therapist (RRT) credential. The
Bachelor of Science Degree in Respiratory Therapy is awarded upon successful completion of the curriculum and official proof of
attaining the RRT credential.

348 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


ADMISSION POLICIES

General

Admission to the Doctor of Pharmacy Program in the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is under the Office of Student
Services in the College (through an official Admissions and Academic Standards Committee) and the University Director of
Admissions. All correspondence on this subject should be directed to the Assistant Dean for Student Services in the College
of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Admissions Office at Texas Southern University (3100 Cleburne; Houston, Texas 77004-
9987). A completed application, including all required supporting credentials, should be received by the College Admissions
Office as early as possible. Please refer to the College website for the specific application deadline (new students are admitted only
in the Fall semester) for the Doctor of Pharmacy Program. Students seeking admission to programs in Health Sciences should
contact the Department of Health Sciences for program specific deadlines for submission of a completed application. Credentials
for admission must, in every case, include a complete record of all previous high school, college, and/or university work.

Because of the uniqueness of the various programs in the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, it is important that interested
persons consult the specific program criteria that complement the general policies described here and seek advisement from faculty
in the program of interest.

All requirements for graduation with the entry-level Doctor of Pharmacy Degree must be completed within six years after
enrollment in the Professional Program. All requirements for graduation with a B.S. degree in one of the Health Sciences programs
must be completed within six years after initial enrollment as a freshman or within four years in the professional program. When
this is not the case, the complete academic records of students in question will be subject to review by the Faculty of the College
of Pharmacy and Health Sciences to determine whether continuation will be allowed. During the semester prior to graduation,
students must file a graduation application. They should contact the Office of the Assistant Dean for Student Services
regarding the graduation application process.

A. For the Pre-Pharmacy Program

Students admitted to the Pre-Pharmacy Program are admitted based on the university’s admissions policy. This policy provides equal
educational opportunity to all graduates of accredited high schools in the United States and foreign countries and also mature adults
who have passed the GED examination.

Students admitted to the Pre-Pharmacy Program should be referred to the Office of Student Services for advisement after they have
met university placement test requirements. These students are primarily eligible to take core curriculum courses leading toward the
entry-level Doctor of Pharmacy until they are eligible to apply for admission to the Professional Pharmacy Program. Students applying
for the Professional Pharmacy Program must also have met university placement test requirements. Admission to the Pre-Pharmacy
Program is not a guarantee of admission to the Professional Pharmacy Program.

B. For the Professional Pharmacy Program or Curriculum

1. Pre-professional (pre-pharmacy) students desiring to enroll in the professional pharmacy program must make application for
admission to the College’s Admissions and Academic Standards Committee by the end of the first semester of the second year
(sophomore level). The following should be noted:
a. Prior to admission to the professional pharmacy program, students must have completed all of the requirements for the first
two years (pre-pharmacy curriculum) and met university placement test requirements.
b. No grade below “C” (2.00) will be accepted in the required courses. Students having grades below “C” in these courses will
be allowed to repeat them, after which time they may apply again to the professional pharmacy program.
c. The on-line application for admissions to the Entry-Level Pharm.D. Program and completed credentials must be received
by the deadline stated on the College website for the year of admission.
d. The Pharmacy College Admissions Test (PCAT) is required for all students seeking admission. Applicants should see the
College website for PCAT Test dates that are acceptable. Applicants with PCAT scores more than one calendar year old
will not be considered for admission.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 349


e. Applicants must be interviewed before admission is offered. A completed on-line application for admission, including the
required letters of recommendation/evaluation, scores from the Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT), and academic
transcripts are required prior to consideration for an interview. Submission of all required documentation does not guarantee
an invitation for an interview
f. Not more than sixty-six (66) semester credit hours completed (grades of “C” or better) will be accepted on transfer from
community or junior colleges.

2. Applicants may be admitted to the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences after transfer to the university from an accredited
standard college or from an approved community or junior college under the following conditions:
a. If the applicant is not under penalty for low scholarship (i.e., poor academic performance) or unsatisfactory conduct in any
collegiate institution previously attended.
b. If the academic average in all college work previously attempted is not below the grade of “C+” with a GPA of 2.33 or
more on a scale of 4.00.
c. If the Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT) has been taken.
d. If the applicant receives a favorable recommendation from the College Admissions and Academic Standards Committee.
The Committee will verify that all of the requirements for the Pre-Pharmacy Program have been met.
e. If the applicant has not exceeded the maximum of 66 credit hours from a two year college.

3. Currently enrolled Professional-program students must maintain an average of “C” (2.00) or better and earn grades of “C”
or better in required courses in any given year. If these standards are not maintained, the following rules will be enforced:
a. Students may repeat the course(s), if offered, during the summer at the University or any approved accredited university
before they can enter the next professional year of study. Students desiring to take pharmacy, health sciences or other courses
off campus or in other departments of the University must secure permission from the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs
of the College prior to registration.
b. Students failing (i.e., grade less than ‘C’) a required course will be allowed to repeat it twice. Students failing to receive a
satisfactory grade after three unsuccessful attempts will not be allowed to continue in the professional pharmacy program.

C. For Graduates of Foreign Schools of Pharmacy

The Faculty of the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences has approved the following stipulations for all graduates of Foreign
Schools of Pharmacy seeking the entry-level Doctor of Pharmacy Degree from Texas Southern University:
1. All applicants in this category apply to the entry-level Pharm.D. program as a first year student; must take the Pharmacy
College Admission Test (PCAT) and complete all prerequisites required for admission.
2. All foreign transcripts must be evaluated by one of the approved agencies certified by Texas Southern University. A
complete list of agencies may be obtained from the Office of International Affairs at Texas Southern University.
3. All applicants in this category must meet the foreign language requirements of the University.

D. For the Pre-Health Sciences Program

Admission to the Pre-Health Sciences Program is open to all students who: (1) present evidence of a having a diploma confirming
high school graduation; (2) show evidence of good character and intellectual promise; and (3) present scores earned on either the SAT
or ACT examination. Students in this category may follow the curriculum of study for the Health Sciences Program of choice up to
enrollment in professional-level courses. Before enrollment in professional-level courses is permitted, students must formally apply
for admission to the Program of choice through the College Admissions and Academic Standards Committee and in accord with
requirements or stipulations presented below. It is important that all applicants for the Health Sciences Programs seek advisement
from the faculty in the program of interest. Once acceptance is recommended by the Committee, students may enroll in professional-
level courses and complete requirements for the chosen Health Sciences degree and professional credential.

350 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


E. For the Professional Program in Environmental Health

All students seeking admission to this program must formally apply to the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee in the
College through the Program Director. Applications must be accompanied by official transcripts of all college work (with evaluations
from the University Registrar) and three letters of recommendation from previous teachers, advisors, or workplace supervisors. All
applicants must have met ASSET and/or other university placement responsibility and have a GPA of 2.50 or better on a 4.00 scale
in mathematics, biology, chemistry, and physics before entering the Program. Students must have acceptance prior to enrollment in
professional courses.

F. For the Professional Program in Health Administration


For acceptance into the Health Administration Program, students must arrange appointments with a faculty advisor prior to
placing Program applications. Once initial advisement is completed, students must seek admission to this program by applying
to the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee in the College through the Program Director. Official transcripts of
all college work (with evaluations from the University Registrar) must accompany all applications, as well as three letters of
recommendations. Additionally, all applicants must have met ASSET responsibility and have an overall GPA of 2.50 or better
on a 4.00 scale to qualify for admission. Students must have acceptance prior to enrollment in professional courses. Membership
and active participation in the Student American College of Health Services Executives (ACHESA) is encouraged. All students
admitted to the Health Administration Program are expected to apply for membership in the American College of Health Services
Executives as a student member. ACHESA is the official professional organization. This forum will allow for interaction between
students and practicing members in the health care management professions.

G. For the Professional Program in Health Information Management


To qualify for admission to the Health Information Management Program, students must submit applications to the Admissions
and Academic Standards Committee in the College through the Program Director accompanied by three letters of recommendation
and transcripts of all college work (with evaluations from the University Registrar). Applicants must have met ASSET and/or other
university placement responsibility at the time of application and have GPA’s of 2.50 or better on a 4.00 scale in mathematics, business,
and computer science to qualify for admission and prior to enrollment in professional courses.

H. For the Professional Program in Clinical Laboratory Science

Students seeking admission to this program must arrange an appointment with the Program Director prior to submitting an
application. Once initial advisement is completed, students should make application to the program by April for the fall class.
There is only one entering class each year in the Fall semester. Applicants must be accepted prior to enrollment in professional
courses. Students applying must submit applications to the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee in the College
through the Program Director, three letters of recommendation from previous instructors, and transcripts of all college work
completed (with evaluations from the University Registrar). In addition, they must have met all ASSET and/or other university
placement requirements and have GPA’s of 2.50 or better on a 4.00 scale in mathematics, biology, chemistry, and physics.
Applicants are required to take the HOBET (Health Occupations Basic Entrance Test) examination.

I. For the Professional Program in Respiratory Therapy

Applications for admission to this program are accepted and finalized each Fall Semester. All entry-level professional courses begin
each Spring Semester. The application process is competitive and requires the submission of an application to the Admissions and
Academic Standards Committee in the College through the Respiratory Therapy Program Director accompanied by three letters of
recommendation and transcripts of all college work completed (transferred credits must be evaluated by the University Registrar).
Students applying must have met ASSET and/or other university placement responsibility and have GPA’s of 2.50 or better on a
4.00 scale in Mathematics and the Basic Sciences of Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. Applicants are required to take the HOBET
(Health Occupations Basic Entrance Test) examination.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 351


TRANSFER CREDIT

The designation of “advanced standing” may be granted, by level, to students transferring from other institutions into the Pre-
Pharmacy Program, the Professional Pharmacy Program, or one of the Health Sciences Programs on a case-by-case basis through
the Office of Admissions at the University, through the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee in the College, and under
rules set forth by authorized committees of the University Faculty. However, students transferring, specifically, into one of the Health
Sciences Programs may transfer no more than sixty-six (66) semester credit hours from either a community or junior college.

The University reserves the right to determine, after a period of at least one semester, the exact number of advanced credits that a
student may be credited.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS IN PHARMACY


First-Year Professional P1 students must have been approved for admission to the professional program by the Admissions and
Academic Standards Committee. Second-Year Professional P2 students are Pharm.D. students who have successfully completed
all prescribed first-year courses with a grade of “C” or better. Third-Year Professional P3 students are Pharm.D. students who have
completed all prescribed first and second-year courses with a grade of “C” or better. Fourth-Year Professional P4 Pharm.D. students
are students who have successfully completed pre-professional, first, second and third year prescribed courses with a grade of “C”
or better and passed the summative examination. All students must have completed all-prerequisites prior to the beginning of
their P4 year in order to begin advanced pharmacy practice experiences. Students are required to maintain a GPA of 2.0 or better.
Additionally, these students must have passed the summative examination to progress to the fourth professional (P4) year.

CLASSIFICATION OF HEALTH SCIENCE MAJORS

A. First Year Students


First-year students are those pre-professional students who have a desire to enroll in one of the Health Sciences major areas.
These students are enrolled in the classes for the respective curricula, having met all requirements for admission to the university.
Additionally, these students must earn grades of “C” or better in the first year classes.

B. Second Year Students

Second-year students are those pre-professional students who have successfully completed the first-year courses for their respective
health science program with the required credit hours as listed below and who have at least twice as many quality points as credit
hours:
Environmental Health -36 credit hours
Health Care Administration -34 credit hours
Health Information Management -40 credit hours
Clinical Laboratory Sciences -35 credit hours
Respiratory Therapy -34 credit hours
C. Third Year Students

Third-year students are considered first-year professional program students.

1. They must have successfully completed the prescribed lower division work including successful completion of the Texas
Higher Education Assessment Test (THEA or ASSET) and/or other required university placement tests.

2. They must have been approved for admission by the appropriate faculty Admission Committee.

3. They must have at least the required credit hours listed below and must have earned at least twice as many quality points
as credit hours.
Environmental Health -76 credit hours
Health Care Administration -65 credit hours
Health Information Management -71 credit hours
Clinical Laboratory Sciences -75 credit hours
Respiratory Therapy -80 credit hours

352 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


D. Fourth- Year Students

Fourth-year students are considered second-year program students.


1. They must have successfully completed the first-year professional courses.
2. They must have at least the required credit hours.

CLASS ATTENDANCE

Compulsory class attendance is the official College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences policy affecting all students regularly enrolled
in courses offered through the College. Students are required to attend 85 % of all regularly scheduled classes, except in advanced
pharmacy practice experiences, internships, preceptorships, and other experiential courses, where no more than two absences are
allowed. Class meetings are usually scheduled Monday through Friday of each week. Prior to mid-term, failure to attend regularly
scheduled classes as required above will be deemed adequate grounds for withdrawal from a course. After mid-term, failure to comply
with the attendance policy may result in a non-passing final grade for the course.

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS

Pharmacy

Students will be required to take formative and summative examinations at various phases during the curriculum.

During the fourth professional year of study, students must successfully complete a comprehensive examination where the score is
validated by the Faculty. Graduation must occur within one year of successful completion of the Comprehensive Examination, or the
Comprehensive Examination must be successfully repeated. In addition, a score of at least 75% in Texas Jurisprudence is required
in order to be approved for graduation.

Environmental Health

Students must pass a comprehensive examination prior to graduation. The passing score is 75%. The examination is administered
during the senior year after candidates for graduation have initiated the graduation application process. Persons with prior certification
in an environmental health profession or who have pursued certification examinations during the course of their studies from
internationally acknowledged organizations, such as the National Environmental Health Association (NEHA), may be exempt from
this requirement based upon positive outcomes.

Health Administration
A comprehensive examination is required of all students to complete the Bachelor of Science in Health Administration degree.
Students are examined in four areas: health status of the population; financial and economic impact of health care; health
care policy; and ethical and legal aspects of health care. A score of 70% or better is considered a passing score. The exam is
administered during the senior year. Graduation must occur within one year of successful completion of the comprehensive
examination, or the comprehensive examination must be repeated.

Health Information Management

A comprehensive examination is required of all students to complete this program. They must pass this examination, which is
given during their senior year, with a score of 75% or better; and they must have the approval of the Program Director before
attempting the examination. Once the examination is completed, students are individually issued a Certificate of Completion in
Health Information Management; and they may petition to take the American Health Information Management Association RHIA
Certification Examination.

Clinical Laboratory Science

All students in this program are required to pass a comprehensive examination during their senior year with a score of 75% or better
prior to graduation. Students approved for graduation may also petition to take a national examination administered by The American
Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Registry and The National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Personnel. Students
failing the comprehensive examination will be required to complete remedial activities and/or course work prior to re-examination.
Students will only be allowed to repeat the comprehensive examination twice.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 353
Respiratory Therapy
Two program comprehensive examinations are required of all students for receipt of the program’s Special Certificate of
Completion in Respiratory Therapy. The two parts consist of the Certified Respiratory Therapist (CRT) examination and
the Registered Respiratory Therapist (RRT) examination. The certificate obligates the student to successfully attempt the
professional board examinations as a requisite to graduation. Students must be approved by the Program Director to attempt
the comprehensive examinations. Successful completion of both comprehensive examinations qualifies students to take the
professional National Board of Respiratory Care Entry board examination to become a Certified Respiratory Therapist (CRT)
and Registered Respiratory Therapist (RRT). The CRT comprehensive examination must be passed prior to attempting the RRT
comprehensive examination. The passing score for both comprehensive examinations is in accord with national passing rates
which require a scaled score of 70. Students failing any part or parts of the program’s comprehensive examinations will be required
to enroll in documented recapitulative course work prior to re-examination.

SCHOLASTIC REPORTS AND PROBATION

Temporary grades for students are reported at mid-semester. If students are doing unsatisfactory work at that time, they have full
responsibility for their own improvement; and it is recommended that they confer with their assigned faculty advisors and with course
instructors for advisement. Poor scholarship, non-attendance, questionable conduct, or lack of industry are reasons for placing a
student on probation and for possible dismissal. If the probation is a result of poor scholarship, it is the responsibility of individual
students to report, at least, once a month to their faculty advisors. Poor scholarship is interpreted to mean failure to earn, at least,
twice as many quality or grade points as semester credit hours attempted during any semester.

ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE

Academic discipline is primarily for corrective purposes and is aimed at the development of responsible student conduct.

The University has the right and the duty to protect its educational purpose through setting and maintaining standards and regulations
considered essential to its purpose. Such standards encompass both dress and behavioral patterns. Guidelines for proper professional
conduct include honesty and personal integrity; respect for human rights, dignity, and well being; proper language; neatness in personal
appearance; courtesy; and cooperation. Disciplinary regulations and procedures are described in the Student Academic Handbook. It
should be kept in mind that suspension and expulsion are among the penalties for grave breaches of discipline. A copy of the Student
Academic Handbook for the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is available on the college website, in the Office of the Dean,
in the Office of the Assistant Dean for Student Services, and in the Health Sciences Department Office.

PROFESSIONAL FEES

PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES FEE. In addition to the cost of tuition, all students are required to pay a professional
fee as part of registration fees. The amount of this fee is subject to change from semester to semester. Collectively, these fees are used
to support student travel to professional meetings and to support student activities.

PROFESSIONAL STUDENT LIABILITY INSURANCE. All students who are enrolled in practice experiences in pharmacy or
health sciences programs are required to purchase liability insurance. The insurance is mandatory and serves to protect the student
and the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, and is a condition for affiliation with other participating institutions.

HEALTH INSURANCE. Health insurance that covers inpatient and outpatient services is a requirement of all students
participating in practice experiences and is a condition of the affiliation agreements with host institutions.

BACKGROUND CHECK. A background check is required of students participating in practice experiences. Students are
referred to an on-line third party vendor, as appropriate, to request the background check and are responsible for any associated
costs and paperwork.

354 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES STUDENTS
PARTICIPATING IN PRACTICE EXPERIENCES

Students in the College who are enrolled in professional practice experiences will be required to present proof of the following:
1. Current record of required immunizations, including Meningitis, MMR (Measles, Mumps, Rubella), Hepatitis B (series I,
II, III), Diphtheria/Tetanus, Tuberculin skin test (annual) and other emerging immunization requirements. Any student
who has a positive PPD must provide copy of a recent chest x-ray, and Varicella compliance. Students must provide dates
of Varicella vaccination or a positive antibody titer. These requirements are subject to change depending upon requests
from affiliates.
2. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Training
3. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPA) Training
4. Occupational Exposure to Blood Borne Pathogens Training
Additionally, students admitted to the professional pharmacy program will be required to present proof of having the appropriate
immunizations prior to being seated in the incoming first professional year class.

The students must meet all other specific requirements of affiliated health care facilities.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS
IN THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES

The Dean’s Office is the executive office of the Faculty. It is the Dean’s duty, under the direction of the Provost/ Vice-President for
Academic Affairs/Research and President, to enforce the rules of the Faculty, the rules of the Board of Regents, and to administer
discipline in the case of violations.

Students must repeat any course in the Pharmacy or Health Sciences curricula in which a grade below ‘C’ (including ‘C-’) has been
earned. Students who earn a grade of at least ‘C-“ in a preceding course that is part of a series may proceed to the next course in the
series. However, the preceding course must be repeated to satisfy the ‘C’ grade requirement stated above. Under no circumstances
may a student proceed to the next course in a series when a grade less than “C-“ is obtained in a preceding course.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The information contained in this bulletin is considered to be descriptive in nature and not contractual. The University
reserves the right to change any policy, requirement, or fee at any time during the time that students are enrolled. Courses
are also subject to change.

DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS IN THE COLLEGE

The three departments housed in the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences are described in detail on the pages that follow. They
are described in the following order: Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Department of Pharmacy Practice, and Department
of Health Sciences.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 355


DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES

The Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, along with the Department of Pharmacy Practice, offers courses leading to the Doctor
of Pharmacy Degree. The Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) is a six-year program requiring two years of study at the pre-professional
(pre-pharmacy) level and four years of study at the professional level. Courses offered through this department include the following
disciplines: biochemistry in human diseases, pharmaceutics, pharmacokinetics, and integrated courses including pharmaceutical/
medicinal chemistry, pathophysiology, and pharmacology.

The Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences also offers courses leading to the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree and a contingent
or default Master of Science (M.S.) degree in Pharmaceutical Sciences. Students who are interested in pursuing a graduate degree
in Pharmaceutical Sciences should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for further information or
visit the website (www.tsu.edu).

Members of the faculty in the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences are housed in Gray Hall with the Department Office located
in Gray Hall Room 124. The Department supports the primary mission of the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences to produce
quality health care professionals, particularly minorities who are competent in health care delivery including the provision of patient-
centered care and other health care services and programs.

Since the Department offers courses leading to the entry-level Pharm.D. with the Department of Pharmacy Practice (described in
the next section), students are referred to the end of the next section for a summary of requirements for the entry-level Pharm.D.
degree and the sequence in which required courses should be taken. Courses offered through the Department of Pharmaceutical
Sciences are described below.

Students should refer to admission policies, formative, summative, comprehensive and other examination and important information
regarding the completion of the entry-level Pharm.D. under the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences introductory section of
this document.

356 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Akpaffiong, Macaulay J. Liang, Dong


Professor Professor
Pharmacology Pharmaceutics
B.S., Texas Southern University B.S., M.S., Zhejiang Medical University
M.Sc., Ph.D., University of Bath Ph.D., University of Houston
Pharm.D., University of Southern California
Bell, Edward C. Mehta, Chander S.
Assistant Professor Professor
Pharmaceutics Pharmacology
B.S., Tougaloo College B.S., University of Bombay
Ph.D., Auburn University B.Pharm., Ph.D., Washington State University
Dupre, Brian Milton, Shirlette Glover
Visiting Assistant Professor Associate Professor
B.S., University of Texas at Austin Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin B.S., Texas Southern University
M.S., University of Texas at Austin
Ph.D., University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston
Enigbokan, Mofolorunso A. Olaleye, Omonike
Associate Professor Assistant Professor
Pharmacology Pharmacology
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University B.S., University of St. Thomas
Ph.D., Howard University Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
Eugere, Edward J. Ohia, Sunny E.
Professor Professor
Pharmacology Pharmacology
B.S., Xavier University B.S., M.S., University of Ibadan
M.S., Wayne State University Ph.D., University of Glasgow
Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Felder, Tyrone B. Oyekan, Adebayo O.
Associate Professor Professor
Pharmaceutics Pharmacology
B.S., Florida A & M University D.V.M., University of Nigeria
Ph.D., University of Kentucky Ph.D., University of London
Harris, Michael R. Ranganna, Kasturi
Visiting Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Texas Southern University Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin B.S., M.S., Bangalore University
Ph.D., Indian Institute of Sciences
Hayes, Barbara E. Shivachar, Amruthesh
Professor Associate Professor
Pharmacology Pharmaceutical Chemistry
B.S., Texas Southern University B.Sc., Sarada Vilas Science College
M.S., Purdue University M.Sc., Ph.D., University of Mysore
Ph.D., University of Houston
Hickman, Eugene, Sr. Wells, Patrick
Professor (Retired) Dean Emeritus
Pharmaceutics B.S., Texas Southern University
B.S., Texas Southern University M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska at Lincoln
M.S., University of Texas at Austin
Ph.D., University of Iowa
Leonard, Golda A. Xie, Huan
Professor Assistant Professor
Pharmacology Pharmaceutics
B.S., Texas Woman’s University B.S., Fudan University
Ph.D., University of Michigan Ph.D., North Carolina State University

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 357


PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES COURSES

PHAR 111 Pharmacy Orientation (1)


Survey of the pharmacy profession with emphasis on history, ethics, careers, and professional
organizations. One hour of lecture per week.

PHAR 112 Pharmacy Orientation (1)


Survey of the pharmacy profession with emphasis on history, ethics, careers, and professional
organizations. One hour of lecture per week.

PHAR 211 Pharmacy Applications (1)


Study of the fundamental principles underlying the science and practice of pharmacy in the United
States. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHAR 111, PHAR 112 and successful completion
of freshman biology and chemistry courses.

PHAR 212 Medical Terminology (1)


Programmed course of study building medical words from Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, word roots,
and combining forms. Professional students are required to complete this course. One hour of lecture
per week.

PHAR 438 Principles of Drug Action I (3)


An interdisciplinary course incorporating pathophysiology, pharmacology, and pharmaceutical/
medicinal chemistry concepts essential to understanding the basis of drug use in diseases of the nervous,
cardiovascular, and genitourinary systems. Core concepts in pharmacology, mechanism of drug action
in various categories, and the chemical basis of pharmacology will be presented. Prerequisite: First
professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program. Corequisite: Successful completion
of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 418.

PHAR 418 Principles of Drug Action I - Laboratory/Recitation (1)


Demonstrations, case studies, recitation, presentations, and small group discussions to accompany
PHAR 438. Prerequisite: First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.
Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 438.

PHAR 439 Principles of Drug Action II (3)


Continuation of PHAR 438. Interdisciplinary course incorporating pathophysiology, pharmacology,
and pharmaceutical/medicinal chemistry concepts essential to understanding the basis of drug use in
diseases of the immune, respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. Mechanism of drug action in various
categories and the chemical basis of pharmacology will be presented. Prerequisites: PHAR 438 and
PHAR 418. Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 419.

PHAR 419 Principles of Drug Action II - Laboratory/Recitation (1)


Demonstrations, case studies, recitation, presentations, and small group discussions to accompany
PHAR 439. Prerequisites: PHAR 438 and PHAR 418. Corequisite: Successful completion of or
concurrent enrollment in PHAR 439.

PHAR 433 Pharmaceutics I – Pharmacy Calculations (3)


Problems, calculations, and processes involving weights and measures, specific gravity, percentage strength,
solutions, and allegation related to the practice of pharmacy. Prerequisite: First professional year standing
in the professional pharmacy program. Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment
in PHAR 413.

PHAR 413 Pharmaceutics I Laboratory (1)


Dosage form preparation calculations, techniques, and principles used in the extemporaneous compounding
of medications, including liquid, solid, semi-solid, and topical preparations. Prerequisite: First
professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program. Corequisite: Successful completion
of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 433.
358 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
PHAR 434 Pharmaceutics II – Dosage Forms (3)
Physiochemical and biological principles of dosage forms. Principles of drug delivery via dosage forms
and dosage form stability and degradation. Prerequisites: PHAR 433 and PHAR 413. Corequisite:
Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 414.

PHAR 414 Pharmaceutics II – Laboratory (1)


Continuation of PHAR 413. Dosage form preparations and compounding techniques used for
dispersed systems, semi-solids, suppositories, and solid dosages. Sterile admixture techniques including
stability and sterility testing and dating, clean room requirements, and infusion devices will also be
covered. Prerequisites: PHAR 433 and PHAR 413. Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent
enrollment in PHAR 434.

PHAR 539 Pharmaceutics III - Pharmacokinetics (3)


Basic principles of in vivo drug kinetics (linear and nonlinear), principles of bioavailability/bioequivalence,
and factors that affect bioavailability of a drug such as physio-chemical properties, dosage formulations,
and physiological factors. Prerequisites: PHAR 434, PHAR 414, and completion of all 400-level courses
in the professional pharmacy program. Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment
in PHAR 519.

PHAR 519 Pharmaceutics III – Recitation (1)


Examples and problems utilizing pharmacokinetic principles as applied to drug therapy. Prerequisites:
PHAR 434, PHAR 414, and completion of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.
Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 539.

PHAR 538 Principles of Drug Action III (3)


Continuation of PHAR 439. Interdisciplinary course incorporating pathophysiology, pharmacology,
and pharmaceutical/medicinal chemistry concepts essential to understanding the basis of drug use in
diseases of the eye, ear, nose, and throat, integumentary system, and endocrine system. Prerequisites:
PHAR 439, PHAR 419, and completion of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.
Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 518.

PHAR 518 Principles of Drug Action III – Laboratory/Recitation (1)


Demonstrations, case studies, recitation, presentations, and small group discussions to accompany
PHAR 538. Prerequisites: PHAR 439, PHAR 419, and completion of all 400-level courses in the
professional pharmacy program. Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in
PHAR 538.

PHAR 601 Special Problems (0-8)


Methods in pharmaceutical sciences and clinical research; application of hypothesis formulation, literature
evaluation, experimental design, clinical skills, data acquisition/analysis, and formal presentations. Variable
number of hours of lecture per week. Students may enroll in up to a total of 8 semester credit hours of
Special Problems while in the professional pharmacy program. Prerequisite: Special permission by the
Department.

**PHAR 616 Pharmaceutics VI Laboratory (1)


Demonstrations, case studies, recitation, presentations, and small group discussions to accompany
PHAR 636. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Successful completion of or
concurrent enrollment in PHAR 636, and third professional year standing in the professional pharmacy
program.

**PHAR 636 Pharmaceutics VI – Applied Pharmacokinetics (3)


Application of pharmacokinetic principles in selection, dosing, dosage form adjustments and evaluation
of drug therapy for patients in an institutional setting. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
PHAR 634, PHAR 614, and third professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.
Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent enrollment in PHAR 616.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 359


PHCH 441 Biochemistry in Human Disease (4)
Chemistry of biomacromolecules (e.g., proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, and DNA). Enzymology,
metabolic pathways to energy utilization, nucleic acid metabolism, and recombinant DNA technology.
Prerequisite: First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.

**
Course (600-level) will be phased out through implementation of the new Pharm.D. curriculum.

For degree plan and curriculum, please see the Department of Pharmacy Practice.

360 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY PRACTICE

The Department of Pharmacy Practice, along with the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, offers courses leading to the
Doctor of Pharmacy degree. The Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) is a six-year program requiring two years of study at the pre-
professional (pre-pharmacy) level and four years of study at the professional level. Courses offered through this department include
therapeutics and disease processes, community and hospital/institutional pharmacy practice and other professional pharmacy
practice experiences in drug information and retrieval, pharmacy administration and jurisprudence and clinical research.

Members of the Department of Pharmacy Practice are housed in Gray Hall with the Department Office located in Room 241.
The Department supports the primary mission of the College to produce quality health care professionals, particularly minorities
who are competent in health care delivery including the provision of patient-centered care and other health care services and
programs.

Courses offered through this department are described below. In addition, a summary of the requirements for the entry-level
Pharm.D. degree is provided along with an indication of the sequence in which discipline-specific courses and their prerequisites
and corequisites should be taken.

Students should refer to admission policies, formative, summative, comprehensive and other examination and important
information, regarding the completion of the Doctor of Pharmacy degree under the College of Pharmacy and Health
Sciences introductory section of this publication.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 361


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Abobo, Cyril V. Maclayton, Darego


Associate Professor Associate Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
B.S., Texas Southern University Pharm. D., Texas Southern University
Pharm.D., Florida A & M University
Cheung, Lily Kung Mathur, Sondip K.
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
Pharm. D., Texas Southern University B.A., Delhi University
M.A., Cleveland State University
Ph. D., Texas A&M University
Chui-Poon, Ivy Morris Moultry, Aisha
Associate Professor Associate Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
Pharm.D., University of Houston M.S., Ohio State University
Pharm.D., Texas Southern University
Davis Portia Ndefo, Uche Anadu
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
Pharm.D, Texas Southern University Pharm.D., University of South Carolina
Maxwell Eaton, Angie Okafor, Kingsley C.
Assistant Professor Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
B.S., Southwest Texas State University B.S., Texas Southern University
Pharm.D., Texas Southern University Pharm.D., Florida A & M University
Ebeid, Adlia M. Osemene, Nora I.
Instructor Associate Professor Pharmacy Practice
Pharmacy Practice BA., University of Iowa
B.S., Texas Tech University B.S., M.S., University of Houston
Pharm. D., Texas Southern University Pharm.D., Texas Southern University
Estes, Flora Simpson, Shalondria
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
Pharm. D., Texas Southern University B.A. University of North Texas
Pharm.D. Texas Southern University
Hunter Rodney Swan Joshua
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Pharmacy Practice Pharmacy Practice
Pharm.D, Texas Southern University Pharm.D, University of Mississippi
Henderson, Lance
Instructor
Pharmacy Practice
B.S. Texas Southern University
Jackson-Stewart, Doris
Associate Professor
Pharmacy Practice
B.S., Texas Southern University
Pharm.D., Mercer University

362 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PHARMACY PRACTICE COURSES

PHAR 411 Pharmacy Practice I Lab (1)


Application of communication concepts presented in Phar 421. Three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 421 Pharmacy Practice I- Professional Communications/Counseling (2)


Development of pharmacist-provided patient care skills with focus on communicating and
collaborating with prescribers, patients, caregivers and other involved healthcare providers to engender
a team approach to patient care. Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the
professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 422 Pharmacy Practice II: Dispensing of Medication (2)


Principles of pharmacist-provided patient care skills with focus on the proper dispensing of
medications prescribed (or recommended) as part of the patient’s care plan. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 412 Pharmacy Practice II: Laboratory (1)


Laboratory course with emphasis on the preparation and dispensing of prescriptions and the
development and maintenance of patient medication profiles. Prerequisite/Corequisite: First
professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 415 Introduction to Public Health (1)


Promote health improvement, wellness and disease prevention in cooperation with patients,
communities, at risk populations and other healthcare professionals. One hour of lecture per week.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 416 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences I – Public Health / Service Learning (1)
Experiential course in which students will be exposed to service learning by participation in activities
that develop personal and professional communication skills; improve sensitivity to populations of
diverse backgrounds; increase awareness of role of other healthcare providers; and increase awareness
of patient care. Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the professional pharmacy
program.

PHAR 417 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences II - Shadowing, Community (1)


Continued development of skills acquired in PHAR 416. Students will be exposed to and participate
in supervised pharmacy practice activities allowing direct interaction with diverse patient populations
encountered in community pharmacy. Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the
professional pharmacy program and completion of PHAR 416.

PADM 428 Spanish for Pharmacy Professionals (2)


Introductory course to enable students to effectively communicate in the Spanish language as it applies
to the practice of pharmacy. Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in the professional pharmacy program and
consent of the instructor.

PHAR 429 Emergency Preparedness for Pharmacy Professionals (2)


Students will be trained to provide pharmaceutical care and services in local and regional emergency
situations. Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in the professional pharmacy program and consent of the
instructor.

PADM 430 Ethics in Pharmacy (3)


Principles of professional behavior and ethical issues related to the development, promotion, sales,
prescribing and use of drugs: Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing in the
professional pharmacy program.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 363


PHAR 431 Biostatistics and Research Design (3)
Commonly used statistical tests and the basis for their use in health care research and delivery,
including the evaluation of statistical results. Prerequisite/Corequisite: First professional year standing
in the professional pharmacy program or consent of the instructor.

PHAR 510 Pharmacotherapy Skills Laboratory I (1)


Gather and evaluate information for the purpose of developing a patient- centered pharmaceutical care
plan for disorders pertaining to the nervous, cardiovascular and urinary systems. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all 400 level and fall semester P2 courses in the professional pharmacy
program.

PHAR 511 Pharmacy Practice III Lab (1)


Application of concepts presented in PHAR 522 to patient care. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion
of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 512 Patient Assessment Laboratory (3)


Application of basic patient assessment techniques terminology and the modifications caused by
common diseases states and drug therapy. Topics include: acquisition of a comprehensive patient
history, advanced cardiac life support, development of triage and referral skills, and use of OTC point
of care testing devices Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400-level courses in the professional
pharmacy program.

PHAR 516 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences III- Community (1)


Students will be exposed to and participate in supervised pharmacy practice activities in a variety of
contemporary community pharmacy practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all
400-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 517 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences IV- Elective Pharmacy/ Community (1)
Continued development of skills acquired in PHAR 416. Students will be exposed to and participate
in supervised pharmacy practice activities allowing direct interaction with diverse patient populations
in a variety of practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400 level and fall semester
P2 courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 522 Pharmacy Practice III- Special Populations (2)


Prescription and non-prescription medication alterations specific for special population patients
(e.g, pediatric, geriatric, pregnant, sickle cell, cystic fibrosis, and others). Dosage calculations, dosage
adjustments and drug monitoring for positive/negative outcomes in special population patients are
discussed. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy
program.

PADM 531 Pharmacoeconomics and Outcomes (3)


Principles and concepts of pharmacoeconomics pertaining to pharmacoeconomics analysis and patient
care. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy
program.

*PADM 530 Ethics in Pharmacy Practice (3)


Students develop skills in moral reasoning necessary to protect the safety, health, and dignity of
patients served. Professional responsibilities emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Completion of all 400-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 532 Drug Information and Literature Evaluation (3)


Principles of evaluation of primary literature and its implications in the provision of evidence- based
pharmaceutical care. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400 level and fall semester P2 courses
in the professional pharmacy program.

364 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


*PHAR 536 Patient Assessment and Physical Diagnosis (3)
Applications of physical diagnostic examinations in various pathological states for provision of
pharmaceutical care. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all 400-level courses
in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 542 Pharmacotherapy I - Nervous System Disorders (4)


An integrated course in which practice-based education outcomes from pathophysiology,
pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, applied pharmacokinetics, and the clinical sciences are used to
develop pharmaceutical care plans for patients with disorders of the nervous system. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all 400 level and fall semester P2 courses in the professional pharmacy
program.

PHAR 543 Pharmacotherapy II - Cardiovascular and Urinary System Disorders (4)


An integrated course in which practice-based education outcomes from pathophysiology,
pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, applied pharmacokinetics, and the clinical sciences are used to
develop pharmaceutical care plans for patients with disorders of the cardiovascular and genitourinary
system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 400 level and fall semester P2 courses in the
professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 601 Special Problems (0-8)


Methods in pharmaceutical sciences and clinical research; application of hypothesis formulation,
literature evaluation, experimental design, clinical skills, data acquisition/analysis, and formal
presentations. Variable number of hours of lecture per week. Students may enroll in up to a total of 8
semester credit hours of Special Problems while in the professional pharmacy program. Prerequisite:
Special permission by the Department.

PHAR 610 Pharmacotherapy Skills Lab II (1)


Gather and evaluate information for the purpose of developing a patient- centered pharmaceutical
care plan for disorders pertaining to the immune system, infectious diseases and respiratory system.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 611 Pharmacotherapy Skills Lab III (1)


Gather and evaluate information for the purpose of developing a patient- centered pharmaceutical care
plan for disorders pertaining to the gastrointestinal system disorders, endocrine system, integumentary
systems and eye, ear, nose and throat disorders. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level
and fall semester P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program.

**PHAR 615 Prescription Practice Laboratory (1)


Continuation of PHAR 635 with emphasis on appropriate dispensing practices and procedures.
Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Successful completion of or concurrent
enrollment in PHAR 635 and completion of all 500-level courses.

PHAR 618 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences V- Health Care Systems (1)
Introductory participation in pharmaceutical care in institutional and other health care settings.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 619 Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences VI- Health Care Systems (1)
Continuation of introductory participation in pharmaceutical care in institutional and other health
care settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level and fall semester P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program.

**PHAR 630 Pharmacotherapeutics I (3)


Series of organized lectures stressing rational drug therapy in acute and chronic disease states. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the professional
pharmacy program.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 365


PADM 630 Pharmacy Practice Management (3)
Management principles (planning, organizing, directing and controlling resources) applied to
various pharmacy practice settings and patient outcomes. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all
500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

**PHAR 631 Drug Information, Literature, and Research Methods (3)


Study of basic statistical analysis, study design, and literature assessment. Emphasis placed on
comprehensive evaluation of published studies and development of research protocols. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the Professional pharmacy
program.

**PHAR 632 Professional Communications/Counseling (3)


Interactive course designed to guide pharmacy students in the development of effective counseling and
communication skills. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all
500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

**PHAR 633 Pharmacotherapeutics II (3)


Organized lectures on rational drug therapy in acute and chronic disease states. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

**PHAR 635 Prescription Practice (3)


Study of professional patient-focused services provided by pharmacists, including appropriate
dispensing procedures. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Completion of all 500-level
courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PADM 634 Pharmacy Jurisprudence (3)


Legal basis for the practice of pharmacy and pharmacist’s responsibilities and limits under the law.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level and fall
semester P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 640 Pharmacotherapy III - Immune System Disorders and Infectious Diseases (4)
Practice-based outcomes from pathophysiology, medicinal pharmacology, chemistry,
pharmacokinetics, and clinical sciences used to develop care plans for disorders of the immune
system and infectious diseases. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the
professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 641 Pharmacotherapy IV - Respiratory System Disorders (4)


Practice-based outcomes from pathophysiology, pharmacology medicinal chemistry, pharmacokinetics,
and clinical sciences used to develop care plans for disorders of the respiratory system. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all 500-level courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 642 Pharmacotherapy V- Gastrointestinal System Disorders (4)


Practice-based outcomes from pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry,
pharmacokinetics, and clinical sciences used to develop care plans for disorders of the gastrointestinal
system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level and fall semester P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 643 Pharmacotherapy VI- Endocrine System Disorders (4)


Practice-based outcomes from pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry,
pharmacokinetics, and clinical sciences used to develop care plans for disorders of the endocrine
system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level and fall semester P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program.

366 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PHAR 644 Pharmacotherapy VII- Integumentary System, Eye and Ear Disorders (4)
Practice-based outcomes from pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry,
pharmacokinetics, and clinical sciences used to develop care plans for disorders of the eyes, ears, and
integumentary system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all 500 level and fall semester P3
courses in the professional pharmacy program.

PHAR 711 Biotechnology in Pharmacy (4)


Basic principles and practical applications of molecular biological techniques in pharmaceutical
development. Experimental, analytical, and production technologies discussed along with ethical
implications. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 725 Adverse Drug Reaction (4)


Designed to emphasize Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR) knowledge and competencies necessary in
patient evaluation, literature evaluation, and implementation of effective ADR avoidance programs.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 741 Ambulatory Care Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to ambulatory patients and the pharmacist’s role as a primary care
provider. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program;
and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 742 Applied Pharmacokinetics Practice (4)


Provision of pharmacokinetics consultation to hospitalized patients and other members of the health
care team. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 744 Clinical Toxicology Practice (4)


Participation in clinical toxicology programs, poison control centers, and related programs.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program. ; and
passage of P3 summative examination. .

PHAR 745 Community Pharmacy Practice (4)


Participation in the delivery of pharmaceutical care services in a community pharmacy under the
supervision of a licensed pharmacist/preceptor. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 746 Acute/Emergency Medicine (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to critically ill patients admitted to an organized health care setting.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 747 Information Systems Management (4)


Provision of drug information and consultation services to health care professionals, and patients.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 748 Geriatrics Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to geriatric services. Prerequisite: Completion
of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative
examination.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 367


PHAR 749 Home Health Care Practice (4)
Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients receiving home health care. Prerequisite: Completion
of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative
examination.

PHAR 751 Hospital Pharmacy Practice (4)


Participation in the delivery of pharmaceutical care in an institutional setting. Prerequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program or consent of the
instructor; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 752 Immune Pharmacology Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to the infectious diseases care service.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 753 Family Medicine (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to the internal medicine, general medicine, and
various practice setting services. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in
the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 754 Oncology Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to hospitalized and/or ambulatory oncology patients. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 755 Parenteral Nutrition (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients receiving parenteral nutrition with some emphasis on
enteral supplemental therapy. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 756 Pediatrics/Neonatology Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to pediatric and neonatal services or ambulatory
care practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 757 Pharmacy Administration (4)


Participation in the administrative aspects of institutional pharmacy practice and pharmacoeconomics.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 758 Psychiatry Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to psychiatry services in institutional and/ or
ambulatory care practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 759 Surgery Practice (4)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to surgical intensive care units. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 760 Cardiology (4)


Structured pharmacy experience in an institutional acute and ambulatory care practice settings;
dealing with patients having cardiovascular diseases and disorders. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3
summative examination.

368 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PHAR 761 Consulting Pharmacy Practice (4)
Clinical pharmacy health care experience with a consultant pharmacist or in practice settings that
provide consultant services. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 762 Managed Care Pharmacy Practice (4)


Enhancement of student involvement in the managed care setting including hospitals, community,
and the pharmaceutical industry. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in
the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 763 Nuclear Pharmacy Practice (4)


Clinical pharmacy health care experience with patients undergoing nuclear pharmacy treatment.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 764 Pharmacoeconomics Practice (4)


Principles for evaluating and conducting pharmacoeconomic studies, including cost effectiveness, cost
utilization, cost minimization, and cost benefit ratios. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1,
P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 765 Infusion Therapy (4)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients receiving infusion therapy. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3
summative examination.

PHAR 766 Clinical Pharmacy (4)


Participation in the delivery of patient-centered care services in an ambulatory clinic setting under the
supervision of a licensed pharmacist/ preceptor. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2
and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 767 Compounding Pharmacy (4)


Participation in compounding non-commercially available dosage forms for patients in the
community setting. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 768 Nephrology (4)


Structured pharmacy experiences in an institutional setting focusing on patients with documented
potential renal insufficiency. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 769 Neurology (4)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients with clinical presentation and common diseases/disorders
of the neurological system and sensory organs. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and
P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 770 Pharmacy Community Management (4)


Participation in the administrative aspects of community pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3
summative examination.

PHAR 771 Seminar (4)


Enhancement of student presentation skills on topics relevant to pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 369


PHAR 772 Research (4)
Research experience in social and administrative sciences or pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 773 Organ Transplantation (4)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients undergoing organ and/or tissue transplantation.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 774 Women’s Health (4)


Provision of patient-centered care to female patients in an institutional setting, including post
partum, labor and delivery. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 775 Government/ Regulatory Agency (4)


Structured experience in government/regulatory agencies affecting the practice of pharmacy.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 776 Disease State/ Formulary Management (4)


Structured experiences in policy development, formulary management, and disease state management.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 777 Endocrinology (4)


Structured pharmacy experience in an institutional setting focusing on patients with documented
disorders of the endocrine system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 779 Academic Pharmacy (4)


Structured experience in activities pertaining to administration and instruction in pharmacy
education. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional
pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 779 Academic Pharmacy (6)


Structured experience in activities pertaining to administration and instruction in pharmacy
education. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional
pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 725 Adverse Drug Reaction (6)


Designed to emphasize Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR) knowledge and competencies necessary in
patient evaluation, literature evaluation, and implementation of effective ADR avoidance programs.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 741 Ambulatory Care Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to ambulatory patients and the pharmacist’s role as a primary care
provider. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program;
and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 742 Applied Pharmacokinetics Practice (6)


Provision of pharmacokinetics consultation to hospitalized patients and other members of the health
care team. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

370 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PHAR 744 Clinical Toxicology Practice (6)
Participation in clinical toxicology programs, poison control centers, and related programs.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program. ; and
passage of P3 summative examination. .

PHAR 745 Community Pharmacy Practice (6)


Participation in the delivery of pharmaceutical care services in a community pharmacy under the
supervision of a licensed pharmacist/preceptor. Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 746 Acute/Emergency Medicine (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to critically ill patients admitted to an organized health care setting.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 747 Information Systems Management (6)


Provision of drug information and consultation services to health care professionals, and patients.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 748 Geriatrics Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to geriatric services. Prerequisite: Completion
of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative
examination.

PHAR 749 Home Health Care Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients receiving home health care. Prerequisite: Completion
of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative
examination.

PHAR 751 Hospital Pharmacy Practice (6)


Participation in the delivery of pharmaceutical care in an institutional setting. Prerequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program or consent of the
instructor; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 752 Immune Pharmacology Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to the infectious diseases care service.
Prerequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 753 Family Medicine (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to the internal medicine, general medicine, and
various practice setting services. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in
the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 754 Oncology Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to hospitalized and/or ambulatory oncology patients. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 755 Parenteral Nutrition (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients receiving parenteral nutrition with some emphasis on
enteral supplemental therapy. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 371


PHAR 756 Pediatrics/Neonatology Practice (6)
Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to pediatric and neonatal services or ambulatory
care practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 757 Pharmacy Administration (6)


Participation in the administrative aspects of institutional pharmacy practice and pharmacoeconomics.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 758 Psychiatry Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to psychiatry services in institutional and/ or
ambulatory care practice settings. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 759 Surgery Practice (6)


Provision of pharmaceutical care to patients admitted to surgical intensive care units. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 760 Cardiology (6)


Structured pharmacy experience in an institutional acute and ambulatory care practice settings;
dealing with patients having cardiovascular diseases and disorders. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3
summative examination.

PHAR 761 Consulting Pharmacy Practice (6)


Clinical pharmacy health care experience with a consultant pharmacist or in practice settings that
provide consultant services. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 762 Managed Care Pharmacy Practice (6)


Enhancement of student involvement in the managed care setting including hospitals, community,
and the pharmaceutical industry. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in
the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 763 Nuclear Pharmacy Practice (6)


Clinical pharmacy health care experience with patients undergoing nuclear pharmacy treatment.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 764 Pharmacoeconomics Practice (6)


Principles for evaluating and conducting pharmacoeconomic studies, including cost effectiveness, cost
utilization, cost minimization, and cost benefit ratios. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1,
P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 765 Infusion Therapy (6)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients receiving infusion therapy. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3
summative examination.

PHAR 766 Clinical Pharmacy (6)


Participation in the delivery of patient-centered care services in an ambulatory clinic setting under the
supervision of a licensed pharmacist/ preceptor. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2
and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

372 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


PHAR 767 Compounding Pharmacy (6)
Participation in compounding non-commercially available dosage forms for patients in the
community setting. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 768 Nephrology (6)


Structured pharmacy experiences in an institutional setting focusing on patients with documented
potential renal insufficiency. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 769 Neurology (6)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients with clinical presentation and common diseases/disorders
of the neurological system and sensory organs. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and
P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 770 Pharmacy Community Management (6)


Participation in the administrative aspects of community pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/Corequisite:
Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3
summative examination.

PHAR 771 Seminar (6)


Enhancement of student presentation skills on topics relevant to pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 772 Research (6)


Research experience in social and administrative sciences or pharmacy practice. Prerequisite/
Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and
passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 773 Organ Transplantation (6)


Provision of patient-centered care to patients undergoing organ and/or tissue transplantation.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 774 Women’s Health (6)


Provision of patient-centered care to female patients in an institutional setting, including post
partum, labor and delivery. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the
professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 775 Government/ Regulatory Agency (6)


Structured experience in government/regulatory agencies affecting the practice of pharmacy.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 776 Disease State/ Formulary Management (6)


Structured experiences in policy development, formulary management, and disease state management.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy
program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

PHAR 777 Endocrinology (6)


Structured pharmacy experience in an institutional setting focusing on patients with documented
disorders of the endocrine system. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2 and P3 courses
in the professional pharmacy program; and passage of P3 summative examination.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 373


PHAR 778 Pharmacy Benefit Management (PBM) (6)
Structured pharmacy experience in the management of pharmacy networks, drug utilization review
outcomes management and disease management. Prerequisite/Corequisite: Completion of all P1, P2
and P3 courses in the professional pharmacy program ; and passage of P3 summative examination.

Students participating in the experiential training program in pharmacy will be required to engage in a variable rotation
schedule of professional practice experience activities in a variety of health care settings: community, retail, hospital,
and other pharmaceutical specialties. Students are required to participate in introductory pharmacy practice experiences
(IPPE) and complete a specified number of hours as designated by the program. Students participating in advanced
pharmacy practice experiences (APPE) are required to complete a minimum of 40 hours per week. The duration of each
advanced pharmacy practice experience course is six (6) weeks.

* Courses (500-level) will be phased out through implementation of the new Pharm.D. curriculum.
** Courses (600-level) will be phased out through implementation of the new Pharm.D. curriculum.

374 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
DOCTOR OF PHARMACY DEGREE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 232
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (PHARMACY) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 142 credits 46 credits
ENG 131 (3)** PHAR 421(2), PHAR 411(1) BIOL 111 (1)
ENG 132 (3) PHAR 433(3), PHAR 413(1) BIOL 112 (1)
SC 233; 135 or 136 (3) PHCH 441(4), PHAR 416 (1) BIOL 131 (3)
MATH 136 (3) PHAR 431 (3), PHAR 438 (3) BIOL 132 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) PHAR 418 (1) BIOL 245 (4)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) PHAR 422 (2), PHAR 412 (1) BIOL 347 (4)
ENG 200 Level (3) PHAR 434 (3), PHAR 414 (1) CHEM 211, 231 (4)
Visual &Performing Arts (3)*** PADM 430 (3), PHAR 417 (1) CHEM 212, 232 (4)
HIST 231 (3) PHAR 415 (1), PHAR 439 (3) MATH 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3) PHAR 419 (1) MATH 241 (4)
POLS 231 (3) PHAR 516 (1), PADM 531 (3) PHYS 213 (1)
PHAR 522 (2), PHAR 511 (1) PHYS 237 (3)
PHAR 539 (3), PHAR 519 (1) PHAR 111 (1)+ Pre-Pharmacy elective
POLS 232 (3) PHAR 538 (3), PHAR 518 (1) PHAR 112 (1)+ Pre-Pharmacy elective
CS 116 (3) PHAR 512 (1), PHAR 517 (1) PHAR 211 (1)+ Pre-Pharmacy elective
Social & Behavioral Sciences (3)**** PHAR 532 (3), PHAR 542 (4) PHAR 212 (1)
PHAR 543 (4), PHAR 510 (1) PADM 418 (1) ++
PHAR 610 (1)
PHAR 618 (1), PHAR 640 (4) PHAR 429 (2) ++
PHAR 641 (4), PADM 630 (3) HSHA 413 (3) ++
PHAR 619 (1), PHAR 642 (4) HSHA 414 (3) ++
PHAR 643 (4), PHAR 644 (4) FS 102 Freshman Seminar (1) +++
PHAR 611 (1), PADM 634 (3)

Advanced Pharmacy Practice


Experiences (48 hrs)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit
as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Select from the following courses: THC 130, THC 230, MUSI 131, MUSI 239, ART 131, and ART 132.
**** Select from the following courses: PSY 131, ECON 231, ECON 232, SOC 157, SOC 158, SOC 221 and SOC 238.
+ Transfer students should contact pharmacy admissions office to request approved substitute course(s).
++ Elective courses. All students must complete at least four (4) semester credit hours of electives.
+++ FS 102, Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for first-time freshmen.

Please see below for a listing of courses by semester.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 375


College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Texas Southern University
Doctor Of Pharmacy Degree
Six Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 232
First Semester Second Semester
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Laboratory 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Laboratory 1
BIOL 131 Biological Science I, Lecture 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II, Lecture 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II
Laboratory Laboratory 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I, Lecture 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II, Lecture 3
Freshman Year

CS 116 Computer Science 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


3 HIST 231 Social and Political History of
ENG 131 Freshman English I the United States to 1877 3
3 MATH 241 Calculus and Analytic
MATH 136 Precalculus Mathematics Geometry I 4
1 PHAR 112 Pharmacy Orientation
FS 102 Freshman Seminar Pre-pharmacy elective 1
PHAR 111 Pharmacy Orientation 1
Pre-pharmacy elective
18-19 hrs 18 -19 hrs

REQUIRED SUMMER SEMESTER1


Summer I Semester Summer II Semester
HIST 232 Social and Political History of the
United States since 1877 3 POLS 231 American Political System I 3
Visual & Performing Arts Musi 131 or 239; Art
POLS 232 American Political System II 3 131 or 135, THC 130 or 231 3
6 hrs 6 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


BIOL 245 Human Anatomy and CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry II
Physiology 4 Laboratory 1
CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I
Laboratory 1 CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II, Lecture 3
Sophomore Year

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I, Lecture 3 ENG 200 Level Literature 3


PHYS 237 College Physics I 3 SC 233,135, 136 3
PHYS 213 College Physics I Lab 1 BIOL 347 Microbiology 4
MATH 231 Elementary Statistics 3 PHAR 212 Medical Terminology 1
Social and Behavioral Sciences – PSY 131,
ECON 231, SOC 157, 158, 221,238 3
PHAR 211 Pharmacy Applications
Pre-pharmacy elective 1
18 -19 hrs 15 hours

376 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Fall Semester Spring Semester
PHAR 421 Pharmacy Practice I PHAR 422 Pharmacy Practice II
Professional Communication 2 Dispensing of Medication 2
PHAR 411 Pharmacy Practice I Lab 1 PHAR 412 Pharmacy Practice II Lab 1
PHAR 433 Pharmaceutics I PHAR 434 Pharmaceutics II
Pharmacy Calculations 3 Dosage Forms 3
First Professional Year

PHAR 413 Pharmaceutics I Lab 1 PHAR 414 Pharmaceutics II Lab 1


Third Year-

PHCH 441 Biochemistry in Human


Disease 4 PADM 430 Ethics in Pharmacy 3
PHAR 416 IPPE I – Public Health/Service PHAR 417 IPPE II – Shadowing,
Learning 1 Community 1
PHAR 431 Biostatistics and Research
Design 3 PHAR 415 Introduction to Public Health 1
PHAR 438 Principles of Drug Action I 3 PHAR 439 Principles of Drug Action II 3
PHAR 418 Principles of Drug Action ILab 1 PHAR 419 Principles of Drug Action II 1
Lab
19 hrs 16 hrs

Fall Semester SpringSemester


PHAR 516 IPPE III – Community 1 PHAR 512 Patient Assessment Lab 1
PADM 531 Pharmacoenomics and PHAR 517 IPPE IV – Elective Pharmacy/
Outcomes 3 Community 1
PHAR 522 Pharmacy Practice III – Special PHAR 532 Drug Information and
Second Professional Year

Populations 2 Literature Evaluation 3


Fourth Year-

PHAR 542 Pharmacotherapy I Nervous


PHAR 511 Pharmacy Practice III Lab 1 System Disorders 4
PHAR 543Pharmacotherapy II
PHAR 539 Pharmaceutics III- Cardiovascular and Urinary Systems
Pharmacokinetics 3 Disorders 4
PHAR 519 Pharmaceutics III – Recitation 1 PHAR 510 Pharmacotherapy Skills Lab I 1
PHAR 538 Principles of Drug Action III 3
PHAR 518 Principles of Drug Action III
Lab 1
15 hrs 14 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 377


Fall Semester SpringSemester
PHAR 618 IPPE V – Health Care Systems 1 PHAR 619 IPPE VI Heath Care Systems 1
PHAR 640 Pharmacotherapy III Immune PHAR 642 Pharmacotherapy V -
System Disorders and Infectious Diseases 4 Gastrointestinal System Disorders 4
PHAR 641 Pharmacotherapy IV – PHAR 643 Pharmacotherapy VI –
Professional Year
Fifth Year-Third

Respiratory System Disorders 4 Endocrine System Disorders 4


PHAR 644 Pharmacotherapy VII -
Integumentary System, Eye and Ear
PHAR 610 Pharmacotherapy Skills Lab II 1 Disorders 4
PADM 630 Pharmacy Practice
Management 3 PHAR 611 Pharmacotherapy Skills Lab III 1
PADM 634 Jurisprudence 3

13 hrs 17 hrs

REQUIRED SUMMER TERM2


Advanced Pharmacy Practice 12
Experience (as approved)

Fall Semester Spring Semester


Professional
Sixth Year-
Fourth

Year

Advanced Pharmacy Practice


18 hrs Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experience- 18 hrs
Experience

1
A summer term is required to complete the pre-pharmacy curriculum in two years.
2
A summer term is required to complete the Pharm.D. curriculum

378 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES

The Department of Health Sciences offers five (5) baccalaureate or undergraduate degrees: the Bachelor of Science in
Environmental Health, the Bachelor of Science in Health Administration, the Bachelor of Science in Health Information
Management, the Bachelor of Science in Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology), and the Bachelor of Science in
Respiratory Therapy. Each degree program has a Program Director, and courses specific to each program are offered through the
Department under the following designations: HSEH (Environmental Health), HSHA (Health Administration), HSHI (Health
Information Management), CLSC (Clinical Laboratory Science), and HSRT (Respiratory Therapy). Student majors within the
Health Sciences are required to complete three to six HSCR (Health Sciences Core) courses, which are also offered through the
Department.

The Department of Health Sciences is housed in the Nabrit Science Center with the main office located in Room 202. The
Department supports the primary mission of the College: to produce quality health care professionals, especially African-
Americans and other minorities, in Environmental Health, Health Administration, Health Information Management, Clinical
Laboratory Science and Respiratory Therapy.

The Environmental Health Program provides graduates with the technical and administrative skills to function in industry,
governmental agencies, consulting firms, and academia. Graduates are qualified to enter the workforce in air and water quality
control, solid and hazardous waste management, occupational health and industrial hygiene, environmental toxicology and risk
assessment, epidemiology, and disease surveillance.

The Health Administration Program provides graduates with the competencies and skills to become effective administrators,
managers and supervisors for goal-oriented achievements in health delivery systems. Graduates are also prepared to function
effectively in response to trends, issues, emergent problems, and other concerns that affect the health, and welfare of clients and
self-actualization of segments of the population.

The Health Information Management Program provides graduates with the technical and administrative skills to manage health
information systems consistent with professional standards (medical, administrative, ethical, and legal) in health care delivery
systems. Graduates also possess the knowledge and skills needed to plan and develop health information systems which meet
standards of accrediting and regulating agencies.

The Clinical Laboratory Science (formerly Medical Technology) Program provides graduates with the technical and
administrative skills required for the effective delivery of health care services consistent with the practices and standards of Clinical
Laboratory Science. Graduates are prepared and qualified to perform evaluations of testing techniques, procedures, and personnel;
to perform analytical testing of body samples; and to resolve discrepancies with the interpretation of diagnostic laboratory patient
data. Graduates also posses the capabilities needed for public education, as well as for planning and developing clinical laboratory
facilities that meet the standards of accrediting and governmental regulatory agencies.

The Respiratory Therapy Program provides graduates with the technical and administrative skills for performing diagnostic
evaluation, therapy, patient/family education, and public education in cases of cardiopulmonary dysfunction. Graduates have
the skills to perform diagnostic activities such as obtaining and analyzing physiological specimens, interpreting physiological
data, and performing sleep disorder studies. They also have the skills for administering therapy involving such techniques as the
application and monitoring of mechanical ventilation, environmental control systems, artificial airway care, and cardiopulmonary
rehabilitation. These graduates have the further capability of conducting patient/family education activities that promote
knowledge of disease processes, medical therapy, and self-help as well as public education activities that focus on the promotion of
cardiopulmonary wellness.

Courses offered through the Department, curricular summaries for the various degrees, and the sequences in which program-
specific courses and their primary prerequisite and co-requisite courses should be taken are indicated below.

Students should refer to program admission policies, comprehensive examination information, and other important
information regarding the various B.S. degrees offered through this department within the College of Pharmacy and
Health Sciences introductory section of this document.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 379


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Allen, Reginald Quiller, Dorothy


Instructor Assistant Professor
Respiratory Therapy Clinical Laboratory Science
B.S., M.Ed., Texas Southern University B.S., M.Ed., Texas Southern University
Bright, Mildred Rasmus, Monica L.
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Health Administration Health Administration
B.S., Prairie View A&M University B.S., Baylor University
M.Ed., Texas Southern University M.Ed, University of Houston
Dr.P.H., The University of Texas at Houston M.P.H., Dr.P.H., The University of Texas School of Public
Health
Hampton, Jean M. Shelton, Andrea
Associate Professor Professor
Respiratory Therapy Health Administration
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Texas Southern University B.A., Howard University
M.A., University of South Florida
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Hawkins, Fanny Taylor, Andrew
Assistant Professor Instructor
Health Information Management Respiratory Therapy
B.S., University of Southwestern Louisiana B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
M.P.A., Ed.D., Texas Southern University
James, Andrew B. Thomas, Renard
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
Health Administration Environmental Health
Dr.P.H., The University of Texas at Houston B.S., University of Houston
J.D., Texas Southern University M.S., Ph.D., Texas Southern University
L.L.M., University of Houston
Lawson, Melanie W. Yeldell, Victor
Associate Professor Instructor
Health Administration Respiratory Therapy
M.P.H., The University of Texas at Houston B.S., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., University of Houston M.S., Mercer University
Mazique, Judith B. Yousefipour, Zivar
Assistant Professor Associate Professor
Environmental Health Environmental Health
B.S., Howard University B.S., M.S., University of Houston
M.P.H., The University of Texas at Houston Ph.D., Texas Southern University
J.D., South Texas College of Law
McVea, Jackie Zikarge, Astatkie
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Clinical Laboratory Science Environmental Health
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Texas Southern University B.S., M.S., East Tennessee State University
M.P.H., The University of Texas School of Public Health
M.D., St. George’s University School of Medicine

380 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


HEALTH SCIENCES CORE COURSES

HSCR 150 Concepts of Health (3)


Study of the health care industry and its transition from the past to the present via the scientific
process and analysis of relationships among selected health problems. Three hours of lecture per week.

HSCR 260 Biomedical Ethics (3)


Comprehensive study of ethical rules, principles, and theories; their application to contemporary
moral issues/dilemmas; and their impact on the legal, social, and medical communities. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: HSCR 150 or concurrent enrollment.

HSCR 300 Health Sciences Seminar (1)


Review of current social, political, and economics issues; their impact on specific health disciplines via
discussions, simulations, and presentations. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisite: HSCR 150 or
concurrent enrollment.

HSCR 360 Principles of Disease (3)


HSCR 360 is a comprehensive study of principles and concepts in human disease focusing on bio-
mechanistic processes involved in disease, and the clinical, social, environmental and other influences
on the occurrence, manifestations and relevant trends of human disease and disorder. Disease etiology,
pathogenesis, treatment, prognosis, social implications and research initiatives relative to humans are
stressed. Community and public health and wellness are reviewed. Three hours per week.

HSCR 361 Research for Health Professionals (3)


Study of the basic techniques and the principles of the research process in health facilities. Enrollees
must perform quantitative health research using computer applications. Three hours of lecture per
week.

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH COURSES

HSEH 232 Introduction to Environmental Health (3)


Survey of topics in population and resource management, fundamentals of air and water pollution,
solid and hazardous wastes, pest and vector control, and radiation protection. Open to majors and
non-majors. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: Consent of faculty.

HSEH 233 Epidemiology and Biostatistics (4)


Principles of distribution and determinants of diseases in human populations, including statistical
methods and computer applications in data collection and analysis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 234 Health Physics (3)


Fundamentals of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation with respect to source, exposure dose, biological
interaction, methods of surveillance, and protection. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 235 Human Ecology (3)


Principles of environmental physiology; medical geography and sociology; international and travel
health; adaptation mechanisms to extremes of temperature, pressure, altitude, and microgravity;
circadian rhythms. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 334 Public Health Organization and Administration (3)


Principles of organization and administration of environmental health programs by governmental
agencies, including disease surveillance and health data management, environmental policy and ethics,
and health education. Three hours of lecture per week. HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 381


HSEH 337 Environmental Microbiology (4)
Survey of microorganisms of ecological, medical, and industrial importance with respect to nutrient
recycling, food spoilage, infectious diseases, and biotechnology. Two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 233; HSEH 344 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 338 Water Pollution and Control (3)


Survey of chemical, physical, and biological pollutants affecting water quality for drinking and other
designated end uses. Pollution monitoring and control strategies also discussed. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 337 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 339 Air Pollution and Control (3)


Survey of ambient and indoor air quality changes due to toxic emissions. Atmospheric chemistry and
meteorology, standard air pollution indicators, global climate changes, and control strategies discussed.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 344 Environmental Chemistry (4)


Comprehensive survey of behavior and fate of chemical pollutants in atmosphere, hydrosphere,
geosphere, and biosphere, including standard methods of chemical analysis of environmental media.
Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of
faculty.

HSEH 425 Insect and Vector Control (3)


Comprehensive survey of agricultural and urban pests, disease transmitting vectors and their habitat,
principles of entomology, parasitology and zoonoses, integrated vector control, and pest management.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 431 Solid Waste Management (3)


Municipal solid waste problems and solutions: generation, storage, collection, transport, processing,
and disposal. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 337 or Consent of faculty

HSEH 432 Hazardous Waste Management (3)


Industrial, medical, and household hazardous waste problems and solutions: generation,
characterization, transport, storage, treatment, and disposal. Minimization, exchange, recovery,
incineration, and secure landfills discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232,
HSEH 337 or Consent of faculty

HSEH 433 Institutional Health and Safety (3)


Study of safety hazards, building permits and codes of residential, school, hospital, day-care, and penal
institutions. Sick building syndrome, emergency planning, and accommodation of disabled persons
discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 235 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 434 Sewage Treatment and Disposal (3)


Industrial, agricultural, and municipal wastewater collection, transport, treatment, and disposal.
Design and operation of sewage treatment plants, on-site and waterless systems, and sludge
management discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 344 or Consent of
faculty.

HSEH 435 Environmental Health Problems (3)


Global environmental issues: famine and starvation, environmental refugees, environmental justice
and equity, hazardous waste sites, housing and urban blight, crime and substance abuse. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232; HSEH 233 or Consent of faculty.

382 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


HSEH 442 Occupational Safety and Health (3)
Hazard and root cause analysis, occupational injuries and control of workplace hazard exposures.
Fundamentals of regulations of OSHA, workers compensation, occupational disease surveillance,
hazard communication, and accident investigation discussed. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 450 Environmental Toxicology (3)


Comprehensive survey of principles of toxicodynamics and toxicokinetics; xenobiotic dispersal and
ecosystem response; exposure pathways and target organs; mechanisms of toxicity; toxicity testing for
mutagenesis, carcinogenesis, and teratogenesis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH
344 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 451 Environmental Impact Assessment (3)


Consideration of environmental impacts and risks of legislative proposals, policies, programs, and
projects following NEPA regulations: qualitative/quantitative risks, identification, characterization,
exposure assessment, dose-response determination, interpretation, communication, and management.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSEH 232 or Consent of faculty.

HSEH 460 Internship (6)


Field practicum in industry, governmental agencies, consulting firms, and academic research facilities
providing observation and participation in the practice of environmental health programs. Twenty-two
hours of laboratory (practicum) per week. Prerequisite: Consent of faculty.

HEALTH ADMINISTRATION COURSES

HSHA 211 Health Information Systems (3)


Overview of the methods for collecting health data in the preparation of health surveys and reports
with computer research applications emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. (Fall course.)
Prerequisites: HSCR 150, Eng 131, and Eng 132.

HSHA 262 Public Policy and Health Care (3)


Overview of major national and state health legislation related to health policy. Three hours of lecture
per week. (Spring course.)

HSHA 312 Health Administration in School Systems (3)


Examination of health related issues within School Districts where enrollees are provided an
opportunity to perform projects related to enhancing school health settings. Three hours of lecture per
week. (Fall course.) Prerequisites: HSHA 211 & HSHA 262.

HSHA 313 Health Care of the Poor (3)


Examination of health care issues affecting the underserved, underprivileged, uninsured, the working
underinsured, and the poor within the health care system. Three hours of lecture per week. (Fall
course.) Prerequisites: HSHA 211 & HSHA 262.

HSHA 314 Finance and Economics of Health Care (3)


Overview of health care financial and economic concepts in health care related facilities. Three hours
of lecture per week. (Spring course.) Prerequisites: HSHA 312 & HSHA 313.

HSHA 361 Long Term Care (3)


Introductory examination of health issues on the rehabilitation and continuing care level: nursing
homes, geriatric wellness centers, and homes for the mentally impaired. Three hours of lecture per
week. (Fall course.) Prerequisites: PA 271, HSHA 211 & HSHA 262.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 383


HSHA 363 Ambulatory Health Care Services (3)
Examination of outpatient health care delivery settings: ambulatory surgery centers, fitness centers,
clinics, and HMO’s. Three hours of lecture per week. (Spring course.) Prerequisites: HSCR 360 &
HSHA 313.

HSHA 411 Health Administration Internship (3)


Health Administration capstone course. Direct exposure of students to professional work experiences
and responsibilities through workplace settings. Combination of lecture and site work experience
totaling 220 hours. (Fall and Spring course.) Prerequisites: Enrollment contingent upon enrollment in
no more than two classes needed to complete degree requirements. Consent of Student’s Advisor and
Course Instructor.

HSHA 412 Legal, Ethical, and Biomedical Aspects of Health Care (3)
Examination of issues in health care from an ethical, medical, sociological, and legal perspective. Three
hours of lecture per week. (Fall course.) Prerequisite: HSCR 360 & HSHA 314.

HSHA 413 Seminar in Community Health (3)


Examination of state, local, and community health care issues; includes the roles of various health
agencies. Three hours of lecture per week. (Fall course.) Prerequisite: HSCR 300.

HSHA 414 Seminar in Issues in Health Care (3)


Study of health care issues. Three hours of lecture per week. (Fall and Summer course) Prerequisites:
HSCR 300.

HSHA 451 Health Care of the Aged (3)


Detailed review of current and future issues in the delivery of health care services for the aged, for
interdisciplinary students. Three hours of lecture per week. (Fall course). Prerequisites: HSHA 300
level courses.

HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT COURSES

HSHI 362 Medical Terminology/Word Processing (3)


Designed to extensively develop the student’s medical vocabulary: Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes,
word roots, and combining forms used to build medical terms. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: BIOL 135 and BIOL 136.

HSHI 363 Basic Foundations I (3)


Introduction to health information systems and technology; assessment of institutional and patient-
related information needs; departmental, informational, service, and operational needs. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: HSCR 150.

HSHI 363L Basic Foundations Laboratory (2)


Designed to simulate a health information department with the activities of health information
management. Concurrent enrollment in HSHI 363 required. Prerequisite: HSCR 150. Six hours of
laboratory per week.

HSHI 364 Management of Health Data I (3)


Indexes and registries; nomenclature and classification systems; data abstraction; departmental
operations and services. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSHI 362, HSHI 363, HSHI
363L, HSHI 365, and HSHI 366.

HSHI 364L Management of Health Data Laboratory (2)


Simulated activities where students are given the opportunity to practice coding diagnoses and
procedures from actual medical records using computer technology. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: HSHI 362, HSHI 363, HSHI 363L, HSHI 365, and HSHI 366.
384 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014
HSHI 365 Directed Practice I (2)
Students assigned to Health Information Management Departments for experiences in the technical
aspects of health information management. Two hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: BIOL 135 and BIOL 136.

HSHI 366 Legal Aspects (2)


Legal terminology; the court system; control and use of health information; health care legislation and
regulations; confidentiality; ethical standards for health information managers. Two hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: HSCR 150 and HSCR 260.

HSHI 373 Basic Foundations II (2)


Management of health information in non-traditional settings: long-term care, ambulatory care,
hospices, home health care, psychiatric centers, and rehabilitation facilities. Two hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: HSHI 363 and HSHI 363L.

HSHI 374 Management of Health Data II (2)


Clinical coding procedures, outpatient coding, statistics, and reporting guidelines. Two hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSHI 362, HSHI 363, HSHI 363L, HSHI 364, HSHI 365, and
HSHI 366.

HSHI 401 In-Service Training for Health Information Managers (1)


Presentation of in-service training tools and techniques. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
HSHI 479.

HSHI 402 Comprehensive Health Information Management (1)


Review of competencies addressed in all professional courses. Students enrolled must pass a
comprehensive examination with a score of 75 or better prior to graduation. Prerequisites: Completion
of all HSCR and HSHI courses, except HSHI 476 and HSHI 478.

HSHI 473 Quality Assurance Management (3)


Theory and application of quality improvement, utilization review, risk management, Medicare and
Medicaid review process, and other laws and regulations applicable to health information systems.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSHI 362, HSHI 363, HSHI 363L, HSHI 364,
HSHI 365, and HSHI 366.

HSHI 474 Computerized Health Information Systems (3)


Evaluation of hardware and software components of computers for health information systems: design
and cost effectiveness, record linkages, and data sharing. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
HSHI 362, HSHI 363, HSHI 363L, HSHI 364, HSHI 365, and HSHI 366.

HSHI 475 Directed Practice II (3)


Students assigned to a health information management center for experiences in quality improvement,
computer applications, classification systems, and statistical analysis of health information. One hour
of lecture, one hour of laboratory, independent study per week. Prerequisites: HSHI 362, HSHI 363,
HSHI 363L, HSHI 364, HSHI 365, and HSHI 366.

HSHI 476 Preceptorship (4)


Students assigned to a health information center for administrative management training. Individual
projects assigned for completion at site. One hour of lecture and ten hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

HSHI 477 Management of Health Information Systems (4)


Theories of managerial concepts and control mechanisms as applied to health information systems.
Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: All HSHI courses through HSHI 475.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 385


HSHI 478 Problems in Medical Records / Health Information Management (2)
Problem identification and resolution, including formulation of alternative solutions, for health
information management. Post-preceptorship discussions also included. Two hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

HSHI 479 Health Information Personnel Management (3)


Discussion of the skills, techniques, policies, and procedures needed for successful human resource
management: interview process, performance appraisals, wage and salary administration. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: All HSHI courses through HSHI 475.

CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSES

CLSC 252 Serology Practices and Procedures (2)


Integration of didactic instruction with discussion of serology tests in normal and disease states,
principles and significance of procedures, quality control, audiovisual and case studies to provide a
comprehensive understanding of serologic practices and procedures in evaluating disorders of the
immune system, infectious diseases, autoimmune disease and hypersensitivity states. Two hours of
lecture weekly. Prerequisite: Consent of Program Director.

CLSC 252L Serology Practices and Procedures Laboratory (1)


Course provides students with a simulated clinical laboratory experiences in processing patient
specimens, performing selected tests/analyze specimens, report results and correlate test results with
pathologic diseases/conditions. Three hours of laboratory weekly. Co-requisite: concurrent enrollment
in HSCL 252 lecture. Prerequisite: Consent of Program Director.

CLSC 304 Clinical Laboratory Science Application I (1)


The course integrates didactic instruction with case studies and performance of laboratory procedures
to provide a comprehensive understanding of clinical laboratory policies and procedures inclusive of
an overview of the profession, phlebotomy, laboratory safety, compliance and regulatory agencies. One
hour of lecture per week.

CLSC 305 Clinical Laboratory Science Application II (1)


The course is designed to provide an orientation to the theory and required skills in education
methodology, laboratory information systems, laboratory calculation and quality assurance. One hour
of lecture per week.

CLSC 306 Comprehensive Clinical Laboratory Science (1)


This course will provide exposure to laboratory management as well as research skills and techniques.
Research class will culminate in a presentation of the clinical research. Additionally there will
be reinforcement of theoretical acquisition of core knowledge in CLS to facilitate application to
board type questions. The class will be repeated with the first semester of the senior year covering
management and the second semester of the senior year covering research. One hour of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: HSCR 300 or concurrent enrollment, HSCL 304 and HSCL 305.

CLSC 352 Hematology I (3)


The theory of development of cellular elements of the blood including principles of diagnostic
importance to detect disease and recognize normal processes affecting the anemias, leukemias, etc. of
the hematopoietic system. Three hours of lecture weekly. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the program
and consent of Program Director.

CLSC 352L Hematology Laboratory I (1)


Routine laboratory assay used to assess the hematopoietic system related to the detection,
identification, and pathophysiology of anemias, leukemias, and other blood dyscrias. Four hours of
laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Co-requisite and concurrent enrollment in HSCL 352 Lecture.

386 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CLSC 353 Clinical Microscopy and Quality Control (3)
An introduction to urinalysis and body fluid analysis, including anatomy and physiology of the
kidney, physical, chemical and microscopic examination of urine, cerebrospinal fluid and other
body fluid; inclusive of theory, performance and interpretation of procedures involving the physical,
chemical and microscopic properties of urine and body fluids. Three hours of lecture weekly
Prerequisite: Consent of Program Director.

CLSC 353L Clinical Microscopy and Quality Control Laboratory (1)


Simulated clinical laboratory experiences in which students process patient specimens, perform
selected tests, report results, correlate data with various pathologic diseases/conditions; enhance
critical thinking and decision making in the correlation of patient data. Four laboratory hours weekly.
Prerequisite: Consent of Program Director.

CLSC 354 Immunohematology I (2)


The course is a comprehensive study that focuses on regulatory agencies, quality assurance policies and
practices, basic principles of immunology and genetics (inclusive of molecular genetics), antigen and
antibody theory, in-vitro practices, anti-globulin testing and compatibility testing relevant to blood
banking and safe transfusion practices. Critical thinking and analytical skills will be increased via case
studies. Two hours of lecture weekly. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the CLS program and consent of
Program Director.

CLSC 354L Immunohematology I Laboratory (1)


Student will apply the acquisition of blood banking knowledge and of analytical and critical thinking
skills through the performance of blood blanking testing procedures. Quality assurance and quality
control practices and testing procedures will be performed. Safety issues and practices will be
emphasized. Three hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Co-requisite and concurrent enrollment in
HSCL 354.

CLSC 355 Medical Chemistry I (2)


Course focuses on basic clinical chemistry practices and procedures designed to provide a
comprehensive understanding of subject matter and correlate test results with various diseases/
conditions. Two hours of lecture weekly. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the CLS Program or consent of
Program Director.

CLSC 355L Medical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)


Course provides students with the opportunity to process patient specimens, perform selected tests,
report and correlate test results with various pathologic diseases/conditions and gain experience in
quality control, performance improvement, critical thinking, decision making and test correlation.
Four hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Co-requisite and concurrent enrollment in HSCL355.

CLSC 356 Hemostatic Processes (3)


The theory of the coagulation mechanism and its relationship in disease states with emphasis on
identification of coagulation deficiencies and abnormalities. Enhancement of critical thinking and
decision making utilizing case studies and correlation of patient data. Three hours of lecture weekly.
Prerequisite: Consent of Program Director.

CLSC 356L Hemostatic Processes Laboratory (1)


Routine laboratory assay used to assess the health of the hemostatic system relating to the detection,
identification and pathophysiology of blood dyscarias affecting thrombus formation inclusive of
platelet enumeration and evaluation. Four hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Co-requisite and
concurrent enrollment in HSCL 356.

CLSC 357 Practicum I (3)


Performance of serological and urinalysis techniques and methods in an affiliated clinical facility.
Includes quality assurance practices and procedures and equipment maintenance. Fifteen hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director and fourth year standing.
Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 387
CLSC 358 Clinical Immunology (2)
Clinical rotation in an affiliated clinical facility with emphasis on technical skills and applications. Ten
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

CLSC 359 Microbial Human Disorders I (3)


Skills development and performance in the detection, isolation, and identification of microbes
of medical importance to human pathologic conditions. One hour of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: HSCL 252, HSCL 252L.

CLSC 362 Hematology II (2)


Advance theory in hematology focusing on routine and specialized processes required to perform,
interpret, classify and evaluate cellular abnormalities and recognize those conditions that are
considered normal. Case studies are utilized to enhance the development of critical thinking and
decision making skills. Two hour lecture weekly. Prerequisites: HSCL 352 and HSCL 352L.

CLSC 362L Hematology II Laboratory (1)


Routine and specialized testing are used to define, diagnose, monitor, evaluate, classify, and validate
patient data in the assessment of blood cell abnormalities of the hematopoietic system. Four laboratory
weekly. Prerequisites: HSCL 352; HSCL 352L; co-requisite and concurrent enrollment in HSCL
362.

CLSC 364 Immunohematology II (2)


A continuation of knowledge and skills acquired in blood blank, blood donor collection, testing,
utilization and storage of blood and blood components. Transfusion therapy practices, adverse
complications of transfusion therapy, Hemolytic Disease of the fetus and newborn, and hemolytic
anemias will be explored; Case studies will be utilized to enhance critical thinking and analytical
skills. Two lecture hours weekly. Prerequisite: HSCL 354; HSCL 354L. Co-requisite and concurrent
enrollment in HSCL364L.

CLSC 364L Immunohematology II Laboratory (1)


An advanced level of testing procedures will be performed in this course. Students will demonstrate
the acquisition of blood banking knowledge, analytical and critical thinking skills through the
performance of blood banking testing procedures. Quality assurance practices, including quality
control testing will be performed. Safety issues and practices are emphasized. Four laboratory hours
weekly. Prerequisite: HSCL 354; HSCL 354L. Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in HSCL 365.

CLSC 365 Medical Chemistry II (2)


Advance specialized clinical chemistry to provide the opportunity to process patient specimens,
perform selected tests, report and correlate test data with various pathologic disease/conditions and
gain experience in quality control, performance improvement, critical thinking, decision making and
test correlation. Two hours of lecture weekly. Prerequisites: HSCL 355 and HSCL 355L.

CLSC 365L Medical Chemistry II Laboratory (1)


Course will focus on opportunities to process patient samples, perform required tests, report and
correlate patient test data with various diseases/conditions inclusive of quality control, performance
improvement, critical thinking and decision making. Four hours of laboratory weekly Prerequisites:
HSCL 355and HSCL 355L; Co-requisite: HSCL 365 lecture.

CLSC 369 Microbial Human Disorders II (2)


Recognition of parameters to detect, isolate, and identify the characteristics of medically important
microbiologic, mycologic, and parasitic organisms of man. One hour of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: HSCL 359.

388 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CLSC 466 Clinical Hematology (4)
Clinical practicum in an affiliated clinical facility with emphasis on practical/technical skills and
applications. Two hours of lecture and eighteen hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Fourth
year standing and consent of the Program Director.

CLSC 467 Blood Bank (4)


Clinical practicum focusing on the performance of antibody assessments, compatibility phlebotomy,
component preparation, donor processing of donated blood, and quality assurance. Two hours of
lecture and eighteen hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Fourth year standing and consent of
the Program Director.

CLSC 468 Clinical Microbiology (4)


Clinical rotation at an affiliated clinical site to emphasize practical/technical skills and applications.
Two hours of lecture and eighteen hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Fourth year standing
and consent of the Program Director.

CLSC 469 Clinical Biochemistry (4)


Clinical rotation at an affiliated clinical site to emphasize practical/technical skills and applications.
Two hours of lecture and eighteen hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Fourth year standing
and consent of the Program Director.

RESPIRATORY THERAPY COURSES

HSRT 220 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Practicum (2)


Introduction to basic procedures; equipment applications; therapeutic modalities for oxygen,
humidity, aerosol therapy; methods in and indicators for respiratory therapeutics. Precedes clinical
rotation. Six hours of laboratory per week. Corequisites: HSRT 230 and HSRT 231.

HSRT 222 Developmental Practicum in Clinical Applications (2)


Skills enhancement of basic procedures and clinical development in patient respiratory care
plan, CPR, mechanical ventilation, and patient assessment. Twelve hours of laboratory per week.
Twenty-four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 230, and HSRT 231.
Corequisite: HSRT 232.

HSRT 230 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy (3)


Introduction to respiratory care basic sciences applications, terminology, ventilatory mechanics, blood-
gas analysis, and acid-base balance. Three hours of lecture per week. Corequisites: HSRT 220 and
HSRT 231.

HSRT 231 Cardiopulmonary Systems (3)


Anatomical and physiological study of the cardiovascular and pulmonary systems; contrast of the
normal versus dysfunctional cardiopulmonary system; relationship to and effect upon renal physiology.
Three hours of lecture per week. Corequisites: HSRT 220 and HSRT 230.

HSRT 232 Intermediate Clinical Applications (4)


Theoretical applications in patient assessment, administration, and evaluation of oxygen and aerosol.
Intermittent breathing exercises; basic CPR training; and development in mechanical ventilation
administration. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 230, and HSRT
231. Corequisite: HSRT 222.

HSRT 307 Respiratory Care Applications I (1)


Applications and analyses of clinical data for presentation by respiratory care practitioners. One hour
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 389


HSRT 308 Respiratory Care Applications II (1)
Continuation of HSRT 307 to include simulations and presentations. One hour of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

HSRT 320 Applied Procedures and Equipment - Clinical Practicum III (2)
Study of and clinical practice in applications of the operation, mechanical features, limitations of, and
indications for various types of equipment used in respiratory care. Eight hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, and HSRT 232. Corequisites: HSRT
321, HSRT 330, and HSRT 331.

HSRT 321 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Practicum IV (2)


Symptomatic presentations and pathophysiological manifestations; clinical experiences; case studies;
and advanced respiratory patient care procedures at clinical sites. Six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, and HSRT 232. Corequisite: HSRT
330, HSRT 331, and HSRT 320.

HSRT 322 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Practicum V (2)


Continuation of HSRT 321 with emphasis on advanced respiratory care practice and technology
where invasive and specialized procedures are used. Eight hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, HSRT 232, HSRT 330, HSRT 331, HSRT 320,
and HSRT 321. Corequisite: HSRT 332 , HSRT 333, and HSRT 323.

HSRT 323 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Practicum VI (2)


Long-term, critical, intensive, surgical, and post-surgical assessment of respiratory care therapeutics
presented. Advanced clinical experiences, procedures, and case studies obtained at clinical sites. Eight
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, HSRT
232, HSRT 330, HSRT 331, HSRT 320, and HSRT 321. Corequisites: HSRT 332 , HSRT 333, and
HSRT 322..

HSRT 325 Pediatric Clinical Practicum (2)


Procedures and treatment modalities utilized in the clinical management of neonatal and pediatric
patients. Sixteen of laboratory per week. Corequisite: HSRT 340.

HSRT 330 Applied Procedures and Equipment I (3)


Study of airway management, resuscitation, continuous assisted ventilation. Specific mechanics
and applications of equipment/techniques utilized in corresponding clinical sites. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, and HSRT 232.
Corequisites: HSRT 320, HSRT 321, and HSRT 331.

HSRT 331 Theoretical and Applied Respiratory Therapy (3)


Study of the pathophysiology and clinical presentations manifested in pulmonary disease and
dysfunction. Acid-base balance; radiological and pulmonary function testing; hemodynamics; and
ECG presentations studied. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222,
HSRT 230, HSRT 231, HSRT 232, HSRT 320, and HSRT 321. Co-requisites: HSRT 330, HSRT
320, and HSRT 321

HSRT 332 Applied Procedures and Equipment II (3)


Study of advanced, invasive, and specialized procedures applicable to the function of the
cardiopulmonary and renal systems. Continuation and augmentation of HSRT 330. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231, HSRT 232, HSRT
320, and HSRT 321. Co-requisite: HSRT 331, HSRT 320, and HSRT 321.

390 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


HSRT 333 Cardiopulmonary Diseases (3)
Advanced study of pathology, diagnosis, treatment, and assessment of pulmonary, circulatory, and
renal dysfunction. Emphasis on identification of and treatment regimen for specific cardiopulmonary
dysfunction. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT 230,
HSRT 231, HSRT 232, HSRT 320, HSRT 321, HSRT 330, and HSRT 331. Corequisite: HSRT
322, HSRT323, and HSRT 332.

HSRT 334 Respiratory Care Pharmacotherapy (3)


Clinical aspects and physiologic effects of drugs administered by the respiratory care practitioner.
Clinical activities involved in the preparation, delivery, and therapeutic evaluation of administered
drugs. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: : HSRT 220, HSRT222, HSRT 230, HSRT 231,
and HSRT 232.

HSRT 340 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care (3)


Respiratory care of newborns, infants, and children; procedures in oxygen, aerosol, and ventilatory
therapeutics; and review of anatomy/physiology, specific abnormalities, specialized procedures, and
clinical presentations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: HSRT 220, HSRT 222, HSRT
230, HSRT 231, HSRT 232, HSRT 320, HSRT 321, HSRT 330 and consent of the Program
Director. Corequisite: HSRT 325.

HSRT 420 Comprehensive Respiratory Care (2)


Comprehensive study of the respiratory care practice at both the technician and therapist levels based
on NBRC job analysis survey results. Two hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the
Program Director.

HSRT 435 Electrocardiographic Technology (3)


ECG techniques, procedures, patterns, and interpretations; systematic methods for reading
electrocardiograms. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the Program Director.

HSRT 440 Respiratory Therapy Management I (4)


Departmental management involving personnel, decision making, budgeting, evaluation of
departmental effectiveness, and development of departmental policies. Three hours of lecture and four
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the Program Director.

HSRT 441 Respiratory Therapy Management II (4)


Continuation of HSRT 440. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: HSRT 440 and Consent of the Program Director.

HSRT 453 Cardiopulmonary Technology (5)


Pulmonary function testing procedures and interpretation; study of equipment and standards used
in pulmonary testing. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the Program Director.

HSRT 454 Critical Care and Internship (5)


Comprehensive study of advanced procedures, therapeutic modalities, decision making, and quality
control for the practicing respiratory therapist. Three hours of lecture and sixteen hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: Completion of all other professional HSRT courses and consent of the
Program Director.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 391


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 133
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 63 credits 26 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HSEH 232 (3) BIOL 111 (1)
ENG 132 (3) HSEH 233 (4) BIOL 112 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) HSEH 234 (3) BIOL 131 (3)
MATH 133 (3) HSEH 235 (3) BIOL 132 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) HSEH 334 (3) FS 102 (1)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) HSEH 337 (4) CHEM 211 (1)
ENG 200 Level (3) HSEH 338 (3) CHEM 231 (3)
Visual & HSEH 339 (3) HSCR 150 (3)
Performing HSEH 344 (4) HSCR 260 (3)
Arts (3) *** HSEH 425 (3) HSCR 360 (3)
HIST 231 (3) HSEH 431 (3) PHYS 101 or PHYS 237/lab (4)
HIST 232 (3) HSEH 432 (3)
POLS 231 (3) HSEH 433 (3)
POLS 232 (3) HSEH 434 (3)
PSY 131 (3) HSEH 435 (3)
CS 116 (3) HSEH 442 (3)
HSEH 450 (3)
HSEH 451 (3)
HSEH 460 (6)

* Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the
degree.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Select from the following courses: ART 131 or 132, THC 130 or 231, MUSI 131 or 239.
**** FS 102, Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for first-time freshmen.

392 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science in Environmental Health 4 Year Plan
Total Credits: 133 Degree plan- By Level and Sequence
First Semester CH Second Semester CH
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
First Year

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1


BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 CS 116 Computer Introduction 3
Visual & Performing Arts * 3 SOC 157 Sociology/PSY 131 Gen Psychology 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
18 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester CH Fourth Semester CH


CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 SC 233 Speech Communication 3
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 HIST 232 Social& Political History of the 3
Second Year

United States to 1877


HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HSCR 150 Concepts of Health 3
United States to 1877
ENG 230-244 English Literature 3 HSCR 260 Biomedical Ethics 3
PHYS 101 Prin of Phys Sci or 4
PHYS 237 College Phys and lab 213
17 hrs 15hrs

Fifth Semester CH Sixth Semester CH


HSEH 232 Introduction to Environmental 3 HSEH 337 Environmental Microbiology 4
Health
HSEH 233 Epidemiology & Biostatistics 4 HSEH 338 Water Pollution and Control 3
Third Year

HSEH 234 Health Physics 3


HSEH 235 Human Ecology 3 HSEH 425 Insect and Vector Control 3
HSEH 344 Environmental Chemistry 4 HSEH 433 Institutional Health & Safety 3
HSCR 360 Principles of Disease 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Summer One CH Summer Two CH


Summer

HSEH 460 Environmental Internship 3 HSEH 460 Environmental Internship 3

Total 3hrs Total 3hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 393


Seventh Semester CH Eighth Semester CH
HSEH 334 Public Health Organization and 3 HSEH 431 Solid Waste Management 3
Administration
Fourth Year

HSEH 339 Air Pollution and Control 3 HSEH 432 Hazardous Waste Management 3
HSEH 442 Occupational Safety and Health 3 HSEH 435 Environmental Health Problems 3
HSEH 450 Environmental Toxicology 3 HSEH 451 Environmental Impact Assessment 3
HSEH 434 Sewage Treatment and Disposal 3
15 hrs 12 hrs

* Visual and Performing Arts: THC 130, 231, MUSI 131, 239, ART 131, 132
** Internship Practicum is offered in the regular semester as well as for students concurrently registered for structured classes.
Please see separate internship package in details

394 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 129
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (HEALTH ADMINISTRATION) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 39 credits 46 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HSHA 211 (3) HSCR 150 (3)
ENG 132 (3) HSHA 262 (3) HSCR 260 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) HSHA 312 (3) HSCR 300 (1)
MATH 133 (3) HSHA 313 (3) HSCR 360 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 OR ***** HSHA 314 (3) HSCR 361 (3)
BIOL 111, 131 (4) HSHA 361 (3) MATH 134 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 OR HSHA 363 (3) PA 271 (3)
BIOL 112, 132 (4) HSHA 411 (6)*** PA 301 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) HSHA 412 (3) PA 302 (3)
ART 131 or ART 132 (3) HSHA 413 (3) PA 311 (3)
HIST 231 (3) HSHA 414 (3) PA 312 (3)
HIST 232 (3) HSHA 451 (3) PA 313 (3)
POLS 231 (3) PA 321 (3)
POLS 232 (3) PE 1xx (1)
PSY 131 (3) PE 1xx (1)
CS 116 (3) Free Electives (6)
FS 102 (1)****

* Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the degree.
** *(N) represents the number of course credits.
*** HSHA 411 must be taken twice, where each enrollment counts for 3 credits.
**** FS 102, Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for first-time freshmen.
*****+ Students may choose sequential courses in Biology or Chemistry to complete the
8 credit hour natural science requirement. They may not mix the sequence for
for natural science credit. For example, Chemistry 131 may not be taken as a sequential
precursor for Biology 132 for natural science completion credit.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 395


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Bachelor of Science Degree in Health Administration
Total Credits: 127 Four Year Plan
First Semester CH Second Semester CH
CHEM 111 General Chemistry Lab or BIOL 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry Lab or BIOL 1
111 Biology Lab 112 Biology Lab
CHEM 131 General Chemistry Lec or BIOL 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry Lec or BIOL 3
131 Biology Lec 132 Biology Lec
First Year

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 CS 116 Introduction to Computer 3


ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
HSCR 150 Concepts of Health 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
PSY 131 Psychology 3 HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3
United States to 1877
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester CH Fourth Semester CH


HSHA 211 Health Information Systems 3 HSCR 260 Biomedical Ethics 3
ENG 230 or 244 Level English Literature 3 HSCR 300 Health Science Seminar 1
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 HSHA 262 Public Policy & Health Care 3
Second Year

HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3 PA 271 Introduction to Public Administration 3
United States since 1877
ART 131 or 132 Drawings & Composition 3 SC 233 or 135 Communication Skills for 3
Health Professionals or Business and Professional
Communication
POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
15 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester CH Sixth Semester CH


HSCR 360 Principles of Disease 3 HSCR 361 Research for Health Professionals 3
HSHA 312 Health administration In School 3 HSHA 314 Finance and Economics for Health 3
Systems Care
Third Year

HSHA 313 Health Care of the Poor 3 HSHA 363 Ambulatory Health Care 3
HSHA 361 Long Term Care 3 PA 302 Quantitative Methods in PA 3
PA 301 Research Methods in PA 3 PA 312 Public Budgeting 3
PA 311 Introduction to Public Sector Planning 3 PA 313 Organization Behavior Management 3
18 hrs 18 hrs

396 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Seventh Semester CH Eighth Semester CH
HSHA 412 Legal, Ethical and Biomedical 3 HSHA 411 Health Administration Internship 6
Aspects of Health Care
Fourth Year

HSHA 413 Seminars in Comm. Health 3 Free Elective 3


HSHA 414 Seminar in Issues in HC 3
HSHA 451 Health Care of the Aged 3
PA 321 Personnel Administration 3
Free Elective 3
18 9 hrs

Public Affairs Minor: Enroll in PA 400 or PA 410 (can be taken as an elective)

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 397


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 136
MAJOR
CORE CURRICULUM* OTHER
(HEALTH INFORMATION
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS
MANAGEMENT)
44 credits 45 credits 47 credits
1
ENG 131 (3)** HSHI 362 (3) BIOL 111 (1)
ENG 132 (3) HSHI 363 (3) BIOL 112 (1)1
SC 233 (3) HSHI 363L (2) BIOL 131 (3)2
MATH 133 (3) HSHI 364 (3) BIOL 132 (3)2
BIOL 135 (4) HSHI 364L (2) BIOL 246 (4)
BIOL 136 (4) HSHI 365 (2) HSCR 150 (3)
ENG 200 Level (3) HSHI 366 (2) HSCR 260 (3)
ART 131 or ART 132 (3) HSHI 373 (2) HSCR 300 (1)
HIST 231 (3) HSHI 374 (2) HSCR 360 (3)
HIST 232 (3) HSHI 401 (1) HSCR 361 (3)
POLS 231 (3) HSHI 402 (1) MATH 135 (3)
POLS 232 (3) HSHI 473 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
PSY 131 (3) HSHI 474 (3) MGMT 301 (3)
CS 116 (3) HSHI 475 (3) MGSC 239 (3)
HSHI 476 (4) Free Electives (9)
HSHI 477 (4) FS 102 (1)***
HSHI 478 (2)
HSHI 479 (3)

*Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the degree.
**(N) represents the number of course credits.
*** FS 102, Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for first-time freshmen.
1
May together be substituted with CHEM 131 and 111 or with PHYS 237 and 213.
2
May together be substituted with CHEM 132 and 112 or with PHYS 238 and 214.

398 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Health Information Management
Accredited by the American Health Information Management Association
Four Year Degree Plan 136 credit hours
First Semester Second Semester
BIOL 131/111Biology Lecture/Lab 4 BIOL 132/112 Biology Lecture/Lab 4
ENG 131 Freshman English 3 ENG 132 Freshman English 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 134 Trigonometry 3
First year

HIST 231 Social and Political History 3 CS 116 Introduction to Computers 3


Performing Arts 130 Music, Theatre, Art 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
HSCR 150 Concepts of Health 3 HIST 232 Social and Political History 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
20 hrs 19 hrs

BIOL 135 Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 BIOL 136 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4
Second Year

HSCR 260 Biomedical Ethics 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3


ENG 230-244 English Literature 3 MGSC 239 Management Science Statistics 3
SPEECH 233 Speech for Health Professionals 3 BIOL 246 Microbiology 4
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 HSCR 300 Health Science Seminar 1
16hrs 15hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


HSCR 360 Principles of Disease 3 MGMT 301 Personnel and Manpower 3
MGMT 300 Business Organization 3 HSCR 361 Research for Health Professionals 3
Third Year

HSHI 362 Medical Terminology 3 HSHI 364 Management of Health Data I 3


HSHI 363 Basic Foundations I Lecture 3 HSHI 364L Management of Health Data Lab 2
HSHI 363L Basic Foundations I Lab 2 HSHI 365 Directed Practice I 2
HSHI 373 Basic Foundations II 2 HSHI 366 Legal Aspects 2
Elective 3
16hrs 18hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


HSHI 374 Management Health Data II 2 HSHI 402 Comprehensive HIM 1
HSHI 401 In-Service Training for HIM 1 HSHI 476 Preceptorship 4
Fourth Year

HSHI 473 Quality Assurance Management 3 HSHI 477 Management of Info. Systems 4
HSHI 474 Computerized Health Info. System 3 HSHI 478 Problems in Medical records 2
HSHI 475 Directed Practice II 3 HSHI 479 Health Info. Personnel Mgmt. 3
Elective 3 Elective 3
15hrs 17hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 399


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 137
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 60 credits 33 credits
CLSC 252 (2)
ENG 131 (3) BIOL 131 (3)
CLSC 252L (1)
ENG 132 (3) CLSC 304 (1) BIOL 132 (3)
BIOL 245 (4) or BIOL 344 or
SC 135 or 136 (3) CLSC 305 (1)
BIOL 135 and 136 together (4)
MATH 133 (3) CLSC 306 (1) spr. AND (1) fall BIOL 347 (4) or BIOL 246
CLSC 352 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) CHEM 211 (1)
CLSC 352L (1)
CLSC 353 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) CHEM 231 (3)
CLSC 353L (1)
CLSC 354 (2) CHEM 212 (1) or CHEM 445
ENG 200 Level (3)
CLSC 354L (1) L
CLSC 355 (2)
ART 131 or ART 132 (3)*** CHEM 232 (3) or CHEM 445
CLSC 355L (1)
CLSC 356 (3)
HIST 231 (3) HSCR 150 (3)
CLSC 356L (1)
HIST 232 (3) CLSC 357 (3) HSCR 260 (3)
POLS 231 (3) CLSC 358 (2) HSCR 300 (1)
POLS 232 (3) CLSC 359 (3) HSCR 360 (3)
CLSC 362 (2)
PSY 131 (3) FS 102 (1)
CLSC 362L (1)
CLSC 364 (2)
CS 116 (3)
CLSC 364L (1)
CLSC 365 (2)
CLSC 365L (1)
CLSC 369 (2)
CLSC 466 (4)
CLSC 467 (4)
CLSC 468 (4)
CLSC 469 (4)

*Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the degree.
*** Upon approval of the Program Director, student may take any fine arts or equivalent to satisfy this requirement.

400 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
Bachelor of Science in Clinical Laboratory Science/ Medical Technology
Degree plan- Total Credit 137
Four Year Plan
First Semester CH Second Semester CH
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 SC 135 0r 136 Speech Communication 3
First Year

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshmen English II 3


BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
HSCR 150 Concepts of Health 3 PSY 131 Psychology ** 3
FS 102 The University Experience 1 CS 116 Computer Science 3
17 hrs 19 hrs

Third Semester CH Fourth Semester CH


CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 232/212 Organic Chemistry II or 4
CHEM 445/445L Biochemistry
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 ENG 200 Level English Literature 3
Second Year

BIOL 245 Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 BIOL 347 Microbiology ## 4


POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political System II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States to 1877 United States since 1877
Visual & Performing Arts * 3
17 hrs 17 hrs

Summer CH Summer CH
Summer

HSCR 360 Principles of Disease 3


HSCR 260 Biomedical Ethics 3
6hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 401


Fifth Semester CH Sixth Semester CH
CLSC 252 Serology Practice & Procedures 2 CLSC 353 Clinical Microscopy & Quality 3
Control
CLSC 252 L Serology Practice & Procedures CLSC 353 L Clinical Microscopy & Quality 1
Lab 1 Control
CLSC 304 Medical Tech Applications I 1 CLSC 305 Medical Tech Applications II 1
Third Year

CLSC 352 Hematology I 3 CLSC 362 Hematology II 2


CLSC 352L Hematology I Lab 1 CLSC 362 L Hematology II Lab 1
CLSC 354 Immunohematology I 2 CLSC 364 Immunohematology II 2
CLSC 354L Immunohematology I Lab 1 CLSC 364L Immunohematology II Lab 1
CLSC 355 Medical Chemistry I 2 CLSC 365 Medical Chemistry II 2
CLSC 355L Medical Chemistry I Lab 1 CLSC 365L Medical Chemistry II Lab 1
CLSC 359 Microbial Human Disorders I Lec/ 3 CLSC 369 Microbial Human Disorders II Lec/ 2
Lab Lab
18 hrs 15 hrs

Summer CH Summer CH
Summer

CLSC 356 Hemostatic Processes 3


CLSC 356L Hemostatic Processes Lab 1
4 hrs

Seventh Semester CH Eighth Semester CH


CLSC 306-(MGMT) Health Sciences Seminar 1 CLSC 306- (Research) Comprehensive Medical 1
technology
Fourth Year

CLSC 357 Clinical Practicum I 3 CLSC 358 Clinical Immunology 2


CLSC 466 Clinical Hematology 4 CLSC 468 Clinical Microbiologoy 4
CLSC 467 Clinical Blood Bank 4 CLSC 469 Clinical Chemistry 4
HSCR 300 Health Science Seminar 1
12 hrs 12 hrs

* Either one of the following: THC 130, 231, MUSI 131, 239, ART 131, 132
** Social and behavioral Sciences requirements maybe fulfilled by either of the following: Soc 157, Soc 158, Soc 231, ECON 231,
ECON 232

Internship (last Year) is restricted to students who have satisfied ALL program requirements and who have been approved for
assignment

LISTED COURSES SUBSTITUTED COURSE


CHEM 232/212 L CHEM 445
BIOL 245 BIOL 135 &136 or BIOL 344
BIOL 347 BIOL 246

Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the Clinical
Laboratory Science degree.

402 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
RESPIRATORY THERAPY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 148
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (RESPIRATORY THERAPY) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 66 credits 38 credits
ENG 131 (3)** HSRT 220 (2) BIOL 131 (3)
ENG 132 (3) HSRT 222 (2) BIOL 132 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) HSRT 230 (3) BIOL 245 (4)
MATH 133 (3) HSRT 231 (3) BIOL 246 (4)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) HSRT 232 (3) BIOL 460 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) HSRT 307 (1) HSCR 150 (3)
ENG 200 Level (3) HSRT 308 (1) HSCR 260 (3)
ART 131 or HSRT 320 (2) HSCR 300 (1)
ART 132 (3) HSRT 321 (2) HSCR 360 (3)
HIST 231 (3) HSRT 322 (2) MATH 136 (3)
HIST 232 (3) HSRT 323 (2) PHAR 212 (1)
POLS 231 (3) HSRT 325 (2) PHYS 237 (3)
POLS 232 (3) HSRT 330 (3) PHYS 238 (3)
PSY 131 (3) HSRT 331 (3) FS 102 (1)***
CS 116 (3) HSRT 332 (3)
HSRT 333 (3)
HSRT 334 (3)
HSRT 340 (3)
HSRT 420 (2)
HSRT 435 (3)
HSRT 440 (4)
HSRT 441 (4)
HSRT 453 (5)
HSRT 454 (5)

* Students should seek advisement prior to registering for any course intended to be used as credit toward the degree.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** FS 102, Freshman Seminar is a university requirement for first-time freshmen.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 403


College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences-Texas Southern University
Bachelor of Science Degree in Respiratory Therapy
Accredited by (CoARC) Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care
Approved Degree Plan – Total Credits: 148 Four Year Plan
First Semester Second Semester
CHEM 111General Chemistry Lab I 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry Lec. I 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec. 3
BIOL 131 Biological Science Lecture 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec. 3
First Year

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 136 Pre-Calculus 3
Visual and Performing Arts**see options below 3 PHAR 212 1
PSY 131 Psychology 3 HSCR 260 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
Total semester credits 19 Total semester credits 18
APPLICATION PERIOD (Sept. –Nov) PROFESSIONAL PHASE

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ENG (Any 200 level) 3 HSRT 220 2
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 HSRT 230 3
Second Year

HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HSRT 231 3


United States to 1877
PHYS 237*** 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877
BIOL 245 Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
PHYS 238*** 3
Total semester credits 16 Total semester credits 17

Seventh Semester (Summer I)


Summer I
Second

HSRT 222 Developmental Practicum in Clinical Development 2


Year

HSRT 232 Intermediate Clinical Applications 3


Total semester credits 5 hrs

Seventh Semester (Summer II)


Summer II
Second

HSCR 150 Concepts of Health 3


Year

CS 116 Computer Science 3


Total semester credits 6 hrs

404 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Catalog 2012-2014


Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
HSRT 320 2 BIOL 246 *** 4
HSRT 321 2 HSCR 300 1
Third Year

HSRT 325 2 HSRT 322 2


HSRT 330 3 HSRT 323 2
HSRT 331 3 HSRT 332 3
HSRT 334 3 HSRT 333 3
HSRT 340 3 HSCR 360 3
Total semester credits 18hrs Total semester credits 18hrs

Seventh Semester (Summer I)


Third Year
Summer I

HSRT 454 Critical Care and Internship 5


HSRT 307 1
Total semester credits 6 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


SC 233 Speech Communications 3 435 HSRT 3
Fourth Year

308 HSRT 1 441 HSRT 4


420 HSRT** 2 453 HSRT 5
440 HSRT 4
460 BIOL*** 3
Total semester credits 13 Total semester credits 12

TOTAL CURRICULUM CREDIT HOURS 148


* Visual and Performing Arts: (Select one) THC 130, 231, MUSI 131, 239, ART 131, 132
** Course taken as advised
Course substitutions are permitted only as indicated in the University bulletin or as below.

*** Listed Course Substituted


Physics 237, 238 Sequence Physics 235, 236 Sequence
Microbiology 246 Microbiology 347
Biostatistics 460 Math 473 or 474

Applications for admittance to the program professional phase are processed and finalized each fall. Students are admitted into the
program professional phase each spring semester. The application process is competitive and based on (1) cumulative G.P.A. of 2.5
or better and (2) quantitative and qualitative completion of curriculum prerequisite courses.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 405


406 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

OVERVIEW

The College of Science and Technology at Texas Southern University consists of ten Departments: the Department of Aviation Science
and Technology, the Department of Biology, the Department of Chemistry, the Department of Computer Science, the Department
of Engineering Technologies, the Department of Environmental Science and Technology; the Department of Industrial Technologies,
the Department of Mathematics, the Department of Physics, and the Department of Transportation Studies. In serving students, these
units allow the College to fulfill its mission; and through them, ten undergraduate and six graduate degrees are offered. For detailed
information on the eight graduate degrees, students are referred to the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University. A
summary of the degrees and departments, by name, appears in the chart below:

Department Undergraduate Degrees Graduate Degrees


Aviation Science and Bachelor of Science in Aviation Science and Technology - None
Technology Aviation Science Management
Biology Bachelor of Science in Biology Master of Science in Biology
Chemistry Bachelor of Science in Chemistry Master of Science in Chemistry
Computer Science Bachelor of Science in Computer Science Master of Science in Computer
Science
Engineering Technologies Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering Technology None
Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering Technology
Bachelor of Science in Electronics Engineering Technology
Environmental Science None Master of Science in
and Technology Environmental Toxicology
Doctor of Philosophy in
Environmental Toxicology
Industrial Technologies Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology None
Mathematics Bachelor of Science in Mathematics None
Physics None None
Transportation Studies Bachelor of Science in Maritime Transportation Master of Science in Transportation
Management and Security Planning and Management

Administratively, the College of Science and Technology is headed by a Dean who is assisted by the Associate Dean of Academic Affairs,
the Associate Dean of Administration and Development, and the Assistant Dean of Student Services and Instructional Support. Each
of the ten departments is headed by a Faculty Chair who reports to the Dean. All administrative offices, classrooms, and research
facilities for the College are primarily located in four facilities designated as follows: the Airway Science Center, the Nabrit Science
Center, the Texas Southern University Science Center and the Technology Trailer Modules on the Campus.

MISSION STATEMENT

The College of Science and Technology at Texas Southern University is dedicated to integrating sciences and contemporary technologies,
through education, scholarly activities, and community service; meeting the needs of a diverse graduate and undergraduate student
population while addressing critical urban issues within a global economy.

As an instructional agent of the University, the College of Science and Technology has an additional service mission as stated below:
1. To provide students of varied scholastic levels access to higher education by providing the academic foundations necessary
for accessing educational programs at the University.
2. To prepare competent professionals and leaders capable of providing effective service and developing solutions to the problems
of the nation and the world, especially in urban environs.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 407


In pursuing its missions, the College embraces the following goals:

1. Provide High Quality Instruction


2. Perform Basic and Applied Research
3. Engage in Community Service
4. Optimize enrollment of college-ready undergraduate students and enhance graduate student enrollment
5. Strive for steady increase in external funding
6. Ensure that the College’s administrative units function effectively and efficiently so that they support the mission of the
College and the University

ACCREDITATION

All programs in the College are accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools,
but some programs have professional accreditation as well. The Chemistry program is accredited by the American Chemical Society.
The Electronics Engineering Technology Program in the Department of Engineering Technologies is accredited by the Technology
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (TAC of ABET). The undergraduate programs
in the Department of Industrial Technologies are accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering.
The undergraduate programs in the Department of Aviation Science and Technology are recognized by the Federal Aviation Agency
and accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering.

ADMISSION POLICIES

Students (either new or transfer) wishing to enroll in one of the programs of study leading to one of the nine undergraduate degrees
offered through the College of Science and Technology must first gain admission to Texas Southern University through policies and
procedures established by the University Director of Admissions. Once admitted, students are required to contact both the Office of
Student Success Services for advisement regarding the fulfillment of ASSET or equivalent test requirements and the department of
choice in the College for additional advisement. Students may not officially declare majors until ASSET or equivalent test requirements
have been fulfilled and identified deficiencies have been eradicated; however, they are eligible to enroll in some selected courses offered
through the ten departments in the College once admitted. The ten Department Offices provide advisement upon request related to
courses available to students who are not yet eligible to declare majors in the College.

Once admitted or while applying for admission, students who need financial aid or assistance should contact the Office of
Student Financial Assistance at the University. In addition, some competitive scholarships may be available to students through
the College. Students earning GPA’s of approximately 3.00 or higher (out of 4.00) may inquire about making application for these
scholarships through one of the ten Department Offices or the Dean’s Office.

Former students in the College who were enrolled for credit within the year prior to registration are not required to apply for readmission.
However, students who last attended one year or more, prior to registration, are required to file applications for readmission and
submit transcripts from all colleges attended since their last enrollment at Texas Southern University.

ACADEMIC STANDARDS POLICY

The College of Science and Technology has set minimum standards that a student must achieve to remain in good academic
standing. In general these standards are reflective of those established by the University and are as follows:

• 1-14 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.4 cumulative GPA


• 15-29 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.6 cumulative GPA
• 30-59 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.8 cumulative GPA
• 60 or more hours attempted: Not less than a 2.0 cumulative GPA and satisfactory completion of all
developmental or remedial courses

Probationary or Notice status will be incurred by the student who fails to meet the standards listed above in any semester.

408 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Academic Notice: Students falling below the set standards outlined above will be placed on Academic Notice. Students on Academic
Notice must get advisement in their home (major) department before they will be allowed to enroll. After advisement in their home
department, the student enrollment request, and maximum hours allowed is reported to the Office of Student Services. The student
must report to Office of Student Services in room 157 of the Science Center for academic monitoring.

Academic Probation: Students who are currently on Academic Notice and who fail to maintain the minimum cumulative GPA
requirements as outlined above are placed on Academic Probation. In short, if a student falls below the set standards, the student
is placed first on Academic Notice. If in the following semester, the student again falls below the set standards, the student will be
placed on Academic Probation. Undergraduate students may be removed from Academic Probation at the close of the semester in
which they earn a cumulative GPA that meets the standards outlined above. They may register for not more than 15 semester credit
hours. Students on Academic Probation must get advisement in their home (major) department before they will be allowed to enroll.
After advisement in their home department, the student enrollment request, and maximum hours allowed is reported to the Office of
Student Services. The student must report to Office of Student Services in room 157 of the Science Center for academic monitoring.

Suspension: Students on Academic Probation earning a GPA below the standards outlined above are suspended for one academic
year. Undergraduate students failing to maintain the required GPA in any semester while on Academic Probation will be suspended.

a. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a fall semester must sit out the following spring, and summer
semesters and will be eligible to re-enroll in the subsequent fall semester.
b. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a spring semester must sit out the following summer, and fall
semesters and will be eligible to re-enroll in the subsequent spring semester.
c. Students placed on academic suspension at the end of a summer session must sit out the following fall, and spring
semesters and will be eligible to re-enroll in the subsequent summer semester.

Students who have been placed on academic suspension may apply for re-admission to the University, provided they can show
evidence of increased academic maturity. Such evidence may be grades for courses taken at another institution of higher learning, if
such courses are not repeats of courses successfully completed at TSU. Military service and associated courses/training may also be
used as evidence of maturity.

Readmission from Academic Suspension: Only the dean of the college may readmit students on academic suspension from Texas
Southern University. Readmission from academic suspension is neither automatic nor guaranteed. Students seeking readmission
must first meet with their major department advisor. Suspended students are required to submit the following:

a. A written petition justifying their readiness to resume their studies at the University.
b. Official transcripts showing at least a 2.00 grade point average (with no course having a grade below C) on a minimum
of 12 credit hours of college work completed elsewhere while on academic suspension from Texas Southern University.
c. Transcripts of all other completed college work.
d. Students seeking to change their majors from the college from which they were suspended to another college must
submit a “change of major” request along with a petition for readmission from academic suspension to the college of
the intended major.

The major advisor will complete an academic monitoring form and make a recommendation to the department Chair. The Department
Chair will review all documentation and make a recommendation to the Office of Student Services. All documentation will be
forwarded to the Office of Student Services for final consideration. The suspended student will be notified in writing of the decision.
Students allowed to return from suspension will be admitted under probationary status. After advisement in their home department,
the student enrollment request, and maximum hours allowed is reported to the Office of Student Services. The student must report
to Office of Student Services in room 157 of the Science Center for academic monitoring.

When re-admitted, the student will enter the college with probationary status. Another suspension at the end of the semester of
re-admission may be avoided by achieving the minimum cumulative average according to the above standards. Moreover, a student
on Academic Probation will not be suspended at the end of any semester during which a semester average of 2.00 has been earned.

Any student enrolled in nine or more credit hours and who earns an “F” in all classes will be suspended from the University
for the following semester.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 409


NOTE: Each department may adopt its own set of “Academic Progression Standards” and may have additional policies and procedures
pertaining to readmission from academic suspension; therefore, students seeking readmission should consult the appropriate department
section in the undergraduate catalog and request information from the office of the departmental chair for specific departmental
requirements.

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICIES

1. All students enrolled in the College of Science and Technology are required to follow the sequence of courses outlined in
their respective degree plans.
2. Students may not enroll in required advanced courses without satisfactorily completing the prerequisites for these courses
whether they are offered through the College or through other colleges or schools at the University.
3. Students earning undergraduate degrees from the College may or may not be required to declare a minor; hence, the respective
departmental information describing the various degrees should be consulted regarding this matter.
4. For all undergraduate programs offered through the College, a common core of courses (interdisciplinary in nature) is
required for completion of the respective degree requirements.
5. Students may be required to pass a comprehensive exit examination prior to graduation.
6. All students enrolled in the College are encouraged to secure either cooperative education or internship positions prior to
graduation. Further information on these positions may be obtained from either the Office of the Dean of the College of
Science and Technology or the University Cooperative Education and Placement Services Center.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

Student participation in a number of professional organizations and societies having student affiliated chapters on the Campus is
encouraged. The principle organizations operating in the College are listed below:

• Alpha Eta Rho (AER)


• American Association of Airport Executives (AAAE)
• American Chemical Society Student Organization (ACS)
• American Design Drafting Association (ADDA)
• American Planning Association (APA)
• Associated General Contractors, Inc. (AGC)
• Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society
• Beta Kappa Chi Scientific Honor Society
• Environmental Toxicology Graduate Students Association
• Institute of Electrical Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE)
• Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE)
• Instrument Society of America (ISA)
• National Organization for the Professional Advancement of Black Chemists and Chemical Engineers (NOBCChE)
• National Society of Black Engineers (NSBE)
• National Technical Association (NTA)
• Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME)
• Society of Sigma Xi
• The Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering

Students should seek additional information on these organizations through the Office of the Dean or through the Department
Offices in the College.

RIGHT TO MODIFY

The information contained in this bulletin is considered to be descriptive in nature and not contractual. The University
reserves the right to change any policy or requirement at any time during the time that students are enrolled. Courses are
also subject to change.

410 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF AVIATION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The mission of the Aviation Science and Technology Department is, “to prepare students with the foundation to develop and
function as aviation professionals.” Specifically, our mission is to prepare our majors with the base knowledge and skills for
entering graduate school or entering the workforce as an entry level aviation professional.

The Aviation Science Management degree provides a strong foundation for a career as a leader in the field of aviation. The
curriculum provides skills in management, communications, and research to prepare students as required in the field of
aviation management. The last two years of matriculation include extensive professional-level Aviation Science Technology and
Management courses whereby students shall develop critical-thinking and problem-solving skills. The degree in Aviation Science
Management is fully accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering.

Former military must submit a copy of their DD 214 form to the Texas Southern University Office of Veteran Affairs in order
to receive academic credit for military courses recommended by the American Council on Education. Students with prior
Aviation training must present certification to the department Chair for credit evaluation. Individuals possessing a private pilot,
commercial, and instrument license can receive credit for flight training upon evaluation by the department chair. Transfer of
credit from another institution to Texas Southern University involves consideration of accreditation, comparability of course work,
and applicability of that course work to a degree program at the University.

All students must maintain a GPA in accordance with the College of Science and Technology standards which are:
1-14 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.4 cumulative GPA
15-29 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.6 cumulative GPA
30-59 hours attempted: Not less than a 1.8 cumulative GPA
60 or more hours attempted: Not less than a 2.0 cumulative GPA and satisfactory completion of all developmental
or remedial courses
Degree Requirements

The Bachelor of Science degree in Aviation Science Management is earned by the successful completion of a 121 credit hours
(minimum) including the 45 hours of general education core courses and other courses as established by Texas Southern
University and approved by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board, 76 hours of courses as defined by the department of
Aviation Science and Technology. All course work representing the 76 hours of courses as defined by the Department of Aviation
Science and Technology leading to the B.S. Degree in Aviation Science Management must be earned with a Grade of “C” or
better, where grades of “C-“ or below are unacceptable. There are no minors offered in aviation.
For further information, please contact the department of Aviation Science and Technology at 713-313-1846 or come to room
104 of the Airway Science Building.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT


Sherman, Mark Ed.D. Odetunde, Christopher Ph.D.
Associate Professor & Chair Assistant Professor
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University Post Doctorate, Texas A&M University
Ed.S. University of Central Missouri Ph.D. Texas A&M University
M.A. University of Central Missouri M.S., Iowa State University, Ames Iowa
M.S., University of Central Missouri M.S., Southeastern Institute of Technology
B.S., University of Central Missouri M.S., Southeastern Institute of Technology
FAA Certified Flight Instructor (Airplane Single Engine and Instrument Airplane) B.S., Embry-Riddle Aeronautical Engineering
Ground Instructor (Advanced and Instrument)
Commercial Pilot (Airplane Single Engine Land, Glider, and Instrument Airplane)
Airframe & PowerPlant Mechanic
FCC General Radiotelephone Operator
Glass, Charles Ed.D.
Assistant Professor
Ed.D., Texas Southern University
M.A., Texas Southern University
M.S.Ed., University of Southern California
B.A., Prairie View A & M University

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 411


AVIATION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTION

AWS 101 Introduction to Aviation (3)


The course covers a brief historical review of early aviation, the freedom and the power of flight
from the 15th century drawings and manuscripts of Leonardo de Vinci to modern times, discussing
the fundamentals of flight and aeronautical technology, and an introduction to aircraft systems
and operations. The dynamics of safety of flight, human factors, interpreting aeronautical graphic
representation, introductory navigation, air traffic control and airspace, and aviation weather aspects
are topics of discussion. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 101L Introduction to Aviation Lab (1)


Instruction directed towards oral presentations on events in aviation history and field trips to aviation
facilities. Two hours of lab per week

AWS 102 Aviation History (3)


This course covers an overview of aviation history with a focus on the United States. Additionally, the
course will discuss the origin of aircraft equipment. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 103 Private Pilot Ground (3)


Private pilot ground covers the cockpit instruments and system, fundamentals of flight, aircraft
performance charts, and cross country planning. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 105 Private Pilot Flight (3)


This course prepares the student for the FAA Private Pilot Practical Examination. Successful
completion of this course will permit the student to perform as a pilot in command of single engine
aircraft transport of passengers or property; excluding fees or employment. Three hours of lecture per
week. FAA approved. Prerequisite: AWS 103, Corequisite: 105L

AWS 105L Private Pilot Flight Lab (3)


Practical application of aeronautical skills in a laboratory setting. Three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: AWS 103. Corequisite: AWS 105.

AWS 113 Introduction to Flight (3)


Introduction to Flight covers the fundamentals of flight. Three hours of lecture per week. Three hours
of lecture per week. Co-requisite: AWS 113L

AWS 113L Introduction to Flight Lab (1)


Practical application of aeronautical skills in a laboratory setting. Two hours of lab per week Co-
requisite: AWS 113.

AWS 120 Transportation Survey (3)


Transportation systems and their impact on society. Standard research practices will be introduced.
Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 200 Basics of Communications (3)


In accordance with FAA orders 7110.65 and 7110.10, the student will identify basic radio and
interphone communications, ICAO phonetics, numbers usage, basic phraseology, coordination
procedures, purpose and steps of the position relief briefing. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 201 Flight Meteorology (3)


This course provides a detailed knowledge of the environmental factors critical to safe flight operations.
The course covers weather systems, upper-air characteristics, flight hazards, weather-related topics in
flight safety, meteorological flight planning, use of weather information systems, and the reports and
charts used for aviation weather reporting and forecasting. Survey of atmospheric and weather-related
phenomena and their impact on flight operations, including the interface of airmen and flight service
stations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 105, AWS 105L Corequisite: AWS 201L.
412 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014
AWS 201L Flight Meteorology Lab (1)
Survey of atmospheric and weather-related phenomena and their impact on flight operations,
including the interface of airmen and flight service stations. Two hours of lab per week Prerequisite:
AWS 105, AWS 105L Corequisite: AWS 201.

AWS 203 Introduction to Air Traffic Control (3)


Study of the role of centers, approach towers, flight service stations, communication, and navigation
procedures. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 205 Airport Management (3)


Origin of early legislation shaping development of present National Airport System; procedures for
financing airport construction, phases of airport master planning, daily operations, and contractual
provisions governing the operations of an airline. Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 214 Introduction to Homeland Security (3)


This course provides a survey of historical events, practices, and polices of the
emergency management system in the aviation industry. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
AWS 101, AWS 205

AWS 218 Instrument Ground (3)


The course is designed to prepare students to successfully complete the FAA Instrument Knowledge
Test. Topics of the course include FARs and AIM, ATC system and procedures, IFR navigation and
approaches, enroute and instrument approach charts, weather, safe and efficient aircraft operations, and
CRM. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 103, AWS 105 Corequisite: AWS 218L

AWS 218L Instrument Flight (1)


Students will attain the knowledge and skill necessary for Instrument ground and flight rating and
exercise the privileges of the rating. Completion of the FAA knowledge exam is necessary for this
rating. Prerequisite: AWS 103, AWS 105, Corequisite: AWS 218

AWS 222 Laws and Ethics in Homeland Security Emergency Management (3)
This course focuses on the legal, liability and ethical concepts underlying international and domestic
legal rights in the context of HSEM in aviation environments. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: AWS 214.

AWS 310 Emergency Planning and Mitigation (3)


Provides foundation knowledge and develops skills in emergency planning, hazard mitigation, and
incident management in aviation environments. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205

AWS 312 Commercial Pilot Certification (3)


Successful completion of the course will certify the pilot to perform as a pilot in command of
single engine aircraft and hired and compensated. Course includes advanced aerodynamics, aircraft
performance, precision maneuvers, extended cross-country and night flight, FAA regulations, and an
introduction to advanced systems of highly developed futuristic aircraft. FAA approved. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 218, AWS 218L

AWS 313 International Flight Theory (3)


This course provides descriptions and familiarization of large transport category aircraft and their
on-board systems from electrical power systems to oxygen systems, to communication systems, and
beyond. This course also contains general information and guidance for operators planning oceanic
flights, including authorizations needed for operations outside the continental United States. This
includes Special Areas of Operation (SAO) such as North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance
Specifications (NAT/MNPS), Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums (RVSM), Area Navigation
(RNAV), and Required Navigation Performance (RNP) airspace. Prerequisite:AWS 312

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 413


AWS 315 Multi- Engine Rating (3)
This course is designed to prepare the student for the FAA Multiengine Rating Practical Examination.
Successful completion of this course will permit the student to operate as a pilot in command of a
multiengine airplane. FAA Approved. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 312.

AWS 321 Air Traffic Control (3)


This course provides an overview of the development and application of Air Traffic Control (ATC)
separation standards and procedures for the control of instrument flight in controlled airspace. A
study of the national air traffic control system is discussed with an emphasis on basic air traffic control
procedures; the roles of Center, Approach Control, Tower, and Flight Service Station. Includes
communications, navigation procedures, radar operations, and facilities. Three hours lecture per week.
Co-requisite: AWS 321L

AWS 321L Air Traffic Control Lab (1)


Practical application of air traffic control skills in a laboratory setting. Two hours of laboratory per
week. Co-requisite: AWS 321.

AWS 345 Principles of Aviation Property (3)


Study of the processes of planning, organizing, directing, and controlling aviation property at fixed
based operations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205

AWS 351 Aviation Law (3)


Chronological development of aviation law, federal and state regulatory functions, rights and liabilities
of aviators, commercial air carrier operations, and the traveling public. Includes FAA regulations and
directives governing airport operations, air carrier safety, and aviation security. Three hours of lecture
per week.

AWS 352 Aviation Business Organization Management (3)


A study of the role of business operations and techniques at small and large airports. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205

AWS 380 Flight Instruction Airplane (3)


This course is a study of the fundamentals of airplane flight instruction involving educational principles
of the learning and teaching process, communication, teaching methods, critiquing, evaluating, and
planning instructional activity. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 315.

AWS 381 Air Carrier Management (3)


Historical development of U.S. trunk carrier operations and regulatory interfaces with the federal
government, International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), and the International Air Transport
Association (IATA). Three hours of lecture per week.

AWS 400 Flight Instructor Instrument (3)


Instruction, flight training and practice teaching to obtain the aeronautical skills and knowledge
necessary for FAA Certified Flight Instructor, Instruments. Prerequisite: AWS 315

AWS 401 Advanced Aerodynamics (3)


Advanced theories of flight and flight factors, including airfoil shape, drag velocity, lift and thrust,
stability and control; advanced principles of performance, including capabilities and limitations,
performance and design criteria, load factors, weight and balance charts, comparative analysis of
aircraft, and certification of aircraft. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 312

AWS 402 Effective HSEM Communications & Leadership (3)


Prepares future aviation professionals with communication and leadership skills to fulfill team-
building roles with government and non-government agencies during times of aviation disasters. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite or Corequisite: AWS 310

414 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


AWS 403 Turboprop Familiarization (3)
This course studies Turboprop and turbojet engines and their operation. Electrical, pressurization,
hydraulic, and fuel systems will be examined. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 315

AWS 404 Flight Safety (3)


Instruction emphasizing personal and institutional safety goals within the framework of the FAA.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite AWS 312

AWS 406 The National Airspace System (3)


Overview of the proposed NAS Plan, including problems such as airspace allocation, airspace usage,
facilities, and safety. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 218

AWS 407 Aviation Service Operations (3)


Study of different aviation services at airports such as fueling services, ramp operators, and
environmental management. The course will also cover operational management issues including
Fixed Based Operations, general aviation, and relationship between private and governmental partners
in the industry. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205

AWS 409 General Aviation Management (Fixed Based Ops) (3)


A study of fixed based operations and its functions and responsibilities of managing the facility. The
course will also examine sources of profit, management, maintenance and operations. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205

AWS 415 Aeronautical Charts and Publications (3)


The student will become familiar with VFR Charts, FAA publications, en-route IFR Charts, SI Ds
& STARS, approach plates, and emergency rescue procedures. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: AWS 312

AWS 425 Flight Physiology (3)


A study of the causes, symptoms, treatment, and prevention of medical issues associated with flight.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 105, AWS 105L, AWS 315

AWS 444 Aviation Project System Management (3)


A study of the role of project managers using software programs and systems analysis techniques.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: AWS 205 Corequisite: 444L

AWS 444L Aviation Project System Management Lab (1)


Laboratory training of the role of project managers using software programs and systems analysis
techniques. Prerequisite 205 , Co-requisite: AWS 444

AWS 495 Field Work Practicum in Aviation Science (3)


Directed study involving field placement which provide students with practical exposure to present
operational and managerial practices in aviation. This course also provides internal and external
classroom work to develop skills in research, proposal, and grant writing. Prerequisite: Permission of
the Chair

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 415


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
AVIATION SCIENCE MANAGEMENT TRACK
CREDITS REQUIRED 120

FIRST SEMESTER SCH SECOND SEMESTER SCH


ENG 131 English I 3 ENG 132 English II 3
MATH 241 Calculus I 3 Natural Sci- Biol 143 or Chem 131 3
ence
First Year

AWS 101 Intro to Aviation 3 Natural Sci- Biol 143L or Chem 111 1
ence
AWS 102 Aviation History 3 AWS 103 Intro to Private PilotGround 3
CS 116 Intro to Computer Science 3 SC 136 Business & Prof Communications 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 Music 239 Fine Arts 3
16 16
THIRD SEMESTER SCH FOURTH SEMESTER SCH
ENG 235 American Literature 3 ACCT 232 Principles of Acct II 3
Second Year

PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Sciences 4 HIST 231 US Soc & Pol. History to 1877 3
ACCT 231 Principles of Acct I 3 *AWS 207 Aviation Law 3
PSY 131 General Psychology 3 AWS 214 Intro to HSEM 3
AWS 120 Transportation Survey 3 AWS 205 Airport Management 3
16 15
FIFTH SEMESTER SCH SIXTH SEMESTER SCH
FIN 301 Basic Financial Management 3 ECON 231 Principles of Econ 3
HIST 232 US Soc & Pol History from 1877 3 MGSC 239 Business Statistics I 3
Third Year

AWS 222 Intl Law & Ethics in HSEM 3 AWS 310 Airport Emergency Planning, 3
Mitigation & Incident Manage-
ment
POLS 231 American Political System I 3 MGMT 300 Principals of Management 3
POLS 232 American Political System II 3
12 15
SEVENTH SEMESTER SCH EIGHTH SEMESTER SCH
AWS 352 Aviation Business Organization & 3 AWS 495 Field Work Practicum in Aviation 3
Management Science
MGMT 301 Personnel and Human Resource 3 MGMT 407 Legal Environment of Human 3
Fourth Year

Development Resource Management


MGMT 330 Organizational Behavior 3 MGSC 302 Operations Management I 3
AWS 444 Aviation Project and Systems 3 MKTG 306 Principals of Marketing 3
Management
AWS 325 Aviation Design & Operations 3 AWS 345 Principles of Aviation Property 3
Management
15 15

416 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE

X indicates when a course shall be offered


COURSE COURSE NAME CREDIT FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES CO-
NUMBER HOURS REQUISITES
AWS 101 INTRO TO AVIATION 3 X
AWS 101L INTRO AVIATION LAB 1
AWS 102 AVIATION HISTORY 3 X X
AWS 103 PRIVATE PILOT GROUND 3 X
AWS 105 PRIVATE PILOT FLIGHT 3 As Required AWS 103 AWS 105L
AWS 105L PRIVATE PILOT FLIGHT LAB 3 As Required AWS 103 AWS 105
AWS 113 INTRO TO FLIGHT 3 As Required AWS 113L
AWS 113L INTRO TO FLIGHT LAB 1 As Required AWS 113
AWS 120 TRANSPORTATION SURVEY 3 X
AWS 200 BASICS OF COMMUNICATI0NS 3 As Required
AWS 201 FLIGHT METEOROLOGY 3 As Required AWS 105, 105L AWS 201L
AWS 201L FLIGHT METEOROLOGY LAB 1 As Required AWS 105, 105L AWS 201
AWS 203 INTRO TO AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 As Required
AWS 205 AIRPORT MGMT 3 X
AWS 214 INTRO HOMELAND SECURITY 3 X AWS 101 AWS
205
AWS 218 INSTRUMENT GROUND 3 As Required AWS 103, AWS AWS 218L
105
AWS 218L INSTRUMENT GROUND & 2 AWS 103, AWS AWS 218
FLIGHT LAB 105
AWS 222 LAWS & ETHICS IN HSEM 3 X AWS 214
AWS 310 EMERGENCY 3 X AWS 205
PLANNING&MITIGATION
AWS 312 COMMERCIAL PILOT 3 As Required AWS 218, AWS
CERTIFICATION 218L
AWS 313 INT FLIGHT THEORY 3 As Required AWS 312
AWS 315 MULTI-ENGINE RATING 3 As Required AWS 312
AWS 321 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 As Required AWS 321L
AWS 321L AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL LAB 1 As Required AWS 321
AWS 325 Aviation Design and Operations X AWS 205
AWS 345 PRINCIPLES AVIATION PROPERTY 3 X AWS 205
AWS 351 AVIATION LAW 3 X
AWS 352 AVIATION BUSINESS ORG MGMT 3 X AWS 205
AWS 380 FLIGHT INSTRUCTION AIRPLANE 3 As Required AWS 315
AWS 381 AIR CARRIER MGMT 3 X
AWS 400 FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR 3 As Required AWS 315
INSTRUMENT
AWS 401 ADV AERODYNAMICS 3 As Required AWS 312

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 417


COURSE COURSE NAME CREDIT FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES CO-
NUMBER HOURS REQUISITES
AWS 402 EFFECTIVE HSEM CM & 3 As Required AWS 310
LEADERSHIP
AWS 403 TURBOPROP FAMILIARIZATION 3 As Required AWS 315
AWS 404 FLIGHT SAFETY 3 As Required AWS 312
AWS 406 NATL AIRSPACE SYSTEM 3 X AWS 218
AWS 407 AVIATION SERVICES OPERS 3 As Required AWS 205
AWS 409 GEN AVIATION MGMT 3 X AWS 205
AWS 415 AERONAUTICAL CHARTS & 3 As Required AWS 312
PUBLICAT
AWS 425 FLIGHT PHYSIOLOGY 3 As Required AWS 105, AWS
105L, AWS 315
AWS 444 AVIATION PROJ SYSTEM MGMT 3 X AWS 205 AWS 444L
AWS 444L AVIATION PROJ SYSTEM MGMT 3 As Required AWS 205 AWS 444
LAB
AWS 495 FLD WORK PRACT IN AWS 6 X X X Chair Approval

418 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY

As the largest instructional unit in the College of Science & Technology, the Department of Biology offers courses in Biology
(BIOL), the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Degree in Biology, the Master of Science (M.S.) Degree in Biology, and a minor in Biology
for students pursuing majors in other departments where the declaration of a minor is required. In addition, the Department of
Biology serves as the academic unit overseeing Texas Southern University’s Pre-Nursing Program, which is a non-degree program
designed to prepare students for admission into a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Degree in Nursing degree program. The teaching
facilities, research facilities, and faculty members for the Department are housed on the second and third floors of TSU Science
Center with the Department Office located in Room 203.

Students interested in pursuing the Master of Science in Biology should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas
Southern University for further information.

The mission of the Department of Biology is threefold: (1) to provide the opportunity for all students who matriculate through
Texas Southern University to become better informed about biological phenomena and life processes, as well as apply information
and knowledge gained toward an improved understanding of man, society, and the universe; (2) to provide undergraduate students
with the appropriate background in Biology that will allow them to pursue medical, biomedical, and other allied or related careers;
and (3) to ensure that undergraduates who intend to matriculate in graduate programs in the biological sciences, or related areas,
are adequately prepared.

In pursuing the B.S. in Biology, students may select from the Comprehensive or the Pre-Health Professional curricula. The
Comprehensive curriculum is designed to prepare students to enter the workforce or for additional study at the graduate level,
while the Pre-Health Professional curriculum is intended to prepare students for professional schools (Medical, Dental, Veterinary,
Optometry, Physical Therapy and etc.) upon graduation. Students should contact professional schools directly to ascertain specific
admission requirements. The specific requirements for the B.S. in Biology are described, in detail, below. All students majoring
in Biology must declare and complete a minor in a second academic discipline if they are first-time degree seekers. Grades
of “C” or better, where grades of “C-” are unacceptable, must be earned in all courses needed to satisfy the major and the
minor. Students should seek detailed advisement from their designated advisors when selecting a minor because the selection of a
minor could impact the total number of credits required for graduation. In no case will a student majoring in Biology qualify for
graduation at the undergraduate level without satisfactorily completing a minimum of 120 semester credit hours.

The Biology undergraduate curriculum at Texas Southern University is designed to provide a comprehensive general education
in the natural sciences, humanities, and social sciences and a strong foundation in the principles of modern biology. Interested
students must first gain admission to the University, must satisfy ASSET or any equivalent test requirements, and remove deficiencies
identified at the time of admission through the University Testing Center. Shortly after arriving at Texas Southern University, all
students interesting in pursuing a degree in Biology will be assigned a pre-major advisor, who will assist in planning the program of
study and helping them to achieve their career goals. Biology pre-majors may petition the department to declare their major
as Biology upon the successful completion of Biology 111, 112, 131 and 132 with a cumulative GPA of 2.75. All Biology
majors will be required to maintain a GPA of 2.75 with respect to courses in the following cognate areas: Biology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, and Physics. If a student’s overall GPA falls below 2.75 for two consecutive semesters the student will be removed
from the list of designated majors and minors in Biology. Once admitted, students are each assigned an official faculty advisor who
must approve their individual schedules of courses for each semester or term of enrollment. All majors should request that the
Faculty Chair or the Departmental Appointee evaluate their transcripts at the beginning of their senior year to verify eligibility for
degree conferral at the end of that year. All Biology majors are required to pass an exit examination prior to conferral of their
degree. It is recommended that all Biology majors enroll to take the exit examination in the spring semester (2nd Monday
in April) of the junior year. Students who do not pass the exit exam may take as a remedial course BIOL 439 (Principles
of Biology). NOTE: If a student fails the exit exam and takes BIOL 439, these credits will not be applicable to the total
biology hours required for the student’s specific curriculum.

Individuals interested in seeking certification for teaching in the public schools of Texas in Biology should contact the Teacher
Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas Southern University for application instructions.

For the minor in Biology, 21 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses: BIOL 131 (3 credits),
BIOL 132 (3 credits), BIOL 231 Cell Biology (3 credits), BIOL 232 Developmental (3 credits), and 9 additional 300-level or 400-level

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 419


BIOL credits. Although students are required to take BIOL 111 (1 credit) and BIOL 112 (1 credit) as co-requisites with BIOL 131
and BIOL 132, respectively, these 2 credits are not counted toward the completion of the minor in Biology. In conjunction with
these 21 credits, at least one year of college chemistry must be completed along with Mathematics 133 and 134 or 136. Grades of
“C” or better, where grades of “C-” are unacceptable, must be earned in all courses needed to satisfy the minor.

Further information may be obtained by contacting the Department Office at (713)-313-7005.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Abdel-Rahman, Fawzia Olufemi, Shodimu-Emmanuel


Professor Assistant Professor
B.Sc., University of Cairo, Egypt B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
M.S., Ph.D., University of California at Davis Ph.D., Howard University
Fadulu, Sunday O. Professor Player, Audrey
B.S., Oklahoma Baptist University Assistant Professor
M.S., Ph. D., University of Oklahoma B.S., University of North Texas
Ph.D., Wright State University

Gardiner, Linda M. Rosenzweig, Jason


Visiting Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Ph.D., Texas Southern University B.S., Florida Atlantic University
Ph.D., University of Miami (Miller School of Medicine)
Hillar, Marian Shishodia, Shishir
Professor Associate Professor
M.D., Ph.D., University Medical School at B. S., Ranchi University, Ranchi, India.
Gdansk, Poland M.S., Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India
Hollomon, Mario Sodipe, Ayodotun
Visiting Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Prairie View A&M University B.S., Ph.D., Texas Southern University
M.S., Ph.D., Texas Southern University
Jackson, Desirée Sundaresan, Alamelu
Associate Professor Associate Professor
B.S., State University of New York College at Brockport B.Sc., Women’s Christian College, Madras
Ph.D., Meharry Medical College M.Sc, University of Pondicherry and The World Health
Organization, Geneva
Ph.D., University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston
Jejelowo, Olufisayo Williams, Warren
Professor Associate Professor
B.Sc. (Honors), University of Lagos, Nigeria B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
M.Sc., Ph.D., University of Manchester, United Kingdom Ph.D., University of Illinois

Miranda, Hector
Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., University of the Philippines at Los Baos
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati

420 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


BIOLOGY COURSES

BIOL 111 Biological Science Laboratory I (1)


Laboratory course devoted to the study of basic life processes and the structural and functional
organization of plants and animals. One hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Co-
requisite: BIOL 131. Listed as BIOL 1106 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 112 Biological Science Laboratory II (1)


Continuation of Biology 111 with emphasis on biological concepts and processes. One hour of lecture
and two hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 111. Co-requisite: BIOL 132. Listed as BIOL
1107 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 131 Biological Science I (3)


Integrated approach to the study of basic biological principles which are presented through the
hierarchy of living systems. Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 111. Listed as BIOL
1306 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 132 Biological Science II (3)


Continuation of BIOL 131. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIOL 111, BIOL 131.
Co-requisite: BIOL 112. Listed as BIOL 1307 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 135 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4)


Course designed for health careers and pre-nursing students emphasizing the structure-function
relationships of human organ systems. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Co-requisite: BIOL 135L. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132. Listed as BIOL 2401 in the Texas
Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 136 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)


Continuation of BIOL 135. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Co-
requisite: BIOL 136L. Prerequisite: BIOL 135. Listed as BIOL 2402 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science (4)


In-depth coverage of selected biological principles for non-majors covering the molecular through
the population levels of life forms and functions. Methods of inquiry and analysis emphasized. Three
hours of lecture and one hour of discussion/demonstrations per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 143L.
Listed as BIOL 1408 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 211 Cell Biology Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments and exercises to complement BIOL 231 Cell Biology. Three hours of
laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 231.

BIOL 212 Developmental Biology Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments and exercises to complement BIOL 232 Developmental Biology. Three hours
of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 232.

BIOL 231 Cell Biology (Previously BIOL 241) (3)


Molecular biology of cells encompassing ultra-structure, biosynthesis of macromolecules, chromosome
and gene structure, control of gene expression, cell cycles, cytoskeleton movement, and energetic.
Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 211 (laboratory). Prerequisites: BIOL 111, BIOL
112, BIOL 131, BIOL 132, and one year of college level chemistry.

BIOL 232 Developmental Biology (Previously BIOL 243) (3)


Consideration of development in diverse organisms with an emphasis on comparative vertebrate
development. Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 212 (laboratory). Prerequisites:
BIOL 111, BIOL 112, BIOL 131, and BIOL 132.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 421


BIOL 245 Human Anatomy and Physiology (4)
Integrated approach to the study of the organ systems of man for non-majors where the relationship
between anatomy and function is emphasized. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per
week. Co-requisite: BIOL 245L. Prerequisite: One year of college level biology. (BIOL 143 does not
qualify in meeting this prerequisite.)

BIOL 246 Microbiology for Health Related Professions (4)


Morphology and physiology of microorganisms important in community health. Three hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 246L. Prerequisites: BIOL 135
and BIOL 136. Listed as BIOL 2420 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

BIOL 300 Seminar for Health Related Professions (1)


Designed to broaden the perspectives of students preparing to pursue health professional careers.
Students may enroll for a maximum of two semesters. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisites:
BIOL 112 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 332 Bioinformatics (3)


Investigates the application of molecular biology, computers and the internet to generate and manage
DNA and protein sequence data. Lecture and laboratory will involve generation, management and
analysis of real and archived (in Genbank) data, including that from the Human Genome Project.
With emphasis on genome organization and evolution, archival (web-based) and information retrieval,
sequence assembly, alignment, comparative genomics, phylogenetics and evolutionary inferences,
analyses of protein structure and micro-array data. Two hours of lecture per week and three hours of
laboratory. Co-requisite: BIOL 332L. Prerequisites: BIOL 131 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 334 Conservation Biology (3)


This course is designed to investigate biodiversity patterns across evolutionary time and place, the
human impact on wild populations and habitats, the social, cultural and political issues at the local
and global level, and search for sustainable solutions to a world of expanding human populations with
limited resources. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIOL 131 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 338 Genetics (3)


In-depth discussion of the basic concepts of Mendelian, neo-Mendelian, molecular, and population
genetics. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Two years of college level biology and one year
of college level chemistry.

BIOL 340 Biochemistry of Biological Compounds (3)


Physico-chemical nature of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids; kinetic function of
enzymes; and structure of biological membranes. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: One
year of college level biology and chemistry.

BIOL 341 Organismic Biology (4)


Comparative and integrated approach to the study of organisms emphasizing diversity, maintenance,
coordination, and function of organ systems. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per
week. Co-requisite: BIOL 341L. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 343 Ecology (3)


A study of ecosystems from the standpoint of functional dynamics as well as the roles of ecological,
evolutionary and adaptive processes in shaping the environment. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 344 Vertebrate Anatomy and Histology (4)


Gross and microscopic anatomy of the organ systems of vertebrates with an emphasis on histology
essential to understanding drug effects on functional anatomy for pharmacy students. Co-requisite:
BIOL 344L. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.

422 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


BIOL 345 Ecology Laboratory (1)
This course is designed for both field and laboratory ecological studies. Three hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 347 Microbiology (4)


Taxonomy, structure, life cycles, physiology, biochemistry, and role in ecosystems of selected groups of
microorganisms. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL
347L. Prerequisites: One year of college level biology and organic chemistry.

BIOL 348 Experiments in Biology (4)


Key experiments in cell biology, biochemistry, cell physiology, and genetics. One hour of lecture and
five hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Two years of college level biology and one year of
chemistry.

BIOL 349 Entomology (4)


To study biology, anatomy, physiology, development, classification, ecology and relation of insects to
human welfare. Three hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 349L. Prerequisites: One year
of college level biology.

BIOL 401 Undergraduate Research (1)


Designed to provide supervised experiences in the theoretical and experimental aspects of biological
research to undergraduates. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the
instructor.

BIOL 434 Evolutionary Biology (3)


This course will investigate the fundamental principles of evolution by natural selection, population
genetics, historical reconstructions, and attempt to apply these principles to ecology, development,
physiology, medicine, and sociobiology. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIOL 131 and
BIOL 132.

BIOL 435 History & Philosophy of Science (3)


A study of the history and philosophy of science, and, in particular, the history of the life sciences
giving broader insight into the evolutionary process of how science was developed and what
mechanisms operated. The course will examine characteristics, distinguishing scientific inquiry from
other types of investigation; procedures scientists use in investigating nature; conditions to be satisfied
for a scientific explanation to be correct; and the cognitive status of scientific laws and principles.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

BIOL 438 Plant Biology (3)


Plant structure and physiology; plant biotechnology; medicinal plants; and interactions between plants
and their environment. Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite:
BIOL 438L. Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132.

BIOL 439 Principles of Biology (3)


Comprehensive review of basic biological principles operating at various levels of organization in
living systems. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 439L.
Prerequisites: BIOL 112, BIOL 132, and enrollment in Teacher Certification program.

BIOL 441 Histology (4)


Microscopic study of the anatomy and relevant functions of vertebrate tissues and organs using light
microscopy and selected electron micrographs. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 441L. Prerequisite: BIOL 231 or BIOL 232 or BIOL 341.

BIOL 443 Molecular Biology (4)


Study of intracellular molecular processes. Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 443L.
Prerequisites: 2 years of college level biology and 2 years of college level chemistry; Junior standing in
Biology.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 423


BIOL 446 Human Physiology Laboratory (1)
Laboratory experiments and exercises to complement BIOL 447 Human Physiology. Co-requisite:
BIOL 447. Prerequisites: BIOL 112, BIOL 132, and one year of college chemistry.
BIOL 447 Human Physiology (3)
Comprehensive treatment of the physiology, biochemistry and biophysics of organ systems in humans.
Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 446. Prerequisites: BIOL 112, BIOL 132, one
year of college chemistry, and Junior or Senior standing in Biology.
BIOL 448 Molecular Physiology and Biophysics (3)
Physiological, biochemical, and biophysical consideration of various cellular processes with special
emphasis on molecular mechanisms in photosynthetic and respiratory reactions. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing in Biology, one year of General Chemistry, one year
of Organic Chemistry and one year of College Physics.

BIOL 450 Molecular Genetics (3)


In-depth study of the biochemistry and chemistry of genes including aspects of gene expression and
that of biotechnology. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing in
Biology.

BIOL 451 Parasitology (4)


The study of parasites, their hosts, and the relationships between them as illustrated by the study
of protozoans, helminths, nematodes and arthropods. Three hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 451L. Prerequisites: One year of college level biology; BIOL
341.

BIOL 452 Intermediary and Cellular Metabolism (3)


Quantitative bioenergetics; patterns of breakdown and synthesis of cellular metabolite; metabolic and
hormonal regulations; integration and pathological disorders; and relevance of metabolism to medicine.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 340.

BIOL 454 Immunology (3)


Comprehensive overview of the immune system and immunological mechanisms. Two hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite BIOL 454L. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior
standing in Biology.

BIOL 460 Biostatistics (3)


Evaluation of the significance of the results of biological experiments, observations, and clinical data
through statistical analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIOL 112, BIOL 132, one
year of college level mathematics, and Junior or Senior standing in Biology.

BIOL 461 Environmental Sampling and Analysis (3)


Sampling of water, air and other substances of ecological significance and their chemical and statistical
analysis for suspected pollutants in Harris and other counties in Texas. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior
standing in Biology.

BIOL 499 Biology Seminar (1)


Consideration of various biological problems and recent research. One hour of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing in Biology.

424 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
COMPREHENSIVE TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120 – 141 (depends on minor selected)
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR (BIOLOGY) OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 49 credits 27 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** BIOL 111 (1) CHEM 211 (1)
ENG 132 (3) BIOL 112 (1) CHEM 212 (1)
Contact Department of
SC 135 or 136 (3) BIOL 131 (3) CHEM 231 (3)
choice after being admitted as
MATH 133 (3) BIOL 132 (3) CHEM 232 (3) a Biology Major.
CHEM 111, 131 (4) BIOL 211 (1) MATH 136 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) BIOL 212 (1) MATH 241 (4) Chemistry is highly
recommended as a minor for
ENG 2xx (3) BIOL 231 (3) MATH 231 Biology majors***
MUSI 131 or BIOL 232 (3) or BIOL 460 (3)
ART 131 (3) BIOL 338 (3) PHYS 213 (1)
HIST 231 (3) BIOL 341 (4) PHYS 214 (1)
HIST 232 (3) BIOL 347 (4) PHYS 237 (3)
POLS 231 (3) BIOL 443 (4) PHYS 238 (3)
POLS 232 (3) Plus FS 102 (1)
PSY 131 or
18 Upper Level BIOL credits
SOC 157 or
selected from the following:
SOC 158 (3)
CS 116 (3) BIOL 300 (1), BIOL 332 (3),
BIOL 334 (3), BIOL 340 (3),
BIOL 343 (3), BIOL 344 (4),
BIOL 345 (1), BIOL 348 (4),
BIOL 349 (3), BIOL 401 (1),
BIOL 431 (3), BIOL 434 (3),
BIOL 435 (3), BIOL 438 (3),
BIOL 439 (3), BIOL 441 (4),
BIOL 446 (1), BIOL 447 (3),
BIOL 448 (3), BIOL 450 (3),
BIOL 451 (4), BIOL 452 (3),
BIOL 454 (3), BIOL 461 (3),
or BIOL 499 (1)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** In selecting Chemistry as a minor, Biology majors need only two additional courses: CHEM 322 (2 credits) and CHEM
332 (3 credits). For other minors selected, up to 21 credits may be needed if these minors do not have credits required in
other categories for the Biology degree.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 425


College of Science and Technology
Texas Southern University Bachelor of Science Degree in Biology Comprehensive Track
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125 (with Chemistry minor)

First Semester Second Semester


BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
First Year

MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 136 Precalculus 3


ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 CS 116 Computer Science I Lec 3
15 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


BIOL 211 Cell Biology Lab 1 BIOL 338 Genetics 3
BIOL 231 Cell Biology 3 BIOL 341 Organismic Biology 4
BIOL 212 Developmental Biology Lab 1 CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry II lab 1
BIOL 232 Developmental Biology 3 CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II Lec 3
Second Year

CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 MUSI 131 or ART 131 3


Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 PSY 131 or SOC 157 or SOC 158 3
Intro to Psychology or Sociology or Contemporary
Social Issues
MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4
16 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


BIOL 347 Microbiology 4 BIOL Electives 4
CHEM 322 Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 BIOL 443 Molecular Biology 4
CHEM 332 Quantitative Analysis Lec 3 ENG 2xx Upper level English 3
Third Year

SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the United 3
Communication or Public Address States since 1877
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the United 3 POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3
States to 1877
15 hrs 17 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


BIOL Electives 7 BIOL Electives 7
Fourth Year

POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3 MATH 231 or BIOL 460 Elementary Statistics or 3
Biostatistics
PHYS 213 – College Physics lab I 1 PHYS 214 – College Physics Lab II 1
PHYS 237 – College Physics I 3 PHYS 238 – College Physics II 3
14 hrs 14 hrs

426 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
PRE-HEALTH PROFESSIONAL TRACK
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 120 – 141 (depends on minor) selected)
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD) (BIOLOGY) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 49 credits 27 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** BIOL 111 (1) CHEM 211 (1)
ENG 132 (3) BIOL 112 (1) CHEM 212 (1)
Contact Department of choice
SC 135 or 136 (3) BIOL 131 (3) CHEM 231 (3)
after being admitted as a
MATH 133 (3) BIOL 132 (3) CHEM 232 (3) Biology Major.
CHEM 111, 131 (4) BIOL 211 (1) MATH 136 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) BIOL 212 (1) MATH 241 (4) Chemistry is highly
recommended as a minor for
ENG 2xx (3) BIOL 231 (3) MATH 231 or BIOL 460 (3) Biology majors***
MUSI 131 or BIOL 232 (3) PHYS 213 (1)
ART 131 (3) BIOL 338 (3) PHYS 214 (1)
HIST 231 (3) BIOL 340 (3) PHYS 237 (3)
HIST 232 (3) BIOL 341 (4) PHYS 238 (3)
POLS 231 (3) BIOL 347 (4) FS 102 (1)
POLS 232 (3) BIOL 441 (4)
PSY 131 or BIOL 443 (4)
SOC 157 or BIOL 447 (3)
SOC 158 (3) BIOL 452 (3)
CS 116 (3) BIOL 454 (3)
BIOL Elective (2)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as
listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** In selecting Chemistry as a minor, Biology majors need only two additional courses: CHEM 322 (2 credits) and CHEM
332 (3 credits). For other minors selected, up to 21 credits may be needed if these minors do not have credits required in other
categories for the Biology degree.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 427


College of Science and Technology
Texas Southern University Bachelor of Science Degree in Biology
Pre-Health Professional Track
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 125 (with Chemistry minor)
First Semester Second Semester
BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
First Year

CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 136 Precalculus 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 CS 116 Computer Science I Lec 3
15 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


BIOL 211 Cell Biology Lab 1 BIOL 338 Genetics 3
BIOL 231 Cell Biology 3 BIOL 341 Organismic Biology 4
BIOL 212 Developmental Biology Lab 1 CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry II lab 1
BIOL 232 Developmental Biology 3 CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II Lec 3
Second Year

CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 MUSI 131 or ART 131 3


Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 PSY 131 or SOC 157 or SOC 158 3
Intro to Psychology or Sociology or Contemporary
Social Issues
MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4
16 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


BIOL 340 Biochemistry of Biological Comp. 3 BIOL 441 Histology 4
BIOL 347 Microbiology 4 BIOL 443 Molecular Biology 4
CHEM 322 Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 ENG 2xx Upper level English 3
CHEM 332 Quantitative Analysis Lec 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the United 3
Third Year

States since 1877


SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3
Communication or Public Address
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the United 3
States to 1877
18 hrs 17 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


BIOL 454 Immunology 3 BIOL 452 Intermediary and Cellular 3
Metabolism
Fourth Year

MATH 231 or BIOL 460 Elementary Statistics or 3 BIOL 447 Human Physiology 3
Biostatistics
POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3 PHYS 214 – College Physics Lab II 1
PHYS 213 – College Physics lab I 1 PHYS 238 – College Physics II 3
PHYS 237 – College Physics I 3 BIOL Elective 2
13 hrs 12 hrs

428 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MAJOR/ASSOCIATED COURSES FOR THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
ALL TRACKS
BY LEVEL AND SEQUENCE

Freshman First Semester


BIOL 111 (Biological Science Laboratory I), 2 cr
BIOL 131 (Biological Science I, Lecture), 3 cr
CHEM 111 (General Chemistry Laboratory I), 1 cr
CHEM 131 (General Chemistry I, Lecture), 3 cr
MATH 133 (College Algebra), 3 cr

Second Semester
BIOL 112 (Biological Science Laboratory II), 2 cr
BIOL 132 (Biological Science II, Lecture), 3 cr
CHEM 112 (General Chemistry Laboratory II), 1 cr
CHEM 132 (General Chemistry II, Lecture), 3 cr
MATH 136 (Plane Trigonometry), 3 cr

Sophomore First Semester


BIOL 211 (Cell Biology Laboratory), 3 cr
BIOL 212 (Developmental Biology Laboratory), 3 cr
BIOL 231 (Cell Biology), 3 cr
BIOL 232 (Developmental Biology), 3 cr
CHEM 211 (Organic Chemistry Laboratory I), 1 cr
CHEM 231 (Organic Chemistry I, Lecture), 3 cr
MATH 241 (Calculus and Analytic Geometry I), 3 cr

Second Semester
BIOL 338 (Genetics), 3 cr
BIOL 341 (Organismic Biology), 4 cr
CHEM 212 (Organic Chemistry Laboratory II), 1 cr
CHEM 232 (Organic Chemistry II, Lecture), 3 cr

Junior First Semester


BIOL 347 (Microbiology), 4 cr
CHEM 322 (Quantitative Analysis Laboratory), 2 cr
CHEM 332 (Quantitative Analysis), 3 cr

Second Semester
BIOL 443 (Molecular Biology), 4 cr
Biology electives, 4 cr

Senior First Semester


PHYS 215 (General Physics Laboratory I), 1 cr
PHYS 237 (General Physics for Life Science Students I), 3 cr
Biology electives, 7 cr

Second Semester
PHYS 216 (General Physics Laboratory II), 1 cr
PHYS 238 (General Physics for Life Science Students II), 3 cr
MATH 231 (Elementary Statistics) or BIOL 460 (Biostatistics), 3 cr
Biology electives, 6 cr

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 429


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
2-YEAR PRE-NURSING CURRICULUM
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 71
CORE CURRICULUM*
PRE-NURSING
(STANDARD)
44 credits 27 credits
ENG 131 (3)** BIOL 131 (3)
ENG 132 (3) BIOL 132 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) BIOL 136 (4)
MATH 133 (3) BIOL 246 (4)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) FN 233 (3)
BIOL 135 (4) PSY 131 (3)
PHIL 231 (3) PSY 234 (3)
Visual & Performing Arts (3) SOCW 345 (3)
HIST 231 (3) 3 FS 102 (1)
HIST 232 (3) 4
POLS 231 (3) 3
POLS 232 (3) 4
SOC 157 (3)
CS 116 (3)

NOTE: It is the responsibility of the student to apply to the degree program of their choice. Completion of TSU’s Pre-Nursing
program does not guarantee acceptance to any institutions offering a Nursing degree. Some institutions may have additional
requirements. The student is responsible for contacting the professional schools of their choice to determine the specific admission
requirements.
* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Select one of the following: THC 130, THC 231, MUSI 131, MUSI 239, ART 131, or ART 132.
The above courses satisfy the prerequisites for the Nursing Programs at Prairie View A&M University, University of Texas Medical
Branch (UTMB) at Galveston and University of Texas at Houston.
Please note requirements for other schools’ programs below:
Texas Woman’s University (TWU): Literature can be substituted for PHIL 231. SOC 141 and HIST 349 are required.
Houston Baptist University (HBU): Six hours of foreign language is required to satisfy the Humanities requirements (Spanish is
recommended). Two hours of Physical Education is required. FN 233 is not required.

430 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MAJOR/ASSOCIATED COURSES FOR THE
2-YEAR PRE-NURSING CURRICULUM
BY LEVEL AND SEQUENCE

Freshman First Semester


ENG 131 (Freshman English I), 3 cr
BIOL 131 (Biological Science I, Lecture), 3 cr
MATH 133, 3 cr
PSY 131 (General Psychology), 3 cr
SOC 157 (Introduction to Sociology), 3 cr

Second Semester
ENG 132 (Freshman English II), 3 cr
BIOL 132 (Biological Science II, Lecture), 3 cr
SC 135 (Business and Professional Communication), 3 cr, or
SC 136 (Public Address), 3 cr
CHEM 111 (General Chemistry Laboratory I), 1 cr
CHEM 131 (General Chemistry I, Lecture), 3 cr
Visual & Performing Arts, 3 cr

First Summer Session


HIST 231 (Social and Political History of the United States to 1877), 3 cr
POLS 231 (American Political Systems I), 3 cr

Second Summer Session


HIST 232 (Social and Political History of the United States since 1877), 3 cr
POLS 232 (American Political Systems II), 3 cr

Sophomore First Semester


BIOL 135 (Human Anatomy and Physiology I), 4 cr
FN 233 (Elementary Nutrition), 3 cr
PHIL 231 (Introduction to Philosophy), 3 cr
SOCW 345 (Human Behavior in the Social Environment I), 3 cr

Second Semester
BIOL 136 (Human Anatomy and Physiology II), 4 cr
BIOL 246 (Microbiology for Health Related Professions), 4 cr
PSY 234 (Elementary Statistics), 3 cr
CS 116 (Introduction to Computer Science I), 3 cr

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 431


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE
X indicates when a course shall be offered

COURSE COURSE NAME SCH FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES CO-
NUMBER EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

BIOL 111 Biological Science Laboratory I 1 x x x x x x BIOL 131


BIOL 112 Biological Science Laboratory II 1 x x x x x x BIOL 111 BIOL 132
BIOL 131 Biological Science I 1 x x x x x x BIOL 111L
BIOL 132 Biological Science II 1 x x x x x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 112L
131
BIOL 135 Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 x x BIOL 112, BIOL BIOL 135 L
I 132
BIOL 136 Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 x BIOL 135 BIOL 136L
II
BIOL 143 Survey of Life Science 4 x x x x x x BIOL143L
BIOL 211 Cell Biology Laboratory 1 x x x x BIOL 231
BIOL 212 Developmental Biology 1 x x x x BIOL 232
Laboratory
BIOL 231 Cell Biology 3 x x x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 211
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132 and 1
year of college level
chemistry
BIOL 232 Developmental Biology 3 x x x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 212
112, BIOL 131, and
BIOL 132
BIOL 245 Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 x x x x One year of college BIOL 245L
level biology (BIOL
143 does not
qualify).
BIOL 246 Microbiology for Health Related 4 x x BIOL 135 and BIOL 246L
Professions BIOL 136
BIOL 300 Seminar for Health Related 1 x x x x BIOL 111, BIOL
Professions 112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 332 Bioinformatics 3 x x BIOL 332L
BIOL 334 Conservation Biology 3 x x BIOL 111, BIOL
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 338 Genetics 3 x x x x Two years of College
level biology and one
year of college level
chemistry
BIOL 340 Biochemistry of Biological 3 x x One year of college
Compound level biology and one
year of college level
chemistry
BIOL 341 Organismic Biology 4 x x x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 341L
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 343 Ecology 3 x x BIOL 111, BIOL
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 344 Vertebrate Anatomy and 4 x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 344L
Histology 112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 345 Ecology Laboratory 4 x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 343
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132

432 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE COURSE NAME SCH FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES CO-
NUMBER EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

BIOL 347 Microbiology 4 x x x x One year of college BIOL 347L


level biology and
organic chemistry
I & II
BIOL 348 Experiments in Biology II 4 x x
BIOL 349 Entomology 4 x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 349L
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 401 Undergraduate Research 1 x x x x Consent of the
Faculty Chair
BIOL 434 Evolutionary Biology 3 x x BIOL 111, BIOL
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 435 History & Philosophy of Science 3 x x Senior Standing
BIOL 438 Plant Biology 3 x x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 438L
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 439 Principles of Biology x BIOL 111, BIOL BIOL 439 L
112, BIOL 131,
BIOL 132
BIOL 441 Histology 4 x x BIOL 241 or BIOL BIOL 441L
243 or BIOL 341
BIOL 443 Molecular Biology 4 x x Two years of college BIOL 443 L
level biology and two
years of college level
chemistry
BIOL 446 Human Physiology Laboratory 4 x x BIOL 112 and BIOL 447
BIOL 132
BIOL 447 Human Physiology 4 x x One year of college BIOL 446
level biology and
organic chemistry
BIOL 448 Molecular Physiology & 4 x x Senior standing
Biophysics in Biology and
completion of
core curriculum
requirements.
BIOL 450 Molecular Genetics 3 x x Junior or Senior
standing in Biology
BIOL 451 Parasitology 4 x x One year of college BIOL 451L
level biology; BIOL
341
BIOL 452 Intermediary and Cellular 3 x x BIOL 340
Metabolism
BIOL 454 Immunology 4 x x x x Senior standing in BIOL 454L
Biology
BIOL 460 Biostatistics 3 x x BIOL 112, BIOL
132 and one year
of college level
mathematics
BIOL 461 Environmental Sampling 3 x x Junior or Senior
standing in Biology
BIOL 499 Biology Seminar 1 x x x x Junior or Senior
standing in Biology.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 433


DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Through the Department of Chemistry, courses (CHEM) are offered at the undergraduate level for students pursuing the Bachelor
of Science Degree (B.S.) in Chemistry, for students majoring in other disciplines wishing to pursue a minor in Chemistry, and for
students in other academic areas requiring some preparation in Chemistry. Although only one undergraduate degree (the Bachelor
of Science in Chemistry) is offered, two tracks leading to this degree are possible for majors: (1) an American Chemical Society
(or ACS) approved track and (2) a pre-medical and a pre-dental track. Both tracks are composite programs of study, and neither
track requires the declaration of an official minor in another academic discipline. The ACS approved track is designed to prepare
students for professional careers as chemists and to ensure their preparation for graduate study. Members of the Department are
housed on the fourth floor of the New Science Building with the Department Office located in Room 403.

At the graduate level, one degree is offered: the Master of Science in Chemistry. The admission criteria, requirements, and
graduate courses associated with this degree are described in the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University.

Overall, the Department of Chemistry seeks to fulfill two primary missions: (1) to prepare students for professional careers
in Chemistry and, eventually, graduate study and (2) to give students, who are majoring in related fields, an understanding
of fundamental principles and experimental techniques that will permit them to be successful in their chosen majors. Specific
requirements for the B.S. in Chemistry, as well as the minor in Chemistry, are described below.

Students wishing to pursue either the B.S. in Chemistry or an undergraduate minor in Chemistry must first gain admission to
the University, must satisfy ASSET requirements or equivalent and eradicate identified deficiencies through the Office of Student
Success, and must contact the Department Office regarding the declaration of a major or minor as ASSET requirements or
equivalent are fulfilled. Although the Department has no specific criteria for accepting students as majors, it does have criteria
for continuance once the major in Chemistry is declared. In order to remain as a candidate in good standing for the Bachelor of
Science in Chemistry, a student must have an overall GPA of at least 2.50 with respect to courses taken in the following academic
disciplines: Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Students whose overall averages in these academic disciplines fall below 2.50
for two consecutive semesters and students who fail individual courses in these targeted areas more than once will be required
to seek another major. All required Chemistry (CHEM) courses must be completed with grades of “C” or better, where
grades of “C-” are unacceptable, to qualify for graduation. After having completed all required chemistry courses, with
the exception of Physical Chemistry II, lecture and laboratory, Inorganic Chemistry II and Instrumental Analysis, students
will be required to take the Major Field test in Chemistry. Based on the student’s performance, they are further advised.

For a minor in Chemistry, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses:
CHEM 111, CHEM 112, CHEM 131, CHEM 132, CHEM 211, CHEM 212, CHEM 231, CHEM 232, CHEM 322, and
CHEM 332. Students are required to earn grades of “C” or better, where grades of “C-” are unacceptable, in all of these
courses.

Each major in the Department is assigned a faculty advisor, and this advisor must approve the schedule of courses for assigned
students each semester. Majors are expected to keep the Department Office informed of their current local addresses and telephone
numbers up to the time of graduation. By the start of the first semester of their senior year, majors should have their transcripts
evaluated by the Faculty Chair to ascertain graduation status and to assure that they are eligible for degree conferral at the end of
the senior year.

In summary, interested students must first gain admission to the University, must fulfill ASSET requirements or equivalent, and
must contact the Department Office with regard to the declaration of a major and/or minor and graduation requirements. An exit
examination is required of graduating seniors. For further information, the Department Office should be contacted at (713)-313-
7003.

434 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Clement, Jade Q. Sapp, John B.


Associate Professor Professor
M.D., Shandong Medical University B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
M.S., Chinese Academy of Preventive Medicine Ph.D., University of Houston
Ph.D., University of Texas at Houston
Deng, Yuanjian Valle, Bertha C.
Professor Visiting Assistant Professor
B.S., Wuhan University B.S., Texas Tech University
M.S., Chinese Academy of Sciences Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Ph.D., University of Houston
Fennell, Pearlie Wei, Xin
Professor Associate Professor
B.S., Huston-Tillotson College B.S., Nanjing University
M.S., Texas Southern University Ph.D. Nanjing University
Ph.D., University of Texas at Houston
Ford, Robert L. Wilkerson, Daryl F.
Professor Instructor/Laboratory Coordinator
B.S., Southern University B.S., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., Purdue University M.S. Texas Southern University
Saleh, Mahmoud Wilson, Bobby L.
Professor Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Cairo B.S., Alabama State University
Ph.D., University of California at Davis M.S., Southern University
Ph.D., Michigan State University

CHEMISTRY COURSES

CHEM 111 General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)


Introduction to the methods and techniques of chemical experimentation. Three hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: Credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 131. Listed as CHEM 1111 in
the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

CHEM 112 General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)


Continuation of CHEM 111. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and
credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 132. Listed as CHEM 1112 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

CHEM 131 General Chemistry I (3)


Introduction to modern theories of atomic structure, periodic trends, chemical bonding, molecular
geometry, chemical reactions, including oxidation-reduction and stoichiometric calculations. Three
hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: MATH 133 or MATH 136. Listed as CHEM 1311 in the
Texas Common Course Numbering System.

CHEM 132 General Chemistry II (3)


Study of the states of matter, solution chemistry, concepts associated with rates of reaction,
homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria, acid-base chemistry, and fundamental thermodynamics.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 131 and MATH 133 or
MATH 136. Listed as CHEM 1312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 435


CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
Introduction to the techniques involved in the separation, purification, isolation, and characterization
of typical organic compounds. An introduction to organic synthesis. Three hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: CHEM 111, CHEM 112, and credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM
231. Listed as CHEM 2123 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1)


Multistep synthesis and introduction to the interpretation of infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance
spectra. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 211 and credit for or concurrent
enrollment in CHEM 232. Listed as CHEM 2125 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I (3)


Course for science majors dealing with the fundamentals of structure (including stereochemistry),
nomenclature, physical properties, and chemical reactions of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and
their derivatives. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 132. Listed as CHEM 2323
in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II (3)


Continuation of CHEM 231. Study of the structure (including stereochemistry), nomenclature,
physical properties, and chemical reactions for alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their
derivatives, phenols and amines. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 231. Listed as
CHEM 2325 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

CHEM 322 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (2)


Practical application of theory dealing with volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 111, CHEM 112, and credit for or concurrent enrollment
in CHEM 332.

CHEM 332 Quantitative Analysis (3)


Study of reactions in solution, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium concepts, and acid-base
theory and the application of these concepts to volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 132.

CHEM 343 Biochemistry (4)


Course for human services/consumer sciences majors. Study of the chemistry of carbohydrates,
proteins, lipids, digestion, and metabolism. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 144 or CHEM 231.

CHEM 411 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)


Course involving application of the theory of physical chemistry to experimental procedures. An
introduction of the use of computers to solve chemistry problems and to write laboratory reports.
Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CS 116, CHEM 322, and credit for or concurrent
enrollment in CS 117, CHEM 431, and MATH 241.

CHEM 412 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1)


Continuation of CHEM 411. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CS 117, CHEM
411, and credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 432.

CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry I (3)


Study of important theory associated with states of matter, changes of state, chemical equilibria,
thermochemistry, and thermodynamics. An introduction to vibration and rotational spectra. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 232, CHEM 332, PHYS 238, and previous credit for
or concurrent enrollment in MATH 241.

436 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry II (3)
Continuation of CHEM 431. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 431 and
previous credit for or concurrent enrollment in MATH 242.

CHEM 445 Biochemistry (4)


Structure, physical properties, and chemical reactions of lipids, proteins, enzymes, and vitamins. An
in-depth study of the processes of digestion and metabolism. Two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 212 and CHEM 232.

CHEM 450 Inorganic Chemistry I (3)


Upper-level course covering an in-depth study of inorganic compounds, including coordination theory,
molecular-orbital theory, and ligand-field theory. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH
242 and credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 431 or consent of the Faculty Chair.

CHEM 451 Inorganic Chemistry II (3)


Upper-level course covering an in-depth study of the chemical elements and their compounds,
including their structure, physical properties, methods of preparation, chemical reactions, and uses.
Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 450 or approval of
the Faculty Chair.

CHEM 453 Instrumental Methods (3)


Essentials of instrumental chemical analysis. Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: CHEM 322, CHEM 332, credit for or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 411,
and CHEM 431.

CHEM 454 Research (3)


Upper-level chemistry majors select a problem for investigation in one or a combination of several
areas of chemistry under the supervision of a member of the faculty designated by the Faculty Chair
of the Department. Prerequisites: CHEM 132, CHEM 232, CHEM 332, CHEM 432, or approval of
the Faculty Chair.

CHEM 476 Organic Mechanisms (3)


Study of the reaction intermediates and the mechanisms associated with the important, in vitro
substitution, elimination, and addition reactions of aliphatic and aromatic molecules. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 232.

CHEM 477 Environmental Chemistry (3)


Principles of air, water, and soil chemistry. The fate and assessment of toxicants, pesticides, and water
pollutants, including phytotoxins, mycotoxins, and heavy metals. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 232.

CHEM 478 Polymer Chemistry (3)


This course focuses on the fundamental knowledge in polymer chemistry, especially chemical
synthesis, macromolecular behaviors, physical properties and characterizations of polymeric systems.
Prerequisite: CHEM 231 and CHEM 232.

CHEM 479 Biological Inorganic Chemistry (3)


Senior level course with topics in metal ions and proteins, transport and storage of metal ion in
biology and electron transfer in biological system. Prerequisite: CHEM 231, CHEM 232 and
CHEM 445.

CHEM 499 Seminar (1)


Attendance and participation in weekly seminars required. Recent research developments in a wide variety
of fields discussed. Students must give at least one seminar during the semester(s) that they are enrolled.
May be repeated for credit to four (4) credits maximum. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 437


Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemistry
American Chemical Society (ACS) Approved
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122

First Semester Second Semester


CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4 MATH 242 Calculus & Analytic Geometry. II 4
First Year

ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3


BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PSY 131 or SOC 157 3
Intro to Psychology or Sociology
16 hrs 18 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry II lab 1
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II Lec 3
MATH 243 Calculus & Analytic Geometry III 4 MATH 251 Differential Equations 3
Second Year

ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 CS 117 Computer Science II Lec 3


CS 116 Computer Science I Lec 3 MUSI 131 or ART 131 3
Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 PHYS 152 Computational Modeling of Physical 3
Communication or Public Address Systems
PHYS 116 Computational Modeling of Physical 1
Systems Lab
17 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CHEM 322 Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 CHEM 445 Biochemistry 4
CHEM 332 Quantitative Analysis Lec 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 PHYS 252 College Physics II Lec 3
Third Year

PHYS 251 College Physics I Lec 3 PHYS 218 College Physics II Lab 1
PHYS 217 College Physics I Lab 1 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States since 1877
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3
United States to 1877
15 hrs 14 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CHEM 411 Physical Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 412 Physical Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry II Lec 3
Fourth Year

CHEM 450 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 CHEM 451 Inorganic Chemistry II 3


CHEM 454 Research 3 CHEM 453 Instrumental Analysis 3
CHEM 499 Seminar 1 CHEM 4xx 3
Elective 1
12 hrs 13 hrs

438 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemistry
Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental Track
Four Year Degree Plan – Total Credits: 120

First Semester Second Semester


CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 132 General Chemistry II Lec 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
First Year

BIOL 111 Biological Science I Lab 1 BIOL 112 Biological Science II Lab 1
BIOL 131 Biological Science I Lec 3 BIOL 132 Biological Science II Lec 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 PSY 131 or SOC 157 Gen. Psy or Intro Soc 3
15 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CHEM 211 Organic Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry II Lab 1
CHEM 231 Organic Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 232 Organic Chemistry II Lec 3
Second Year

MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4 MATH 242 Calculus & Analytic Geometry II 4
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3 MUSI 131 or Art 131 Introduction to Music or 3
Communication or Public Address Drawing & Composition I
CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science I 3 CS 117 Introduction to Computer Science II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States to 1877 United States since 1877
17 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CHEM 322 Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 CHEM 445 Biochemistry 4
CHEM 332 Quantitative Analysis Lec 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
Third Year

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 PHYS 238 Physics for Life Science II Lec 3
PHYS 215 Physics for Life Science I Lab 1 PHYS 216 Physics for Life Science II Lab 1
PHYS 237 Physics for Life Science I Lec 3 CHEM 499 Seminar 1
ENG 2xx (Any 200 level course)
15 hrs 12 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CHEM 411 Physical Chemistry I Lab 1 CHEM 412 Physical Chemistry II Lab 1
Fourth Year

CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry I Lec 3 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry II Lec 3
CHEM 450 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 CHEM 451 Inorganic Chemistry II 3
BIOL 231 Cell Biology 3 CHEM 453 Instrumental Analysis 3
BIOL 460 Biostatistics 3 BIOL 245 Human Anatomy & Physiology 4
13 hrs 14 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 439


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE
X indicates a course shall be offered
COURSE COURSE NAME SCH FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES COREQUISITE
NUMBER EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

Chem 111 Gen. Chem. Lab I 1 X X X X X X

Chem 112 Gen. Chem. Lab II 1 X X X X X X Chem 111

Chem 131 Gen. Chem. I 3 X X X X X X Math 133 or


Math 136

Chem 132 Gen. Chem. II 3 X X X X X X Chem 131 Math 133 or


Math 136

Chem 211 Organic Chem. Lab I 1 X X X X X X Chem 111, 112 Chem 231

Chem 212 Organic Chem. Lab II 1 X X X X X X Chem 211 Chem 232

Chem 231 Organic Chem I 3 X X X X X X Chem 132

Chem 232 Organic Chem. II 3 X X X X X X Chem 231

Chem 322 Quan. Analysis Lab 2 X X X X Chem 111, 112 Chem 332

Chem 332 Quan. Analysis 3 X X X X Chem 132

Chem 343 Biochemistry 4 X X Chem 231

Chem 411 Physical Chem. Lab I 1 X X CS 116 Chem 322 CS 117, Chem
431, Math 241

Chem 412 Physical Chem. Lab II 1 X CS 117 CHEM 411 Chem 432

Chem 431 Physical Chem. I 3 X X CHEM 232,332, *Phys Math 241


251

Chem 432 Physical Chem. II 3 X X Chem 431 Math 242

Chem 445 Biochemistry 4 X X Chem 232

Chem 450 Inorganic Chem I 3 X X Math 242 (Consent) Chem 431

Chem 451 Inorganic Chem II 3 X X Chem 450 (Consent of


Chair

Chem 453 Instrumental Methods 3 X X Chem 322, 332 Chem 411, 431

Chem 454 Research 3 X X X X X X Chem 132,232, Chem


332, 432

Chem 476 Organic Mechanisms 3 X Chem 232

Chem 477 Environmental Chemistry 3 X Chem 232

Chem 478 Polymer Chemistry 3 X Chem 232

Chem 479 Biological Inorganic 3 X Chem 445, 232


Chemistry

Chem 499 Seminar 1 X X X X Chem 232

*Physics 237, 238 required for pre-med, pre-dental track

* Physics 251, 252 required for ACS track

440 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

The Department of Computer Science prepares students for careers in the computing industries and advanced study. The curricu-
lum ensures that students are exposed to the most current knowledge, theories, and principles in software development, embed-
ded systems, hardware architectures, and network theory and applications. The curriculum provides for an understanding of the
applications of theories and concepts by evolving the students in research and applications development projects. The curriculum
is designed to enhance the problem solving and creative thinking capabilities of students so that they have a set of skills that will
increase their employment opportunities and provides the foundation for graduate study and research. The educational objectives
of the computer science program are as follows:

1. To prepare students to be capable of identifying and analyzing requirements for computing systems
2. To produce graduates who are capable of designing and implementing solutions for rapidly changing computing prob-
lems and information system environments
3. To prepare graduates with good communication skills and who are able to effectively work in teams
4. To produce graduates who are capable of gauging the impact of computing on society, and possess knowledge of the ethi-
cal, social and professional implications and responsibilities of their work
5. To prepare students to engage in life-long learning, to adapt to innovation and change, and to successfully pursue profes-
sional work and graduate studies

The Department of Computer Science offers programs that lead to the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science degree and the
Master of Science in Computer Science degree. Students majoring in other disciplines are encouraged to pursue a minor in com-
puter science, since virtually all employers are critically dependent upon computers. Significant opportunities for employment and
graduate study are also available for students in other information technology enabled fields and organizations for students with a
minor in computer science.

These programs are designed to prepare graduates for productive work in highly complex computing environments in business, in-
dustry, and government. In recent years, many graduates of the program have obtained positions in business applications, software
development, computational science and applied mathematics, and have gone to graduate school. Students majoring in computer
science should set their goals to become expert software developers and to have developed the following abilities:

1. To apply knowledge of computing, mathematics, science, and business appropriate to the discipline, including the ability
to analyze and evaluate performance tradeoffs of algorithms, data structures, and hardware solutions
2. To analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its solution
3. To design, implement and evaluate computing systems, processes, components, or programs to meet desired needs
4. To function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal
5. To understand the professional, ethical, legal, security, social issues and responsibilities of the profession
6. To communicate effectively with a range of audiences
7. To analyze the local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations and society
8. To recognize the need for, and an ability to engage in, continuing professional development
9. To use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practices;
10. To apply mathematical foundations, algorithmic principles, and computer science theory in the modeling and design of
computer-based systems in a way that demonstrates comprehension of the risks and tradeoffs involved in design choices
11. To apply design and development principles in the construction of software systems of varying complexity.

Realizing that students pursuing a bachelor’s degree in computer science may have different career goals, the Department of Com-
puter Science offers two tracks to the Bachelors degree in Computer Science.

Track 1 The Bachelor of Science in Computer Science track I is designed for students who plan to focus on software develop-
ment have a broad fundamental education to allow them to address many areas of computing applications when they graduate.
They may work in cooperation with professionals trained in areas other than computer science and may need to have knowledge
in several subject areas. Students who major in Computer Science and prefer to follow this track will be have elective courses that
can be in computer science or any other academic discipline. The curriculum of this track is designed to provide the students with
in-depth computer science knowledge but broadens it with additional knowledge from another field of their choice. This improves
their competitiveness in the job market especially for jobs requiring interactions and communications with others of different
educational backgrounds.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 441


Track 2 The Bachelor of Science in Computer Science with computer networks concentration track is designed for students who
plan to work in the rapidly growing field of computer networks. The curriculum of this track is designed to provide the students
with the same breadth of computer science knowledge as the other track but with more depth in the area of computer networks.
Once they graduate, students pursuing this track will be ready to apply for leading industry certificates such as the Cisco Certified
Network Associate (CCNA) certificate which improves their competitiveness in today’s challenging job market where networking
is an essential ingredient of almost every business.

The requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science are summarized at the end of this section along with the se-
quence in which major courses must be taken for each track. Students must earn grades of “C” or better in all courses specific
to their major in computer science.

Each student must be admitted by the Department as a major, before attempting to meet all of the requirements for the degree.
The admissions procedures are under continual review by the Departmental Curriculum and Admissions Committee. Interested
students are asked to contact the Department Office during their freshman year in order to gain admission as majors. Students
are responsible for completing ASSET requirements and prerequisites administered through the Student Academic Enhancement
Services prior to admission to the department. The Department offices and facilities are housed on the first floor of Nabrit Science
Center with the Department Office located in Room 100 and the Department website is http://itscience.tsu.edu.

Students transferring to the University are cautioned that computer science credits transferred from other colleges and universities
must be evaluated by the Department before being used to fulfill requirements for the major in computer science. These credits
may or may not be acceptable. If these credits are judged to be unacceptable by the Department, students may be able to use them
to fulfill some elective requirements.

Students pursuing the B.S. in computer science for the first track should seek detailed advisement from their designated advisors
when selecting the elective courses required for this track.

For a computer science minor, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours are required through following one of the following two
tracks:

• Track I: enrollment in the following courses: CS 120, CS 124, CS 140, CS 241, CS 243, CS 246 and one additional
junior/senior level CS course of choice.
• Track II: enrollment in the following courses: CS 120, CS 124, CS 243, CS 250, CS 251, CS 350, and CS 351.

Prior to pursuing the CS minor, students must seek advisement and approval from the Department Office. Students must earn
grades of “C” or better in all courses specific to the minor in computer science.

In order for students to pursue either majors or minors in the Department, they must petition for admission to the Department by
completing the appropriate form which is available through the Department Office. The petition must be returned to the Depart-
ment Office and must be reviewed by the Departmental Curriculum and Admissions Committee. Students must have completed
the courses listed below or their equivalents:

English 131 Freshman English I


Math 136 Pre-Calculus Mathematics
CS 120 Introduction to Computers and Problem Solving
CS 124 Fundamentals of Machine Computation

Each student applying for major or minor status must have an overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 or better and
must have earned grades of “C” or better (grades of “C-“are unacceptable) in the above courses. The petition must be re-
turned to the Department Office by the appropriate deadlines given below to be considered by the Departmental Curriculum and
Admissions Committee:

October 15 during Fall March 15 during Spring June 15 during Summer

The number of students admitted to major and minor status on an ongoing basis is dependent upon the availability of resources
on a year-to-year basis, on performance in the four courses targeted above, and on overall GPA’s earned. Preference will be given
to students earning the highest overall GPA’s above the required minimum of 2.50. Each student will be notified of the decision
of the Departmental Curriculum Admissions Committee with regard to his/her status approximately one month after the above
deadlines.

442 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Once students have been admitted to the Department as major or minor status, they are each expected to maintain an overall GPA
of 2.25 or better, or they could be dismissed from the Department if more than thirty (30) semester credit hours are still required
for graduation. If individual GPA’s fall below 2.25 and students are within thirty (30) semester credit hours of graduation, they
must contact the department advisor for a plan of action.

Upon admission to the Department, students are each assigned an official advisor. They are expected to keep the Department Of-
fice informed of changes in address and/or telephone numbers up to the time of graduation.

In summary, an interested student must first gain admission to the University; must meet his/her ASSET responsibility; and final-
ly, must apply for admission to the Department once prerequisites and ASSET requirements have been met. Acceptance to major
standing is not automatic, but subject to the decision of a Departmental Curriculum and Admissions Committee. Each student is
provided with extensive advisement once admitted to the Department before further progression toward the completion of degree
requirements is undertaken. Questions may be directed to the Department Office at (713)-313-7991 or to cs@tsu.edu.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT


Criner, Oscar Li, Wei Wayne
Professor Professor
B.S., Howard University B.S., Shaanxi Normal University
Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley M.S., Hebei University of Technology
Ph.D., Chinese Academy of Sciences
Ghemri, Lila Lin, Cheng-Feng
Associate Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., University of Algiers B.S., North East Missouri University
Ph.D., University of Bristol M.S., University of Texas at Arlington
Handy Maribel Ma. Li
Instructor Visiting Instructor
B.A., Clark Atlanta University B.S., Peking University
M.S., Clark Atlanta University M.S., University of California at Los Angeles
Javadian, Mohsen Singh, Tarsem
Associate Professor Professor
B.S., Texas Southern University B.S., San Jose State University
M.S., University of Houston-Clear Lake M.S., San Jose State University
Ph.D., Texas A&M University
Kamel, Khaled Sleem, Aladdin
Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Cairo University B.S., Cairo University
B.S., Ain-Shams University M.B.A., Maastricht School of Management
M.S., University of Waterloo M.S., University of Louisville
M.S. University of Cincinnati Ph.D., University of Louisville
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Khan, M. Farrukh
Assistant Professor
B.S., California Institute of Technology
M.S., University of Southern Mississippi
Ph.D., Purdue University

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 443


COMPUTER SCIENCE UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science I† (2)


Study of fundamental concepts of computing such as: how computers work, what they can do,
and how they can be used effectively. Topics covered: spreadsheets, word processing, databases,
presentation software, multimedia/graphics software, program design and implementation, and
fundamental computing theories. Two hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: CS 116L.

CS 116L Introduction to Computer Science Laboratory I1 (1)


Laboratory course designed to complement CS 116 and focuses on the fundamental concepts of
computing such as how computers work, what they can do, and how they can be used effectively. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: CS 116.

CS 117 Introduction to Computer Science II† (2)


Introduction to World Wide Web applications and their design, including Web scripting languages
and HTML with hands-on directed laboratory activities. Two hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite:
CS 117L.

CS 117L Introduction to Computer Science Laboratory II† (1)


Laboratory course designed to complement CS 117 and provides hands on activities that focus on
World Wide Web applications and their design, including Web scripting languages and HTML. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Co-requisite: CS 117.

CS 120 Introduction to Computers and Problem Solving (3)


An integrated introduction to problem solving using computers. Teaches students how real-world
problems can be solved using computer programming languages. Concepts and techniques covered
include data representation and number systems, basic components of computer systems, problem
solving strategies, introduction to algorithms and pseudo code, introduction to programming
languages and introduction to operating systems. This course is required for computer science majors
and minors. Three hours of lecture per week.

CS 124 Fundamentals of Machine Computation (3)


Study of the theory and applications of discrete mathematical structures as a foundation for topics in
computer science. Required for computer science majors and minors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: MATH 136.

CS 140 Computer Programming in Java (3)


Introduction to the JAVA programming language that covers the use of object oriented programming
methodologies such as class inheritance, polymorphism, multithreading, generics, GUI components,
and exceptions. Required for computer science majors and minors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: CS 120.

CS 216 Advanced Applications I‡ (2)


This course is an introduction to computer programming applications for the PC using VISUAL
BASIC. The design, implementation, and testing of programs and graphical user interfaces is
presented. Process of using VISUAL BASIC to access object oriented model of other applications also
considered. Two hours of lecture week. Co-requisite: CS 216L. Prerequisite: CS 117.

CS 216L Advanced Applications Laboratory I2 (1)


Laboratory course designed to complement CS 216. Provides hands on experience that focuses on
the study of computer programming using VISUAL BASIC. Two hours of laboratory per week. Co-
requisite: CS 216.

1 Does not satisfy CS major’s degree requirements.


2 Does not satisfy CS major’s degree requirements.

444 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CS 217 Advanced Applications II‡ (2)
This course is a continuation of CS 216 providing advanced study of software application
development in the WINDOWS environment. Development of customized software products with
applications to subject matter area studied by students. Two hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite:
CS 217L. Prerequisite: CS 216.

CS 217L Advanced Applications Laboratory II‡ (1)


Laboratory course designed to complement CS 217. Provides hands on experience that focuses on
software application development in the WINDOWS environment. Two hours of laboratory per
week. Co-requisite: CS 217.

CS 241 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ (3)


In depth study of the object oriented programming methodologies using the C++ programming
language. Students will work through a number of programming exercises to explore the concepts
of structures, pointers, advanced file operations, classes, inheritance, and polymorphism. Upon
completion of this course, students will have been able to tackle reasonably sized projects using
C++. Required for computer science majors and Track I minors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: CS140.

CS 243 Computer Organization (3)


Basic concepts of digital computers: Boolean algebra, combinatorial and sequential logic design,
arithmetic/logic units, control units, memory units, and input/output units, flip flops, and counters.
Required for computer science majors and minors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS
124.

CS 246 Data and File Structures (3)


Advanced programming techniques and data structures including tables, linked lists, queues and
stacks are studied. Abstract data types, recursion, searching and sorting, hashing, binary trees, external
storage devices, file organization, file processing techniques are presented. Required for computer
science majors and Track I minors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS243, CS 241.

CS 248 Introduction to Theory of Computation (3)


Introduction to graph theory, automata and languages, computability and complexity of algorithms is
given. This course covers partial order relations, scheduling PERT, CPM, introduction to graph theory
and Euler, Hamiltonian and Djikistra algorithms, finite state automata, regular expressions, grammars,
and algorithm definition. Required for computer science majors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 241, CS 243. Co requisite: CS 246.

CS 250 Computer Networks Fundamentals (3)


Introduction to the fundamental networking concepts and technologies focusing on both the
conceptual and practical skills needed to understand basic networking. Students will gain an
understanding of the “layered” approach to networks and examine the OSI and TCP/IP layers
in detail to understand their functions and services. It provides an overview to various network
devices, network addressing schemes and, finally, the types of media used to carry data across the
network. Required for computer science majors and Track II minors Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CS 120.

CS 251 Internetworking and Routing Basics (3)


A comprehensive study of internetworking as well as routing concepts and protocols is presented to
develop an understanding of how networks are linked together. An introduction to routers, their role
in the network, their main hardware and software components, and the packet forwarding process is
included. This course covers the foundations of static and dynamic routing protocols. It provides a
detailed study of various Distance Vector as well as Link State protocols and examines their characteristics,
operations, limitations, configuration, and troubleshooting techniques. Required for computer science
Track II majors and Track II minors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 250.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 445


CS 342 Programming Languages and Design (3)
Introduction to the structure and design of the programming language paradigm, formal specification
of syntax, semantics, functional languages, logic languages, parallel languages, data types and
interfacing procedures. Social implications of technology and safety issues are also covered. Required
for computer science majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 241, CS 248.

CS 343 Microprocessor Design (3)


This course is a rigorous study of the architecture, applications, programming, and interfacing of
current microprocessors, co-processors, and controllers. Hardware and software structures found
in modern digital computer systems are presented. A detailed case study using a commercial
microprocessor or microcontroller will be covered. Required for computer science majors. Three hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CS 243.

CS 344 Compiler Design and Construction (3)


Concepts, design, implementation and construction techniques for programming language translators,
simple one-pass compiler; lexical analysis; semantics analysis, top-down, bottom-up and operator
precedence parsing, left-left and left-right parser techniques. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: CS 342.

CS 346 Database Management Systems (3)


Theory and current practices in database management systems, data organizational models, including
hierarchical and networked, with relational and semantic models stressed. Required for computer
science majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 246, CS 248.

CS 350 Local Area Network Fundamentals (3)


This course covers an introduction to LAN switching and wireless LANs and. in depth examination of
the underlying concepts and processes of the common Layer 2 switching protocols and technologies.
It provides the necessary knowledge required to implement, verify, and troubleshoot Local Area
Networks. It also covers wireless LAN standards and concepts required to design, implement and
troubleshoot wireless LANs. Required for computer science Track II majors and Track II minors.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 250.

CS 351 Wide Area Network Technologies (3)


This course is an introduction to the various wide area networks (WANs) access technologies used
to connect small-to medium-sized business networks. This course introduces WAN converged
applications and quality of service (QoS). It focuses on WAN technologies including PPP, Frame
Relay, broadband links, and WAN security concepts. It covers the principles of traffic control and
access control lists and describes how to implement IP addressing services for an Enterprise network,
including how to configure NAT and DHCP. Finally, students learn how to detect, troubleshoot and
correct common Enterprise network implementation issues. Required for computer science Track II
majors and Track II minors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 251.

CS 354 Web Application Development (3)


Study of concepts, technologies, and tools required for developing multi-tiered enterprise-level Web
applications. The course covers the fundamental architectural elements of programming web sites
that produce content dynamically. Topics include database connectivity options; distributed object
technologies; n-tier client/server applications architecture; and security issues. Required for computer
science Track II majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 250 and CS 346.

CS 356 Numerical Analysis (3)


This course is the study of the difference calculus, polynomial interpolation, extrapolation, data
smoothing, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of nonlinear differential
equations, and systems of linear and nonlinear equations. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 242, MATH 330, and CS 140.

446 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CS 415 Computer Ethics and Society (2)
This course is a study of the ethical and social issues related to computers and computer networks. It
provides an introduction to the legal, social, and ethical issues surrounding information technology
and to the societal risks addressed in software testing and reliability standards. Safety and relevant
legal cases will be covered. Required for computer science majors. Two hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: Junior level standing.

CS 434 Wireless Programming (3)


This course involves a thorough introduction to wireless device programming with a focus on Wireless
application development and Wireless Internet programming. After an overview of the elements and
dynamics of the Wireless Internet landscape, the course focuses on the skills required for content
development and management of wireless media applications. Emphasis is on developing applications
that can be accessed remotely using the Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) and the Wireless
Markup Language (WML) as well as standalone applications that run on platforms such as Android.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 354 or instructor consent.

CS 444 Introduction to Operating Systems (3)


Introduction to the function, internal data structures, and operations of operating systems and their
associated file systems. Required for computer science majors. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CS 343.

CS 445 Multimedia Applications (3)


This course focuses on the fast emerging field of multimedia authoring and application development.
It covers multimedia representation, storage, and communication. It provides the students with the
basics of integrating audio, video, and textual sources into multimedia objects Software and hardware
issues related to multimedia are studied in this class. Required for computer science Track II majors.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 354.

CS 450 Network Management and Security (3)


This course provides an introduction to the basic concepts of the network-management architectures
and protocols. It covers, in detail, the implementation, operation, security, management and support
of complex LAN and WAN networks to develop an understanding of the tools, procedures and
standards needed for network administration. Students will learn common network management
concepts and protocols such as Structure of Management Information (SMI), Management
Information Base (MIB), Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), Remote Monitoring
(Rmon), and Common Management Information Protocol (CMIP). Required for computer science
Track II majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 351.

CS 451 Introduction to Wireless and Mobile Networks (3)


This course provides an introduction to wireless and mobile networks and covers the following
topics: mobile radio propagation; traffic engineering; cellular concepts; multiple radio access; multiple
division techniques; channel allocation; mobile communication systems; existing wireless systems;
network protocols; Ad Hoc and sensor networks; and wireless LANs and PANS. Required for
computer science Track II majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 350.

CS 456 Software Engineering (3)


Study of the principles and practices of software engineering. Topics include software quality
concepts, process models, and analysis of software requirements, design methodologies, software
testing, and software maintenance. Required for computer science majors. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: CS 346.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 447


CS 457 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3)
Introduction to the fundamental theories, algorithms and representational structures underlying
Artificial Intelligence and practice techniques for programming AI applications using Prolog. General
areas covered include search techniques, production systems, planning, learning, and connectionist
systems. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: CS 342.

CS 460 Computer Graphics (3)


Basic concepts of computer graphics, including programming, hardware, display technology, and
data structures for both micros and high-performance workstations. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: CS 248, and CS 356.

CS 497 Advanced Topics in CS (3)


This is a study of contemporary topics and issues in computer science and associated technology.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Senior level standing.

CS 499 Capstone Project (3)


A CS required capstone design course to encourage independent study, project design, and
development. Proposal must be submitted and approved during term preceding enrollment. Required
for computer science Track I majors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the
Faculty Chair and Senior Level standing.

448 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN
COMPUTER SCIENCE
General CS Track (Track I)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD)* (COMPUTER SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 50 credits 28 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CS 124 (3) MATH 241 (4)
ENG 132 (3) CS 140 (3) MATH 242 (4)
SC 135 or 136 (3) CS 241 (3) MATH 250 (3)
MATH 136 (3) CS 243 (3) MATH 473 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 or BIOL 143 (4) CS 246 (3) PHYS 214 (1)
PHYS 213 (1) CS 248 (3) PHYS 238 (3)
PHYS 237 (3) CS 250 (3) FS 102 (1)
ENG 2xx (3) CS 342 (3) Elective Courses (9)
MUSIC 131 or ART 131 (3) CS 343 (3)
HIST 231 (3) CS 346 (3)
HIST 232 (3) CS 415 (2)
POLSC 231 (3) CS 444 (3)
POLSC 232 (3) CS 456 (3)
ECON 231 (3) CS 499 (3)
CS 120 (3) CS 3xx or 4xx (3)
CS 4xx or 5xx (3)
CS 4xx or 5xx (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 449


Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer Science
General CS Track (Track I)
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
CS 120 Introduction to Computers and 3 CS 124 Fund of Machine Comp 3
Problem Solving
MATH 136 Precalculus 3 CS 140 Computer Programming in Java 3
First Year

CHEM 131 , 111 or BIOL 143 General 4 MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4
Chemistry & Lab I, Survey of Life Science
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MUSI 131 or ART 131 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional 3
Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I Communication or Public Address
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CS 241 Object Oriented Using C++ 3 CS 246 Data & File Structures 3
CS 243 Computer Organization 3 CS 248 Theory of Computation 3
Second Year

MATH 242 Calculus & Analytic Geometry. II 4 CS 250 Computer Networks Fundamentals 3
PHYS 213 College Physics Lab I 1 MATH 250 Linear Algebra 3
PHYS 237 College Physics I 3 PHYS 214 College Physics Lab II 1
ENG 2XX Any 200 Level ENG may be selected 3 PHYS 238 College Physics II 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CS 342 Programming Languages and Design 3 CS 346 Database Management Systems 3
CS 343 Microprocessors Design 3 CS 300/400 CS Elective 3
Third Year

POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
United States to 1877 United States since 1877
Elective Course 3 ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CS 444 Operating Systems 3 CS 456 Software Engineering 3
CS415 Computer Ethics and Society 2 CS 499 Capstone Project 3
Fourth Year

CS 400/500 CS Elective 3 CS 400/500 CS Elective 3


MATH 473 Probability and Statistics 3 Elective Course 3
Elective Course 3

14 hrs 12 hrs

450 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
COMPUTER SCIENCE
With Computer Networks Concentration (Track II)
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 122
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER

(STANDARD)* (COMPUTER SCIENCE) REQUIREMENTS


44 credits 59 credits 19 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CS 124 (3) MATH 241 (4)
ENG 132 (3) CS 140 (3) MATH 242 (4)
SC 135 or 136 (3) CS 241 (3) MATH 250 (3)
MATH 136 (3) CS 243 (3) MATH 473 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 or BIOL 143 (4) CS 246 (3) PHYS 214 (1)
PHYS 213 (1) CS 248 (3) PHYS 238 (3)
PHYS 237 (3) CS 250 (3) FS 102 (1)
ENG 2xx (3) CS 251 (3)
MUSIC 131 or ART 131 (3) CS 342 (3)
HIST 231 (3) CS 343 (3)
HIST 232 (3) CS 346 (3)
POLSC 231 (3) CS 350 (3)
POLSC 232 (3) CS 351 (3)
ECON 231 (3) CS 415 (2)
CS 120 (3) CS 444 (3)
CS 450 (3)
CS 451 (3)
CS 456 (3)
CS 499 (3)
CS 3xx or 4xx (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 451


Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer Science
With Computer Networks Concentration (Track II)
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 122
First Semester Second Semester
CS 120 Introduction to Computers and Problem 3 CS 124 Fund of Machine Comp 3
Solving
MATH 136 Precalculus 3 CS 140 Computer Programming in Java 3
First Year

CHEM 131 , 111 or BIOL 143 General Chem- 4 MATH 241 Calculus & Analytic Geometry I 4
istry & Lab I, Survey of Life Science
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MUSI 131 or ART 131 3 SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional Commu- 3
Intro to Music or Drawing and Comp. I nication or Public Address
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CS 241 Object Oriented Using C++ 3 CS 246 Data & File Structures 3
CS 243 Computer Organization 3 CS 248 Theory of Computation 3
Second Year

CS 250 Computer Networks Fundamentals 3 CS 251 Internetworking and Routing Basics 3


MATH 242 Calculus & Analytic Geometry. II 4 MATH 250 Linear Algebra 3
PHYS 213 College Physics Lab I 1 PHYS 214 College Physics Lab II 1
PHYS 237 College Physics I 3 PHYS 238 College Physics II 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CS 342 Programming Languages and Design 3 CS 343 Microprocessors Design 3
CS 346 Database Management Systems 3 CS 351 Wide Area Networks Technologies 3
CS 350 Local Area Networks Fundamentals 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
Third Year

3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3


POLS 231 American Political Systems I
United States since 1877
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 3
ENG 2__ Any 200 Level ENG may be selected
United States to 1877
15 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CS415 Computer Ethics and Society 2 CS 444 Operating Systems 3
3 CS 451 Introduction to Wireless and Mobile 3
CS 450 Network Management and Security
Fourth Year

Networks
CS 300 / 400 CS Elective 3 CS 456 Software Engineering 3
MATH 473 Probability and Statistics 3 CS 499 Capstone Project 3
ECON 231 Principles of Economics I 3

14 hrs 12 hrs

452 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Department of Computer Science
Rotation Table

EVEN YEAR

EVEN YEAR

EVEN YEAR
ODD YEAR

ODD YEAR

ODD YEAR
SPRING

SPRING
FALL

FALL
SUM

SUM
CREDIT PRE CO-
COURSE # COURSE NAME
HOURS REQUISITES REQUISITES

CS 116 Intro to 2 X X X X X X
Computer Science I
CS 116L Intro to 1 X X X X X X
Computer Science Lab I
CS 117 Intro to 2 X X X X X X
Computer Science II
CS 117L Intro to 1 X X X X X X
Computer Science lab II
CS 120 Intro to Comp & 3 X X X X X X MATH 136
Problem Solving
CS 124 Fund Mach Computation 3 X X X X
CS 140 Computer Programming 3 X X X X X X CS 120
in Java
CS 216 Advanced Applications I 2 X X X X CS 117
CS 216L Advanced Applications 1 X X X X
lab I
CS 217 Advanced Applications II 2 X X X X
CS 217L Advanced Applications II 1 X X X X
CS 241 Object Oriented Prog in 3 X X X X CS 140
Using C++
CS 243 Computer Organization 3 X X X X CS 124
CS 246 Data & File Structures 3 X X CS 124 , CS 140
CS 248 Theory of Computation 3 X X CS 246
CS 250 Computer Networks 3 X X X X CS 120
Fundamentals
CS 251 Internetworking and 3 X X CS 250
Routing Basics
CS 342 Programming Lang & 3 X X CS 241, CS 248
Design
C 343 Programming Lang and 3 X X CS 243
Design
CS 344 Compiler Design and 3 X X CS 342
Costruction
CS 346 Database Management 3 X X CS 246, CS 248
Systems
CS 350 LAN Fundamentals 3 X X CS 251
CS 351 Wide Area Networks 3 X X CS 350
Technologies
CS 354 Web Application 3 X X CS 250, CS 346
Development
CS 356 Numerical Analysis 3 X MATH 242,
MATH 330,
AND CS 140
CS 415 Computer Ethics and 3 X X JUNIOR
Society LEVEL
STANDING

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 453


EVEN YEAR

EVEN YEAR

EVEN YEAR
ODD YEAR

ODD YEAR

ODD YEAR
SPRING

SPRING
FALL

FALL
SUM

SUM
CREDIT PRE CO-
COURSE # COURSE NAME
HOURS REQUISITES REQUISITES

CS 444 Operating Systems 3 X X CS 343 , CS 346


CS 445 Multimedia Applications 3 X X CS 354
CS 450 Network Management and 3 X X CS 351
Security
CS 451 Introduction to Wireless 3 X X CS 350
Network
CS 456 Software Engineering and 3 X X
Testing
CS 457 Artificial Intelligence 3 X CS 342
CS 460 Computer Graphics 3 X CS 248, CS 356
CS 497 Advanced Topic in CS 3 X X SENIOR LEVEL
STANDING
CS 499 Capstone Project 3 X X SENIOR LEVEL
STANDING
CS 511 Alg Analysis & Data 3 X X
Structures
CS 531 Computer Architectures 3 X X
CS 541 Operating Systems 3 X X
CS 551 Theory of Computation 3 X X
CS 545 Computer Networks 3 X X
CS 547 Computer Security 3 X X
CS 571 Artificial Intelliengce 3 X
CS 583 Data Mining 3 X X
CS 591 Web Services 3 X X
CS 661 Advanced Software 3 X X
Engineering
CS 681 Advanced Database 3 X
Management Systems
CS 696 Special Topics in Computer 3 X
Science
CS 697 Independent Master 3 X
Project
CS 698 Master’s Thesis Research I 3 X X X X X X
CS 699 Master’s Thesis Research II 3 X X X X X X

454 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Through this instructional unit, courses are offered in the following academic disciplines: Civil Engineering Technology (CIVT),
Electronics Engineering Technology (ELET), and Computer Engineering Technology (CMET). The Bachelor of Science degree
(B.S.) in the aforementioned areas is offered at the undergraduate level; however, no graduate degree is offered through this unit.
Cooperative Education (COE) courses are also offered through this unit. In addition, an undergraduate minor in Engineering
Technology is offered for students majoring in other academic disciplines or programs where the declaration of a minor is
required. The Electronics Engineering Technology Program in the College of Science and Technology is accredited by The
Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (TAC of ABET), 111 Market
Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012 – Telephone: (410) 347-7700. Members of the Department are housed in the
Technology trailer modules, with the Department Offices located in trailer 6.

Students seeking the B. S. degree may choose from three (3) different programs that provide for concentrated study in one of the
following Engineering Technologies: Civil Engineering Technology, Electronics Engineering Technology or Computer Engineering
Technology. Although students may choose one of the three programs, they are not required to declare a minor in another
academic area. For each program identified, a common core of courses is drawn from many instructional units in the University,
including those in the College of Science and Technology.

The mission of the Department is to provide an overall high quality, application-oriented curriculum in engineering technology.
This curriculum is designed to prepare students for careers as engineering technologists who have the ability to understand new
developments, adapt to change, embrace professional development opportunities, and assume professional roles in their respective
fields.

Students wishing to pursue the B.S. degree or declare a major in the Department must first gain admission to the University.
Then, they must satisfy ASSET requirements or equivalent and eradicate identified deficiencies through the Office of Student
Success, and must contact the Department for admission after ASSET requirements or equivalent has been completed and
deficiencies remedied. Students wishing to declare a minor in Engineering Technology should contact the Department office
once they have been admitted as majors in other academic units of the University and have met all ASSET requirements. Prior to
graduation, majors must pass an exit examination during their senior year.

For those students wishing to declare a minor in Engineering Technology, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours must
be completed with grades of “C” or better (grades below “C”, including “C-”, are unacceptable). The twenty-one (21)
credit hours must be in one of the Engineering Technology programs (CIVT, ELET, or CMET). All minors are also required to
complete the following three (3) mathematics courses or their equivalents in conjunction with the designated twenty-one (21)
semester credit hours above: MATH 133 (3 credits), MATH 134 (3 credits), and MATH 241 (4 credits). The Chair in the
Department, prior to enrollment, must approve all courses and an overall program of study for each minor.

Detailed plans of study of the three (3) programs leading to the B.S. in Engineering Technology, including the sequencing of
courses that must be taken, follow the list of faculty below. As is the case for minors in Engineering Technology, grades below
“C”, including “C-”, are unacceptable in courses specific to the major. Additional information may be obtained directly from
the Department Office or by calling (713) 313-7119.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 455


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Afiesimama, Boma T., P.E. Olowokere, David


Associate Professor Professor & Chair
B.S., University of Michigan B.S., Ahmadu Bello University, Nigeria
M. Eng., Texas A&M University M.S., Queen’s University, Kingston, Canada
D. Eng., Texas A&M University Ph.D., State University of New York,
Agbanobi, Raymond O., P.E. Saneifard, Rasoul, P.E.
Professor Professor
Diploma, Blackburn College of Technology B.S.E.E., Prairie View A&M University
M.S.C.E., University of Missouri M.S.E., Prairie View A&M University
Ph.D., North Carolina State University Ph.D., New Mexico State University
Chen, Xuemin Tahvilian, Hosein
Assistant Professor Instructor
B.Eng., Nanjin University of Science and Technology B.S., Southern University
M.Eng., Nanjing University of Science & Technology M.S., Texas A&M University
Ph.D., Nanjing University of Science & Technology
Darayan, Shahryar Thomas, Graham
Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Tabriz University B.S., New Mexico State University
M.S.E.E., University of Houston M.S., New Mexico State University
Ph.D., University of Houston Ph.D., New Mexico State University
Oladeji, Akanbi Zhang, Yuhong
Visiting Professor Assistant Professor
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology B.Sc., Shandong University, China
Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology M.Sc., University of Manitoba, Canada
Ph.D., University of Toledo

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES

ENGT 111 Introduction to Project Management (1)


The course emphasizes the different aspects of a given engineering project, such as planning, time and
cost management, scope management, human resource management, communications management
and conflict management. One hour of lecture per week.

ENGT 331 Engineering Economy (3)


Overview of the methodologies for evaluating engineering and technology projects in terms of the
selection and justification of design alternatives, operating policies, and capital expenditures. Two
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

ENGT 332 Industrial Productivity and Work Measurements (3)


Study of industrial productivity and its assessment, measurements, analysis, and improvements with
emphasis on human productivity, work design, method analysis, and ergonomics. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

ENGT 333 Ethics in Professional Engineering Practice (1)


This course develops students’ knowledge of: the nature of engineering ethics (legal, professional,
historical, and personal definitions of “engineering ethics”); the value of engineering ethics (varied
contemporary and historical legal, professional, and personal reasons why an engineer should be
ethical); and the resolution of ethical dilemmas (using common ethical dilemmas, identify possible
actions to be taken in response, and probable consequences of those actions). One hour of lecture per
week.

456 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


ENGT 431 Quality Control and Assurance (3)
Introduction to statistical quality control methods as applied to design tolerance, process control and
process capability. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

ENGT 432 Industrial Quality Control (3)


Study of quality management and product reliability to reduce defects and/or failures in production
processes. Application of SPC control charts and reliability testing to optimize quality control
processes. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENGT 431.

ENGT 433 Alternative Energy Technology (3)


The course discusses the use of solar (thermal and photovoltaic), hydro-electric, wind, geothermal,
ocean thermal, wave, tidal and geothermal energy, as well as energy from biomass. The use of fuel-
cell and heat pump systems is dealt with. Issues relevant to energy efficiency and energy storage are
discussed. The potential of using renewable energy technologies as a complement to, and, to the extent
possible, replacement for conventional technologies, and the possibility of combining renewable and
nonrenewable energy technologies in hybrid systems are analyzed. Two hours of lecture and two hours
of laboratory per week.

CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES

CIVT 141 Civil Engineering Materials (3)


Introduction to materials and equipment for civil engineering construction. Properties and uses
discussed of steel, alloys, asphalt, timbers, cement, aggregates, acoustics, etc. Two hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory per week.

CIVT 223 Water Resources Engineering (3)


Introduction to the science of hydrology and application. Hydro-meteorology ground-water,
hydrographic, storm water control, free surface flow and water quality. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 134

CIVT 224 Soil Mechanics (3)


Geotechnical analysis of soils: application of science and engineering principles; methods of
exploration, testing, and classification using ASTM and AASHTO laboratory methods. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 134 and CIVT 141.

CIVT 231 Surveying I (3)


Theory and practice of plane surveying; instruments, measurements of distances, angles, elevations;
introduction to traverse, contour, and electronic distance measurements. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week. Listed as ENGR 1305 in the Texas Common Course Numbering
System.

CIVT 232 Engineering Statics (3)


Introduction to applications of equilibrium of rigid bodies, including moments, couples, and
moments of inertia. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
134 and PHYS 235 or 237.

CIVT 233 Dynamics (3)


Principles of kinetics, kinematics, Newton’s laws of motion, vectors, simple harmonic motion, and
energy. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CIVT 232.

CIVT 234 Surveying II (3)


Continuation of CIVT 231 with emphasis on field work, design, the transit, theodolite, electronic
instruments, stake out, contour, topography, and profile leveling. One hour of lecture and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 134 and CIVT 231.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 457


CIVT 301 Environmental Engineering (3)
Introduction to sanitary microbiology and sanitary chemistry, communicable diseases, solid waste;
environmental sanitation; environmental regulations; water and airborne diseases, transmission and
control. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111,
CHEM 131 and MATH 133

CIVT 332 Applied Fluid Mechanics (3)


Fluid mechanics with engineering applications, properties of fluids, pressure, kinematics, energy, and
flow through pipes. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH
134 and CIVT 232.

CIVT 333 Hydraulics Engineering (3)


Introduction to quantitative hydrology, open channel flow, flow in conduits, hydraulic structures, flow
measurements, and pumps. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
CIVT 332.

CIVT 334 Transportation Engineering (3)


Study of transportation engineering concepts, planning, traffic flow, capacity analysis, environmental
and utility accommodations, and transportation economics analysis. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: DRFT 132.

CIVT 335 Geometric Design of Highways (3)


Theory and application of the parameters impact the geometric design of highways and other
roadways. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CIVT 334.

CIVT 336 Structural Analysis (3)


Study of determinate structures with emphasis on both the analytical and graphical approaches to
trusses and building frames. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 241 and CIVT
338.

CIVT 337 Reinforced Concrete Design (3)


Concrete materials and properties, mixing and placement, concrete tests, design of concrete structures,
elastic theory, stresses, beams, foundations, columns, and floor slabs. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CIVT 336.

CIVT 338 Strength of Materials (3)


Physical properties of engineering materials concepts of stress and loading shear force and bending
moments. Design of structural elements. Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 241,
CIVT 232, and PHYS 235 or 237.

CIVT 340 Structural Steel Design (3)


Design in steel of tension members, beams, columns, welded and bolted connections; eccentrically
loaded and moment resistant joints; plate girders. Plastic design; load and resistance factor design.
Composite construction; introduction to computer-aided design. Laboratory sessions. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CIVT 336 .

CIVT 400 Civil Engineering Tech Project (3)


Design of Civil Engineering related projects, apply the necessary criteria, city code approvals, and
independent experimental study. One hour of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor required.

CIVT 434 Water and Wastewater Engineering (3)


Water supply and treatment, wastewater characterization and treatment. Design of units process and
operation, transmission and sewerage facilities. Two hours of lecture and two hours laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: CIVT 301

458 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CIVT 435 Building Construction (3)
Setting out of construction work, foundations, wallings, concrete slabs, formworks, roofing structures,
plumbing and drainages, bridges, commercial and industrial buildings, and estimating. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CIVT 337 and CIVT 340.

CIVT 436 Civil Engineering Construction Methods (3)


Job planning and management, fundamentals of earth work, setting-out, concrete structural piling,
blasting, roads, culverts, drainage, bridges, commercial and industrial buildings, and estimating. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CIVT 337.

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES

ELET 111 Direct Current Circuits Laboratory (1)


Laboratory activities on electronic circuits, Ohm’s law, voltage, current, resistance, and basic test
instruments. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET 131.

ELET 114 Electronics I Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments on the application, analysis, and measurement of semiconductor devices in basic
amplifier circuits. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 133. Corequisite: ELET 134.

ELET 113 Alternating Current Circuits Laboratory (1)


Practical experiences in the measurement and analysis of alternating current with voltage, impedance,
and phasor experiments. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET 133.

ELET 130 Introduction to Structured Programming with C++ (3)


Structured methods of developing complex technology computer programs using a high level
programming in a networked environment. Use of the C++ language as a problem-solving tool is
emphasized. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.

E LET 131 Direct Current Circuits (3)


Direct current topics covered: current, voltage, resistance, power, energy, series and parallel circuits,
combination circuits, Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff ’s rules, inductance, capacitance, and magnetism. Three
hours of lecture per week Corequisite: ELET 111.

ELET 134 Electronics I (3)


Study of the operation and characteristics of semiconductor devices such as bipolar-junction
transistors, diodes, field-effect transistors, and other devices Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: ELET 133. Corequisite: ELET 114.

ELET 133 Alternating Current Circuits (3)


Continuation of ELET 131 with studies of alternating current circuits, impedance concepts,
network theorems, transformers, passive filters, and response curves. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: ELET 131. Corequisites: ELET 113 and MATH 134.

ELET 212 Electronics II Laboratory (1)


Application, design, and evaluate operational amplifiers with feedback configurations, linear and
nonlinear circuitry, oscillators, and active filters. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET
134. Corequisite: ELET 232.

ELET 215 Digital Hardware Design Laboratory (1)


Experiments in digital hardware design. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET 243.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 459


ELET 214 Digital Logic Circuits Laboratory (1)
Exercises on logic circuits, combinational and sequential logic devices, and flip- flops. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET 241.

ELET 223 Electric Machines (3)


Study of polyphase circuits, transformers, DC machines, induction machines, and small AC motors.
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 133.

ELET 232 Electronics II (3)


Design and evaluating of the operational amplifier circuitry with feedback, linear and nonlinear
circuitry, oscillators, and active filters. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET 134.
Corequisite: ELET 212.

ELET 241 Digital Logic Circuits (3)


Introduction to digital technology, Boolean algebra, number systems, codes, truth tables,
combinational and sequential logic, and logic devices. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
ELET 133. Corequisite: ELET 214.

ELET 243 Digital Hardware Design (3)


Study of digital hardware with emphasis on digital circuits such as memory circuits, A/D and D/A
converters. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET 241. Corequisite. ELET 215.

ELET 311 Communications Systems Laboratory (1)


Experiments on oscillators, transmitters, receivers, filters, and transmission lines as related to modern
electronic communications techniques. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 232.
Corequisite: ELET 331.

ELET 312 Control Systems Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments on final control elements and closed loop control systems. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 212. Corequisite: ELET 332.

ELET 313 Microprocessor Architecture Laboratory (1)


Experiments to explore the relationship between hardware and software in microprocessors, input/
output operations, and assembly language techniques. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite:
ELET 343.

ELET 322 Integrated Circuits (3)


Study of the design and application of digital and linear integrated circuits. Two hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 243.

ELET 323 Digital Signal Processing (3)


To introduce the student to discrete time signals and the systems, sampling, recursive and non-
recursive digital filters, and the z-transform. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Math 242
and ELET 243.

ELET 331 Communications Systems (3)


Study of basic communications systems with emphasis on the applications of Fourier series, Fourier
transforms, modulation techniques, and transmission lines. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 242 and ELET 232. Corequisite: ELET 311.

ELET 332 Control Systems (3)


Study of feedback control systems, Laplace transforms, and control modes and methods of
implementation by analog and digital means. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET
232. Corequisites: ELET 312 and MATH 345.

460 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


ELET 343 Microprocessor Architecture (3)
Introduction to microprocessor hardware and software, including: microprocessor principles,
organization, machine language programming, and input/output functions. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: ELET 243. Corequisite: ELET 313.

ELET 353 Microprocessor Software Applications (3)


Study of programming microprocessors and microcomputers using assembly language techniques with
emphasis on writing industrial application programs for engineering technology. Two hours of lecture
and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 130.

ELET 410 Computer Control Systems Laboratory (3)


Experiments on computer control systems with emphasis on the practical aspects of control principles.
Two hours of laboratory per week Prerequisites: ELET 343 and ELET 332. Corequisite: ELET 430.

ELET 411 Microcomputer Networks Laboratory (1)


Experiments and written reports where students construct, test, and debug hardware and software
components for computer networks. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET 434.

ELET 413 Microprocessor Interfacing Laboratory (1)


Experiments on interfacing microprocessors with emphasis on input/output operations, bus systems,
peripheral hardware and software applications. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ELET
431.

ELET 422 Advanced Structured Programming with C++ (3)


Study of object oriented programming in C++ on workstations with Microsoft C/C++. Prerequisites:
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET 130.

ELET 430 Computer Control Systems (3)


Analysis and design of control systems with emphasis on control software, programmable controllers,
and data acquisitions. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ELET 343 and ELET 332.
Corequisite: ELET 410.

ELET 431 Microprocessor Interfacing (3)


Study of interfacing with topics on bus timing, input/output timing, serial and parallel input/output
methods, subroutine and control signals. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET 343.
Corequisite: ELET 413.

ELET 440 Senior Electronics Project (4)


Opportunity for seniors to engage in a team project in applied electronics where integration of
knowledge obtained throughout the program is possible. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of
the Faculty Chair.

ELET 434 Microcomputer Networks (3)


Study of networking components and techniques for a microcomputer network, including the study
of standards, protocols, LANs, and WANs. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: ELET 243.
Corequisite: ELET 411.

ELET 441 Electronics Senior Comprehensive (0)


Senior Comprehensive examinations for graduating seniors majoring in Electronics Engineering
Technology. Students who do not “Satisfactory” may be required to register in ELET 442 in order to
complete the requirements for the course. Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

ELET 442 Special Topics (3)


Direct study, independent study or internship designed to give the student an opportunity to study a
particular aspect of the discipline in some depth. Consent of the faculty chair required.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 461


COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSES

CMET 331 Micro Computer Operating Systems (3)


Basic functions, structure, and mechanism of modern operating systems; device management, input/
output processing, and job management. Three hours of lecture per week .Prerequisite: ELET 243.

CMET 416 Applications of Microprocessor Software Laboratory (1)


Practice in writing industrial application programs, such as floating point mathematical routines and
special purposes languages utilizing micro assemblers. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite:
CMET 436.

CMET 417 Data Communication Methods Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments in data communication devices. Modems, multiplexers, concentrators, front-
end processor, error-checking, simplex/duplex transmission, and telecommunications. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: CMET 437.

CMET 415 Advanced Microcomputer Networks Lab (1)


Experiments utilizing hardware and software in the design, operation, and analysis of computer
networks. Topics include LANS, WANS, networking components and techniques, standards and
protocols. Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ELET 411 and ELET 434. Corequisite:
CMET 435.

CMET 419 Microcomputer Peripheral Hardware Laboratory (1)


Experiments in the application of microprocessor peripheral hardware and interfacing, including
the configuration and construction of a microprocessor system. Two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ELET 313. Corequisite: CMET 439.

CMET 432 Senior Project (4)


A capstone team project that includes a written proposal, with functional specifications and timetable
of a project for approval by faculty members. Formal oral and written presentations, and a prototype
required. Prerequisites: Senior standing, and consent of Faculty Chair.

CMET 435 Advanced Microcomputer Networks (3)


Advanced topics in the design, operation, and analysis of microcomputer networks, including
internetworking and routers, network management, and etc. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisite: ELET 434.

CMET 436 Applications of Microprocessor Software (3)


Utilization of micro assemblers to write floating point mathematical routines, special purpose
languages, generate relocatable code, etc. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ELET 343 and MATH 242. Corequisite: CMET 416.

CMET 437 Data Communication Methods (3)


Study of data communication devices and software, their functional and operational aspects, including
modems, control units, multiplexers, concentrators, front-end processors, etc. Three hours of lecture
per week. Corequisite: CMET 417.

CMET 441 Computer Engineering Technology Comprehensive Exam (0)


Comprehensive Examination for graduating seniors majoring in Computer Engineering Technology.
Prerequisite: Consent of the Faculty Chair.

CMET 438 Artificial Intelligence (3)


The fundamental principals of artificial intelligence and expert systems are introduced and their
application in various area of science and engineering. Two hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ELET 422 and Senior standing.

462 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CMET 439 Microcomputer Peripheral Hardware (3)
Microprocessor peripheral hardware and its interfacing, configuration and construction, including
series and parallel I/O and interrupt control devices, bus arbitration, and memory management units.
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ELET 343. Corequisite:
CMET 419.

CMET 470 Java Programming (3)


High-level, object-oriented language programming using JAVA. The course includes inheritance and
polymorphism, implementing hiding, and the creation of JAVA applets for internet usage. Two hours
of Lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ELET 130, ELET 422, and Senior
standing.

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION COURSES

COE 233 Cooperative Education (3)


First training period designed to give students full-time experience in industry. They are introduced to
training in concentration areas, are supervised closely, and begin developing interpersonal skills. Forty
hours of work experience per week. Prerequisite: completion of at least 30 semester credit hours with
minimum GPA of 2.5.

COE 235 Cooperative Education (3)


Second training period designed to make students assertive in the workplace and aware of gaining
upward mobility. Students continue to develop skills in their chosen career areas and are closely
supervised. Forty hours of work experience per week. Prerequisite: COE 233.

COE 333 Cooperative Education (3)


Third training period where students continue career related work in their chosen areas. Students
exposed to analyzing and evaluating their career choices through training requirements, working
conditions, and employment outlook. Forty hours of work experience per week. Prerequisite: COE
235.

COE 433 Cooperative Education (3)


Fourth training period where the student/employer exposure is well established and students are
prepared for full-time employment upon graduation. Variables affecting decision making and other
factors enhancing employee-employer relations explored. Forty hours of work experience per week.
Prerequisite: COE 333.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 463


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 129
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD)* (CIVIL ENGR TECH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 63 credits 22 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CIVT 141 (3) ^ FS 102 (1)
ENG 132 (3) CIVT 223 (3) ITEC 331 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) CIVT 224 (3) ^ DRFT 131 (3)
MATH 133 (3) CIVT 231 (3) ^ PHYS 214 (1)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) CIVT 232 (3) ^ PHYS 238 (3)
PHYS 213, 237 (4) CIVT 233 (3) ^ MATH 134 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) CIVT 234 (3) MATH 241 (4)
MUSI 239 (3) CIVT 301 (3) MATH 242 (4)
HIST 231 (3) CIVT 332 (3) ^
HIST 232 (3) CIVT 333 (3)
POLS 231 (3) CIVT 334 (3)
POLS 232 (3) CIVT 335 (3)
ELET 130 (3)-- CIVT 336 (3)
SOC 157 (3) CIVT 337 (3)
CIVT 338 (3)
CIVT 340 (3)
CIVT 400 (3)
CIVT 434 (3)
ENGT 331 (3)
CIVT 435 (3)
Technical Elective (3)^

^ These courses are required for a minor in Civil Engineering Technology.


-- Substitutes for CS 116.
* Student should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
^^ The Technical Elective should be selected from one of the following three-credit courses: MATH 345, MATH 474, and
ENGT 433.

464 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering Technology
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 129

First Semester Second Semester


ELET 130 Intro to Stru. Prog. with C++ 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
ENG 131 Freshman English 3 MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 SC 135 Business & Prof. Comm. 3
First Year

FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 CIVT 141 Civil Engineering Materials 3


PHYS 237 College Physics 1 3 PHYS 238 College Physics II 3
PHYS 213 College Physics 1 Lab 1 PHYS 214 College Physics II Lab. 1
SOC 157 Intro to Sociology 3
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CIVT 231 Surveying I 3 CIVT 233 Dynamics 3
CIVT 232 Statics 3 CIVT 224 Geotechnical Engineering 3
Second Year

ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 MATH 242 Calculus & Anal. Geometry 4
MATH 241 Calculus & Geometry I 4 MUSC 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
CHEM 131 General Chemistry 3 POLS 231 American Pol. System I 3
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


CIVT 234 Surveying II 3 CIVT 223 Hydrology & Water Resources 3
CIVT 337 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 CIVT 333 Hydraulics Engineering 3
Third Year

CIVT 332 Applied Fluid Mechanics 3 CIVT 335 Geometric Design of Hwys 3
POLS 232 America Pol System II 3 DRFT 336 Computer Aided Design 3
HIST 231 Soc Pol History of U.S 3 HIST 232 Soc & Pol History of the U.S 3
CIVT 338 Strength of Materials 3 CIVT 336 Structural Analysis 3

18 hrs 18hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


CIVT 301 Environmental Engineering 3 CIVT 331 Transportation Engineering 3
CIVT 400 Problems in Civil Eng Tech. 3 CIVT 434 Water & Wastewater Eng 3
Fourth Year

CIVT 435 Civil Eng Const. Methods 3 CIVT 340 Structural Steel Design 3
ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3 ENGT 331 Engineering Economy 3
** Technical Elective 3
12 hrs 15 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 465


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 128
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (ELECTRN ENGR TECH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 55 credits 29 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ELET 111 (1)^ DRFT 233 (3)
ENG 132 (3) ELET 114 (1)^ FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ELET 113 (1)^ ENGT 333 (1)
MATH 133 (3) ELET 131 (3)^ ENGT 331 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) ELET 134 (3)^ ITEC 331 (3)
PHYS 213, 237 (4) ELET 133 (3)^ MATH 134 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) ELET 212 (1) MATH 241 (4)
MUSI 239 (3) ELET 215 (1) MATH 242 (4)
HIST 231 (3) ELET 214 (1) MATH 345 (3)
HIST 232 (3) ELET 232 (3) PHYS 214 (1)
POLS 231 (3) ELET 241 (3)^ PHYS 238 (3)
POLS 232 (3) ELET 243 (3)^
ELET 130 (3)-- ELET 311 (1)
SOC 157 (3) ELET 312 (1)
ELET 313 (1)
ELET 331 (3)
ELET 332 (3)
ELET 343 (3)^
ELET 410 (1)
ELET 411 (1)
ELET 412 (1)
ELET 413 (1)
ELET 422 (3)
ELET 430 (3)
ELET 431 (3)
ELET 440 (4)
ELET 434 (3)
ELET 441 (0)

^ These courses are required for a minor in Electronics Engineering Technology.


-- Substitutes for CS 116.
* Student should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

466 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 128

First Semester Second Semester


ELET 111 DC Circuit Lab 1 ELET 113 Circuits Lab 1
ELET 131 DC Circuits 3 ELET 133 AC Circuits 3
ELET 130 Intro to Stru. Prog. with C++ 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
First Year

DRFT 233 Intro to Computer Aided Design 3 MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 MUSIC 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 CHEM 111 General Chemistry Lab 1
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 CHEM 131 General Chemistry 3

17 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ELET 114 Electronics I Lab 1 ELET 212 Electronics II Lab 1
ELET 134 Electronics I 3 ELET 232 Electronics II 3
ELET 214 Digital Logic Circuits Lab 1 ELET 215 Digital Hardware Design Lab 1
Second Year

ELET 241 Digital Logic Circuits 3 ELET 243 Digital Hardware Design 3
MATH 241 Calculus & Geometry I 4 MATH 242 Calculus & Anal. Geometry 4
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 SC 135 Business & Prof. Comm. 3
SOC 157 Intro to Sociology 3

18 hrs 15 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ELET 313 Microprocessor Architecture Lab 1 ELET 311 Communicating Systems Lab 1
ELET 343 Microprocessor Architecture 3 ELET 331 Communicating Systems 3
MATH 345 Applied Math & Stat. for Tech. 3 ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3
Third Year

PHYS 213 Phys Lab For Tech I 1 PHYS 214 Phys Lab for Tech. II 1
PHYS 237 Phys For Tech I 3 PHYS 238 Phys for Tech. II 3
POLS 231 America Pol System I 3 POLS 232 America Pol System II 3
HIST 231 Soc. Pol. His. of U.S. 3 HIST 232 Soc. Pol. His. of U.S. 3

17 hrs 17 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


ELET 312 Control Systems Lab 1 ELET 410 Computer Control Systems Lab 1
ELET 332 Control Systems 3 ELET 430 Computer Control Systems 3
ELET 411 Micro Computer Networks Lab. 1 ELET 413 Microprocessor Interfacing Lab 1
Fourth Year

ELET 434 Micro Computer Networks 3 ELET 431 Microprocessor Interfacing 3


ENGT 331 Engineering Economy 3 ELET 440 Senior Electronics Project 4
ELET 422 Advanced Stru. Prog. With C++ 3 ELET 441 Electronics SR. Comp 0
ENGT 333 Ethics & Pro. Eng. Practice 1

14 hrs 13 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 467


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 128

CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER


(STANDARD) (COMPUTER ENGR TECH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 55 credits 29 credits
ENG 131 (3)** ELET 111 (1)^ DRFT 233 (3)
ENG 132 (3) ELET 114 (1)^ FS 102 (1)
SC 135 or 136 (3) ELET 113 (1)^ ENGT 331 (3)
MATH 133 (3) ELET 131 (3)^ ITEC 331 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) ELET 134 (3)^ ITEC 412 (1)
PHYS 213, 237 (4) ELET 133 (3)^ MATH 134 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) ELET 215 (1) MATH 241 (4)
MUSI 239 (3) ELET 214 (1) MATH 242 (4)
HIST 231 (3) ELET 241 (3)^ MATH 345 (3)
HIST 232 (3) ELET 243 (3)^ PHYS 214 (1)
POLS 231 (3) ELET 313 (1) PHYS 238 (3)
POLS 232 (3) ELET 343 (3)
ELET 130 (3)-- ELET 411 (1)
SOC 157 (3) ELET 434 (3)
ELET 422 (3)
CMET 331 (3)
CMET 415 (1)
CMET 416 (1)
CMET 417 (1)
CMET 432 (4)
CMET 435 (3)
CMET 436 (3)
CMET 437 (3)
CMET 441 (0)
CMET 470 (3)
CMET 438 (3)

^ These courses are required for a minor in Electronics Engineering Technology.


-- Substitutes for CS 116.
* Student should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

468 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Computer Engineering Technology
Degree Plan - Total Credits: 128

First Semester Second Semester


ELET 111 DC Circuit Lab 1 ELET 113 Circuits Lab 1
ELET 131 DC Circuits 3 ELET 133 AC Circuits 3
ELET 130 Intro to Stru. Prog. with C++ 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
First Year

DRFT 233 Intro to Computer Aided Design 3 MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3
ENG 131 Freshman English I 3 CHEM 111 General Chemistry Lab 1
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 CHEM 131 General Chemistry 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 SOC 157 Intro to Sociology 3
17 hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ELET 112 Electronics I Lab 1 ELET 213 Digital Hardware Design Lab 1
ELET 132 Electronics I 3 ELET 243 Digital Hardware Design 3
Second Year

ELET 214 Digital Logic Circuits Lab 1 MATH 242 Calculus & Anal. Geometry 4
ELET 241 Digital Logic Circuits 3 MUSIC 239 Fine Arts in Daily Living 3
MATH 241 Calculus & Geometry I 4 SC 135 Business & Prof. Comm. 3
POLSC 231 America Pol System I 3 POLSC 232 America Pol System II 3
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3
18 hrs 17 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ELET 313 Microprocessor Architecture Lab 1 ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3
ELET 343 Microprocessor Architecture 3 PHYS 214 Phys Lab for Tech. II 1
Third Year

CMET 331 MicroComputer Operating System 3 PHYS 238 Phys for Tech. II 3
PHYS 213 Phys Lab For Tech I 1 HIST 232 Soc. Pol. His. of U.S. 3
PHYS 237 Phys For Tech I 3 SOC 157 Into to Sociology 3
HIST 231 Soc. Pol. His. of U.S. 3 MATH 345 Applied Math & Stat. for Tech. 3
14 hrs 16 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


ELET 422 Advanced Stru. Prog. With C++ 3 CMET 417 Data Communication Methods Lab 1
CMET 415 Advanced MicroCom. Networks 1 CMET 437 Data Communication Methods 3
Lab.
Fourth Year

CMET 435 Advanced MicroCom. Networks 3 CMET 432 Senior Project II 4


CMET 416 Applied Microprocessor Soft. Lab 1 CMET 441 Computer Eng. Tech. Comp. Exam 0
CMET 436 Applied Microprocessor Soft 3 CMET 470 Java Programming 3
ENGT 331 Engineering Economy 3 ELET 411 Micro Computer Networks Lab. 1
ELET 434 Micro Computer Networks 3
14 hrs 15 hrs

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 469


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE

X indicates when a course shall be offered


FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM
COURSE
COURSE NAME SCH EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES CO-REQUISITES
NUMBER
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR
CIVT 141 Civil Engr Mtls 3 x x x x None CIVT 141
CIVT 223 Water Resource Engineering 3 x x None CIVT 223
MATH 134 &
CIVT 224 Soil Engineering 3 x x CIVT 224
CIVT 141
CIVT 231 Plane Surveying I 3 x x None CIVT 231
MATH 134 &
CIVT 232 Statics 3 x x PHYS 235 or CIVT 232
237
CIVT 233 Dynamics 3 x x CIVT 232 CIVT 233
CIVT 231 &
CIVT 234 Surveying II 3 x x CIVT 234
MATH 134
CHEM 111, 131
CIVT 301 Water and Wastewater Engring 3 x x CIVT 301
& MATH 133
CIVT 232 &
CIVT 332 Applied Fluid Mechanics 3 x x CIVT 332
MATH 134
CIVT 333 Hydraulic Engineering 3 x x CIVT 332 CIVT 333

CIVT 334 Transportation Engineering 3 x x DRFT 132 CIVT 334


CIVT 335 Geom Des Of Highways 3 x x CIVT 334 CIVT 335
MATH 241 &
CIVT 336 Structural Analysis 3 x x CIVT 336
CIVT 338
CIVT 337 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 x x CIVT 336 CIVT 337
CIVT 336 &
CIVT 340 Structural Steel Design 3 x x CIVT 340
CIVT 338
CIVT 400 Civil Engr Tech Project 3 x x Senior CIVT 400

CIVT 434 Sanitary Engineering 3 x x CIVT 301 CIVT 434


CIVT 337 &
CIVT 435 Building Construction 3 x x CIVT 435
CIVT 340
Microcomputer Operating
CMET 331 3 x x None CMET 331
System
CMET 412 Senior Project I 1 None CMET 412
Advanced Microcomp ELET 411 &
CMET 415 1 x x x x CMET 415
Network Lab ELET 434
Appl of Microproc Software
CMET 416 1 x x x x None CMET 416
Lab
Data Communication Mthds
CMET 417 1 x x None CMET 417
Lab
CMET 419 Peripheral Hardware Lab 1 x x ELET 313 CMET 419
CMET 432 Senior Project II 3 x x CMET 412 CMET 432
Advanced Microcomp
CMET 435 3 x x ELET 434 CMET 435
Networks
ELET 343 and
CMET 436 Appl of Microproc Software 3 x x CMET 436
MATH 242
CMET 437 Data Communication Mthds 3 x x None CMET 437
CMET 438 Artificial Intelligence 3 x x ELET 422 CMET 438
Computer Engr Tech Comp
CMET 441 0 x x x x Senior CMET 441
Exam
ELET 130 and
CMET 470 Java Programming 3 x x CMET 470
ELET 422
ELET 111 DC Circuits Lab 1 x x x x None ELET 111

ELET 113 AC Circuits Lab 1 x x x x x x ELET 133 ELET 113

470 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM
COURSE
COURSE NAME SCH EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES CO-REQUISITES
NUMBER
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR
ELET 114 Electronics I Laboratory 1 x x x x None ELET 114

ELET 130 Intro to Stru Prog with C++ 3 x x x x x x None ELET 130

ELET 131 DC Circuits 3 x x x x None ELET 131


ELET 131 and
ELET 133 AC Circuits 3 x x x x x x ELET 133
MATH 134
ELET 134 Electronics I 3 x x x x None ELET 134
ELET 212 Electronics II Lab 3 x x x x ELET 132 ELET 212
ELET 214 Digital Logic Circuits Lab 1 x x ELET 241 ELET 214
ELET 215 Digital Hardware Design Lab I 1 x x None ELET 215
ELET 232 Electronics II 3 x x x x ELET 132 ELET 232
ELET 241 Digital Logic Circuits 3 x x ELET 133 ELET 241
ELET 215 Digital Hardware Design Lab I 1 x x None
ELET 232 Electronics II 3 x x x x ELET 132
ELET 241 Digital Logic Circuits 3 x x ELET 133
ELET 243 Digital Hardware Design 3 x x ELET 241
ELET 311 Communications Systems Lab 1 x x ELET 232
ELET 312 Control Systems Lab 1 x x ELET 212
ELET 313 Microprocessor Arch Lab 1 x x None
ELET 232 and
ELET 331 Communications Systems 3 x x
MATH 242
ELET 332 Control Systems 3 x x None
ELET 343 Microprocessor Architecture 3 x x ELET 243
ELET 343 and
ELET 410 Computer Control Sys Lab 1 x x
ELET 332
ELET 411 Microcomputer Networks Lab 1 x x None
ELET 422 Special Topics 3 x x x x x x None
ELET 343 and
ELET 430 Computer Control Systems 3 x x
ELET 332
ELET 431 Microprocessor Interfacing 3 x x x x ELET 343
ELET 434 Microcomputer Networks 3 x x ELET 243
ELET 440 Senior Electronics Project 4 x x x x None
ELET 441 Electronics Senior Comps 0 x x x x None
ELET413 Microprocessor Interfacing Lab 1 x x x x None
ENGT 111 Intro to Project Mgmt 1 x x x x None
ENGT 331 Engineering Economy 3 x x x x None
ENGT 333 Ethics in Prof Eng Practice 3 x x x x None
ENGT 433 Alternative Energy Tech 3 x x None

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 471


DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The Department of Environmental Science and Technology offers the following degrees, Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctorate of
Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Environmental Toxicology. The teaching facilities, research facilities, and faculty members for the Department
are housed on the 3rd floor of TSU Science Center with the Department Office located in Room 303. In addition to the graduate
level programs, the department offers the general education course in Geology.

Students interested in pursuing the Master of Science or a Doctorate of Philosophy in Environmental Toxicology should
consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University for further information.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Balaji-Bhaskar, Maruthi Sridhar DuMond, James W.


Assistant Professor Associate Professor and Interim Associate Dean
Ph.D. Mississippi State University Ph.D., University of Alabama at Birmingham
M.S. Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University M.S., Montana Tech
B.S. Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University B.S., Eastern Montana College
Hwang, Hyun-Min Nyamapfene, Kingston
Visiting Assistant Professor Professor and Assistant Provost for Online and Distance
Ph.D., Texas A&M University Learning Programs
M.S., Hanyang University Ph.D., Aberdeen University
B.S., Hanyang University M.S., Cornell University
B.A., University of London
Hwang, Hyun-Min Yu, Lei
Visiting Assistant Professor Professor of Transportation Studies,
Ph.D., Texas A&M University Interim Chair and Dean
M.S., Hanyang University Ph.D., Queen’s University
B.S., Hanyang University M.S., Nagoya Institute of Technology
B.Eng., Beijing Jiaotong University
Wilson, Bobby L.
Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Environmental
Toxicology Program
Ph.D., Michigan State University
M.S., Southern University
B.S., Alabama State University

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY COURSES

GEOL 141 Introduction to the Earth (4)


Introduction to the study of the earth: the evolution of its landscapes, its weather, its climate, and its
place in the universe. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.

472 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES

The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in Industrial Technology, with concentrations in Construction Technology (CONS)
and Design Technology (DRFT), is offered in the Department of Industrial Technologies. Supporting courses in Cooperative
Education (COE), Industrial Technology (ITEC), and Automated Manufacturing Technology (MFG) are also offered through the
Department. Two minors are offered for students pursuing majors in other academic disciplines and who are required to declare
a minor in a second academic discipline for graduation. One minor is offered in Industrial Technology, and the other minor is
offered in Community Development. All programs are accredited by The Association of Technology, Management, and Applied
Engineering (ATMAE). Members of the Department are housed in Temporary Buildings 7 and 8. Detailed information on
concentrations and on minors is provided below.

In seeking the B.S. in Industrial Technology through this unit, students may select from two (2) different curriculum
concentration that focus on one of the following areas of concentration: Construction Technology or Design Technology.
Students are not required to declare a minor in a second academic discipline in selecting one of the available concentrations.
Detailed information on both options leading to the B.S. in Industrial Technology is provided below.

The primary mission of the Department is to offer programs of study designed to prepare students as “management-oriented
technical professionals” who have practical knowledge, competencies, skills, and training to serve and function in the Industrial/
Manufacturing Enterprise System. In pursuing this mission, the Department seeks to prepare Industrial Technologists and
Technical Managers for career opportunities in the Manufacturing, Construction, and Communications Industries.

Students wishing to earn the B.S. in Industrial Technology (that is, students who wish to declare undergraduate majors in the
Department) must first gain admission to the University, must satisfy ASSET requirements and eradicate identified deficiencies
through the Student Academic Enhancement Services (SAES), must contact the Department Office while satisfying ASSET
requirements for advisement, and must petition the Department for admission once ASSET requirements have been completed
and deficiencies removed. Students wishing to minor in Industrial Technology should contact the Department Office once
they have been admitted as majors in other academic units of the University and have met all ASSET requirements. Prior
to graduation, all courses required for the degree must be completed with grades of “C” or better (grades below “C”,
including “C-”, are unacceptable) and majors must pass an exit examination during their senior year.

For the minor in Industrial Technology, twenty-one (21) semester credit hours must be completed with grades of “C”
or better (grades below “C”, including “C-”, are unacceptable). Fifteen (15) of the twenty-one (21) credits must be selected
from one of three academic disciplines offered through the unit: CONS, DRFT, or MFG. Three (3) additional semester credit
hours must be selected from a second of these three disciplines. The last three (3) semester credit hours required must be taken
through enrollment in one of the following: ITEC 331, ITEC 333, or ITEC 439. Minors must also complete the following two
(2) Mathematics courses or their equivalents in conjunction with the designated twenty-one (21) semester credit hours above and
with the same grade restrictions: MATH 133 (3 credits) and MATH 134 (3 credits). All programs of study for minors must be
approved, in advance, by the Faculty Chair prior to enrollment in courses.

The minor in Community Development represents a comprehensive, interdisciplinary approach that includes courses offered
through the unit, as well as courses offered through other units at the University. A total of twenty-one (21) semester credit hours
must be completed which are broadly apportioned between theoretical knowledge (18 credits) and experiential learning (3 credits).
Courses enrolled for in seeking this minor must be completed with grades of “C” or better where grades below “C”,
including “C-”, are unacceptable. Students seeking the Community Development minor are required to enroll in the following
courses offered through this unit: ITEC 131 (3 credits), ITEC 335 (3 credits), CONS 344 (3 credits), CONS 435 (3 credits), and
COE 333 (3 credits). Outside of this unit, students are required to complete the following two courses in order to complete the
minor: SOC 337 (3 credits) and MGMT 400 (3 credits).
Students requiring additional information should contact the Department either directly or by calling
713-313-7679

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 473


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Horner, Jessie E. Lott, Carl B.


Associate Professor (Interim Chair) Assistant Professor
B.S., Northwestern State University B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Texas Southern University
M.S., Texas Southern University
Ed.D., University of Houston
Lewis, J. Jonathan, CSTM Osakue, Edward E.
Associate Professor Assistant Professor
A.A., Kingsboro College B.Eng., University of Benin
B.B.A., Jones College M.Eng., University of Benin
M.S., Ed.D., Texas Southern University Ph.D., University of New Brunswick

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY COURSES

CONS 131 Introduction to Construction Development (3)


Introduction to the overall construction industry to include history, career opportunities,
entrepreneurship, types of construction, differences in office and jobsite working conditions, plan
reading and vocabulary. Three hours of lecture per week

CONS 141 Materials and Applications (2)


Sources, properties, acceptable and recommended applications of industrial materials in the
construction industry. Two hours of lecture week and two per week.

CONS 141L Materials and Applications Lab (1)


Laboratory exercises on applications of industrial materials. Two hours of laboratory per week.
Corequisite: CONS 141

CONS 242 Framing Principles (1)


Foundation and wall framing techniques essential to residential and light commercial construction and
construction details involving form building, bracing, steps, and geometry of roofing systems. One
hour of lecture lab per week. Corequisite: 242; Prerequisite: CONS 141.

CONS 242L Framing Principles Lab (2)


Laboratory exercises in foundation and wall framing techniques n construction details for residential
and light commercial construction. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: 242

CONS 243 Energy Efficiency and Construction (1)


Energy efficiency in residential and light commercial buildings. Fuel based, solar, and other alternative
energy sources. Economic analyses and societal impact of alternatives. One hour of lecture per week.
Corequisite: CONS 243L; Prerequisite: CONS 242

CONS 243L Energy Efficiency and Construction (2)


Energy efficiency in residential and light commercial buildings. Fuel based, solar, and other alternative
energy sources. Economic analyses and societal impact of alternatives. Four hours of laboratory per
week. Corequisite: CONS 243

CONS 244 Construction Safety (3)


Examination of specialized procedures in health, safety, and environmental protection and lost
prevention for the construction industry. Requirements of OSHA and other federal and state
standards and regulations emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week.

474 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


CONS 331 Models and Presentations (1)
Three-dimensional requirements for models using computer-aided drafting techniques and cardboard,
plastic, and wood media. Plan reading, scaling, and sketching emphasized. One hour of lecture per
week. Corequisite: CONS 331; Prerequisites: DRFT 133, DRFT 232 and CONS 242.

CONS 331L Models and Presentation Lab (2)


Exercises in drafting techniques and cardboard, plastic, and wood media. Plan reading, scaling, and
sketching emphasized. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS 331

CONS 333 Quantity Surveying (2)


Quantity surveying for construction and engineering along with bid preparation and analysis where
computer applications are emphasized. Two hours of lecture and per week. Prerequisite: Consent of
the instructor. Corequisite: CONS 333L

CONS 333L Quantity Surveying Lab (1)


Exercises in the accurate use of estimating methods and correct visualization of work. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS 333

CONS 334 Concrete Technology (1)


Methods for forming concrete, concrete elements and handling, and reinforced concrete. One hour of
lecture per week. Corequisite: 334L; Prerequisites: CONS 242 and DRFT 133.

CONS 334L Concrete Technology Lab (2)


Exercises in forming, elements, and handling of concrete. Four hours of laboratory per week.
Corequisite: CONS 334

CONS 341 MEPFI Systems (2)


Introduction to Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire and information distribution systems found in
the design and building phases of construction. Emphasis on how these systems support occupant’s
use; climate specific issues and the impact of these distributions systems on their uses. Two hours of
lecture per week. Corequisite: 341L; Prerequisites: CONS 242 and DRFT 232 or the equivalents.

CONS 341 MEPFI Systems Lab (1)


Exercises in Mechanical. Electrical, Plumbing, Fire, and information distribution systems found in the
design and building phases of construction. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS
341

CONS 344 Construction Management I (1)


Study of the principles of construction systems management with emphasis on stages of construction,
management information systems, and operations management. One hour of lecture per week.
Corequisite: CONS 344L; Prerequisite: CONS 334.

CONS 344L Construction Management I Lab (2)


Exercises in the stages of construction, management information systems, and operations
management. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS 344

CONS 433 Estimating (2)


Instruction in making materials and labor estimates for residential and light commercial buildings
primarily from the use of working drawings. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: CONS 433;
Prerequisites: CONS 242 and DRFT 232 or the equivalents.

CONS 433L Estimating Lab (1)


Instruction in costing materials and labor for residential and light commercial buildings primarily
from the use of working drawings. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS 433

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 475


CONS 435 Contracts and Specifications (3)
Legal aspects of contracts, specifications, and legal documents along with bidding procedures. Students
required to develop contract documents and specifications. Two hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the Faculty Chair or instructor.

CONS 436 Construction Management II (2)


Management functions, by which construction projects are authorized, financed, supervised, and
closed out. Emphasis on the development of effective supervisory and managerial techniques using
computer databases. Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: CONS 436L; Prerequisite: Senior
standing or consent of the instructor.

CONS 436L Construction Management II Lab (1)


Exercises in the management functions of construction projects. Two hours of laboratory per week
Corequisite: CONS 436

CONS 437 Construction Problems (3)


Independent, in-depth study and analysis of special problems related to construction where students
must use critical and creative thinking skills for formulating solutions. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the instructor.

CONS 451 Mechanical Systems (1)


Principles of air conditioning and heating systems used in commercial and residential buildings with
emphasis on planning and designing systems. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: CONS
451L; Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

CONS 451L Mechanical Systems Lab (2)


Laboratory exercises covering principles of air conditioning and heating systems used in commercial
and residential buildings. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: CONS 451.

CONS 475 Facilities Management (2)


Techniques in the overall management and maintenance of facilities such as schools, housing projects,
and municipal buildings. Organization, supervision, and life cycle costing using computer applications
emphasized. Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: CONS 475L; Prerequisite: Senior level or
consent of the instructor.

CONS 475L Facilities Management Lab (1)


Laboratory exercises on sketching, costing, and computer applications of facilities. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: ONS 475.

DRAFTING AND DESIGN TECHNOLOGY COURSES

DRFT 131 Fundamentals of Drafting (1)


Emphasis on geometric construction, orthographic and axonometric projections. Introduction to
computer aided drafting included. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 131L

DRFT 131L Fundamentals of Drafting Lab (2)


Emphasis on geometric construction, orthographic and axonometric projections. Introduction to
computer aided drafting included. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 131

DRFT 132 Descriptive Geometry (1)


Folding line relationships and notations, auxiliary views, angles between plane revolutions, and
intersections. One hour of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 132L;
Prerequisite: DRFT 131.

476 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DRFT 132L Descriptive Geometry Lab (2)
Folding line relationships and notations, auxiliary views, angles between plane revolutions, and
intersections. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 132

DRFT 133 Architectural Drafting (1)


Fundamental architectural drafting practices related to developing working drawings for residential
and light commercial buildings. Space planning and design in buildings with code requirements. One
hour of lecture per week .Corequisite: DRFT 133L; Prerequisite: DRFT 131. Listed as ARCH
2201 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

DRFT 133L Architectural Drafting Lab (2)


Fundamental architectural drafting practices related to developing working drawings for residential
and light commercial buildings. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 133

DRFT 134 Mechanical Drawing (2)


Machine components (threads, pulleyes, gears, etc.) modeling and drafting with orthographic and
supplementary projections. General tolerances and GD&T, detail and assembly machine drawings.
Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 134L; Prerequisite: DRFT 131

DRFT 134L Mechanical Drawing Lab (1)


Orthographic and Supplementary projections, threads and fasteners, tolerances including GD&T,
detail and assembly machine drawings. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 134

DRFT 136 Architectural Rendering (1)


Artistic requirements in architecture, including emphasis on perspectives, shapes, shadows, and color
presentations. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 136L; Prerequisite: DRFT 133

DRFT 136L Architectural Rendering Lab (2)


Artistic requirements in architecture, including emphasis on perspectives, shapes, shadows, and color
presentations. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 136

DRFT 231 Pipe Drafting (2)


Piping terminology, description of piping equipment, fittings and instruments. Pipe materials, sizes,
ratings and applications. Creation of process block diagrams, (PBDs); PFDs and P&IDs, Creation
of piping isometric diagrams. Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 231L; Prerequisite:
DRFT 131

DRFT 231 Pipe Drafting Lab (1)


Piping terminology, equipments, valves, pipe fittings and instruments; PFDs and P&ID, piping
isometric drawings. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 231

DRFT 232 Architectural Design (2)


Introduction to structural materials selection and structural design of buildings. Modeling and
drafting of concrete, steel and wooden structures; consideration of applicable standards. Two hours of
lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 232L; Prerequisite: DRFT 133

DRFT 232L Architectural Design Lab (1)


Graphic modeling and drafting of concrete, steel and wooden structures; consideration of applicable
standards. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 232

DRFT 233 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design (1)


Basic concepts, operations, and procedures necessary for producing engineering drawings on the
computer. Solid modeling of mechanical and electrical/electronic components and assemblies. One
hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 233L; Prerequisite: DRFT 131or Permission from
Instructor. Listed as ARCH 1315 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 477


DRFT 233L Introduction to Computer-Aided Design Lab (2)
Basic concepts, operations, and procedures necessary for producing solid models and engineering
drawings on the computer. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 233

DRFT 331 Pipe System Design (2)


Piping systems layout design and components integration, solid modeling of piping systems
using industry standard software. Selection of valves, pumps, etc. Two hours of Lecture per week.
Corequisite: DRFT 331L; Prerequisite: DRFT 231

DRFT 331L Pipe System Design Lab (1)


Piping system layout considerations, solid modeling of piping units and systems using industry
standard software. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 331

DRFT 333 Machine Design (2)


Machine diagrams. Theory and practice of design of shafts, gears, cams, assembly modeling and
drawings of machine. Two hours of Lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 333L; Prerequisite:
DRFT134 or DRFT 233

DRFT 333L Machine Design Lab (1)


Design practice of shafts, gears, cams, etc.; assembly modeling and drawings of machine. Two hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 333

DRFT 336 Computer Aided Design (2)


Use of CAD software in design sizing, analysis and parametric modeling. Introduction to Rapid
prototyping and CAD with applications in mechanical, electronics, and piping systems. Two hours of
lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 336L; Prerequisite: DRFT 134 or DRFT 233.

DRFT 336L Computer Aided Design Lab (1)


Advanced and parametric modeling of components and assemblies. Design sizing and analysis. CAD
and rapid prototyping. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 336; Prerequisite:
DRFT 134 or DRFT 233

DRFT 430 Advanced Computer-Aided Design (2)


Continuation of DRFT 233 with emphasis on advanced solid modeling such as parametric modeling
and detailed assembly drawings. Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: DRFT 430L;
Prerequisite: DRFT 233

DRFT 430L Advanced Computer-Aided Design Lab (1)


Continuation of DRFT 233 with emphasis on advanced solid modeling and detailed assembly. Two
hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 430

DRFT 431 Structural Design (2)


Design evaluation of building and structural integrity with respect to bending and compressive loads,
etc.; solid modeling of buildings; consideration of applicable standards. Two hours of lecture per
week. Corequisite: DRFT 431L Prerequisites: DRFT 232 or the consent of the instructor.

DRFT 431L Structural Design Lab (1)


Graphic modeling and drawings of fabrication, connectors and seats for beam, girders, columns, and
trusses adhering to ASIC standards. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: DRFT 431.

DRFT 432 Senior Design Project (1)


Integration of previous knowledge in the development of a design project. One hour of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the Faculty Chair.

478 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DRFT 432L Senior Design Project Lab (2)
Integration of previous knowledge in the development of a design project. Four hours of laboratory
per week. Corequisite: DRFT 432

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY COURSES

ITEC 111 Orientation (1)


Orientation to the College of Science and Technology and the University with discussion of career
opportunities available in industrial and engineering technology and related area. One hour of lecture
per week.

ITEC 131 Introduction to Community Development (3)


Introduction to community development with emphasis on community development issues: new
construction and rehabilitation, residential and commercial development, and business development.
Three hours of lecture per week.

ITEC 331 Technical Writing (3)


Techniques of collecting and presenting technical and scientific data, including definitions,
evaluations, basic letters, abstracts, memoranda, and written reports. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ENG 131 and 132.

ITEC 333 Industrial Supervision and Management (3)


Study of management and supervision skills and concepts to enhance interpersonal relationships and
motivational factors necessary for productivity in an organized industrial environment. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of the Faculty Chair.

ITEC 335 Community Development Finance (3)


Explores the financial skills required for the successful operation of a community development
corporation within the context of overall economic development finance. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: ITEC 131.

ITEC 412 Senior Seminar (1)


Organized to help senior students prepare to exit the University and to become employed. Emphasis
on interviewing skills and resume preparation. One hour of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Senior
standing and consent of the Faculty Chair.

ITEC 439 Industrial Safety (3)


Study of safety management and enforcement techniques in an industrial environment with emphasis
on personal safety. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the
Faculty Chair.

AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY COURSES

MFG 131 Manufacturing Technology I (1)


Manufacturing processes for industrial plastics, wood, and composite materials. Production methods,
process equipment, tooling, jogs, and fixtures for plastics, wood, and wood composites used in
manufacturing. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 131L

MFG 131L Manufacturing Technology I Lab (2)


Manufacturing processes for industrial plastics, wood, and composite materials. Production methods,
process equipment, tooling, jogs, and fixtures for plastics, wood, and wood composites used in
manufacturing. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG 131

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 479


MFG 231 Manufacturing Processes (2)
Study of engineering materials and processes as they pertain to the manufacture of industrial products.
Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 231L

MFG 231L Manufacturing Processes Lab (1)


Study of engineering materials and processes as they pertain to the manufacture of industrial products.
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG 231

MFG 232 Manufacturing Technology II (1)


Manufacturing processes for ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Precision machine tool operations,
including grinding, drilling, shaping, milling, and turning. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite:
MFG 232L; Prerequisite: MFG 131

MFG 232L Manufacturing Technology II Lab (2)


Manufacturing processes for ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Precision machine tool operations,
including grinding, drilling, shaping, milling, and turning. Four hours of laboratory per week.
Corequisite: MFG 232

MFG 331 CNC Computer Programming (1)


Theory of computer-aided parts programming. Methods of programming CNC machines; up and
operation with emphasis on two, three, and multiple axis machines, mills, lathes, robots. One hour of
lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 331L; Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

MFG 331L CNC Computer Programming Lab (2)


Theory of computer-aided parts programming. Methods of programming CNC machines; up and
operation with emphasis on two, three, and multiple axis machines, mills, lathes, robots. Four hours of
laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG 331

MFG 332 Robotics Technology (1)


Automated technology through the use of industrial robots; theory of electromechanical and
pneumatic robots in manufacturing; robots for processing, assembly, and material handling. One hour
of lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 332L; Prerequisite: MFG 331.

MFG 332L Robotics Technology Lab (2)


Automated technology through the use of industrial robots; theory of electromechanical and
pneumatic robots in manufacturing; robots for processing, assembly, and material handling. Four
hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG 332.

MFG 333 Strength of Materials (2)


Study of stresses and strains, mechanical properties of industrial materials, shear force and bending
moment diagrams. Applications to design. Two hours of lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 333L;
Prerequisites: Math 134 and Physics 237 or permission from instructor

MFG 333L Strength of Materials Lab (1)


Study of stresses and strains, mechanical properties of industrial materials, shear force and bending
moment diagrams. Applications to design. Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG 333

MFG 432 Flexible Manufacturing Systems (1)


Introduction to computer integrated manufacturing and flexible manufacturing systems. Planning,
organization, and management of automated computer controlled systems. One hour of lecture per
week. Corequisite: MFG 432L; Prerequisite: MFG 331

480 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MFG 432L Flexible Manufacturing Systems Lab (2)
Introduction to computer integrated manufacturing and flexible manufacturing systems. Planning,
organization, and management of automated computer controlled systems. Four hours of laboratory
per week. Corequisite: MFG 432

MFG 433 Manufacturing Technology Problems (1)


Individual study of problems in an industrial setting with regard to personnel, material, equipment,
and facilities as they relate to manufacturing. One hour of lecture per week. Corequisite: MFG 433L;
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of the instructor.

MFG 433L Manufacturing Technology Problems Lab (2)


Individual study of problems in an industrial setting with regard to personnel, material, equipment,
and facilities as they relate to manufacturing. Four hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: MFG
433

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION COURSES

COE 233 Cooperative Education I (3)


Designed to give students experience in industry. They are introduced to training in concentration
areas, are supervised closely, and begin developing interpersonal skills. Twenty to Forty hours of work
experience per week. Prerequisites: Completion of at least 30 semester credit hours with minimum
GPA of 2.50.

COE 235 Cooperative Education II (3)


Designed to make students assertive in the workplace, aware of gaining upward mobility, and continue
to develop skills in their chosen career areas. Twenty to forty hours of work experience per week.
Prerequisite: COE 233.

COE 333 Cooperative Education III (3)


Students continue career related work in their chosen areas, and evaluating their career choices
through training requirements, working conditions, and employment outlook. Twenty to forty hours
of work experience per week. Prerequisite: COE 235.

COE 433 Cooperative Education IV (3)


Student/employer exposure is well established and students are prepared for full-time employment.
Twenty to forty hours of work experience per week. Prerequisite: COE 333 or senior level standing.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 481


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 119
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (CONSTRUCT TECH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 36 credits 39 credits
ENG 131 (3)** CONS 131 (3) ACCT 231 (3)^
ENG 132 (3) CONS 141 (3) CIVT 231 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) CONS 242 (3) COE 433 (3)
MATH 133 (3) CONS 333 (3) ELET 131 (3)
GEOL 141 (4) CONS 334 (3) FS 102 (1)
PHYS 213, 237 (4) CONS 341 (3) DRFT 132 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) CONS 344 (3) DRFT 133 (3)
ART 131 (3) CONS 433 (3) DRFT 232 (3)
HIST 231 (3) CONS 435 (3) DRFT 431 (3)
HIST 232 (3) CONS 436 (3) ITEC 111 (1)
POLS 231 (3) CONS 437 (3) ITEC 331 (3)
POLS 232 (3) CONS 475 (3) ITEC 333 (3)
ECON 231 (3) ITEC 412 (1)
CS 116 (3) ITEC 439 (3)
MFG 333 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
^Math 135 - prerequisite for ACCT 231

482 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Industrial Technology
Construction Technology
Accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering (ATMAE) Four Year Degree Plan -
Total Credits: 119

First Semester Second Semester


CONS 131 Intro to Const Develop 3 CONS 141 Methods and Materials II 3
CS 116 Intro to Computer Science I Lec 3 DRFT 132* Descriptive Geometry 3
ENG 131* Freshman English I 3 ELET 131 3
GEOL 141 Geology Lec and Lab 4 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
First Year

FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 MATH 134 Trigonometry 3


MATH 133* College Algebra 3 ITEC 111 Orientation 1
17 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


ART 131 Drawing and Composition I 3 CONS 334 Concrete Technology 3
CIVT 231 Surveying I 3 DRFT 133 Architectural Drafting 3
Second Year

HIST 232 Social & Political History of the


CONS 242 Framing Principles 3 United States since 1877 3
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
HIST 231 Social & Political History of the PHYS 213/237 College Physics I Lec and Lab
United States to 1877 3 4
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3
18 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ECON 231 Principles of Economics 3 ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting 3
CONS 341 (MEPFI) Intro to Mechanical,
CONS 333 Quantity Surveying 3 Electrical, Plumbing, Fire and Information
Third Year

distribution Systems 3
CONS 344 Construction Management I 3 CONS 433 Estimating 3
ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3 CONS 435 Contracts and Specifications 3
SC 135 or 136 Business & Professional
ITEC 333 Supervision and Management 3 Communication or Public Address 3
MFG 333 Strength of Materials 3
18 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


COE 433 Cooperative Education 3 CONS 437 Construction Problems 3
Fourth Year

CONS 436 Construction Management II 3 ITEC 412 Senior Seminar 1


CONS 475 Facilities Management 3 ITEC 439 Industrial Safety 3
DRFT 431 Structural Drafting and Design 3 Comprehensive Exam

12 hrs 7 hrs

*Pending acceptable score on English and Mathematics Placement Examination and Drafting 131.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 483


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
DESIGN TECHNOLOGY CONCENTRATION
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 119
CORE CURRICULUM* MAJOR OTHER
(STANDARD) (DESIGN TECH) REQUIREMENTS
44 credits 33 credits 42 credits
ENG 131 (3)** DRFT 131 (3) ACCT 231 (3)
ENG 132 (3) DRFT 132 (3) CONS 141 (3)
SC 135 or 136 (3) DRFT 133 (3) CONS 333 (3)
MATH 133 (3) DRFT 134 (3) DRFT 333 (3)
CHEM 111, 131 (4) DRFT 231 (3) FS 102 (1)
PHYS 213, 237 (4) DRFT 232 (3) ELET 131 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) DRFT 233 (3) ENGT 431 (3)
ART 131 (3) DRFT 336 (3) ITEC 111 (1)
HIST 231 (3) DRFT 430 (3) ITEC 331 (3)
HIST 232 (3) DRFT 431 (3) ITEC 333 (3)
POLS 231 (3) DRFT 432 (3) ITEC 412 (1)
POLS 232 (3) ITEC 439 (3)
PSY 131 (3) MATH 134 (3)
CS 116 (3) MATH 135 (3) ^
MFG 231 (3)
MFG 333 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
^Prerequisite for ACCT 231
** (N) represents the number of course credits.

484 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Industrial Technology
Design Technology
Accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and Applied Engineering (ATMAE) Four Year Degree Plan -
Total Credits: 119
First Semester Second Semester
CS 116 Introduction to Computer Science I 3 CONS 141 Methods and Materials II 3
DRFT 131 Fundamentals of Drafting 3 DRFT 132 Descriptive Geometry 3
First Year

ENG 131* Freshman English I 3 ITEC 111 Orientation 1


FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 ELET 131 DC Circuits Lec 3
MATH 133* College Algebra 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
PSY 131 Introduction to Psychology 3 MATH 134 Trigonometry 3
16 hrs 16 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab 1 DRFT 134 Mechanical Drafting 3
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I Lec 3 DRFT 232 Architectural Design 3
Second Year

DRFT 133 Architectural Drafting 3 MATH 135 Math for Business & Econ Analy 3
PHYS 213/237 College Physics I Lab and Lec
DRFT 231 Pipe Drafting 3 4
SC 135 Business & Professional Communication
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 3
MFG 231 Manufacturing Processes 3
16 hrs 16 hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


ACCT 231 Principles of Accounting 3 ART 131 Drawing and Composition I 3
CONS 333 Quantity Surveying 3 DRFT 336 Computer Aided-Design 3
DRFT 233 Basic Computer Drafting 3 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the
Third Year

United States since 1877 3


HIST 231 Social & Political History of the ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3
United States to 1877 3
MFG 333 Strength of Material 3 POLS 232 American Political Systems II 3
POLS 231 American Political Systems I 3
18 hrs 15 hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


DRFT 333 Machine Design 3 DRFT 430 Advance Computer-Aided Design 3
DRFT 431 Structure Drafting 3 DRFT 432 Senior Design Project 3
Fourth Year

ENGT 431 Quality Control & Assurance 3 ITEC 412 Senior Seminar 1
ITEC 333 Supervision and Management 3 ITEC 439 Industrial Safety 3
Comprehensive Exam

12 hrs 10 hrs

*Pending acceptable score on English and Mathematics Placement Examinations.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 485


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE

FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM


COURSE COURSE CREDIT CO-
EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES
NUMBER NAME HOURS REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

CONS 131 Introduction to 3 X X


Construction
Development
CONS 141 Construction Materials 2 X X CONS 131 CONS 141L
and Methods
CONS 141L Construction Materials 1 X X CONS 141
and Methods Lab
CONS 242 Framing Principles 1 X X CONS 141 CONS 242L
CONS 242L Framing Principles Lab 2 X X CONS 242
CONS 243 Energy Efficiency and 1 X CONS 242 CONS 242L
Construction
CONS 243L Energy Efficiency and 2 X CONS 242
Construction Lab
CONS 244 Construction Safety 3 X CONS 141
CONS 331 Models and 1 X CONS 242 CONS 331L
Presentations
CONS 331L Models and 2 X CONS 331
Presentations Lab
CONS 333 Quantity Surveying 2 X CONS 242 & CONS 333L
DFTG 232
CONS 333L Quantity Surveying 1 X CONS 333
Lab
CONS 334 Concrete Technology 1 X CONS 141 CONS 334L
CONS 334L Concrete Technology 2 X CONS 334
Lab
CONS 341 MEPFI 2 X CONS 242 CONS 341L
CONS 341L MEPFI Lab 1 X CONS 341
CONS 344 Construction 1 X CONS 242 CONS 344L
Management I
CONS 344L Construction 2 X CONS 344
Management I Lab
CONS 433 Estimating 2 X CONS 333 CONS 433L
CONS 433L Estimating Lab 1 X CONS 433
CONS 435 Constricts and 3 X CONS 333 CONS 435L
Specifications
CONS 436 Construction 2 X CONS 344 CONS 436L
Management II
CONS 436L Construction 1 X CONS 344 CONS 436
Management II Lab
CONS 437 Construction Problems 3 x x x x Senior Level
CONS 451 Mechanical Systems 1 X CONS 242 CONS 451L
CONS 451L Mechanical Systems 2 X CONS 451
Lab
CONS 475 Facilities Management 2 X Senior Level CONS 475L
CONS 475L Facilities Management 1 X Senior Level CONS 475
Lab

486 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM
COURSE COURSE CREDIT CO-
EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES
NUMBER NAME HOURS REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

DRFT 131 Fundamentals of 1 x x x x DRFT 131L


Drafting
DRFT 131L Fundamentals of 2 x x x x DRFT 131
Drafting Lab
DRFT 132 Descriptive Geometry 1 x x DRFT 131 DRFT 132L
DRFT 132L Descriptive Geometry 2 x x DRFT 132
Lab
DRFT 133 Architectural Drafting 1 x x DRFT 131 DRFT 133L
DRFT 133L Architectural Drafting 2 x x DRFT 131
Lab
DRFT 134 Mechanical Drawing 2 x x DRFT 131 DRFT 134L
DRFT 134L Mechanical Drawing 1 x x DRFT 134
Lab
DRFT 136 Architectural 1 x x DRFT 133 DRFT 136L
Rendering
DRFT 136L Architectural 2 x x DRFT 133 DRFT 136
Rendering Lab
DRFT 231 Pipe Drafting 2 x x DRFT 131 DRFT 231L
DRFT 231L Pipe Drafting Lab 1 x x DRFT 231
DRFT 232 Architectural Design 2 x x DRFT 133 DRFT 232L
DRFT 232L Architectural Design 1 x x DRFT 232
Lab
DRFT 233 Introduction to 1 x x x x x x DRFT 131 DRFT 233L
Computer-Aided
Design
DRFT 233L Introduction 2 x x x x x x DRFT 233
Computer-Aided
Design Lab
DRFT 331 Pipe System Design 2 x x DRFT 231 DRFT 331L
DRFT 331L Pipe System Design 1 x x DRFT 331
Lab
DRFT 333 Machine Design 2 x x DRFT 134 & DRFT 333L
DRFT 233
DRFT 333L Machine Design Lab 1 x x DRFT 333
DRFT 336 Computer-Aided 2 x x x x DRFT 232 DRFT 336L
Design
DRFT 336L Computer-Aided 1 x x x x DRFT 336
Design Lab
DRFT 430 Advanced Computer- 1 x x DRFT 233 DRFT 430L
Aided Design
DRFT 430L Advanced Computer- 2 x x DRFT 430
Aided Design Lab
DRFT 431 Structural Drafting 2 x x DRFT 133 DRFT 431L
and Design
DRFT 431L Structural Drafting 1 x x DRFT 431
and Design Lab
DRFT 432 Senior Design Project 1 x x SR. LEV & consent DRFT 432L
of Chair
DRFT 432L Senior Design Project 2 x x DRFT 432
Lab

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 487


FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM
COURSE COURSE CREDIT CO-
EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES
NUMBER NAME HOURS REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

ITEC 111 Orientation 1 x x x x


ITEC 131 Introduction 3
to Community
Development
ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3 X X X X X X ENG 131 & Eng
132
ITEC 333 Industrial Supervision 3 JR LEV & consent
and Management of Chair
ITEC 335 Community 3 X ITEC 131
Development Finance
ITEC 412 Senior Design Seminar 3 x X x X SR LEV & consent
of Chair
ITEC 439 Industrial Safety 3 X X SR LEV & consent
of Chair
ITEC 495 Special Topics 3 x x X x x X SENIOR LEVEL

FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM


COURSE COURSE CREDIT CO-
EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES
NUMBER NAME HOURS REQUISITES
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

MFG 131 Manufacturing 1 MFG 131L


Technology I
MFG 131L Manufacturing 2 MFG 131
Technology I Lab
MFG 231 Manufacturing 2 x x MFG 131 MFG 231L
Processes
MFG 231L Manufacturing 1 x x MFG 231
Processes Lab
MFG 232 Manufacturing 1 MFG 131 MFG 232L
Technology II
MFG 232L Manufacturing 2 MFG 232
Technology II Lab
MFG 331 CNC Computer 1 Consent of Instr MFG 331L
Programming
MFG 331L CNC Computer 2 MFG 331
Programming Lab
MFG 332 Robotics Technology 1 Consent of Inst MFG 332L
MFG 332L Robotics Technology 2 MFG 332
Lab
MFG 333 Strength of Materials 2 x x MATH 134 & MFG 333L
PHYS 235
MFG 333L Strength of Materials 1 x x MFG 333
Lab
MFG 432 Flexible Manufacturing 1 MFG 331 MFG 432L
Systems
MFG 432L Flexible Manufacturing 2 MFG 432
Systems
MFG 433 Manufacturing 1 x x SR LEV & consent MFG 433L
Technology Problems of Instr
MFG 433L Manufacturing 2 x x MFG 433
Technology Problems
Lab

488 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

As one of the largest instructional units in the University, the Department of Mathematics offers courses in Mathematics
(MATH), the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) Degree in Mathematics, the Master of Science (M.S.) Degree in Mathematics, and a
minor in Mathematics for students majoring in other academic disciplines at the University. The Department provides major
support to the overall undergraduate curriculum at Texas Southern University since every undergraduate degree or program of
study requires the completion of, at least, three semester credit hours in Mathematics for graduation. Instructional facilities and
the Department Office (Room 111K) are located on the first floor of the Science Building. Faculty members are housed on the
first floor of the Science Building.

Students who are interested in the Master of Science Degree in Mathematics should consult the Graduate School Bulletin of Texas
Southern University for detailed information.

The mission of the Department of Mathematics is to make all students who matriculate through Texas Southern University aware
of the role that Mathematics plays in the modern world and to allow them to develop sufficient skills in utilizing the processes and
techniques of Mathematics to pursue their chosen fields of study, as well as to deal with mathematical processes on a daily basis. In
the realization of this mission, students are prepared for a variety of careers, for negotiating the rigors of various curricula of study
that are heavily dependent upon the understanding of mathematical processes, and for graduate study and research.
The goals of the Mathematics program are the following:
• The graduate will have developed learning skills and acquired a firm foundation of knowledge of fundamental
mathematical concepts, methods, reasoning and language sufficient to support further academic work or a career in area
that requires mathematical understanding.
• The graduate will exhibit understanding of advanced mathematical concepts and analytical skills, and also utilize
appropriate technology to develop models for solving problems and analyzing new situations, both in mathematics and
in areas that use mathematics.
The Mathematics program Student Learning Outcomes are to:
• Exhibit understanding of advanced mathematical concepts and analytical skills.
• Master the essentials of calculus sufficiently to apply those skills in more advanced mathematics classes.
• Use mathematical modeling to solve problems from fields such as natural sciences, social sciences, business and
engineering.
• Apply knowledge relating to set theory, functions, and equivalence relation to advanced mathematics courses.
• Write mathematical proofs when required in upper level and advanced mathematics courses.
• Understand the concepts of random variable, distribution functions, and theoretical versus, simulated probability and
apply them to real world situations.

Students wishing to pursue the B.S. Degree in Mathematics are required to declare a minor in a second academic
discipline. All courses completed that are designated for the minor selected must be completed with grades of “C”
or better, where grades of “C-” are unacceptable. In selecting a minor, majors should seek detailed advisement from their
designated advisors because the selection of a minor having representative courses in the core curriculum of study could impact
the total number of credits required. In no case will students qualify for graduation at the undergraduate level with fewer than 121
semester credit hours satisfactorily completed.

Requirements for both the B.S. in Mathematics and the minor in Mathematics are summarized below. As is the case for courses
designated in the minor in other disciplines selected by students pursuing the B.S. in Mathematics, grades of “C” or better,
where grades of “C-” are unacceptable, are required in all Mathematics courses designated for the B.S. in Mathematics or
major. This is also the case for students in other disciplines seeking the minor in Mathematics. Students wishing to pursue
either a major (B.S.) or minor in Mathematics must first be admitted to the University, must satisfy ASSET requirements, must
eradicate deficiencies assessed at the time of admission through the University Testing Center, and must petition the Department
for admission as ASSET requirements or equivalent are completed. Once admitted to the Department, students are assigned
an official advisor who must be consulted on a semester or term basis for schedule approval and status verification for progress
toward graduation. An exit examination is required of all graduating seniors pursuing the B.S. in Mathematics. In summary,
students must first gain admission to the University; must meet their ASSET or equivalent responsibility; and must petition the
Department for admission as ASSET requirements are met.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 489


Individuals interested in seeking certification for teaching Mathematics in the public schools of Texas should contact the Teacher
Certification Officer in the College of Education at Texas Southern University for application instructions. Mathematics courses
used in the certification process must be approved through the Department.

For the minor in Mathematics, 24 semester credit hours are required through enrollment in the following courses: MATH 241 (4
credits); MATH 242 (4 credits); MATH 243 (4 credits); MATH 250 (3 credits); MATH 331 (3 credits); either MATH 251 (3
credits) or MATH 439 (3 credits); and one additional 300-Level or 400-Level Math course. The minimum grade requirement for
each of these courses is referenced above.

Upon admission, each student is assigned an official advisor, and an exit examination is required of graduating seniors. For
further information, students should contact the Department at (713)-313-7002.

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Bell, Della D. Kazakos, Demetrios


Professor Professor
B.S., Lamar University Diploma, Technical Univ. of Greece
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin M.A. Princeton University
Ph.D Electrical Engineering
Chilakamarri, Kiran B. Nehs, Robert M.
Associate Professor Associate Professor
Ph.D., Ohio State University B.S., Marquette University
M.S., Rice University
Ph.D., University of Houston
Ekwo, Maurice Obot, Victor
Visiting Professor Professor
B.S., Texas Southern University B.S., Eastern Mennonite College
M.S. Stephen F. Austin State University M.S., Wright State University
Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Ph.D., University of Tulsa
Evans, Joan Saydam, Azime Serpil
Instructor Associate Professor
B.S., Texas Southern University B.S., Ege University
M.S., Texas Southern University M.S., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Ed.D., Texas Southern University Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Ginn, James E. Taylor, Willie E.
Professor Professor
A.B., Clark College B.S., M.S., Prairie View A&M University
M.A., Atlanta University Ph.D., University of Houston
Ph.D., Texas A & M University
Glenn, Nancy Wu, Tong
Associate Professor Instructor
B.S. in Math, University of South Carolina B.S., Harbin Science & Technology University
B.S. in Statistics, University of South Carolina M.S., Harbin Institute of Technology
Ph.D., Rice University M.S., Texas Southern University
Holmes, Roderick
Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., Texas Southern University
Ph.D., University of Houston

490 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS COURSES

MATH 130 Fundamental Math (3)


Designed to provide students with the concepts and skills necessary for successful performance in
college level mathematics. Assists students in passing state-required tests. Provides the academic
foundation for success in MATH 131. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory per week.
Offered through Student Academic Enhancement Services.

MATH 131 Analytical Math (3)


Designed to provide students with the necessary mathematical foundation to pass freshman level
mathematics courses. Assists students in passing state-required tests. Three hours of lecture and one
hour of laboratory per week. Offered through Student Academic Enhancement Services.

MATHEMATICS COURSES

MATH 133 College Algebra (3)


Concise overview of algebra, including progressions, exponents, radicals, quadratic equations,
binomial theorem, inequalities, absolute values, and mathematical induction. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisite: MATH 131 or a passing score on the mathematics portion of the ASSET
Examination. Listed as MATH 1314 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry (3)


Definitions and relations of the six trigonometric functions, proofs of formulas, solutions of triangles,
trigonometric identities and equations, inverse trigonometric functions. Three hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: MATH 133. Listed as MATH 1316 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MATH 135 Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis (3)


Presentation of mathematical theories and approaches as applied to business and economics. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133. Listed as MATH 1325 in the Texas Common
Course Numbering System.

MATH 136 Precalculus Mathematics (3)


Designed to prepare students for the study of MATH 241. Elementary functions that are differentiated
and integrated in calculus stressed, including polynomial, rational, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic,
and trigonometric functions. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: : MATH 133 or by
department consent. Listed as MATH 2312 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MATH 231 Elementary Statistics (3)


Basic statistics topics presented for students planning to work in health-related fields. Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133. Listed as MATH 1342 in the Texas Common Course
Numbering System.

MATH 235 Structure and Application of the Number System (3)


Sets, functions, logic, numeration theory, advanced definition perspectives, arithmetic operations
(properties and algorithms), rational numbers, system of real numbers, and mathematical applications.
Problem solving emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133.

MATH 236 Foundations of Geometry, Statistics, and Probability (3)


Basic concepts and methods of probability, statistics, and geometry, including discrete probability,
random events, and conditional probability. Analysis of data, informational display, measurement,
and geometry (as approached through similarity and congruence, coordinates, and transformations).
Problem solving is emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 235.

MATH 241 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I (4)


Inequalities, functions, graphs, straight lines, linear equations, limits, continuity, differentiation,
maximum-minimum problems, mean value theorem, related rates, and indefinite integrals. Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 133 and MATH 134 or MATH 136 or departmental
consent. Listed as MATH 2413 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 491


MATH 242 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II (4)
Definite and indefinite integrals, techniques of integration, transcendental functions, and applications
of the definite integral. Four hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241. Listed as MATH
2414 in the Texas Common Course Numbering System.

MATH 243 Calculus and Analytic Geometry III (4)


Sequences, infinite series, conic sections, polar coordinates, two-dimensional and three-dimensional
vectors, parametric equations, partial differentiation, and multiple integrals. Four hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisite: MATH 242.

MATH 250 Linear Algebra (3)


A first course in linear algebra designed to provide a minimal foundation in matrix theory, vector spaces,
determinants, and linear transformations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241.

MATH 251 Differential Equations (3)


Important methods of solution of ordinary differential equations of the first order and of higher orders
with applications to geometry and physics. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 242
and MATH 243. (MATH 243 may be taken concurrently.)

MATH 331 Logic, Sets, and Functions (3)


Transitional mathematics course toward the study of advanced mathematics. Various topics in the
foundations of mathematics discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241.

MATH 335 Foundations of Geometry (3)


Logic and postulates relating to geometries. Modern plane geometry as developed from Euclidean
geometry, measurement, and metric system. Properties of geometric figures, congruence, theory of
parallel lines, and noneuclidian geometry. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241.

MATH 336 Foundations of Algebra (3)


Introduction to mathematical systems such as groups, rings, and fields. Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: MATH 243 and MATH 331.

MATH 345 Applied Mathematics and Statistics for Technology (3)


Selected topics in applied differential equations (including transform techniques), linear programming,
numerical methods, and statistics with emphasis on applications to the solution of problems in
technology. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 242.

MATH 375 Linear Mathematics (3)


Various topics involving linear space methods discussed, including linear difference equations, LaPlace
transforms, and linear differential operators. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH
243 and MATH 250.

MATH 376 Applied Mathematical Analysis (3)


Vector analysis; algebra and geometry of vectors; vector differential and integral calculus; theorems of
Green, Gauss, and Stokes. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 243.

MATH 430 The History of Mathematics (3)


General view of the development of the elementary branches of mathematics; growth of higher
mathematics in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Twelve credits of college mathematics.

MATH 431 Uses of Computers in Mathematics (3)


Role and nature of computers as tools in problem solving; impact of computers on mathematics;
applications of computers to modeling and simulating mathematical situations. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: MATH 241 and MATH 242 or consent of the instructor.

492 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MATH 433 Concepts and Structure of Mathematics (3)
Structure of the number system, elements of set theory, properties of real numbers, and basic concepts
of mathematical systems. Presented for nonmajors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor.

MATH 437 A Survey of Mathematical Ideas (3)


Designed to review major topics taught in the secondary school and supplement the technical
material of other mathematics courses required for teacher preparation and certification. The use of
Technology is included along with national and state mathematics standards and (EXCET) - TEXES
competencies. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Math 243 or consent of the instructor.
Formerly known as Contemporary Mathematics and its Applications.

MATH 439 Advanced Calculus I (3)


The real number system; elementary point set theory; sequences and series; continuity; differentiation
and integration. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 243 and MATH 331.

MATH 440 Advanced Calculus II (3)


Functions of several variables, including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and mapping from
Euclidean m-space to Euclidean n-space. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 439 or
consent of the instructor.

MATH 460 Introduction to Complex Analysis (3)


Complex numbers and complex geometry; limits, continuity, derivatives, and the Cauchy-Riemann
equations; analytic and harmonic functions; Cauchy’s Integral Theorem and its consequences. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH 243 and MATH 331.

MATH 462 Introduction to Topology (3)


Topics include metric spaces, connectedness, and compactness. The topology of Euclidean spaces
discussed in detail as well as its generalization to nonmetric topological spaces. Three hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: MATH 243 and MATH 331.

MATH 471 Topics in Mathematics I (3)


New developments and trends in mathematics discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor.

MATH 472 Topics in Mathematics II (3)


Continuation of MATH 471. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

MATH 473 Probability and Statistics I (3)


Introduction to probability and statistical inference making use of the calculus developed in MATH
241 and MATH 242. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 242.

MATH 474 Probability and Statistics II (3)


Moments of distributions and Stieltjes integral; joint density functions; conditional means; moment
generating functions; sequences of random variables; distribution theory; and hypothesis testing.
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 473.

MATH 475 Introduction to Modern Algebra (3)


Group theory; Lagrange’s Theorem; Isomorphism Theorem; Cayley’s Theorem; rings and fields. Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: MATH 336 or consent of the instructor.

MATH 490 Independent Study: Undergraduate (3)


Intensive study of a topic in mathematics under the direction of a faculty member. Prerequisites:
Senior standing and consent of the instructor.

MATH 499 Seminar (3)


Various topics in mathematics discussed. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: Consent of the
instructor.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 493


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
CORE CURRICULUM MAJOR OTHER MINOR
(STANDARD)* (MATHEMATICS) REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS
45 credits 32 credits 23 credits 21 credits
ENG 131 (3)** MATH 242 (4) CS 117 (3)
ENG 132 (3) MATH 243 (4) Foreign
SC 135 or 136 (3) MATH 250 (3) Language or Contact department of choice
after being admitted as a
MATH 241 (4) MATH 331 (3) CS Electives (6)
Mathematics Major by the
BIOL 143 or MATH 251 (3) HED 233 (2) Department.
CHEM 111, 131 (4) MATH 439 (3) PHYS 116 (1)
GEOL 141 or MATH 473 (3) PHYS 152 (3)
CHEM 112, 132 (4) Upper Level PHYS 217 (1)
ENG 2xx (3) MATH Electives (9) PHYS 251 (3)
Visual & PHYS 252 (3)
Performing Arts (3)*** FS 102 (1)
HIST 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3)
POLS 231 (3)
POLS 232 (3)
Social &
Behavioral
Sciences (3)****
CS 116 (3)

* Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
** (N) represents the number of course credits.
*** Select one of the following: THC 130, THC 231, MUSI 131, MUSI 239, ART 131, or ART 132.
**** Select one of the following: PSY 131; SOC 157; SOC 158; SOC 221; SOC 238; ECON 231; or ECON 232.
Note: Students interested in receiving a Bachelor of Science Degree in Math and in teaching mathematics grades 8-12 may
substitute courses required by the College of Education for educator preparation and certification in place of “MINOR
REQUIREMENTS.” These courses include: EDCI 310, EDCI 328, EDCI 339, EDCI 350, EDCI 464, Reading 400 and
Reading 402. Students interested in teaching may also take PHYS 213, 237, and PHYS 214, 238 in lieu of PHYS 116, 152,
PHYS 217, 251, and PHYS, 252.

494 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Mathematics
Four Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121
First Semester Second Semester
ENG* 131 Freshman English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 241** Calculus & Analytic Geometry 4 MATH 242 Calculus & Analytic Geometry II 4
I
First Year

BIOL 143 Survey of Life Sciences or 4 GEOLOGY 141 Intro. To the Earth or 4
CHEM 111 General Chemistry I Lab & CHEM 112 General Chemistry II Lab &
CHEM 131 General Chemistry I CHEM 132 General Chemistry II
SC 135 or 136 Business and Professional 3 Visual and Performing Arts*** 3
Communication or Public Address
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1
15 SCH 14 SCH
Third Semester Fourth Semester
ENG 2xx Upper level English 3 MATH 250 Linear Algebra 3
MATH 243 Calculus & Analytic Geometry 4 HIST 232 Social & Political History of the 3
Second Year

III United States since 1877


HIST 231 Social & Political History of the 3 POL SCI 232 American Political Systems II 3
United States to 1877
POL SCI 231 American Political Systems I 3 CS 117 Computer Science II 3
CS 116 Computer Science I 3 Social and Behavioral Science**** 3
16 SCH 15 SCH
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
MATH 331 Logic, Sets, & Functions 3 MATH 251 Differential Equations 3
Foreign Language or CS Elective 3 MATH 473 Probability and Statistics I 3
Third Year

HED 233 History and Principles of Health 2 Foreign Language or CS Elective 3


PHYS 116 University Physics I Lab 1 PHYS 217 University Physics II Lab 1
PHYS 152 University Physics I 3 PHYS 251 University Physics II 3
Course in Minor Field 3 Course in Minor Field 3
15 SCH 16 SCH
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
MATH 439 Advanced Calculus I 3 MATH (6hrs. selected from upper division 6
courses)
Fourth Year

MATH Elective (3hrs. upper division course) 3 Course in Minor Field 3


PHYS 252 University Physics III 3 Course in Minor Field 3
Course in Minor Field 3 Course in Minor Field 3
Course in Minor Field 3
15 SCH 15 SCH

* Pending acceptable scores on English and Math Placement Exams.


** Pending sufficient preparation in pre-calculus level math courses.
*** Select one of the following THC 130, THC 231, Music 131, Music 239, Art 131 or Art 132.
**** Select one of the following PSY 131; SOC 157, 158, 221, and 238; ECON 231, OR ECON 232
Note: Persons interested in receiving a Bachelor of Science Degree in Math and Certification in teaching Math, Grades
8-12 see below.

Students interested in teaching mathematics grades 8-12 may substitute courses required by the College of Education for teacher
preparation and certification in place of “Courses in Minor Field”. These courses include: EDCI 310, EDCI 328, EDCI 339,
EDCI 350, EDCI 464, RDG 400 and RDG 402.
Students interested in teaching may also take Physics 213, 237 and Physics 214, 238 in lieu of Physics 116, 152, Physics 217, 251
and Physics 252.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 495


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE

X indicates when a course shall be offered


FALL SPRING SPRING SUM
COURSE CO-
COURSE NAME SCH EVEN ODD SUM FALL EVEN EVEN PREREQUISITES
NUMBER REQUISITE
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

MATH 131 or a passing


score on the mathematics
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 x x x x x x
portion of the ASSET
Examination.
MATH 134 Plane Trigonometry 3 x x x x x x MATH 133
MATH 135 Math for Bus. Econ 3 x x x x x x MATH 133
MATH 133 or consent of
MATH 136 Pre-Calculus Math 3 x x x x x x
the Department
MATH 231 Elementary Statistics 3 x x x x x x MATH 133
Structure & Appl. Of the
MATH 235 3 x x x x x x MATH 133
Number Systems
Foundations of Geometry,
MATH 236 3 x x x x x x MATH 235
Stats. And Probability
MATH 133 and MATH
MATH 241 Calculus I 4 x x x x x x
134 or MATH 136
MATH 242 Calculus II 4 x x x x x x MATH 241
MATH 243 Calculus III 4 x x x x MATH 242
MATH 250 Linear Algebra 3 x x x x MATH 241
MATH 242 and MATH MATH
MATH 251 Differential Equations 3 x x
243 243
MATH 331 Logic, Sets & Functions 3 x x MATH 241
MATH 335 Foundations of Geometry 3 x MATH 241
MATH 243 and MATH
MATH 336 Foundations Of Algebra 3 x
331
Applied Mathematics and
MATH 345 3 x x MATH 242
Statistics for Technology
MATH 243 and MATH
MATH 439 Advanced Calculus 3 x x
331
Introduction to the MATH 243 and MATH
MATH 460 3 x
Complex Analysis 331
MATH 243 and MATH
MATH 462 Introduction to Topology 3 x
331
MATH 471 Topics In Math. I 3 x x Consent of the instructor
MATH 473 Prob. & Stat. I 3 x x MATH 242
MATH 474 Prob. & Stat. II 3 x MATH 473
Introduction to Modern MATH 336 or consent of
MATH 475 3 x
Algebra the instructor
Independent Study: Senior standing and
MATH 490 3 x
Undergraduate consent of the instructor.
MATH 499 Seminar 3 x Consent of the instructor.
MATH 535 Algebra For Teachers 3 x x
MATH 536 Geometry For Teachers 3 x x

496 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
The Physics Department offers services courses for non-science and science majors and those associated with the completion of a
minor in Physics. Within the minor offerings two independent tracks are available: Math-track and Health -track. Additionally, it
will offer courses to post-baccalaureate students

The entire physics faculty is available for mentoring science majors (particularly those in mathematics, engineering, and computer
science) in undergraduate research projects. The areas represented include atomic physics, theoretical physics, computational physics,
quantum chemistry, mathematical physics, nuclear physics, and health physics. The department oversees the High Performance
Computer Center, and makes these resources available to faculty and students for appropriate research projects.

It is highly recommended that students exhibit mastery of algebra and trigonometry for the College Physics sequence; and calculus
(both differentiation and integration) for the University Physics sequence.

Until the new Science and Technology building is completed, the department is housed in various offices within Trailers #9 - #12,
adjacent to the Bell Building (i.e. the Registrar’s building), and in the Science Building (SB). The Labs are housed within the Nabrit
Science Building (NSB). The Chair is located in Trailer # 9. Students are encouraged to peruse various physics websites that can offer
them a more comprehensive view of the intellectual, professional, and employment opportunities that physics offers. Important sites
include the department’s web site, http://physics.tsu.edu ; that of the American Physics Society (APS), http://www.aps.org; that of the
National Society of Black Physicists (NSBP), http://www.nsbp.org; and that of the National Society of Hispanic Physicists (NSHP),
http://www.nshp.org. In light of the importance of the Health Physics program, potential STEM majors should also consult the web
site for the Health Physics Society at http://www.hps.org. Students in any of the science, technology, engineering, and mathematics
(STEM) fields should also reference the Society of Physics Students at http://www.spsnationa.org.

The study of physics will produce professionals with exceptional problem solving capabilities impacting all professional areas particularly
those in the STEM fields. The successful student who minors in physics will possess advanced quantitative skills in mathematics
and computation, and an understanding of the fundamental laws of nature from the classical through the quantum realm. It is the
program’s objective to produce competitive graduates who can either directly enter the workforce or continue onto graduate programs
in any of the STEM areas.

Students must earn grades of “C” or better in all courses specific to the minor.

Students transferring to the University are cautioned that Physics credits transferred from other colleges and universities must be
evaluated by the Department before being used to fulfill requirements for the minor in Physics. These credits may or may not be
acceptable. If these credits are judged to be unacceptable, students may be able to use them to fulfill core curriculum requirements,
elective requirements, or both.

Any questions may be directed to the Department Office at (713)-313-7980, of the Chair of the department via e-mail: handycr@tsu.edu.

Physics as a Minor

Math-track
For students interested in a comprehensive immersion into computational and applied mathematics, developed within the context
of physics, the following is the suggested minor.

A Minor in Physics is offered requiring at least 21 credit hours in basic courses beyond the University Physics sequence (i.e. PHYS
116, 152, 217, 218, 251, and 252), or the Physics for Engineers sequence, when offered (i.e. PHYS 215, 216,245,246). Beginning
students are strongly advised to take PHYS 151, which is a 1 credit hour, 3 hour lab course, providing a basic overview of all the
major physics topics, with particular attention to empirical observation and their mathematical or computational representation. This
minor is ideally suited for mathematics majors. The courses listed below will expand their applied mathematics and computational
sciences capabilities. Permission by the Chair is required. The additional 21 credit hours may be fulfilled by taking:

1. PHYS 151, “Computational Modeling of Physical Systems”. (optional)


2. PHYS 162, “Fundamentals of Scientific Programming”.
3. PHYS 247, “Math Methods I”

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 497


4. PHYS 271, “Mechanics”
5. PHYS 272, “Computational Physics”
6. PHYS 333, “Electricity and Magnetism”
7. PHYS 336, “Thermodynamics and Statistics”
8. PHYS 353, “Quantum Mechanics I”

Health-track
The following minor track in physics is intended for students interested in Health Physics. Interested students must have strong records
in basic mathematics and physics (i.e. calculus: Math 241, Math 242, and Math 251; and University Physics I – III: PHYS 116, 152,
217,218,251,252). Biology students with a B.S. degree, and certification in Health Physics, can look forward to high salary careers (i.e.
six figures, according to employment statistics from the Health Physics Society: http://hps.org/documents/2010_hps_salary_survey.
pdf ). The following 21 credit hour sequence is required for the minor.

1. PHYS-361 Introduction to Atomic and Radiation Physics


2. PHYS-370 Nuclear Physics Lab I
3. PHYS-374 Radiation Detection I
4. PHYS-471 Intermediate Nuclear Physics Lab
5. PHYS-475 Radiation Detection II
6. PHYS-477 Radiation Protection and Dosimetry I
7. PHYS-478 Radiation Protection and Dosimetry II

LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Bessis, Daniel Perotti, Luca


Professor Research Professor
B.S., Ecole Nationale Superieure de l’Aeronautique, Paris, Laurea, Universita’ degli Studi di Milano
France M.S., University of Pittsburgh
B.S., Mathematics, Sorbonne, France Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
M.S., Mathematical Physics, University of Orsay, France
Ph.D., Mathematical Physics, Sorbonne, France
Handy, Carlos R. Tymczak, Christopher J.
Professor and Chair Associate Professor
Director of the Center for Optimization Studies Director of the High Performance Computer Center
in the Applied Sciences (COSAS) B.S., Pennsylvania State University
B.A., Columbia College M.S., Clemson University
M.A., Columbia University Ph.D., Texas A&M University
M. Ph., Columbia University
Ph.D., Columbia University
Harvey, Mark C. Vrinceanu, Daniel
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
Director of the Health Physics Program Associate Director of the High Performance Computer
B. S., Virginia State University Center
M. S., Hampton University B. S., University of Bucharest, Romania
Ph. D., Hampton University Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
Lee, Young Vrinceanu, Isabela
Adjunct Professor Adjunct Professor
B.S., M.S., Yonsei University B. S., University of Bucharest, Romania
Ph.D., University of Houston M. S., Georgia Institute of Technology
Ph. D., Georgia Institute of Technology

498 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


PHYSICS COURSES

PHYS 101 Principles of Physical Science (4)


Survey of the physical sciences for non-science majors, including introductory physics, astronomy, and
chemistry. Demonstrated math proficiency in basic algebra and geometry required. Three hours of
lecture, and one hour of demonstrations per week.

PHYS 116 University Physics Laboratory I (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 152. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 151 Computational Modeling of Physical Systems (1)


Key physics experiments are used to develop intuitive abilities in advanced mathematics (i.e.
differential equations, multidimensional calculus, vector analysis, vector calculus, linear algebra,
and scientific programming). Prerequisite: MATH 136 (Precalculus) or MATH 241. Three hour
laboratory per week.

PHYS 152 University Physics I (3)


First of three calculus based introductory physics courses. Emphasis on Newton’s laws and their
applications to three dimensional motion of objects, gravity, fluids. Prerequisite: PHYS 151 or MATH
241. Three hours lecture.

PHYS 162 Fundamentals of Scientific Programming (3)


Introduction to scientific programming languages such as Fortran 90, C, and their more recent
versions. Three hours lecture per week including computational laboratory.

PHYS 205 Physics of Music (4)


Overview of physics principles impacting the acoustics of musical instruments and the human voice.
For non-science majors. Three hours of lecture and one hour demonstration, per week.

PHYS 213 College Physics Laboratory I (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 237. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 214 College Physics Laboratory II (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 238. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 215 Physics for Engineers Laboratory I (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 245. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 216 Physics for Engineers Laboratory II (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 246. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 217 University Physics Laboratory II (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 251. One three hour session
per week.

PHYS 218 University Physics Laboratory III (1)


Laboratory, Demonstration, and Recitation course in support of PHYS 252. One three hour session
per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 499


PHYS 237 College Physics I (3)
Non-calculus based introductory physics course designed for pharmacy students (lab required, although not
necessarily concurrently), life sciences students, and (non-calculus oriented) engineering students: Newton’s
laws of mechanics, fluids, waves, and thermodynamics. Demonstrated mastery of basic algebra, geometry,
trigonometry, and precalculus will be administered during the first week to determine if the registered student
will be allowed to continue with the course. A sample of test related problems can be found at http://physics.
tsu.edu. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: MATH 136 (Precalculus) or MATH 241.

PHYS 238 College Physics II (3)


Non-calculus based introductory physics course studying the laws of electricity and magnetism,
electrical circuits, optics, and modern physics. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 237.

PHYS 245 Physics for Engineers I (3)


Calculus based introductory course: Newton’s laws of mechanics, fluids, waves, and thermodynamics.
Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241.

PHYS 246 Physics for Engineers II (3)


Calculus based introductory course: the laws of electricity and magnetism, electrical circuits, optics,
and modern physics. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 245.

PHYS 247 Mathematical Methods I (3)


Basic concepts in multidimensional calculus, vector calculus, linear algebra, Fourier series, differential
equations, transform methods, and numerical methods. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 151, 162. Corequisite: PHYS 271.

PHYS 248 Mathematical Methods II (3)


Continuation of PHYS 247. Basic methods in partial differential equations, advanced vector calculus,
curvilinear coordinates, vector spaces, Hilbert space operators, complex analysis, etc.

PHYS 251 University Physics II (3)


Calculus based introductory physics course: wave phenomena, optics, thermodynamics, modern
physics. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 151 or MATH 242.

PHYS 252 University Physics III (3)


Calculus based introductory physics course: electricity and magnetism, electrical circuits (static and
time varying). Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 152, and PHYS 247 or MATH 242.
Concurrent enrollment in PHYS 248 or its equivalent strongly recommended.

PHYS 271 Computational Physics I (3)


Introduction to basic computational methods in physics, including algebraic software. Three lecture
hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 152, 162, MATH 242. Corequisite: PHYS 247.

PHYS 272 Mechanics I (3)


Intermediate mechanics: forced oscillators, Greens functions, nonlinear systems, rigid body dynamics,
fluid dynamics, stress-strain relations. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 247, 271.
Corequisite: PHYS 248 or its equivalent.

PHYS 329 Introduction to Modern Physics for Life Science Students (3)
Non-calculus based overview of modern physics with particular emphasis on nuclear and high energy
dynamical processes. Prerequisite: PHYS 238. Three hour lecture per week.

PHYS 332 Introduction to Modern Physics (3)


Topics in modern physics, including special theory of relativity, introduction to quantum physics, and
applications to atomic and nuclear structure. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
251, PHYS 252, PHYS 217, and PHYS 218.

500 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


PHYS 333 Electricity and Magnetism I (3)
Maxwell’s equations and their impact on electrostatics and magnetostatics, including dielectric and
magnetic phenomena. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 248, 252.

PHYS 334 Electricity and Magnetism II (3)


Continuation of PHYS 333 focusing on the full set of Maxwell’s equations and their consequences for
electromagnetic radiation processes and their interaction with matter. Prerequisite: PHYS 333.

PHYS 336 Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics (3)


Study of the laws of thermodynamics, Carnot engines, etc., and their statistical physics formulations.
Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 251.

PHYS 337 Mechanics II (3)


Lagrangian -Hamiltonian formulations of classical mechanics. Three lecture hours. Prerequisites:
PHYS 252, 272.

PHYS 344 Electronics (4)


Recommended for students interested in an experimental physics based senior thesis. Theory and
practical operation of modern electronics. One hour lecture and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 218 and PHYS 252.

PHYS 353 Quantum Mechanics I (3)


The foundations of quantum mechanics via the Schrodinger representation: bound states, quantum
tunneling, spin, perturbation theory, etc. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 271, 252.

PHYS 360 Advanced Undergraduate Laboratory (1)


Exposure to the fundamental experiments that shaped modern physics. One three hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: PHYS 353.

PHYS 361 Introduction to Atomic and Radiation Physics (3)


Introduction to atomic and nuclear structure, radiation, radioactive decay, chemical and biological
effects of radiation, dosimetry, radiation protection. Three lecture hours. Prerequisites: Either PHYS
238, 246 or 252. Students should also have demonstrated competencies in basic integral calculus,
differential equations, and linear algebra. Corequisite: PHYS 353 or 329.

PHYS 365 Environmental Radioactivity Seminar (1)


Focus on natural and manmade environmental radionuclide sources, radiation biology, protection,
and pathways for environmental contamination. Ninety minute lecture per week.

PHYS 366 Nuclear Physics I (4)


Study of radioactivity decay law, radioactive dating, nuclear radiation detection, alpha-beta-gamma
decay, etc. Three lecture hours and One demonstration hour per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 247 or
MATH 251, PHYS 353, PHYS 361.

PHYS 370 Nuclear Physics Laboratory (1)


Basic nuclear physics experiments indispensable to radiation detection and measurement. Three hour
lab per week. Corequisite: PHYS 374.

PHYS 374 Radiation Detection I (4)


Comprehensive study of varying types of nuclear detection and measurement equipment, counting
statistics and error prediction, etc. Four hours lecture-demonstration per week. Corequisites: PHYS
366 and 370.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 501


PHYS 390 Engineering Physics: Intro. to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (3)
Introduction to the basic physics principles and techniques governing nanostructures and their
applications. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 353. Corequisite: PHYS 360.

PHYS 411 Senior Seminar/Workshop I (1)


Student led, faculty supervised, seminars developed in a workshop format reviewing recent research
developments. One three hour session per week. Prerequisite: Advanced Standing.

PHYS 412 Senior Seminar/Workshop II (1)


Continuation of student led seminars developed in a workshop format reviewing recent research
developments. One three hour session per week. Prerequisite: Advanced Standing.

PHYS 415 Senior Thesis I (1)


STEM majors with senior standing work on a research topic with a TSU or adjunct faculty. One two
hour meeting per week.

PHYS 416 Senior Thesis II (1)


Continuation of PHYS 415.

PHYS 419 Nuclear Physics for Life Sciences Laboratory (1)


Introduction to basic experiments in nuclear detection and radiation monitoring for Life Science
students. Three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 361, 365.

PHYS 421 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance for Life Sciences Laboratory (1)
Nuclear magnetic resonance based experiments for life sciences students. Three hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: PHYS 361, 365.

PHYS 423 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Laboratory (1)


Comprehensive experiments in nuclear magnetic resonance. Three hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: PHYS 353.

PHYS 424 Radiation Biology and Nuclear Medicine for Life Sciences Laboratory (1)
Experiments (for non-physics majors) measuring the effect of radiation on living cells. Three hour
laboratory per week. Corequisite: PHYS 452.

PHYS 426 Radiation Biology and Nuclear Medicine Laboratory (1)


Experiments measuring the effect of radiation on living cells. Three hour laboratory per week.
Corequisite: PHYS 454.

PHYS 433 Quantum Mechanics II (3)


Continuation of PHYS 353 emphasizing the time dependent features of the Schrodinger
representation: time dependent perturbation theory, Heisenberg representations, etc. Three hour
lecture per week.

PHYS 451 Computational Physics II (3)


Introduction to advanced (parallel) computer methods for many body physics, quantum chemistry,
nanophysics, and materials science problems. Three lecture hours per week. Corequisite: PHYS 433.

PHYS 452 Radiation Biology for Life Sciences Students (3)


Study of the different types of electromagnetic radiation and the impact on organisms, including
beneficial diagnostics and treatment properties. Prerequisites: PHYS 361, 365. Corequisite: PHYS
424. Three lecture hours per week.

502 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


PHYS 454 Radiation Biology (similar course offered within Biology) (3)
Study of the different types of electromagnetic radiation and the impact on organisms, including
beneficial diagnostics and treatment properties. Prerequisites: PHYS 361, 365. Corequisite: PHYS
426. Three lecture hours per week.

PHYS 458 Medical Imaging (3)


The physics of x-ray computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), nuclear
medicine, ultrasound, etc., and their application. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
334, 353.

PHYS 467 Nuclear Physics II (2)


Continuation of PHYS 366, with emphasis on the nuclear reactions, neutron physics, and applications
of nuclear physics. Two lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 353, 366.

PHYS 471 Intermediate Nuclear Physics Laboratory (1)


Health physics applications and spectroscopy. Corequisite: PHYS 475. Three hour session per week.

PHYS 472 Nuclear Electronics Laboratory (1)


Study of pulse processing and shaping, linear and logic pulse functions, multichannel pulse analysis
and the NIM and CAMAC Instrumentation Standards. Prerequisites: PHYS 471, 475. Three hour
session per week alternating between lecture and lab format.

PHYS 475 Radiation Detection II (4)


Instrumentation for gamma-radiation, charged particle, and slow/fast neutron detection; background
and detector shielding; etc.. Four hours lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 366, 374. Corequisite:
471.

PHYS 477 Radiation Protection and Dosimetry I (4)


Radiation biology, dosimetry, radiation sources of exposure, health physics instrumentation, standards
and regulations. Four lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 361.

PHYS 478 Radiation Protection and Dosimetry II (4)


Continuation of PHYS 477 focusing on radiation protection, practice, environmental monitoring and
specialty health physics areas. Four lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 477.

PHYS 481 Engineering Physics: Material Science (3)


Study of the theoretical and computational formulations for studying quantum materials. Three
lecture hours per week. Corequisite: PHYS 451.

PHYS 482 Engineering Physics: Nanobiophysics (3)


A first principle’s, physics based approach for understanding the dynamics between based
nanostructures and bio-chemical molecular structures. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 433, 451.

PHYS 483 Independent Study (1-4)


Detailed study of an advanced topic in physics under the guidance of an instructor. Departmental
permission required. May be enrolled for up to 4 semester credit hours. Prerequisites: senior standing
and consent of the chair

PHYS 484 Topics in Physics (3)


Different advanced topics offered, depending on faculty/student interests in all branches of physics:
particle physics, astrophysics, space physics, quantum computing, etc. May be repeated for credit as
topics vary. Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of the chair. Three hours per week.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 503


PHYS 485 Professional Development (Online) Course: Basic Concepts of Atomic and Radiation
Physics I (1)
Introduction to atomic and nuclear structure, radiation, radiation detection, dosimetry, protection,
etc. For professionals with advanced math competency. Two week sessions, two hour classes each day.

PHYS 486 Professional Development (Online) Course: Basic Concepts of Atomic and Radiation
Physics II (1)
Introduction to atomic and nuclear structure, radiation, radiation detection, dosimetry, protection.
etc. For professionals with advanced math competency. Two week sessions, two hour classes each day.

PHYS 487 Professional Development (Online) Course: Basic Concepts of Atomic and Radiation
Physics III (1)
Introduction to atomic and nuclear structure, radiation, radiation detection, dosimetry, protection.
etc. For professionals with advanced math competency. Two week sessions, two hour classes each day.

PHYS 488 Professional Development (Online) Course: Radiation Protection and Dosimetry I (3)
Radiation biology, dosimetry, radiation sources of exposure, standards and regulations, radiation
protection practices. For professionals with advanced math competency. Five weeks, two hours per
day. Combination of lectures (online) and labs/demonstrations.

PHYS 489 Professional Development (Online) Course: Radiation Protection and Dosimetry II (3)
Radiation biology, dosimetry, radiation sources of exposure, standards and regulations, radiation
protection practices. For professionals with advanced math competency. Five weeks, two hours per
day. Combination of lectures (online) and labs/demonstrations.

PHYS 490 Professional Development (Online) Course: Nuclear Instrumentation (3)


Training in nuclear detection and measurement instrumentation. Five weeks, two hours per day. For
professionals with advanced math competency. Lectures and Lab/Demonstrations.

PHYS 491 Professional Development (Online) Course: Nuclear Physics Laboratory I (2)
Basic experiments exploiting Geiger Muller counters. Two weeks, three hours per day. For
professionals with advanced math competency. Lectures and Lab/Demonstrations.

PHYS 492 Professional Development (Online) Course: Nuclear Physics Laboratory II (2)
Basic experiments in radiation protection and radiation biology. Two weeks, three hours per day. For
professionals with advanced math competency. Lectures and Lab/Demonstrations.

PHYS 493 Professional Development (Online) Course: Nuclear Physics Laboratory III (2)
Experiments emphasizing Nuclear Instrument Module (NIM) equipment, including basic nuclear
electronics experiments. Two weeks, three hours per day. For professionals with advanced math
competency. Lectures and Lab/Demonstrations.

PHYS 494 Professional Development (Online) Course: Intro. to Nuclear Physics I (1)
Basic nuclear structure. Two weeks, two hours per day. For professionals with advanced math
competency.

PHYS 495 Professional Development (Online) Course: Intro. to Nuclear Physics II (1)
Basic nuclear structure. Two weeks, two hours per day. For professionals with advanced math
competency.

PHYS 496 Professional Development (Online) Course: Intro. to Nuclear Physics III (1)
Basic nuclear structure. Two weeks, two hours per day. For professionals with advanced math
competency.

504 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STUDIES

The Department of Transportation Studies offers courses in the academic discipline of Maritime Transportation Management and
Security (MTMS). Through curricular offerings provided, students are able to earn the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Maritime
Transportation Management and Security, and the Master of Science (M.S.) in Transportation Planning and Management. An
undergraduate minor is offered in Maritime Transportation Management and Security for students majoring in other academic
disciplines. Members of the Department are housed in the College of Science and Technology.

For detailed information on the Master of Science in Transportation Planning and Management, students should refer to the
Graduate School Bulletin of Texas Southern University.

The mission of the B.S. Program in Maritime Transportation Management and Security is fourfold: (1) to produce graduates for
a variety of administrative and managerial positions in maritime transportation and port operations, (2) to produce graduates
to function effectively in a number of diverse careers in three critical areas of maritime transportation: logistics, security, and
environment, (3) to provide students with the academic background and preparation for pursuing advanced studies in the field of
maritime transportation or affiliated areas, (4) to provide training programs and individual courses to individuals already in the
maritime profession. In the fulfillment of this mission, students selecting the Maritime Transportation Management and Security
program as a major will be prepared for a number of career specialization options including but not limited to: Freight Logistics
Specialist, Shipping Manager, Port Manager and Operator, Port Security Officer, Maritime Policy Maker, Maritime Transportation
Planner, Environmental Compliance Coordinator/Specialist, and Emergency Response Specialist. To that end, graduates of the
Maritime Transportation program will also be academically prepared for graduate studies in the discipline of maritime.

Students wishing to pursue the B.S. in Maritime Transportation Management and Security must first gain admission to the
University, must satisfy ASSET requirements, must eradicate deficiencies assessed at the time of admission through the University
Testing Center, and must petition the Department for admission once ASSET requirements have been completed and deficiencies
removed. Once admitted to the Department, students are assigned an official advisor who must be consulted on a semester or
term basis for schedule approval and status verification for progress toward graduation. An exit examination is required of
all graduating seniors pursuing the B.S. in Maritime Transportation Management and Security. Students wishing to
change their major to MTMS must be in good academic standing (not on academic probation, academic monitoring or
suspension).

The curriculum of study for the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Maritime Transportation Management and Security provides
students with three concentrations: Logistics/Freight, Security, and Environment. A detailed listing of these requirements is given
below. Students selecting to pursue the B.S. in Maritime Transportation Management and Security are not required to declare a
minor in another academic discipline. Additionally, grades of “C” or better must be earned in all Maritime Transportation
Management and Security courses required leading to completion of the degree. Grades of “C-” are unacceptable. The
successful completion of MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better is required before junior and senior level MTMS
courses can be taken.

In addition to academic course work, a student pursuing the B.S. in MTMS must undertake a 3 semester credit hour
Practicum (Internship) (MTMS 495) to meet degree requirements and gain practical experience. Internship sites for
students are local employers in the maritime industry. For further information on internships, students should contact either
the Maritime Program Coordinator, Office of the Dean of the College of Science and Technology, or the University Director of
Cooperative Education in the Placement Center at the University.

For the minor in Maritime Transportation Management and Security offered through the Department, students are
required to complete 21semester credit hours in the following courses: MTMS 101 (3 credits), MTMS 202 (3 credits), MTMS
303 (3 credits), MTMS 321 (3 credits), MTMS 322 (3 credits), MTMS 341 (3 credits), MTMS 342 (3 credits), MTMS 361 (3
credits), MTMS 423 (3 credits), MTMS 424 (3 credits), MTMS 425 (3 credits), MTMS 443 (3 credits), MTMS 444 (3 credits),
MTMS 445 (3 credits), MTMS 462 (3 credits), MTMS 463 (3 credits), MTMS 481 (3 credits), MTMS 482 (3 credits), MTMS
483 (3 credits), and MTMS 495 (3 credits).

For additional information on the Bachelor of Science in Maritime Transportation Management and Security, students are
asked to contact the Department Office at (713)-313-4394.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 505


LISTING OF FACULTY IN THE DEPARTMENT

Burns, Maria Qiao, Fengxiang


Visiting Instructor Associate Professor
Diploma, Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers, U.K., London B.S., South East University, Nanjing Jiangsu Province
Metropolitan University M.S., South East University, Nanjing Jiangsu Province
M.S., London Metropolitan University, U.K. Ph.D., Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
Ph.D. Candidate, Vrijie University, Brussels
Lewis, Carol A. Williams, Ursurla A.
Associate Professor Maritime Program Coordinator
B.S., M.S., University of Iowa B.A., Huston-Tillotson College
Ph.D., University of Houston M.C.R.P., University of Texas at Arlington
M.S, Texas Southern University
Miller, Michael Yu, Lei
Visiting Instructor Dean, Professor
B.S., Texas A&M Galveston B.S., Beijing (formerly Northern) Jiaotong University
M.S., Nagoya Institute of Technology
Ph.D., Queen’s University
Qi, Yi (Grace)
Interim Chair, Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., East China Normal University, Shanghai
M.S., Polytechnic University of New York
Ph.D., Polytechnic University of New Yor

MARITIME TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT AND SECURITY

MTMS 101 Introduction to Maritime Transportation (3)


This course presents an introduction to the interdisciplinary study of maritime-related topics with
an examination of the physical maritime environment and maritime cultures, history, and industries.
Students enrolled in this course will learn what maritime transportation consists of, how it operates,
how it is characterized economically, and how it is regulated. Three hours of lecture per week.

MTMS 202 Maritime Law (3)


This course covers the process involved in the exercise of jurisdiction by nations over the maritime
area. It presents the roles of major global shipping on nations’ maritime policy, with special emphasis
on past and present maritime legislation, business regulations, corporate governance issues, and related
case studies. Three hours of lecture per week.

MTMS 303 American Maritime History (3)


This course presents the development of American maritime enterprise from colonial times to the era
of the containership, and its relationship to American political, economic, and cultural history. Three
hours of lecture per week.

MTMS 321 International Business and Ocean Shipping (3)


This course presents the global business environment and its implications for operations,
management, pricing, promotion, and financial strategies. It also presents the maritime capabilities in
facilitation of contemporary supply chains, the liner and tramp segments of the international marine
transportation industry, and their role in international trade. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-
requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

506 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MTMS 322 Port and Terminal Operation Management (3)
This course provides an overview of the history, growth, organization, and operation of major ports
and transportation terminals, including logistics processes such as on-dock rail, strategic and tactical
planning, harbor drayage, terminal gate protocols, equipment and cargo movement, and integration of
marine port and terminal operations with other modes of transportation. It introduces the functions
of the port divided along business lines, different types of marine terminals, and the day-to-day
operational, financial, and labor issues of ports and terminals. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-
requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 341 Maritime Security Management (3)


This course provides the basic framework and knowledge to perform the duties and responsibilities of
a Company Security Officer (CSO), Port Facility Security Officer (PFSO), or Ship Security Officer
(SSO) as defined by the ISPS Code. It presents how to implement and maintain a security plan and
how to work with other security officer. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101
with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 342 Maritime Security Technology (3)


This course explores the implications and consequences of the scientific and technological issues in
terms of maritime security in the social and political context. It presents instruction and discussion on
current security issues and technologies. For example, containers now coming out of a port terminal
are scanned for radiation; what can the scanners detect and if radiation is detected, what does that
mean? How would a city be evacuated in the event a nuclear device was detected? Another example
of technology with far reaching implications is that of biometrics; suppose everybody had their retina
patterns in a national database? When is personal information too intrusive for government access?
Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 361 Maritime Environmental Management (3)


This course presents an overview of the basic environmental regulations as they pertain to the maritime
industry. The environmental management strategies (EMS) to be covered include knowing the
fundamental structure of environmental strategies, EMS alternatives, alternative dispute resolution, how
an effective EMS can reduce costs and increase profits, and what environmental laws may be triggered
by relevant activities. Sections of the following laws pertaining specifically to Vessel Operations are used:
MARPOL, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Clean Water Act, Montreal Protocol, and State
Statutes. Three lecture hours per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 423 Marine Cargo Operations (3)


This course is an introduction to the objectives and problems with break-bulk cargo handling
during loading, discharging, and in-transit carriage. It presents the role of the ship in integrated
transportation systems, the methods of cargo loss prevention, and the maximum cargo efficiency with
relation to space, cargo gear, crew, and labor costs. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite
MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 424 Containerization and Modern Cargo Storage (3)


This course presents the principles and regulations for transporting special refrigerated and hazardous
cargo. It addresses the security of shipments from a regulatory, operational, and global business
perspective. Students enrolled in this course will be trained to identify dangerous goods and know
that they are to be stowed and separated according to the requirements. Students will also learn the
hazards related to bulk cargoes and the precaution to take during their loading and carriage. Three
hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 425 International Intermodal Transportation (3)


This course is designed to examine the modern inter-modal transportation and distribution systems used
in the movement of international and domestic cargo. It presents the evolution, development, and use of
rail, air, truck, and maritime transportation systems, and their dynamic impacts on international trade.
Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 507


MTMS 443 Maritime Transportation Security (3)
This course focuses on the International Ship and Port Security Code (ISPS) and domestic maritime
security policies. It presents an introduction of port and ship vulnerability assessments, security
plan implementation procedures, various levels of shipboard security responsibilities, and security
administration. It also explores elements of chemical, biological and radiological defense (CBRD),
and crisis management. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of
“C” or better.

MTMS 444 Lectures in Contemporary Maritime Security Issues (3)


This course invites prominent experts in maritime and intermodal security to give special lectures on
various topical issues of the day in their field of security. Students enrolled in this course are required to
submit a term paper that integrates the information from different speakers and their research project
experience. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 445 Maritime Risk Assessment and Management (3)


This course is designed to develop the concepts required for maritime risk-based planning and
analysis, and the methods used to conduct vulnerability assessment for natural disaster, technological
hazards, and terrorist threats. The topics to be covered included: 1) Introduction and Analysis, such
as Process Descriptions, Hazard Identification, Source Models, Consequence Analysis; 2) Assessment,
such as Exposure Assessment, Does Response and Risk Characterization, Radiation Risk Assessment,
Environmental Assessment; and 3) Management, such as Structural Activity Relationships, Risk
Management, ISO 14000. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of
“C” or better.

MTMS 462 Marine Environmental Protection (3)


This course offers an interdisciplinary approach to ways in which human beings control adverse effects
to the marine environment. It presents various environmental situations and the methods of applying
scientific knowledge about the coastal areas to the human, economic, and political dimension. Three
lecture hours per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 463 Maritime Environmental Law (3)


This course is designed to familiarize students with the concepts and mechanisms of international
and U.S. federal environmental law and policy. It presents the role of the American legal system as it
functions to control and remediate maritime environmental problems and evaluates the opportunities
to use judicial, administrative, and legislative processes to address those problems. Three hours of
lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 481 Seminar in International Maritime Business (3)


This course provides an opportunity for students and the instructor to discuss the effects of multi-
national operations on business strategy and decision making by exploring the economic, political,
financial, legal, and social nature of the international environment. It examines maritime and
transport related formulation, selection, and implementation of multi-national strategies in the
context of business environment. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a
grade of “C” or better.

MTMS 482 Advanced Transportation Management (3)


This course presents perspectives on carrier organization and management. It examines national
transportation policy, regulation, and the changing environment of transportation. Topics to be
covered include transportation operations, marketing, financing, purchasing, information systems and
maintenance, as well as human resources management and labor relations. Students enrolled in this
course are required to involve in original research on problems in transportation management with
emphasis on maritime transportation. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with
a grade of “C” or better.

508 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


MTMS 483 Maritime Studies Senior Seminar (3)
This course facilitates discussions between students, the instructor, and invited speakers to discuss
topical themes related to diverse aspects of society and commerce in coastal and oceanic zones, the
maritime experience, and the political, economical, cultural, and environmental perspectives of
maritime management. Three hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C”
or better.

MTMS 495 Field Work Practicum in Maritime Transportation (3)


This course provides students with field work opportunities to gain hands-on experience in various
maritime transportation related work. Students enrolled in this course are required to submit a
written report of the practicum or project experience, detailing the specific tasks performed. Three
hours of lecture per week. Pre-requisite MTMS 101 with a grade of “C” or better.

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 509


CURRICULUM SUMMARY FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN
MARITIME TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT AND SECURITY
TOTAL CREDITS REQUIRED: 121
MAJOR
CORE CURRICULUM* OTHER
(MARITIME TRANSPORTATION
(STANDARD) REQUIREMENTS
MANAGEEMNT AND SECURITY)
44 credits 45 credits 32 credits
ENG 131 (3)* MTMS 101 (3) ITEC 111 (1)
ENG 132 (3) MTMS 202 (3) ITEC 331 (3)
SC 135 (3) MTMS 303 (3) ITEC 412 (1)
MATH 133 (3)* MTMS 321 (3) MGMT 300 (3)
Natural Science (8)**** MTMS 322 (3) MGMT 301 (3)
ENG 2xx (3) MTMS 341 (3) MGMT 402 (3)
MUSI 239 (3) MTMS 342 (3) SPAN (6) **
HIST 231 (3) MTMS 361 (3) MATH 231 (3)
HIST 232 (3) MTMS 424 (3) MGSC 304 (3)
POLS 231 (3) MTMS 444 (3) CS 117 (3)
POLS 232 (3) MTMS 463 (3) MKTG 306 (3)
PSY 131 (3) MTMS 481 (3)
CS 116 (3) MTMS 495 (3)
MTMS Electives (6)***

Students should be advised by a major advisor prior to registering for any credit, particularly any core curriculum credit as listed.
(N) Represents the number of course credits.
* Pending English and Math examinations
** Can be substituted by any foreign language course including Chinese, Russian, Japanese, French, etc.
*** Elective course are selected from MTMS 423,425,443,445,462,482,483.
**** Natural Science credits should be selected from the following; BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) and CHEM112, 132
(4) or GEOL 141 (4) or PHYS 141 (4).

510 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Bachelor of Science Degree in Maritime Transportation Management and Security
Four-Year Degree Plan - Total Credits: 121

First Semester Second Semester


ENG 131 Freshmen English I 3 ENG 132 Freshman English II 3
MATH 133 College Algebra 3 PSY 131 General Psychology 3
First Year

CS 116 Intro Comp Science I 3 NSCI 1XX* Natural Science 4


SC 135 Business Prof. Comm. 3 MTMS 101 Intro. To Maritime Transp. 3
NSCI 1XX* Natural Science 4 CS 117 Intro Comp Science II 3
FS 102 Freshman Seminar 1 ITEC 111 Tech Orientation 1
17hrs 17 hrs

Third Semester Fourth Semester


HIST 231 Soc & Pol to 1877 3 HIST 232 Soc & Pol since 1877 3
Second Year

POLS 231 Amer. Pol System I 3 POLS 232 Amer. Pol System II 3
ENG 2xx Any 200 Level 3 MUSI 239 Fine Arts & Daily Liv 3
SPAN 131** Elementary Spanish I 3 SPAN 132** Elementary Spanish II 3
MATH 231 Elementary Statistics 3 MTMS 202 Maritime Law 3
15hrs 15hrs

Fifth Semester Sixth Semester


MTMS 303 American Maritime History 3 MTMS 322 Port and Term. Oper. Mgmt. 3
Third Year

MTMS 321 Inter. Busi. And Ocean Ship. 3 MTMS 342 Maritime Security Tech. 3
MTMS 341 Maritime Security Mgmt. 3 MTMS 361 Maritime Environ. Mgmt. 3
MGMT 300 Principles of Management 3 MGMT 301 Personnel and Manpower Dev 3
ITEC 331 Technical Writing 3 MKTG 306 Principles of Marketing 3
15hrs 15hrs

Seventh Semester Eighth Semester


MTMS 424 Contain. And Mo. Cargo Stw 3 MTMS 463 Maritime Environmental Law 3
Fourth Year

MTMS 444 Lectures on Security 3 MTMS 481 Seminar in Maritime Business 3


MGSC 304 Information Technology 3 MTMS Elect*** Elective 3
MGMT 402 International Management 3 ITEC 412 Senior Seminar 1
MTMS Elect*** Elective 3 MTMS 495 Practicum 3
15hrs 13hrs

* Natural Science credits are to be selected from: BIOL 143 (4) or CHEM 111, 131 (4) & CHEM112, 132 (4) or GEOL 141 (4)
or PHYS 141 (4)
**Can be substituted by any foreign language courses including Chinese, Russian, Japanese, French, etc.
*** Elective Options: MTMS 423, 425, 443, 445, 462, 482, 483

Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 511


TWO YEAR COURSE ROTATION SCHEDULE

X indicates when a course shall be offered


COURSE COURSE NAME SCH FALL SPRING SUM FALL SPRING SUM PREREQUISITES CO
NUMBER EVEN ODD ODD ODD EVEN EVEN REQUISITE
YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR YEAR

MTMS 101 Introduction to Maritime 3 X X none


Transportation
MTMS 202 Maritime Law 3 X X none
MTMS 303 American Maritime History 3 X X none
MTMS 321 International Business and 3 X X MTM S101
Ocean Shipping
MTMS 322 Port and Terminal Operation 3 X X MTMS 101
Management
MTMS 341 Maritime Security Management 3 X X MTMS 101
MTMS 342 Maritime Security Technology 3 X X MTMS 101
MTMS 361 Maritime Environmental 3 X X MTMS 101
Management
MTMS 424 Containerization and Modern 3 X MTMS 101
Cargo Stowage
MTMS 444 Lectures in Contemporary 3 X X MTMS 101
Maritime Security Issues
MTMS 463 Maritime Environmental Law 3 X X MTMS 101 and
MTMS 202
MTMS 481 Seminar in International 3 MTMS 101
Maritime Business
MTMS 495 Practicum 3 X X MTMS 101 SENIOR
STANDING
MTMS 423 Marine Cargo Operations 3 X X MTMS 101
MTMS 425 International Intermodal 3 X X MTMS 101
Transportation
MTMS 443 Maritime Transportation 3 X X MTMS 101
Security
MTMS 445 Maritime Risk Assessment and 3 MTMS 101
Management
MTMS 462 Marine Environmental 3 MTMS 101
Protection
MTMS 482 Advanced Transportation 3 MTMS 101
Management
MTMS 483 Maritime Studies Senior 3 X X MTMS 101 SENIOR
Seminar STANDING

512 | College of Science and Technology Catalog 2012-2014


Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 513
514 | De vel o pm e n t a l Ed u c a t i o n Pro gr a m s
DEVELOPMENTAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

The Developmental Education Program is designed to foster the academic potential of students that will facilitate their progress
during their matriculation at Texas Southern University. Providing academic-based opportunities for the enhancement intellectual
growth, the Program engages faculty and students in the type of interactive learning that enables students to realize their capabili-
ties to the fullest extent.

The Developmental Education Program offers developmental reading, English and mathematics courses tailored to ensure the
academic success of all conditionally admitted students. Student enrollment in these courses is determined by their scores on the
ACT, SAT, ASSET, COMPASS, THEA or ACCUPLACER placement tests.

DEVELOPMENTAL READING COURSE

READ 130 Basic Reading and Study Skills (3)


Designed for students to learn the factors that comprise effective reading, study skills, and
vocabulary building. Students engage in interactive learning activities to improve their reading
comprehension, methods of study, and vocabulary building. Three hours of lecture and one hour
of laboratory per week.

Develop ment al Educat i on Program | 515


Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
516 | Texa s So ut h e r n Un i ve r si t y
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
Tex as Sout h ern Uni versity | 517
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
518 | Texa s So ut h e r n Un i ve r si t y
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
Tex as Sout h ern Uni versity | 519
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
520 | Texa s So ut h e r n Un i ve r si t y
TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
www.tsu.edu

Undergraduate Catalog 2012-2014


LEONARD H.O. SPEARMAN SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY BUILDING

Office of the Registrar


Bell Building; Second Floor
3100 Cleburne Street, Houston, Texas 77004
Phone: (713) 313-7071 Fax: (713) 313-7471 Undergraduate Catalog 2012-2014
Email: EnrollmentManagement@tsu.edu • http://em.tsu.edu/catalog Revised July 2012
TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
www.tsu.edu
TEXAS SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY
The Graduate School
201 Hannah Hall
Houston, Texas 77004
www.tsu.edu

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 1


Texas Southern University’s mission dedicates the University “to providing quality instruction, scholarly research, and socially
responsible public service.” The Graduate School supports the University’s mission by training the next generation of professional
practitioners and research scholars. The University offers 27 master’s programs, three Doctor of Education programs, and four
Ph.D. programs. The Graduate Faculty focuses both on education and scholarly research. Students have the opportunity to work
with world renowned scholars as they progress in their training.

Our programs are designed to focus on the needs of students. Many of our programs offer evening classes and flexible schedules
which accommodate working professionals. Call our office for general information on applying and be sure to speak with advisors
in the program of your interest for detailed information.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Graduate Office maintains the official record for each graduate student and serves as the administrative body and source
of information for graduate education. This graduate bulletin contains information on academic and non-academic policies,
procedures, and requirements with which each student must become familiar. Students should consult the Table of Contents for
guidance.

For curriculum changes to this catalog and general announcements relative to the Graduate School, please visit the Texas
Southern University website at http://www.tsu.edu/academics/graduate.

2 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Graduate Degrees Offered ...................................................................................................................... 5


2012-2014 Academic Calendar ................................................................................................................................... 6-13
About this Bulletin ..................................................................................................................................................... 14
About the University ................................................................................................................................................... 15
Mission ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Vision ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Organization for Instruction ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Campuses ..................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Regents and Administration ....................................................................................................................................... 16
Policies and Accreditation........................................................................................................................................... 17
Notice of Nondiscriminatory Policies............................................................................................................................ 17
Notice of No Weapons Policy ....................................................................................................................................... 17
University Commitment and Student Responsibilities .................................................................................................. 17
Accredited Programs ..................................................................................................................................................... 17
The Robert James Terry Library ................................................................................................................................. 19
The Office of Information Technology (OIT) ............................................................................................................. 20
The Graduate School .................................................................................................................................................. 21-22
Goals and Objectives .................................................................................................................................................... 21
Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 21
Faculty .......................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Students ........................................................................................................................................................................ 22
Research........................................................................................................................................................................ 22
Degrees ......................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Program of Study .......................................................................................................................................................... 22
General Regulations ...................................................................................................................................................... 22
Admission Requirements ............................................................................................................................................ 23-36
Criteria for Admission .................................................................................................................................................. 24
Enrollment Information................................................................................................................................................ 25
Academic Regulations ................................................................................................................................................... 27
Academic Standards for All Graduate Students ............................................................................................................. 29
Academic Grievances .................................................................................................................................................... 31
Graduation Requirements ............................................................................................................................................. 32
Application for Graduation ........................................................................................................................................... 35
Generation of Student Transcripts ................................................................................................................................. 36
Right to Privacy ............................................................................................................................................................ 36
Fees and Expenses ....................................................................................................................................................... 37-42
Tuition and Fees ........................................................................................................................................................... 39
Tuition and Associated Fees .......................................................................................................................................... 41
Regulations Governing Refunds .................................................................................................................................... 41
Types of Financial Aid and Assistance ........................................................................................................................ 43-46
Financial Aid and Assistance Eligibility ......................................................................................................................... 43
Residential Life and Housing Procedures ................................................................................................................... 47-48
Student Services and Campus Life .............................................................................................................................. 49-52
Counseling Services ...................................................................................................................................................... 49
Student Health Services ................................................................................................................................................ 49
Cooperative Education and Placement Services Center ................................................................................................. 50
University Testing Services ............................................................................................................................................ 50
Student Support Services Program (The Learning Enhancement Center)...................................................................... 51
University Program Council.......................................................................................................................................... 52
Student Government Association .................................................................................................................................. 52
Campus Organizations ................................................................................................................................................. 52

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 3


Statement of Ethical Principles ................................................................................................................................... 53-67
Title IX Grievances Procedures ..................................................................................................................................... 53
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)/Section 504 Policy ........................................................................................... 61
Substance Abuse Prevention, Education and Intervention Program (SAPEI) ................................................................. 67

School of Communication .......................................................................................................................................... 68-73


College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences ......................................................................................................... 74-101
Department of English.................................................................................................................................................. 76
Department of History ................................................................................................................................................. 81
Department of Human Services and Consumer Sciences .............................................................................................. 85
Department of Psychology ............................................................................................................................................ 92
Department of Sociology .............................................................................................................................................. 98
College of Education .................................................................................................................................................. 102-145
Department of Counseling ........................................................................................................................................... 105
Department of Curriculum and Instruction .................................................................................................................. 111
Department of Educational Administration and Foundations ....................................................................................... 118
Department of Health and Human Performance .......................................................................................................... 124
Master of Science in Health Education ......................................................................................................................... 125
Master of Science in Human Performance .................................................................................................................... 128
Doctor of Education Degree Programs.......................................................................................................................... 130
Doctor of Education in Counseling .............................................................................................................................. 132
Doctor of Education in Curriculum And Instruction .................................................................................................... 135
Doctor of Education in Educational Administration ..................................................................................................... 139
Jesse H. Jones School of Business ............................................................................................................................... 146-173
Master of Business Administration ................................................................................................................................ 149
Master of Business Administration with Concentration in Accounting ......................................................................... 156
Master of Business Administration with Concentration in Management Information System ....................................... 158
Master of Business Administration with Concentration in Health Care Administration ................................................ 160
Master of Business Administration/Juris Doctor Dual Degree ....................................................................................... 162
Executive Master of Business Administration ................................................................................................................ 165
Online Executive Master of Business Administration with Concentration in Energy Finance........................................ 169
Master of Science in Management Information System................................................................................................. 170
College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences .................................................................................................................. 174-187
Master of Science in Health Care Administration ......................................................................................................... 176
Graduate Program in Pharmaceutical Sciences .............................................................................................................. 180
Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Sciences ......................................................................................................... 181
Barbara Jordan – Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs .......................................................................................... 188-227
Master of Science in Administration of Justice .............................................................................................................. 190
Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice ........................................................................................................ 194
Master of Public Administration ................................................................................................................................... 199
Master of Public Administration/Juris Doctor Dual Degree .......................................................................................... 206
Executive Master of Public Administration ................................................................................................................... 207
Executive Master of Public Administration Certificate Programs ................................................................................... 211
Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy ................................................................................................... 217
Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy/Juris Doctor Dual Degree .......................................................... 223
Doctor of Philosophy In Urban Planning and Environmental Policy ............................................................................ 223
College of Science and Technology ............................................................................................................................. 228-261
Department of Biology ................................................................................................................................................. 230
Department of Chemistry ............................................................................................................................................. 235
Department of Computer Science................................................................................................................................. 238
Department of Environmental Science and Technology ................................................................................................ 244
Department of Transportation Studies .......................................................................................................................... 252

4 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


SUMMARY OF GRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED
COLLEGE OR SCHOOL PROGRAMS GRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED
School of Communication Master’s Degree Programs Master of Arts in Communication
College of Liberal Arts and Master’s Degree Programs Master of Arts in English
Behavioral Sciences Master of Arts in History
Master of Science in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Master of Arts in Psychology
Master of Arts in Sociology
College of Education Master’s Degree Programs Master of Education in Counseling
Master of Education in Educational Administration
Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction
Master of Science in Health
Master of Science in Human Performance
Doctor of Education Ed.D., Counselor Education
(Ed. D.) Programs Ed.D., Curriculum and Instruction
Ed.D., Educational Administration
Jesse H. Jones School of Executive Master of Business Master of Business Administration
Business Administration
Master’s Degree Programs Master of Science in Management Information Systems
College of Pharmacy and Postbaccalaureate Program Pharm.D.
Health Sciences Master’s Degree Programs Master of Science in Health Care Administration
Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Science
Doctor of Philosophy Degree Ph.D. in Pharmaceutical Science
Program
Barbara Jordan-Mickey Master’s Degree Programs Executive Master of Public Administration
Leland School of Public Master of Public Administration
Affairs
Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy
Master of Science in Administration of Justice
Doctor of Philosophy Degree Ph.D. in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy
Programs Ph.D. in Administration of Justice
College of Science and Master’s Degree Programs Master of Science in Biology
Technology Master of Science in Chemistry
Master of Science in Computer Science
Master of Science in Environmental Toxicology
Master of Science in Transportation Planning and Management
Doctor of Philosophy Degree Ph.D. in Environmental Toxicology
Program
NOTE: Many of the degrees offered have multiple tracks leading toward their completion. Consult contents of this
bulletin related to the various departments and the respective degrees offered for detailed information on these tracks.
Texas Southern University does not offer an undergraduate degree in nursing; however, students interested in pursuing
this degree elsewhere may earn lower level credits needed for this degree at the University. The Department of Biology
administers a pre-nursing program, and students choosing to pursue this course of study should consult that department’s
section of this bulletin for more information.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 5


2012-2014 Academic Calendar

First Summer Term 2012 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 21 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 1 Deadline Housing applications for Fall 2012
May 15 Tuesday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 28 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 29-31 Tuesday-Thursday Registration period for new students
June 1 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 4 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 7 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 15 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Tuesday Juneteenth Holiday
June 22 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 20-22 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
June 25 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 4 Wednesday Independence Day holiday
July 6 Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2012 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 21 - July 6 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 15 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
July 18-20 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 2-6 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 6 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 9 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 12 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 25 Wednesday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 27 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
Purge of all unpaid course selections
August 8 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes

6 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Fall 2012 Semester

April 21 - August 24 Fall registration period for continuing students


June 20-22 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 18-20 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 13 Friday Last day to apply for fall admission
August 17 Friday Urban Academic Village move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 18 Saturday Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 19 Sunday University Courtyard, Savoy, Lanier West and other University-sponsored
housing locations move-in date by appointment only
August 20-21 Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer students
August 22-24 One Stop Registration
August 27-28 Late Registration at Department of Academic Major
August 24 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
August 27 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
August 27-31 Monday-Friday Change of program period
September 3 Monday Labor Day holiday
September 10 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
September 14 Friday Last day to file for December graduation
September 18 Tuesday Opening Convocation-FOUNDERS’ DAY
September 19 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
September 24 Monday Second installment payment due
October 13-19 MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
October 28 - November 3 Homecoming (Tentative dates)
October 29 Monday Third installment payment due
November 9 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
November 22-24 Thursday-Saturday Thanksgiving holidays
November 26 CLASSES RESUME
December 7 Friday Last day of classes
December 8-14 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
December 14 Official closing of semester
December 15 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.
Residence halls close

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 7


Spring 2013 Semester

November 19, 2012 - Spring registration period for continuing students


January 13, 2013
December 7, 2012 Friday Last day to apply for spring admission
January 6 Sunday Urban Academic Village, Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East, University Courtyard,
Savoy, Lanier West and other University-sponsored housing move-in date by scheduled
appointment only
January 7-11 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
January 11 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
January 14 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
January 14-18 Monday-Friday Change of program period
January 21 Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day holiday
January 28 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
February 6 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
February 8 Friday Last day to file for May graduation
February 18 PRESIDENTS’ DAY
February 19 Tuesday Second installment payment due
March 2-8 Saturday-Friday MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
March 9-15 Saturday-Friday Spring vacation
March 16 Saturday CLASSES RESUME
March 29-30 Friday-Saturday Easter Holidays
April 1 Monday Third installment payment due
CLASSES RESUME
April 4 Thursday Honors Day
April 12 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
May 3 Friday Last day of classes
May 4-10 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Official closing of semester
May 11 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.

8 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


First Summer Term 2013 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 10 Friday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 27 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 28-30 Tuesday-Thursday Registration period for new students
May 31 Monday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 3 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 6 Friday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 7 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Wednesday Juneteenth holiday
June 20-22 Thursday-Saturday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
June 21 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 24 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 4 Thursday Independence Day holiday
July 5 Monday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2013 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - July 5 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 21 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
July 1-5 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 5 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 8 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 11 Monday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 17-19 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 25 Thursday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 26 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
August 7 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 9


Fall 2013 Semester

April 15 - August 23 Fall registration period for continuing students


June 20-22 Thursday-Saturday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 17-19 Wednesday-Friday Early Start orientation and registration for first-time freshmen and new
transfer students
July 13 Friday Last day to apply for fall admission
August 16 Friday Urban Academic Village move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 17 Saturday Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East move-in date per scheduled appointments only
August 18 Sunday University Courtyard, Savoy, Lanier West and other University-sponsored hous-
ing locations move-in date.
August 19-23 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
August 23 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
August 26 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
August 26-30 Monday-Friday Change of program period
September 2 Monday Labor Day holiday
September 9 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
September 13 Friday Last day to file for December graduation
September 17 Tuesday Opening Convocation-FOUNDERS’ DAY
September 18 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
September 23 Monday Second installment payment due
October 12-18 MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
October 20-26 Homecoming (Tentative dates)
October 28 Monday Third installment payment due
November 8 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
November 28-30 Thursday-Saturday Thanksgiving holidays
December 2 Classes resume
December 6 Friday Last day of classes
December 7-13 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
December 13 Official closing of semester
December 14 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.
Residence Halls close

10 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Spring 2014 Semester

November 18, 2013 - Spring registration period for continuing students


January 10
December 6, 2012 Friday Last day to apply for spring admission
January 5 Sunday Urban Academic Village, Tierwester Oaks, Lanier East, University Courtyard,
Savoy, Lanier West and other University-Sponsored housing locations move-in date per
scheduled appointment only
January 6-10 Monday-Friday Orientation and registration period for first-time freshmen and new transfer
students
January 10 Friday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
January 13 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
January 13-17 Monday-Friday Change of program period
January 20 Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day holiday
January 27 Monday TWELFTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
February 5 Wednesday TWENTIETH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
February 7 Friday Last day to file for May graduation
February 17 Monday Second installment payment due
PRESIDENTS’ DAY
March 1-7 Saturday-Friday MID-SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS
March 8-14 Saturday-Friday Spring vacation (Tentative dates)
March 31 Monday Third installment payment due
April 3 Thursday Honors Day
April 11 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
May 2 Friday Last day of classes
May 3-9 Saturday-Friday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Official closing of semester
May 10 Saturday Commencement Exercises, 9:30 a.m.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 11


First Summer Term 2014(Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - May 31 Summer term I registration period for continuing students


May 9 Friday Last day to apply for summer term I admission
May 26 Monday Memorial Day holiday
May 27-30 Tuesday-Friday Registration period for new students
May 30 Monday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
June 2 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
June 5 Friday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
June 6 Friday Last day to file for August graduation
June 19 Thursday Juneteenth holiday
June 20 Friday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
June 23 Monday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
July 3 Monday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term I closes

Second Summer Term 2014 (Classes meet 5 days a week)

April 15 - July 5 Summer term II registration period for continuing students


June 21 Friday Last day to apply for summer term II admission
June 30 - July 5 Monday-Friday Registration period for new students
July 3 Thursday Last day to pay tuition and fees without a late fee
July 7 Monday CLASSES BEGIN
Change of program (one day)
July 10 Thursday FOURTH CLASS DAY
Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school without grades of W
July 24 Thursday Last day to drop classes or withdraw from school with grades of W
July 25 Friday FIFTEENTH CLASS DAY
Purge of all unpaid course selections
Last day to pay tuition and fees with a late fee
August 6 Wednesday FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Summer term II closes

12 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Some specific dates on the above academic calendars may be adjusted without prior notice.

The undergraduate programs and the Thurgood Marshall School of Law have separate bulletins that contain academic
calendars for these units. The calendar presented in this section was designed to include the most students possible in activities
and to limit the time missed from classes. Also, for the purpose of planning, the definition of an academic year, as provided by
the U.S. Department of Education, has been used. This definition follows:

An academic year is a period that begins on the first day of classes and ends on the last day of classes or examinations and that
is a minimum of 30 weeks of instructional time during which for an undergraduate educational program a full-time student is
expected to complete at least 24 semester or trimester hours or 36 quarter hours in an educational program whose length is mea-
sured in credit hours.

900 clock hours in an educational program whose length is measured in clock hours.

For purposes of the definition of an academic year, a week is a consecutive 7-day period.

For an educational program using a semester, trimester, or quarter system or clock hours, the Secretary considers a week of
instructional time to be any week in which at least one day of regularly scheduled instruction, examinations, or preparation for
examination occurs.

For an educational program using credit hours (but not using a semester, trimester, or quarter system), the Secretary considers a
week of instruction to be 5 days.

Instruction time does not include periods of orientation, counseling, vacation, or other activity not related to class preparation
or examinations.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 13


ABOUT THIS BULLETIN

The statements set forth in this bulletin are for informational purposes only and should not be construed as the basis of a contract
between a student and Texas Southern University. Provisions set forth in publications of individual schools and colleges shall
supersede those herein.

Although the provisions of this bulletin will ordinarily be applied as stated, Texas Southern University reserves the right to change
any provision listed in this bulletin, including but not limited to academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice to
individual students. However, every effort will be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information concerning
changes in policies, procedures, and requirements will be available in the Office of the University Registrar and the offices of the
various academic advisors, the academic departments, and the major schools and colleges. It is especially important that each
student note that it is his or her responsibility to be aware of current graduation requirements for a particular degree program.

This graduate bulletin contains information on academic and non-academic policies, procedures, and requirements with which
each student must become familiar. Students should consult the Table of Contents for guidance. Provisions in this bulletin will not
be valid after August 2018.

14 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY

MISSION

Texas Southern University is a comprehensive metropolitan university. Building on its legacy as a Historically Black University,
the University provides academic and research programs that address critical urban issues and prepare an ethnically diverse student
population to become a force for positive change in a global society.

In order to achieve this mission, Texas Southern University provides:

• quality instruction in a culture of innovative teaching and learning;


• basic and applied research and scholarship that is responsive to community issues;
• opportunities for public service that benefit the community and the world.

VISION

Texas Southern University will become one of the nation’s preeminent comprehensive, metropolitan universities. We will be
recognized by the excellence of our programs, the quality of our instruction, our innovative research, and our desire to be a
contributing partner to our community, state, nation, and world.

ORGANIZATION FOR INSTRUCTION

The University is organized for academic instruction as eleven colleges and schools. The names of these instructional units appear
below:

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business


The College of Education
The Thurgood Marshall School of Law
The School of Communication
The College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences
The Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs
The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
The College of Science and Technology
The Graduate School
The College of Continuing Education
The Thomas F. Freeman Honors College

CAMPUSES

Texas Southern University is located in Houston, TX, the fourth largest city in the US and one of the fastest-growing and forward-
moving cities in the world. Nestled upon a sprawling 150-acre campus, Texas Southern University is located in the heart of the
city in Houston’s historic Third Ward, giving its students and faculty easy access to the Museum District, neighboring educational
institutions, the Texas Medical Center, City Hall, downtown Houston, and all of the city’s major freeways.

The Northwest Campus of Texas Southern University opened in Fall 2010. Texas Southern University partners with Lone Star
College System to offer higher level degree programs in Northwest Houston. Currently, Texas Southern University offers nine
degree programs and two concentrations at the Northwest Campus.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 15


REGENTS AND ADMINISTRATION

BOARD OF REGENTS
Glenn Lewis, Chairman Fort Worth
Dionicio Flores, Vice Chairman El Paso
Curtistene McCowan, Second Vice Chairman Desoto
Richard Salwen, Secretary Austin
Gary Bledsoe Austin
Samuel L. Bryant Austin
Richard Holland Plano
Richard Knight Jr. Dallas
Marilyn A. Rose Houston
Stephen R. Champion, Student Regent Houston

OFFICER OF BOARD RELATIONS


Karen Griffin Executive Director

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
John M. Rudley President
Sunny E. Ohia Provost/Vice President for Academic Affairs and Vice President for Research
James M. Douglas Vice President for Governmental and Community Affairs
William T. Saunders Vice President for Student Services & Dean of Students
Wendy H. Adair Vice President of University Advancement
Jim C. McShan Vice President for Administration and Finance
Charles F. McClelland Director of Athletics
Janis J. Newman Chief of Staff
Bryon E. Price Chair of Faculty Assembly/Senate
Andrew C. Hughey General Counsel

OFFICERS OF ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION


Ronald Johnson Dean, Jesse H. Jones School of Business
James W. Ward Dean, School of Communication
Lillian Poats Dean, College of Education
Dannye Holley Dean, Thurgood Marshall School of Law
Danille K. Taylor Dean, College of Liberal Arts & Behavioral Sciences
Robert Bullard Dean, Barbara Jordan–Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs
Shirlette Milton Interim Dean, College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Lei Yu Dean, College of Science and Technology
Kingston Nyamapfene Dean, College of Continuing Education and Assistant Provost for Online/Distance Learning
Programs
Gregory Maddox Dean, Graduate School
Humphrey Regis Dean of the Thomas F. Freeman Honors College

16 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


POLICIES AND ACCREDITATION

NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATORY POLICIES

Texas Southern University is in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and does not discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, color, or national origin. It is also in compliance with the provisions of Title IX of the Educational Amendments
of 1972, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex. Further, the University is in compliance with the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 and with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended.

It is the policy of the University that sexual harassment as defined in the EEOC Guidelines will not he tolerated among members
of the Texas Southern University community. Any complaint of sexual harassment should he reported immediately to the
appropriate person as designated by the Provost/Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs and Research.

NOTICE OF NO WEAPONS POLICY

Under Texas Penal Code, Section 46.03, citizens may obtain licenses to carry concealed handguns. However, firearms, fireworks,
and explosives of any kind are NOT PERMITTED on the Texas Southern University campus or other state-owned property,
except in the possession of state law enforcement officers. Violators will be dismissed from the University and are subject to legal
sanctions.

UNIVERSITY COMMITMENT AND STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES

University Commitment

On June 17, 1973, the Texas Legislature designated Texas Southern University a “special purpose institution of higher education
for urban programming.” Subsequent to this mandate, the designation and the University motto of “Excellence in Achievement”
were welded in order to formulate the institutional mission. Accordingly, the University is committed to the management of a
comprehensive educational curriculum that will render the motto creditable.

Student Responsibilities

Texas Southern University provides a student-centered learning environment in which students are afforded opportunities to
practice self-discipline, to assume responsibilities as maturing adults, and to enjoy certain freedoms. When students elect to enroll
at the University, they also accept and agree to abide by the rules, regulations, and policies by which the University is governed.
Inasmuch as enrollment is voluntary, acceptance is voluntary. On this basis, students cannot, without great personal liability to
their continued association with the University, obstruct, hamper, disrupt, or otherwise interfere with the institution’s attainment
of its lawful mission. The institution, therefore, has both the right and the obligation to promulgate rules and regulations designed
to promote attainment of its purpose.

ACCREDITED PROGRAMS

Texas Southern University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
to award baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral degrees. Contact the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-679-4500 for questions concerning the accreditation of Texas Southern University.

The College of Education is accredited by the Texas Education Agency, the Texas Workforce Commission, and the Texas
Association of Colleges. It also holds membership in the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and is a
member of the Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

The Thurgood Marshall School of Law is approved by the State Board of Law Examiners, is accredited by the American Bar
Association, and holds membership in the American Association of Law Libraries.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 17


The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is accredited by the American Council of Pharmaceutical Education and is a
member of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy.

In the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences, the Social Work Program is accredited by the Council of Social Work
Education, and the Dietetics Program is accredited by the American Dietetic Association.

Four of the programs in the College of Science and Technology hold special certification and/or accreditation: the chemistry
program is certified by the American Chemical Society; the electronics engineering technology program is accredited by the
Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (TAC of ABET); and the
industrial technology and airway science programs are accredited by the National Association of Industrial Technology (NAIT).

18 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


THE ROBERT JAMES TERRY LIBRARY

The Robert James Terry Library supports the academic and research mission and vision of the University through the development
of relevant resources and educational services designed to enhance and facilitate learning and research, enriching information
literacy skills - life long learning - in the information age. The library provides dedicated librarians and staff who provide reference
and research assistance, consultation, and instruction.

The principal research resources consist of over 261,505 volumes of print materials and media, over 1,774 print journals and more
than 504,149 microforms. The library provides web-based access to a large number of electronic research resources, including
over 260 electronic databases, over 79,557 full text e-journals, and five collections totaling approximately 100,735 e-books, most
of which are also accessible from off campus. These resources are housed in a building with approximately 135,000 square feet of
seating space accommodating approximately 687 users. To augment study, a number of closed study rooms and individual study
carrels are provided on most floors. With the exception of Special Collections, the library maintains open stacks. Materials are
classified using the Library of Congress Classification System as presented on the Library of Congress website.

The five-story Terry Library provides seven major public access service areas: Reference, Circulation/Reserve, and Special
Collections on the first floor; the Serials Department on the second floor; the Learning Resources Center on the third floor; the
Business and Economics Library on the fifth floor; and the Pharmacy Reading Room on the first floor of the Gray Hall pharmacy
building.

The Library has four Circulating Collections. All materials classified according to the Library of Congress Classifications A-K are
located on the third floor; Classifications L-Z are located on the fourth floor; Classifications HB-HJ are located in the Business
and Economics Library on the fifth floor; and the paperback collection is located on the first floor in the Heartman Collection.

Access to library resources is available on the Web. The Library Catalog is linked to the Texas Southern University website. Online
public access terminals are located on the first floor in the Catalog Alcove, on the second floor in the Serials Department, and on
the fifth floor in the Business and Economics Library.

The Library provides a variety of services, such as bibliographic instruction, Ask A Librarian, information services, borrowing,
faculty reserves, My Account, and interlibrary loan and document delivery. Distance Learning Services (See Terry Library
Webpage: http://archive.tsu.edu/pages/4398/) and reciprocal borrowing from TexShare libraries are available for currently enrolled
students, and faculty and staff are eligible to borrow materials directly from most Texas state colleges and universities. Additional
information regarding this service may be obtained from the Terry Library Circulation/Reserve Desk (713-313-714). Other
services offered include photocopying; free scanning; study areas; study carrels; laptop computing; lockers; and services for persons
with disabilities. For more information (See Terry Library web page: http://www.tsu.edu/academics/Robert_J_Terry_Library/)

Finally, one of the unique features of the Library is its Department of Special Collections, housing the “treasures” of the University.
These unique holdings provide a varied repository of collections with international significance. The collections include The
Barbara Jordan Archives, The Traditional African Art Gallery, The Heartman Collection on African American Life and
Culture, and The University Archives.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 19


THE OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (OIT)

The Office of Information Technology (OIT) managed by Texas Southern University provides a robust, cost-effective, user-
friendly and secure information and instructional technology environment for the University community in support of the
institution’s vision, mission and core values. The office also has organized information technology support throughout the
University to provide the leadership, guidance and technical skills required to establish and support the information technology
architecture and accompanying services.

Its mission has been accomplished by taking a leadership role in university-wide strategic planning for information systems,
creating user involvement, and recommending innovative uses of technology to meet the needs of the University. The OIT office
works to expand and enhance the quality and quantity of information technology services. These services include administrative
computing, Web content management services, database administration, network services, and the management of the University’s
customer service support. Additionally, it plays a vital role in facilitating the University’s utilization of technology to improve
services to the public at the lowest cost. OIT responsibilities related to these services fall within the following domains:
1. Information Technology Staff. The Office of Information Technology includes SunGard Higher Education on-site
staff, SunGard Higher Education corporate support, and University administrative staff.
2. Information Technology Resources. OIT maintains information on supported hardware, software site licenses,
cost-savings opportunities, customer service support, Web content management services, user group activities, project
management, and training. The Office also works with consultants to identify and provide appropriate IT information
to meet campus needs.
3. Infrastructure Services. Infrastructure services are an array of utility, back office or foundation services including data,
voice and video distribution networks, and administrative applications, all of which benefit institution-wide coordination.
4. Consulting and Expert Liaison. OIT provides advice and consulting service on the implementation and use of
computing, Web, and communication technologies. Departmental collaborations establish a pipeline for technical
leadership and expertise in emerging technologies.

User Services

Telecommunications and Network Services, sub-units of Network Communications, have the primary responsibility of
maintaining the administrative Sun/Solaris clusters and campus network (which includes LAN, WAN, and VPN), resolving
operating system issues, maintaining PBX services, installing phone lines, setting up user accounts, resolving network performance
problems, providing analysis and recommendations on new or emerging technologies, and providing planning assistance to
campus management and the governance committee on information resource issues.

Specific user services are also provided directly to the user. This unit is divided into three areas: Customer Service Support,
Academic Computing, and Desktop Support. The services provided include user customer service support, desktop support,
training, documentation preparation, and evaluation and recommendation of desktop computing solutions.

Customer Service Support serves as the central contact point for users regarding academic and administrative information systems,
networking, data communications, and desktop computing. Academic Computing is responsible for planning, implementation,
and support of the computing needs for the academic units of the university. Specifically, it provides assistance in selection and
implementation of appropriate personal computer hardware and software needed for faculty, students, and academic offices.

The Academic Computing area also provides on-going training for faculty and staff. This training is provided every academic
semester and involves the use of existing equipment to perform tasks using software packages found in the TSU computing
environment. Similar training is also provided to students and involves skill development in these same areas. Academic
Computing also assists faculty members in the instructional environment. Specifically, it provides training to students within the
classroom environment on the use of discipline-specific technology. This training mainly includes both hardware and software use.

Web Services

The Office of Information Technology manages the University corporate Web presence through its Web Services Division, which
includes hosting, security, software licenses, maintenance, technical support, content management training, project management,
Web development, and contract oversight.

20 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

The Graduate School’s major goal is to provide an environment that supports the enhancement of research, teaching, and other
scholarly pursuits for students seeking advanced degrees in specialized academic disciplines. Through graduate study, high-
level scholarship, diligence, and excellence are encouraged and emphasized by the involvement of students in courses, seminars,
independent study and research. Graduate degree programs are structured to enable students to obtain education and training in
specialized academic subjects. Through these experiences graduates are prepared and can provide leadership and expertise to meet
the needs and demands of an ever-evolving, diverse society.

Within the context of these goals, the graduate program of the University seeks to provide an environment wherein the pursuit
and appreciation of learning is nourished and enhanced to the maximum extent. The major objectives of the Graduate School are

• Provide advanced programs of study in specialized academic disciplines.


• Provide students with knowledge of the concepts and techniques for scholarly research.
• Teach students to anticipate consequences and evaluate the validity of assumptions.
• Prepare students to synthesize the essence of knowledge drawn from several related courses in an academic discipline.
• Train students in the techniques of problem solving through the use of systematic analysis.
• Prepare students to become creative contributors to the advancement of knowledge and to the wellbeing of society.

The objectives of the Graduate School are undergirded by a commitment to intellectual honesty, thoroughness, and accuracy.
These virtues are emphasized by the University and apply to faculty and student involvement in courses, seminars, independent
study, and research. Graduate degree programs are structured to enable students to obtain specialized as well as interdisciplinary
training in the various academic departments.

Through legislative mandate, the University and the Graduate School are committed to the development of programs and services
that enable students and faculty to study the complex urban milieu and to render service to the urban community. Therefore,
an overall goal of the Graduate School is to develop highly trained graduates for service in the public and private sectors with a
knowledge of and interest in providing leadership and expertise in the solution of urban problems.

The policies governing admissions and the requirements for qualifying for professional certificates and degrees have been
formulated to attract students who have the potential for achieving maximum benefits through an involvement in the graduate
program. The ultimate aim is to develop an intellectually oriented individual who appreciates his/her culture and is capable
of achieving social, political and economic security as the result of being involved in the graduate program of Texas Southern
University.

ORGANIZATION

The Graduate School is organized as an integral unit of the University and has a direct line relationship with the Office of
Academic Affairs. The faculty members of the Graduate School are drawn from other component academic units at the University
and are responsible for instruction, research, and student academic advisement. All graduate programs are administered by the
Dean of the Graduate School on the basis of policies and regulations established by the Graduate Council.

The Graduate Council is a standing committee of the University and includes faculty, students and administrative representatives
from academic units of the University that have graduate programs. Each unit, including the library and Registrar’s Office, has one
representative on the Council. Two students are included in the Council membership. Department heads and deans are ex-officio.
The Dean of the Graduate School is the Chairman of the Council.

Each academic department has faculty members who serve as academic advisers to graduate students. In some departments a
graduate coordinator has been named. All graduate advisers function under the policies and regulations approved by the Graduate
Council. Department chairpersons recommend faculty for graduate status and students for assistantships and scholarships. Each
department reviews applications for admission to its major degree programs and recommends students for admission to the
Graduate School. The Dean of the Graduate School takes final action on applications for admission.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 21


FACULTY

The faculty of the Graduate School consists of persons who have been approved for graduate faculty status by the Graduate
Council and includes three categories, regular, associate, and special faculty. Regular faculty members are approved for five-year
periods, whereas associate faculty members are approved every three years, and special faculty must be approved each year. Most
graduate faculty members have had more than five years of college level teaching experience and have published scholarly books
and papers in leading journals. Some are engaged in research projects supported by federal, state, or private grants.

STUDENTS

The student population is ethnically diverse and includes persons from most states across the country. A relatively large corps of
international students also matriculates in the Graduate School.

RESEARCH

The graduate faculty is involved in myriad research projects funded by federal, state, and private grants. Significant research centers on
urban and instructional issues. These research activities have resulted in publications in various scholarly journals and books. Dissertations
are recorded by University Microfilms International and abstracts of dissertations are published in Dissertation Abstracts International.

DEGREES

The Graduate School offers degrees at the master’s and doctoral levels. Master’s degree offerings are as follows: Master of Arts, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy, Master of Education, Master of Public Administration,
and Master of Science. Doctoral degrees offered through the Graduate School consist of the Doctor of Education with concentrations in
Curriculum and Instruction, Counselor Education, Educational Administration, and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Administration
of Justice, Environmental Toxicology, Pharmaceutical Sciences, and Urban Planning and Environmental Policy.

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

Graduate students can select majors in the following academic fields: in Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences, master’s degrees are
offered in English, history, human services and consumer sciences, psychology, and sociology. In Communication, a master’s degree is
offered in speech communication, journalism, and radio television film (RTF). In Education, master’s degrees are offered in educational
administration, curriculum and instruction, counseling, health and human performance as well as doctoral degrees in curriculum and
instruction, counselor education, and educational administration. In Business, master’s degrees are offered in management information
systems and business administration. In Science and Technology, master’s degrees are offered in biology, chemistry, computer science,
environmental toxicology, and transportation, and the Ph.D. is offered in environmental toxicology. In Pharmacy, master’s degrees
are offered in health care administration, pharmacogenomics and pharmaceutics and the Ph.D. is offered in pharmaceutics. In Public
Administration, master’s degrees are offered in public administration, administration of justice, and urban planning and environmental
policy and the Ph.D. is offered in administration of justice and in urban planning and environmental policy.

The master’s degree may be earned by either one or two plans: Plan A, with the thesis, or Plan B, without the thesis. In some
departments the preparation of an approved thesis is mandatory. The student should consult the department of his or her major,
and the student should indicate which plan he or she will follow at the time of matriculation. (See respective department programs
for the details of Plan A and Plan B.)

The completion of an approved dissertation is required for the Doctor of Education degree and the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

Each student should complete a degree plan during the first semester of enrollment through consultation with the chairperson of the department.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Each graduate student should understand and adhere to the regulations of the Graduate School, the calendar of events, and the
requirements for degrees. It is the responsibility of the graduate student to comply with the regulations and requirements of the
Graduate School as stated in the graduate bulletin and in other official documents.
22 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admissions Program Administration

Applications for admission to all graduate degree programs of the University are processed through the Graduate School. The
Graduate Admissions Committee within the major department reviews all applications, and the decisions of the Committee are
referred to the Dean of the Graduate School. Persons interested in applying for admission to the Graduate School can obtain an
application online at http://www.tsu.edu/academics/graduate/admissions/index.asp or write directly to The Office of the Graduate
School, Texas Southern University, 3100 Cleburne St., Houston, Texas 77004.

Procedures and Regulations

All applicants must request the registrars of institutions previously attended to forward two official transcripts to the Graduate
School of Texas Southern University. These transcripts must be received from each institution in which the applicant has
previously enrolled before action will be taken on the application.

For foreign students, scores required are at least 550 on the paper-based test, 213 on the computer-based test, or 79 on the
internet-based test (IBT) of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or an equivalent score from an approved English
as a Second Language (ESL) program is required.

The applicant’s official credentials, including completed application form and transcripts of previous work, must be on file in the
Office of the Graduate School at least four weeks before the date of registration.

Types of Admission An applicant who is unconditionally admitted to the Graduate School is immediately eligible to pursue a
program of study leading to the master’s degree, the doctorate, or the professional certificate. Each applicant should choose a field
of specialization and work out a degree plan in consultation with his/her adviser.

Applicants may also be admitted on a conditional basis (e.g., non-degree seeking students); these conditions will be outlined in
the applicant’s respective admissions letter. It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Graduate School when he or she
has fulfilled the conditions stated in the admissions letter.

Seniors in Graduate Courses

A senior at Texas Southern University who demonstrates superior scholastic ability and needs fewer than 10 semester hours to
complete the bachelor’s degree may be permitted to take graduate courses. The head of the major department, the dean of the
undergraduate college, and the dean of the Graduate School must approve requests from seniors for permission to take graduate
courses. Permission to take graduate courses during the senior year does not constitute admission to the Graduate School.
Moreover, such credits may not be applied toward fulfillment of the residence requirement for the master’s degree. No more than
six (6) semester hours of graduate course work may be taken by seniors.

Readmission

A student who discontinues matriculation in the Graduate School for one academic year must apply for readmission. The
evaluation of applications for readmission will be based on University and specific program admission requirements in existence at
the time of the re-admission application.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 23


CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION

Unconditional Admission

For unconditional admission to the Graduate School as a Degree Applicant, the applicant must meet all of the following
conditions:

1. Graduation with the bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, from an accredited college or university. An example of the
“equivalent,” as indicated above may be an international student who has graduated from a college or university that
issues a diploma or certificate instead of a degree.
2. A satisfactory undergraduate sequence of courses in the proposed major.
3. A grade point average in all undergraduate work of 2.50 (C+) or better or a grade point average of 3.0 on the last 60
semester hours of undergraduate course work.
4. A score on the aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination, or GMAT, which will be used in conjunction
with other admission factors.
5. A score of at least 500 (550) on the paper-based test, 173 (213) on the computer-based test, or 61 (79) on the internet-
based test (IBT) on the TOEFL if the applicant is an international student.
6. An Analytical Writing score of 3.5 or above on GRE or GMAT exam to fulfill English proficiency requirement.

Conditional Admission

Conditional admission to master’s degree programs may be permitted for those applicants who do not satisfy all of the
requirements for unconditional admission. Final disposition of cases involving students who have been admitted on condition
rests with the appropriate department and the dean of the Graduate School.

Nondegree Admission

Individuals with baccalaureate degrees who wish either to improve their credentials before application to a graduate degree
program or to enhance their career prospects through additional training may apply for admission to the Graduate School as
nondegree seeking students. Students must apply to a particular program as a nondegree seeking student. Not all programs have
the capacity to accept nondegree students, and some courses will not be available to nondegree students. To apply as a nondegree
student, an applicant must

1. Submit an application with the required fee.


2. Have a copy of the official transcripts for all previous undergraduate and graduate work sent directly to the Graduate
School office (Students with degrees from nonU.S. institutions must submit an evaluation of a verified copy of their
transcript showing all courses taken and their equivalents)
3. Be approved for admission as a nondegree student by the program to which they apply.

In order to gain admission to a degree program, nondegree students must reapply for regular admission. No more than 12 hours of
graduate credit earned as a nondegree student may be applied towards a graduate degree.

Responsibility for Admission

The appropriate department will make the recommendation for admission. Recommendations for admissions are submitted to the
dean of the Graduate School for final action.

24 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ENROLLMENT INFORMATION

All graduate students engaged in independent study or in research related to the preparation of a thesis or dissertation must be
enrolled at Texas Southern University for a minimum of three (3) semester hours during each semester or summer session in which
the study or research occurs.

With the exception of students who must remove incomplete grades, all graduate students must be enrolled at Texas Southern
University during the semester wherein degree program requirements are expected to be completed. The requirements include but
are not limited to the English Proficiency Requirement, the Comprehensive Examination in the major and/or minor areas, the
Foreign Language Examination, the Thesis or Dissertation Examination, and the Final Doctoral Examination.

Advising

Academic advising is an integral and necessary part of the higher education process. Faculty advisors in the academic departments
have the responsibility of advising those students who have met all admission requirements and have declared majors based on
(1) the most current information available to them about departmental, college, and university requirements and (2) students’
interests, needs, and abilities. All graduate students are assigned advisors by their department.

Specific responsibilities of advisors include

• Helping students to define and develop realistic goals.


• Matching students to available resources.
• Assisting students in planning programs of study consistent with their abilities.
• Helping students monitor their progress toward graduation.

Although academic advisors will assist students in every way possible, students are expected to accept full responsibility for
their academic programs of study, including the satisfactory completion of all requirements.

Registration Policies and Procedures

All students must register at the beginning of each semester or term. Each student is assigned a faculty advisor, who assists in
planning a program of study. Complete registration instructions are contained in the schedule of classes each semester or term.
Students are registered for and entitled to attend classes only when they have completed the prescribed procedures, including the
payment of fees, which is a part of registration. A student is not registered with the University and therefore not entitled to
University privileges until fees are paid. All unpaid course selections will be purged from the database of student records
after the twentieth (20th) class day during a regular semester and after the fourth (4th) class day during a summer term.

Students planning to return to the campus after an absence of one year or after earning credits at another institution are required
to notify the Admissions Office and have transcripts mailed from the schools attended.

Registration and Payment of Fees

Official registration days for each semester and each term of the summer session are indicated in the University Calendar at the
beginning of this bulletin. Students are required to provide their transcripts for use by counselors in preparing their schedules each
semester.

Registration is not complete until tuition and fees are paid. Students with unpaid fees are not entitled to University privileges.
Students are required to have sufficient funds to cover all required tuition, fees, and deposits.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 25


Auditing

With the consent of both the chair of the administering department and the course instructor, a student may audit a course.
Auditors shall be registered, shall receive no credit for audited courses, and shall pay the same fees as a student enrolled for credit.

Credit by Examination

A student may receive credit by examination for courses listed in this bulletin by showing proficiency gained in advanced high
school courses, independent research, noncredit adult courses or professional development programs. Credit by examination shall
not be given for a previously attempted or surpassed course or for hours beyond published limits. The Pass (P) grade given is
not calculated into the GPA. Students of any age currently or previously enrolled in Texas Southern University can demonstrate
college level achievement and receive credit for what they may have learned through advanced high school courses, independent
research, noncredit adult courses, or professional development. To the extent that a student is successful in passing the prescribed
examinations, he or she may use the maximum allowable credits received to shorten the length of time required to attain a degree.
The student must submit the Credit by Examination form, such as the CLEP, to the academic department, the academic dean
of the school or college involved, and the provost for approval. Once approved for credit by examination, the student must
pay applicable testing, administration and per credit hour fees, and earn a passing score on the national and/or departmental
examination, and the approved application will be submitted to the Registrar’s Office by the Office of the Provost.

Concurrent Enrollment

A student concurrently enrolled at Texas Southern University and another college or university may receive total credit for no
more than the maximum allowable Texas Southern University load for any given semester or term. In each semester of concurrent
enrollment, the student must verify with his or her advisor that the other institution’s courses qualify for transfer, notify the
Office of Financial Aid at both Texas Southern University and the other institution, and submit the signed agreement form to the
Registrar’s Office.

Official Enrollment in Class

A student may not attend a class after the first week of classes unless he or she is properly registered for that course and section.
Failure to follow proper registration procedures may jeopardize that student’s good standing at the University and result in loss of
funds and credit. Instructors’ class rolls are prepared from the official enrollment records of the Registrar. A student whose name
does not appear on the class rolls should contact the Registrar’s Office to verify his or her proper registration.

Discontinued Classes

The University reserves the right, when necessary, to discontinue classes or to alter otherwise the schedule. If a class is
discontinued, students will be notified at the first scheduled class meeting, whenever possible, so that they may register for
alternate courses. Students who are enrolled in a discontinued class must officially drop the course; students who wish to enroll in
another section or another course must immediately and officially carry out the drop and add process.

26 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Student Course Load

To be considered full-time, a student must register for at least nine (9) semester hours of graduate work per semester; the maximum
load is fifteen (15) semester hours of graduate credit, and the average is twelve (12) semester hours. Any deviation from this regulation
requires the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School. The maximum student course load during a six-week summer term is
six (6) semester hours. Those students who hold graduate assistantships, are employed either full or part-time, or have extended
responsibilities in the home or community may be restricted to a course load of no more than nine semester hours per semester.

Repeated Courses

When a course is repeated, the semester hours attempted and the grade and quality points earned in the course when last taken
shall be counted toward satisfying graduation and/or certification requirements unless the course is designated in the bulletin as
one that may be taken more than once for credit. When a course is repeated, the semester hours attempted and the grade and
quality points earned in the course when it was taken prior to the last time shall be disregarded for graduation or certification
requirements.

Changes in Program

Changes from one program to another (including changes from one degree to another) shall be requested by the student through
the head of the department and Dean of the Graduate School. However, a student may not change his/her program during the
semester or summer term when he or she is to graduate.

Substitution of Courses

Reasonable and logical substitutions (within a department and within an area) may be made when authorized by the advisor
and the head of the major department and approved by the Dean of the Graduate School. The Dean shall transmit approved
substitutions to the Registrar. All petitions for substitutions must be submitted through appropriate officials not later than two
weeks before the candidate’s date of intended graduation.

Waiving of Courses

No graduate course requirements will be waived.

Class Attendance Regulations

All students are required to be present for all class meetings of any course in which they are enrolled. Students are responsible
for learning about, becoming knowledgeable of, and complying with the attendance policy stated in the catalog and/or faculty
syllabus. Faculty members will provide details on the rules for attendance in their classes in their course syllabi. Faculty members
will keep students’ attendance records.

Record keeping

A record of excused and unexcused absences will be maintained by faculty members. When requested by the student, teachers
must inform the student who has been absent whether or not make-up work is allowed and whether or not absences jeopardize the
student’s standing in a class.

Nonattendance

Students who register for courses for a particular semester must attend their classes starting on the first day of class. Students who
have not attended classes up to the 12th day of classes will be reported to the Registrar’s office for nonattendance. A student who is
reported for nonattendance will be dropped from those classes which he or she has not attended.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 27


Students who have supporting documentation offering explanation for their absence(s) must present their documentation to the
instructor who reported them for nonattendance. The instructor may evaluate their supporting documentation and hear their case.
If the request for consideration is denied, the student will have to reregister for the course as early as the next semester the class
is available. If the instructor approves the student for reinstatement, the instructor will submit a written request for the student’s
reinstatement to the dean of the school or college. If the dean approves the request for reinstatement, he or she will submit a
written request to the Registrar’s Office for the student’s reinstatement.

Change of Program

A student in a graduate department of the University who can satisfy admission requirements of another graduate department may
transfer to it with the approval of the department chairs concerned.

Changes in Class Schedule (Adds, Drops, and Withdrawals)

A student may make changes in class schedules with the approval of his faculty advisor and of the department in which the course
is offered. A service fee is charged for each change in program.

Course changes must be made in person under the following conditions:

Adding courses. In adding courses, the student must obtain the approval of his or her faculty advisor and the department in
which the course is offered.

Dropping courses. A student may, for good cause, drop a course with the approval of his or her faculty advisor and the
department in which the course is offered under the following provisions:

During the first twelve days of any semester or the first four days of a summer term, a student may drop a course without having a
grade recorded for the course.

After the twelfth or fourth class day, a student may drop a course without penalty prior to the published deadline. A grade of
W will be recorded. State legislation enforces a limit of six (6) recorded drops, excluding withdrawals, over the college career
of a student who enrolls in a Texas public institution of higher education as a first-time freshman beginning fall 2007 or later.
Documentation of good cause must accompany any request for exception.

After the published deadline, a student will be permitted to drop a course only upon approval of the student’s dean and only for
urgent and substantiated nonacademic reasons acceptable to the Dean.

Withdrawal

To insure his or her possible future standing with the University, a student has the right to withdraw officially. A student wishing
to withdraw from the University for the remainder of a session should apply to the dean of his or her school or college for
permission. Having secured the dean’s permission, the student may receive honorable dismissal through the Registrar’s Office after
he or she has returned all library books, surrendered his or her activity books, and cleared himself or herself with all offices at the
University. A student failing to do these things will not be eligible for restitution of any fees.

The term “honorable dismissal” will not be given unless the student’s standing as to conduct and character is such as to entitle him
or her to continuance in the University. The grade to be recommended for the student will be in keeping with the regulation for
dropping courses.

Reinstatement

Students who are administratively withdrawn from their classes because of nonpayment of tuition and fees may petition for
reinstatement if and only if extraordinary circumstances prevail. Students may obtain the prescribed form in the Registrar’s Office
and must return the petition with evidence of suitable payment options. The Registrar’s Office reviews all such petitions on a case-
by-case basis. All approved petitions are subject to a late payment fee and a reinstatement fee.
28 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
ACADEMIC STANDARDS FOR ALL GRADUATE STUDENTS

Scholastic Dishonesty

Students must maintain a high standard of honesty in their academic work. They should avoid all forms of academic dishonesty,
especially the following:

1. Plagiarism. The appropriation of passages, either word for word (or in substance) from the writing of another and the
incorporation of these as one’s own written work offered for credit.
2. Collusion. Working with another person in the preparation of notes, themes, reports, or other written work offered
for credit unless such collaboration is specially approved in advance by the instructor.
3. Cheating on an examination or quiz. Giving or receiving, offering or soliciting information, or using prepared material
in an examination or testing situation. On examinations and quizzes, students are expected (a) to remain in the
examination room until the examination is finished, (b) to refrain from talking, and (c) to refrain from bringing notes
and books into the examination room.
4. Impersonation. Allowing another person to attend classes, take examinations or to do graded assignments for an enrolled
student under his or her name is strictly forbidden.

A violator of any of the above offenses will incur severe disciplinary action ranging from suspension to expulsion from the
University. Specific guidelines will be administered by each dean.

Standard of Work

No more than six (6) semester hours of “C” work will be accepted toward the completion of the minimum semester hours of
required courses in the master’s or doctoral curriculum wherein a student’s program of study has been approved. A grade of “C-”
or lower is not acceptable toward the fulfillment of degree requirements in the Graduate School.

Regardless of the admission status, each student enrolled in Graduate School is expected to maintain at least a 3.00 (B) grade point
average in all graduate work. If at the end of any semester or summer session the student’s cumulative grade point average for all
graduate work taken in residence, with the exception of grades earned in the thesis/dissertation writing course, is less than 3.00
(B), the student will be placed on probation.

The student on probation who achieves a grade point average of 3.0 or better during the next semester or summer session of
enrollment but fails to achieve an overall grade point average of 3.00 (B) will remain on probation.

If a student on probation fails to raise his/her overall grade point average to 3.00 (B) or better, exclusive of incomplete grades
for two consecutive semesters or summer sessions of enrollment in courses other than a thesis/dissertation writing course, he/
she will be placed on academic suspension through the next semester (in this case, excluding summer terms). A student who
fails to achieve a 3.00 overall GPA in the next semester of enrollment following academic suspension will be disqualified as a
degree-seeking student and will be dropped from the Graduate School. A student may appeal for a one semester extension after
suspension or dismissal. The student’s program coordinator will decide whether or not to support the extension and forward it
to the Graduate School. The decision of the Graduate School will be final. Some programs have additional requirements and
procedures for ensuring satisfactory progress. Please consult the relevant section of the catalog.

Subsequent to dismissal from the Graduate School, the student may be readmitted for further graduate study in either the same or
a different department as a special student if a petition is approved by the department wherein the student proposes to undertake
further study and by the Dean of the Graduate School. A student who has been dismissed because of unsatisfactory scholarship
may not be readmitted for further graduate study in the academic period (semester or summer session) which directly follows his
or her discontinuance as a degree seeking student.

Course Numbers

Courses numbered 500 and above are graduate courses and, with rare exceptions, restricted to graduate students. Undergraduate
courses, marked at the right of the course number by an asterisk, may be taken for graduate credit. At least 75% of the course

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 29


work for the degree must be 500 level or above. No credit below the 500 level is acceptable for doctoral degrees.

In order to receive graduate credit for courses open to both undergraduate and graduate students, the graduate student must
perform work of graduate quality and may be required to perform work in addition to that required for the undergraduate
student.

The semester-hour requirement for specific degrees and for the professional certificate, where offered, is given in the departmental
section of this bulletin.

Grading

As of fall 1991, the following grades and quality points apply:

Grade Meaning Grade Points Per Credit Hour


A Excellent 4.00
A- Intermediate Grade 3.67
B+ Intermediate Grade 3.33
B Good 3.00
B- Intermediate Grade 2.67
C+ Intermediate Grade 2.33
C Satisfactory 2.00
C- Intermediate Grade 1.67
D+ Intermediate Grade 1.33
D Marginal 1.00
D- Intermediate Grade 0.67
F Failure 0
I Incomplete 0
P Passing 0
R In Progress 0
S Satisfactory 0
U Unsatisfactory 0
W Withdrawal 0

The grade “R”, meaning “In Progress”, is given only when the work in a course extends beyond the semester term. It implies
satisfactory performance. The grade “R” will not alter the quality point average of the student inasmuch as hours attempted, hours
earned, and quality points earned will not be entered in cumulative totals.

The grade “W” is given for a course officially dropped by the student after the twelfth class day of a regular semester or the fourth
day of a summer term and before midsemester or midterm.

Incompletes

The grade of “I” is given only when a student’s work is satisfactory in quality, but because of reasons beyond his or her control,
the work has not been completed. The missing work may be a major quiz, a final examination, a term paper, or other work. It is
not given in lieu of an “F.” The instructor will stipulate, in writing, at the time the grade is given the conditions under which the
“I” may be removed. This temporary grade of “I” is non-punitive, and semester hours for the course are not considered in the
computation of the quality-point average. Removal must be within one calendar year after the “I” is assigned, or the “I” grade shall
become an “F.” The grade “I” is not assigned if the student must retake the course. In the event a student who earns a grade of “I”
decides to retake the course, the student is required to pay for that course a second time.

30 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ACADEMIC GRIEVANCES

Purpose

The following procedures are designed to provide a means for graduate students to petition for review of final course grades alleged
to be incorrect. Before filing a formal appeal, students are urged to resolve grievances informally with the instructor of the course.
Students filing a written appeal shall be expected to abide by the final decision of the committee to which it is submitted, as
provided for in these procedures. This decision precludes any further review under any other procedure within the University.

Conditions

A student may seek a review of a final grade if he or she feels that one of the following conditions applies: A grade was assigned
on some basis other than performance in the course, or the standards applied to a grade were not the same as those applied to
the standards of other students in the course, or the assigned grade represents a substantial and unannounced departure from the
instructor’s previously stated standards.

Procedures

A student who feels that his or her grade is incorrect should follow one or all of the following:

Confer promptly with the instructor of the course. If the instructor is unavailable and cannot be reached by the student after a
reasonable effort, then the student shall consult with the chair of the department offering the course. If the student and instructor
or department chair are unable to arrive at a mutually agreeable solution, the student may file an appeal within twenty (20) days
after the first day of class of the next semester (not including summers) with a standing committee of three (3) tenured faculty
members of the department offering the course. If the instructor of the course is a member of the committee, he or she shall be
replaced by a tenured faculty member selected by the chair of the department.

File an appeal by submitting to the departmental committee a detailed statement regarding the alleged improper grade
as well as any relevant evidence. The appeal shall be dismissed if the student has submitted the same or substantially the same
complaint to any other grade review procedure, the appeal is not timely, or the student has not conferred with the instructor or
department chair before filing the appeal.

Allow the departmental committee to take action. If the appeal is not dismissed, the committee shall submit a copy of the
student’s written appeal to the instructor with a request for a prompt written reply.

Work toward a mutually agreeable solution in concert with the committee and the instructor. If a mutually agreeable
solution is not achieved, the committee shall advise both the student and the instructor that the matter has been sent to the dean
of the academic unit offering the course. The dean of the academic unit shall convene a committee of three (3) tenured faculty
members from departments outside of the department offering the course. This committee shall hold an informal, nonadversarial
fact-finding meeting concerning the dispute. Both the student and the instructor shall be entitled to be present throughout this
meeting and to present any evidence deemed relevant, except the student shall not be present during the discussion of any other
student. Neither the student nor the instructor shall be accompanied by counsel, an advocate, or a representative. The meeting
shall be closed to the public. After the fact-finding meeting, if the majority of the committee finds that the evidence supports the
student’s complaint, the committee shall take any action thought to rectify the situation, including, but not limited to

• directing the instructor to regrade the student’s work,


• directing the instructor to administer a new final examination or paper in the course,
• directing the cancellation of the student’s registration in the course, or
• if no reasonable alternative is available, directing the instructor to award a grade of “pass” in the course.

The committee is not authorized to award a letter grade, or to reprimand, or otherwise take disciplinary action against the
instructor. The decision of the committee is final and shall be promptly reported in writing to the parties involved. The dean of
the academic unit has the responsibility for implementing the decision of the committee.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 31


For other grievances concerning procedures and processes directly concerning graduate students, the procedure is the same with
the exception that if the departmental committee fails to achieve a mutually satisfactory solution, the committee or the student
may appeal directly to the dean of the Graduate School. The dean of the Graduate School will attempt to resolve the issue
through consultation. If the consultation fails to produce a mutually satisfactory outcome, the Dean will appoint a committee
made up of regular graduate faculty from outside the department in question to conduct an inquiry. The committee will hear from
all parties concerned. Its decision will be final.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION

Students must complete all requirements for the respective degree as outlined by the academic department and the Graduate
School before graduation. An application for graduation must be submitted before the University deadline. Students should
consult the University calendar for the deadline dates for each semester.

Advisors and Degree Plan

At the time of matriculation, the student will be assigned to a program advisor, who will have general supervision of the student’s
graduate work. The advisor will assist the student in filling out the Degree Plan, an approved copy of which must be filed in the
Graduate Office by the end of the student’s first semester of matriculation at Texas Southern University. When a student enrolls for
courses, his or her program must have the written approval of the advisor. The chairman of the department serves as the general
advisor for students in the department and should be consulted prior to the submission of the degree plan to the Graduate School.

Students who take courses without the approval of their advisors do so at their own risk and may not be permitted to include them
in their degree or professional certificate plans.

Thesis Proposal

Students whose degree plan includes the preparation of a thesis must first prepare an acceptable thesis proposal. After the thesis
proposal has been approved, the student can then begin work on the thesis.

Residency Requirement

A residence of at least one academic year or its equivalent is required.

Admission to Master’s Degree Candidacy

Admission to study in the Graduate School does not imply acceptance as a candidate for a degree. To become a candidate for the
master’s degree or for a professional certificate, the student must have satisfactorily completed all admission requirements and
have an approved degree plan. He or she must also have satisfied the English Proficiency requirement; demonstrated proficiency
in a foreign language, if required; passed the qualifying examination, if required; competed at least twelve (12) semester hours of
graduate work, and be recommended to candidacy by the advisor and head of the major department.

Transfer of Credit

A student wishing to secure credit toward a master’s degree or professional certificate at Texas Southern University for courses
taken at another institution must make application to the Dean of the Graduate School. Approved courses are entered on the
student’s record in the Registrar’s Office. Credits transferred from approved extension schools and/or from another institution may
not exceed six semester hours and must be graduate credits and have a grade of “B” (3.00) or better. Approved courses must not
exceed the six-(6) year time limit when the student applies for graduation.

32 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Transfer work from other institutions will not be used in computing the quality point average for graduation or certification.

No graduate credit will be given for work done by correspondence or for work taken to satisfy degree requirements in a program
for which a degree has already been awarded.

Workshop Credit

No more than six semester hours of approved graduate workshop credit may count toward the semester hours required for a degree
or professional certificate.

EXAMINATIONS FOR MASTER’S DEGREE STUDENTS

The English Proficiency Examination

Each student who is admitted to a graduate degree or certificate program must satisfy the English proficiency requirement of the
Graduate School by passing the Analytical Writing Section of the GRE with a score of 3.5 or above (beginning spring 2006) or
English 501. The English proficiency requirement must be successfully completed by the end of the first semester of the student’s
enrollment in the Graduate School.

The Foreign Language Examination

The passing of a reading examination in one foreign language is required of degree applicants in those departments requiring a
language. English is considered as a foreign language for foreign students who have received their precollege and college education
in a non English language.

The Comprehensive Examination

Each degree or certificate applicant is required to pass a comprehensive examination, either oral or written (or both), except for
students seeking the Master of Business Administration degree.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE

Credits earned more than six years prior to the date of completion of master’s degree requirements at Texas Southern University
cannot be accepted toward the satisfaction of master’s degree requirements. All courses which are submitted to satisfy the
semester-hour requirement for the master’s degree or the professional certificate in a program requiring thirty (30) to thirty-six
(36) semester hours must have been taken within a six-year period from the date of initial admission to the Graduate School. All
programs in excess of 36 semester hours must have been taken within a seven-year period from the date of initial admission to the
Graduate School. This requirement applies to residence, extension, and transfer work, including work in the major and minor
areas. Courses that fall beyond the time limit must be repeated.

EXAMINATIONS FOR DOCTORAL DEGREE STUDENTS

Comprehensive Examination

Toward the end of the course work for the program, the candidate takes a comprehensive examination. The test must be judged a
“pass” by the examination committee in order that the candidate may be recommended to candidacy for the degree.

Each part of the examination will be graded by at least two readers. Both readers must agree on at least a “pass” rating for a “pass”
evaluation. For an “honors” rating, both readers must agree on an “honors” score. If one reader gives a “fail” rating and the other
gives a “pass” rating, then a third reader will be appointed. The student must take all sections of the examination when taken for
the first time. During each subsequent examination, if needed, a student must take a test in all sections of the examination he/she
failed to pass in the preceding attempt.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 33


A doctoral student who fails the comprehensive examination the second time may petition for a third examination, and the
petition must show a plan of action wherein the petitioner will endeavor to improve his/her chances for satisfactorily completing
the examination failed. The chairperson of the student’s doctoral committee, the department head, the dean of the relevant college
or school, and the dean of the Graduate School must approve the petition. A student who fails to pass the doctoral comprehensive
examination or any part of it after the third attempt will be automatically discontinued as a student in the relevant doctoral
program.

Dissertation Examination

The dean of the Graduate School will appoint the student’s dissertation committee upon the recommendation of the department
and will include an external graduate representative. There will be at least three members on the final oral examination committee.
Certification of successful completion of the final oral examination of the dissertation requires the signature of all members of the
dissertation committee. The examination is conducted by the department, and if it is failed, the candidate must petition the dean
of the Graduate School through his department for permission to take the examination a second time. A second examination will
not be permitted within a period of one semester after a failure on the first attempt is recorded. All changes in the dissertation
suggested by the committee after the oral examination must be made before the dissertation can receive the final approval of the
Graduate School. This paper must accompany the dissertation when it is presented to the members of the committee. In addition,
an abstract not exceeding 350 words must be prepared for submission to the relevant cataloguing organization.

TRANSFER OF CREDIT

The following regulation governs acceptance of transfer credits:

To transfer doctoral credits from another university to Texas Southern University, an official transcript must be submitted to the
Texas Southern University Graduate School office by the graduate dean, registrar or department head at the institution from
which the credits are being transferred together with a statement, indicating that the credits were earned in a doctoral program of
study at that institution. No more than 15 semester hours of “B” (3.0) grade or better may be transferred.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE

After being admitted to a program leading to the Doctor of Education degree, a student will be allowed seven calendar years
wherein to complete all of the requirements for the degree, including transferred credit and prior credit at Texas Southern
University.

Continuation in the doctoral degree program beyond the seven-year limit must be approved by the student’s doctoral degree
advisory committee and the dean of the Graduate School. The maximum time allowed to complete the doctoral program,
including an approved extension, is eight calendar years. This time limit does not include work performed as part of the
requirements for a master’s degree. Credits earned more than seven years prior to the date of completion of doctoral degree
requirements at Texas Southern University cannot count toward the satisfaction of doctoral degree requirements.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

After being admitted to a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, a student will be allowed seven calendar years to
complete all of the requirements for the degree, this time limit includes transferred credit and prior credit earned at Texas Southern
University.

A student’s doctoral degree advisory committee and the dean of the Graduate School must approve continuation in the doctoral
degree program beyond the seven-year limit. The maximum time allowed to complete the doctoral program including an
approved extension is nine calendar years. This time limit does not include work performed as part of the requirements for a
master’s degree.

34 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION

Each candidate for graduation must file in the Graduate Office an Application for Graduation Form by the date specified in the
academic calendar. Any student who fails to graduate after applying for graduation at a specified time must file a new application
to graduate at a subsequent time.

Graduation under a Specific Bulletin

The student may elect to graduate under the bulletin in force at the time of his or her initial matriculation in the Graduate School,
provided that the bulletin was not issued more than six (6) years (seven (7) years for doctoral programs) prior to the date of the
student’s graduation. The student is required to indicate in his/her application for graduation the bulletin under which the student
proposes to graduate and must meet the requirements in that bulletin.

Commencement Convocation

All graduating students shall participate in the commencement exercises. Only students who have completed all requirements for
the degree can participate in the commencement exercises.

Financial Clearance

Students who are indebted to the University will not be allowed to participate in commencement exercises. Such obligations
include traffic and parking fines, library fines, housing fees, and any miscellaneous fees. Students who are uncertain concerning
the status of their indebtedness should check with the Bursar’s Office prior to final examinations. If there is a dispute concerning
payment of a bill, receipts should be presented to verify payment.

Graduation Fees

Graduation fees are subject to change. They are due and payable at the time of one’s application for graduation. These fees include
cap and gown rental. Invitations are optional and may be ordered through the University Bookstore one month or more prior to
commencement. Caps and gowns are also ordered through the University Bookstore.

Doctoral Law Master’s Bachelor’s Pharmacy


Microfilm Service $40.00
Binding Fee $28.00 $12.50
Postage and Handling $10.00
Diploma Fee $16.50 $16.50 $15.00 $11.50 $29.75
Cap, Gown, Hood $95.00 $16.50 $27.50 $11.50 $29.75

Commencement

Commencement exercises are held each year in May and in December for students who qualify for graduation from Texas
Southern University. All such students are expected to participate in one of these two exercises as appropriate. Juris Doctoral
and other graduate students who are within six hours of completing their degree requirements and/or completion of required
examination as well as Doctor of Pharmacy students who are within two advanced pharmacy practice experiences (APPEs) and/or
completion of required examinations are eligible to participate in May commencement.

Commencement is a solemn and special occasion in the lives of students, and they are expected to behave in a manner
commensurate with the magnitude of the occasion. While attending commencement exercises, students and their guests are
expected to maintain decorum that is reasonable and befitting of a public event of special significance. Because commencement
exercises are formal events, graduates are expected to abide by the University’s policy on appropriate attire that is announced in
advance of the ceremonies.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 35


GENERATION OF STUDENT TRANSCRIPTS

Students may submit a written request to the Registrar’s Office for official transcripts of coursework indicating each course
attempted, each grade earned, and credit hours associated with each course. Each request requires a processing fee.

Student records (transcripts) will not be released under the following circumstances:

• All student records are not on file in the University Registrar’s Office.
• The requesting student has not cleared all bills (academic or financial).
• The requesting student has a record hold imposed by the Office of Financial Aid or the Office of General Counsel
• The requesting student has not paid the transcript fee.

In the event that a student experiences a legal change of name, he or she should submit a completed Name Change Request Form
and official documentation of the change. The Registrar’s Office will record a copy of the required documentation, which may
include, but is not limited to marriage license, divorce decree, court document, passport, and naturalization certificate.

RIGHT TO PRIVACY

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law designed to protect the privacy of a student’s educational
records. In compliance with this act, the University may release to the general public information that may be thought of as
“directory information” without the written consent of the student. However, students may request that this information be
withheld from the public by giving written notice to the Registrar’s Office. “Directory information” includes the following:
(1) name, (2) address, (3) telephone number, (4) date and place of birth, (5) weight and height of members of the athletic
teams, (6) participation in officially recognized activities and sports, (7) dates of attendance, (8) educational institution
most recently attended, and (9) other information (such as major field of study, degrees earned, and awards received).

Students desiring to have “directory information,” as specified above, withheld from the public should give written notice of this
desire to the Registrar’s Office during the first twelve (12) days of class during a regular semester (fall or spring) or the first four (4)
days of class during a summer term. These written notices must be transmitted in person. No transcript or other academic or
disciplinary record related to an individual student will be released without the written consent of the student for such a
release, except as specified by law.

36 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


FEES AND EXPENSES

Resident Status

Students enrolled at the University can be classified as resident, nonresident, or foreign. All students attending Texas Southern
University who are nonresidents of Texas will be charged additional tuition in accordance with state law. The burden of registering
under proper resident status is the responsibility of the student. Nonresidents are persons who are residing in the State of Texas
fewer than twelve (12) months immediately preceding their initial registration.

A request for a change of resident status for tuition purposes should be made as soon as the student has met the requirements
for residency change, but no later than the fourth (4th) class day for a summer session or the twelfth (12th) class day for a fall or
spring semester. Changes made after the 4th/12th class days will apply only for future semesters. All required documents must
accompany the Residency Application form, which is available in the Office of the Registrar on the second floor of Bell Hall.

The determination of resident classification for tuition purposes is governed by statutes enacted by the Texas Legislature and by
rules and regulations promulgated by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board. These regulations may be reviewed in the
Robert J. Terry University Library in the Reserved area.

Required Residency Documentation

The Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board requires that Texas Southern University document each student’s residency.
In order to apply for Texas residency status for tuition purposes, one must be either a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. The
following documents indicating that the student has resided in the State of Texas for twelve (12) continuous months prior to
registration may be REQUIRED:

Documentation To Support Domicile And Residency

The following documentation may be requested by the institution in order to resolve issues raised by responses to the Core
Residency Questions. The listed documents may be used to establish that the person is domiciled in Texas and has maintained a
residence in Texas continuously for twelve (12) months prior to the census date.

PART A: Documentation That Can Support the Establishment of a Domicile and Demonstrate the Maintenance of a
Residence in Texas for 12 Months

An employer’s statement of dates of employment (beginning and current or ending dates) that encompass at least 12 months.
Other documents that show the person has been engaged in activities intended to provide an income to a person or allow a person
to avoid the expense of paying another person to perform the tasks (as in child care or the maintenance of a home) may also be
used, as well as documents that show the person is self-employed or employed as a homemaker or is living off his/her earnings or
through public assistance. Student employment such as work-study and the receipt of stipends, fellowships or research or teaching
assistantships does not qualify as a basis for establishing a domicile.

For a homeless person, written statements from the office of one or more social service agencies located in Texas that attest to the
provision of services to the homeless person for the twelve (12) months prior to the census date of the term in which the person
enrolls.

PART B: Documentation Which (if accomplished and maintained for the 12 months prior to the census date of the term
in which the person enrolls and if accompanied by at least ONE type of document listed in Part C) Can Support the
Establishment of a Domicile and Demonstrate the Maintenance of a Residence in Texas for 12 Months:

• Title to real property in Texas


• Marriage certificate with documentation to support that spouse is a domiciliary of Texas
• Ownership of business in Texas with documents that evidence the organization or the business as a partnership or
corporation and reflect the ownership interest of the person or dependent’s parent
• State or local licenses to conduct a business or practice a profession in this state.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 37


PART C: Documents That May Be Used to Demonstrate Maintenance of a Residence for 12 Months

These documents do not show the establishment of a domicile. They only support a person’s claim to have resided in the state for
at least 12 months. Activities in Part A and B of this Chart may be used to establish a domicile.

• Utility bills for the 12 months preceding the census date


• A Texas high school transcript for a full senior year of attendance preceding the census date
• A transcript from a Texas institution showing presence in the state for the 12 months preceding the census date
• A Texas driver’s license or Texas ID card with an expiration date of not more than four years
• Cancelled checks that reflect a Texas residence for the 12 months preceding the census date
• A current credit report that documents the length and place of residence of the person or the dependent’s parent
• Texas voter registration card that has not expired
• Pay stubs for the 12 months preceding the census date
• Bank statements reflecting a Texas address for the 12 months preceding the census date
• Ownership of real property with copies of utility bills for the 12 months preceding the census date
• Registration or verification from licensor, showing Texas address for licensee
• Written statements from the office of one or more social service agencies, attesting to the provision of services for at
least the 12 months preceding the census date
• Lease or rental of real property, other than campus housing, in the name of the person or the dependent’s parent for
the 12 months preceding the census date

Photocopies of the above items are required with the completed application. Students who do not provide required documentation
will be charged nonresident tuition.

If there is a question of a student’s legal resident status under state law and University rules, it is the duty of the student to obtain
an opinion from the Student Resident Status Advisor prior to registration. Any attempt on the part of the nonresident to evade
the nonresident fee will be taken seriously and may lead to expulsion. Nonresident students are given official notice of their
nonresident classification at the time of admission. A student who is classified as a nonresident but who pays the resident fee at any
subsequent registration after he or she has been officially advised in writing of nonresident status will receive a penalty of loss of
credit.

38 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TUITION AND FEES

The University reserves the right to adjust fees without prior notice. A list of tuition and regular fees to be paid by all students
enrolled for any semester hours is available through the Office of the University Comptroller. In addition to these fees, one should
add estimates of special laboratory fees and the cost of books and supplies to arrive at an approximate total amount needed at the
time of registration.

All payments to the University should be made by online payment, by credit card, or by cashier’s check, money order, or personal
check made payable to Texas Southern University. Personal checks will not be accepted for any amount in excess of the total
amount due. Postdated checks will not be accepted. There will be a $25.00 charge for each check returned for any reason.
Temporary checks are unacceptable.

Tuition. In all colleges and schools of the University except the Thurgood Marshall School of Law, each student who is a resident
of the State of Texas is required to pay tuition at a rate of not less than $100.00 per semester or $50.00 for each six-week term. A
nonresident or foreign student is required to pay tuition per semester hour. Information on specific rates may be secured from the
Office of the University Comptroller. This fee is refundable.

Designated Tuition. The Building Use Fee, of a prorated amount per semester hour, is charged to all students. This fee is used to
construct, equip, repair, and renovate buildings and facilities. This fee is refundable.

Student Service Fee. The Student Service Fee is used to support certain extracurricular activities, such as student publications,
special cultural programs, the marching band, and the athletic programs. This fee also provides for general health counseling,
minor medication, and treatment in the Student Health Center. It does not include special medicines, dental care, treatment
by specialists, or hospitalization. The amount of the fee depends on the number of credit hours for which the student is
enrolled, and it is charged to all students enrolled at the University during a regular semester.

Students enrolled for 12 or more credit hours in each of both semesters of a school year are entitled to receive one copy of the
University annual. Students enrolled full-time for only one semester may also receive the annual by paying an additional fee. This
fee is nonrefundable.

Student Center Fee. The Student Center Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the Student Center
and acquiring or constructing additions to the Student Center. This fee is nonrefundable.

Library Service Fee. The Library Service Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the Robert J. Terry
Library and for providing library services to students. This fee is nonrefundable.

International Education Fee. The International Education Fee is used to assist students participating in international student
exchange or study programs in accordance with guidelines jointly developed by the student governing body and University
administration. This fee is nonrefundable.

Recreational Facility Fee. The Recreational Facility Fee is used for constructing, operating, maintaining and equipping the
recreational facilities and programs. This fee is refundable.

Intercollegiate Athletics Fee. The Intercollegiate Athletics Fee is imposed by the Board of Regents of Texas Southern University
on each student enrolled at Texas Southern University. This fee is used to develop and maintain an intercollegiate athletics
program at the University. This fee is nonrefundable.

Medical Service Fee. The Medical Service Fee is used for operating, maintaining, improving, and equipping the medical service
facility; acquiring and constructing additions to the medical service facility and providing medical services to students. This fee is
refundable.

Computer Service Fee. The Computer Service Fee is assessed per semester to all students enrolled at the University to help
support the provision of computer services to students. This fee is nonrefundable.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 39


School Fee. The School Fee is assessed by each college or school to all students enrolled in its component major programs in order
to support administrative costs. This fee is nonrefundable.

Late Registration Fee. Texas Southern University reserves the right to conduct registration according to students’ last name,
major area, or any other delimiting factor. Students are required to register at the time indicated by the class schedule. Failure
to complete registration on the date specified, but before the absolute deadline, may result in a late fee assessment. This fee is
nonrefundable.

Drop/Add Fee. A student making a course change or changes after payment of initial tuition and fees may be charged for each
change. This fee is nonrefundable.

Installment Handling Fees. Tuition and fees during the fall and spring semesters may be paid by one of two options:

1. Full payment of tuition and fees by the twentieth day of class or


1. One-half payment of tuition and fees by the twentieth day of class, one-fourth by the start of the sixth week, and one-
fourth by the start of the eleventh week.

Students electing to pay their tuition and fees on the installment plan will be assessed a handling fee for the three-payment plan.
Students are also assessed a fee for each delinquent payment. These fees are nonrefundable.

A student who fails to make full payment or a first installment payment of tuition and fees, including any incidental fees, by the
due date may be barred from classes until full payment is made. A student who fails to make full payment prior to the end of the
semester may not receive credit for the work done that semester. University records may be adjusted to reflect the student’s failure
to enroll properly for that semester.

Late Payment Fee. A student who fails to pay tuition and fees by the posted deadline will be assessed a late payment fee. This fee
is nonrefundable.

Laboratory Fee. Fees are assessed for studio and laboratory courses in the following academic disciplines: art, biology, chemistry,
education, geology, human services and consumer sciences, music, pharmacy, human performance, physics, and technology. This
fee is nonrefundable.

SEVIS International Fee. International students are required to pay an administration fee for University compliance with the
federal student exchange system. This fee is nonrefundable.

Orientation Fee. First-time students are required to pay a fee for the orientation program and related activities. This fee is
nonrefundable.

Health Insurance. The University provides minimal health care for students. All residence hall occupants are required to be
covered by hospitalization insurance. For students without such coverage, a student hospital, medical, and surgical insurance
policy is available through the Student Health Center.

Room and Board. Residence hall occupants will be required to sign a Housing-Food Service Contract for the entire academic
year before being admitted to the facilities. The Housing-Food Services Contract is personal and may not be transferred
or assigned to another person. Any violator will be subject to immediate disciplinary action. Room and Board charges are
assessed on an annual basis.

Parking Fee. Students who need to park vehicles in designated student lots on the campus must pay for parking decals to attach
to their vehicles. These decals will indicate the parking lot. This fee is assessed on a semester or term basis. Refunds for parking
fees must be applied for separately through the Department of Public Safety.

Other Fee(s). Other fees, not specified in this section, may be charged by colleges, schools, departments, or other offices at the
University. Students will be apprised of these fees and their designated purposes at the time that they are incurred.

40 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TUITION AND ASSOCIATED FEES

Students should refer to the University website for updated information regarding tuition and fees. The Graduate School provides
tuition fellowships for a limited number of students nominated by their programs to working as teaching or research assistants. For
more information students should consult their academic departments.

Graduation Fees. Graduation fees are due and payable at the time of application for graduation. These fees do not include cap
and gown rental. Invitations are optional and may be ordered through the University Bookstore prior to April 15. Caps and gowns
are also ordered through the University Bookstore.

Master’s, Thesis Master’s, Nonthesis Doctoral


Microfilm N/A N/A $ 50.00
Binding Fee $ 15.00 N/A $ 49.50
Postage & Handling N/A N/A $ 14.00
Diploma Fee $ 15.00 $15.00 $ 16.50
Hood $ 30.00 $30.00 $130.00

Student Records (transcripts) will not be released if

All records are not on file in the University Registrar’s Office.


Bills have not been cleared (academic or financial).
Transcript fee has not been paid.

REGULATIONS GOVERNING REFUNDS

Dropped Courses

Any student who drops courses within the first twelve (12) days of a fall or spring semester or within the first four (4) days of a
summer term and remains enrolled in the University will receive refunds applicable to tuition paid for those courses.

Withdrawals

Refunds for courses enrolled in during a fall or spring semester by a student who officially withdraws from the University are
calculated according to the following percentage schedule:

Prior to the first day 100%


During the first week of class 80%
During the second week of class 70%
During the third week of class 50%
During the fourth week of class 25%
After the fourth week of class 0%

Refunds for courses enrolled in during a summer term by a student who officially withdraws from the University are calculated
according to the following percentage schedule:

Prior to the first day 100%


During the first, second, or third class day 80%
During the fourth, fifth, or sixth class day 50%
Seventh day of class and thereafter 0%

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 41


Refunds are granted for those fees designated as “refundable.” The refundable fees assessed at registration are tuition
and designated tuition. These fees are calculated based upon the number of semester credit hours for which a student registers.
Refunds of refundable fees are calculated based upon the total amount of these fees assessed at registration and not on the basis of
the amount of the total that has been paid if a student is paying on an installment basis.

Students who are not indebted to the University should expect to receive checks by mail after the fourth week of class during a
regular semester and after the third week of class during a summer term. Students who pay fees through financial aid/assistance
(including Guaranteed Student Loans) will receive refunds only if the Office of Student Financial Assistance determines that
refunds are due.

Students who register for courses that are either paid for directly or paid through the use of financial aid/assistance are considered
enrolled at the University until they officially withdraw through the Office of the University Registrar. Ceasing to attend classes
or stopping payment of checks for fees owed without officially withdrawing from the University will result in semester
grades of “F”. Thus, any remaining balance owed to the University by a student who ceases to attend classes, but who does
not officially withdraw through the Office of the University Registrar, is still due and NOT subject to reduction.

Refund of Room and Board Fees

Dormitory residents are required to sign a Housing/Food Service Contract for the entire academic year. The University’s policy
concerning refunds associated with room and board fees is stated in the contract. Where refunds are applicable, application for
such refunds must be made within one year after official withdrawal.

Refund of Graduation Fees

Graduation fees cannot be transferred to another graduation period. Applications for refunds of the May diploma fee must be
made in writing at the Bursar’s Office prior to March 1. No other refunds shall be granted. Summer graduates have no refund
grace period inasmuch as orders are placed immediately upon receipt of their applications for graduation.

Financial Obligations

No person who is indebted to the University in any amount will be permitted to graduate, receive transcripts, reenroll at the
University, or receive any refunds.

42 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID AND ASSISTANCE

Loans

Federal Direct Loans are low-interest loans for students and parents to help pay for the cost of a student’s education after high
school. The lender is the U.S. Department of Education, though the entity dealt with, your loan servicer, can be a private business.
With Direct Loans, the student borrows directly from the federal government and has a single contact, his or her loan servicer, for
everything related to repayment, even if one receives Direct Loans at different schools. Federal Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans
are available to students that may not qualify for more restrictive aid programs based solely on need. Federal Direct Plus Loans are
available for parent and graduate borrowers who do not have an adverse credit history.

As other programs become available at the University, students should contact the Office of Student Financial Assistance
directly for pertinent information.

FINANCIAL AID AND ASSISTANCE ELIGIBILITY

The Office of Student Financial Assistance makes every effort to ensure that all awards and materials submitted remain
confidential in accordance with the Buckley Family Right to Privacy Act of 1975. In order to initiate the process of review for
financial aid awards, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents and should do the following:

1. Secure admission to Texas Southern University through the Office of Admissions via the process described in the next
chapter of this document.
2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online at ww.fafsa.ed.gov. The student will receive an
electronic response from the U.S. Department of Education within three to five days by means of an e-mail notification
containing a link that should be immediately accessed and the content reviewed for corrections. For financial aid purposes,
a student is considered “dependent” if he or she is under 24, unmarried, and has no legal dependents at the time the FAFSA
is submitted. (Exceptions are made for veterans, wards of court, and other special circumstances.) If a student is considered
dependent, then the income and the assets of the parent have to be reported on the FAFSA. For financial aid purposes, a
student is considered “dependent” if he or she is under 24, unmarried, and has no legal dependents at the time the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid is submitted. (Exceptions are made for veterans, wards of court, and other special
circumstances.) If a student is considered dependent, then the income and the assets of the parent have to be reported on
the FAFSA. (This step will eventually produce a Student Aid Report (SAR) that will be emailed directly to the student at
the address provided on FAFSA in approximately three to five working days; for online submissions, this turnaround is
three to five business days, and corrections can be made instantly.)
3. Submit any supporting documentation that may be required to the Office of Student Financial Assistance, Texas Southern
University, 3100 Cleburne; Houston, Texas 77004-9987, E. O. Bell Building First floor or by fax 713-313-1859.

Make inquiries about scholarships available and submit applications when qualifications are met. These qualifications
are listed in the preceding section on scholarships in this chapter of this bulletin. Additional information may be obtained
electronically at www.tsu.edu.

Once all documents referenced have been received by the Office of Student Financial Assistance (or other designated office),
the applicant will be considered for a possible financial aid award, financial assistance, or scholarship. A student who applies for
financial aid or assistance and is not awarded at the time of registration must be prepared to pay for tuition, fees, books, and
housing from personal funds as part of the registration process.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In order to maintain eligibility for consideration for financial aid, students must meet the standards set forth in Texas Southern
University’s policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). Thus, in reality, there are three facets of the individual student
record that determine financial aid eligibility: credit hours, grades, and time frame. The requirements in each facet vary
in accordance with academic status (undergraduate, graduate, or professional student), the college or school of enrollment, and
enrollment status (full-time, half-time, or less than half-time). When time frame is combined with the University’s SAP standards,

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 43


reference is made in the document, generally, to financial aid SAP. When time frame is not a factor, reference is simply made
to SAP at the University and generally refers to the institutional academic policy. Time frame is always included regardless of
the level, enrollment status or degree objective for the student when considering the financial aid satisfactory academic progress
standards.

With regard to the credit hours needed to maintain eligibility, students receiving aid have their overall enrollments at the
University reviewed once each year at the end of the spring semester to verify that they have earned a minimum number of credit
hours for their academic classification (freshman, sophomore, etc.). Students failing to meet the minimum standards and receiving
an approved appeal are reviewed at the end of subsequent terms until the student meets the minimum financial aid satisfactory
academic progress requirements. With regard to the grades needed to maintain eligibility, students receiving aid must satisfy a
cumulative grade point average (GPA) requirement each year. Their GPA must meet the minimum standards of their individual
academic classifications.

With regard to the time frame needed to maintain eligibility, students will be considered for financial aid for a limited time only.
Their enrollment in all postsecondary institutions, regardless of financial aid support, is considered when determining the total
number of credit hours that they are allowed to enroll for with the benefit of financial aid. The Office of Student Financial
Assistance should be contacted directly regarding the specifics of time frame limitations. Students are notified when they are
approaching enrollment in the maximum number of credit hours permitted. If students exceed this number before finishing their
individual programs of study, then they will no longer be eligible to receive federal student assistance.

Financial Aid Probation

Students are placed on probation with regard to the receipt of financial aid for their next semester of attendance if they fail to
earn the minimum number of semester credit hours and/or achieve the minimum GPA required for their attendance status.
Students placed on probation are required to submit an appeal containing a letter of explanation, plan of action for improving
their academic performance and academic plan. To be removed from this probation, students must complete the requisite number
of semester credit hours with the corresponding GPA to regain unconditional eligibility under the Satisfactory Academic Progress
(SAP) policy or meet the conditions of the approved appeal and academic plan. If these conditions are met, the probationary
status will automatically be removed at the end of the semester for which probation has been imposed. If these conditions are not
met, the student will be placed on financial aid suspension and may not regain eligibility until the student has met the minimum
financial aid satisfactory academic progress requirements for their category or meets other federal acceptable terms for reentry into
the financial aid programs.

Financial Aid Suspension

Students who fail to earn the required semester credit hours and achieve the required GPA while on financial aid probation will be
placed on financial aid suspension. Thus, they will no longer be eligible to receive federal student assistance. In order to return to
financial aid probationary status, students must meet the minimum financial aid satisfactory academic requirements or meet other
federal acceptable terms for reentry into the financial aid programs.

Exclusions

The following types of registration or grades cannot be used to fulfill conditions for the removal of financial aid probation or
suspension: advanced placement credits, credits earned through the credit by examination process, independent study courses, and
grades of withdrawal (W), incomplete (I), in progress (R), unsatisfactory (U), and fail (F).

Additional Academic Requirements

If students apply for financial aid, their eligibility will be based on past performance as measured by the Satisfactory Academic
Progress (SAP) standards for financial aid. If a student making application is a transfer student, he or she will be evaluated
within the financial aid SAP maximum time frame based upon the number of semester credit hours accepted by Texas Southern
University and subsequently enrolled in at Texas Southern University.

44 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Other factors that students need to be cognizant of with regard to the assessment of financial aid status are as follows:

1. Semester credit hours earned from foreign institutions are included in the financial aid SAP evaluation if these credits are
accepted by the University and the college/school in which a major is declared.
2. If a course is repeated, the semester credits earned will count toward the determination of enrollment status and maximum
time frame. If a course is repeated because of a failing grade, financial aid may be applied until the student receives a
passing grade in the course. If the student receives a passing grade, financial aid may be applied only for the first instance
the course is repeated.
3. Courses in which grades of “I” (incomplete) are received do not earn credits to meet the academic year minimum, nor do
they influence GPA in the semester in which they are taken; however, the credits are counted in the maximum time frame.
4. Courses in which grades of “W” (withdrawal) are received do not earn credits to meet the academic year minimum, nor
do they influence GPAs in the semester in which they are taken; however, the credits are counted in the maximum time
frame. Students may retake courses from which they withdraw, and retaken credits will count toward the determination
of enrollment status and minimum credits earned.
5. Credits earned from undergraduate developmental/remedial courses that students are required to take count toward the
determination of enrollment status, minimum semester credits earned, and maximum time frame.
6. Credits earned from undergraduate courses taken while students are enrolled as graduate students do not count toward the
academic year minimum, nor do they influence GPA, nor do they count toward the determination of enrollment status
or minimum credits earned, unless these credits are specifically required as prerequisites.
7. All undergraduate and prerequisite courses are included in the financial aid time frame for financial aid SAP.
8. Summer terms are considered special semesters and are not automatically monitored to determine financial aid SAP. Students
who attend summer terms and who want credits earned during these terms counted with fall and/or spring semester credit
totals must make a request for such at the end of the summer terms of attendance.

Right to Appeal

Students placed on financial aid suspension may appeal this status by completing a Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeal Form in
the Office of Student Financial Assistance within 30 days of receipt of notification.

Students who believe that they have been identified as not having met financial aid SAP requirements because of the late posting
of grades should contact the Office of Student Financial Assistance once grades have been posted. A counselor will then review the
information and determine whether or not the SAP requirements have been appropriately met.

Students who are placed on financial aid suspension should submit a Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeal Form, Letter of
Explanation, Plan of Action and Academic Plan. The Academic Plan must be obtained from an academic advisor, or designated
representative for the department. Students who fail to achieve financial aid SAP standards because of mitigating circumstances
(such as illness, injury, family crisis, or credits earned from incomplete courses) should attach supporting documentation with the
appeal. The Satisfactory Academic Progress committee will render a decision after reviewing the documentation presented.

Students who attend either one or both summer terms during a year when they have been placed on either financial aid probation
or suspension and succeed in increasing their GPA and/or semester credit hours completed in order to meet the minimum
financial aid SAP standards for the year should appeal their status in writing with supporting documentation to the following:

Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals Committee


Office of Student Financial Assistance
Texas Southern University
3100 Cleburne Street
Houston, Texas 77004-9987

Decisions on these appeals will be made within 20 business days after their receipt. Students will be notified in writing of the
decision.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 45


Financial Aid Tuition Deferment

Deferment of tuition payment is made available by the Office of Student Financial Assistance to students who meet the following
requirements:

1. Are admitted into an eligible academic program


1. Are registered for a minimum of 6 credit hours
2. Submit all supporting documentation including, but not limited to the verification worksheet, parent and/or student
federal income tax returns, and other items required by the U.S. Department of Education prior to disbursement of
Title IV aid
3. Are in good standing and not in default on any federal loan
4. Meet the minimum satisfactory academic requirements
5. Have an official response to their Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)

Transactions made after the processing of a deferment may result in additional charges. Students dropping and adding courses or
receiving University Bookstore credit based on expected financial aid should carefully monitor their student accounts. Students
may view their account balance on-line or request an account summary from the Financial Services Department in the E. O. Bell
Hall basement. Payment deadlines are posted on the TSU web site.

Students obtaining a tuition deferment may not have enough financial assistance to pay their outstanding account balance. Any
student whose total charges exceed anticipated aid should seek counseling from the Office of Student Financial Assistance or be
prepared to pay the additional charges out of pocket by the published due dates.

Refund Disbursement

All financial aid funds are disbursed by the Bursar’s Office, not the Office of Student Financial Assistance; however, students who
are awarded financial aid through the Office of Student Financial Assistance should stay in contact with that office regarding
disbursement of funds. Funds will not be disbursed to students indebted to the University. The University refunds students’
surplus monies to their designated bank account or to debit E-cards for students who opted out of direct deposit to their bank
accounts.

46 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


RESIDENTIAL LIFE AND HOUSING PROCEDURES

The demand for student housing is quite large. Facilities may not be available for all students who apply. To process applications
expeditiously, students must request and submit the appropriate application for the type of accommodation desired.

Texas Southern University (TSU) has launched a new learning and living program. The Urban Academic Village is available to a
select group of incoming freshmen. Only 400 of our 1,200 incoming freshmen will be selected to participate in this pilot program
that includes both an academic and a residential learning community.

To begin the housing reservation process, a student will submit a housing application; the student must remit a security deposit
and a non-refundable application fee at all housing locations. The application fee will not be credited toward the amount of room
and board to be paid at registration. The deposit will remain with the University as long as the student is under the terms of the
Housing-Food Service Contract.

Housing Deposit/Application Fee Refund Policy

A housing/food service contract may be obtained by students for one academic year (that is, for the fall and spring semesters) and
the aforementioned deposit. The deposit will be forfeited if contract is terminated. The deposit is refundable when the student
cannot be accommodated. Refunds are made after verifying that the housing balance has been paid in full and the room has been
vacated, left clean, and in good order. Cost for damages to facilities, furnishings, and special cleaning are charged to the student.
Where responsibility cannot be determined, costs will be divided among the occupants of the room/floor/building involved in the
damages.

Housing Reservations

Reservations are made on a priority basis. Freshmen will be served first priority at the Academic Village and the Lanier East and
West Halls. You must be accepted into the Urban Academic Village (UAV) program to reserve housing at the Academic Village.
All other incoming freshmen will reside at Lanier East and West Halls. Priority levels exist according to classification. Sophomores
are accommodated at the 2nd level, followed respectively by juniors and seniors. Assignments depend on housing availability.

All domestic and international students should make applications with applicable fees as early as possible prior to the semester
or term in which they wish to attend. Applicants must be accepted to the University before applying for housing
accommodations.

Assignments are made beginning in April for the fall semesters and are made in December for the spring semester. Every effort will
be made to honor specific room requests; however, room/hall assignments are made on a space-available basis.

Housing Cancellations

All requests for cancellation of housing reservations must be in writing and submitted to the housing office within two (2) weeks
upon receipt of your application. If the request is submitted in time, applicants are eligible to receive the deposit.

All requests for termination of housing/food contracts must be submitted in writing to the housing office located at 3505 Blodgett
St, Houston, Texas 77004 by November 1st each calendar year.

Resident’s Responsibilities

Students are cautioned to read carefully all terms and conditions stated on the application form, information bulletins, and
housing/food service contracts. Students will be held accountable for adherence to the contents of all contractual information.
Once a student is assigned to a room, he/she is responsible for its maintenance (i.e., keeping the room in good condition) and
shall be held responsible to the University for damages to equipment and furnishings. Charges will be assessed for damages or
defacements beyond normal wear and tear.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 47


Texas Southern University strongly urges students to provide personal property insurance via a rider on the family’s homeowners
insurance or by purchase of a personal property insurance policy provided by a third party insurance provider.

All residents are expected to familiarize themselves with and abide by the Housing Rules and Regulations and the Student Code
of Conduct. Violation of University Rules and Regulations could result in disciplinary actions taken by the Housing Judiciary
Committee, Head Resident Counselor, and/or the Office of Judicial Affairs.

The Residential Life and Housing Office is located at 3505 Blodgett in the Tierwester Oaks leasing office, and the telephone number
is (713)-313-7206.

ERNEST S. STERLING STUDENT LIFE CENTER

As the “Hub of University Life,” the Student Center is a laboratory of citizenship and provides an educational experience for the
development of successful leadership skills in numerous broad-based college union activities. The Center provides educational,
cultural, social, and recreational programs as well as leisure activities for the entire University community.

This four-story structure in the center of the campus contains a 1,000-seat cafeteria, a pizza and fried chicken shop, and the
University Bookstore. Offices for the Student Government Association, the University Program Council, and student publications
(The Herald newspaper and the Tiger yearbook) are also located here. Social events, special meetings, luncheons and receptions
are held in the Tiger Room and in the President’s Lounge. The Center houses a student computer lab, a bowling facility, barber
and beauty shops, a game room, a television room, reading lounges, a meditation room, and a terrace on the roof. It is also
equipped to receive closed circuit television. Special features include an automatic teller machine for banking services, METRO
bus pass service, and graphic services for campus clubs and organizations.

48 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


STUDENT SERVICES AND CAMPUS LIFE

COUNSELING SERVICES

The mission of the University Counseling Center (UCC) is to help students enhance their academic and personal well-being. The
UCC seeks to provide crisis intervention, grief counseling, outreach, and other referral services to TSU students.

Confidential counseling services are made available for all currently enrolled TSU students at no charge. Our primary
responsibilities are to alleviate distress and promote healthy functioning by providing either short-term or ongoing counseling
services. These services include, but are not limited to individuals, couples, family and/or group consultation, referral for on-
campus psychiatric services, and public presentations for campus organizations and/or academic classes.

The UCC staff consists of mental health professionals from diverse clinical backgrounds. Some members are licensed mental
health professionals. The UCC consults with psychologists, psychiatrists, and physicians when necessary. This practice allows the
staff to provide quality counseling, integrated care, appropriate referrals, consultation, and training. The UCC clinical staff are
trained and experienced in responding to a variety of issues encountered by university students.

The UCC is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call the UCC
at 713-313-7804 either to make an appointment or for additional information.

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES

Student Health Services offers medical care and educational programs to all students currently enrolled at Texas Southern University. Students
who have a validated ID card and a physical examination form with current immunization report on file are eligible for clinic services.

The Student Health Center is located off Tierwester Street at parking lot D. It is staffed by one physician, two nurses and
supportive administrative/clerical personnel. To provide care when needed, the Clinic is open year-round and operates on a walk-
in basis. The nurses are on duty Monday-Friday from 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. The physician is available from 3:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
daily. Students may call the Clinic at (713) 313-7173.

The Center is designed and equipped to render service for minor and acute ailments and injuries. On-hand medications and
medical supplies available at the Clinic are dispensed free of charge to all students with a validated ID card for the current
semester. Specific medications may be obtained from any pharmacy with a prescription written by the school physician. There
are no facilities for overnight stay. Two rooms are available for short-term day observation. For services beyond the scope of
the University physician, students are referred to local health care providers. Expenses for services of these providers are the
responsibility of the student, not the University. Consultations made within the University are free of charge.

No one can get information from a student’s medical record without the student’s written consent or a court-ordered subpoena. A federal
regulation, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), requires our protecting the privacy of your health information.

Insurance.

Students who reside in University dormitories are provided a basic hospitalization/accident insurance plan. The premium is
included in the housing fee. This plan is available to ALL University students for a small fee. The premium is low, and the
coverage is minimal. Information is available at the Clinic.

After Clinic hours and on weekends, residence hall students should report any emergency situation or illness to the Dormitory
Director. Students living in other University housing should contact Campus Security at (713) 313-7000.

Health Awareness Programs.

HIV counseling and testing is available in the Center every week. The Center will be presenting informative health programs
throughout the fall and spring semester. Information regarding these programs will be posted campuswide. The pamphlet on HIV
infection developed by the Texas Department of Health is available.
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 49
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION AND PLACEMENT SERVICES CENTER

The Cooperative Education and Placement Services Center has the major objective of assisting students and alumni with their
employment-related needs. The Center staff seeks to assist students with choosing their majors and career interests and gaining
relevant work experience, as well as to provide alumni guidance in their full-time professional job search. The Center encompasses
four interlocking components: Career Awareness, Job Location and Development (JLD), Cooperative Education (Co-Op)/
Internships, and Career Planning and Placement.

Cooperative Education and Placement Services also focuses on developing strong relationships with employers and assisting
them in their recruiting needs. Provided services include career fairs, on-campus recruitment, and resume referrals that assist in
meeting each organizations needs. If the need is filling internships, cooperative education, or full-time employment opportunities,
Cooperative Education and Placement Services is dedicated to providing each organization personal and prompt service.

Whether or not one is a student, an alumnus, or an employer, Cooperative Education and Placement Services is committed to
assisting you in meeting your goals. The Center is located in 152 Fairchild Hall. For further information, students should call
(713)-313-7346.

UNIVERSITY TESTING SERVICES

The University Testing Services program renders the following services:

1. The provision of local and national testing programs for its clientele.
2. The collection of relevant and reliable psychometric information about the learner.
3. The collection of relevant and reliable psychometric information about prospective students of Texas Southern University.
4. The provision of test services and test consultations for various components within the University.
5. The provision of counselors and admission officers with test profiles on all freshman students.
6. The provision of academic advisors with test profiles and other relevant test data compiled on their advisees.

University Testing Services offers two specific programs: national testing programs and institutional testing programs.

National Testing Programs are testing programs which are administered nationwide in terms of date and time. They are controlled
by test service centers external to the University. Those national testing programs which are currently conducted by University
Services are

American College Testing (ACT) Program Test


General Education Development (GED) Test
Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT)
Law School Admission Test (LSAT)
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
Texas Educator Certification (TExES)

Institutional testing programs are programs that are conceived, designed, implemented, and controlled by the University.

50 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM (THE LEARNING ENHANCEMENT CENTER)

Funded by the United States Department of Education, Texas Southern University’s Student Support Services Program (SSSP) is
designed to provide academic assistance and counseling to “TRIO” eligible students who are pursuing a baccalaureate degree. All
services are provided free of cost so as to empower participants to realize their academic and career goals. Specific programmatic
services include the following.

Tutoring

All participants are eligible to receive tutoring. Each participant will be assessed by a staff member to identify critical academic
support needs. “Learning Enhancement” tutor/mentors will provide academic support assistance in numerous disciplines.

Counseling

The assistant director and academic advisor/counselor will interview and assess each eligible applicant. Together, they will identify
the student’s academic and self-development needs. Additionally, students will have access to career, personal and academic related
counseling services.

Seminars

Seminars offered by the program include, but are not limited to, the following: financial aid assistance, test-taking skills, career
planning, time management, note-taking skills, GRE, GMAT, LSAT, and MCAT test preparation seminars, and graduate and
professional school information. Each seminar is carefully designed with the student’s best interest in mind.

Financial Aid Advisement

The program provides assistance in completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and facilitates seminars/
workshops relative to accessing financial aid resources.

Cultural Enrichment

Participants are offered an opportunity to attend activities that foster cultural enrichment (e.g., Broadway plays and University
theatrical productions).

Computer/Copier/Internet Access

So as to advance academic research, participants are afforded access to educational support resources such as copiers, computers,
laptops, printers, and the internet.

Student Support Services Program Eligibility Criteria

To qualify for program participation, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents and have a need for academic support.
Additionally, students must satisfy one of the following criteria:
• Be a first-generation college student (neither parent/nor guardian has a four year college degree);
• Have an economic need as established by the Department of Education income guidelines; and/or
• Manifest a documented learning or physical disability.

SSSP Location and Hours of Operation

The Learning Enhancement Center’s main office and tutorial laboratory are located in Fairchild 147.
Hours of Operation: 9 a.m. – 6 p.m., Monday thru Friday.
For additional information, please call Student Support Services’ administrative office at (713) 313-7998/4207 and/or access the
project’s Web site at www.tsu.edu.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 51


UNIVERSITY PROGRAM COUNCIL

The University Program Council is composed of students, staff, faculty, and administrators who work in collaboration with the
Office of Student Services in implementing programs for the University community. The Council’s charge includes sponsoring a
comprehensive list of social, cultural, intellectual, and recreational programs which enhance the total development of students.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION

The Student Government Association is the supreme governing body of Texas Southern University students. Comprised of three
branches, Executive, Legislative and Judicial, the Student Government Association serves as a means whereby students’ opinions,
views, and aspirations may be properly discussed and acted upon.

Participation in the co-curricular laboratory environment provided by the Student Government Association maximizes
opportunities for leadership development and ensures student participation on University committees. Weekly meetings of the
Student Government Association are held in the Student Center and are open to all students.

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS

The Office of Campus Organizations, which is housed in the Student Center, each year certifies over seventy (70) campus
organizations serving the special interests of the campus community. Among those recognized organizations are undergraduate
chapters of national fraternities and sororities and social, academic, recreational, religious, and para-professional organizations.

52 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


STATEMENT OF ETHICAL PRINCIPLES

TITLE IX GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

It is the policy of Texas Southern University not to discriminate on the basis of sex in its educational programs and activities as
required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. Title IX provides that “No person in the United States shall, on the
basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education
program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance. Sex discrimination includes sexual harassment and sexual assault. This
policy shall apply to all students, staff, faculty, contractors, vendors, and/or visitors to Texas Southern University.

As a student of the University you are protected from sex discrimination in areas including, but not limited to:

• Admission to schools/colleges
• Access to enrollment in courses
• Access to and use of school facilities
• Counseling and guidance materials, tests and practices
• Vocational education
• Physical education
• Competitive athletics
• Graduation requirements
• Student rules, regulations and benefits
• Treatment as a married and/or pregnant student
• Housing
• Financial assistance
• Health services
• School-sponsored extracurricular activities

As an employee of the University you are protected from sex discrimination in areas including, but not limited to:

• Employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties and shifts


• Career advancement
• Other terms and conditions of employment

II. DEFINITIONS

A. Sex Discrimination. Sex discrimination can occur when conduct is directed at a specific individual or a group of identifiable
individuals that adversely affects the education or employment of the individual or group because of sex. Behavior that may be sex
discrimination include, but are not limited to:

• Exclusion from educational resources or activities because of one’s gender


• Subjection to jokes or derogatory comments about one’s gender; or
• Being held to different standards or requirements on the basis of one’s gender

B. Sexual Harassment. Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination that can occur when there are:

• Unwelcome sexual advances;


• Request for sexual favors, whether or not accompanied by promises or threats relating to the employment or academic
relationship, or that in any way influence any academic or personnel decision regarding a person’s academic standing,
employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties, shifts or any other condition of employment, career or
academic development;

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 53


• Any verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature that threatens or implies, either explicitly or implicitly, that an employee’s
or student’s submission to or rejection of sexual advances will in any way influence any personnel or academic decision
regarding his or her academic standing, employment, evaluation, wages, advancement, assigned duties, shifts or any other
condition of employment, career or academic development;
• Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an employee’s ability to do
his or her job or a student’s academic standing, performance or development;
• Any verbal or physical conduct that has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working or
educational environment; and
• Certain conduct in the workplace or educational environment, whether physical or verbal, committed by supervisors, non-
supervisory personnel, or faculty, including but not limited to references to an individual’s body; use of sexually degrading
words to describe an individual; offensive comments; off-color language or jokes; innuendoes; and sexually suggestive objects
or behavior, books, magazines, photographs, cartoons or pictures.

C. Sexual Assault. Sexual assault is a nonconsensual act involving psychological manipulation, physical force, or coercion. As
defined by the Texas Penal Code, a stranger or acquaintance commits sexual assault through forcible sodomy, forcible sexual
penetration, however slight, of another person’s mouth, anal or genital opening with any object. These acts must be committed
without the victim’s consent either by force, threat of force or violence, intimidation or through the use of the victim’s mental or
physical helplessness of which the accused was aware or should have been aware.

III. REPORTING OF COMPLAINTS

Texas Southern University (TSU) encourages any student, employee or visitor who thinks that she or he has been subjected to
sex discrimination, sexual harassment or sexual assault by another student, member of the faculty or staff, campus visitor or
contractor, to report that action immediately to the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy Coordinator.

Any complaint of sex discrimination, sexual harassment or sexual assault made under this procedure must be submitted in writing
within 180 days after the occurrence (or the last of a series of occurrences) of the alleged discrimination.

Every dean, department head, director, supervisor or administrator is responsible for promptly reporting incidents of sex
discrimination, sex harassment and sexual assault that come to their attention to the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a
Deputy Coordinator. All other individuals are urged to report to their supervisors or the University’s Title IX Coordinator/Deputy
Coordinators conduct that they believe violate the University policies prohibiting sex discrimination.

IV. NOTICE OF TITLE IX COORDINATOR/DEPUTY COORDINATORS

While compliance with the law is everyone’s responsibility at the University, listed below are the University’s Title IX Coordinator/
Deputy Coordinators who have primary responsibility for Title IX Compliance.

Title IX Coordinator

Keisha David
Associate Director, Employee Relations and Compliance
Office of Human Resources
Hannah Hall, Room 126
Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7037
David_KL@tsu.edu

Duties and responsibilities of the Title IX Coordinator include monitoring and oversight of overall implementation of Title
IX compliance at the University, including, but not limited to coordination of training, education, communications, and
administration of grievance procedures for faculty, staff, students and other members of the University community.

54 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Title IX Deputy Coordinators

For students:

Corliss Rabb William Thomas


Director of Judicial Affairs Associate Dean of Students
Office of the Dean of Students Office of the Dean of Students
Recreation Center, Room 200 Recreation Center, Room 200
Texas Southern University Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004 Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7956 (713) 313-6816
rabb_ca@tsu.edu thomas_wa@tsu.edu

If you have a complaint against a TSU student for sex discrimination, sex harassment or sexual assault, you should contact the
Associate Dean of Students or the Director of Judicial Affairs.

The Associate Dean of Students and the Director of Judicial Affairs are responsible for Title IX compliance for matters involving
students, including training, education, communication, and administration of the grievance procedure for all complaints filed
against TSU students.

For faculty, staff and visitors:

Sanya Sinclair
Human Resources Generalist
Office of Human Resources
Hannah Hall, Room 126
Texas Southern University
Houston, TX 77004
(713) 313-7881
SinclairSA@tsu.edu

If you have a complaint against a TSU faculty member, staff member, visitor or contractor for sex discrimination, sex harassment
or sexual assault, you should contact the Office of Human Resources.

The Human Resources Generalist is responsible for Title IX compliance for matters involving faculty and staff, including training,
education, communication, and administration of the grievance procedure for all complaints against faculty, staff and visitors,
including those complaints filed by students.

For Athletics:

Dr. Dwalah Fisher


Senior Woman Administrator - Athletics
Health & Physical Education Building, Room
Texas Southern University
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313- 7272
Fisher_DL@tsu.edu

Complaints against TSU students and Employees in Athletics

If you have a complaint against a TSU student, coach or administrator for sexual discrimination, sexual harassment, or sexual
assault, you may contact one of the offices listed above, or you may contact the Senior Woman Administrator - Athletics, who will
facilitate the handling of the complaint with the appropriate office.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 55


Gender Equity in Athletics

If you have a complaint about gender equity in TSU athletic programs, you should contact the Senior Woman Administrator -
Athletics, who is responsible for Title IX compliance in matters relating to gender equity in TSU athletic programs.

For Sexual Assault:

To file a complaint of sexual assault, you may contact one of the offices listed above, and you may also contact:

TSU Department of Public Safety


Texas Southern University
3443 Blodgett Street
(713) 313-7000 (Emergency)
(713) 313-7001 (Non-emergency)

U. S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights

You may also file a complaint of illegal discrimination with the Dallas regional office of the U. S. Department of Education’s
Office for Civil Rights.

Confidentiality

Discrimination and harassment complaints will be handled in a confidential manner to the extent possible and consistent with
principles of due process. Information will only be shared on a need-to-know basis and as provided for by University policy and
applicable federal and state laws.

V. INFORMAL RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

Though not required, employees and students are encouraged to attempt initially to resolve complaints at the lowest level through
the administrative structure of the employment unit or academic department.

If you would like to proceed informally, you should ask your supervisor, the other person’s supervisor, the Title IX Coordinator
or a Deputy Title IX Coordinator to intervene. Do not rely upon other co-workers or individuals who are not familiar with
University policy to intervene on your behalf when discussing your concerns with the person whose behavior is unwelcome and/or
offensive. In cases involving allegations of sexual assault, mediation is not appropriate, even on a voluntary basis.

You have the right to end the informal resolution process at any time and begin the formal resolution process.

Supervisors or administrators, including faculty, always should contact the Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy Coordinator before
attempting to resolve any complaints.

VI. FORMAL RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

You may initiate formal complaint procedures by filing a complaint with the University’s Title IX Coordinator or a Deputy
Coordinator (“Coordinator”) whether or not you have attempted resolution through informal procedures. The individual who
files the complaint is referred to as the “Complainant”. The individual against whom the complaint is filed is referred to as the
“Respondent”. Collectively these individuals are referred to as the “parties”. The University will work to investigate all complaints
as quickly and professionally as possible. When investigations confirm the discrimination and/or harassment allegations,
appropriate corrective action will be taken to prevent the recurrence of any discrimination or harassment.

56 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


1. Filing of a Complaint.

The complaint must be submitted in writing, must be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the incident (or last of a
series of incidents) that is the basis of the complaint, and must contain the following information:

• Complainant’s name and contact information, including address, telephone number and e-mail address;
• Name of Complainant’s Department Head/Dean/Vice President (if Complainant is an employee);
• Name of person(s) responsible for alleged violation(s);
• Date(s) and place(s) of alleged violation(s);
• Nature of alleged violation(s) as defined in this policy;
• Detailed description of the specific conduct that is the basis of alleged violation(s);
• Names of any witnesses to alleged violation(s);
• Action requested to resolve the situation;
• Complainant’s signature and date of filing; and
• Any other relevant information/documents

The following communications do not constitute a complaint and will not be investigated or resolved pursuant to this complaint
resolution process:

• Oral allegations
• E-mail correspondence
• Anonymous communications
• Courtesy copies of correspondence or a complaint filed with others/other entities
• Inquires that seek advice or information only
• Pre-complaint consultations and informal resolution activities

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the University will, pursuant to its obligations under Title IX, respond to all incidents of possible
sex discrimination, harassment and sexual assault, of which it knows or reasonably should know.

2. Receipt of a Complaint.

Upon receipt of the written complaint, the Coordinator will meet with the Complainant within five (5) working days to review
the complaint procedures, discuss the Complainant’s allegations, and determine, if appropriate, whether the Complainant is
amenable to resolving the complaint through informal procedures. If the Complainant is willing to first proceed informally, the
Coordinator will temporarily postpone the complaint investigation and contact the Respondent to determine whether he or she is
willing to participate in an informal resolution.

If the Complainant wishes to proceed directly with the formal complaint procedures, or the Respondent declines to participate in
an informal resolution, or attempts to resolve the complaint through informal procedures are unsuccessful, the Coordinator will
assess the Complainant’s written complaint to determine whether the allegations state a potential violation of federal or state laws
and/or University policies.

3. Acceptance of a Complaint.

Within five (5) working days of: 1) the Coordinator’s receipt of the complaint; 2) the Coordinator’s initial meeting with the
Complainant; or 3) the Coordinator’s determination that an informal resolution of the Complainant’s complaint is no longer
feasible – whichever is later, the Coordinator shall decide whether the written complaint states a potential violation of University
policies or federal or state laws and shall notify the Complainant in writing of her/his determination.

If the Coordinator determines that the allegations of the complaint state a potential violation, the Coordinator will notify the
Complainant that the complaint has been accepted and within ten (10) days thereafter provide written notice to the Respondent
of the complaint allegations. In addition to notice of the complaint being provided to the Respondent, the Coordinator shall
provide notice to the Respondent’s immediate supervisor and divisional vice president.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 57


If the Coordinator determines that the allegations of the complaint do not state a violation of University policy or federal or state
laws, the Coordinator will provide written notice of this decision to the Complainant. The notice shall explain why the complaint
does not state a violation.

4. Complaint Investigation.

The allegations in all complaints will be investigated thoroughly to assure a resolution that is consistent with the facts. The
investigation may include, but is not limited to:

• Interviewing the Complainant


• Interviewing the Respondent
• Interviewing witnesses and reviewing evidence presented by the parties
• Interviewing other material witnesses
• Reviewing relevant files and records;
• Comparing the treatment of the Complainant to that of others similarly situated in the department or unit; and/or
• Reviewing applicable policies and procedures

All interviews will be audio recorded. Parties and witnesses will be informed that their statements will remain confidential only to
the extent allowed by laws.

Evidence will be reviewed using a preponderance of the evidence standard (e.g. is it more likely than not that a violation of
University policy occurred).

5. Abandonment of Complaint.

The following acts may constitute abandonment of a complaint:

• Failing to respond or take an action required by the policy or procedure within the specified time limit;
• Failing to appear for a scheduled meeting/hearing without adequate cause; or
• Otherwise failing to advance the complaint in a timely manner.

No further action or appeal will be allowed following a Coordinator’s determination that the Complainant has abandoned their
complaint. The Coordinator will provide written notice to the Complainant of this determination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the University will, pursuant to its obligations under Title IX, respond to all incidents of possible
sex discrimination, harassment and sexual assault, of which it knows or reasonably should know.

6. Report of Findings and Recommendation – Complaints Against Nonstudents.

The investigation shall normally be concluded within sixty (60) working days of the filing of the written complaint, at which time
the Coordinator shall issue a written report to the Respondent’s supervisor/department head. If a complaint is directed against a
supervisor/department head who would otherwise act on a complaint, the function assigned to that supervisor/department head
will be delegated to the next level supervisor in the Respondent’s line of supervision. The report shall include a summary of the
Complainant’s allegations, the Respondent’s response to the allegations, findings of fact and conclusions, as well as appropriate
recommendations.

If the report determines a finding of a violation of University policy and/or federal or state law, within five (5) working days
following receipt of the report of findings and recommendation, the supervisor/department head shall determine a disciplinary
action that is appropriate for the severity of the conduct. Disciplinary action which may include sexual harassment, non-retaliation
and/or managerial training, a letter of reprimand, a formal letter of apology to the Complainant, a reduction in administrative
duties (e.g. removal as chair of department), unpaid suspension and/or termination of employment, will be taken in accordance
with applicable University policies and procedures. Disciplinary action must be approved by the Office of Human Resources prior
to the action being taken.

58 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


The supervisor/department head shall communicate the discipline decision in writing to the Coordinator and the Coordinator
shall provide written notice to the parties of the outcome of the investigation.

7. Report of Findings and Recommendation – Complaints Against Students.

The investigation shall normally be concluded within sixty (60) days of the filing of the written complaint, at which time the
Coordinator shall issue a written report. The report shall include a summary of the Complainant’s allegations, the Respondent’s
response to the allegations, findings of fact and conclusions, as well as appropriate recommendations.

Any disciplinary proceedings involving a student will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of the University’s Student
Conduct Code. Disciplinary sanctions under the Code may include sexual harassment and non-retaliation counseling, disciplinary
reprimand, disciplinary probation, suspension and expulsion.

The University will take necessary steps to prevent the recurrence of any discrimination found to exist.

The Coordinator shall provide written notice to the parties of the outcome of the investigation.

In all Student Conduct Code disciplinary proceedings initiated pursuant to this Policy the Complainant will be provided with the
same procedural protections provided to the Respondent, including but not limited to the right to:

• Receive notice of the hearing;


• Select and be accompanied and assisted by an advisor;
• Attend a pre-hearing disciplinary conference;
• Present witnesses and evidence in support of her/his position;
• Appeal the determination of the hearing panel;
• Notice of the outcome of the complaint and any appeal

Further, the Complainant and Respondent will not be allowed to personally question or cross-examine each other during
disciplinary hearings/proceedings. Finally, all evidence will be reviewed using a preponderance of the evidence standard (e.g. is it
more likely than not that a violation of the Student Conduct Code occurred).

As required by Federal law, any disclosure of the findings and decision in regards to student disciplinary proceedings will be
governed by the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.

8. Protective Measures.

At times the Title IX Coordinator/Deputy Coordinator may deem it necessary to recommend steps before or during an
investigation to protect the rights and interests of the Complainant and/or the Respondent. Those measures may be designed to
reduce or eliminate contact between the Complainant and Respondent so that both parties feel safe in their work or educational
environment. Protective measures may also guard against further actual or perceived discrimination or retaliation.

Protective measures may include but are not limited to temporary changes in working conditions (such as changes in supervisor,
shift, job site, or office location), changes in class schedule, changes in living arrangements, directives to the Complainant and
Respondent to avoid personal contact or refrain from such contact without a third party neutral person present, and in severe cases
interim suspension.

9. Effect of Criminal Proceedings.

Because sexual assault may constitute both a violation of University policy and criminal activity, the University encourages
students to report alleged sexual assaults promptly to University and/or local law enforcement agencies. Criminal investigations
may be useful in the gathering of relevant evidence, particularly forensic evidence. Because the standards for finding a violation
of criminal law are different from the standards for finding a violation of this Policy, criminal investigations or reports are not
determinative of whether sexual assault, for purposes of this Policy, has occurred. In other words, conduct may constitute sexual
assault under this Policy even if law enforcement agencies lack sufficient evidence of a crime and therefore decline to prosecute.
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 59
The filing of a complaint of sexual assault under this Policy is independent of any criminal investigation or proceeding, and
(except that the University’s investigation may be delayed temporarily while the criminal investigators are gathering evidence) the
University will not wait for the conclusion of any criminal investigation or proceedings to commence its own investigation and
take interim measures to protect the Complainant and the University Community, if necessary.

10. Retaliation Prohibited.

It is contrary to Title IX, and other federal and state civil rights laws, and to University policy, to retaliate against any person for
asserting his/her civil rights, including filing a claim of discrimination or participating as a witness in an investigation. Retaliation
or reprisals against any participant in an investigation will not be tolerated by the University. Retaliation against a person who
files a claim of discrimination (including sexual harassment or sexual assault) is grounds for a subsequent claim by that person
under the University’s Retaliation policy (MAPP 02.05.14). If a person believes that he or she has been retaliated against as a
result of filing a grievance or participating in the investigation of a grievance, he or she may pursue a separate complaint charging
retaliation.

11. Filing of False Complaints.

Any employee or student who knowingly and intentionally files a false complaint under this procedure is subject to disciplinary
action up to and including dismissal from the University/termination of employment.

12. Time Frames.

Time frames referenced in these procedures may be extended by the Coordinator for good cause, such as holidays or when classes
are not in session, or when it is necessary to complete an investigation due to difficulties reaching witnesses or parties to the
complaint.

VII. TITLE IX GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES.

This procedure shall constitute the grievance procedures for complaints alleging unlawful sex discrimination required under Title
IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. As used herein, “complaint” is synonymous with “grievance”.

VIII. OTHER DISCRIMINATION GRIEVANCES/COMPLAINTS

Complaints and grievances by faculty, staff and students alleging other forms of unlawful discrimination and harassment by faculty
or staff, including but not limited to unlawful discrimination/harassment based on race, color, religion, national origin, age,
disability, sexual orientation or veteran status, are subject to the procedures set forth in the University’s “Complaint and Grievance
Policy” – MAPP 02.05.01.

60 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)/SECTION 504 POLICY

A. Purpose

The purpose of this operating policy/procedure is to ensure understanding of the University’s responsibilities regarding the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended (Section 504). It is the
policy of Texas Southern University (TSU) to provide reasonable accommodations upon request for qualified individuals with
a disability who are students, employees, or applicants for employment. TSU will adhere to all applicable state and federal
laws, regulations and guidelines with respect to providing reasonable accommodations as required in an effort to offer equal
opportunities to qualified disabled individuals. The provost and the dean of students will review this policy on an annual basis and
forward any recommendations for revisions to the Human Resources Department.

B. Introduction

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 mandates equal opportunities for persons with disabilities in all public
facilities, programs, activities, services and benefits derived from them. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
mandates equal opportunity for qualified persons with disabilities in all programs, activities and services of recipients of federal
financial assistance. Both the ADA and Section 504 are civil rights statutes which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability,
obligate colleges and universities to make certain adjustments and accommodations, and offer to persons with disabilities the
opportunity to participate fully in all institutional programs and activities.

Section 504 states “a handicapped person is anyone with a physical or mental impairment that substantially impairs or restricts one
or more major life activities, such as caring for one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing,
learning and working.”

For federally assisted programs or activities operated by post-secondary education recipients, the specific obligations with regard to
handicapped or disabled students, faculty or staff, include but are not limited to the following:

• All programs and activities must be offered in the most integrated setting appropriate.
• Academic requirements must be modified, on a case-by-case basis, to afford qualified handicapped or disabled individuals
an equal educational and/or work opportunity;
• A recipient may not impose upon disabled individuals rules that have the effect of limiting their participation in the recipients’
education program or activity; for example, prohibiting tape recorders in classrooms or guide dogs in campus buildings.
• Students with impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills must be provided auxiliary aids such as taped texts, interpreters,
readers and classroom equipment adapted for persons with manual impairments.

Texas Southern University provides all educational and other university-sponsored programs and activities to persons with
disabilities in the most integrated setting appropriate. Students, employees, applicants and other individuals with disabilities served
by TSU are not segregated, separated or treated differently. TSU does not require persons with disabilities to take advantage of all
adjustments, accommodations or special services.

C. Scope

This policy applies to students, staff, faculty, job applicants, and other beneficiaries of the programs, services, and activities of
TSU.

D. Definitions

ADA/Section 504 Coordinator. The University’s Employment Compliance Officer acts as the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator
for faculty, staff and students and ensures the University’s compliance with relevant federal and state laws regarding the ADA.

Disability. A disability is defined as a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 61


Qualified individual with a disability. An individual who has a physical or mental impairment as defined above, has a record of
such impairment, or is regarded as having such impairment, who possesses the requisite skills, education, experience and training
for a position, and who can, with or without a reasonable accommodation, perform the essential functions of the position the
individual desires or holds.

Reasonable Accommodation. A modification or adjustment to the job application process or the work or academic environment
that enables a qualified person with a disability to be considered for a position, perform the essential functions of a position, or
enjoy the same benefits and privileges of employment and academics as are enjoyed by similarly situated employees or students
without disabilities. Reasonable accommodations include, but are not limited to modifying written examinations, making facilities
accessible, adjusting work schedules, restructuring jobs, providing assistive devices or equipment, providing readers or interpreters,
and modifying work sites.

Substantial limitation. An impairment that prevents the performance of a major life activity that the average person in the
general population can perform, or a significant restriction as to the condition, manner or duration under which an individual can
perform a particular major life activity as compared to the average person in the general population.

Undue hardship. An action that is unduly costly extensive, substantial, disruptive, or an act that would fundamentally alter the
nature or operation of the business. An “undue hardship” is determined in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA), the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, and relevant case law. Factors to consider in determining whether or not
an accommodation would impose an undue hardships include, but are not limited to, the nature and cost of the accommodation,
financial considerations, the impact of the accommodation upon the nature and operation of the department and how the request
affects the health and safety of other employees or students.

E. Information

Any communications from the University concerning ADA and Section 504 related information shall be made accessible to all
students and employees. This term includes student and employee policies, procedures, emergency evacuation plans, and other
related information that shall be published in the student course selection booklet, student catalogs and handbooks, employee
handbooks, and the University’s Staff Operating Manual.

F. ADA Oversight Committee

The ADA oversight committee has been charged by the president with overseeing all aspects of the University’s compliance with
ADA laws. The members of the committee serve for a term of two (2) years. The president may appoint new members at the
expiration of the two year term. Representation will include an individual from the Office of the General Counsel, Student Affairs,
and Human Resources, as well as the Thurgood Marshall Law School, Maintenance and Operations, and Department of Special
Events. Also included are three members from the student and faculty body, totaling nine (9) members for the ADA Oversight
Committee.

The Oversight Committee will ensure that TSU makes such modifications to its campus, classrooms and testing requirements as
are necessary to ensure that such requirements do not discriminate or have the effect of discriminating on the basis of disability.
Specifically, the procedures will address the following:
• Certifying that an individual has a disability;
• Undertaking reasonable steps to obtain a professional determination of whether or not academic adjustments/auxiliary aids
are necessary and if they are, what kind;
• Determining, on an individual basis, what academic or workplace adjustment(s)/auxiliary aid(s) TSU will grant and ensuring
that the academic or workplace adjustment(s)/auxiliary aid(s) granted is/are of an acceptable level of quality and effectiveness
for each student/employee making such a request on the basis of a disability;
• Providing students/employees a justification for denial of an academic or workplace adjustment/auxiliary aid or for the
selection of another academic or workplace adjustment/auxiliary aid if the provided academic or workplace adjustment/
auxiliary aid is different from that requested by the student/employee;
• Providing students/employees a reasonable opportunity to submit additional information to TSU if their initial documentation
does not support the request for academic or workplace adjustments/auxiliary aids; and
• Ensuring that decisions regarding requests for academic or workplace adjustments/auxiliary aids are made in a timely manner.

62 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


G. ADA/Section 504 Coordinator

The University’s ADA/Section 504 Coordinator, in conjunction with the ADA Oversight Committee and ADA Hearing
Committee, is responsible for ensuring that the University is in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws regarding the
ADA and responding to requests for information from outside agencies regarding ADA concerns and/or complaints.

H. ADA Hearing Committee

The ADA Hearing Committee is responsible for hearing all ADA complaints submitted by students or employees. The Committee
is composed of three students, two faculty members and two administrator/staff members. The two faculty members who serve
on the Committee shall be appointed by the Faculty Senate at the beginning of the academic year and shall serve for the entire
fiscal year (September 1 – August 31). One of the faculty members or administrator/staff members shall serve as Chair of the
Committee.

I. ADA Building Representative

A designated representative in each building (Hannah Hall, Bell, Fairchild, School of Business, Library, Student Center, etc.)
serves as the point-of-contact for all ADA and Section 504 accessibility issues. That individual is responsible for ensuring that all
residents in the building are properly notified regarding ADA and Section 504 announcements and emergency evacuation plans.
The representative also works with the Maintenance and Operations Department to ensure that the buildings that the University
owns and/or operates are maintained within the standards of compliance required by the relevant provisions of the ADA and
Section 504.

PROCEDURES FOR REQUESTING ACCOMMODATIONS

A. Introduction

All offices and individuals responsible for reviewing and analyzing the request shall maintain the confidentiality of all medical
and ADA information. Records and information obtained about employees as part of a request for accommodations shall be
maintained in a secure location in the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator’s office. Student records and information obtained on
students as part of an accommodations request shall be kept in a secure location in the Office of Disabled Student Services (ODS).
All information shall be kept confidential, to the extent allowed by law, and shall be shared on a limited need-to-know basis to
implement the accommodation request.

The University may, at the University’s expense, request an independent medical opinion concerning the impairment for which an
employee or student seeks an accommodation. This decision is based on a number of factors, and each case is assessed individually.
Failure of an employee or student to cooperate in obtaining such an opinion will result in the cancellation of the request for
accommodation.

B. Student Requests

Students requesting eligibility for accommodations and services may initiate this request for accommodation(s) by contacting
the Office for Disability Services (ODS) in the Student Health Center. Students will be required to provide a recent medical
statement that contains a diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and
activities affected by the impairment. Records and information obtained about our students as part of an accommodations request
shall be kept in a secure location in the Office of Disability Services (ODS). Students may be asked to submit additional medical
information if the information previously provided is incomplete, outdated, unclear, or inconsistent according to the guidelines set
forth by the ODS.

All documentation and information submitted with a request for accommodations shall be reviewed and considered by the
University. The University may consult with an outside expert, who will assess the request and make recommendations for
modifications. If a student is dissatisfied with the determination on accommodations, he or she may initiate a request for
reconsideration with the ODS and may be required to submit additional information. The ODS and/or its consultant will review
the determination and consider any additional information. The ODS will then issue a written notice regarding the outcome

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 63


of reconsideration of the student’s request. If a student remains dissatisfied with the determination, he or she may file an ADA
complaint under the procedures outlined in Section II below.

ODS is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call ODS at 713-
313-4210, either to make an appointment or to obtain additional information.

C. Staff/Faculty Employee Requests

Staff/faculty employees of TSU may request an accommodation by notifying the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator in writing stating
the nature of their disability and the accommodation requested. Employees may be required to provide a recent medical statement
by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s)
and the major life functions and activities affected by the impairment. Employees may be asked to submit additional medical
information if the information previously provided is incomplete, unclear, outdated or inconsistent. If the employee does not
provide the required documentation and information within thirty (30) days, the request for accommodations may be cancelled
for lack of necessary information.

In the event that a supervisor receives a request for accommodation, the supervisor shall immediately notify the ADA/Section
504 Coordinator so that the request may be processed in a timely manner. Any supervisor who, in the course of job performance
counseling, is informed by an employee that a physical or mental condition may be affecting the employee’s work performance
shall refer the employee to the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator.

The ADA/Section 504 Coordinator will analyze the request and confer with the employee and the supervisor to ascertain the
employee’s requirements and input on a reasonable accommodation and make a determination regarding which accommodations
are necessary. If the employee is unable to demonstrate a disability or does not request a reasonable accommodation under the
guidelines set forth in this policy, the request may be denied.

Employees or supervisors may obtain information concerning disabilities and accommodations from the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator in the Office of the General Counsel. Employee requests for information and the provision of information
by an Office of General Counsel staff member concerning disabilities and accommodations is not considered a part of the
accommodation process.

D. Job Applicants

Applicants for employment may request accommodations by contacting the Office of Human Resources in Hannah Hall 126, the
department in which they will be interviewing, or the chair of the search committee, when applicable. Upon receipt of a request,
the chair of the department or search committee shall immediately notify the Office of Human Resources or the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator regarding the request. If the Office of Human Resources receives a request, the request should be forwarded to the
ADA/Section 504 Coordinator, who will assist the Office of Human Resources in determining what reasonable accommodations
may be offered to a potential job applicant.

Applicants may be required to provide a recent medical statement by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a
diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and activities affected by
the impairment. Applicants may be asked to submit additional medical information if the information previously provided is
incomplete, unclear, outdated or inconsistent. If the applicant does not provide the required documentation and information
within thirty (30) days, the request for accommodations may be cancelled for lack of necessary information.

E. Beneficiaries of Programs, Services and Activities

Beneficiaries of programs, services and activities may request accommodations by contacting the department or organization
hosting the event, program, or activity. A designee of the event, service, or activity shall immediately notify the ADA/Section 504
Coordinator regarding the request. The ADA/Section 504 Coordinator shall determine, on a case-by-case basis, what reasonable
accommodations may be offered.

Individuals may be required to provide a recent medical statement by an appropriately licensed professional that contains a

64 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


diagnosis, prognosis, and a description of the specific impairment(s) and the major life functions and activities affected by the
impairment. Individuals may be asked to submit additional medical information if the information previously provided is
incomplete, unclear, outdated or inconsistent. If the individual does not provide the required documentation and information
within a reasonable time prior to the event, service, or activity, the request for accommodations may be cancelled for lack of
necessary information.

COMPLAINT AND HEARING PROCEDURE

A. Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide the primary process for addressing student and employee complaints based on
disabilities under the ADA and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Texas Southern University has adopted an
internal complaint procedure providing prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by Title
II of the ADA and/or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. Any individual who believes he or she was denied a reasonable
accommodation or received insufficient accommodations in violation of this policy or disability laws may file an ADA complaint
with the appropriate University official.

B. Complaints

All student ADA complaints should be addressed to the

Dean of Students
TSU Office of Student Services
Student Recreation Center, Room 212
3100 Cleburne
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313-1038

All other ADA complaints should be addressed to

ADA/Section 504 Coordinator


Texas Southern University
Office of General Counsel
3100 Cleburne Avenue
Hannah Hall, Suite 310
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 313-7950

C. Complaint and Hearing Procedure

A complaint should be filed in writing, contain the name, address and telephone number of the Complainant, and briefly describe
the alleged violation of the regulations. The complaint should be filed within thirty (30) days after the Complainant becomes
aware of the alleged violation.

After receiving an ADA complaint, the University’s ADA/Section 504 Coordinator shall schedule a hearing before the ADA
Hearing Committee and submit a copy of the complaint and any other relevant documents to the committee. The hearing shall be
scheduled within twenty-one (21) days from the date the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator receives the complaint.

The hearing shall consist of opening statements, if desired, by the Complainant, the institution or their representatives, and
testimony by any witnesses called by the Complainant or the institution. During the hearing, both parties and the members of
the ADA Hearing Committee shall have the right to question witnesses and introduce any relevant exhibits to the committee. The
Complainant shall have the responsibility of presenting relevant facts and circumstances to establish the validity of the complaint.
Formal rules of evidence will not apply during the hearing. The proceeding shall be nonadversarial in nature.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 65


The chairperson shall control the hearing and take appropriate action to ensure an equitable, orderly, and expeditious hearing. As
presiding officer, the chairperson may remove anyone not complying with the rules and/or disrupting the hearing. Witnesses will
be heard one at a time and may be excused from the hearing by the chairperson after testifying.

At least ten (10) working days prior to the hearing, either party may request in writing that the proceedings be tape-recorded. At
the conclusion of the testimony, both parties will be permitted to make a closing statement. Following the hearing, the Hearing
Committee will retire to deliberate and will submit a written report of its recommendations to the ADA/Section 504 Coordinator
within seven (7) days after hearing the complaint.

The complainant may request an appeal of the case in instances where he or she is dissatisfied with the resolution. The request for
an appeal should be made within five (5) business days of receiving the decision of the Hearing Committee to

ADA/Section 504 Coordinator


Texas Southern University
3100 Cleburne Ave.
Hannah Hall, Suite 310
Houston, Texas 77004

D. Appeals

The dean of students shall appoint the ADA Appeals Committee to hear appeals related to the ADA and Section 504. The
Appeals Committee is composed of three students, two faculty members and two administrators/staff members. A faculty member
or administrator/staff member shall serve as chair of the Appeals Committee. The ADA Appeals Hearing shall be conducted
in accordance with the hearing proceedings outlined in Section C above. Upon completion of the appeal, a copy of the final
resolution resulting from the complaint procedure shall be provided to the ADA Coordinator, who will notify the appropriate
persons in the department where the violation has occurred.

66 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION, EDUCATION AND INTERVENTION PROGRAM (SAPEI)

The total health and welfare of the students at Texas Southern University (TSU) is of paramount concern to all staff, faculty, and
administrators, who realize that students are striving to achieve a quality education and prepare to enter the work force. They also
recognize that alcohol and other drugs often become a part of the social interaction of young people. TSU, as well as all other
federally funded institutions of higher learning, is mandated by the United States Department of Education to have a program
on campus that will address the use of alcoholic beverages and illicit drugs by students. The unit charged with this responsibility
is the Substance Abuse Prevention, Education and Intervention Program (SAPEI) of the University Counseling Center. SAPEI is
an outcome of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986. TSU’s Board of Regents has approved policies to regulate the use of
alcohol, drugs, and other controlled substances on campus.

The SAPEI program utilizes a variety of approaches with which to educate our students; among these are classroom presentations,
dissemination of educational materials (pamphlets, brochures), and campus-wide observances (e.g., National Collegiate Alcohol
Awareness Week, health fairs, etc.). It also cosponsors programs with various student organizations on campus. SAPEI also
provides individual, family, and group counseling at no charge to all currently enrolled students.

SAPEI is located in the Student Health Center. Office hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Call SAPEI at
713-313-7800, either to make an appointment or for additional information.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 67


68 | The School of Communication Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION

The School of Communication (SOC) currently offers one graduate degree, the Master of Arts in Communication with two
curricular choices: Mass Communication (Radio, Television, Film and Journalism) and Speech Communication. In offering this
degree, the SOC seeks to achieve the following objectives:

1. Prepare students for further study toward the Ph.D. degree.


2. Train students in the techniques applied by mass communication media so that students may enter communication fields
as practicing professionals with a potential for upward mobility.
3. Provide upper-level service courses to public school and junior college teachers seeking either professional certification or
a master’s degree for teachers offered through the College of Education.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School applicants for admission to graduate standing in
Communication are expected to present evidence of having completed a minimum of twenty-one (21) undergraduate semester
credit hours above the freshman level in their chosen option.

Students who received conditional admission to the School of Communication should take the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) during the first semester of the initial enrollment in the Graduate School. An Analytical Writing score of 3.5 or above
on the GRE will fulfill the English proficiency requirement of the Graduate School. Otherwise, they must take the English 501
course.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Master of Arts in Communication

Fulfillment of the general requirements for graduation as outlined in the General Information section of the Graduate School
Bulletin and specific requirements for the Master of Arts in Communication as summarized below:

1. Completion of thirty (30) semester credit hours of graduate level courses (500 level or above), fifteen (15) of which
will be communication core courses and fifteen (15) of which must be in the chosen area of specialization for Plan A or
eighteen (18) for Plan B.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written comprehensive examination prior to enrolling in the research or practicum
components.
3. Thesis option (Plan A): Completion and presentation, through oral defense, of a thesis before a committee composed of
members of the TSSOC faculty and representatives of the Graduate School.
4. Nonthesis option (Plan B): Completion of a full-time practicum in the communication industry.

Warning Status and Grade Point Average

In order to continue in the Graduate School, the student must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.00.

A graduate student whose graduate grade point average falls below 3.00 at the end of any semester or summer session will be
warned by the Graduate School that his or her continuance in the Graduate School is in jeopardy.

The student must attain a graduate grade point average of at least 3.00 during the next semester he or she is enrolled or be subject
to dismissal.

No more than six (6) semester hours of “C” (2.0) grades can be accepted toward the completion of the degree.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 69


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master of Arts in Communication

The School of Communication offers two programs leading to the Master’s degree; Students who select either Plan A or Plan B
must meet the general requirements for all graduate students. Degree plans must be approved by the Graduate Program Advisor
prior to their submission to the Graduate School.

Plan A. Master of Arts (Thesis)

This plan is designed to provide instructional enhancement to meet the needs of practitioners, teachers and others who wish to
supplement their undergraduate education and expand their research capabilities in communication through study beyond the
master’s degree.

ALLOCATION OF THIRTY SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Core Courses (Required) .................................................................................................. 15 SCH

CM 533 (3) CM 534 (3) CM 634 (3) CM 698 (6)

Major Courses (Required) ................................................................................................ 15 SCH

Journalism Track
JOUR 531 (3)** JOUR 539 (3) JOUR 542 (3)**
JOUR 571 (3) JOUR 590 (3) ELECTIVE (3)

Speech Communication Track


SC543 (3) SC 549 (3) SC 550 (3)** SC 551 (3)**
SC 552 (3)** ELECTIVE (3)

Radio, Television, Film Track


RTF 538 (3) RTF 539 (3) RTF 561 (3)**
RTF 562 (3)** RTF 590 (3) ELECTIVE (3)

TOTAL .................................................................................................. 30 SCH

70 | The School of Communication Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Plan B. Master of Arts (Nonthesis)

This plan is designed to provide instruction to practitioners, professional career students, prospective and in-service teachers, and
others who wish to supplement their undergraduate education.
General Requirements: A minimum of thirty-three (33) semester credit hours.

ALLOCATION OF THIRTY-THREE SEMESTER HOURS

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Core Courses (Required) .................................................................................................. 15 SCH

CM 533 (3) CM 534 (3) CM 634 (3) CM 664 (6)

Major Courses (Required)* ............................................................................................... 18 SCH

Journalism Track
JOUR 531 (3)** JOUR 539 (3) JOUR 542 (3)**
JOUR 571 (3) JOUR 590 (3) ELECTIVE (3)

Speech Communication Track


SC 543 (3) SC 549 (3) SC 550 (3)**
SC 551 (3)** SC 552 (3)** ELECTIVE (3)

RTF Track
RTF 538 (3) RTF 539 (3) RTF 561 (3)**
RTF 562 (3)** RTF 563 (3)** RTF 590 (3)

TOTAL .................................................................................................. 33 SCH

Students in Plan B are required to take CM 664 (Practicum) with prior approval from the graduate program advisor.

* May include courses repeated.


** Students may repeat course as topic changes.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 71


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Communication

CM 533 THEORY AND PROCESS OF COMMUNICATION (3)


Concepts in communication theory; examination of theories and principles relating to the
communication process. Required for the Master of Arts degree in Communication.

CM 534 INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION (3)


Introduction to historical, experimental, descriptive and creative methodologies in communication;
design and implementation of research topics. Required for the Master of Arts degree in
Communication.

CM 634 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION RESEARCH METHODS (3)


Methodology of sampling, design and analysis utilized in field studies; operation of communication
variables; basic principles of measuring attitudes and information levels. (Prerequisites: CM 534 and
consent of instructor)

CM 664 GRADUATE PRACTICUM (6)


Student is placed in a position in a media industry. Requirements: Completion of all course work,
passing of a comprehensive examination, approval of the Graduate Program Advisor and the Graduate
Practicum Director, availability of an approved site. Offered as needed. (Prerequisites: CM 634 and
consent of instructor)

CM 698 RESEARCH PROJECT (THESIS) (3)


Directed individual study on specific Communication thesis topic. (Prerequisite: CM 634 and consent
of instructor)

Journalism

JOURN 531** SEMINAR IN MASS COMMUNICATION (3)


Cultural, economic, political and social factors which affect communication at the international level;
role of communication in affecting social change in relation to developing countries.

JOURN 539 INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (3)


Analysis of cultural, economic, political and social factors which affect communication at the
international level. The role of communication in affecting social change is reviewed in relation to
newly developing countries.

JOURN 542 COMPUTERIZED NEWS ROOM PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES (3)


Professional level use of common computer language and VDTs, CRTs and other electronic devices
used in today’s news rooms.

JOURN 550** JOURNALISM SEMINAR (3)


Study of selected topics in an identified area of journalism. May be repeated for credit as often as topic
changes.

JOURN 571** LITERATURE OF JOURNALISM (3)


Literary aspects of journalism exemplified in the works of American and English writers, past and present.

JOURN 590 MEDIA MANAGEMENT (3)


Analysis of the management decision-making process in media (radio, television, and print) with
particular reference to program policies, sales and personnel administration.

72 | The School of Communication Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Radio, Television and Film

RTF 538 IMPACT OF ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGY (3)


The impact of the change from conventional to digital technology on the mass media industries.

RTF 539 INTERNATIONAL MEDIA SYSTEMS (3)


Cultural, economic, political and social factors affecting electronic communication internationally; the
role of electronic communication in affecting social change in developed and developing countries.
Offered as needed. (Same as JOURN 539)

RTF 550 PROBLEMS IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA (3)**


Analysis of the management decision-making process in electronic media with particular reference to
program policies, sales and personnel administration. Offered as needed.

RTF 561 SEMINAR IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA (3)**


An in-depth examination of the electronic mass media: reviews, practices, impact, audience behavior
and other factors.

RTF 562 EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES (3)**


An in-depth examination of the role played by new developments in converging media technology.

RTF 563 NEW VIDEO APPLICATIONS (3)**


Principles and concepts of internet media use. Applications for utilization of streaming audio, video,
teleconferencing and other associated systems. Offered as needed.

RTF 590 MEDIA MANAGEMENT (3)


Analysis of the management decision-making process in media radio, television, and print and the
internet, primarily with reference to programming policies, sales, and personnel administration. (Same
as JOUR 590)

Speech Communication

SC 532 HISTORY AND ANALYSIS OF RHETORICAL THEORY AND CRITICISM (3)


Study of the history and tradition of rhetorical theory, criticism and pedagogy practiced in western
civilization from the pre-Socratic to the present.

SC 543 THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF COMMUNICATION (3)


In-depth study of effective methods of observing, recording, and evaluating materials for description
and analysis utilizing tape recordings, cinematography and/or linguistic transcription.

SC 549 SEMINAR IN INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (3)


Models, theories, and variables related to communication in relatively unstructured face-to-face communication.

SC 550 PROBLEMS (3)


Analysis of current research in problems peculiar to the field of speech. Comparison of contemporary
theories, emphasis on predictions of future theories in speech and cognate communication. May be
repeated as topic changes.

SC 551 STUDIES IN PUBLIC COMMUNICATION (3)


Theories of persuasion and their application to legal, religions, and political-governmental
communication and historical movements. May be repeated once for credit when major focus changes.

SC 552 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION THEORIES (3)


Dimensions and levels of communication behavior in complex organizations.
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 The School of Communication | 73
74 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES

The mission of the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences is to educate every student to live knowledgeably, responsibly
and humanely. The College seeks to provide the knowledge and understanding necessary for its majors to perform successfully in
their specific disciplines and to produce graduates who can make a positive contribution to society.

The goals of the College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences are as follows:

• To prepare students competent and skillful in oral and written communications


• To prepare students to read critically and think analytically
• To prepare students for careers and for graduate and professional schools
• To prepare leaders capable of contributing effective solutions to urban, national, and global problems
• To engage students in a variety of artistic, literary, and cultural experiences.

The College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences offers graduate degrees designed to provide high quality instruction in various
disciplines on an advanced level. As one of the largest units at Texas Southern University, the College offers master’s degrees in
five departments:

• Master of Arts in English


• Master of Arts in History
• Master of Science in Human Services and Consumer Sciences
• Master of Arts in Psychology
• Master of Arts in Sociology

The College seeks to provide advanced knowledge necessary for its graduates to make a positive contribution to society. The
goal of the graduate program is to prepare students to contribute effective solutions to urban, national and global problems by
engaging them in literary, social and artistic research. Our distinguished faculty members are scholars with national recognition
and distinction for outstanding instruction, creativity and research. Each department has specific requirements for admission and
graduation. Therefore, students who are interested in pursuing the graduate degrees listed above should contact the chairman of
the department in which the desired degree is offered.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 75


DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

The mission of the Master of Arts in English at Texas Southern University is to provide specialized instruction in literature,
language, and research in order to prepare students for further graduate study, the teaching of English, and other professional
endeavors. The program emphasizes literary studies. The degree plan requires students to complete successfully all the core courses
and 21 semester hours of course work in (1) literary theory and criticism, genre studies or (2) print media.

The objectives of the program are as follows:

1. Provide an historical survey of literature, with a reading concentration on British, American, or African-American literary
works;
2. Analyze the various approaches and theories of literary criticism;
3. Introduce the techniques of independent graduate-level research, with emphasis on bibliographical studies and textual
criticism;
4. Equip the student to research, analyze, and write in depth on complex literary topics and significant texts at a level
suitable for publication in a refereed literary journal.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

Applicants to the program must meet admission requirements of both the Graduate School and the English Department of the
University. The requirements for admission to the graduate English program are as follows:

1. A cumulative grade-point average of 2.75 in general undergraduate studies and 3.0 in English studies
2. Completion of 12 semester hours in foreign language(s)
3. A GRE score that meets requirements of the Graduate School. Students with fewer than 21 undergraduate hours in
English must enroll in specified undergraduate courses to remove noted deficiencies. Having remedied noted deficiencies,
the student may reapply for admission to the program.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

There are two tracks leading to the granting of the Master of Arts in English. Track A (thesis option) is designed for students who
anticipate pursuing graduate study beyond the master’s degree. Track B (non thesis option) is designed to prepare candidates for
entry into the professional world or the pursuit of further graduate study.

1. Students who have not passed the writing portion of the GRE at the level specified by the Graduate School must
successfully complete English 501 during their first year of graduate study.
2. Students must complete a total of 30 semester credit hours. With permission from the Chair, students may count up to 6
hours of 400-level English courses designated as senior/graduate towards the 30-hour course requirement.
3. Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative average, with no more than 6 hours of courses with grades lower than “B-;”
grades of “C-“ or below cannot be used to satisfy degree.

DEGREE PLANS

The English Department offers two options leading to the Master of Arts degree:

Track A – Master of Arts degree (thesis option: 24 semester credit hours plus 6 research hours for thesis) in literature study with
an emphasis in American, African-American, or British literature.

Track B – Master of Arts degree (non thesis option: 30 semester credit hours) with a generalist concentration in literary studies or
journalism. With the approval of the department chair and the instructor, the student will devote three or six credits to a directed
reading and research course resulting in two or more longer papers.

Both the M.A. degree (thesis option) and the M.A. degree (non thesis option) are designed to prepare students for entry into the
professional world or further graduate study.
76 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
Master of Arts in English – Track A (thesis option)

In order to earn a Master’s degree in English under Track A, a candidate must complete the following departmental requirements:

1. Twenty-four hours of graduate work in English exclusive of English 837 (Thesis in Progress), with an emphasis in
African American, American, or British literature)
Required Core Courses: English 502, 533, and 638
2. Evidence that the student either has passed at least twelve semester hours of a foreign language or has a reading
knowledge of some foreign language (such competency to be certified, through examination, by the Department of
Foreign Languages)
3. A written comprehensive examination
4. An acceptable thesis based on an investigation of a subject approved by the Department of English and the University
Graduate School
5. An oral defense of the thesis before the committee of graduate faculty advisors
6. A completed thesis approved by the University Graduate School

Master of Arts in English – Track B (nonthesis option)

In order to earn a master’s degree in English under Track B, a candidate must complete the following departmental requirements:

1. Thirty hours of graduate work in English for a general concentration in literature


Required Core Courses: English 502, 533, and 638
1. Evidence that the student either has passed at least twelve semester hours of a foreign language or has a reading
knowledge of a foreign language (such competency to be certified, through examination, by the Department of Foreign
Languages)
2. A written comprehensive examination
3. End of program assessment that includes the portfolio or print project evaluation and evidence of research completion
4. An acceptable portfolio of at least six seminar-length analyses covering each of the areas of required studies (American,
African American, and British literature, Criticism, Directed Study), and portfolio to be evaluated by members of the
graduate faculty of the department.
5. An acceptable research project based on an investigation of a topic approved by the Department and the University
Graduate School.
6. An oral review of the portfolio or research project before the committee of graduate faculty advisors

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 77


Master of Arts in English Two-Year Matriculation Plan

Year One

The student is expected to accomplish the following during the first year:

• Arrange to confer with the Graduate Dean for advisement on specific requirements
• Demonstrate writing proficiency on the GRE or in ENG 501
• Fulfill the M.A. language requirement if the student has fewer than four semesters of a foreign language for the B.A.
• Submit official final transcripts of the B.A. (and any graduate coursework to be transferred) to the TSU Registrar’s
Office, the Graduate School, and the English Department
• Form a committee of advisors and meet with them at least once a month
• Take English core course requirements as soon as possible
• Successfully complete 18 hours by the end of the first year

Year Two

The student is expected to accomplish the following during the second year:

• Meet with the committee of faculty advisors to determine needed course work and to meet all degree requirements and
obligations according to the Graduate School schedule
• File a degree plan before the third semester in the program
• Successfully complete the remaining hours of the degree plan
• Schedule and take the oral examination in the final semester
• Turn in the thesis, portfolio and /or research project according to the Graduate School schedule. (Meeting this deadline
will allow time for the advisors to review and evaluate the work and to schedule a review of the portfolio and the research
project or hear a defense of the thesis. It will also allow time for the candidate to incorporate all recommended changes.)
• Apply for graduation and follow all requirements as established by the University’s Graduate School Office.

78 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENG 501 WRITING GRADUATE (3)


A course for students who have not achieved writing proficiencies appropriate for graduate work,
including the master’s thesis and doctoral dissertation (Prerequisite: graduate standing)

ENG 502 CORNERSTONE SEMINAR (3)


An intense and comprehensive period-based survey of Western literature from the ancient through the
modern and postmodern (Prerequisite: graduate standing)

ENG 529 STUDIES IN LITERARY BIOGRAPHY AND NONFICTION (3)


A study of the relationship of author and text in works of notable British and American writers
(Prerequisite: graduate standing)

ENG 530 AFRICAN AMERICAN FICTION (3)


An examination of the literary presentation of the passage from slavery to free personhood in selected
texts of African American fiction, with a special concentration on rhetorical structure (Prerequisite:
graduate standing)

ENG 532 AFRICAN AND AFRICAN DIASPORA LITERATURE (3)


A study of selected poetry, fiction, and drama of Africa and the African Diaspora (Prerequisite:
graduate standing)

ENG 533 METHODS OF RESEARCH (3)


An introduction to techniques of independent graduate study, with emphasis on bibliographical
studies and textual criticism (Prerequisite: graduate standing)

ENG 536 SEMINAR IN ADVANCED TECHNICAL WRITING (3)


The second of two technical writing courses that offer focused instruction on writing skills
appropriate to the technical demands of the modern workplace such as business, science, and
government (Prerequisites: ENG 412 and the consent of both the department chair and the
instructor)

ENG 638 SURVEY OF LITERARY THEORY (3)


An historical survey of theories of literary criticism from Aristotle to the present (Prerequisite: graduate
standing)

ENG 640 SEMINAR IN CHAUCER, SHAKESPEARE AND MILTON (3)


An intense study of major works of Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Milton (Prerequisite: graduate
standing)

ENG 641 SEMINAR IN CREATIVE NONFICTION (3)


A study of techniques of creative non-fiction prose, both as a genre and in historical context
(Prerequisite: graduate standing)

ENG 732 THE AMERICAN NOVEL (3)


A study of selected American novelists in conjunction with modern critical theories (Prerequisite:
completion of all required core courses)

ENG 734 SEMINAR IN MODERN POETRY (3)


An examination of the primary trends in modern poetry, devoting attention to the masterpieces in the
canon and engaging students in a systematic study of the techniques and philosophical tendencies in
these works (Prerequisite: completion of all required core courses)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 79


ENG 735 THE BRITISH NOVEL (3)
An intensive survey of the British novel from Defoe through the authors of contemporary British
fiction (Prerequisite: completion of all required core courses)

ENG 736 STUDIES IN BRITISH LITERATURE TO 1900 (3)


A study of British poetry, drama, and prose from Shakespeare to the era of modernism (Prerequisite:
completion of all required core courses)

ENG 835 DIRECTED READING AND RESEARCH (6)


An individualized course for students wishing to work with a specific professor in a well-defined
area of scholarship (Prerequisite: completion of all required core courses and the consent of both the
department chair and the instructor)

ENG 837 THESIS IN PROGRESS (6)


The writing of the thesis under the supervision of a thesis advisor from the graduate faculty of the
Department of English (Prerequisite: All preceding requirements for the Master of Arts in English)

80 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

The Department offers a master’s program in history for students seeking to expand their knowledge of history and to begin to
develop the analytical and critical skills of a professional historian.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (see the General Information section of this catalog),
applicants for admission to the M.A. program in history are expected to have taken the GRE examination and to have completed
an undergraduate major or minor in history or a related discipline. Students who have not taken the GRE examination may be
admitted conditionally until they have completed the examination. Those who do not have the equivalent of a history major or
minor may be required to enroll in and complete successfully undergraduate history courses before they are fully admitted to the
program. All application materials should be submitted to the Texas Southern University Graduate School. The department
chair or the graduate student advisor will review all applications and make recommendations to the Dean of the Graduate School.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. Thesis option: Complete thirty (30) semester hours of graduate work (nine (9) semester credit hours of required
courses; fifteen (15) semester credit hours of electives); and six (6) semester hours of thesis with a grade point average
of at least 3.0; demonstrate competency in functional English; pass a comprehensive examination over course work
in history; write and defend a satisfactory history thesis.

2. Nonthesis Option: Complete thirty-six (36) semester credit hours of graduate work (fifteen (15) semester credit hours
of required courses and twenty-one (21 ) semester credit hours of electives) with a grade point average of at least 3.0;
demonstrate competency in functional English; pass a comprehensive examination over course work in history.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Allocation of Thirty Semester Hours

Thesis Option

Core Courses (Required) ..................................................................................................9 SCH

HIST 631 (3) HIST 632 (3) HIST 750 (3)

Electives. ...........................................................................................................................15 SCH

Thesis ...............................................................................................................................6 SCH

HIST 790 (3) (must be enrolled in for two consecutive semesters)

Nonthesis Option

Core Courses (Required) ..................................................................................................12 SCH

HIST 631 (3) HIST 632 (3) HIST 734 (3)


HIST 750 (3)

Electives ............................................................................................................................18 SCH

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 81


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Advanced Undergraduate/Graduate

HIST 420 CAPSTONE SEMINAR (3)


A directed readings course. Variable credit. May be repeated. Open to senior history majors and
minors, required for majors. Students will undertake an independent research project leading to the
production of an article length senior thesis. (This course may not be taken for graduate credit).

HIST 421 Topics in African Diaspora (3)


A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six hours credit. Topics examine the history
of the peoples of the African Diaspora. Three hours of lecture per week.

HIST 430 TOPICS IN U. S. HISTORY (3)


A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six (6) hours of credit. Topics examine
themes in the history of the United States.

HIST 431 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY (3)


A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six (6) semester credit hours. Topics
examine themes of European civilization.

HIST 432 TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY (3)


A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six (6) semester credit hours. Topics
examine themes in the history of societies and cultures throughout the world.

HIST 434 TOPICS IN LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY (3)


A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six (6) semester credit hours. General study
of the peoples, cultures, and politics of Latin America from a historical perspective. Special emphasis
on the problems of colonialism, imperialism, and hemispheric solidarity. (Prerequisites: HIST 231
and HIST 232.)

HIST 438 HISTORY OF THE SOUTH (3)


An examination of the South including Houston during and after slavery with particular emphasis on
race relations as well as cultural and economic development.

HIST 439 THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1945 (3)


An examination of the rapid social and political changes experienced by the United States since World
War II, with particular attention given to Americans involvement in foreign affairs.

HIST 447 MODERN AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY (3)


An examination of the background and events of the struggle for legal, political, and economic
equality by African Americans up to the present day.

HIST 471 THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION (3)


An examination of the explosive political, social, and cultural developments between 1763 and 1789,
which culminated in a war for independence and the adoption of the U.S. Constitution.

HIST 478 SLAVERY (3)


An examination of the political, social, economic, and cultural impact of slavery on the Western world.

HIST 479 URBAN HISTORY (3)


An examination of the process of urbanization in American history with special emphasis on the role
of ethnic minorities, blacks, and browns in an urban nation.

82 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


HIST 481 TOPICS IN AFRICAN HISTORY (3)
A directed readings course that may be repeated for up to six (6) semester credit hours. A series of
specialized courses in African history. Topics include ancient African kingdoms, the history of South
Africa, and the Atlantic slave trade.

Graduate

HIST 531 READINGS IN U. S. HISTORY (3)


Directed readings in selected areas of U.S. history to introduce the student to the themes and concepts
of U.S. history. (This course may be taken more than once, but no more than three [3] times, as
topics vary, with the permission of the instructor.)

HIST 532 READINGS IN AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY (3)


Directed readings in selected areas of African American history to introduce the student to the themes
and concepts of African American history. (This course may be taken more than once, but no more
than three [3] times, as topics vary, with the permission of the instructor.)

HIST 533 READINGS IN EUROPEAN/WORLD HISTORY (3)


Directed readings on specified topics in European or world history. (This course may be taken more
than once, but no more than three [3] times, as topics vary, with the permission of the instructor.)

HIST 581 READINGS IN AFRICAN HISTORY (3)


Directed readings in selected areas of African history to introduce the student to the themes and
concepts of African history.

HIST 582 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AFRICAN HISTORY (3)


Intensive study with reading and discussion of special problems in African history. (This course may
be taken more than once, but no more than three [3] times, as topics vary, with the permission of the
instructor.)

HIST 630 PROBLEMS IN U. S. HISTORY (3)


Directed readings on specified topics in U. S. history. (This course may be taken more than once, but
no more than three [3] times, as topics vary, with the permission of the instructor.)

HIST 631 HISTORIOGRAPHY I (3)


A survey of Western historical methods and thought from the Greeks through the 19th Century.

HIST 632 HISTORIOGRAPHY II (3)


A survey of twentieth century and non-Western historical methods and thought.

HIST 633 PROBLEMS IN AFRICAN DIASPORA HISTORY (3)


Directed readings on specified topics in the history of the peoples of the African Diaspora. (This
course may be taken more than once, but no more than three [3] times, as topics vary, with the
permission of the instructor.)

HIST 635 THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION (3)


An analysis of the social and political crisis of the Civil War and the social and political readjustments
of the period of Reconstruction.

HIST 640 UNITED STATES SINCE 1900 (3)


An examination of the history of the United States in the twentieth century, with particular emphasis
on the economic and social problems of contemporary America.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 83


HIST 734 SEMINAR IN AMERICAN HISTORY (3)
Readings, discussion, and research in selected topics in American history.

HIST 736 SEMINAR IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY (3)


Readings, discussion, and research in selected topics in Afro-American history.

HIST 750 HISTORICAL RESEARCH (3)


A survey of historical research methodology.

HIST 790 THESIS IN HISTORY (3)


A directed work in the research and writing of a M.A. thesis in history. (Open only to students
choosing the Thesis Option. This course must be taken twice, in two consecutive semesters.)

84 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

The Human Services and Consumer Sciences (HSCS) curriculum is designed to connect the University’s mission as a special
purpose institution of higher education for urban programming with specialized training and experiences related to urban
issues in homes, schools, and communities. Recognizing the influence exerted by social, economic, political, and other forces in
contemporary society, the program provides specific opportunities for students to

1. Broaden their knowledge concerning

• Changing family structure and function


• Behavioral aspects of the family
• Interrelationships within families and other societal subsystems
• Interface between teaching and the learning process
• Nutrition and its relationship to the health and well-being of societal subsystems

2. Increase their competency in the research process and recognize the role of research in the field of human services and
consumer sciences.

3. Expand their critical writing and thinking skills.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission status (conditional or nonconditional state) to any of the graduate degree tracks in the HSCS Department is dependent
upon one’s meeting the general Graduate School admission requirements and having the requisite undergraduate courses that
provide the necessary background for success in the selected HSCS discipline track. Students admitted to the HSCS graduate
program are expected to follow a degree plan (specific to their chosen specialization focus) developed in collaboration with a
department graduate advisor.

HSCS graduate students entering the graduate program during the fall semester must register for HSCS 510 and English 501 (if
their GRE verbal score is less than 3.5) and/or a specialization course. Those entering during the spring semester are advised to
enroll in English 501 (if their GRE verbal score is less than 3.5) and a specialization course and enroll in HSCS 510 during the fall
semester.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 85


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN SERVICES AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

The Master of Science degree in Human Services and Consumer Sciences allows students the option of concentrating in
one of three focus areas: Child and Family Development, Foods and Nutrition, or Human Services and Consumer Sciences
Comprehensive. The program further provides the option of selecting two plans: Plan A, which requires 30 semester credits and
an acceptable thesis; or Plan B, which requires 36 semester credits and an acceptable research project or mini thesis. Both plans are
explained below under Degree Requirements.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The Department of Human Services and Consumer Sciences offers two programs leading to the Master’s degree:

1. Plan A Master of Science degree — a minimum of thirty (30) semester credit hours and an acceptable thesis.
2. Plan B Master of Science degree — a minimum of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours and an acceptable research
project. Major areas of specialization include Child and Family Development, Foods and Nutrition, Human Services
and Consumer Sciences.

Students who select either Plan A or Plan B must meet the general requirements for all graduate students as prescribed in the
Graduate Catalog. The chair of the department and the program advisor must approve degree plans prior to their submission
to the Graduate School. Additionally, any identified content deficiencies must be removed as advised. If there are content
deficiencies, students will be required to enroll in leveling courses.

PLAN A. Master of Science (Thesis)

This plan is designed to provide instruction to prospective and in-service teachers, practitioners, professional career students and
others who wish to supplement their undergraduate education and expand their research capabilities in Human Services and
Consumer Sciences through additional study at the graduate level. Students desirous of pursuing an advanced degree beyond the
master’s level are especially encouraged to consider this plan.

General Requirements: A minimum of thirty (30) semester credit hours and an acceptable thesis.

Allocation of Thirty Semester Credit Hours

Course Requirements

Core Course (Required).................................................................................................... 15 SCH

HSCS 510 (3); HSCS 512 (3) HSCS 534 (3)


HSCS 760; (3) HSCS 762 (3)

Major Course (Required or as advised) ............................................................................ 12 SCH

Specialization 500 level; Specialization 600 level

1. At least twelve semester credit hours in one of the following fields:

• Child and Family Development


• Human Services and Consumer Sciences
• Foods and Nutrition

2. Human Services and Consumer Sciences majors must complete at least six (6) semester credits in each of two (2) fields
3. One 400* level course may be substituted for three (3) semester credit hours of graduate credit in this block

86 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Electives or Cognates ........................................................................................................ 3 SCH

TOTAL ............................................................................................................................. 30 SCH

*Advanced undergraduate/graduate course

PLAN B. Master of Science (Nonthesis)

This plan is designed to provide instructional enhancement to meet the needs of prospective and in-service teachers, practitioners,
professionals, career students and others who wish to supplement their undergraduate education in human services and consumer
sciences. It provides a non-thesis option.

Allocation of Thirty-Six Semester Credit Hours

Course Requirements

General Requirements: A minimum of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours and professional paper (mini-thesis) or research
project.

Core Courses (Required) .................................................................................................. 15 SCH

HSCS 510 (3); HSCS 511 or HSCS 512 (3);


HSCS 534 (3); HSCS 760 (3); one other optional HSCS 500 or 600 level course (3)

Major Courses (Required or as advised) ........................................................................... 15 SCH

Specialization courses at the 500 and 600 level are required as advised.

1. At least fifteen (15) semester credit hours in one of the following fields:

• Child and Family Development


• Foods and Nutrition
• Human Services and Consumer Sciences

2. Human Services and Consumer Sciences majors must complete at least six semester credit hours in two (2) HSCS
specialization fields.
3. One 400* course may be substituted for three (3) semester credit hours of graduate credits in specialization block.

Electives or Cognates ........................................................................................................ 6 SCH

TOTAL ............................................................................................................................. 36 SCH

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 87


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Child and Family Development


Advanced Undergraduate/Graduate

CFDEV 432* CHILDREN’S LITERATURE (3)


Analysis of children’s books with emphasis on literacy and language development enhancement for
children; extensive reading of books by outstanding authors and illustrators included.

CFDEV 435* CHILD NUTRITION (3)


Principles of nutrition affecting growth and development from conception to early childhood;
emphasis on menu planning, preparations, portion control and nutritional requirements in early
childhood programs (Prerequisite: FN 233 or instructor’s consent).

CFDEV 436* PARENTING (3)


Theoretical procedures and techniques in guiding the behavior and development of children;
application of current research and parenting models (Prerequisite: CFDEV 234, 235 or instructor’s
consent).

Graduate

CFDEV 531 GUIDANCE OF CHILDREN (3)


Advanced principles and theories of child development and guidance with emphasis on implications
for application of appropriate management techniques for enhancing growth and competence of the
young child.

CFDEV 532 LANGUAGE COGNITION and DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3)


Study of language acquisition theories for promoting developmentally appropriate literacy in the early
years.

CFDEV 533 PARENTAL INFLUENCE and INVOLVEMENT IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3)


Current issues in parenting; emphasis on the influence of parental involvement and positive parent/
child relationships on development in the early years.

CFDEV 534 ISSUES IN CHILD AND FAMILY DEVELOPMENT (3)


Intensive study of contemporary problems and issues affecting children and families in the
development process.

CFDEV 536 GRADUATE PRACTICUM (3)


Opportunities for field experience in early childhood. Individual placements focused on needs of the
student; one lecture hour per week and ten (10) practicum hours per week.

CFDEV 578 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3)


Principles involved in developing effective programs for young children; emphasis on inclusion
of developmentally appropriate practices for stimulating creativity, cognitive, physical, social and
affective development.

CFDEV 631 NURSERY SCHOOL and KINDERGARTEN ADMINISTRATION (3)


Study of administrative processes that support quality programs for young children; consideration of
administrative concerns such as organizational management, fiscal management, facilities planning
and management, records, health and safety issues, program planning and assessment, family
involvement, and personnel management.

88 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


CFDEV 634 SEMINAR IN CHILD and FAMILY DEVELOPMENT (3)
Presentation and discussion of current research topics in human development and family relationships.

CFDEV 635 INFANT DEVELOPMENT and BEHAVIOR (3)


Principles of physical, emotional and cognitive development of infants with emphasis on the practical
application of theoretical philosophies and research.

CFDEV 671 BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS OF YOUNG CHILDREN (3)


The study of emerging and developing deviate and normal behavior patterns of children from
infancy through the middle years, with emphasis on identifying and utilizing behavioral management
techniques appropriate for modifying behaviors positively.

Foods and Nutrition


Advanced Undergraduate

FN 432* MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY I (3)


Application of nutrition knowledge and processes for assessing, formulating, and developing nutrition
care plans for managing cardiovascular and renal disease, diabetes, obesity and digestive disorders.
Two lecture and two practicum hours per week (Prerequisites: FN 333, 337, 343).

FN 433* MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY II (3)


Application of nutrition knowledge and processes for assessing, formulating and developing nutrition
care plans for managing cancer, respiratory and gallbladder disease.
Two lecture and two practicum hours a week (Prerequisites: FN 333, FN 337, 343, 432).

FN 434* FOOD ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH (1)


Study of physical and chemical properties of basic food materials related to consumption,
acceptability, and nutritional values of food; application of scientific research methods and analysis.
One lecture hour per week.

FN 434* LABORATORY EXPERIENCES IN FOOD ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH FOODS (3)


Laboratory experiences in the use of methods applicable to food and nutrition; four laboratory hours
per week.

FN 436* COMMUNITY NUTRITION (3)


Epidemiological approach to health and illness. Assessments; use of computer applications;
fundamentals of nutritional care delivery systems and services with special references to nutritional
problems of indigent populations; interviewing and counseling of individuals and groups. Two lecture
and two practicum hours a week (Prerequisite: Dietetic senior standing).

Graduate

FN 531 FOOD PROCESSING (3)


Principles and methods of food preservation; changes occurring during processing and storage; control
of changes in food because of enzyme 5 microorganisms and chemical reactions. Research paper
required. One lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Fee: $4.00.

FN 537 TEACHING NUTRITION and HEALTH IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (3)


The relation of nutrition to health and its implication to the education of youth. Methods of planning
and correlating nutrition and health with other subjects in public schools. Recommended for
education majors. Research paper required.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 89


FN 539 HUMAN NUTRITION DURING ADULTHOOD (3)
Advanced study of normal and therapeutic nutrition during early, middle, and late adulthood.
Nutritional assessments, requirements, and factors influencing the quality of diet. Research paper
required.

FN 543 MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS IN FOOD SERVICE SYSTEMS (4)


Advanced study of institutional administration of food service systems: including organizational
structures, personnel, management, administration, budgetary control, problems, responsibilities,
policies and procedures . Two lecture and four practicum hours per week. Fee: $4.00.

FN 632 DEMONSTRATION TECHNIQUES (3)


Techniques and procedures in the demonstration of preparation of foods for business and social
purposes; extension; and teaching. Two lecture and two seminar hours per week. Research paper and
practicum required (Prerequisite: HSCS 511; Co-requisite: HSCS 760.)

FN 634 SEMINAR IN FOODS and NUTRITION (3)


Individual reports and discussions of proposed research in foods and nutrition. Oral presentation
at scheduled seminars required. Two lecture and two seminar hours per week. Research paper and
practicum required. (Prerequisite: HSCS 511; Corequisite: HSCS 760; formerly FN 534)

FN 641 INSTITUTIONAL FOOD PRODUCTION AND SERVICES (4)


Advanced study of food purchasing production and service in health care and related facilities;
specification writing, recipe development, analysis of food costs, computer applications in food service
systems. Three lecture and two practicum hours per week.

Human Services and Consumer Sciences


Advanced Undergraduate/Graduate

HSCS 434* INDIVIDUAL and FAMILY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3)


Application of financial planning and budgeting strategies for working with individuals and families
during various stages of the life cycle. (Prerequisite: Junior standing)

HSCS 435* HEALTH and SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE FAMILY (3)
Theories and intervention strategies dealing with gender issues, family crisis, terminal illness, aging,
drugs, death and dying, lifestyles, marriage preparation, separation and divorce, blending families and
other family issues.

HSCS 437* STATISTICS (3)


Survey of descriptive and inferential statistical techniques. Emphasis on understanding and
interpreting statistical concepts used in research. (Prerequisite: HSCS 233 and instructor’s consent)

HSCS 438* FAMILY and CONSUMER ECONOMICS (3)


Study of the income and distribution patterns of individuals and families in an effort to achieve
desired goals; develop concepts skills through which sound decisions are made (Prerequisite: HSCS
233 or instructor’s consent).

HSCS 439* FAMILY and COMMUNITY SERVICES – FIELD EXPERIENCE (3)


The utilization of consumer economics perspectives in family service agencies within government
public and private sectors. Practicum with a family service component. Four laboratory hours and one
lecture hour per week (Prerequisite: HSCS 233 or instructor’s consent).

90 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


HSCS 510 INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDIES IN HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER
SCIENCES (3)
Orientation, history and philosophy of Human Services and Consumer Sciences. Analysis of current
programs and future direction in the field. Examination of research integrative framework.

HSCS 511 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3)


Individualized work on a project in area of specialty under supervision. Major advisor and/or
instructor approval required (Prerequisites: HSCS 510, HSCS 534, and satisfactory completion of
Graduate English requirement).

HSCS 512 RESEARCH SEMINAR (3)


Presentation of research papers and/or projects (Prerequisites: HSCS 511 and 534).

HSCS 534 READINGS IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION IN HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER


SCIENCES (3)
Readings in and discussion of selected studies and recent developments in Human Services and
Consumer Sciences.

HSCS 536 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER SCIENCES (3)
Selected topics in an identified area of study in the Department of Human Services and Consumer
Sciences (Prerequisite: instructor’s consent).

HSCS 631 ADMINISTRATION and SUPERVISION OF HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER


SCIENCES (3)
Qualifications and responsibilities of supervisors and administrators; criteria for evaluating supervision
and administration in Human Services and Consumer Sciences.

HSCS 534 SEMINAR IN HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER SCIENCES (3)


Individual reports and discussions of proposed research and/or specific topics related to current
societal issues in Human Services and Consumer Sciences. Oral presentation of scheduled seminars
required. Two lecture hours and two practicum hours per week.

HSCS 635 CURRENT TRENDS IN HUMAN SERVICES and CONSUMER SCIENCES (3)
Study of recent advances and current research related to consumer behavior and changing societal
needs and psychology, with particular emphasis on programs of Human Services and Consumer
Sciences at various educational levels.

HSCS 760 ADVANCED RESEARCH (3)


Survey of research theories, methods and processes involved in designing research studies.

HSCS 762 THESIS WRITING (3)


Directed individual study on Human Services and Consumer Sciences thesis topic (Prerequisite:
Approval of graduate advisor required).

* Undergraduate courses

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 91


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

As a special-purpose institution of higher education for urban programming, Texas Southern University embraces the concept
of liberal education, particularly as it addresses the biopsychosocial needs and societal values and norms of culturally diverse
populations in urban environments. Within this context, the mission of the Master of Arts degree program in the Department
of Psychology is to facilitate the acquisition of knowledge, values, and competencies of professional psychology through didactic
training and practical experience; to develop a master’s level psychologist who is clinically competent, ethically-grounded,
scientifically informed, and culturally responsive to the practice, research, and policies mandates of psychology as a profession;
and to lay the foundation for doctoral level training or professional licensure at the master’s level. The learning objectives of the
graduate program in the Department of Psychology are as follows:

To enhance students understanding of the major theories, concepts, current research, and historical trends in professional
psychology;

1. To train students in basic research methods, including study design, data analysis and reporting, and interpretation of
results so that they can conduct research and be scientifically informed consumers of the empirical literature;
2. To promote students’ acquisition of critical thinking skills, skeptical inquiry, and evidenced-based approaches to solving
human problems of living and disorders related to behavior and mental processes;
3. To train students to apply psychological principles and techniques to personal, social, and organizational issues; and
4. To promote professional competence so that students will be able to reflect the values underlying the practice of
psychology by weighing evidence, tolerating ambiguity, acting ethically, and keeping abreast of advancements in the
field.

DEGREE PROGRAMS

The Department of Psychology provides academic studies leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.) degree with two areas of
concentration, Clinical-Community Psychology and School Psychology. The program requirement for graduation with the M.A.
degree requires 48 graduate credit hours of coursework, 450 hours of practicum, and successful completion of the Comprehensive
Examination. The Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB) approves only the awarding of the M.A. degree in
Psychology with no specialization. The areas of concentration are optional, and students need only to meet the prerequisite 48
semester credit hours and those requirements designated in the degree plan for successful completion of the program.

Clinical-Community Psychology

The Clinical-Community Psychology concentration is designed for the development of students who wish to study the
empirical and theoretical foundations of psychology with application to a variety of urban settings broadly conceived to include
community, clinical, and educational institutions. Through a combination of coursework and field experiences, the student is
prepared to qualify for positions in mental health and social services agencies, school settings, junior and community colleges, or
similar functions in business and industry. Alternately, the student may pursue a plan designed to develop research competencies
which can be applied toward the investigation of problems of a psychological nature, especially those related to the improvement
of life in the urban community.

The Clinical-Community Psychology concentration emphasizes theoretical and applied aspects of psychology and requires
48 semester credit hours in addition to any undergraduate prerequisites needed. The first of the two years is devoted mainly
to preparation in basic foundation areas and some laboratory work in assessment methods and in psychological counseling
techniques. During the second year, the program includes a combination of academic work and supervised practice (a minimum
of 450 clock hours) in an approved agency or institution. Upon completion of the program, students are eligible to apply for
licensure as a Licensed Psychological Associate (LPA) from the Texas State Board of Examiners of Psychologists or from boards in
other states which have similar requirements.

92 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


School Psychology

The School Psychology concentration is designed for students interested in the theory and practice of school psychology. This
concentration requires an additional 12 semester credit hours for a total of sixty (60) semester credit hours. The first year is
devoted to preparation in the basic foundations of psychology, including assessment and diagnosis of learning, emotional and
behavioral problems. The second year and summer courses include training in counseling, consultation, intervention strategies,
supervised practice (300 clock hours), and an internship of not fewer than 1,200 clock hours, of which 600 must be in a public
school. However, upon completion of this program and an acceptable score on the National School Psychology Examination,
students may be eligible to apply for licensure as a Licensed Specialist in School Psychology from the Texas State Board of
Examiners of Psychologist.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission to the graduate programs in the Department of Psychology is competitive. A student may be admitted to the graduate
program if, in the judgment of the faculty, his or her qualifications indicate a strong likelihood of successful completion of the
graduate program. It should be noted that not all qualified students can be admitted. Nonpsychology majors or minors may be
required to take undergraduate prerequisites as a part of their first year of enrollment. The department considers the entire packet
of information in the application for admission. Students are selected on the basis of their total record of academic achievement,
GRE scores, letters of recommendation, and relevant experience.

Specific requirements are:


1. A minimum overall GPA of 2.75
2. Combined Graduate Records Examination (GRE) score of 170 ( old GRE score of 800)
3. GRE Subject Area (Psychology) score above 150 ( old GRE score of 500+)
4. Application, vitae/resume, all college transcripts
5. Personal statement
6. Letters of recommendation (2)
7. Application processing fee $30.00
8. An interview with one or more members of the of the department’s Admissions Committee.
9. A minimum of twelve (12) semester credit hours of undergraduate psychology, including at least one course in each of the
following courses: abnormal psychology, statistics and social psychology.
10. A score of at least 213 on the test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if the applicant is a foreign student with
limited English proficiency.

CONDITIONAL ADMISSION

The Department of Psychology may grant conditional admission to applicants who 1) have not fulfilled the GRE requirement,
or 2) do not have the proper sequence of undergraduate psychology courses required for master’s level training in psychology.
Students admitted with conditional status will be required to meet all admission requirements by the end of twelve (12) semester
hours of course work. Failure to do so may result in the student’s being dropped from the program.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 93


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

In general, the departmental requirements for advancement to candidacy for the Master of Arts degree in Psychology are as
follows:

1. Demonstrated proficiency in English by passing an examination in English or by completing the course English 501. A
GRE analytical writing score of 3.5 or more may be presented to satisfy this requirement.
2. Departmental recommendation to candidacy status for the Master of Arts in Psychology.
3. Successful completion of the department’s Comprehensive Examination in Psychology. This examination is offered once
during the fall semester and once during the spring semester. Students who fail one or both parts of the Comprehensive
Examination will be given a second chance to take the part(s) on which they fail. A third attempt to pass the
Examination will be permitted only after consultation and/or remediation.
4. Completion with a GPA of not less than 3.00 in all required and elective graduate courses taken to satisfy program
requirements.

CANDIDACY

Advancement to candidacy as a formal candidate for the master’s degree requires prior completion of the following steps:

1. Completion in classified graduate status of four or more courses at the 500 level (minimum of twelve (12) hours) within
the Department of Psychology.
2. On file, a GRE Psychology score of at least 150 (old GRE score of 500) to satisfy Qualifying Examination requirements.
3. Maintenance of a 3.0 GPA or better in all departmental coursework and in overall coursework.
4. Acceptance by the department of a proposed formal degree plan.
5. Recommendation by the faculty of the department for acceptance as a candidate.

94 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master of Arts in Psychology

Clinical Community Psychology Concentration

Total Credits Required: 48

Required Courses.............................................................................................................. 39 SCH

PSY 531 (3)* PSY 532 (3) PSY 533 (3)


PSY 534 (3) PSY 538 (3) COUN 593 (3)
PSY 631 (3) PSY 637 (3) PSY 730 (3)
PSY 735 (3) PSY 736 (3) PSY 737 (3)
PSY 739 (3)

Elective Courses ................................................................................................................ 9 SCH

PSY 535 (3) PSY 536 (3) PSY 537 (3)


PSY 630 (3) PSY 633 (3 PSY 634 (3)
PSY 635 (3) PSY 636 (3) PSY 733 (3)
PSY 832 (3) PSY 833 (3)

* (N) represents the number of course credits

School Psychology Concentration

Total Credits Required: 60

Additional Required Courses ........................................................................................... 12 SCH

PSY 536 (3) PSY 633 (3) PSY 635 (3)


SOC 623 (3) SPED 556 (3) COUN 733 (3)
PSY 733 (3) PSY 834 (3) PSY 899 (6) EDAS 800 (3)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 95


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Psychology

PSY 531 Theory of Psychological Testing (3)


Introduction to the assessment process, theories of intelligence, testing minorities, and a consideration
of the issues involved in the administration and use of individual tests of intelligence.

PSY 532 Individual Testing (3)


The administration, scoring, interpretation, and the reporting of the results of the major individual
tests of intelligence, including the Welcher Scales, Standford Binet, KABC, and selected individual
achievement test. (Prerequisite: PSY 531.)

PSY 533 Survey of Psychological Statistics (3)


Designed for students who need practical competence in statistics. The techniques considered include
reliability, validity, correlation, t-test, analysis of variance, non-parametric methods and experimental
designs. (Prerequisite: Three semester hours of elementary statistics.)

PSY 534 Learning Motivation (3)


Study of motivation and principles of learning underlying behavior of organisms.

PSY 535 History and Systems of Psychology (3)


A course designed to present modern psychological problems in the light of their historical
development.

PSY 536 Principles of Treating the Problem Child (3)


A course designed for prospective teachers, counselors, and clinicians. A survey of treatment
procedures and resources, behavior and personality problems. The flexible use of school environment
and community resources, methods of altering attitudes of parent and child, and direct treatment
approaches. (Prerequisite: Twelve hours (12) of advanced psychology.)

PSY 537 Group Testing (3)


The administration, scoring, and interpretation of group tests. A survey of test analysis which stresses
selection factors along with statistical data in test evaluation. Research reports required. (Prerequisite:
Admission to Graduate program and PSY 531.)

PSY 538 Theory of Group Practice and Treatment (3)


Theories and concepts underlying the process of group information, maintenance, and productivity in
the resolution of psychological problems. (Prerequisites: PSY 532 and PSY 534.)

PSY 630 Mental Health (3)


The application of mental health principles to clients in community and school environments, both in
regards to the development and to the maintenance of good mental health.

PSY 631 Research Designs (3)


(Prerequisite: Three hours in statistics.)

PSY 634 Theories of Personality (3)


An examination of major schools of personality thought with consideration of potential application in
school, community, and mental health agencies.

PSY 635 Psychological Counseling, Interviewing and Report Writing (3)


The principles involved in assisting others in their adjustment to school, family, community or other
problems. (Prerequisite: Twelve (12) hours of graduate work in psychology and consent of the instructor.)

96 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


PSY 637 Personality Assessment (3)
Major concepts and techniques in the development and construction of personality assessment
instruments including the administration and interpretation of structured and semi-structured
instruments. (Prerequisite: PSY 532)

PSY 730 Ethical and Legal Issues in Mental Health (3)


The study of ethical and legal issues which relate to the mental health professionals.

PSY 731 Role and Function of the School Psychologist (3)


The development of the school psychologist as a member of the school staff. Includes an examination
of the research on the role, function, legal and ethical responsibilities of the school psychologist as well
as the relationship to staff, administrative and teaching personnel.

PSY 733 Physiological Psychology (3)


A systematic study of the interrelationship between physiology and the physiological basis of
mental functions and the influences of various psychological phenomena on the system of the body.
(Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor)

PSY 735 Practicum (3)


The student will spend at least 150 clock hours working in an approved agency or institution under
the clinical supervision of a staff member of the agency or institution who is a certified/licensed
psychologist. (Prerequisite: Completion of at least thirty [30] hours of approved graduate work and
consent of the cooperating agency. This course may be repeated one time for credit.)

PSY 736 Practicum (3)


The second of three practicums where the student must spend at least 150 clock hours working in an
approved agency or institution under the supervision of a staff member of the agency or institution
who is a certified/licensed psychologist. (Prerequisite: Completion of at least thirty [30] hours of
approved graduate work and consent of the cooperating agency. This course may be repeated one time
for credit.)

PSY 737 Practicum (3)


The third of three practicums where the student must spend at least 150 clock hours working in an
approved agency or institution under the supervision of a staff member of the agency or institution
who is a certified/licensed psychologist. (Prerequisite: Completion of at least thirty [30] hours of
approved graduate work and consent of the cooperating agency. This course may be repeated one time
for credit.)

PSY 739 Psychopathology (3)


A broad introduction to psychopathology which systematically exposes the major theoretical
therapeutic approaches to abnormal or maladaptive behavior. The classifications system of the DSM-
IV is included. (Prerequisite: Nine hours of graduate work)

PSY 832 Master’s Research and Thesis I

PSY 833 Master’s Research and Thesis II

PSY 834 Consultation in School Psychology

PSY 899 Internship

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 97


DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY

The Department of Sociology at Texas Southern University offers the Master of Arts degree with an emphasis on social
inequality. Consistent with the University’s focus on “urban programming” the Master of Arts Degree in Sociology emphasizes
research into the complex social problems experienced by diverse urban populations, public responses to these problems in
America and elsewhere, and the practical application of data in ameliorating or improving the condition of urban populations.
Although students are trained with an emphasis on sociological theory and methods, this program intensely addresses substantive
topics such as inequality in education, employment and health as well as poverty, discrimination, and the role of media in these
conversations. In addition to coursework in social inequality, optional coursework is offered which emphasizes the training of
students who will apply their sociological skills in nonacademic professions on the local, state, and national levels. Ultimately, the
Master of Arts Degree in Sociology at Texas Southern University emphasizes research in urban environments which produce data
to be used in understanding and addressing the living condition of varied urban populations. Toward that end, this program seeks
to accomplish the following objectives:

1. Prepare graduates for successful transition into doctoral programs.


2. Prepare graduates for careers in applied sociology professions.
3. Provide graduates with the requisite skills for conducting sociological research in urban areas.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (see the General Information section of this catalog),
applicants for admission to the Master of Arts program in sociology are expected to have completed an undergraduate major or
minor in sociology or a related discipline. Students who do not meet these criteria may be required to enroll in undergraduate
sociology courses before being fully admitted into the program. All application materials should be submitted to the Texas
Southern University Graduate School, not to the Department of Sociology. The Department of Sociology Graduate Program
Committee will review all applications and make recommendations to the Dean of the Graduate School.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. Thesis option: Completion of thirty-six (36) semester hours of graduate work, which includes twelve (12) semester
credit hours of required courses, with a grade point average of at least 3.0; eighteen (18) semester credit hours of
electives, with a grade point average of at least 3.0; successful completion of six (6) thesis hours; demonstration of
competency in functional English; the successful completion of a written comprehensive examination; and the successful
defense of a thesis.
2. Nonthesis Option: Completion of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours of graduate work, which includes twelve (12)
semester credit hours of required courses with a grade point average of at least 3.0; eighteen (18) semester credit hours of
electives, with a grade point average of at least 3.0; successful completion of six (6) internship hours; demonstration of
competency in functional English; and successful completion of a written comprehensive examination.

98 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Allocation of Thirty Semester Hours

Thesis Option

Core Courses (Required) ..................................................................................................18 SCH

SOC 525 (3) SOC 554 (3) SOC 557 (3)


SOC 559 (3) SOC 899 (6)

Electives ............................................................................................................................18 SCH

Nonthesis Option

Core Courses (Required) ..................................................................................................18 SCH

SOC 525 (3) SOC 554 (3) SOC 557 (3)


SOC 559 (3) SOC 655 (6)

Electives ............................................................................................................................18 SCH

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SOC 525 FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY (3)


Introduction to central concepts, methods, and professional practices in sociology; development
of basic skills used in theoretical and empirical work; and orientation to the discipline and this
Department of Sociology.

SOC 530 TOPICAL SEMINAR (3)


An analysis of contemporary sociological issues affecting individuals and groups in a rapidly changing
society.

SOC 532 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (3)


Examination of social dimensions of religion, the relationship between religion and society,
sociological theories of religion, religious organizations and behavior, religion and social change,
secularization and the future of religion.

SOC 539 SEMINAR IN URBAN SOCIOLOGY (3)


Social and demographic characterization and organization of urban communities with emphasis on
techniques of identifying structures, institutions, systems and leadership.

SOC 545 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY (3)


Key concepts and processes of family sociology with application to sexuality, partner selection,
transition to parenthood, parenting and children, housework and paid work, domestic violence and
child abuse, divorce and marriage, grandparenting, care giving, and alternative families.

SOC 554 ADVANCED SOCIOLOGICAL STATISTICS (3)


Advanced statistical methods with emphasis on multiple regression techniques.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 99


SOC 557 ADVANCED SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3)
Examination of the major theoretical orientations in sociology, with special attention given to the
early history of conflict theory, functionalism, and symbolic interaction.

SOC 559 URBAN RESEARCH METHODS (3)


Examination of urban indicators, research design, and field problems in urban research.

SOC 623 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)


Examination of selected social psychological theories and their current role and status.

SOC 632 BLACK SOCIOLOGY (3)


Examination of African and African American contributions to the development of social scientific
knowledge.

SOC 634 CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND THE URBAN COMMUNITY (3)


Critical analysis of the subsystems of the criminal justice system and their impact on the urban
community.

SOC 639 SEMINAR IN URBAN POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3)


The application of sociological theory and analysis to political processes and systems in urban settings.

SOC 655A INTERNSHIP (3)


Supervised work and instruction in formal organizations relevant to the student’s area of
specialization. Must take parts A and B for credit.

SOC 655B INTERNSHIP (3)


Supervised work and instruction in formal organizations relevant to the student’s area of
specialization. Must complete parts A and B for credit

SOC 710 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3)


Theoretical analysis of how social class, status, and power shape social relations, determine life
chances, and affect attitudes, opinions, and political choices of individuals and groups, all of which
perpetuate systems of class, gender, and race inequality, and degree of social mobility in societies.

SOC 715 SOCIOLOGY OF LEARNING (3)


Examination of schools and classrooms as social environments and socio-cultural principles for desired
teaching strategies and learning.

SOC 720 SEMINAR IN CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY (3)


Presentation and analysis of the creation of sociological knowledge and the clinical application of that
knowledge to various settings of group life.

SOC 739 SEMINAR IN PUBLIC AND SOCIAL POLICY (3)


Policy analysis, design and implementation issues related.

SOC 750 RACE and ETHNICITY (3)


Analysis of social factors affecting racial and ethnic groups.

SOC 820 FAMILY THERAPY AND FAMILY RELATIONS (3)


Analysis of various issues in family relations and of the various therapeutic approaches in marital and
family therapy.

100 | College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
SOC 840 SEMINAR IN GERONTOLOGY (3)
Examination of sociological theories and analyses relevant to various socio-cultural components of
aging.

SOC 857 ADVANCED SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3)


Advanced analysis of recent developments in sociological theory, including the relationship of theory
to empirical research.

SOC 859 ADVANCED PROJECT DESIGN (3)


Research and project problem definition, research and project design.

SOC 880 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE (3)


The analysis of present and emerging sociological conceptualizations designed to understand the
development, functions, organization and processes involved in contemporary systems of health and
medicine.

SOC 893 ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY (3)


Critical analysis of the relationships between various modes and patterns of social organization and
man environment relations.

SOC 896 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY (3)


Planning, organizational, and infrastructural development for effective analysis of industrial planning,
organizational and infrastructural development at the macro level and application and application of
sociological principles of resource acquisition, processing, and product distribution.

SOC 899A THESIS I (3)


Project development, data collection and analysis.

SOC 899B THESIS II (3)


Project development, data collection and analysis.

SOC 930 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (3)


Mainstream and critical theories of how society shapes the purposes, processes, and organization of
schools; current policy issues and sources of national education data, with primary focus on United
States elementary, secondary schools, and post secondary schools.

SOC 950 SEMINAR IN SOCIOTHERAPY AND PSYCHOTHERAPY (3)


Examination of the social system approaches and the implications for diagnosis, therapeutic
intervention and change.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Liberal Arts and Behavioral Sciences | 101
102 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

The mission of the College of Education is to provide competent professionals for effective service in urban schools, agencies, and
other entities using research and collaboration in seeking solutions to teaching, learning, and behavioral challenges facing urban
populations. The College of Education offers the Master of Education (M.Ed.), the Master of Science (M.S.), and the Doctor of
Education (Ed.D.) degrees.

The Master of Education is offered in the Departments of Counseling, Curriculum and Instruction, and Educational
Administration and Foundation. The Master of Science degree is offered in Health and in Human Performance through the
Department of Health and Kinesiology.

The Doctor of Education degree (Ed.D.) is offered through the Department of Counseling, the Department of Curriculum and
Instruction, and the Department of Educational Administration and Foundation.

MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMS

Master of Education in Counseling

The program of study leading to the Master of Education in Counseling is designed to prepare prospective counselors with
the tools and techniques essential for an understanding of the individual’s educational, vocational, health, and social problems.
The degree requires forty-eight (48) semester hours for school counseling, fifty-four (54) semester hours for agency/community
counseling and fifty-one (51) semester hours for rehabilitation counseling; which includes a practicum in a school and/or social
agency setting.

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction

The Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction is designed to strengthen professional competence of what and how
to teach for both certified and non-certified candidates. The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers six (6) different
areas of specialization: Early Childhood Education, Bilingual Education, Instructional Technology, Reading Education, Special
Education and Secondary Education. The choice of specialization at the secondary level (8-12) is limited to subjects taught on the
secondary level (English, Mathematics, Science, etc.). The program consists of 36 semester credit hours. The M.Ed. is a non-thesis
program.

Master of Education in Educational Administration

The Master of Education in Educational Administration emphasizes the preparation of individuals for the role of principal of
elementary and secondary schools. The program focuses on helping potential administrators become more humanistic in their
approach to the solution of problems. Special attention is given to the decision-making process and to stressing the worth of the
individuals who make up student groups, teaching staffs and school patrons.

Master of Education in Health and Human Performance

The Master of Science in Health and the Master of Science in Human Performance are the two graduate degrees offered in the
Department of Health and Kinesiology. The objectives of these programs are to prepare students for

1. Additional study leading to the terminal degree


2. Service in urban, culturally responsive environments
3. Managing wellness and health-related fitness programs
4. Various coaching fields

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 103


Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet all of the following requirements:

Unconditional Admission:

1. Graduate with a four-year baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university (degrees from institutions outside the
U.S. are evaluated for equivalency to U.S. degrees).
2. Submit Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores. In accordance with Texas House Bill 1641, the applicant’s performance
on a standardized test may not be used in the admissions process as the sole criterion for consideration of the applicant or as
the primary criterion to end consideration of the applicant. However, the applicant must pass the Analytical Writing Section
with a score of 3.5 or above. The test should be no more than five (5) years old.
3. Possess a grade point average of at least 2.5 in undergraduate studies.
4. Complete satisfactory preparation in the specific discipline or field of study.
5. Attain a score of at least 213 on the TOEFL if a foreign student.
6. File a degree and/or certificate plan with faculty advisor and with the Graduate School.

* Applicants are advised to check with the department of their proposed major for additional requirements or applications.

Conditional Admission

1. Graduate with a four-year baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university (degrees from institutions outside the
U.S. are evaluated for equivalency to U.S. degrees).
2. Submit Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores. In accordance with Texas House Bill 1641, the applicant’s performance
on a standardized test may not be used in the admissions process as the sole criterion for consideration of the applicant or as
the primary criterion to end consideration of the applicant. Obtain a score of less than a 3.0 on Analytical Writing Section of
GRE. The test should be no more than five (5) years old.
3. Possess a grade point average of at least 2.5 in undergraduate studies. Scores on the appropriate admission examination should
meet levels that would indicate probable success in a graduate program.

Transfer Admission

Transfer students must meet regular admission requirements. Credit may be transferred only for advanced and graduate courses
completed with a grade of “B” or better. No more than nine (9) semester hours of transfer credit may be applied to a master’s
degree.

With the approval of the dean of the college, a maximum of six (6) semester hours of an earned master’s degree may be applied
to a second master’s degree. Regulations concerning time limitations apply to transfer credit as well as to credit earned at the
University. Courses must have been taken within a six-year period from the date of initial admission to the Graduate School. All
programs in excess of 36 semester hours must have been taken within a seven-year period from the date of initial admission to the
Graduate School.

104 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF COUNSELING

The Mission of the Department of Counseling is to prepare counselors who value equity and equality, to meet the demands of a
culturally and linguistically diverse clientele through a special emphasis on knowledge bases and internships in an urban setting.
The Counseling program will prepare counselors to fulfill the following roles:

• Serve as advocates, leaders, counselors, and consultants to increase the options of clients they serve;
• Become managers of resources and partnership builders, enlisting the support of stakeholders in the local, national and
international communities;
• Develop in students a commitment to achieve and provide conditions that enable clients to accomplish their goals;
• Serve as problem solvers for clients living in an urban environment in particular, as well as those attempting to cope with
societal demands in non-urban settings; and
• Develop professionals capable of conducting research germane to urban challenges.

The Department of Counseling offers three programs leading to professional certification: School Counseling, Professional
Counseling, and Rehabilitation Counseling in the public or private sector.

The Community Agency Counseling Track prepares candidates to become counselors in community agencies and other private
sectors. In addition to completing core counseling courses, candidates are required to complete courses specific to community
counseling. This track meets the requirements for Licensure as a Professional Counselor in Texas, as well as the requirements for
the National Board for Certified Counselors.

The School Counseling Track prepares candidates to become Pre K-12 School Counselors. Candidates become familiar with the
design and implementation of the comprehensive developmental guidance and counseling model. In addition to core counseling
courses, candidates take courses specific to School Counseling. The School Counseling track meets the requirements for the Texas
School Counselor Certification.

The Rehabilitation Counseling Track prepares candidates to become Rehabilitation Counselors in either the public state agency
or to provide services in the private sector. Once candidates complete core counseling courses, each is required to complete the
appropriate courses relevant to Rehabilitation Counseling. The Rehabilitation Counseling track will allow candidates to qualify to
take the Certified Rehabilitation Counseling examination.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Before receiving their degrees, students must

1. Secure departmental recommendation for candidacy status for the Master’s degree in Counseling.
1. Take and pass the College of Education Comprehensive Examination for the master’s degree.
2. Complete the semester hour requirements specified for the designated course of study.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 105


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Community Agency Counseling Degree Plan

A. Pre-Qualifying Courses ...................................................................................... Hours

COUN 593 Human Growth and Development ....................................... 3


COUN 733 Seminar in Social and Cultural Differences ........................... 3
COUN 832 Community Agency Counseling ........................................... 3
COUN 834 Counseling and Personality Theories .................................... 3

Total .......................................................................................12

B. Counseling Core

COUN 611 Appraisal and Assessment Techniques ................................... 3


COUN 633 Counseling Research and Program Eval ................................ 3
COUN 735 Counseling Techniques ......................................................... 3
COUN 736 Supervised Counseling Laboratory ....................................... 3
COUN 839 Practicum I ........................................................................... 3
COUN 840 Practicum II ......................................................................... 3
COUN 876 Career and Lifestyle Development ........................................ 3
COUN 890 Group Counseling ................................................................ 3

Total ........................................................................................24

C. Specialization

COUN 821 Counseling Supervision ........................................................ 3


COUN 836 Mental Health and Psychopathology .................................... 3
COUN 895 Ethics and Professional Issues in Counseling ......................... 3
COUN 8** Approved Elective ................................................................. 3

Total .......................................................................................12

D. Institutional Requirements

EPSY 831 Educational Statistics ............................................................... 3


EDFD 576 History of African American Education ................................. 3

Total .......................................................................................6

DEGREE TOTAL ....................................................................54

E. Approved Electives

COUN 810 Counseling Children and Adolescents .................................. 3


COUN 817 Special Topics in Counseling ................................................ 3
COUN 841 Family Counseling ................................................................ 3
COUN 843 Play Therapy ........................................................................ 3
COUN 845 Crisis Intervention ................................................................ 3
COUN 851 Substance Abuse Counseling ................................................ 3
COUN 878 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling ........................... 3

106 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


School Counseling Degree Plan

A. Pre-Qualifying Courses Hours

COUN 539 School Counseling ................................................................ 3


COUN 593 Human Growth and Development ....................................... 3
COUN 733 Seminar in Social and Cultural Differences ........................... 3
COUN 834 Counseling and Personality Theories .................................... 3

Total .......................................................................................12

B. Counseling Core

COUN 611 Appraisal and Assessment Techniques ................................... 3


COUN 633 Counseling Research and Program Eval ................................ 3
COUN 735 Counseling Techniques ......................................................... 3
COUN 736 Supervised Counseling Laboratory ....................................... 3
COUN 839 Practicum I ........................................................................... 3
COUN 840 Practicum II ......................................................................... 3
COUN 876 Career and Lifestyle Development ........................................ 3
COUN 890 Group Counseling ................................................................ 3

Total .......................................................................................24

C. Specialization

COUN 638 Organization and Administration of Counseling and Guidance Services 3


COUN 810 Counseling Children and Adolescents .................................. 3

Total .......................................................................................6

D. Institutional Requirements

EPSY 831 Educational Statistics ............................................................... 3


EDFD 576 History of African American Education ................................. 3

Total .......................................................................................6

DEGREE TOTAL ...................................................................48

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 107


Rehabilitation Counseling Degree Plan

A. Pre-Qualifying Courses Hours

COUN 593 Human Growth and Development ....................................... 3


COUN 733 Seminar in Social and Cultural Differences ........................... 3
COUN 834 Counseling and Personality Theories .................................... 3
COUN 878 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling ........................... 3

Total .......................................................................................12

B. Counseling Core

COUN 611 Appraisal and Assessment Techniques ................................... 3


COUN 633 Counseling Research and Program Evaluation ...................... 3
COUN 735 Counseling Techniques ......................................................... 3
COUN 736 Supervised Counseling Laboratory ....................................... 3
COUN 839 Practicum I ........................................................................... 3
COUN 840 Practicum II ......................................................................... 3
COUN 876 Career and Lifestyle Development ........................................ 3
COUN 890 Group Counseling ................................................................ 3

Total .......................................................................................24

C. Specialization

COUN 836 Mental Health and Psychopathology .................................... 3


COUN 879 Medical and Psychosocial Aspects of Disabilities ................... 3
COUN 895 Ethics and Professional Issues in Counseling ......................... 3

Total ........................................................................................9

DEGREE TOTAL ...................................................................51

108 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COUN 539 SCHOOL COUNSELING (3)


A course designed to provide students with and understanding of the developmental guidance
program as well as the role of the school counselor. (No prerequisites)

COUN 593 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


A study of the genesis and transformation of psychological functions with particular reference to the
acquisition of motor skills, language, attitudes, values, and group identification through the life span.
(No prerequisites)

COUN 611 APPRAISAL and ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES (3)


A course with focuses on the educational and social issues related to testing and the use of test results.
(Prerequisite: EPSY 831)

COUN 633 COUNSELING RESEARCH and PROGRAM EVALUATION (3)


Students experience in planning, implementing, and evaluating research and programs. (Prerequisite:
EPSY 831)

COUN 638 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE


SERVICES (3)
Introduction to planning, organizing and administering guidance services in public schools and other
agencies. (Prerequisite: COUN 539 or 832)

COUN 733 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL AND CULTURAL DIFFERENCES (3)


The analysis of selected differences in varying social and cultural groups within the urban setting.
(Prerequisite: COUN 539 or 832)

COUN 735 COUNSELING TECHNIQUES (3)


Introduction to and practiced application of counseling techniques as used in today’s urban
educational and/or professional settings. (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878 and 834)

COUN 736 SUPERVISED COUNSELING (3)


Development of counseling skills in a supervised laboratory setting. Seminar and field placement.
(Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878 and 735 and 834)

COUN 810 COUNSELING CHILDREN and ADOLESCENTS (3)


The skills, knowledge and application of counseling theories and techniques appropriate for children
and adolescents. (Prerequisites: COUN 593 and COUN 834)

COUN 817 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COUNSELING (3)


Seminar course on rotating topics as chosen by the instructor of record. May be repeated for up to six
credit hours. Not for Independent Study (Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor)

COUN 821 COUNSELING SUPERVISION (3)


Knowledge and skill development in supervision in clinical and education settings. (Prerequisite:
COUN 839)

COUN 832 COMMUNITY AGENCY COUNSELING (3)


A course with focuses on knowledge and skills needed for professional community agency counselors
with urban emphasis. (No prerequisites)

COUN 834 COUNSELING AND PERSONALITY THEORIES (3)


An introduction to counseling and personality theories and the helping relationship. (No prerequisites)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 109


COUN 836 MENTAL HEALTH and PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (3)
A course with focuses on diagnosis, treatment, and evaluation of clients in a clinical setting as
described by the DSM (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878; and 593, 733, 834; and 876))

COUN 839 PRACTICUM I (3)


Supervised practice an agency or school setting. Must be repeated if all contact hurs are not completed
in one semester. Lab fee. (Prerequisites: 36 hours of completed graduate hours including COUN 735,
736, 890, and written consent of the cooperating field setting)

COUN 840 PRACTICUM II (3)


Supervised practice in an agency or school setting. Must be repeated if all contact hours are not
completed in one semester. Lab fee. (Prerequisites: completion of COUN 839 and written consent of
the cooperating field setting)

COUN 841 FAMILY COUNSELING (3)


Study of the various theories of family counseling and therapy with emphasis on applications in
educational and community environments. (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878; and 593, 733,
834, and 876)

COUN 843 PLAY THERAPY (3)


A course designed for the purpose of studying theory, techniques, and issues related to counseling
using play therapy. (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878; and 593, 733, 810, 834, and 876)

COUN 845 CRISIS INTERVENTION (3)


Study of the theory and methods of delivering crisis counseling in educational and community
environments. (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878; and 593, 733, 834, and 876)

COUN 851 SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING (3)


A course focusing on models, counseling strategies, techniques and skill development involved in
substance abuse treatment. (Prerequisites: COUN 539 or 832 or 878; and 593, 733, 834, and 876)

COUN 876 CAREER AND LIFESTYLE DEVELOPMENT (3)


The study of techniques and theories used by counselors to assist individuals in making informed
choices for future career development. (No prerequisites)

COUN 878 INTRODUCTION TO REHABILITATION COUNSELING (3)


An introduction to the field of rehabilitation counseling to include processes, facilities, and personnel
involved (No prerequisites)

COUN 879 MEDICAL and PSYHOCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS TO DISABILITIES (3)


A course focusing on medical aspects of disabilities, medical terminology, and functional implications
of disabilities. (No prerequisites)

COUN 890 GROUP CONSELING (3)


A course which develops knowledge and understanding of current group practices and knowledge of
organizing, facilitating and evaluating groups. (Prerequisites: COUN 735 and COUN 736)

COUN 895 ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN COUNSELING (3)


A general survey of professional, ethical and legal concerns facing the practicing counselor as
applicable to school and community agencies in the urban setting. For licensure/certification (No
prerequisites)

110 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

MISSION

The mission of the Department of Curriculum and Instruction is to produce effective teachers to serve culturally diverse students
with a focus on urban school populations. The Department’s mission is consistent with the overall mission of the College of
Education (COE). The mission of the COE is to prepare caring, committed, competent, culturally responsive urban professionals
who are equipped to provide effective service in urban schools, agencies and other entities.

The Master’s program in Curriculum and Instruction is designed to enhance professional competence in determining what
and how to teach as well as provide experience in educational research for both certified and non-certified candidates. The
program equips candidates with the knowledge and skills needed to pursue rewarding and productive careers in higher education
classrooms, school districts, and other public and private agencies of the education profession. The expectation is that graduates of
the program will acquire knowledge, skills, and dispositions at an advanced level enabling them to function as professionals who
will manifest caring, competent, committed, and culturally responsive qualities and characteristics.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

Program objectives for the M.Ed. in Curriculum and Instruction are aligned with the College of Education’s Twenty-One
Proficiencies, with Interstate Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium (InTASC), and with the National Board for
Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS).

Persons completing the advanced program in Curriculum and Instruction will demonstrate

1. Advanced knowledge of current research in Curriculum and Instruction.


2. Advanced knowledge in teaching using best practices in teaching and learning.
3. Advanced knowledge of diverse social and cultural differences that influence teaching and learning.
4. Proficiency in different research methods and use of various research tools.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

In addition to Graduate School Admission requirements, the Department of Curriculum and Instruction may have additional
requirements. Please check with the department.

Non-certified candidates are required to take an additional 6-9 semester credit hours beyond the required 36 semester hours for
the degree in order to begin enrolling in required courses on the degree plan. These hours will not count towards the 36 hours
needed for the degree.

*A Comprehensive Examination will be administered to all candidates within six (6) semester hours of graduation. Eligibility
to take the Comprehensive Examination will be determined by the advisor and the Department Chairperson. Passing the
Comprehensive Examination with a minimum score of 70 is required for graduation.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 111


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction

Core Education Requirements (12 Semester Credit Hours)

EDCI 531 Classroom Management ..........................................................3 SCH


EDCI 540 Curriculum and Instruction ......................................................3 SCH
EDCI 551 Multicultural Education............................................................3 SCH
EDCI 583 Individualized Instruction .........................................................3 SCH
COUN 733 Seminar in Social and Cultural Differences.............................3 SCH*

Research Area (6 Semester Credit Hours)

EPSY 831 Educational Statistics .................................................................3 SCH


EDCI 633 Educational Research. ...............................................................3 SCH
or
EDFD 633 Educational Research. ..............................................................3 SCH

* Course used only with M.Ed. in Special Education Specialization that may be used instead of EDCI 551.

Specialization Areas (18 Semester Credit Hours)

Early Childhood Education


Required .......................................................................................................................... 18 SCH

EDCI 520 Curriculum Development in Early Childhood


EDCI 521 Creativity in Child Development
EDCI 524 Home/Community Development of the Child
EDCI 525 Field Experience Practicum in Early Childhood
EDCI 527 Advanced Field Experience Practicum in Early Childhood
EDCI 528 Evaluation and Assessment in Early Childhood

Bilingual Education
Required ........................................................................................................................... 18 SCH

EDCI 501 The Bilingual Curriculum


EDCI 544 Development of English Skills
EDCI 606 Linguistic Foundations of Bilingual Education
EDCI 644 Teaching Content Area in Spanish
EDCI 701 Applied Linguistics
EDCI 844 Language Acquisition and Development

Instructional Technology
Required ........................................................................................................................... 18 SCH

EDCI 734 Instructional Design


EDCI 735 Courseware and Presentation Tools
EDCI 736 Design of Web Graphics
EDCI 737 Distance Learning and Teaching
EDCI 738 Educational Use of Digital Video
EDCI 832 Educational Statistics and Technology

112 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Reading Education
Required ........................................................................................................................... 18 SCH

RDG 574 Fundamentals of Reading


RDG 873 Issues, Problems, and Trends in Reading
RDG 874 Diagnosis and Remedial Reading Instruction
RDG 875 Practicum in Reading I
RDG 877 Content Area Reading
RDG 888 Practicum in Reading II

Special Education
Required ........................................................................................................................... 18 SCH

SPED 552 Introduction to Education of Exceptional Children


SPED 553 Psychological Foundations in Education of Exceptional Children
SPED 554 Problems in Educating Exceptional Children
SPED 556 Psycho-Education Intervention
SPED 557 Implementation and Evaluation: Diagnostic-Prescriptive Teaching
SPED 558 Practicum in Education

Master of Education in Secondary Education

Total Semester Credit Hours: 36

Foundation ....................................................................................................................... 12 SCH

EDCI 531 (3) EDCI 540 (3) EDCI 583 (3) EDCI 551 (3)

Resource .......................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDCI 633 or EDFD 633 (3) EPSY 831 (3)

Specialization**................................................................................................................. 18 SCH

The choice of specialization area for secondary education students is limited to those subjects generally taught at the middle or
secondary school level. An advisor is assigned when the student has been approved for admission into the graduate program.

Non-certified candidates will be expected to take 6 to 9 semester credit hours of leveling courses (EDCI 310, 339, and/or 350).
These hours do not count towards the degree. Please see department chair for more details.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 113


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Curriculum and Instruction

EDCI 501 THE BILINGUAL CURRICULUM (3)


Familiarizes students with new approaches in the bilingual curriculum including technology, national/
state standards, EC-12.

EDCI 502 CULTURAL FOUNDATIONS OF BILINGUAL EDUCATION (3)


Familiarizes students with the impact of culture on education and with methodology for teaching in a
bilingual classroom, EC-12.

EDCI 510 PRINCIPLES AND FOUNDATION OF EDUCATION (3)


Studies the sociological, economic, philosophical and historical foundations of American education.
(Must be taken concurrently with EDCI 527).

EDCI 520 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3)


Examines the theoretical bases of curriculum. Emphasis on designing curriculum appropriate for early
childhood. Also includes practical application and evaluation of designed curriculum.

EDCI 521 CREATIVITY IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3)


Explores the nature of creativity, the role of teacher and creative environments. Studies the relationship
of creativity to curricula areas: designing and implementation of creative activities.

EDCI 524 HOME/COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHILD (3)


Analyzes the relationship among the home, school, and community for optimum child development.
Develops faculty in working with parents as members of the learning community.

EDC1 525 FIELD EXPERIENCE PRACTICUM IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3)


Constructs practical experiences in working with young children 3-5 years old. In-depth observation
and work with children in each domain. (Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent)

EDCI 527 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING, GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


Provides a foundation in comprehensive classroom management with a special emphasis on creating a
positive, productive classroom environment. Attention to research-based management techniques and
problem solving for unproductive student behaviors.( Must be taken concurrently with EDCI 510).

EDCI 528 EVALUATION AND ASSESSMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (3)


Presents evaluation and assessment processes used with young children. Analyzes case studies with
emphasis on application and remediation.

EDCI 531 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT (3)


Presents modern techniques for managing the instructional climate with emphasis on student-centered
approaches and includes a practicum component.

EDCI 540 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (3)


Analyzes procedures used in the administration and implementation of curriculum programs in public
schools.

EDCI 544 DEVELOPMENT OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILL (3) Analyzes state-of-the-art techniques
used to teach English to speakers of other languages.

114 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


EDCI 550 EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (3)
Focuses on the study of instructional methods that emphasize practical application to the teaching/
learning process. Some of these strategies include planning, resource selection, evaluation and
communication.

EDCI 551 MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION (3)


Shaped by the Texas Examinations of Educator Standards (TExES), this course builds a knowledge
base for education that is culturally responsive. It focuses on school policies and practices that promote
equity in achievement especially in urban school communities.

EDCI 571 TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3)


Outlines recent trends in the organization and content of the integrated social studies curriculum in
the elementary classrooms.

EDCI 577 LANGUAGE STUDIES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3)


Theories and practices in integrated language, teaching, and learning in elementary classrooms.

EDCI 583 TECHNIQUES OF INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTION (3)


Presents a research-based individualized instruction knowledge-base that emphasizes (a) competency-
based education, (b) standards-based education, (c) differentiated instruction and (d) Universal Design
for Learning (UDL).

EDCI 606 LINGUISTIC FOUNDATION OF BILINGUAL EDUCATION (3)


Familiarizes students with foundations of bilingual education in the United States with an emphasis
on linguistic aspects of teaching.

EDCI 633 RESEARCH (3)


Studies educational research from a comprehensive perspective. Included are techniques and concepts
of social and behavioral research; writing in the APA format; ethical standards governing educational
research; experiences in the use of internal and external critique methods. (Prerequisites: Three
semester credit hours of statistics)

EDCI 639 SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3)


Presents a study of the science curriculum and the methods of teaching integrated science in the
elementary school.

EDCI 644 TEACHING CONTENT AREAS IN SPANISH (3)


Provides comprehensive knowledge of content area instruction in Spanish reading/language arts.

EDCI 701 APPLIED LINGUISTICS (3)


Introduces linguistic concepts and contrastive analysis and their applications to practical linguistic
situations.

EDCI 727 INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH (3)


Focuses on creating opportunities for students to pursue actively research problems in curriculum and
instruction of personal interest or to complete course requirements.

EDCI 734 INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN (3)


Introduces the theoretical, experiential, and critical components of the instructional design process.
Students will explore the primary methods of computer-based instruction and the major components
of instructional development.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 115


EDCI 735 COURSEWARE and PRESENTATION TOOLS (3)
Presents students with an overview of a range of software applications with which they can develop
educational and instructional materials.

EDCI 736 DESIGN OF WEB GRAPHICS (3)


Enhances students’ ability to conceptualize and develop visually-rich and appropriate materials for
online environments that support and enhance active teaching and learning.

EDCI 737 DISTANCE LEARNING and TEACHING (3)


Examines the application of tools, resources, and strategies to support, deliver, and enhance
technology-supported curriculum. Students actively engage in online activities as they identify and
plan a curriculum.

EDCI 738 EDUCATIONAL USE OF DIGITAL VIDEO (3)


Examines the use of analog and digital video in the design and creation of online and computer-based
instructional materials.

EDCI 773 RECENT RESEARCH IN TEACHING HIGH SCHOOL SUBJECTS (3)


Presents a review of research in secondary school teaching. Provides study of unit plans, laboratory
methods, and student-planned learning exercises.

EDCI 832 EDUCATIONAL STATISTICAL AND INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3)


Introduces state-of-the-art instructional technology and statistical applications.

EDCI 844 LANGUAGE ACQUISITION AND CULTURE (3)


Analyzes studies of first and second language acquisition theories. Analyzes cultural, cognitive,
linguistic, and developmental factors that affect the acquisition of a second language.

Special Education

SPED 552 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (3)


Examines the historical context of special education and legislation that has changed the course of the
field. Also focuses on disability as a socially constructed response to human differences. (Co-requisite:
SPED 553.)

SPED 553 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS IN EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (3)


Provides an orientation to high and low incidence disabilities. Focuses on the characteristics of each
disability and issues related to academic and social learning for students with disabilities. (Co-requisite:
SPED 552.)

SPED 554 PROBLEMS IN EDUCATING EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN (3)


Examines issues related to the importance of collaboration as a mechanism for student learning and
success in schools. Focuses on team teaching and collaboration between school personnel, parents and
the community.

SPED 556 PSYCHO-EDUCATION INTERVENTION (3)


Explores teaching and assessment strategies to facilitate the participation and learning of students with
disabilities in the general education classroom. Includes a focus on differentiation instruction.

SPED 557 IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION: DIAGNOSTIC-PRESCRIPTIVE TEACHING (3)


Emphasizes the tools and techniques of positive behavior support for creating classrooms that are
inclusive and responsive to student needs.

116 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


SPED 558 PRACTICUM IN EDUCATION (3)
Provides opportunities for candidates to integrate theory and practice as they work with students in
K-12.

SPED 559 RESEARCH IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (3)


Provides the basic skills needed to conduct research in special education. Introduces quantitative,
qualitative and mixed methods research.

SPED 600 INDIVIDUAL PROJECT (3)


Provides students with an opportunity to increase learning outcomes by participating in an
independent project to apply and evaluate effective instructional practices for exceptional learners.

Reading Education

RDG 574 FUNDAMENTALS OF READING INSTRUCTION (3)


Presents an overview of the basic concepts in reading, a survey of various programs in today’s schools,
and an appraisal of materials to meet varying needs of diverse learners.

RDG 732 PRIMARY/MIDDLE SCHOOL READING INSTRUCTION (3)


Provides opportunities to study methods, laboratory methods, and student-planned learning exercises
and materials for improving the teaching of reading in the primary and middle schools. It explores
strategies to promote an appreciation of books, and it addresses instruction for all levels.

RDG 873 ISSUES, PROBLEMS AND TRENDS IN LITERACY (3)


Provides an historical and theoretical perspective of reading and writing theory and instruction with an
emphasis on literacy in a technological society.

RDG 874 DIAGNOSTICS AND REMEDIAL READING INSTRUCTION (3)


Presents diagnostic procedures and techniques used in determining the nature and causes of reading
difficulties and strategies for planning instruction to meet individual needs.

RDG 875 PRACTICUM IN READING I (3)


Creates opportunities for observation and participation in a clinical program of reading. Includes
diagnostic testing, remedial teaching and the compiling of clinical records. (Prerequisite: RDG 874 or
advisor approval)

RDG 877 CONTENT READING/STUDY SKILLS (3)


Prepares participants, in a reading clinic setting, to work with students to develop reading skills
appropriate to their maturity, develop therapeutic techniques for retarded readers, and master skills to
organize a developmental reading program.

RDG 888 PRACTICUM IN READING II (3)


Creates opportunities for observation and participation in a clinical program of reading. Includes
diagnostic testing, remedial teaching, compiling clinical records, and parental involvement in the
entire process. (Prerequisites: Advisor approval and RDG 874 and RDG 875)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 117


DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND FOUNDATIONS

The mission of the Department of Educational Administration and Foundations is to prepare individuals who are competent,
caring, committed and culturally responsive educators who possess a strong awareness of their responsibility to organize, lead and
manage efficient and effective educational institutions.

The Department of Educational Administration and Foundations offers the Master’s degree in Educational Administration, the
principal’s certificate and the superintendent’s certificate.

The program prepares individuals who have a strong awareness of their responsibility to serve the public and to carry on
educational programs that meet the needs and interests of those they serve. Creating a cognizance for public relations and the need
for communication with the community is an essential element of the program.

An essential priority is developing visionary leaders of schools and instructional programs that can lead, problem solve, and
manage programs and facilities. Special attention centers on the decision-making process and stressing the worth of the individuals
who comprise student groups, parents, teaching staffs, and the school community.

Attention is given to developing educators who can function as caring, committed, culturally responsive administrators and can
provide a creative approach to educational problems as well as demonstrate proper delegation of authority and responsibility
within a democratic society. Further emphasis is placed on the development of competent professional educators who have a
fundamental understanding of educational theory, educational research, educational philosophy and contemporary educational
techniques and methods. Emphasis is also placed on helping the student learn how to integrate these elements into a sound
educational program. Effective leadership cannot be exercised without a thorough understanding of basic educational principles
and knowledge of current educational trends. In keeping with the thrust and setting of the University, great effort is made to
prepare individuals who are flexible and can effectively serve all children in society. The development of quality professional
educators who are knowledgeable and who can provide creative leadership in the various areas of education is the fundamental
goal of the Department.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

The programs in educational administration are designed to develop competent, caring, committed and culturally responsive
educators and individuals who meet stated competencies :

• Knowledge of shaping campus culture and implementation of issues that are shared by community
• Knowledge of communication, collaboration, and mobilization of resources
• Ability to act with integrity and fairness in an ethical manner
• Knowledge of designing and implementation of curriculum
• Ability to care, nurture and develop instructional programs that are conducive to learners
• Ability to implement staff evaluation
• Ability to make decisions and problem solve to ensure an effective learning environment
• Ability to apply effective leadership to develop and manage campus budget and resource utilization
• Ability to manage campus physical plant and support systems to ensure safety and effective learning

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

In addition to meeting the Graduate School’s requirements for admission, retention, examinations, candidacy and graduation
as listed elsewhere, requirements for admission to the department include: submitting an application which includes personal
information and recommendations on forms provided by the Graduate School along with Graduate Record Examination scores
taken within the last five (5) years.

1. Submit evidence of holding the Standard Teacher Certificate and at least two years creditable classroom teaching
experience for the administrator certificate programs.
2. Complete requirements of the Department Screening Committee as approved by the Graduate School.
3. File a degree and/or certificate plan with the faculty advisor and with the Graduate School Office.

118 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


A Comprehensive Examination is administered to all students within six (6) hours of graduation. Eligibility to take the
Comprehensive Examination, designed by the Educational Administration faculty, is determined by the advisor and the
Department Chair. Passing the Comprehensive Examination with a minimum score of 80 is required for graduation.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION

The Department of Educational Administration and Foundations offers the Master of Education degree and/or professional
certification in the State of Texas. They include the following:

1. Master’s Degree with or without Certification in Educational Administration


2. Professional Superintendent Certification
3. Professional Principal Certification

Professional Principal’s Certificate

1. Master’s degree
2. Valid Texas teacher’s certificate, special education certificate, or vocational certificate which requires a bachelor’s degree.
3. Two years of acceptable classroom teaching experience.
4. Completion of an approved university program.

Professional Superintendent

1. Master’s degree
2. Valid Texas certification as principal or mid-management administrator
3. Twelve (12) additional semester hours of graduate level courses designed for the superintendent
4. TExES requirement: Superintendent (64)

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

(All courses must be approved by the department)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 119


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master’s Degree in Educational Administration with Certification ..................................42 SCH

Administration Common Core Area.......................................................... 24 SCH


Internship .................................................................................................... 6 SCH
Foundation Core ......................................................................................... 9 SCH
Electives ...................................................................................................... 3 SCH

Master’s Degree in Educational Administration Without Certification ............................36 SCH

Administration Common Core Area ......................................................... 21 SCH


Foundation Core ......................................................................................... 9 SCH
Electives ...................................................................................................... 6 SCH

Certification in Educational Administration (Must have Master’s Degree)

Administrative Common Core .................................................................. 24 SCH


Internship .................................................................................................... 6 SCH

Superintendent Certification

Superintendent Common Core .................................................................. 9 SCH


Internship ................................................................................................... 3 SCH

Course substitutions may be made with the approval of the Department Chairman and Dean of the Graduate School on forms
provided by the Graduate School Office.

120 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDAS 532 THE SCHOOL AND PUBLIC RELATIONS (3)


Leadership in shaping the campus culture by facilitating the development, articulation,
implementation and stewardship of a vision of learning shared and supported by the school
community.

EDAS 534 THE PRINCIPAL AS A SUPERVISOR (3)


Instructional leadership using a positive school culture, organizational practices; student academic
success through instructional improvement and research based strategies with multiple opportunities
to learn.

EDAS 537 PRINCIPLES OF EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (3)


Overview of the nine state competencies addressing school and community, communication,
mobilizing resources and legal practices with emphasis on the code of ethics.

EDAS 541 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (3)


Leadership for program development and implementation, strategic plans enhancing teaching and
learning, curriculum alignment, resources, assessments and other means ensuring student success.

EDAS 634 FINANCE AND ECONOMICS OF PUBLIC EDUCATION (3)


Current local, state and federal funding patterns and emerging alternatives. Money as a factor in equal
educational opportunity. Economic value of education in American Society.

EDAS 674 PRINCIPLES OF SUPERVISION (3)


History, philosophy and purposes of school supervision. Roles, qualifications, skills, responsibilities
and personal characteristics of supervisors. Strategies for curriculum development, program
improvement and staff growth. School supervision, qualifications, skills and responsibilities using
sound research-based instructional strategies, decision-making, programs and services, which meet
individual student needs.

EDAS 675 TECHNIQUES OF SUPERVISION (3)


Instructional supervision to sustain a positive campus culture; that includes the marginal teacher while
promoting student achievement through staff development which meets individual student needs.

EDAS 676 SECONDARY SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION (3)


Basic theoretical and practical knowledge and skills needed to be an effective middle or high school
principal, with special emphasis on the urban school.

EDAS 677 ADMINISTRATION OF PUPIL PERSONNEL (3)


Current practices and emerging issues in student accounting, testing, cumulative records,
psychological services, guidance and/or counseling, follow-up study, health and welfare services.

EDAS 734 SUPERVISION OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3)


Knowledge and skills of promoting the success of all students by facilitating the design and
implementation of curriculum alignment, resources, assessment, and professional development
opportunities for teaching and learning.

EDAS 735 SUPERVISION OF THE HIGH SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3)


Problems of departmentalized organization staffing, evaluation, and materials for middle and high
schools. Special emphasis on programs designed to help urban students graduate.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 121


EDAS 736 SEMINAR IN SCHOOL PROBLEMS (3)
Research analysis and discussion of current issues and constraints in school administration. Problems
identified and discussed will address the three domains and nine competencies.

EDAS 738 PROFESSIONAL NEGOTIATIONS (3)


History of and the current issues in collective bargaining in public education. Concepts used in the
private and government sectors. Board, administrator and employee organization roles in negotiations.
Constructive uses of the bargaining process, procedures, practices, and products in education.

EDAS 770 THE SUPERINTENDENCY (3)


Superintendent’s role and function: promoting academic success for all students, mobilizing
community resources, and implementing a vision for learning supported by all diverse entities.

EDAS 780 PROBLEMS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (3)


Identification of current problems facing campus administrators regarding the campus community,
culture, student success factors, learning differences, multicultural awareness, gender sensitivity and
ethnic appreciation.

EDAS 781 Internship I (3)


Practical experiences in a school setting under the direction of a university professor and practicing
administrator.

EDAS 782 Internship II (3)


Field based experiences with the requirement of an action research component with an approved
proposal and completion.

EDAS 788 Superintendent Internship (3)


Collaboratively planned field based experiences incorporating specific skills, knowledge and beliefs,
addressing the superintendent standards under the co-direction of practicing superintendents/assistant
superintendents.

EDAS 800 Organization and Leadership and Management (3)


Basic leadership and organizational structure for managing educational systems while acquiring the
necessary resources for a sage, efficient, and effective learning environment.

EDAS 834 Advanced Topics in School Finance (3)


Problems of educational finance, practice, federal-state-local relations in budgeting, working
collaboratively with campus administrators in determining needs, goals, and resources to support
student success.

EDAS 835 School Plant Planning and Management (3)


Schoolhouse construction and renovation using educational specifications, bidding, dedication, energy
conservation, operations and maintenance.

EDAS 836 School Law (3)


Constitutional, statutory and judicial aspects of the law affecting school boards, administrators,
teachers, parents and pupils. Knowledge of basic legislative, legal and judicial processes promoting
student success.

EDAS 841 Group Processes in Educational Problem Solving (3)


Behavioral research, group dynamics and democratic processes using school centered issues focusing
on the success of all students.

122 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


EDAS 842 Externship (3)
Seminar designed to provide hands-on tasks related to the standards and other related TExES materials
regarding the leadership role of the principal.

EDAS 846 Computer Technology in Educational Administration (3)


Application of computer skills in addressing issues pertinent to the role of the school administrator
regarding curriculum application and office management.

EDAS 850 Leadership and Campus Culture (3)


The principal’s responsibility for utilizing effective school leadership in shaping the school/community
learning vision, campus culture and responding to diverse needs of all populations.

EDAS 880 Human Resources Leadership and Management (3)


Knowledge of recruitment, selection, placement, training, evaluation and development systems of
personnel, and maintenance system of records for staff and pupils.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 123


DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

The Department of Health and Human Performance offers two graduate degrees, the Master of Science in Health and Human
Performance. The Department’s objectives are to prepare professionals for:

1. Additional study toward the Ed.D. / Ph.D. degree


2. Service in urban, multicultural environments
3. Managing wellness and health-related fitness programs
4. Various coaching fields

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In additional to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (see general information section of this bulletin),
applicants for admission to graduate standing in the Department of Health and Kinesiology are expected to present evidence of
having completed the following:

1. A minimum of twenty-one (21) semester credit hours in undergraduate health education or human performance and
related courses approved by the Department.
2. A course in Anatomy and Physiology.

GOAL

To adequately prepare students who are competent educators and professionals in their specializations.

STUDENT LEARNING OBJECTIVES

• Demonstrate a depth of knowledge and apply the methods of inquiry in a specialization of their choosing as well as
demonstrate a breadth of knowledge across their choice of varied specialty areas.
• Demonstrate the ability to apply knowledge through critical thinking, inquiry, analysis, and communication to
solve problems and to generate solutions to teaching and develop professional approaches to ameliorate deficiencies,
particularly in the urban environment.

124 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH EDUCATION

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. Satisfactory performance on the qualifying examination, if applicable.


2. Completion of total of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours of graduate courses (500 level or above): A minimum of
twenty-four (24) of these credit hours must be in health education, six (6) of these semester credit hours must be in
professional development, and six (6) semester credit hours in a resource area which may be taken in related disciplines,
such as public affairs, psychology, sociology, child development, or human performance.
3. Successful completion of the Health Education Comprehensive Examination prior to graduation from the prescribed
course of study.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School. (See the general information
section of this catalog).

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master of Science in Health Education

36 Semester Credit Hours Required

Specialization Area............................................................................................................ 24 SCH

Required Courses.............................................................................................................. 9 SCH

HED 538 (3) HED 570 (3) HED 831 (3)

HED Concentration .........................................................................................................15 SCH

HED 532 (3) HED 533 (3) HED 534 (3)


HED 536 (3) HED 537 (3) HED 571 (3)
HED 572 (3) HED 573 (3) HED 574 (3)
HED 575 (3) HED 576 (3) HED 577 (3)
HED 639 (3)

Professional Development ................................................................................................6 SCH

EDCI 551 (3) EDFD 581 (3) EPSY 831 (3) EDFD 576 (3)

Taken in related areas such as public affairs, psychology, sociology, child development or human performance.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 125


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Health Education

HED 532 EPIDEMIOLOGY AND HUMAN ECOLOGY (3)


Biologic relations between man and his environment and other organisms. Identification of factors
influencing health and disease in a population. An examination of epidemiological methods to
understand their technique of hypothesis formation, retrospective and prospective methods, and
sampling problems.

HED 534 SURVEY OF HEALTH POLITICS (3)


An in-depth analysis of laws pertaining to the health field; impact of relationships between and among
patients, patients’ families, providers and other third party participants. A review of selected Texas
statutes and health litigation will be conducted.

HED 535 SEMINAR IN RURAL AND INTERNATIONAL HEALTH (3)


Presentation of topics related to rural and international health systems and impact of these systems on
state, national, and international perspectives.

HED 536 CONTEMPORARY URBAN HEALTH PROBLEMS (3)


Review of factors relating to selected high morbidity and mortality in urban environments;
distribution of urban health services; impact and utilization of urban wellness programs. Study of
related problems faced by practicing health educators in a rapidly changing society and health care
industry and service system.

HED 537 CONTEMPORARY RURAL HEALTH PROBLEMS (3)


Review of factors relating to selected morbidity and mortality rates in rural health services;
inaccessibility of certain rural groups to adequate medical care.

HED 538 HEALTH ISSUES OF AGING, DEATH AND DYING (3)


Emphasis on social, economic, and physical problems of the aged and benefits of wellness programs.
Community response to health problems of aging persons; issues related to death.

HED 570 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH


EDUCATION (3)
Principles and functions of organization and administration of school and community agencies.
Designed to assist the health education specialist to develop and manage formalized school and
community educational programs. Emphasis on wellness.

HED 571 HEALTH PROBLEMS OF ALCOHOL, NARCOTICS, AND TOBACCO (3)


A comprehensive study of the harmful and beneficial effects of drugs, the physical effects, and
socioeconomic-cultural impacts on the community, especially among youth. Legislative and
educational efforts in this area.

HED 572 SAFETY EDUCATION (3)


Advanced study of situations related to safety in contemporary society; focus on physical, biological,
environmental, and cultural influences that impact safety of individuals in a global society.

HED 573 COMMUNITY HEALTH PROBLEMS (3)


A study of community health programs; the need for them, the problems and issues involved, and an
investigation of current attempts to solve community health problems.

126 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


HED 574 HEALTH MANPOWER ISSUES (3)
Survey of health occupations by job function, geographic distribution, functional equivalencies, and
available training. Issues development and trends in the discipline in schools, the community, industry,
and institutional settings. Review of issues confronting health personnel.

HED 576 COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL HEALTH DEPARTMENTS (3)


Examination of the functions of these governmental health programs through selected case studies.

HED 577 HUMAN SEXUALITY: ISSUES AND CONSIDERATIONS (3)


Advanced study exploring biological, psychological, social/cultural dimensions of human sexuality as
these are affected by human relations. Focuses on issues related to impact of sexuality on human well-
being and quality of life.

HED 639 EVALUATION AND SELECTION OF HEALTH MATERIALS (3)


Study of published reports and research in the areas of school and community health; application
of techniques that integrate technology and print media in the creative design of informational and
marketing materials for health care educational settings.

HED 831 RESEARCH PLANNING IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3)


Research design application to HPE. Provides a conceptual understanding of theories, tools, and
processes involved in designing research studies.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 127


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN PERFORMANCE

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The overall requirements for the Master of Science in Human Performance are summarized below:

1. Satisfactory performance on the qualifying examination, if applicable.


2. Completion of total of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours of graduate courses (500 level or above); a minimum of
twenty-four (24) of these credit hours must be in human performance, six (6) semester credit hours in professional
development, and six (6) semester credit hours in a resource area which may be taken in related disciplines, such as public
affairs, psychology, sociology, child development, or human performance.
3. Successful completion of the Human Performance Comprehensive Examination prior to graduation from the prescribed
course of study.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School. (See the general information
section of this catalog).

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Master of Science in Human Performance

36 Semester Credit Hours Required

Specialization Area............................................................................................................24 SCH

Required Courses..............................................................................................................9 SCH

PE 531 (3) PE 638 (3) PE 831 (3)

PE Concentration ............................................................................................................. 15 SCH

PE 502 (3) PE 534 (3) PE 535 (3)


PE 536 (3) PE 540 (3) PE 576 (3)
PE 578 (3) PE 631 (3) PE 632 (3)
PE 633 (3) PE 833 (3)

Professional Development ................................................................................................ 6 SCH

EDCI 551 (3) EDFD 581 (3) EPSY 831 (3) EDFD 576 (3)

128 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Physical Education
PE 502 Strength and Fitness Development (3)
Theoretical bases of strength development; recognition of the compounds of fitness; development and
evaluation of fitness programs and types of strength.
PE 531 Advanced Theory and Practice (3)
A study of the technique and strategy used in various physical education and fitness programs and
types of strength.
PE 534 Administration of Athletics (3)
A study of administrative details, policies, and procedures related to high school and college athletics.
PE 535 Advanced Tests and Measurements (3)
A study of various kinds of tests used in the field of physical education; includes practical experience in
the administration of tests and the use of statistics to interpret test scores.
PE 536 Adapted Physical Education for the Atypical Individual (3)
The various types of physical activities and the ways in which they may be modified to meet the needs
of individuals who are physically handicapped to the extent that they are unable to participate in the
regular program of physical education activities.
PE 540 Sports Psychology (3)
A study of motivation, communication, stress management, the use of natural energy, and other
fascinating topics for enhancing coach-athlete relationships and for stimulating improved sports
performers. Also, ACEP Certification.
PE 576 Motivational Aspects of Physical Activity (3)
An analysis of factors influencing motivation of motor performance with emphasis on competition,
audience effects, aggression, etc.
PE 578 Motor Development (3)
Hereditary and environmental determinants of motor development; motor and behavior skills of
infants, children, adolescents, and adults; changes in size, body build, fitness, and motor performances.
Current theories of motor performances.
PE 631 Current Studies in the Administration of Health and Physical Education (3)
Studies of representative programs of physical education and a discussion of standards for evaluating
such programs, offered for administrative officers, as well as for teachers and directors of physical
education..
PE 632 Supervision of Health and Physical Education (3)
A critical study of methods of instruction and procedures in supervision. Provision is made for the
required observation of and participation in physical education classes.
PE 633 Curriculum Content and Methods in Health and Physical Education (3)
An analysis of curriculum theory and design for physical education.
PE 638 Physiology of Exercise (3)
A study of the effects of exercise on the organism.
PE 831 Research Planning in Health, Human Performance, and Recreation (3)
Research design applicable to HPE. Provides a conceptual understanding of theories, tools, and
processes involved in designing research studies.
PE 833 Sports Management and Marketing (3)
Presentation of cognitive data and experiences in relation to sports and athletic marketing/
management. The problem approach is used as the primary technique in methodology in the solution
of marketing/management problems.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 129


DOCTOR OF EDUCATION DEGREE PROGRAMS

The policies governing admission to the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degree program are as follows:

1. Student must apply for admission to the doctoral program through the Graduate School by completing an application
and submitting all required documents (including GRE scores).
2. Completed applications are reviewed by the Doctoral Admissions Committee in the major area and the names of
applicants recommended for admission are submitted to the Graduate School.
3. Upon approval, the Dean of the Graduate School will notify applicants of the Committee’s decision.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The criteria for admission to the Doctor of Education degree program are:

A. Unconditional Admission—The applicant must submit a Graduate Record Examination (GRE) score (combined verbal and
quantitative) that will be used in conjunction with the applicant’s socioeconomic profile and the Masters grade point average
to determine admission.

Non-negotiable Areas

In addition, the applicant must meet all of the following requirements:

1. Have an earned master’s degree or its equivalent in a degree program with a grade point average of at least 3.25 (“B+”)
from an accredited institution of higher education.
2. Hold or earn, before completing the program, a teaching or administrative certificate, unless the area in which the
individual specializes does not require certification.
3. Have a minimum of two (2) years of successful professional experience in teaching, administration, supervision,
counseling or other career service, for example, personnel in business and industry, counselor, etc.
4. Submit recommendations from at least three persons including two (2) college faculty members in the applicant’s most
recent academic program and at least one (1) immediate supervisor of the applicant’s professional work.
5. Demonstrate acceptable proficiency in the use of the English language based upon performance on a standardized
English Proficiency Test. (Performance on the Verbal portion of the GRE may be considered as adequate by the Doctoral
Admission Committee.)
6. Have a personal interview with the department head and faculty in the area of the planned concentration.
7. Make a score of at least 213 on the TOEFL, if the applicant is a foreign student. The following are some factors that may
be included in the socioeconomic profile used in the admission process.

• Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
• Applicant’s status of irst-generation to attend undergraduate school.
• Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
• Applicant is multilingual.
• Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
• Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
• Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
• Geographic region of applicant’s high school.
• Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
• Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
• The presence or absence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of
residence. The applicant’s performance during a personal interview.

8. Other criteria specified in H.B. 1641 will be considered.

130 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


B. Conditional Admission -The applicant must submit a Graduate Record Examination (GRE) score (combined verbal and
quantitative) that will be used in conjunction with the applicant’s socioeconomic profile and the Master’s grade point average
to determine admission to graduate programs. Failed to acquire at least a 3.5 on the Writing section of the GRE.

C. Additional Items Needed to be Considered

Writing Sample: Applicant will submit a handwritten writing sample that must be 300-600 words; and score 3.5 on the analytical
writing section of the GRE. Interview: Applicant will be interviewed by members of the COE Admissions Committee. Oral
Presentation: Applicant will be required to orally present a piece of work to the COE Admissions Committee.

PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS

Counselor Education

The Doctor of Education degree program in Counselor Education is designed to prepare graduates who are highly competent in
professional counseling skills in research as well as produce effective leaders in educational and human services arenas in the urban
community. Building upon the prerequisite of a relevant master’s degree, the doctoral student is provided a series of academic,
laboratory, and internship experiences aimed at the development of a broad base in educational foundations, a specialization in
counseling, and additional breadth in preparation through exposure to a supporting area related to the field of the major. The
minimum requirement for the doctoral degree is sixty (60) semester credit hours, plus six (6) hours of doctoral dissertation.

Curriculum and Instruction

The Doctor of Education program in Curriculum and Instruction is the advanced professional degree for teachers and
instructional specialists who will serve in a variety of settings, including public schools, Department of Education, business
industries, and institutions of higher education. The objective of the doctoral concentration in Curriculum and Instruction is the
preparation of professionals who are competent in curriculum design and instructional application. The minimum requirement
for the doctoral degree is sixty (60) semester credit hours, including six (6) hours of doctoral dissertation. Students without
prerequisite credentials must enroll in leveling courses that will not count toward the Ed.D. degree.

Educational Administration

The Department of Educational Administration and Foundations offers a program leading to the Doctor of Education degree
in Educational Administration with emphasis in Educational Administration and Higher Education Administration. The program
consists of prescribed sets of knowledge and skills that the student is expected to develop.

Educational Administration encompasses knowledge and skills from entities that provide, regulate, or affect the formalized
educational efforts of society. Thus, innovative, flexible approaches utilizing courses, seminars, field experiences, research
projects, and other educational media are used to provide the technical, conceptual, and human skills required of educational
leaders. Under the direction of the student’s doctoral advisory committee, course plans are developed to meet individual needs,
backgrounds, and future goals of each student.

Field experience opportunities are available to help students relate academic and theoretical work to the issues and concerns of
administrative practices.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 131


DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN COUNSELING

The Doctor of Education degree program in Counseling is designed to prepare graduates who are highly competent in
professional counseling skills in research as well as produce effective leaders in educational and human services arenas in the urban
community. Building upon the prerequisite of a relevant master’s degree, the doctoral student is provided a series of academic,
laboratory, and internship experiences aimed at the development of a broad base in educational foundations, a specialization in
counseling, and additional breadth in preparation through exposure to a supporting area related to the field of the major. The
minimum requirement for the doctoral degree is sixty (60) semester hours, including six (6) hours of doctoral dissertation.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

A. Leveling Courses (Required for applicants who do not hold the Master’s Degree in Counseling, Psychology or Social Work)

COUN 593 Human Growth and Development ....................................... 3


COUN 733 Seminar in Social and Cultural Differences............................ 3
COUN 735 Counseling Techniques ......................................................... 3
COUN 736 Supervised Counseling ......................................................... 3
COUN 832 Introduction to Counseling .................................................. 3
COUN 834 Introduction to Counseling and Personality Theories ........... 3
COUN 839 Practicum I............................................................................ 3
COUN 890 Group Counseling ................................................................ 3

B. Foundation Core (12 hours minimum)

EDC1 902 Theoretical Foundations ......................................................... 3


EDFD 903 The Nature and Methodology of Educational Research I ....... 3
EDFD 905 The Nature and Methodology of Educational Research II ...... 3
EDCI 931* Educational Research: Correlation Statistics Methods ............ 3
EDCI 932* Educational Research: Significance Test and Statistical
Methods for Experimental Design ......................................... 3
EDFD 997* Research Seminar ................................................................. 3
EDFD 980 History of Education in the United States .............................. 3

C. Core Courses (30 hours minimum)

COUN 910 Counseling the Adolescent ................................................... 3


COUN 911* Individual Appraisal in Guidance ........................................ 3
COUN 912 Principles and Foundations of Guidance .............................. 3
COUN 913* Counseling and Individual Casework .................................. 3
COUN 914* Supervised Counseling ........................................................ 3
COUN 915* Vocational Assessment ........................................................ 3
COUN 916 Seminar I-Community College
Student Personnel Service ..................................................... 3
COUN 917 Seminar II-Counseling ......................................................... 3
COUN 918* Seminar III-Urban Issues in Counseling .............................. 3
COUN 919* Internship ........................................................................... 6
COUN 920 Research in Counseling ........................................................ 3
COUN 999 Dissertation .......................................................................... 6

D. Elective Courses (6 hours minimum)

COUN 836 Mental Health and Psychopathology COUN 941 Parent and Family Counseling COUN 942 Marriage/Couples
Counseling COUN 943 Play Therapy COUN 944 Topics in Aging COUN 951 Drugs in Addiction COUN 989 Seminar in
Counseling: Case Management and Treatment

132 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COUN 910 COUNSELING THE ADOLESCENT (3)


Growth and development of adolescents will be examined. Peer pressure will be explored as related to
social growth. Focus will be placed in adolescent issues and therapeutic treatment.

COUN 911 INDIVIDUAL APPRAISAL IN GUIDANCE (3)


Analysis and techniques of individual appraisal in guidance and counseling services.

COUN 912 PRINCIPLES AND FOUNDATIONS (3)


Philosophical, psychological and Sociological concepts fundamental to guidance and related
professions; rationales and models designed to integrate guidance functions and curriculum.

COUN 913 COUNSELING AND INDIVIDUAL CASEWORK (3)


Consideration is given to the counseling process, theories of behavior underlying different approaches
to counseling.

COUN 914 SUPERVISED COUNSELING (3-6)


This course is designed to demonstrate skill development utilization modifications of the Micro-
counseling Model in a laboratory setting. Individual study with a weekly seminar. May be repeated.

COUN 915 VOCATIONAL ASSESSMENT (3)


A study of various methods, instruments, and techniques used in determining occupational aptitudes
and interest of students.

COUN 916 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICE (3)


An examination and investigation of critical issues in community college personnel work. Seminar
reports required.

COUN 917 SEMINAR II-COUNSELING SOCIAL ISSUES (3)


Courses for advanced students in guidance who wish to make a study of specific problems of their own
choosing.

COUN 918 SEMINAR III-URBAN ISSUES IN COUNSELING (3-6)


A course affording the opportunity and challenge of self-directive, independent study, enabling the
student to pursue needed study in a field appropriate to the curriculum design. Hours to be arranged.

COUN 919 INTERNSHIP (6)


Application of academic preparation in a professional employment setting. Independent study with
weekly consultation. Hours to be arranged. May be repeated.

COUN 920 RESEARCH IN COUNSELING (3)


Research methods related to counseling issues will be studied. Develop research models for mental
health counseling.

COUN 941 PARENT AND FAMILY COUNSELING (3)


The study of family systems and effective strategy for urban family intervention. (Prerequisite:
Approval of instructor)

COUN 942 MARRIAGE/COUPLES COUNSELING (3)


Application of relationship counseling theory to the study of individual development, interpersonal
relationships, marital systems, and conflict resolution. (Prerequisite: Approval of instructor)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 133


COUN 943 CHILD COUNSELING AND PLAY THERAPY (3)
The study of learning and behavioral patterns of children and the utilization of play media to facilitate
self-expression, self-understanding, and personal growth and development.

COUN 944 TOPICS IN AGING (3)


In-depth analysis and discussion of selected significant subjects in aging and geriatrics.

COUN 951 DRUGS AND ADDICTION (3)


The special application of principles of drugs and addiction to the urban population.

COUN 989 SEMINAR IN COUNSELING: CASE MANAGEMENT AND TREATMENT (6)


Application of clinical diagnosis with use of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) specifically
using the diagnostic tree. Treatment plans and case management for short and long-term goals are
explored.

COUN 999 DISSERTATION (6)


Research for dissertation. Hours to be arranged.

134 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

The Doctor of Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction is the advanced professional degree for teachers and instructional
specialists who will serve in a variety of settings, including public schools and institutions of higher education. Graduates of
the Program will be prepared to serve in arenas such as school districts, other educational settings, in government and medical
institutions, foundations, and private practice.

The mission of the doctoral program in Curriculum and Instruction is the preparation of professionals who are competent in
curriculum design and instructional application. The Curriculum and Instruction concentration is designed to develop personnel
who:

1. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of existing research in curriculum and instruction;


2. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the historical, sociological, psychological and political theories underlying
curriculum revision and development;
3. Demonstrate an awareness of how diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds impact curriculum design and instructional
implementation;
4. Demonstrate facility in planning, developing, implementing, and evaluating curriculum;
5. Demonstrate effective and efficient knowledge of instructional techniques and teaching models;
6. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of statistical tools necessary for research;
7. Develop a comprehensive research project, utilizing statistical tools, research methods, and theory related to curriculum
and instruction.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Curriculum and Instruction program accepts students with a Master’s Degree and a teaching certificate, and/or a Master’s program
in natural science, education or behavioral sciences. The program requires a combined verbal/quantitative score of at least 700
and at least 3.5 on the writing section of the Graduate Record Examination; competency in a foreign language will also be
considered (written, spoken and comprehension); three letters of recommendation from employers and/or professors and at least
a 3.25 in Masters level work. Applicants may be asked to interview with the Doctoral Admission Committee, and to write an
essay on a topic in the applicant’s major field of study and/or on an urban societal issue. An application will also be enhanced by a
recommendation from a graduate faculty member and a commitment to mentor the student through program completion.

Persons interested in applying for the doctoral program in Curriculum and Instruction should submit an application to the
Graduate School, along with GRE scores, transcripts from all colleges/universities attended, and recommendations. All Graduate
School requirements will be observed.

PROGRAM OF STUDY

The program of study requires a minimum of sixty (60) semester hour credits beyond the master’s degree. The curriculum includes
12 semester credit hours foundation courses; 15 semester credit hours the major area and 12 semester credit hours of free electives
that must be in the same area, for a total of 42 semester credit hours. The professional knowledge core consists of 6 semester credit
hours of coursework; practica (6 hrs); and dissertation (6 hours). All students are required to complete a residency of 18 semester
credit hours. Twelve (12) semester credit hours must be completed after being admitted to candidacy.

Students can satisfy the 18-semester credit hour residency requirements for the Ed. D. Degree in one of several ways. Plans A-C
is designed for students who work full-time as they earn the doctorate degree. Plan A requires that students earn the 18 hours
during consecutive fall, spring and summer sessions, earning six (6) semester hours each session. Plan B requires that students
earn the 18 hours during consecutive spring, summer and fall sessions, earning six (6) semester hours each session. Plan C
requires that students earn the 18 hours during consecutive summer, fall, and spring sessions, earning six (6) semester hours each
session. Plan D, designed for full-time students, requires that students earn the 18 hours during any two consecutive sessions. The
combinations include fall, spring and summer sessions.

The distribution of the course work taken beyond the master’s degree will be as follows:

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 135


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Foundation Core............................................................................................................... 12 SCH

EDFD 902 (3) EDFD 903 (3) EDFD 905 (3)


EDFD 931 (3) EDFD 932 (3) EDFD 980 (3

Major Courses .................................................................................................................. 15 SCH

EDCI 915 (3) EDCI 921 (3) EDC1 938 (3)


EDCI 939 (3) EDCI 944 (3)

Professional Knowledge .................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDCI 917 (3) EDCI 927 (3) EDCI 930 (3)


EDCI 932 (3) EDCI 935 (3) EDCI 940 (3)
EDCI 950 (3) EDCI 960 (3) EDCI 983 (3)
EDCI 985 (3) EDCI 996 (3)

Research............................................................................................................................ 3 SCH

Free Electives .................................................................................................................... 12 SCH*

*Selected with Advisor’s Approval

To satisfy the 12 schs of electives, candidates may choose theses courses from any doctoral program. However, all hours must be
taken in the same area. Advisor’s approval is needed.

Practica ............................................................................................................................. 6 SCH

EDCI 995 (3) EDCI 998 (3)

Dissertation ...................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDCI 997 (3) EDCI 999 (6)

An advisor is assigned when the student is admitted to the program. Students are urged to meet with assigned advisors at least
once each semester.

136 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDCI 900 URBAN RESEARCH, PLANNING (3)


Provides student opportunities to direct personal learning experiences in urban environments and to
create common essential knowledge about positive changes for inner-city schools.

EDCI 901 RESEARCH, PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN EDUCATION (3)


Stresses significant sociological, psychological, philosophical and educational theories related to
improving current educational practice.

EDCI 915 DIVERSITY EDUCATION (3)


Examines philosophies, policies and practices of diversity and how these can be implemented to
promote equity and excellence in schools and other entities in a multiethnic society.

EDCI 917 COMPUTER COMPETENCY (3)


Provides opportunities for students to demonstrate knowledge of basic computer concepts and E-mail,
Netscape and the World Wide Web, Library Research, Word Processing, Spread Sheet, and Power
Point skills.

EDCI 920 CURRICULUM RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN SCHOOL (3)


Presents a review of current research related to curricula development for special urban populations.
Emphasis is given to research that provides a theoretical base for curriculum development.

EDCI 930 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN URBAN SCHOOLS (3)


Focuses on the comprehensive curriculum development process and emphasizes the critical factors in
the urban environment that should shape curricula.

EDCI 921 ADVANCED CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (3)


Focuses on the scope and sequence of school curricula, correlation of school study, in-service
education for instructional staff, and utilizing the community in curriculum development.

EDCI 927 INDEPENDENT STUDY AND RESEARCH (3)


Creates opportunities for doctoral students’ active engagement in research problems of personal interest.

EDCI 931 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT (3)


Presents an analysis of modem techniques for managing the instructional environment with emphases
on student-centered and pro-active approaches to preventing classroom and school-wide disruptions.

EDCI 932 URBAN TEACHING STRATEGIES (3)


Provides students the opportunity to develop and test a variety of teaching strategies which may be
particularly effective and appropriate for the urban learner.

EDCI 935 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3)


Focuses on skills needed to apply curriculum design theory to practice in managing learning
environments in diverse educational settings.

EDCI 938 TECHNIQUES OF CURRICULUM EVALUATION (3)


Presents modern techniques of evaluating school curricula. Specific emphasis on specifying entry
criteria and on formative discrepancy, and summative evaluation techniques

EDCI 939 MODELS OF TEACHING (3)


Presents a survey of modern instructional models of teaching with emphasis on information
processing, personal, social, and behavior approaches

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 137


EDCI 940 ADVANCED CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (3)
Focuses on the scope and sequence of developing a school curriculum, correlation of school studies,
staff development for instructional staff, and utilizing the community for curriculum development

EDCI 944 CURRICULUM THEORY (3)


Presents a survey of modern curriculum theories with emphasis on the various philosophies,
techniques and sources for determining needs for the total curriculum development process

EDCI 950 CURRENT TRENDS IN EFFECTIVE TEACHING AND LEARNING (3)


Presents current theories relative to the systemic approach to curriculum development. Emphasis on
deductive and inductive approaches to systemic curriculum development

EDCI 960 CURRENT TRENDS IN EFFECTIVE TEACHING PRACTICES (3)


Presents current trends on effective teaching practices. Emphases on interactive instruction,
technological teaching approaches, cooperative learning, time on task, appropriate feedback,
instructional rewards and consequences, and instructional and behavioral expectations.

EDCI 983 PREPARING EDUCATORS FOR URBAN SCHOOLS (3)


Explores alternate methods of teacher preparation specifically for urban areas. Topics to be considered:
Learner in Urban Settings, Curricula Adoptions, Union Contracts, and School Community Relations.

EDCI 985 TECHNIQUES FOR INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTION (3)


Presents a systemic approach to designing curricula appropriate for advanced graduate students. The
course focuses on the development of theoretical frameworks for continuous progress philosophies,
missions, goals, objectives, activities, organization designs and evaluation.

EDCI 995 PRACTICUM IN URBAN EDUCATION (3)


Creates opportunities to apply Urban Education theory to urban/inner city problems that impact the
education of children and young adults. Urban/inner city schools and other agencies will be used for
this practical experience.

EDCI 996 EDUCATION AND THE URBAN DILEMMA (3)


Focuses on the educational systems in the city with particular emphasis on the racial, economic, and
political dilemmas of schools in the inner-city.

EDCI 997 THE ANATOMY OF THE DOCTORAL DISSERTATION (3)


Provides a basic step-by-step process for conceiving, developing and writing a dissertation and
supports the process with related software. Includes models of outstanding \dissertations

EDCI 998 PRACTICUM IN CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (3)


Creates opportunities to apply curriculum and instruction theory and practice to problems and
conditions that impact urban, lower-income students and young adults. Inner-city schools/
communities, district administrative offices and cooperate sectors will be used for this practical
experience

EDCI 999 DISSERTATION (3-12)


Engages students in an intensive study of a selected and approved topic. (Total: 12 credit hours)

138 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

The Department of Educational Administration and Foundations offers a program concentration leading to the Doctor of
Education Degree in Educational Administration and Higher Education Administration.

Educational Administration encompasses knowledge and skills from entities which either provide, regulate, or affect the formalized
educational efforts of society. Thus, innovative, flexible approaches utilizing courses, seminars, field experiences, research projects,
and other educational media are used to provide the technical, conceptual, and human skills required of educational leaders.

Under the direction of the student’s doctoral advisory committee, course plans are developed to meet individual needs,
backgrounds, and future goals of each student.

Field experience opportunities are available to help students relate academic and theoretical work to the issues and concerns of
administrative practices.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

In addition to meeting the requirements for the Doctor of Education Degree as set forth in this bulletin, students majoring in
Educational Administration shall:

1. Submit to the Graduate School an application for admissions to the department on forms provided by the Graduate
School.
2. Meet the requirements of the Department’s Doctoral Screening Committee.
3. Organize, with the approval of the Department Chairperson, a doctoral committee for advisement. The chairperson shall
be from the Department of Educational Administration and Foundations.
4. File an approved course plan with the Chairman of the doctoral committee and the Graduate School Office.
5. Complete a doctoral internship approved by the student’s committee (if required).

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

Specific requirements will be determined by the student’s doctoral committee consistent with the requirements of the Graduate
School and of the Department.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 139


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Doctor of Education in Educational Administration

Total Semester Credit Hours Required: 60

Leveling Courses ............................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDFD 633 (3) EPSY (831 (3) ONLY IF NEEDED

Foundation Core............................................................................................................... 18 SCH

EDFD 902 (3) EDFD 903 (3) EDFD 905 (3)


EDFD 931 (3) EDFD 932 (3) EDFD 980 (3)
EDFD 997 (3)

Core Courses .................................................................................................................... 27 SCH

EDAS 900 (3) EDAS 933 (3) EDAS 935 (3)


EDAS 936 (3) EDAS 939 (3) EDAS 950 (3)
EDAS 953 (3) EDAS 955 (3) EDAS 961 (3)
EDAS 973 (3) EDAS 985 (3) EDAS 988 (3)
EDAS 998 (3) EDAS 963 (3) EDAS 965 (3)
EDAS 957 (3) EDAS 970 (3)

Electives ............................................................................................................................ 3 SCH

Internship ......................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDAS 978

Dissertation ...................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDAS 999

140 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Doctor of Education in Educational Administration – Higher Education Administration

Total Semester Credit Hours Required: 60

Leveling Courses ............................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDFD 633 (3) EPSY (831 (3) ONLY IF NEEDED

Foundation Core............................................................................................................... 18 SCH

EDFD 902 (3) EDFD 903 (3) EDFD 905 (3)


EDFD 931 (3) EDFD 932 (3) EDFD 980 (3)
EDFD 997 (3)

Core Courses .................................................................................................................... 27 SCH

EDAS 900 (3) EDAS 936 (3) EDAS 950 (3)


EDAS 955 (3) EDHI 933 (3) EDHI 937 (3)
EDHI 939 (3) EDHI 942 (3) EDHI 944 (3)
EDHI 945 (3) EDHI 948 (3) EDHI 950 (3)
EDHI 970 (3) EDHI 971 (3)

Electives ........................................................................................................................... 3 SCH

Internship ......................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDHI 968

Dissertation ...................................................................................................................... 6 SCH

EDAS 999

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 141


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDAS 900 EDUCATIONAL POLICY DEVELOPMENT (3)


Provides an understanding of how educational policy is developed and implemented, and an awareness
that factors and mechanics involved, address the needs of a pluralistic society.

EDAS 932 PUBLIC SCHOOL RELATIONS AND SCHOOL/COMMUNITY AFFAIRS (3)


Focus of the importance of improving channels of communication between home, school and
community, and the responsibility of the school in assuming leadership in this effort. Analysis of
current educational publications and practices of producing relations materials.

EDAS 933 SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT OF SCHOOLS (3)


In-depth study of the system approach to decision-making in education focusing on problems related
to design, implementation and evaluation.

EDAS 935 SCHOOL ADMINISTRATIVE HIERARCHY (3)


Survey course that examines role, function, duties, and responsibilities of school leaders at varying
levels in governance and administration of school programs.

EDAS 936 DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN SCHOOL LAW (3)


Study of laws as they relate to administrators, teachers, pupils, authority of local and state officials,
property finance, and liability of school districts with emphasis on laws relating to urban education.

EDAS 939 PLANNING FOR EDUCATIONAL CHANGE (3)


Study of planning process and implementation of change, particularly as it reflects on the urban
community.

EDAS 950 SCHOOLS AND THE COMMUNITY (3)


Study of schools and their relationship with a pluralistic community. Emphasizes techniques to
encourage involvement of all groups.

EDAS 953 EVALUATION OF SCHOOLS (3)


Emphasizes techniques for evaluating secondary and elementary schools. Studies criteria of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools and the Texas Education Agency.

EDAS 955 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION THEORY (3)


Review and analysis of important trends in behavioral, human relations, scientific and systems theory
in the organization and management of schools.

EDAS 961 INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (16)


Independent study or research on issues of education in an urban setting. (May be repeated).

EDAS 973 LEADERSHIP SEMINAR (3)


Examines leadership concepts and research findings as they relate to the urban community.

EDAS 978 DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP (6)


Application of doctoral studies in practice supervised by field administrator and/or University faculty
member. Related seminars.

EDAS 985 SEMINAR IN SUPERVISION (3)


Discussion of theory and research in resolving current issues of curriculum content, instructional
techniques, and staff development including an assessment of the impact of these on the urban, inner-
city students.

142 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


EDAS 988 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (3)
Application of theoretical concepts from administration and related fields which are applicable to
urban settings.

EDAS 998 DOCTORAL COLLOQUIUM IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (3)


Colloquium on special topics in educational administration. May be repeated to a maximum of six (6)
semester credit hours.

EDAS 999 DOCTORAL DISSERTATION (6)


Thorough study and analysis of in-depth topics in Educational Administration.

Foundations Courses

EDFD 902 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3)


This course is designed to review significant historical, philosophical, sociological, psychological
foundations and education theories related to improving current educational practice.

EDFD 903 THE NATURE AND METHODOLOGY OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (3)


Major methods of conducting educational research and types of problems wherein they apply. Studies
that may serve as models for research efforts; research reporting.

EDFD 905 THE NATURE AND METHODOLOGY OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (3)


A continuation of EDFD 903.

EDFD 931 EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH: CORRELATION STATISTICAL METHODS (3)


Brief review of elementary statistics, normal curve functions, correlation theory and application
to educational data. Concepts and computations associated with bivariate, partial, and multiple
correlations. (Prerequisite: EDFD 831 or instructor’s permission)

EDFD 932 EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH: SIGNIFICANCE TESTS AND STATISTICAL METHODS FOR
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN (3)
Probability theory and theoretical distributions in experimental design; binomial, normal curve, T
ratio. Concepts and computation associated with research, including t-tests, simple and complex
analysis of variance. (Prerequisite: EDFD 931)

EDFD 980 HISTORY OF EDUCATION IN THE UNITED STATES (3)


This course focuses on the historical development of the educational systems in the United States.
Concepts and theories which have shaped the nation’s schools form the basis of the course.

EDFD 997 RESEARCH SEMINAR (3)


Intensive study to design applicable research problems in education. Study of problems related to
proposed dissertation research. May be repeated. (Prerequisite: EDFD 931, 932 or permission of
advisor and instructor)

Higher Education Courses

EDHI 933 INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


A critical examination of the American system of higher education, its origin, characteristics, with
particular attention to financing, organization, and administration of colleges and universities.

EDHI 934 ADMINISTRATION AND ORGANIZATION OF THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE (3)


A study of the community college movement in the United States, its historical development, aims,
philosophical issues, present scope and trends, rational and unique role.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 143


EDHI 937 THE FINANCING OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3)
The financing of institutions of higher education, sources of income, budgeting procedures, funding
and control.

EDHI 938 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE (3)


Provides relevant curriculum for the clientele of the community college. Particular attention to the
diverse nature of the students and the relationship of the curricular components to each other.

EDHI 939 SEMINAR IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


Administrative functions in higher education will serve as the basis for extended examination of
administrative theory, leadership technique, group dynamics, and campus governance.

EDHI 940 SEMINAR IN CURRICULUM IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


An examination of precedents, current practices, innovations and problems. Application to curricula
in particular fields through student projects.

EDHI 942 SEMINAR IN THE GOVERNANCE OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


Analysis of current practices and issues of higher education. Emphasis on community junior colleges.
(Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent).

EDHI 943 SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (3)


Individual and group class presentations of special issues and problems in the sociology of education.
(Prerequisite: SOC 530)

EDHI 944 RESOURCE ALLOCATIONS IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


Concepts and practices in academic planning and program budgeting. Course work includes
opportunities for discussion with guest lecturers in the field. (Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent).

EDHI 945 SEMINAR IN CURRENT PROBLEMS IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


Analysis of specific current issues in areas other than governance. (Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent)

EDHI 947 SEMINAR: THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT (3)


The research and literature relating to the contemporary community college student and the impact of
the student on the development of the college.

EDHI 948 SEMINAR IN NEW CONCEPTS IN PLANNING IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


Principles and practices in the application of modern management concepts, institutional research and
modern management concepts. Must register both Fall and Spring semesters for a total of 6 semester
hours. No credit given for only one semester of this course.

EDHI 950 HIGHER EDUCATION AND THE LAW (3)


A study of the legal issues that affect all aspects of post-secondary education using a case study
approach.

EDHI 951 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


A study of viable faculty and staff personnel programs with focus on improved methods and
techniques used in the field.

EDHI 968 DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP IN HIGHER EDUCATION (6)


Application of doctoral studies in higher education supervised by field administrator and/or university
faculty.

144 | College of Education Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


EDHI 971 STUDENT AFFAIRS ADMINISTRATION IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3)
Overview of student personnel services in colleges and universities. Philosophy, organization, and
administration of personnel programs at this level and of specific services provided.

EDHI 975 THE DEPARTMENT OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3)


The Department as an administrative structural element of the University. The duties and
responsibilities of the chairperson as they relate to the management of the department.

EDHI 999 DISSERTATION (3-12)


Through study and analysis of an in-depth topic in higher education.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Education | 145


146 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
JESSE H. JONES SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business consists of the Accounting and Finance Department, the Department of Business
Administration, and Graduate Programs in Business. The School offers the following three graduate degree programs: the Master
of Business Administration (MBA), an Online Executive Master of Business Administration (eMBA), and the Master of Science in
Management Information Systems (M.S. in MIS).

The School is administratively organized with a Dean, who is assisted by an Associate Dean for Academics, an Assistant Dean for
Business Student Services, an Assistant Dean for Accreditation and Assessment, a Department Chairperson for each department,
a Director of Graduate Programs, and support staff. All administrative offices including departmental offices and the office of
graduate programs are located in the Jesse H. Jones School of Business building.

Vision

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business will be a leading provider of quality business education, research, and engagement in an
innovative and student-centered community of continual learners.

Mission

The Jesse H. Jones School of Business is a constituent part of Texas Southern University, a comprehensive metropolitan university
located in Houston, Texas. We offer baccalaureate and masters degree programs to a diverse student population that is primarily
first generation college students.

Our mission is to transform students into leaders in the global market place. To achieve the mission, we provide quality education
in an entrepreneurial, global context through effective teaching, theoretical and applied research, and community engagement in a
student-centered environment.

Core Values

Our actions are guided by fundamental values and flow from a commitment to

• Student-Center Learning
• Global Perspective
• Community Engagement
• Professionalism
• Innovativeness

GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING

To remain in good academic standing, a business graduate student must maintain an overall grade point average (GPA) of 3.00.

ACCREDITATION

The University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. Additionally,
the School of Business is accredited by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB).

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 147


THE BUSINESS LIBRARY

The Business Library is located on the fifth floor of the Robert J. Terry Library and combines resources for accounting, business,
and economics. The Business Library has over 52,500 volumes and subscribes to more than 300 serials. Extensive files of corporate
financial reports and business and financial services are available. Computerized interlibrary loan services link the Library with
others throughout the nation and world. Electronic resources are substantial, including more than 300 databases that provide a
comprehensive list of scholarly journals with access to more than 63,000 full text articles covering a broad scope of disciplines.
Also included are e-books, videos, newspapers, graphics and some reference materials. Off campus access to electronic resources is
available. For the faculty, students, and staff, the TexShare Consortium provides access to participating state university and college
libraries, including those of the University of Houston and Rice University, the Houston Public Library and several other Houston
area libraries.

DEGREE PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION

The graduate degree programs offered by the Jesse H. Jones School of Business are described in detail in the following pages in the
following order: Master of Business Administration, Online Executive Master of Business Administration, and Master of Science
in Management Information Systems.

148 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The objective of the Master of Business Administration (MBA) program is to educate a diverse group of students by providing
them with the knowledge, analytical ability, and management skills necessary for leadership positions in a world characterized
by a diverse work force, rapid technological change, and a fiercely competitive global marketplace. The MBA program at Texas
Southern University provides a general management education to individuals who aspire to advance in their current career or wish
to prepare themselves for a completely new career.

Graduates of the MBA program are equipped with:

• An understanding of a broad array of business concepts related to finance, accounting, economics, marketing, operations,
statistics, and business law.
• Skills that enable the appropriate application of critical, analytical, and strategic thinking to the analysis of and
development of solutions to business problems.
• The ability to utilize information technology and systems for effective decision-making, problem solving, and
communications.
• Strategies for leading and structuring high performance teams, working cooperatively, and communicating effectively.
• A greater appreciation for workplace diversity, ethical issues facing businesses today, and the challenges of the global
marketplace.

MBA ADMISSION PROCESS

Students will be admitted to the MBA program in the Fall and Spring semesters. The deadline for submission of all application
and admission materials is July 15th for the Fall semester and November 15th for the Spring semester of each year (early submission
is encouraged).

A complete application consists of the following materials:

1. Evidence of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution.


2. An official transcript of all undergraduate course work.
3. An acceptable GMAT score (score must be from a test taken within the last five (5) years of your application date, to be
considered).
4. A two-page, career-objective essay (including, a description of the applicant’s greatest accomplishment and
disappointment and lessons learned from the experiences, as well as a brief discussion of post MBA goals).
5. Two confidential letters of recommendation that include applicant’s strengths, areas of improvement, and commitment
to excellence.
6. A current résumé.
7. Official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score if the applicant’s native language is not English, unless the
applicant has received an undergraduate degree from a U.S. college or university. A TOEFL score of at least 550 on the
paper based test or 213 on the computer based test or 79 on the Internet based test is required.

Only completed applications (containing all required application materials listed above) will be reviewed for admission. Graduate
application materials are received by the Graduate School and forwarded to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business for review. The
recommendation of Jesse H. Jones School of Business is returned to the Graduate School. The Graduate School will make the final
admission decision and notify the applicant of the decision. Prospective students wishing to inquire about their application status
should direct questions to the Graduate School, until an official admissions notification is received.

Admission to the MBA program as a conditional or an unconditional student requires a baccalaureate degree from a regionally
accredited institution.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 149


Unconditional Admission:

The applicant must submit an acceptable Graduate Management Aptitude Test (GMAT) score that will be used in conjunction
with the applicant’s socioeconomic profile and the undergraduate grade point average to determine admission to graduate
programs. The following are some factors that may be included in the socioeconomic profile used in the admission process:

1. Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
2. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
3. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
4. Applicant is multilingual.
5. Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
6. Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
7. Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
8. Geographic region wherein applicant’s high school is located.
9. Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
10. Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
11. The presence or absence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of residence.
12. The applicant’s performance during a personal interview.

Conditional Admission:

Students who fail to satisfy the unconditional admission criteria may be admitted on a conditional basis. Under conditional
admission, the student must have at least a 3.00 undergraduate grade point average or the undergraduate grade point average
on the last sixty-hours (60) of course work must be at least 3.25. Students admitted in this category will be required to meet the
unconditional admission criteria by maintaining at least a grade of “B” or better in each course in the first twelve hours of graduate
work within the first year of enrollment. Failure to satisfy unconditional admission criteria within the stipulated time period will
result in the student being dropped from the program.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

The Master of Business Administration degree requires thirty-six (36) hours of course work, including six (6) hours of electives
that allow students to build depth of knowledge in a particular business discipline.

The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the MBA level courses:

• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing

150 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The minimum general requirements for the Master of Science in Management Information Systems degree are:

1. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 is required for all graduate work attempted.
2. A residency of at least one academic year, or its equivalent, is required.
3. Courses transferred may not exceed 6 semester hours, and a grade of “B” or better must have been earned in each course.
4. No more than 6 semester credit hours of “C” and/or “C+” work are accepted toward satisfying graduation and degree
requirements.
5. The program must be completed within 6 calendar years.
6. All graduate students are required to score a “3.5” or better on the writing component of the GMAT, or pass an English
proficiency exam during their first semester, or obtain a passing grade in English 501.
7. To be considered full-time, a student must register for at least 9 semester hours of graduate work per semester. A normal
course load consists of 12 semester hours. The maximum load that can be taken is 15 semester hours. A student who
takes 15 semester hours must have an overall graduate grade point average of 3.5 or better and not be employed full-
time.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

ACCT 631 Seminar in Managerial Accounting 3 SCH


FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH
FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH
BADM 655 Entrepreneurship 3 SCH
Electives 6 SCH

Six (6) semester hours of restricted elective courses from the following courses:

ACCT 656, ACCT 671, BADM 644, FIN 650,


FIN 655, MGMT 646, MGMT 650, MGSC 625,
MGSC 654, MIS 672, MIS 674, MIS 675 and MKTG 634

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 151


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Accounting and Finance

ACCT 600 OIL AND GAS ACCOUNTING AND TAXATION INSTITUTE (3)
Petroleum accounting and taxation. This is a comprehensive course in oil and gas accounting. It covers
the fundamentals of the petroleum industry as well as the complex topics of revenue accounting and
taxation.

ACCT 630 ETHICS FOR ACCOUNTANTS (3)


Provides a philosophical understanding of ethical complexities of the modern business enterprise and
a fundamental of ethical knowledge necessary for a career in accounting and finance. (Prerequisites:
Consent of the Instructor.)

ACCT 631 SEMINAR IN MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3)


An examination of the theoretical and practical issues involved in managerial accounting. Emphasis is
on contemporary issues in managerial accounting. (Prerequisites: ACCT 231 or ACCT 636.)

ACCT 636 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (3)


(CPA 150-Hour Requirement NON-DEGREE Course) An analysis of financial statements of publicly
held entities, which are issued to shareholders, creditors, financial analysts, and other interested parties.
(Prerequisite: ACCT 332.)

ACCT 647 MANAGERIAL AND COST ACCOUNTING (3)


(CPA 150-Hour Requirement NON-DEGREE Course) A study of the kind of information needed,
where information can be obtained and how information can be used by managers to carry out their
planning, controlling, and decision-making responsibilities. (Prerequisite: ACCT 336.)

ACCT 650 STRUCTURE OF ACCOUNTING THEORY (3)


Principles, concepts and problems underlying the recording of accounting data; management of
information and its relation to income determination. Analysis and interpretation of principal
accounting statements are also covered. (Prerequisite: ACCT 332.)

ACCT 651 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING (3)


An analysis of new pronouncements of authoritative bodies along with the impact of these bodies on
contemporary accounting practice. (Prerequisite: ACCT 332.)

ACCT 655 SEMINAR IN TAXATION (3)


A review and an analysis of tax consequences; implications of business decisions and accounting
procedures; tax research and planning. (Prerequisite: ACCT 332.)

ACCT 656 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)


An analysis of the sources, cost and values of accounting information, including analysis and design of
computer-based accounting information. (Prerequisites: ACCT 332 or ACCT 631.)

ACCT 657 SEMINAR IN AUDITING (3)


An examination of the development of auditing standards and philosophies; contemporary
developments in auditing theory and practice; and research needs of the auditing profession.
(Prerequisite: ACCT 433.)

ACCT 658 ACCOUNTING CONTROLS (3)


A study of the concepts and roles of accounting controls in a business organization. (Prerequisites:
ACCT 631 or 433.)

152 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ACCT 660 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING (3)
The study and research of business consolidations, partnerships, governmental and not-for-profit
accounting. (Prerequisite: ACCT 332.)

ACCT 665 ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP (3)


Faculty-supervised work experience in accounting where written reports are required. (Prerequisite:
Graduate Status.)

ACCT 670 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING IN HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS (3)


The study of the techniques of decision making for health care providers, financial management
functions and organizations, financial statement analysis, capital management, capital budgeting and
processes, financial statistics, financing techniques, and financial analysis of case studies in the health
care environment.

ACCT 671 MANAGERIAL AND COST ACCOUNTING IN HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS (3)
A study of how to use cost information to improve management decision making and the uses of cost
accounting information relevant to health care organizations.

FIN 621 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3)


The business principles using a managerial approach to financial and economic analysis. Covers
theories of consumer, firm, and markets with emphasis on managerial decision-making; applied
topics include demand estimation, forecasting, exchange rates and exports, and long-term investment.
(Prerequisites: ECON 231 and ECON 232 or equivalents; FIN 301, and MGSC 239.)

FIN 650 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (3)


Theory and practice of pricing and evaluation of stocks, bonds, options, futures, and mutual funds.
It includes portfolio theory and management and global investments. (Prerequisite: FIN 301 or
equivalent.)

FIN 652 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (3)


The theory and practice of financial decision making, including tools and techniques for making
financial decisions, including those arising from globalization and ethical challenges. (Prerequisites:
FIN 301 or equivalent; MGSC 624.)

FIN 655 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (3)


This course analyzes issues and problems managers and investors face that result from operating in an
international environment. (Prerequisites: FIN 301 or equivalent.)

Business Administration

BADM 644 GRADUATE BUSINESS INTERNSHIP (3)


Faculty-supervised business related work experience designed to enhance the knowledge and skills
of our students in an applied environment. Progress reports and employer validation are required.
(Prerequisite: Twelve (12) hours graduate level coursework in business administration and consent of
the instructor.)

BADM 655 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3)


Issues related to creating, managing, and financing a new business with a focus on product
development and entrepreneurial financial planning including business plans and class projects.

BADM 630 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION (3)


Development of oral and written communication skills, including the use of current computer
technology.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 153


MGMT 636 ORGANIZATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT THEORY (3)
Individual, group and inter-group behavior within organizations in the context of technological
change, workforce diversity, ethical challenges, and globalization. (Prerequisites: MGMT 300 or
equivalent.)

MGMT 646 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN MANAGEMENT (3)


In-depth exploration of selected topics in organization and management theory. (Prerequisites:
MGMT 300 or equivalent.)

MGMT 650 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3)


This course provides a managerial overview of the many issues that surround human resource
management. (Prerequisites: MGMT 300 or equivalent.)

MGMT 670 GLOBAL STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3)


A cross-functional approach to the analysis of strategic decision making in the context of a global
economy. (Prerequisites: MGMT 636; FIN 652; ACCT 631; MKTG 650.)

MGSC 624 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS (3)


Use of statistical techniques for business research, analysis, and forecasting. It includes regression
analysis and other econometric tools and the use of computer software. (Prerequisites: MGSC 239;
MGSC 302.)

MGSC 625 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3)


The course will provide an introduction to Supply Chain Management and the role of information
systems in managing supply chains. (Prerequisite: MGSC 302.)

MGSC 654 SPECIAL TOPICS IN QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (3)


In-depth exploration of selected topics in quantitative analysis. (Prerequisite: MGSC 624.)

MGSC 671 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3)


The use of information technology to analyze business problems. It includes the development of
computer software skills.

MIS 672 INTRODUCTION TO C++ OR JAVA PROGRAMMING (3)


A review of the programming features of these languages and their application to Object Oriented
Programming and development of business applications. These will be offered in alternate semesters.
(Prerequisite: MGSC 304.)

MIS 674 DATA COMMUNICATIONS (3)


Managerial and technological issues related to the operation and maintenance of computer networks.
Topics covered include WAN, LAN, Internet and related architectures and protocols. (Prerequisite:
MGSC 304.)

MIS 675 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3)


Database concepts and principles in database design with exposure to a popular relational database like
“Oracle.” (Prerequisites: MGSC 304)

MIS 676 WEB DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


Web applications and design using tools such as HTML, Cascading Style Sheets, JavaScript and
DHTML. (Prerequisite: MIS 672.)

MIS 677 E-COMMERCE (3)


Provides exposure to the use of Internet for business to business communications, logistics and supply
chain management, financial markets, digital payments, marketing etc. (Prerequisites: MIS 674; MIS
676.)

154 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


MIS 678 SAP APPLICATIONS IN SCM (3)
Provides exposure to instructor selected SCM modules in SAP. (Prerequisite: MGSC 625; MIS 675.)

MIS 680 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


An introduction to concepts and processes for analyzing and determining information requirements
and using packages and application generators for system development. (Prerequisites: MIS 675.)

MIS 681 IT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3)


Approaches to managing IT projects including outsourcing and subcontracting strategies. Students
will also be exposed to project management tools. (Prerequisite: MIS 680.)

MIS 683 CURRENT TOPICS IN MIS (3)


An instructor selected topic dealing with current issues and/or developments in the MIS area.
Prerequisites: Completion of at least 9 credit hours of coursework in the MIS program and/or consent
of instructor

MIS 684 INTERNSHIP IN MIS AREA (3)


Student will perform the equivalent of one long semester or an entire summer internship in the
Information Technology area in a carefully selected organization. (Prerequisites: Completion of at least
18 Credit Hours of coursework in the MIS program.)

MIS 685 MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)


Strategic management of information resources to facilitate corporate competitiveness in the global
environment. Capstone course to be taken in the student’s last semester of the program. (Prerequisites:
Completion of at least 24 Credit Hours of coursework in the MIS program.)

MKTG 634 MARKETING RESEARCH (3)


Application of research and analytical decision-making techniques to marketing problems.
(Prerequisites: MKTG 306; MGSC 239; MGSC 671 or concurrent enrollment.)

MKTG 650 STRATEGIC MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3)


Key marketing problems of domestic and international organizations, including those arising from
issues related to globalization, environmental protection, ethical issues, social trends, and legal
constraints. (Prerequisites: MKTG 306 or equivalent.)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 155


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION WITH CONCENTRATION IN ACCOUNTING

Master of Business Administration (MBA) with Concentration in Accounting Program will enable students to meet The Certified
Public Accountants (CPA) examination requirements as well as prepare them to succeed in their career paths. The State of Texas
requires Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examination candidates to complete 150 semester hours before attempting the
Uniform CPA Examination. Included in these 150 hours are 30 hours of accounting and 24 hours of business. Texas State Board
of Public Accountancy has also recently passed the legislation requiring two semester hours of accounting or tax research and
analysis and two semester hours of accounting or business communications within those accounting and business hours.

Completion of this program will enable students to enhance their knowledge and skills in accounting and business, and, develop
analytical research and communication skills. Students will also be better prepared to take the CPA examination and become a
CPA which is a prestigious designation and a measure of success in the accounting and business fields.

ADMISSION PROCESS

The eligibility requirements for the MBA with concentration in Accounting are as follows:
• Must be admitted as an MBA student to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business with unconditional status
• Must have an undergraduate Accounting background

COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The Students must satisfy the MBA curriculum requirements (24 credit hours) along with the concentration in Accounting
requirements (12 credit hours) to complete the degree requirements.

Master of Business Administration Course Requirements 24 SCH

FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH


FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH

Accounting Concentration Course Requirements 12 SCH

ACCT 651 Contemporary Issues in Accounting 3 SCH


ACCT 655 Seminar in Taxation 3 SCH
ACCT 657 Seminar in Auditing 3 SCH
ACCT 660 Advanced Topics in Accounting 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 36 SCH

156 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the MBA level courses:

• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students pursuing the MBA with concentration in Accounting must meet the academic regulations of Jesse H. Jones School of
Business including those related to the minimum GPA and scholastic discipline.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 157


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION WITH CONCENTRATION IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

As organizations continue to generate and gather huge amounts of data, it becomes imperative to analyze historical, current,
and predictive views of business operations to manage enterprise performance. While a general MBA program focuses on the
skills necessary for running a business, a concentration in Management Information Systems equips students with the skills to
use information technology to improve business decision making. A concentration in MIS enables an MBA student to gain a
competitive edge by learning critical analytical skills and gaining real world experience in both the business and technical fields.

To provide an understanding of how information technology can manage and optimize business performance, students are
expected to:

• Demonstrate knowledge of the strategic use of information systems in organizations to achieve competitive advantage.
• Understand the logical and physical design of databases and their use to support decision making.
• Analyze and design IT solutions to business problems.
• Plan and manage IT projects.
• Students can choose to specialize in either of the following two tracks:
• Electronic Commerce (E-Commerce)
• Business Intelligence (BI)

ADMISSION PROCESS

All MBA students admitted to the MBA program at Jesse H. Jones School of Business will be eligible to pursue this concentration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students pursuing the MBA with concentration in Management Information Systems must meet the academic regulations of Jesse
H. Jones School of Business including those related to the minimum GPA and scholastic discipline.

158 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The Students must satisfy the MBA core curriculum requirements (24 credit hours) along with the concentration in Management
Information Systems requirements (12 credit hours) to complete the MBA degree requirement.

Master of Business Administration Course Requirements 24 SCH

FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH


FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH

MIS Concentration Course Requirements 12 SCH

Business Intelligence Track

MIS 675 Database Management Systems 3 SCH


MIS 678 SAP Applications in SCM 3 SCH
MIS 680 Systems Analysis and Development 3 SCH
MIS 683 Current Topics (in Business Intelligence) 3 SCH

Electronic Commerce Track

MIS 674 Data Communications 3 SCH


MIS 675 Database Management Systems 3 SCH
MIS 676 Web Design and Development 3 SCH
MIS 677 Electronic Commerce 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 36 SCH

The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the MBA level courses:

• Information Technology
• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 159


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION WITH CONCENTRATION IN HEALTH CARE ADMINISTRATION

The Master of Business Administration with concentration in Health Care Administration is designed to broaden the career
opportunities for MBA students in the health care field. Due to the special status of Houston as a major national hub for health
care facilities and related industries, the health care concentration in the MBA program allows graduates to pursue opportunities
beyond the traditional business areas. The concentration equips business students to be successfully involved in the administrative
side of the health care. The existing health administration courses at the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences make this
concentration possible.

ADMISSION PROCESS

Students admitted to the MBA degree program at the Jesse H. Jones School of Business with unconditional admission status are
eligible to pursue this concentration. Also, students currently or previously enrolled in the “Master of Health Care Administration
(MHCA)” program from the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences will be eligible for this concentration provided that the
MBA admission criteria are satisfied.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The students must meet the minimum general requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree. Additionally, the
students pursuing the MBA with concentration in Health Care Administration must meet the academic regulations of both Jesse
H. Jones School of Business and the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences including those related to the minimum GPA and
scholastic discipline.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The Students must satisfy the MBA curriculum requirements (27 credit hours) along with the concentration in Health Care
Administration requirements (9 credit hours) to complete the MBA degree requirement.

Master of Business Administration Course Requirements 27 SCH

ACCT 631 Seminar in Managerial Accounting 3 SCH


FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH
FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH

Health Care Concentration Course Requirements 9 SCH

A Total of any three out of four following Health Care Administration Courses

HSHA 512 Introduction to Health Care Organizations 3 SCH


HSHA 514 Human Resources Management and Labor Relations 3 SCH
HSHA 612 Health Care Law and Bioethics 3 SCH
HSHA 662 Health Policy Analysis 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 36 SCH

160 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the MBA level courses:

• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 161


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/JURIS DOCTOR DUAL DEGREE

The Juris Doctor/Master of Business Administration (JD/MBA) Dual degree program is designed to broaden career opportunities
in the fields of business and law. The program allows students to combine legal training with advanced management study.
The Dual degree program intends to prepare students for a wide range of careers, including investment banking, accounting,
international trade, industrial relations, corporate law, and management consulting where law and business overlap. Students
completing the program will receive a MBA degree from the Jesse H. Jones School of Business and a JD degree from the Thurgood
Marshall School of Law simultaneously. The program allows successful students to engage, not only with complex business
problems in the corporate environment, but also to take private and difficult legal issues into account in all business decisions.

The salient features of JD/MBA dual program are:

• The program draws upon the strengths of both the JD program of the Thurgood Marshall School of Law and the MBA
program of the Jesse H. Jones School of Business.
• The program is intended mainly for students who want to obtain mastery in both the legal and business aspects of the
corporate world.
• The dual program allows students to take courses that would be cross-credited by both JD and MBA programs.
• The program allows students to take courses in an integrated fashion that are offered by the TM School of Law and the
Jesse H. Jones School of Business in their separate Juris Doctor and Master of Business Administration programs.
• The program allows students to complete requirements for the two degrees in four years instead of five years if pursued
separately.
• The dual program adds value to the educational endeavor of professional students by utilizing the existing resources since
both the MBA and JD programs are already in existence at Texas Southern University.

ADMISSION PROCESS

The general requirements for the Juris Doctor/Master of Business Administration dual program are:

1. The JD/MBA Dual degree program is open to holders of baccalaureate degrees from accredited colleges or universities.
Applicants to the program must meet the entrance requirements and follow the application procedures administered by
both the TM School of Law and the Jesse H. Jones School of Business.
2. Students applying for the dual program must apply after September 1 of the previous year and before April 1 of the
following year to be considered for admittance in the fall. Both JD and MBA programs admit students only in the fall
semester.
3. Although students may apply for either the MBA or the JD program at any time during their course of study, students
must be admitted to both programs before completing either program. Admission to both degree programs under
the dual program concept permits the application of credits for one degree toward the other degree. Application to the
program will be evaluated by both the TM School of Law and Jesse H. Jones School of Business.
4. The Dual degree program participants will have to satisfy the same admission requirements as the applicants for stand-
alone Juris Doctor and MBA programs.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

The Dual JD/MBA Program requires the completion of one-hundred and eleven (111) credit-hours of business and law courses.
A total of fifteen (15) credit-hours of the dual program, approved by each school, will carry dual credit for both degrees. Students
must satisfy the curriculum requirements for both the JD and MBA portions of the dual degree. The JD portion of the curriculum
consists of eighty-One (81) credit hours. The MBA portion of the curriculum requires thirty (30) credit hours. In effect, the
program allows a total reduction of fifteen (15) credit hours of coursework in comparison to standalone JD (90 credit hours) and
MBA (36 credit hours) programs pursued separately.

162 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The JD/MBA dual degree student must meet the graduation requirements of each school individually, including minimum grade
point average and time-limit policies.

1. Maintain a 2.0 cumulative GPA in the JD portion of the program.


2. Satisfactory completion of the writing and optional oral defense requirements of the JD portion of the program.
3. No more than 6 semester credit hours of “C” and/or “C+” work are accepted toward satisfying graduation and degree
requirements for the MBA portion of the program.
4. Have an average of 3.0 cumulative GPA in the MBA portion of the program.
5. The JD curriculum requires that students register for all required courses on a full-time basis and in the sequence
established by the Law School faculty.
6. Only after the completion of first-year JD curriculum, concurrent enrollment in the courses of either school is permitted.
7. The requirements for the MBA portion of the dual program must be completed within six years of the initial enrollment
in the program. All the requirements for the JD portion of the dual degree must be completed within four years from the
date of matriculation.
8. The academic regulations of each school, including those related to the minimum GPA and scholastic discipline must be
met.
9. The computation of the cumulative GPA in each program (JD and MBA) is based on all the courses that would be taken
into consideration to award each degree.
10. The course schedules for the dual program must be approved by program advisors in each areas and each school will
establish the procedures for such approvals.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Juris Doctor Course Requirements 81 SCH

LAW 502 Civil Procedure 4 SCH


LAW 504 Contracts I 3 SCH
LAW 505 Contracts II 3 SCH
LAW 506 Property I 3 SCH
LAW 507 Property II 3 SCH
LAW 508 Torts I 3 SCH
LAW 509 Torts II 3 SCH
LAW 530 Criminal Law 3 SCH
LAW 540 Constitutional Law 4 SCH
LAW 900 Lawyering Process I 3 SCH
LAW 920 Appellate Jurisdiction 2 SCH
LAW 930 Lawyering Process II 2 SCH
LAW 640 Business Association 4 SCH
LAW 610 Commercial Law 4 SCH
LAW 601 Criminal Procedure 3 SCH
LAW 600 Evidence 3 SCH
LAW 602 Federal Jurisdiction 3 SCH
LAW 620 Professional Responsibility 2 SCH
LAW 921 Trial Simulation 2 SCH
LAW 650 Wills and Trusts 4 SCH
WRITING SEMINAR/ RESEARCH 2 SCH
LAW ELECTIVES 18 SCH

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 163


Master of Business Administration Course Requirements 30 SCH

ACCT 631 Seminar in Managerial Accounting 3 SCH


FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH
FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH
BADM 655 Entrepreneurship 3 SCH
APPROVED BUSINESS ELECTIVE 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 111 SCH

The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the MBA level courses:

• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing

164 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


EXECUTIVE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The Online Executive Master of Business Administration (eMBA) Program is a two-year program uniquely designed to
meet the challenging needs of mid-career professionals who wish to pursue an MBA degree with the least possible disruption to
their professional and personal lives. The program is offered online and combines the advanced business concepts of a Master of
Business Administration curriculum and prepares candidates to lead and manage organizations.

Upon completion of the eMBA program, graduates will:

• Demonstrate an understanding of a broad array of business concepts related to finance, accounting, economics,
marketing, operations, statistics, business law and information technology.
• Demonstrate skills that enable the appropriate application of critical, analytical, and strategic thinking to the analysis of
and development of solutions to business problems.
• Demonstrate the ability to utilize information technology and systems for effective decision-making, problem solving,
and communications.
• Demonstrate the ability to utilize strategies for leading and structuring high performance teams, working cooperatively,
and communicating effectively.
• Demonstrate a greater appreciation for workplace diversity, ethical issues facing businesses today, and the challenges of
the global marketplace.

ADMISSION PROCESS

Students will be admitted to the Online Executive MBA program in the Fall and Spring semesters. The deadline for submission
of all application and admission materials is July 15th for the Fall semester and November 15th for the Spring semester of each year
(early submission is encouraged).

Admission to the Online Executive MBA program as a conditional or an unconditional student requires a minimum of five years
of significant management or supervisory experience and a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution.

A complete application consists of the following materials:

• Evidence of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution.


• An official transcript of all undergraduate course work.
• Evidence of at least five (5) years of significant management or supervisory experience
• A statement of purpose (including, a description of the applicant’s greatest accomplishment and disappointment and
lessons learned from the experiences, as well as a brief discussion of post eMBA goals)
• Two confidential letters of recommendation that include applicant’s strengths, areas of improvement, and commitment
to excellence
• A current professional résumé.
• Official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score if the applicant’s native language is not English, unless the
applicant has received an undergraduate degree from a U.S. college or university. A TOEFL score of at least 550 on the
paper based test or 213 on the computer based test or 79 on the Internet based test is required.

Only completed applications (containing all required application materials listed above) will be reviewed for admission.
Applications will be reviewed by the Jesse H. Jones School of Business.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 165


COURSE REQUIREMENTS

The Online Executive MBA program consists of thirty-six (36) credit hours. The program is delivered entirely online and
is primarily administered via Blackboard Academic Suites which includes live chat, online lectures, virtual classrooms, and
teleconferencing capabilities.

Students are admitted to the Executive MBA program annually as a cohort and there are no electives. The program does not allow
for deviation from the curriculum.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The minimum general requirements for the Executive MBA degree are:

1. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 is required for all graduate work attempted.
2. No more than 6 semester credit hours of “C” and/or “C+” work are accepted toward satisfying graduation and degree
requirements.
3. All courses in the program are taken on a cohort basis.
4. All students must register for six semester hours of graduate coursework in each semester during the program.
5. To be considered full-time, a student must register for at least 6 semester hours of graduate work per semester. A normal
course load consists of 6 semester hours.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The program consists of 36 credit hours. Students are required to complete twelve courses. The program is based on a cohort
model, in which a group of students moves through all classes and phases of the program together.

General Executive MBA Core Course Requirements 36 SCH

ACCT 631 Seminar in Managerial Accounting 3 SCH


FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH
FIN 652 Managerial Finance 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 646 Graduate Seminar in Management 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 625 Supply Chain Management 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MIS 677 E-Commerce 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 36 SCH

166 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Online Executive MBA

ACCT 631 SEMINAR IN MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING (3)


An examination of the theoretical and practical issues involved in managerial accounting. Emphasis is
on contemporary issues in managerial accounting.

BADM 630 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION (3)


Development of oral and written communication skills, including the use of current computer
technology.

FIN 621 FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3)


The business principles using a managerial approach to financial and economic analysis. Covers
theories of consumer, firm, and markets with emphasis on managerial decision-making; applied topics
include demand estimation, forecasting, exchange rates and exports, and long-term investment.

FIN 652 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (3)


The theory and practice of financial decision making, including tools and techniques for making
financial decisions, including those arising from globalization and ethical challenges.

FIN 675 ENERGY FINANCE (3)


Introduction to financial analysis, project selection, financing and dividend policies. Energy industry
fundamentals and performance are discussed. Data and cases are utilized to address financial and
decision-making issues in the energy industry.

FIN 685 ENERGY TRADING (3)


Introduction to financial derivatives including futures, options, and swaps used by traders in the
energy industry. Emphasis is placed on the framework for various hedging and risk management
objectives.

FIN 695 FINANCIAL VALUATION AND MODELING IN THE ENERGY SECTOR (3)
Introduction to financial forecasting and valuation models used to value energy firms and analyze
mergers and transactions in the energy sectors.

MGMT 636 ORGANIZATIONAL AND MANAGEMENT THEORY (3)


Individual, group and inter-group behavior within organizations in the context of technological
change, workforce diversity, ethical challenges, and globalization.

MGMT 646 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN MANAGEMENT (3)


In-depth exploration of selected topics in organization and management theory with special emphasis
on leadership and ethics.

MGMT 670 GLOBAL STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3)


A cross-functional approach to the analysis of strategic decision making in the context of a global
economy.

MGSC 624 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS (3)


Use of statistical techniques for business research, analysis, and forecasting. It includes regression
analysis and other econometric tools and the use of computer software.

MGSC 625 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3)


The course will provide an introduction to Supply Chain Management and the role of information
systems in managing supply chains.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 167


MGSC 671 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3)
The use of information technology to analyze business problems. It includes the development of
computer software skills.

MIS 677 E-COMMERCE (3)


Provides exposure to the use of Internet for business to business communications, logistics and supply
chain management, financial markets, digital payments, marketing etc.

MKTG 650 STRATEGIC MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3)


Key marketing problems of domestic and international organizations, including those arising from
issues related to globalization, environmental protection, ethical issues, social trends, and legal
constraints.

168 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ONLINE EXECUTIVE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION WITH CONCENTRATION IN ENERGY FINANCE

The Online Executive MBA Program (eMBA) with a concentration in Energy Finance is uniquely designed to meet the
challenging needs of mid-career professionals in the Energy Sector. The program is offered online and provides a finance/energy
focus. Students are required to complete nine core eMBA courses and three specialized energy finance courses. The program
combines the advanced business concepts of a master of business administration curriculum and prepares candidates to lead and
manage organizations in the energy sector.

ADMISSION PROCESS

Students admitted to the Online Executive Master of Business Administration program at the Jesse H. Jones School of Business
will be eligible to pursue this concentration.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Students must satisfy the Executive MBA core curriculum requirements (27 credit hours) along with the specialized Energy
Finance course requirements (9 credit hours) to complete the Executive MBA degree requirement.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students pursuing the Online Executive Master MBA with concentration in Energy Finance must meet the academic regulations
of Jesse H. Jones School of Business including those related to the minimum GPA and scholastic discipline.

Curriculum summary

Executive MBA Core Course Requirements 27 SCH

ACCT 631 Seminar in Managerial Accounting 3 SCH


FIN 621 Financial and Economic Analysis 3 SCH
BADM 630 Managerial Communication 3 SCH
MGMT 636 Organizational and Management Theory 3 SCH
MGMT 670 Global Strategic Management 3 SCH
MGSC 624 Statistical Analysis 3 SCH
MGSC 625 Supply Chain Management 3 SCH
MGSC 671 Information Technology 3 SCH
MKTG 650 Strategic Marketing Management 3 SCH

Energy Finance Course Requirements 9 SCH

FIN 675 Energy Finance 3 SCH


FIN 685 Energy Trading 3 SCH
FIN 695 Financial Valuation and Modeling in the Energy Sector 3 SCH

TOTAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS 36 SCH

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 169


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

The objective of the Master of Science in Management Information Systems (MS in MIS) program is to educate a diverse
group of students by providing them knowledge of and training in the use and management of computer-based management
information systems. The MS program at Texas Southern University provides tools and techniques to individuals in analyzing
the management information functions of planning, organizing, staffing, and controlling in small to multinational business
organizations and trains them for managerial positions in the Management Information Systems/Supply Chain Management areas
of construction, manufacturing, wholesale/retail, energy, and healthcare industries.

Graduates of the MS in MIS program are equipped with

• Skills in using computers and computer-based applications, including popular business software and their applications to
business.
• An understanding of Supply Chain functions and selected MIS applications in that area.
• Skills required to becoming knowledgeable users of at least one commercially available and popular MIS application with
SCM focus.
• Skills required for analysis and determination of information requirements, and for developing Management Information
Systems using commercially available application generators and packages.
• Thorough understanding of what is needed to develop and operate efficient and effective supply chain management
systems.

ADMISSION PROCESS

Students will be admitted to the MS in MIS program in the fall and spring semesters. The deadline for submission of all
application and admission materials is July 15th for the fall semester and November 15th for the Spring semester of each year (early
submission is encouraged).

A complete application consists of the following materials:

1. Evidence of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution.


2. An official transcript of all undergraduate course work.
3. An acceptable GMAT score (score must be from a test taken within the last five (5) years of the application date, to be
considered).
4. A two-page, career-objective essay (including, a description of the applicant’s greatest accomplishment and
disappointment and lessons learned from the experiences, as well as a brief discussion of post MS in MIS goals).
5. Two confidential letters of recommendation that include applicant’s strengths, areas of improvement, and commitment
to excellence.
6. A current résumé.
7. Official TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score if the applicant’s native language is not English, unless the
applicant has received an undergraduate degree from a U.S. college or university. A TOEFL score of at least 550 on the
paper based test or 213 on the computer based test or 79 on the Internet based test is required.

Only completed applications (containing all required application materials listed above) will be reviewed for admission. Graduate
application materials are received by the Graduate School and forwarded to the Jesse H. Jones School of Business for review. The
recommendation of Jesse H. Jones School of Business is returned to the Graduate School. The Graduate School will make the final
admission decision and notify the applicant of the decision. Prospective students wishing to inquire about their application status
should direct questions to the Graduate School until an official admissions notification is received.

Admission to the MS in MIS program as a conditional or an unconditional student requires a baccalaureate degree from a
regionally accredited institution.

170 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


Unconditional Admission:

The applicant must submit an acceptable Graduate Management Aptitude Test (GMAT) score that will be used in conjunction
with the applicant’s socioeconomic profile and the undergraduate grade point average to determine admission to graduate
programs. The following are some factors that may be included in the socioeconomic profile used in the admission process:

1. Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
2. Applicant’s status as first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
3. Applicant’s status as first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
4. Applicant is multilingual.
5. Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
6. Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
7. Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
8. Geographic region wherein applicant’s high school is located.
9. Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
10. Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
11. The presence or absence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of residence.
12. The applicant’s performance during a personal interview.

Conditional Admission:

Students who fail to satisfy the unconditional admission criteria may be admitted on a conditional basis. Under conditional
admission, the student must have at least a 3.00 undergraduate grade point average or the undergraduate grade point average
on the last sixty-hours (60) of course work must be at least 3.25. Students admitted in this category will be required to meet the
unconditional admission criteria by maintaining at least a grade of “B” or better in each course in the first twelve (12) hours of
graduate work within the first year of enrollment. Failure to satisfy unconditional admission criteria within the stipulated time
period will result in the student’s being dropped from the program.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS

The Master of Science in MIS degree requires thirty-three (33) hours of course work, including three (3) hours of an elective that
allows students to obtain practical training in the MIS area.

The following core subjects must be completed as prerequisites to the M.S. level courses:

• Financial Accounting
• Principles of Economics
• Principles of Finance
• Principles of Management
• Business Statistics
• Operations/Production Management
• Principles of Marketing
• Introduction to Management Information Systems

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 171


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The minimum general requirements for the Master of Science in Management Information Systems degree are the following:

1. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 is required for all graduate work attempted.
2. A residency of at least one academic year or its equivalent is required.
3. Courses transferred may not exceed six (6) semester hours, and a grade of “B” or better must have been earned in each
course.
4. No more than six (6) semester credit hours of “C” and/or “C+” work is accepted toward satisfying graduation and degree
requirements.
5. The program must be completed within six (6) calendar years.
6. All graduate students are required to score a 3.5 or better on the writing component of the GMAT, or pass an English
proficiency examination during their first semester, or obtain a passing grade in English 501.

To be considered full-time, a student must register for at least nine (9) semester hours of graduate work per semester. A normal course
load consists of twelve (12) semester hours. The maximum load that can be taken is 15 semester hours. A student who takes fifteen
(15) semester hours must have an overall graduate grade point average of 3.5 or better and not be employed full-time.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

MGSC 625 Supply Chain Management 3 SCH


MIS 672 Introduction to C ++ or JAVA Programming 3 SCH
MIS 674 Data Communications 3 SCH
MIS 675 Database Management Systems 3 SCH
MIS 676 Web Design and Development 3 SCH
MIS 677 E- Commerce 3 SCH
MIS 678 SAP Applications in SCM 3 SCH
MIS 680 Systems Analysis and Development 3 SCH
MIS 681 IT Project Management 3 SCH
MIS 685 Management of Information Systems 3 SCH
ELECTIVE 3 SCH

The restricted elective course can be either MIS 683 or MIS 684

172 | Jesse H. Jones School of Business Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MGSC 625 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3)


An introduction to Supply Chain Management and the role of information systems in managing
supply chains. (Prerequisite: MGSC 302.)

MIS 672 INTRODUCTION TO C++ OR JAVA PROGRAMMING (3)


A review of the programming features of these languages and their application to Object Oriented
Programming and development of business applications. These will be offered in alternate semesters.
(Prerequisite: MGSC 304.)

MIS 674 DATA COMMUNICATIONS (3)


Managerial and technological issues related to the operation and maintenance of computer networks.
Topics covered include WAN, LAN, Internet and related architectures and protocols. (Prerequisite:
MGSC 304.)

MIS 675 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3)


Database concepts and principles in database design with exposure to a popular relational database like
“Oracle.” (Prerequisite: MGSC 304.)

MIS 676 WEB DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


Web applications and design using tools such as HTML, Cascading Style Sheets, JavaScript and
DHTML. (Prerequisite: MIS 672.)

MIS 677 E-COMMERCE (3)


Exposure to the use of Internet for business-to-business communications, logistics and supply chain
management, financial markets, digital payments, marketing etc. (Prerequisites: MIS 674; MIS 676.)

MIS 678 SAP APPLICATIONS IN SCM (3)


Exposure to instructor-selected SCM modules in SAP. (Prerequisites: MGSC 625; MIS 675.)

MIS 680 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT (3)


An introduction to concepts and processes for analyzing and determining information requirements
and using packages and application generators for system development. (Prerequisite: MIS 675.)

MIS 681 IT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3)


Approaches to managing IT projects including outsourcing and subcontracting strategies. Students
will also be exposed to project management tools. (Prerequisite: MIS 680.)

MIS 683 CURRENT TOPICS IN MIS (3)


An instructor-selected topic dealing with current issues and/or developments in the MIS area.
(Prerequisites: Completion of at least nine (9) credit hours of coursework in the MIS program and/or
consent of instructor.)

MIS 684 INTERNSHIP IN MIS AREA (3)


Completion of the equivalent of one long semester or an entire summer internship in the information
technology area in a carefully selected organization. (Prerequisite: Completion of at least 18 Credit
Hours of coursework in the MIS program.)

MIS 685 MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3)


Strategic management of information resources to facilitate corporate competitiveness in the global
environment. Capstone course to be taken in the student’s last semester of the program. (Prerequisite:
Completion of at least 24 Credit Hours of coursework in the MIS program.)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Jesse H. Jones School of Business | 173


174 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY AND HEALTH SCIENCES

MISSION

The mission of the Texas Southern University College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences (COPHS) is to produce quality health
care professionals, especially African-Americans and other ethnic minorities, who are competent in health care delivery, including
the provision of patient-centered care and other health care services and programs. In fulfilling its purpose, the College is
committed to six objectives:

1. Providing an innovative, productive and receptive learning environment for research and scholarly activities and services
2. Infusing new technology into its infrastructure and academic programs
3. Preparing, nurturing and mentoring students to be leaders in their fields and good citizens who give back to their city,
state, nation and global communities
4. Evaluating and assessing academic programs to ensure that the programs support the mission, vision and values of the
university and the college
5. Supporting the advancement of graduate education and research
6. Developing cross disciplinary programs to reduce health disparities among minority and other disadvantaged population

ACCREDITATION

The College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences is a member of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the
Association of Schools of Allied Health Professionals. The Doctor of Pharmacy program is accredited by the Accreditation Council
for Pharmacy Education (ACPE). The Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology) Program is accredited by the National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The Environmental Health program is accredited by National
Environmental Health Science and Protection Accreditation Council (EHAC). The Health Information Management Program
is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics and Information Management Education (CAHIIM).
The Respiratory Therapy Program is accredited by the Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care (CoARC). The Health
Administration program has full certified Undergraduate Membership Status in the Association of University Programs in Health
Administration (AUPHA).

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 175


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH CARE ADMINISTRATION

Texas Southern University offers a two-year Master of Science degree in Health Care Administration (M.S. in H.C.A.). This pioneer
program is jointly sponsored by the Texas Southern University Graduate School and the College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences.

Health care will continue to experience change in the near future as the health care delivery system adapts to services that
are sensitive to health management as it changes from a biomedical model to a behavioral model. Navigating this complex,
competitive and market driven world of health care requires sophisticated administrative skills. Graduates of our Texas Southern
University Health Care Administration Program will be prepared to have these skills.

With the M.S. in H.C.A. degree from Texas Southern University, graduates join a distinguished group of administrators and
alumni who demonstrate skill and proficiency as healthcare managers and executives. Health care organizations have long been
recognized as being complex organizations. Too few people, including health managers and health consumers, appreciate the
complexity of the organizations. A critical part of the solution for health care in America lies in preparing professionals who can
manage these organizations and positively impact the health care system. Consequently, the M.S. in H.C.A. program at Texas
Southern University is designed to prepare students to focus on improvements in the health care systems.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The Master of Science in Health Care Administration (M.S. in H.C.A.) program requires approximately twenty-four (24) months to
complete (including an administrative residency) following completion of prerequisite courses in management, statistics, and accounting.

Applicants may have undergraduate degree training in disciplines outside of healthcare administration. However, in such case
prerequisites may be required and must be completed prior to admission/enrollment.

Applications for admission to the M.S. in H.C.A. program are processed through the University Graduate School. Applicants
must have graduated with a bachelor’s degree (or its equivalent) from an accredited college or university. Applicants must have
completed a satisfactory undergraduate sequence of courses.

Applicants must have a strong background in the courses shown below to provide an academic base for advanced studies in health
care administration. In addition, prospective students must demonstrate competencies in communication (oral and written) and
mathematics. Prerequisite courses may be waived for students who have successfully completed previous course work with a grade
of “B” or higher in the following content areas:

• Quantitative Methods in Public Administration


• Public Budgeting
• Finances and Economics of Health Care
• Health Information Systems

Applicants must have a score on the aptitude section of the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) acceptable to the Admissions Committee for the Graduate School. A score of at least 3.5 is required on the
analytical writing section, or successful completion of English 501 is required before admission. Applicants must have a score of at
least 213 on the computer based TOEFL if the applicant is an international student.

Applicants must present an essay identifying career goals and objectives, research interest and the relationship of the health care
administration program to the candidate’s professional goals. Applicants must present three (3) letters of recommendation from
persons qualified to evaluate applicants’ capability for graduate study, including past scholastic performance, administrative abilities (as
applicable), and personal motivation. Applicants must submit a resume detailing educational accomplishments and work experience.

APPLICATION DEADLINE

Students are admitted only in the Fall Semester. Applications for both admissions and financial aid must be received by April 15. The
complete application and nonrefundable application fee (in accordance with University fee requirements), GRE scores, transcripts,
essay, resume, and letters of recommendation must be submitted by April 15. Incomplete applications will NOT be considered.

176 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Fall Semester (First Year)...................................................................................................9 Hours

HSHA 512 (3) HSHA 513 (3) HSHA 517 (3)

Spring Semester (First Year) ..............................................................................................9 Hours

FIN 652 (3) HSHA 514 (3) HSHA 511 (3)

Fall Semester (Second Year) ..............................................................................................12 Hours

HSHA 611 (3) HSHA 612 (3) HSHA 651 (3)


HSHA 658 (3)

Spring Semester (Second Year) ..........................................................................................9 Hours

HSHA 662 (3) HSHA 663 (3) HSHA 659 (3)

Summer Semester (First/Second Year)...............................................................................2 Hours

HSHA 515 (2)

Nonthesis Option .............................................................................................................6 Hours

HSHA 613 (3) HSHA 614 (3)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 177


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FIN 652 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (3)


Application of financial management techniques to decision making for health care providers.
Financial management functions and organizations, financial statement analysis, working capital
management, present value analysis, capital budget, analysis of local capital management, analysis
of local capital budget, cost of capital, variance analysis, financial techniques, case studies, financial
analysis.

HSHA 511 INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN HEALTH CARE (3)


An introduction to substantive course content that provides basic vocabulary and principles of modern
information architectures, computer networking and communication technologies and scientific
methods. Areas including cost benefit assessments, social, legal, and ethical problems will be reviewed
in the context of technology assessment.

HSHA 512 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS (3)


A review of U.S. health care organization’s beginning with a historical context, systems theory, analysis
of organizational components health service disciplines with personnel, national, state and local health
trend analysis, quality assurance and its role in health care organizations, political issues, group projects
and field trips.

HSHA 513 QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF HEALTH MANAGEMENT (3)


Mathematical, statistical, computer applications and statistical techniques applied to decision making
in health care hospitals.

HSHA 514 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND LABOR RELATIONS (3)


A review of the application of theories and concepts of organizational behavior to the personnel
management function. Topics will include legal and regulatory influences, job analysis recruitment,
selection, placement, compensation, performance, improvement and appraisal.

HSHA 515 PRESENTATIONS FOR HEALTH FORUMS (2)


Practice in the application of health presentations, communicating both orally and in writing,
appropriate to health care issues, health professionals, groups and public constituencies.

HSHA 517 HEALTH CARE ECONOMICS (3)


Economy methodologies applied to the health services, concept of efficiency applied to production
and distribution of health services, health insurance, government programs, health care personnel,
health services organizations, current health policy issues, and emphasis on individual student
application of economic principles to health issues.

HSHA 611 MANAGING MEDICAL CARE ORGANIZATIONS: BASIC APPROACHES IN


MULTICULTURAL COMPETENCIES (3)
A review of the factors and dynamics that characterize medical care organizations. Examines the role of
cultural, social and behavioral factors relevant to the delivery of health services.

HSHA 612 HEALTH CARE LAW BIOETHICS (3)


Reviews legal principles influencing health care providers. An overview of basic instruction in contract
law, tort law, and anti-trust law. Emphasizes major health care liability producing areas and interfaces
between law and ethics with an in-depth approach to monitoring the moral mission of the institution.
Case studies and practitioner support will be emphasized in this course.

HSHA 651/652 ADMINISTRATIVE RESIDENCY (3)


A defined and structured field experience which will provide a practical professional relationship with
preceptor, up close observation of the management process within health service organizations, and
the application of theory and techniques.

178 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


HSHA 658/659 THESIS/RESEARCH PROJECT (3)
An intensive research study or selected project on a critical issue of health care administration, giving
evidence of a thorough study of original sources, using the information, skills and knowledge obtained
throughout the course of study.

HSHA 662 HEALTH POLICY ANALYSIS (3)


Analysis of major issues in health services in health care institutions, inclusive of hospitals, medical
practices, public health, mental health and professional health education.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 179


GRADUATE PROGRAM IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES

The Pharmaceutical Sciences Graduate Program is housed in the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences in the College of
Pharmacy and Health Sciences (COPHS) and is led by a group of active, productive faculty. Over the last several years COPHS
has been developing its research infrastructure, which now has reached the level to support the program adequately. Collectively,
the Research Centers in Minority Institutions, the Center for Cardiovascular Diseases, the Center of Excellence in Health
Disparities Research, and TSU Center for Human and Material Science Performance for National Security have contributed
significantly to the development of research infrastructure in the COPHS.

The Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Sciences with specialization in pharmacology and pharmaceutics is offered through
the program. The Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences is also offered as a contingency program. The M.S. and Ph.D.
degree curricula are designed to provide a scientifically integrated training that permits students to

1. Acquire knowledge and skills that facilitate a comprehensive understanding of the genesis and progression of pathological
conditions;
2. Apply knowledge and skills to the discovery, design, development, and delivery of drugs and dosage forms;
3. Be prepared to pursue professional careers in academic, pharmaceutical industry, and governmental settings.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

In addition to meeting the requirements and following the procedures for admission to the Graduate School, applicants
to the Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Sciences must have earned a bachelor’s degree in the natural or health sciences.
Admission to the Ph.D. in Pharmaceutical Sciences program will be granted to students who are judged most likely to achieve
eminence in the field. It is anticipated that a small number of students will be granted admission each year. Other specific
requirements for admission to the program include

1. An acceptable combined score on the Graduate Record Examination.


2. A minimum cumulative undergraduate GPA of 2.75.
3. Three letters of recommendation from individuals who are familiar with the applicant’s previous academic performance
and potential for success in graduate school.
4. Equivalent quantitative and qualitative measures indicating academic performance acceptable to the graduate admissions
committee.

Socioeconomic factors will also be used to determine an applicant’s admission status. International students, in addition to the
above requirements, must meet the English Proficiency requirements of the Graduate School.

180 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES

The primary objective of the Ph.D. degree program is to train students for advanced careers in pharmaceutical sciences.
Specialization with two specific tracks, 1) pharmacology and 2) pharmaceutics, will be offered for the Ph.D. degree. A series of
courses in pharmaceutical sciences in the existing entry-level Pharm.D. program offered by the COPHS will be made available to
students entering in the Ph.D. program as the foundation/leveling courses. Course requirements for a Ph.D. in Pharmacology and
Ph.D. in Pharmaceutics are tabulated below; the course descriptions are listed in item D.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Semester Credit Hours Required


Master’s Degree Program

1. Foundation/Leveling Courses ......................................................................................6 SCH

PHAR 438 (3)


PHAR 539 (3)

2. Core Courses ...............................................................................................................14 SCH

PHS 800 (3) PHS 803 (1) PHS 809 (3)**PHS 810 (3)*
PHS 801 (3) PHS 814 (3) PHS 802 (1)

3. Additional Courses (Freely Selected) ..........................................................................6 SCH

PHS 906 (3)* PHS 808 (3)**


PHS 907 (3)* PHS 901 (3)**

4. Elective Courses ..........................................................................................................6 SCH

PHS 811 (3)* PHS 913 (3)**


PHS 812 (3)

5. Research and Thesis .....................................................................................................9 SCH

PHS 815 (6)


PHS 816 (3)

* Pharmaceutics Track
** Pharmacology Track

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 181


Semester Credit Hours Required
Doctor of Philosophy Degree Program

1. Foundation/Leveling Courses ..................................................................................... 6 SCH

PHAR 438 (3)


PHAR 539 (3)

2. Core Courses ............................................................................................................... 20 SCH

PHS 800 (3) PHS 803 (1) PHS 809 (3)*


PHS 801 (3) PHS 814 (3) PHS 908 (3)*
PHS 802 (1) PHS 810 (3)* PHS 808 (3)**

3. Additional Courses (Freely Selected) .......................................................................... 9 SCH

PHS 906 (3)** PHS 912 (3)** PHS 907 (3)** PHS 901 (3)*
PHS 909 (3)** PHS 911 (3)** PHS 900 (3)** PHS 910 (3)**

4. Elective Courses ........................................................................................................... 9 SCH

PHS 811 (3)*PHS 913 (3)**


PHS 812 (3) PHS 904 (3)*

5. Research and Dissertation ............................................................................................ 36 SCH

PHS 916 (6) PHS 918 (12)


PHS 917 (6) PHS 919 (12)

* Pharmaceutics Track
** Pharmacology Track

182 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Requirements for the M.S. Degree:

1. Completion of 40 credit hours of course work.


2. Minimum of one presentation at a national research meeting.
3. Submission of one research paper to indexed-refereed journal.
4. Successful public defense of thesis.

Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree:

1. Completion of 74 credit hours of course work.

2. The Qualifying Examination: The purpose of the qualifying examination will be to test the student’s level of
understanding of basic concepts in the pharmaceutical sciences. This examination not only will be a test of a student’s
preparation to undertake doctoral work, but also will be used as a diagnostic tool to indicate whether or not further work
in any of the these areas will be needed. Until the student passes the qualifying examination, he/she will be limited in the
advanced doctoral coursework that he/she can take.

3. The Comprehensive Examination: The examination is intended to test a student’s mastery of the skills and knowledge
that should have been acquired in the program of study. Upon the successful completion of this examination and other
graduate school requirements, the student becomes a candidate for the doctoral degree. The examination will be taken
at the end of the period of formal course work and study, but prior to the commencement of substantial work on the
dissertation. The examination cannot be taken until all credit hour requirements are completed. A candidate will be
given two attempts to take and pass the Comprehensive Examination. A doctoral student who fails the comprehensive
examination the second time may petition for a third examination. The petition must show a plan of action in which
the petitioner will engage to enhance his/her chances for satisfactorily completing the examination that was failed.
The chairperson of the student’s doctoral committee, the department head, the dean of the college and the dean of the
graduate school must approve the petition. A student who fails to pass the doctoral comprehensive exam or any part of it
after the third attempt will be automatically discontinued as a student in the doctoral degree program.

4. Doctoral Candidacy: The doctoral student must satisfy the following requirements before he/she can be admitted to
candidacy for the degree:

a. Be admitted unconditionally to the Doctor of Philosophy in pharmaceutical sciences degree program.


b. Satisfy the residency requirement of two consecutive semesters of full-time residence or an approved equivalence.
c. Pass the doctoral comprehensive examination.

5. Dissertation Work and Oral Public Defense of the Dissertation: After achieving candidacy, the advisor in
consultation with the candidate will recommend a dissertation committee to the Dean of the Graduate School. The
dissertation committee will consist of a minimum of three graduate faculty members with demonstrated expertise
in the focus of the dissertation. These three members include the dissertation advisor, one member from an outside
institution, and a third member who will be a graduate school representative appointed by the Dean of the Graduate
School. The dissertation advisor will serve as chairman of the dissertation committee. When the dissertation proposal
has been approved, the candidate will complete the required research, prepare a dissertation, and make an oral defense
to the committee. If failed, the candidate must petition the Dean of the Graduate School, through his department, for
permission to take the examination a second time. A second examination will not be permitted within a period of one
semester after a failure is recorded on the first attempt. The dissertation serves a number of purposes and involves the
following:

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 183


a. Satisfying the academic community.
b. Meeting the university standards.
c. Demonstrating to the supervisory committee that the student is capable of undertaking and successfully completing
independent, scholarly research on a problem of significance in pharmaceutical sciences.

Therefore, concerted work on the dissertation will not normally begin until the student has passed the
comprehensive examination.

6. Publications: The ability to develop and test scientifically meritorious hypotheses and publish the findings in peer-
reviewed, indexed scientific journals is a critical skill for advanced careers in pharmaceutical sciences. The Ph.D.
candidate must demonstrate ability in this area by

a. Making a minimum of two presentations at national research meetings.


b. Publishing a minimum of one paper in a peer-reviewed indexed scientific journal.
c. Submitting a minimum of one research paper for publication in an indexed-refereed journal.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

After being admitted to a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, a student will be allowed seven calendar years
in which to complete all the program requirements. Continuation in the doctoral degree program beyond the seven-year limit
must be approved by the student’s Doctoral Degree Advisory Committee and the Dean of the Graduate School. The maximum
time allowed to complete the doctoral program, including an approved extension, is nine calendar years. This time limit does not
include work done as part of the requirements for the master’s degree. Credits earned more than seven years prior to the date of
completion of doctoral degree requirements at Texas Southern University cannot be accepted toward satisfying the doctoral degree
requirements.

READMISSION

A student who discontinues matriculation in the Graduate School for one or more semesters must apply for readmission. The
evaluation of applications for readmission will be based on University and specific program admission requirements in existence at
the time of the re-admission application.

184 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHS 800 BIOETHICS (3)


The role of codes of professional conduct in the recognition, evaluation and resolution of conflicting
ethical principles in research.

PHS 801 BIOSTATISTICS (3)


Application of descriptive and inferential statistical principles to data collection, collation, and
analysis.

PHS 802,803 SEMINAR/SPECIAL TOPICS (1 each)


Students’ critical review of research papers and presentations on contemporary scientific issues.
Seminars on research topics by outstanding scientists.

PHS 804,805 SEMINAR/GRANTSMANSHIP (1 each)


Student review and presentation of contemporary issues in /pharmaceutical sciences. Study of basic
principles of developing a grant proposal with emphasis on goals/objectives, plan, data analysis, and
budgeting.

PHS 806 ADMINISTRATION AND THE SCIENCES (3)


A course covering the elements and effective practice of management and administration, including
decision-making processes, policy and program development, and selected aspects of behavior in
organizations.

PHS 807 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN/INSTRUMENTATION/CLINICAL MEASUREMENTS (3)


The study of the theoretical and practical applications of literature search, statistics, and planning/
design to research development are discussed. It prepares students to employ these tools in solving
research problems.

PHS 808 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY (3)


A discussion of the definition, classification, etiology, diagnosis, course, prognosis, signs, and
symptoms of disease conditions.

PHS 809 PHARMACOLOGY (3)


Provides knowledge of all aspects of the interactions of drugs with living tissues. Mechanisms of
drug action that underlie the use of drugs for purposes are discussed. (Prerequisite: PHS 808,
Pathophysiology and PHS 813 Advanced Biochemistry).

PHS 810 PHYSICAL PHARMACY (3)


The study of proteolytic equilibria and buffer solutions, interfacial phenomena and diffusion
coefficient, stability kinetics, complexation and protein binding, and polymer science.

PHS 811 PHARMACOKINETICS (3)


The discussion of processes of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of drugs. This
course also examines the effects of disease, drug dosage forms, and drug doses on therapeutic and toxic
responses. (Prerequisite: PHS 810)

PHS 812 ADVANCED BIOCHEMISTRY (3)


A course exploring the mechanisms of action of biological catalysts and effectors with regard to
possible means of selective chemotherapeutic control of biological processes.

PHS 813 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)


Focus on the structure and functions of molecules and the application of those parameters to the
design and synthesis of organic substances.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 185


PHS 814 LABORATORY ROTATION
An introduction of on-going research projects to students in three laboratories. Students must com-
plete this course before selecting the dissertation advisor.

PHS 900 BIOSYNTHESIS AND DRUG METABOLISM (3)


A course describing methods employed in the study/synthesis of natural compounds,
biotransformation pathways, and the significance of metabolism in the design of new agents.

PHS 901 CELL BIOLOGY (3)


A course which conveys an understanding of the molecular basis of cellular compartmentalization,
protein/membrane trafficking, cytoskeleton regulation, molecular motors, cell cycle, cell death, signal
transduction, cell-cell and matrix-cell communications.

PHS 902 CYTOLOGY (3)


A course providing a detailed study of cellular organelles, their physiology, and their role in
metabolism and in the development of different diseases. It highlights techniques employed in
studying the cell.

PHS 903 IMMUNOLOGY (3)


The description of mechanisms of body protection against foreign bodies and antigens.
Immunodeficiency syndromes, autoimmunity, allergic responses and vaccine technology are also
discussed.

PHS 904 GENETICS AND PHARMACOGENOMICS (3)


A course describing the biology and physiology of genes. It covers the genetic basis of diseases, drug
actions/toxicity, and interindividual differences in responses to drugs.

PHS 905 ADVANCED MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY (3)


A course emphasizing practical synthetic chemistry useful in the preparation of complex
polyfunctional molecules.

PHS 906 ADVANCED PHARMACOKINETICS (3)


The application of concepts of drug kinetics to the interpretation of preclinical and clinical data.
Mathematical derivations of the mass balanced relationships involving rate processes and their
physiological importance are discussed. (Prerequisite: PHS 811)

PHS 907 ADVANCED PHARMACEUTICS (3)


Discussion of topics including Preformulation pharmaceutical excipients, solid dosage forms, dispersed
systems, microencapsulated formulations, controlled release dosage forms and dermatological and
biotechnological-derived products.

PHS 908 ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (3)


The current practice, rationale and design of novel drug delivery systems, novel drug delivery systems
under investigation and future drug delivery technology and systems.

PHS 909 RESPIRATORY PHARMACOLOGY (3)


A detailed presentation on the interactions of drugs with the pulmonary system. The molecular
basis of drug efficacy in respiratory dysfunctional states will be explored. (Prerequisite: PBS 809,
Pharmacology)

PHS 910 ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY (3)


A discussion of the impact of drugs on the biosynthesis and mechanisms of action of hormones in
regulation of cellular metabolism and expression of physiological effects. Research problems in endo-
crinology will be highlighted. (Prerequisite: PHS 809, Pharmacology.)

186 | College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


PHS 911 CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY (3)
An in-depth discussion of the basic physiology of the cardiovascular system and all aspects of chemical
interactions with the system. Research techniques designed to address cardiovascular problems will be
presented. (Prerequisite: PBS 809, Pharmacology)

PHS 912 NEUROPHARMACOLOGY (3)


A course focusing on the etiology and development of neurological disease and how drugs, at a
molecular level, affect transmission of chemical signals, the brain’s signaling system and function as
well as pathways of neurological disorders. (Prerequisite: PBS 809, Pharmacology.)

PHS 913 MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY (3)


A course designed to study receptors, signaling, pathways, enzymes, channels, transcriptional
mechanisms, and molecular modeling relevant to drug design and drug action.

PHS 814 MASTER’S RESEARCH


Supervised student research on an approved research problem suitable for preparation of a thesis.

PHS 815 MASTERS THESIS


Supervised research and thesis preparation

PHS 916 Ph.D. RESEARCH


Supervised research on an approved research problem suitable for the preparation of a dissertation.

PHS 917 Ph.D. RESEARCH


Supervised research on an approved research problem suitable for the preparation of a dissertation.

PHS 918 Ph.D. DISSERTATION


Supervised research and dissertation preparation

PHS 919 Ph.D. DISSERTATION


Supervised research and dissertation preparation

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences | 187


188 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
BARBARA JORDAN–MICKEY LELAND SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS

The mission of the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs is to serve as an urban-focused community of
learning, dedicated to educating professionals who will plan and administer environmentally healthy and sustainable communities
at the local, state, national, and international levels of society. Currently, the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public
Affairs offers and administers the following graduate degree programs: Master of Science in Administration of Justice, Doctor of
Philosophy in Administration of Justice, Master of Public Administration, Executive Master of Public Administration, Master of
Urban Planning and Environmental Policy and Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy. In offering
these programs, the School seeks to achieve the following objectives:

1. Promote teaching, research, and service activities that will enhance the performance of public administrators, urban
planners, and environmental policy analysts at local, state, national and international levels.
2. Provide an interdisciplinary focused graduate education that contains the theory, concepts, and research skills necessary
for students who seek careers in public administration, urban planning, and environmental policy and for those already
working in these career areas that want to improve their capabilities.
3. Generate state of art research that advance understanding on complex public policy issues facing public sector managers,
urban planners, and environmental policy makers.
4. Educate students with appropriate knowledge, analytic skills, managerial capabilities, and sensitivities to address
questions of equity and social justice.
5. Prepare students to become wise consumers of research and instill in them the importance of continuing their
professional career development.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 189
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The purpose of the Master of Science in Administration of Justice (MSAJ) Program is to educate a cadre of justice academicians
as change agents prepared to teach, conduct research and assume administrative and policy positions at all levels of government
and in the private sector both nationally and globally. The MSAJ Program will prepare professionals to address traditional and
emerging administrative and management issues in criminal justice agencies.

The program is designed to fill the current void in graduate studies in the administration of justice and attract African Americans
and other minorities that are underrepresented in graduate administration of justice education. The educational objectives of the
MSAJ are:

1. To provide students with a foundation of knowledge that includes the history and theory of the administration of justice.
2. To provide students with knowledge of research methods in administration of justice.
3. To develop students’ data analysis skills for administration of justice.
4. To develop students’ awareness of race, class, and gender related issues in administration of justice.
5. To sensitize students to ethical issues in administration of justice.
6. To provide students with specialized knowledge about justice agency administration.
7. To provide students with the knowledge necessary for advancement to doctoral studies.
8. To prepare students for teaching at the college level.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

Students with an interest in pursuing a Master of Science degree in Administration of Justice must meet the admission
requirements of the TSU Graduate School. An application for admission to the Graduate School must be completed and is
processed through the TSU Graduate School. Completed applications are referred to the School of Public Affairs for an acceptance
decision by the Graduate Admissions Committee in the MSAJ program. Decisions of the MSAJ Graduate Admissions Committee
are referred to the Dean of the Graduate School.

Students must also submit the following to the Graduate School:

1. A typed 250-300 word statement of their interest in administration of justice, their goals and objectives.
2. Three letters of recommendation.
3. Two copies of official transcripts from undergraduate and graduate institutions attended.
4. Test scores from the GRE.
5. Evidence of proficiency in the use of the English language.

Students must have successfully completed an undergraduate course in criminology/criminal justice theory, a course in research
methods and a statistics course prior to admission. Students without these courses can be admitted conditionally and are required
to complete any prerequisite courses in the School of Public Affairs with at least a grade of “B.” Undergraduate preparation in
either administration of justice, criminal justice, criminology, public affairs, or the social sciences is preferred but not required.

190 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The Master of Science in Administration of Justice has the following requirements:

1. All students must complete thirty-six (36) credit hours. Students can choose either a thesis or nonthesis option. All
students are required to complete six (6) core courses.
2. Students that choose the thesis option also will complete 4 elective courses and a thesis.
3. Students that choose the nonthesis option also will complete six (6) courses that include a capstone seminar in the
administration of justice and an internship that involves research and data analysis.
4. All students must prepare a degree plan after the completion of twelve (12) graduate credits. The degree plan is developed
by the student and approved by the advisor. The degree plan must be submitted to the Graduate School during the
second semester of the first year of graduate studies.
5. Students must successfully complete all courses with acceptable grades.
6. Students must fulfill the general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School catalogue

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Core Courses ...................................................................................................................(18)

AJ 500 Seminar in Administration of Justice (3)


AJ 501 Seminar in Administration of Justice/Criminal Justice/Criminological Theory
AJ 502 Research Methods (3)
AJ 503 Seminar in Quantitative Methods I (3)
AJ 504 Race, Class, Gender, and Crime in Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 505 Seminar on Ethics and Administration of Justice (3)

MSAJ Required Course (Thesis Option only) ..................................................................(6)

AJ 788/789 Thesis (6)

MSAJ Required Courses (Nonthesis Option only) ...........................................................(6)

AJ 701 Capstone Seminar in Administration of Justice (3)


AJ 702 Internship (3)

MSAJ Elective Courses (Thesis and Nonthesis Option) ...................................................(12)

AJ 607 Police Administration (3)


AJ 608 Crime Lab Administration (3)
AJ 609 Issues in Corrections Administration (3)
AJ 610 Issues in Judicial Administration (3)
AJ 611 Issue in Juvenile Justice Administration (3)
AJ 612 Administrative Law for Justice Agencies (3)
AJ 613 Evaluation Research for Justice Agencies (3)
AJ 614 Issues in Terrorism and Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 615 Seminar on Special Topics in Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 616 Environmental Crime and Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 701 Capstone Seminar (3)
AJ 702 Internship (3)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 191
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AJ 500 Seminar in Administration of Justice (3)


This course introduces students to the study of administration of justice. It provides an overview of
the historical development of justice agencies and contemporary administrative, organizational, and
management issues.

AJ 501 Seminar in Administration of Justice Theory (3)


This course examines the historical development of theories in administration of justice, criminal
justice and criminology. Emphasis is placed upon concepts, principles, research and policy
implications of theories for the administration of justice. (Prerequisite: AJ 500.)

AJ 502 Seminar in Research Methods (3)


This course provides an overview of research methods, methodological concepts and issues in
administration of justice. It includes an analysis of program and policy evaluation research methods.
(Prerequisite: AJ 500.)

AJ 503 Seminar in Quantitative Methods I (3)


This course gives an introduction to statistics and data analysis in administration of justice. The course
includes an overview of measurement and statistics for univariate, bivariate and multivariate data.

AJ 504 Seminar in Race, Class, and Gender in Administration of Justice (3)


This course examines the historical and contemporary context of race, class, and gender and its impact
on justice agency administration. Special emphasis is placed upon contemporary issues including
minority employment trends in justice agencies, racial profiling, and disproportionate minority
confinement. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, AJ 501.)

AJ 505 Seminar on Ethics in Administration of Justice (3)


This course introduces students to the principles of ethics, applied ethics, professional ethics, ethical
standards, ethical dilemmas, ethics education and training, and controlling ethics in justice agencies.
(Prerequisite: AJ 500.)

AJ 607 Police Administration (3)


This is a seminar course on the administration and management of federal, state, local, private,
special district and tribal police organizations. Special emphasis is placed on new challenges to police
administration including community policing, homeland security, immigration, and technological
advances. (Prerequisite: AJ 500.)

AJ 608 Crime Lab Administration (3)


This course examines the policies and procedures critical to crime lab administration. Topics include
managing evidence and property inventories, interorganizational cooperation, and new approaches to
crime lab management. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, AJ 607.)

AJ 609 Issues in Corrections Administration (3)


This course will examine the organization and administration of correctional agencies including
jails, prisons, probation and parole, and administration of the death penalty. Emphasis is placed on
contemporary administrative and policy issues including prison overcrowding, policy initiatives such
as three-strikes legislation, and sentencing disparities. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, 504.)

AJ 610 Issues in Judicial Administration (3)


This course presents an overview of administrative issues confronting courts and court related agencies
in Texas and at the federal level. The course will also examine contemporary issues including sentencing
policies, disparities in sentencing, restorative justice, and diversion. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, 501.)

192 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
AJ 611 Issues in Juvenile Justice Administration (3)
This course provides critical analysis of historical and contemporary issues in administration and
management of juvenile justice agencies and clients. Special emphasis is placed upon disproportionate
minority confinement, administration and management of comprehensive strategies for delinquency
prevention programs, and community placements. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, 501.)

AJ 612 Administrative Law for Justice Agencies (3)


This course provides an in-depth analysis of historical and contemporary administrative law guiding
justice agencies. It includes an examination of administrative rule-making. (Prerequisites: AJ 501, 504.)

AJ 613 Evaluation Research for Justice Agencies (3)


This course provides an overview of evaluation research methods and their application to justice agencies
policies and programs. It provides an in-depth analysis of the complexities of evaluation research in
administration of justice by examining recent research. (Prerequisites: AJ 501, 502, 503, 504.)

AJ 614 Issues in Terrorism and the Administration of Justice (3)


This course presents an analysis of the impact of terrorism on administration and management of justice
agencies. Topics covered include domestic and international terrorism, integrated terrorism information
systems, secure confinement, and technological developments. (Prerequisites: AJ 501, 607.)

AJ 615 Seminar on Special Topics in Administration of Justice (3)


This course is designed to provide in-depth analyses of selected topics in Administration of Justice.
(Prerequisites: AJ 500, 501, 502, 503.)

AJ 616 Environmental Crime and Administration of Justice (3)


This course provides an examination of the nature and forms of environmental crime and the role
of justice agencies in its prevention and control. The course includes an examination of perpetrators,
enforcement, prosecution and sanctioning at state, national and international levels. (Prerequisites: AJ
500, 504, 505.)

AJ 701 Capstone Seminar (3)


This course is required for students selecting the non-thesis option. It will examine contemporary
issues and practices in administration of justice. The course will culminate with a capstone project that
focuses on a specific aspect of administration of justice. (Prerequisites: AJ 500, 501, 502, 503, 504,
505 and 2 electives.)

AJ 702 Internship (3)


Internship provides an opportunity for students to gain experience in justice agency

AJ 788/789 Thesis (3 or 6)
Enrollment is required when the thesis is being completed. Only 6 credits may be applied to
the Master’s degree. Students will prepare their thesis under the direction of a thesis advisor and
committee. (Prerequisites: Completion of AJ 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, and 2 electives.
Permission of the GPD.)

Enrollment is required when the thesis is being completed. Only 6 credits may be applied to the Master’s degree. Students will
prepare their thesis under the direction of a thesis advisor and committee. (Prerequisites: Completion of AJ 500, 501, 502, 503,
504, 505, and 2 electives. Permission of the GPD.)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 193
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The purpose of the Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice (PhD AJ) is to prepare individuals for (1) leadership and
managerial positions in justice agencies; (2) faculty positions in higher education that require advanced knowledge of theory,
administration, research, and data analysis; and (3) research positions in private and public research institutions specializing in
the administration of justice issues, policy, and data analysis. The Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice will educate
future leaders needed to assume administrative and policy positions at all levels of government and in the private sector in the State
of Texas, nationally and globally. The educational objectives of the program are

1. To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the body of knowledge in administration of justice, criminal
justice and criminology.
2. To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the theoretical foundation of administration of justice,
criminal justice and criminology.
3. To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of research and data analysis and their specific application to
administration of justice.
4. To provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the role of race, class, and gender in the administration of
justice.
5. To prepare students to assume teaching positions at the university level.
6. To prepare students to assume research positions at the university level.
7. To prepare students for research positions in government and in the private sector.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

Students desiring to pursue a doctoral degree in the administration of justice should be capable of advanced academic work in
theory, research and data analysis. Students applying for admission to the doctoral program must meet the admission standards
of the TSU Graduate School. Applicants must hold the bachelor’s degree in an appropriate field, have a cumulative grade point
average of at least 2.75 overall and 3.0 in the last sixty hours of undergraduate studies.

Applicants should have a master’s degree or its equivalent in a degree program from an accredited institution of higher education
and passes a grade point average of at least 3.2 in previous graduate work. Each graduate student who is admitted must present
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) verbal, quantitative, and analytical writing section scores. The analytical writing score must
be 3.5 or above. If the student does not meet the minimum requirement, he or she must enroll in English 501. International
applicants whose first language is not English and who have not completed a degree in the United States are required to take and
pass the TOEFL with an internet based score of 74, a computer-based score of 213, or paper-based score of 550.

The formal application must include the following:

1. A complete application form and a non-refundable application fee of $50 for citizens and permanent residents of the U.S.
and $75 for international applicants.
2. A 400-500 word statement of academic and professional goals.
3. A current curriculum vitae.
4. At least three letters of recommendation from persons qualified to give an evaluation of the applicant’s past scholastic perfor-
mance, research, ability for advanced work in administration of justice, and personal motivation.
5. Two official transcripts of credits earned at each college and/or university attended by the applicant.
6. Scores from the Graduate Record Examination.

The Graduate Admissions Committee (GAC) comprised of graduate faculty will make decisions on admission. During the
admission process the GAC will evaluate graduate transcripts of applicants with master’s degrees to determine whether or not
additional courses are needed at the master’s degree level. No more than six (6) credits from previous doctoral work will be applied
towards the Ph.D. program.

194 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Requirements include completion of a total of fifty-four (54) credit hours, passing comprehensive examinations, admission to
doctoral candidacy, completion of a residency requirement, preparation and acceptance of a dissertation proposal, completion of
the dissertation and an oral defense. These requirements are described below.

Courses

The doctoral degree will require the completion of 54 semester hours (See Table 1). All students will complete six (6) required
core courses and eight (8) elective courses. Students have the option of completing four (4) elective courses in a specific area
of administration of justice. Students may also select electives from approved courses offered at the doctoral level by other
departments. Twelve (12) dissertation credits are required. Required core courses include Advanced Seminar in the Administration
of Justice Organizations and Processes, Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice/Criminological/Criminal Justice Theory,
Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice Research Methods, Seminar in Advanced Quantitative Methods I, Advanced
Seminar in Race, Class, Gender, Crime and Administration of Justice, and a Research Colloquium. The elective courses will be
selected based upon student interests in consultation with the graduate program director. Students may also select a cognate area of
specialization outside of the program with permission of their advisor and the GPD. Students are required to complete all courses
with at least a grade of “B.”

Comprehensive Examinations

Doctoral students must successfully complete comprehensive examinations in three areas: 1) Theory and Race, Class, Gender,
Crime and the Administration of Justice; 2) Research and Quantitative Methods; and 3) Special Topics. Students who fail to pass a
comprehensive examination may retake it only once. Failure to pass two comprehensive examinations will result in dismissal from
the doctoral program.

Admission to Candidacy

Students must satisfy all of the requirements listed below in order to be admitted to doctoral candidacy:

1. Unconditional admittance to the Doctor of Philosophy in Administration of Justice program.


2. Satisfactory completion of 42 semester hours of doctoral level course work.
3. Successful completion of the doctoral comprehensive examinations.
4. Satisfactory completion of the residency requirement.

Dissertation

After admission to candidacy the doctoral student will consult with his or her academic advisor to select a dissertation committee.
Dissertation committees should consist of a chairperson and three graduate faculty members. The dissertation committee must be
approved by the Graduate School. The Graduate School dean will then appoint a graduate school representative to the dissertation
committee. Once approval is granted, the student can prepare the dissertation proposal.

The dissertation proposal must be a written documents, presented orally, and approved by the dissertation committee. The
dissertation must contribute to the administration of justice body of knowledge and be successfully defended orally.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 195
CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Prerequisite/Leveling Courses (12)

If needed, leveling courses may include the completion of up to 12 hours in master’s level courses with a grade of “B” or better.

Required Courses (18)

AJ 900 Advanced Seminar in the Administration of Justice Organization and Processes (3)
AJ 901 Advanced Seminar in Criminological/Criminal Justice Theory (3)
AJ 902 Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice Research Methods (3)
AJ 903 Seminar in Advanced Quantitative Methods I (3)
AJ 904 Advanced Seminar in Race, Class, Gender, Crime and the Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 987 Research Colloquium (3)

Required Courses (12)

AJ 988 Dissertation
AJ 989 Dissertation

Elective Courses (24)

AJ 905 Seminar in Advanced Crime Mapping and Administration of Justice (3)


AJ 906 Advanced Seminar in Homeland Security Administration and Management(3)
AJ 907 Seminar in Contemporary Issues in Homeland Security Administration (3)
AJ 908 Advanced Seminar in Private Security Administration (3)
AJ 909 Advanced Seminar on Terrorism (3)
AJ 910 Seminar in Administration of Justice Policy, Evaluation and Planning (3)
AJ 911 Seminar in Advanced Topics in Race, Gender, Class, Crime and Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 912 Seminar in Qualitative Methods in Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 913 Seminar in Advanced Quantitative Methods II (Special Topics) (3)
AJ 914 Advanced Seminar in Law and Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 915 Advanced Seminar in Applications of Geographic Information Systems in Administration of Justice (3)
AJ 916 Doctoral Seminar in Special Topics (3)
AJ 917 Independent Study (3)

196 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AJ 900 Advanced Seminar in the Administration of Justice Organizations and Processes (3)
This is an advanced course designed to examine administration of justice agencies and processes in
a historical and contemporary context. It includes an indepth analysis of contemporary issues and
challenges in justice organizations.

AJ 901 Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice/Criminology/Criminal Justice Theory (3)


This course examines criminological, criminal justice and administration of justice theories. It includes
an analysis of the interrelatedness of justice theories and recent theoretical developments. (Prerequisite:
AJ 900)

AJ 902 Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice Research Methods (3)


This course examines the theory and concepts of research design and measurement. It includes in-
depth analyses of operationalization of theoretical concepts, causality, validity, and principles and
challenges to research methods in administration of justice.

AJ 903 Seminar in Advanced Quantitative Methods I (3)


This course examines advanced quantitative methods of data analysis. It includes the theoretical
foundation for regression analyses and examines linear regression, multiple regression, and logistic
regression. Special attention is devoted to recent quantitative studies in administration of justice
utilizing advanced regression statistical techniques. (Prerequisite: AJ 503 or equivalent.)

AJ 904 Advanced Seminar in Race, Class, Gender, Crime and the Administration of Justice (3)
This seminar surveys the role of race, class, and gender in the administration of justice. It provides
an in-depth analysis of historical and contemporary research on race, class, gender, and crime.
Special emphasis is placed upon social, economic, and political factors that impact crime and the
administration of justice policy and planning. (Prerequisite: AJ 900)

AJ 905 Seminar in Advanced Crime Mapping and Administration of Justice (3)


This course examines the history and contemporary strategies and applications of crime mapping
in justice agencies including mapping crime locations and density of crime, victims and offenders.
(Prerequisite: AJ 903)

AJ 906 Advanced Seminar in Homeland Security Administration and Management (3)


Advanced Seminar in Homeland Security Administration and management provides an indepth
analysis of the homeland security administration that includes its history, corrections, law enforcement
and judicial issues, international administration of justice agencies, management issues and
intergovernmental relations. (Prerequisite: AJ 900)

AJ 907 Advanced Seminar in Contemporary Issues in Homeland Security Administration (3)


This advanced seminar examines emerging and contemporary issues in Homeland Security
Administration including threat assessment, technological advancements, ethical issues, interagency
cooperation, preventive security, and community involvement. (Prerequisites: AJ 900, 906)

AJ 908 Advanced Seminar in Private Security Administration (3)


This course will examine administration and management of private security agencies. It will include
the history, theory, and current practice of private security. Special emphasis will be placed upon
cooperation between public and private security agencies, technological developments, and other
contemporary issues. (Prerequisite: AJ 900)

AJ 909 Advanced Seminar on Terrorism (3)


This course gives an overview of terrorism and counter-terrorism issues in the administration of justice. The
seminar examines terrorism legislation, domestic and international terrorist groups, responses to terrorism
by state, local, and federal agencies, and recent terrorism policies and research. (Prerequisites: AJ 900, 906)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 197
AJ 910 Advanced Seminar in Administration of Justice Policy, Evaluation and Planning (3)
This course includes an examination of policy and planning in administration of justice agencies. It
presents an in depth analysis of the history of the policy making process and internal and external
dynamics of planning. Special attention is devoted to contemporary developments in law enforcement,
corrections and judicial policy and planning. (Prerequisites: AJ 900, 901, 903, 904)

AJ 911 Seminar in Advanced Topics in Race, Gender, Class, Crime and Administration of Justice (3)
This seminar provides in-depth analysis of critical issues in the study of race, class, gender and crime
and administration of justice. Recent policies and research on selected contemporary topics including
sentencing, traffic stop data collection, and homeland security profiling will be examined. The
course also examines recent developments in disproportionate minority confinement, violence, and
victimization research as well as other relevant issues. (Prerequisites: AJ 900, 901, 902)

AJ 912 Seminar in Qualitative Methods in Administration of Justice (3)


This course examines qualitative research and data analysis methods and their application in the
administration of justice.

AJ 913 Seminar in Advanced Quantitative Methods II (Special Topics) (3)


This course is designed to provide an indepth analysis of specific advanced topics in quantitative
methods and their application to administration of justice. These topics include structural equation
modeling, modeling longitudinal data, categorical data analysis, and meta analysis. (Prerequisite: AJ
903)

AJ 914 Advanced Seminar in Law and Administration of Justice (3)


This course provides an indepth analysis of the role of law in the administration of justice. Special
attention is devoted to recent and contemporary administrative law guiding justice agencies. It
includes an examination of laws enacted to prevent and control terrorism and to foster homeland
security. Issues in international law are also addressed. (Prerequisites: AJ 900, 901, 902, 910.)

AJ 915 Advanced Seminar in Applications of Geographic Information Systems in Administration of


Justice (3)
This seminar examines the history and theory of geographic information systems in the administration
of justice. In includes an exploration of techniques of geographic information that includes collection,
display, analysis and storage and applications. (Prerequisite: AJ 905, Permission of the GPD)

AJ 916 Doctoral Seminar in Special Topics (3)


This advanced seminar focuses on selected topics and recent developments in the administration of
justice. (Prerequisite: AJ 905, Permission of the GPD)

AJ 917 Independent Study (3)


This is a faculty-supervised independent study of a current topic in the administration of justice.
(Prerequisite: AJ 905, Permission of the GPD)

AJ 987 Research Colloquium (3)


This advanced seminar will present issues of concern for doctoral candidates. Specific attention will
be devoted to grantsmanship, publishing, emerging research issues, teaching, and other aspects of
career development. (Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy and successful defense of the dissertation
proposal)

AJ 988/989 Dissertation (12)


Under the guidance of a dissertation advisor and committee students will complete a dissertation and
orally defend it. The dissertation should add to the body of administration of justice knowledge. A
total of twelve dissertation credits is required.

198 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The mission of the Master of Public Administration (MPA) Program is to educate students about public administration’s history,
competencies, and quantitative skills needed by public administrators to become skilled and productive public and nonprofit
employees. To this end, the MPA Program uses its curriculum to prepare students to compete nationally and internationally for
professional careers in the public sector or for graduate study where the nature of the profession requires the master’s degree as the
entry criterion.

The program is designed to prepare professionals to resolve the increasingly complex problems of managing urban growth.
It is intended to respond to the increasing importance of planning and management as major instruments in improving and
developing solutions to problems of cities and metropolitan regions. The Program seeks to give students a balanced inventory of
conceptual, quantitative and professional skills.

To this end, the Program’s curricular philosophy is to

1. Educate students on analytical approaches to decision-making in the managerial sciences


2. Provide students with problem solving skills and analytical competencies that are relevant to management positions
3. Emphasize knowledge of the workings of governmental and nongovernmental organizations
4. Develop the student’s ability to make use of academic research
5. Provide a foundation in computer and information technology
6. Sharpen writing and oral communication skills
7. Emphasize knowledge of basic management processes and techniques

ADMISSION CRITERIA

The Department seeks highly motivated, high-achieving oriented students who have a strong interest in pursuing a public service
career. Prospective students must first apply for admission to the Graduate School. Applicants are then referred to the Barbara
Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs for acceptance.

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, applicants for admission to graduate
standing in the MPA Program must submit

1. The Texas Southern University Graduate School Application and a nonrefundable application fee;
2. A typed essay, 250-300 words, which states career objectives and gives reasons for desiring admission to the program;
3. Three (3) letters of recommendation from individuals qualified to give an evaluation of the applicants past scholastic
performance, research, ability to do advanced work in public administration (if any), and personal motivation;
4. Test scores from the GRE (minimum of at least a 3.5 score on the Analytical Writing Section);
5. Two (2) copies of official transcripts from each college and graduate institution attended. Applicant’s undergraduate
cumulative GPA must be at least 2.70 or 3.0 in the final 60 hours; and
6. Evidence of proficiency in the use of the English language (performance on the analytical writing section of the GRE
may be considered as adequate by the Admissions Committee).

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 199
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the Master of Public Administration are summarized below:

1. Completion of forty-eight (48) credit hours. Of the 48 credit hours, twenty-four (24) credit hours are required core
courses. In addition to the core requirements, students are required to take twelve (12) hours in specialization courses
and take a one semester full-time internship for six (6) credit hours and the Capstone seminar course for three (3) credit
hours. The remaining three (3) credit hours may be satisfied by electives.
2. At the completion of twelve (12) hours of graduate credits, a degree plan is prepared in consultation with the student’s
advisor. This plan of study should be drawn up and submitted for approval to the Graduate School no later than the
second semester in residence.
3. Satisfactory performance in PAD 710 – Capstone Seminar course. A student is eligible to take the course if the student
has:

a. Earned a 3.0 or above graduate GPA for each course or cumulative GPA in public administration courses and a
cumulative GPA of 3.0;
b. Completed all core course requirements;
c. Received no outstanding incompletes; and
b. Filed a degree plan.

4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School.

200 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
CURRICULUM SUMMARY

MPA Core Courses (24 Credit Hours)


PAD 500 Public Administration Theory and Practice
PAD 502 Research Methods in Public Administration
PAD 503 Quantitative Methods I
PAD 504 Quantitative Methods II
PAD 507 Seminar In Organizational Theory
PAD 509 Computer Applications In Public Administration
PAD 631 Government Budgeting and Financial Management
PAD 640 Public Personnel Administration: Theory and Practice

MPA Specialization Courses (12 Credit Hours)

Students must take 12 credit hours of coursework in one of the following specialization areas: public policy, human resources,
international development, and urban planning and environmental policy.

Public Policy

PAD 621 Social Research and Social Policy


PAD 622 Science, Technology, and Public Policy
PAD 623 Public Policy Analytical Methods
PAD 624 Issues on Aging

Human Resources

PAD 641 Human Resources and Organizational Planning


PAD 642 Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining
PAD 643 Human Resources and Employee Benefits
PAD 705 Topical Seminar
Elective (3 Credit Hours)

International Development

PAD 660 Introduction to International Development


PAD 661 Selected Topics in Comparative International Development
PAD 662 Comparative Public Administration Developing Nations
PAD 663 Seminar on Developing Societies

Urban Planning and Environmental Policy

UPEP 800 The Growth and Development of Cities


UPEP 801 Planning Theory and Practice
UPEP 806 Land Use and Environmental Law
UPEP 811 Introduction to GIS in Urban Planning
UPEP 841 Application of Geographic Information Systems in Urban Planning

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 201
Elective Courses (3 Credit Hours)

PAD 506 Program Evaluation


PAD 630 Public Financial Management
PAD 633 Managerial Finance: Analytical Methods
PAD 650 Intergovernmental Relations
PAD 651 Urban Administrative Systems
PAD 652 Human Services Administration
PAD 701 Independent Study
PAD 708 Administrative Regulations

Electives offered by other schools/colleges may be taken upon approval by faculty advisor and program coordinator.

Other Courses (9 Credit Hours)

PAD 700 Internship in Public Administration (6 Credit Hours)


PAD 710 Capstone Seminar (3 Credit Hours)

202 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PAD 500 Public Administration Theory and Practice (3)


General survey of the field of public sector management and administration. Addresses administrative
theory, policy, decision-making, and the concepts and practices of organizational management.

PAD 501 Leadership and Decision Making (3)


The techniques of decision analysis and methodology for making decisions. Focus on risk and
uncertainty in the choice among policy alternatives.

PAD 502 Research Methods in Public Administration (3)


Concepts and methods employed in administrative research and analysis with emphasis on
methodological assumptions; problems and issues in research design.

PAD 503 Quantitative Methods I (3)


A modeling course introducing classical deterministic optimization models. Topics include linear
programming, probabilistic, and statistical models.

PAD 504 Quantitative Methods II (3)


An applied course in regression analysis, hypothesis testing, estimation, and time series analysis. Strong
emphasis will be placed on forecasting techniques. Uses mini-taps, SAS, and SPSS. (Prerequisite: PAD
503)

PAD 506 Program Evaluation (3)


Analysis of alternative designs for evaluating the performance of programs. Emphasis on designing
an evaluation study through application principles and problems encountered in evaluation research.
(Prerequisites PAD 502, 503)

PAD 507 Seminar In Organizational Theory (3)


An exploration of the various relationships between organization and management in both the public
and private spheres. Utilization of live-case method.

PAD 509 Computer Applications in Public Administration (3)


Focuses on current practices for data gathering and analysis with the use of computers.

PAD 620 The Policy Making Process (3)


An examination of the process by which policy is formulated and implemented, emphasis on
relationships between the political process and policy outcomes in illustrative policy areas.

PAD 621 Social Research and Social Policy (3)


Implications of social science research for social policy. Experimental and research designs useful for
deciding which program features to examine systematically.

PAD 622 Science, Technology, and Public Policy (3)


An examination of the impact of science and technology upon governmental policy in the United
States.

PAD 623 Public Policy Analytical Methods (3)


Application of theories and techniques of policy analysis to current public problems. Focus on design
and execution of policy research.

PAD 624 Issues on Aging (3)


A range of issues, including employment, health care, housing, income security, and social services.
Also addresses social security and Medicare programs.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 203
PAD 630 Public Financial Management (3)
An introduction to capital budgeting, financial decision-making and valuation. Discussion of
financing problems and sources associated with public projects.

PAD 631 Government Budgeting and Financial Management (3)


The design and use of planning, budgeting, and other information systems in the control and
evaluation of programs. Multi project valuation techniques will be emphasized.

PAD 633 Managerial Finance: Analytical Methods (3)


Decision making models involving the major components of financial management. Emphasis is
placed upon the application of analytical methods to portfolio management.

PAD 640 Public Personnel Administration (3)


Fundamentals in personnel employment and placement, staff and evaluation, wage and salary
administration, employment benefits and services, and labor relations.

PAD 641 Human Resources and Organizational Planning (3)


Critical analysis related to personnel and organizational structure and function. Emphasizes research,
planning, staffing and budget preparation.

PAD 642 Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)


The rise of labor unions in the public sector. Reviews the collective bargaining process and the legal
framework of collective bargaining.

PAD 643 Human Resources and Employee Benefits (3)


A comprehensive introduction to employee benefits in relation to human resources in government and
compares public and private sector benefits.

PAD 650 Intergovernmental Relations (3)


Relationships and cooperative functions in federal, state, and local governmental units. Emphasis on
the urban administrator’s role in changing patterns of cooperation and coordination.

PAD 651 Urban Administrative Systems (3)


An overview of the position of cities in the American governmental system, highlighting relationships
between administrative, political, social, and economic features of urban life.

PAD 652 Human Services Administration (3)


A focus on the various approaches to planning, delivery and administration of human services through
public, private, and non-profit organizations.

PAD 660 Introduction to International Development (3)


Theories of development, roles of international institutions in resource exchanges, foreign investment
and trade, and development of modernization.

PAD 661 Selected Topics in Comparative International Development (3)


Selected topics emphasizing issues with respect to comparing roles of international institutions.

PAD 662 Comparative Public Administration: Developing Nations (3)


A look at the role of the administrative process of political development. An emphasis upon
bureaucracy and political change in emerging nations.

PAD 663 Seminar on Developing Societies (3)


Analysis of traditional and transitional societies; theories and practices of developmental change; role
bureaucracy in development, institutional buildings, public enterprises, technology assessment and
transfer.

204 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
PAD 700 Internship (6)
A supervised program in regularly scheduled work and independent research in a public or
governmental agency under the direction of an agency supervisor and internship coordinator. Students
who have had three or more years of experience in the public sector or who are currently in the
public sector may be permitted to substitute six (6) credit hours of course work for the internship
requirement. (Prerequisite: 24 credit hours)

PAD 701 Independent Study (3)


A course conducted by graduate students under direct supervision of individual faculty members
or the program director. Students’ work is evaluated based on reports, papers, and exams. The
independent study course provides an opportunity for students to “design your own course.”

PAD 705 Topical Seminar (3)


Selected topics emphasizing contemporary issues in the public sector and public policy. Elective
courses may be taken in business administration, urban planning and environmental policy, law,
transportation management, or any approved area related to public administration.

PAD 708 Administrative Regulations (3)


Focus on the statutory, regulatory, and adjudicative functions of public agencies and the legal context.
Reviews interpretation of administrative orders, rules, regulations, contracts and documents.

PAD 710 Capstone Seminar (3)


Practical experience and research (independent and group) that bridges academic and professional
experience, to include presentations, field experience, and an applied policy or research project.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 205
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION/JURIS DOCTOR DUAL DEGREE

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

A combined degree program with Texas Southern University’s Thurgood Marshall School of Law enables students to acquire
both a Juris Doctor (JD) and a MPA degree with a reduction in the total credit hours. The program allows students to complete
requirements for the two degrees in four (4) years instead of five (5) years, if pursued separately. The program is intended for
students who want to obtain mastery of the administrative and legal aspects of public administration in the public, private, and
nonprofit sectors by combining advanced public administration education with legal training in order to enhance or expand their
career option.

The MPA/JD Dual Degree Program is open to holders of baccalaureate degrees from accredited colleges or universities. Applicants
to the program must meet the entrance requirements and follow application procedures administered by the Texas Southern
University Graduate School, the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs and the Thurgood Marshall School of
Law.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES

1. Dual Degree Program participants will have to satisfy the same admission requirements as applicants for the stand-alone
Master of Public Administration (MPA) and Juris Doctor (JD) programs.
2. Admission to the Dual Degree Program shall be open to all MPA and law students who are academically eligible under
the TSU Graduate School, MPA Program and Thurgood Marshall School of Law Rules.
3. MPA students wishing to enroll in the Dual Degree Program must petition the MPA Program Director. Such petition
shall state why the student wishes to enroll in the program and include a proposed plan for completing all course work
and other requirements within four (4) years. Students who have not submitted this petition will not be considered Dual
Degree candidates.
4. Although students may apply for either the MPA or JD program at any time during their course of study, students must
be admitted to both programs before completing either program.
5. Continuation in the Dual Degree Program shall be dependent upon the student’s satisfactory academic progress in each
of the dual fields. Incomplete work or other evidence of unsatisfactory academic progress may lead to a decision by the
MPA Program Director to reduce the student’s workload directed towards the law degree. Continued unsatisfactory
progress may result in dismissal from the Dual Degree Program.

A student must also

• Maintain at least a 2.0 cumulative GPA in the JD portion of the program.


• Successfully complete the writing requirements of the JD portion of the program.
• Register for all required law school courses on a full-time basis and in the sequence established by the LawSchool
faculty. (Concurrent enrollment in the courses of either school is permitted only after the completion of the first year JD
curriculum.)
• Complete all the requirements for the MPA and JD portions of the dual program within four (4) years of the initial
enrollment in the program.
• Comply with the academic regulations of each school, including those related to the minimum GPA and scholastic
discipline. (The computation of the cumulative GPA in each program (JD and MPA) is based on all the courses that
would be taken into consideration to award each degree.)

206 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
EXECUTIVE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The Online Executive MPA Program (eMPA) is a curriculum uniquely designed to meet the growing demand for mid-career
professionals in the public sector who wish to pursue an Executive MPA degree.

The program is conveniently offered online and provides a focus on public policy.

The Executive eMPA program combines the advanced skill concepts of an executive master of public administration program and
prepares administrators to lead and manage organizations in the area of public service. Upon completion of the Executive eMPA
program, graduates will

1. Demonstrate a balanced inventory of conceptual, quantitative and professional skills.


2. Demonstrate the ability to utilize information technology and systems for effective decision-making and
communications.
3. Demonstrate the ability to utilize problem solving strategies and analytical competencies relevant to management
positions.
4. Demonstrate a greater appreciation for workplace diversity, ethical issues facing the public sector today, and the
challenges of the global institutions.

TEACHING METHODS

The program is delivered primarily online with the possible exception of an orientation meeting once or twice a semester. The
program is administered through the Blackboard Academic Suites and Course Compass e-learning software. These platforms
include live chats, online lectures, virtual classrooms, and teleconferencing capabilities.

PROGRAM STRUCTURE

The basic requirements for the Executive eMPA degree are as follows: Online Executive eMPA students must complete 36 credit
hours for the Online Executive Masters of Public Administration degree, usually over a 16-month period of full-time study. The
eMPA degree is separate and distinct from the regular Master of Public Administration degree.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

The eMPA program seeks highly motivated, high-achieving oriented students who have already demonstrated proof of working in
the public sector. Prospective students must first apply for admission to The Graduate School. Applicants are then referred to the
Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs for acceptance.

Applicants for admission to graduate standing in the Executive Master of Public Administration program must submit

1. Evidence of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution;


1. An official transcript of all undergraduate course work;
2. At least five (5) years of significant experience in the area of management or supervision;
3. A statement of purpose;
4. Two letters of recommendation; and
5. A current professional résumé.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 207
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the Executive Master of Public Administration are summarized below:

1. Completion of thirty-six (36) credit hours. The courses are offered in a lock-step sequence called cohorts. All classes in
the lock-step sequence must be successfully mastered by each eMPA student. All eMPA courses are designated as “E”
courses. (e.g., PAD 500 – E1).
2. At the commencement of the eMPA program, a degree plan prepared in consultation with the student’s advisor.
3. Enrollment and satisfactory performance in the course PAD 710 – Capstone Seminar.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by The Graduate School.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Executive Master of Public Administration

PAD 500 – E: Public Administration Theories and Practices


PAD 501 – E: Leadership and Decision Making
PAD 502 – E: Research Methods in Public Administration
PAD 503 – E: Quantitative Methods
PAD 507 – E: Seminar in Organizational Theory
PAD 620 – E: Policy Making Process
PAD 622 – E: Science, Technology, and Social Policy
PAD 631 – E: Government Budgeting and Financial Management
PAD 650 – E: Intergovernmental Relations
PAD 660 – E: Introduction to International Development
PAD 705 – E: Topical Seminar
PAD 710 – E: Capstone

208 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PAD 500 – E: Public Administration Theory and Practice (3)


As a general survey of public sector management and administration, this course addresses decision
-making, administrative leadership, planning, implementation, evaluation, ethics, and budgeting.
Students will identify and diagnose the primary types of problems encountered at upper levels of
administrative responsibility in government and the nonprofit sector.

PAD 501 – E: Leadership and Decision Making (3)


The course focuses on techniques of decision analysis and methodology for making decisions. There
is a focus on the risk and uncertainty of choice among policy alternatives as well as the strengths and
limitations of various leadership theories. Attentiveness to personal learning, leadership, influence, and
communication approaches are also discussed, including the expansion of leadership skills through
interpersonal exercises.

PAD 502 – E: Research Methods in Public Administration (3)


Examines the concepts and methods employed in administrative research and analysis with an
emphasis on methodological assumptions. The problems and issues in research design are also
analyzed, including qualitative and conceptual aspects of research, paradigms, defining the research
question, linking theory to methods, field research the focus group technique, literature review and
research development.

PAD 503 – E: Quantitative Methods I (3)


This modeling course introduces classical deterministic optimization models. Topics include linear
programming, probabilistic and statistical models, and an array of descriptive and inferential statistical
tools along with decision-making models that may used to support analysis and interpretation of data
to assist in effective decision-making.

PAD 507 – E: Seminar In Organizational Theory (3)


This course provides an exploration of the various relationships between organization and
management in both the public and private sphere. This course focuses on methods used to diagnose
and improve organizations to enable practitioners to carry out meaningful interventions and make use
of valuable structural change within work groups and organizations.

PAD 620 – E: The Policy Making Process (3)


This course consists of an examination of the process by which policy is formulated and implemented.
The course also emphasizes the relationships between the political process and policy outcomes in
illustrative policy areas. Students will better understand governmental powers and authorities, the
process of policymaking at the federal level, and the conflicts and collaboration that are possible.

PAD 622 – E: Science, Technology, and Public Policy (3)


This course includes an examination of the impact of science and technology on governmental
policy in the United States, as well as a look into the technological foundations and implications of
government information systems in government.

PAD 631 – E: Government Budgeting and Financial Management (3)


This course examines the design and use of planning, budgeting and other information systems in the
control and evaluation of programs. Multi-project valuation techniques will be emphasized.

PAD 650 – E: Intergovernmental Relations (3)


This course examines the relationships and cooperative functions among federal, state and local
governmental units. There is an emphasis on the urban administrator’s role in changing patterns of
cooperation and coordination.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 209
PAD 660 – E: Introduction to International Development (3)
This course introduces theories of development, roles of international institutions in resource
exchanges, foreign investment and trade, and the development of modernization.

PAD 705 – E: Topical Seminar (3)


Selected topics emphasize contemporary issues in the public sector and public policy, as well as topical
issues in public or community services administration that are of special concern to students, faculty,
and to the community.

PAD 710 – E: Capstone Seminar (3)


This course will focus on work and research (independent) that bridges academic and professional
experiences, to include presentations, field experience, and an applied policy/research project.

210 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
EXECUTIVE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The Texas Southern University eMPA Certificate Programs consist of four 3-hour online courses that provide students with the
skills necessary to compete effectively in the field of homeland security and emergency management, computers and information
technology and e-governance, and non-profit management. The programs will provide individuals needing assistance the oppor-
tunity to make informed career plans and conduct successful job searches. Anyone employed in public and private career centers,
community colleges, human resource offices of private companies, community and faith-based organizations, college career centers
and military Career Transition Centers as well as those in private practice stand to benefit from the program.

The eMPA Program will offer the following certificate programs:

• Non-profit Executive Management


• Computer, Information Technology and e-Governance
• Emergency Management and Homeland Security

TEACHING METHODS

The program is delivered primarily online through the Blackboard Academic Suites and Course Compass e-learning software.
These platforms include live chats, online lectures, virtual classrooms, and teleconferencing capabilities.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

The eMPA program seeks highly motivated, high-achieving oriented students who have a already have demonstrated proof of
working in the public sector. Prospective students must first apply for admission to The Graduate School. Applicants are then
referred to the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs for acceptance.

Applicants for admission to graduate standing in the Executive Master of Public Administration program must submit

1. Evidence of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution and


2. An official transcript of all undergraduate course work.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the Executive Master of Public Administration Certificates are summarized below:

1. Completion of twelve (12) credit hours in one of the respective Certificate programs. All eMPA Certificate courses are
designated as “C” courses. (e.g. PAD 507 – C1).
2. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by The Graduate School.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 211
CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Nonprofit Executive Management

The eMPA online Certificate in Non-profit Executive Management consists of a total of four (4) classes (12 credits). In this certifi-
cate program, students will

• Be introduced to the basic concepts, contributions, and limits of the main paradigms of organizational theory;
• Develop the capability of reflection and of understanding, designing, and managing organizations;
• Be introduced to capital budgeting, financial decision-making and valuation;
• Understand the sources of finance and financing problems associated with public projects;
• Learn successful advocacy strategies used by nonprofit leaders to advance their organization’s mission for the public good;
• Learn the realm of what nonprofits can and cannot do;
• Learn to develop an advocacy strategy plan; and
• Learn to design and implement effective systems for motivating, managing, and rewarding people in a nonprofit environ-
ment.

Courses

PAD 507 – C: Seminar in Organizational Theory


PAD 630 – C: Public Financial Management in Non-Profits
PAD 641 – C: Human Resources, Organizational Planning, and Volunteer Management
PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Advocacy in the Public Interest

Computer, Information Technology and E-Governance

The eMPA online Certificate in Computer, Information Technology and e-Governance consists of a total of four (4) classes (12
credits). In this certificate program, students will

• Be introduced to the basic concepts, contributions, and limits of the main paradigms of organizational theories;
• Develop the capability of reflection and of understanding, designing, and managing organizations within the information
technology age;
• Learn the current practices of gathering data and performing an analysis of data with the use of computers;
• Learn the fundamental concepts of word processing, spreadsheets, and presentation development;
• Examine the assumptions which underlie developing culture’s relation to technology and the relation between their own
ethics and the values and ethics implicit in our uses of technology and information; and
• Be instructed concerning the need for the increased use of information technology and its importance to the public,
private, and non-profit sectors.

Courses

PAD 507 – C: Seminar in Organizational Theory in the Information Technology (IT) Age
PAD 509 – C: Computer Applications in Public Administration
PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Developing Societies: Computer Ethics in the Information Age
PAD 705 – C: Topical Seminar: Managing Information Technology and e-Governance

212 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND HOMELAND SECURITY

The eMPA online Certificate in Emergency Management and Homeland Security consists of a total of four (4) classes (12 credits).
In this certificate program, students will

• Be introduced to the basic concepts, contributions, and limits of the main paradigms of organizational theories;
• Develop the capability of reflection and of understanding, designing, and managing organizations;
• Learn the design and use of planning, budgeting and other information systems in the control and evaluation of pro-
grams;
• Discuss major issues in the domain of political economy of development;
• Be provided a foundation with which to analyze traditional and transitional societies, theories and practices of develop-
ment change, and the role of bureaucracies in development, institutional building, public enterprises, technology assess-
ment and transfer;
• Be given an overview of various threats to domestic security from terrorism, weapons of mass destruction, and other
related risks and vulnerabilities; and
• Learn the role of government and private sector organizational performances, strategies, and systems involved in protect-
ing against and responding to natural and manmade threats.

Courses

PAD 507 – C: Seminar in Organizational Theory


PAD 631 – C: Government Budgeting and Financial Management
PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Developing Societies
PAD705 – C: Topical Seminar: Introduction to Homeland Security and Emergency Management

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 213
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Nonprofit Executive Management

PAD 507 – C: Seminar In Organizational Theory (3)


This course promotes the investigation of the various relationships between organization and manage-
ment in the public and private spheres. In general, the course’s aim is to help students obtain in-depth
understandings of organizations through good comprehension of central theoretical perspectives and
paradigms. The class itinerary will focus on determinants of an organization’s success, concentrating
principally on structure and design issues, as well as external environmental factors that impact organi-
zational structure and functioning. The primary objective of this course is to introduce the basic con-
cepts, contributions, and limits of the main paradigms of organizational theories and help students to
develop the capability of reflection and of understanding, designing, and managing organizations. The
course emphasizes both the macro characteristics of organizations such as their structures, technology
and environment, and internal processes such as organizational culture, managerial decision making,
political games and conflicts. As a case study, students will study how the American Red Cross Asso-
ciation has built and sustained a strong leadership organization over the years and how essential these
strategies have been in their becoming one of the most success nonprofit organizations in the United
States. Participants will examine the elements of effective nonprofit governance, the relationship of the
board to the staff, and the respective roles and responsibilities in this leading organization, American
Red Cross.

PAD 630 – C: Public Financial Management in Non-Profits (3)


The course is an introduction to capital budgeting, financial decision-making and valuation. It
includes the discussion of sources of finance and financing problem associated with public projects.
In addition, during the session students will be exposed to the process of integrating financial man-
agement into executive decision-making and addresses the struggle to match mission with financial
resources. Topics that are covered in the course include understanding the components of nonprofit
financial statements, accounting for contributions, overview of federal awards and grants as well as
financial accountability.

PAD 641 – C: Human Resources, Organizational Planning, and Volunteer Management (3)
This course involves the critical analysis of personnel and organizational structure and function, be-
cause one of the most important assets of any nonprofit organization is its human capital. Often many
human assets are underutilized, such as the skills, talents, and motivation of the people who deliver or
support services, both staff and volunteer. In this assembly, participants learn to design and implement
effective systems for motivating, managing, and rewarding people in a nonprofit environment. In ad-
dition, a well-managed volunteer program can propel a nonprofit organization to otherwise inconceiv-
able levels of effectiveness and impact. This session shows what it takes to do this, while emphasizing
research, planning, staffing and budget preparation.

PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Advocacy in the Public Interest (3)


Historically, nonprofit organizations have played a crucial role in influencing public policy, leading
social movements, building coalitions, and organizing issue campaigns. This session highlights suc-
cessful advocacy strategies used by nonprofit leaders to advance their organization’s mission for the
public good, highlights what nonprofits can and cannot do, and engages participants in developing an
advocacy strategy plan. Case studies involving nonprofits advocating in the behalves of the public will
be investigated.

214 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
Computer, Information Technology and E-Governance

PAD 507 – C: Seminar In Organizational Theory in the Information Technology (IT) Age (3)
This course promotes the investigation of the various relationships between organization and manage-
ment in the public and private spheres via the use of information technology. In general, the course’s
aim is to help students obtain indepth understandings of organizations through good comprehension
of central theoretical perspectives and paradigms. The class itinerary will focus on determinants of an
organization’s success as it relates to management’s mastery of information technology and computer
application. The primary objective of this course is to introduce the basic concepts, contributions,
and limits of the main paradigms of organizational theories and help students to develop the capabil-
ity of reflection and of understanding, designing, and managing organizations within the informa-
tion technology age. The course emphasizes both the macro characteristics of organizations, such as
their structures, technology and environment, and internal processes, such as organizational culture,
managerial decision making, political games and conflicts. In addition, this class addresses the use of
IT and computers to carry out elements of project management. It requires a unique combination of
management and technical skills. This course should teach students something about managing and
management in the information technology age.

PAD 509 – C: Computer Application in Public Administration (3)


This course focuses on current practices for gathering data and analysis with the use of computers.
This is an intensive hands-on course intended to teach the student basic personal computer skills in a
lecture/lab format using MS Office. The students will learn the fundamental concepts of word process-
ing, spreadsheets, and presentation development. They will also be introduced to and familiarized with
other computer applications such as internet usage, GIS, and Win CATI.

PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Developing Societies: Computer Ethics in the Information Age (3)
This course is an introduction to the major issues surrounding the use of computers in developing
society, with a special focus on fields related to computer science and information technology man-
agement. The course will cover an analysis of major trends in emerging computer technology and
their potential effects on work, leisure, government, and human relations. Students will examine the
assumptions which underlie developing culture’s relation to technology and the relation between their
own ethics and the values and ethics implicit in our uses of technology and information. Selected
developing countries will be used as a case study.

PAD 705 – C: Topical Seminar: Managing Information Technology and e-Governance (3)
In this course the student will develop an awareness of the issues and problems related to the field of
Information Technology (IT) management and e-governance. The course will focus on IT organiza-
tion, IT processes and IT control standards. Students will be instructed in the need for the increased
use of information technology and its importance to the public, private, and nonprofit sectors. Besides
experiencing the technology impact and its leverage on public policy and the administrative world, the
protection and control of information and information assets will be emphasized as the common per-
spective of this course. Topics such as cloud-computing, paper reduction legislation and governmental
effort to conform to the information age will be covered along with many others.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 215
Emergency Management and Homeland Security

PAD 507 – C: Seminar in Organizational Theory (3)


This course promotes the investigation of the various relationships between organization and management
in the public and private sphere. In general, the course’s aim is to help students obtain indepth understand-
ings of organizations through good comprehension of central theoretical perspectives and paradigms. The
class itinerary will focus on determinants of an organization’s success, concentrating principally on structure
and design issues as well as external environmental factors that impact organizational structure and func-
tioning. The primary objective of this course is to introduce the basic concepts, contributions, and limits of
the main paradigms of organizational theories and help students to develop the capability of reflection and
of understanding, designing, and managing organizations. The course emphasizes both the macro charac-
teristics of organizations, such as their structures, technology and environment, and internal processes, such
as organizational culture, managerial decision making, political games and conflicts. As a case study, the
course explores the relationships and interactions between various private-sector institutions and public-
sector Homeland Security and Emergency Management organizations at the federal, state and local levels. It
examines the specific roles, responsibilities, and vulnerabilities of private-sector entities in protecting critical
infrastructure as well as in preventing, deterring, and responding to crises.

PAD 631 – C: Government Budgeting and Financial Management (3)


This course focuses on government budgeting and finance, which deals with public revenue and expendi-
ture policies, financial management, and politics of the budgetary process. The course examines the design
and use of planning, budgeting and other information systems in the control and evaluation of programs.
Multi-project valuation techniques will be emphasized. In addition, students will be introduced to the
theories, concepts, and practice of government budgeting and finance while being exposed to current issues
and challenges in this field. Upon completion of this course, the students will have a working knowledge
of government revenues, spending, and borrowing; the budget cycle and politics of the budgetary process;
techniques of budgetary analysis; capital budgeting and debt management. It is intended that students will
leave the course with a substantive understanding of the theory and practice of government budgeting and
finance in the United States.

PAD 663 – C: Seminar on Developing Societies (3)


It is the goal of this course to discuss some of the major issues in the domain of political economy of
development in order to provide a foundation for students to analyze traditional and transitional societies,
theories and practices of development change, and the role of bureaucracies in development, institutional
building, public enterprises, technology assessment and transfer. In addition, the course takes an indepth
examination of two societies, developed and developing, and their chance occurrence of being at risk of ter-
rorism involvement. The overall prodigy of terrorism and how it interrelates with complex motivations, ide-
ologies, goals and tactics of various domestic and international terrorist groups is investigated. In addition,
cultural, religious and economic influences on terrorism are also considered. Students will be encouraged to
analyze selected groups in light of historical, contemporary and probable future acts of terrorism in hopes
of cultivating a greater understanding of terrorism prevention, detection, response and investigation. Main
topics of interest are state, political, and revolutionary terrorism, religious and apocalyptic violence, weapons
of mass destruction, terrorist tactics and targeting, practical counterterrorism strategies and approaches, and
the impact developing societies have on homeland security and emergency management.

PAD 705 – C: Topical Seminar: Introduction to Homeland Security and Emergency Management (3)
The course examines the key policies, practices, concepts and challenges confronting administrator and public
servants in the field of Homeland Security and Emergency Management. An overview of various threats to
domestic security from terrorism, weapons of mass destruction, and other related risks and vulnerabilities are
addressed. The government and private sector organizational performances, strategies, and systems involved in
protecting against and responding to natural and manmade threats are examined. Using a case study approach,
the course focuses on the managerial, political, legal and organizational issues related to crisis planning and
response, the National Incident Management System, risk assessment and mitigation, communications and
technology systems, medical and public health emergencies, and infrastructure protection.

216 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
MASTER OF URBAN PLANNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

The Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy (MUPEP) trains policy-oriented planners and environmental policy
analysts for leadership positions in planning and environmental policy-related organizations, with special emphasis on issues
of significance to the communities and regions of the Southwest. The goal of the program is to equip future professionals
with analytical and policy formulation skills that will enable them to address with vision and foresight the current and future
environmental problems caused by our impact on the environment.

The major objectives of the Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy Program are:

• To rain students for professional careers in planning, allowing them to function in both generalist and specialist roles.
• To provide students with an understanding of the history and theories of cities and urban regions and the environmental
influences on the field of city and regional planning.
• To prepare students with life-long analytical, research, and communication skills.
• To provide students with the specific knowledge and skills needed to become successful practicing planners and policy
analysts in a wide range of urban, metropolitan and regional planning areas.
• To provide students with a broad knowledge of the relationship between the built environment and the natural
environment.
• To provide students with scientific and technical skills that can be applied professionally to solve environmental problems.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

To undertake work leading to the Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy, students must be accepted by the Texas
Southern University Graduate School. The requirements include a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university and a
satisfactory academic record.

The Master of Urban Planning and Environmental Policy degree does not require an undergraduate degree in the field; most
entering students come with a baccalaureate degree earned in another discipline because the program is interdisciplinary in nature.
The following is requested of each applicant:

1. The departmental application supplement that will include a student information sheet and a summary of previous
education completed.
2. Three letters of reference (forms are included in the Graduate Application booklet).
3. Two copies of official transcripts from colleges and universities attended. Applicants’ undergraduate accumulative GPA
must be at least 2.70 or 3.0 in the last sixty hours.
4. Statement of Purpose (250-500 words).
5. Scores on the Graduate Record Examination General Test (must be submitted by all applicants including international
applicants).
6. Evidence of proficiency in the use of the English language. Performance on the analytical writing section of the GRE may
be considered adequate by the Admissions Committee.

The following are some factors that may be included in the socioeconomic profile used in the admission process.

1. Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
2. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
3. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
4. Applicant is multilingual.
5. Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
6. Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
7. Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
8. Geographic region where applicant’s high school is located.
9. Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
10. Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
11. The presence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of residence.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 217
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the Master in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy are summarized below:

1. A minimum of forty-eight (48) semester credit hours. Of the 48 credit hours, twenty-four (24) are required core courses.
In addition to the core requirements, students are required to take twelve (12) credit hours in specialization courses. The
remaining twelve (12) credit hours can be taken as electives or in six (6) credit hours of electives and six (6) credit hours
of thesis.
2. At the completion of twelve (12) hours of graduate credits, each student will prepare a degree plan in consultation with
his or her advisor. This plan of study should be drawn and submitted for approval to the Graduate School no later than
the second semester in residence.
3. Students can either satisfy internship requirement and satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination or
choose a thesis option. A student is eligible to take the examination if the student has

a. Earned at least a 3.0 graduate GPA in UPEP courses and a cumulative GPA of 3.0
b. Completed all core course requirements
c. Received no outstanding incompletes
d. Filed a degree plan
e. Successfully met the English proficiency requirement (GRE/AWS 3.5 or above or satisfactorily complete the
English 501 course)

4. Fulfilled general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School (see the General Information Section of
this catalog).

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

Core Courses (24 credit hours)

UPEP 800 The Growth and Development of Cities


UPEP 801 Planning Theory and Practice
UPEP 802 Quantitative Methods in Planning
UPEP 803 Research Methods and Evaluation in Environmental Planning
UPEP 804 Introductions to Site Design
UPEP 805 Plan Preparation Studio
UPEP 806 Land-Use and Environmental Law
UPEP 811 Introduction to GIS Urban Planning

Areas of Specializations (12 credit hours)

Environmental Policy and Land-Use Planning

UPEP 810 Land-Use Control Policy and Regulation


UPEP 813 Introduction to Land-Use Planning
UPEP 850 Urban Infrastructure, Planning and Policy
UPEP 851 Waste Management and Remediation: Air, Water and Soil
UPEP 852 Environmental Impact Assessment
UPEP 855 Environmental Planning
UPEP 862 Sustainable Cities
UPEP 863 Citizen Participation in the Land-Use Process
UPEP 871 Environmental Values and Ethics
UPEP 905 Environmental Planning and Natural Resources Management
UPEP 906 Environmental Monitoring and Analysis

218 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
Community Development and Housing

UPEP 809 Urban Economics and Spatial Structure


UPEP 812 Urban Form and Design
UPEP 850 Urban Infrastructure, Planning and Policy
UPEP 860 Theory, History and Practice of Community Development
UPEP 861 U.S. Housing Planning and Policy
UPEP 862 Sustainable Communities
UPEP 863 Citizen Participation in the Land Use Process
UPEP 864 Introduction to Real Estate
SOC 634 Criminal Justice and Urban Community

Transportation Policy and Land-Use Planning

UPEP 810 Land-Use Control Policy and Regulation


UPEP 812 Urban Form and Design
UPEP 813 Introduction to Land-Use Planning
UPEP 863 Citizen Participation in the Land-Use Process
TMGT 830 Urban Transportation Planning
TMGT 845 Transportation Systems Analysis
TMGT 850 Travel Demand Forecasting and Analysis

Public Administration

UPEP 863 Citizen Participation in the Land-Use Process


PAD 500 Public Administration Theories and Practice
PAD 620 Policy Making Process
PAD 630 Public Financial Management
PAD 631 Government Budgeting and Financial Management
PAD 650 Intergovernmental Relations
PAD 651 Urban Administrative Systems

Electives (12 credit hours)

UPEP 821 Comparative International Topics in Transportation


UPEP 841 Application of GIS in Urban Planning
UPEP 844 Multivariate Analysis Method
UPEP 872 Methods of Project Analysis
UPEP 873 Special Topics
UPEP 874 Special Topics
UPEP 875 Special Topics
UPEP 889 Thesis – Independent research
UPEP 890 Internship

Courses outside of specialization may count as electives. In addition, student may take graduate courses in other departments to
count towards their electives.

Thesis (6 credit hours)

UPEP 888 Thesis


UPEP 889 Thesis

A successfully completed thesis indicates (1) that students are capable of independent research and (2) that students have mastered
the theory, methods, and understanding that underlie a particular area in urban planning and environmental policy.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 219
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

UPEP 800 The Growth and Development of Cities (3)


Historic interrelationships of various cultural influences and theoretical concepts on contemporary
patterns, trends and problems of urban development. Forces which prompted urban development and
shaped urban areas throughout human history.

UPEP 801 Planning Theory and Practice (3)


An Examination of the intellectual heritage and procedural approaches shared by practitioners working
in all areas of contemporary planning practice. General area of planning theory and ethical issues.

UPEP 802 Quantitative Methods in Planning (3)


Descriptive and inferential statistics as applied to public policies in planning and environmental policy.
Computer-based analytical tools for planning analysis. The software package SPSS is the working tool
of the class.

UPEP 803 Research Methods and Evaluation in Environmental Planning (3)


Methods of investigation and analysis, the formulation of theory, selection of appropriate research
techniques, data-gathering techniques, data preparation and data processing, measures of association
and statistical significance and methods of addressing environmental quality.

UPEP 804 Introduction to Site Design (3)


Focus on the study and evaluation of the built environment with particular reference to those aspects
of the development process that result in “better” physical forms. An appreciation of the architectural
and design elements of land use development.

UPEP 805 Plan Preparation Studio (3)


Student planning projects done under the supervision of faculty members to develop planning
solutions to real situations confronting communities and other public service organizations.

UPEP 806 Land-Use and Environmental Law (3)


A basic framework in environmental laws, survey of critical cases, policy decisions and legal history.
Regional, national and international issues are addressed with the focus on inter-jurisdictional problem
systems in different localities.

UPEP 809 Urban Economics and Spatial Structure (3)


Introduction to the basic concepts of urban economics and the common planning issues related to
urban spatial structure.

UPEP 810 Land-Use Control Policy and Regulation (3)


Public land-use policy and legislation and implementing governmental actions; land-use control
exercised by several levels of government; practice and impacts of zoning on growth management.

UPEP 811 Introduction to GIS in Urban Planning (3)


Relational databases examined in the context of urban and environmental planning. Focus is given to
geographic information systems for collecting and displaying spatial information.

UPEP 812 Theories of Urban Form and Design (3)


Analysis of idealized urban forms, theories and models in urban areas as they relate to function and
location of urban activities.

UPEP 813 Introduction to Land Use Planning (3)


Introduction to the organization and conduct of local land-use planning as practiced in Texas. The
course will cover Texas statutes, the General Plan, specific plans and how to do them, and how to
manage a planning department.

220 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
UPEP 821 Comparative International Topics in Transportation (3)
Comparative planning and policies in transportation. A comparison of different models of
transportation used by developed and developing countries and the relationship between
transportation and economic development.

UPEP 841 Application of Geographic Information Systems in Urban Planning (3)


GIS and its application to both urban planning and environmental policy. Topics will include data
discovery, databases design, construction, modeling and analytical measurements.

UPEP 844 Multivariate Analysis Method (3)


Multivariate statistical methods used to analyze land-use, environmental and other large data sets.
Emphasis on causal modeling of cross-sectional data. Topics include multiple regression analysis, non-
linear models, path analysis, and log-linear models.

UPEP 850 Urban Infrastructure, Planning and Policy (3)


Methods and procedures used in planning basic urban infrastructure systems; transportation, water
supply, wastewater, storm water, solid waste. Infrastructure development centralized vs. decentralized
system; case study.

UPEP 851 Waste Management and Remediation: Air, Water and Soil (3)
Current approaches to the management and disposal of urban waste, focusing on alternatives such as
recycling. Topics will also include disposal of hazardous wastes.

UPEP 852 Environmental Impact Assessment (3)


Examination of environmental Impact Assessment processes and methods from both a theoretical and
applied perspective. The philosophy and statutory basis of the assessment process is reviewed. The
broader planning processes for jurisdiction are emphasized.

UPEP 855 Environmental Planning (3)


Introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of the environmental planning process and also
the examination of the standard environmental planning techniques and strategies.

UPEP 860 Theory, History and Practice of Community Development (3)


Examination of the theory, history, methods and practice of local community development. The
course examines the historical roots of community involvement and action.

UPEP 861 U.S. Housing Planning and Policy (3)


A survey of the residential environment from economic and sociological perspectives. The behavior of
individuals and institutions in the housing and mortgage markets. Emphasis is placed on examining
the impact of federal, state and local policies on housing markets, housing availability, and family
welfare.

UPEP 862 Sustainable Communities (3)


Examination of sustainable communities and the environmental, social, economic, political, and
design standards that underlie them. Actual case studies of cities, towns and development projects that
reflect principles of sustainability.

UPEP 863 Citizen Participation in the Planning Process (3)


An examination of the role of citizens and citizen organizations in the city planning process. Models
for citizen involvement. Examination of the effectiveness of different organizational models in
different situations.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 221
UPEP 864 Introduction to Real Estate (3)
Introduction to methods of financial analysis for real estate investment. Topics include methods of
valuation, each flow forecasting, computer modeling, taxation, and leverage structure. Emphasis is
placed on the financing of individual projects.

UPEP 871 Environmental Values and Ethics (3)


Detailed exploration of the normative debate surrounding environmental issues. Attention to
foundation of environmental economics, questions about the value of endangered species, concerns of
future generations and obligations toward equity.

UPEP 872 Methods of Project Analysis (3)


A course designed to provide an understanding of the variety of planning evaluation methods and
processes employed in the review of development proposal, site plans and public policies.

UPEP 873 Special Topics (3)


Focus on selected topics.

UPEP 874 Special Topics (3)


Focus on selected topics.

UPEP 875 Special Topics (3)


Focus on selected topics.

UPEP 888 Thesis (3)


Designed to be a product of independent research that is approved by a faculty committee.

UPEP 889 Thesis (3)


Designed to be a product of independent research that is approved by a faculty committee.

UPEP 890 Internship (3)


Designed to provide students with a supervised practical experience in public, private, and selected
nonprofit agencies.

UPEP 905 Environmental Planning and Natural Resources Management (3)


Examination of the problems related to resources management and environmental planning.
Relationship between the physical environment and the quality of urban life. Global population
impacts on local air pollution control and management.

UPEP 906 Environmental Monitoring and Analysis (3)


Interpretation and analysis of scientific information: examination of the chemistry of atmospheric,
land and water environment, with particular emphasis on pollution encountered in urban and
industrial sectors.

222 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
MASTER OF URBAN PLANNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY/JURIS DOCTOR DUAL DEGREE

JD/MUPEP Program: A combined degree program with Texas Southern University Thurgood Marshall School of Law that
enables students to acquire both a JD and a MUPEP degree with a reduction in the total credit hours. To be eligible, the student
must apply to and be accepted by both programs.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN URBAN PLANNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

For individuals wishing to pursue careers in university teaching, research, or highly specialized practice, the Doctor of Philosophy
(Ph.D.) in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy provides advanced knowledge, skills, and extensive experience working
closely with faculty in teaching and research. The program is designed to foster competencies necessary for the critical examination
of the nature of urban planning and environmental policy. Offered by an interdisciplinary faculty, the program emphasizes
preparation in research methods, spatial and regional analysis, development theory, historical processes, analytic and policy
formulation skills, and the critical appraisal of alternative causes of change.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Admissions to the Urban Planning and Environmental Policy Doctoral Program will be granted to a small group each year,
selected from those who will be judged most likely to achieve eminence in the field. Persons whose native language is not English
will be required to demonstrate proficiency in English before enrolling. To be considered:

1. Applicants for admission to the Ph.D. degree program in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy must meet the
requirements for admission to the Graduate School. They must have a bachelor’s degree in an appropriate field or an
equivalent field acceptable to the admissions committee.
2. Applicants with the Master’s degree must have an acceptable cumulative grade point average of 3.3 in graduate work.
3. Applicants must present Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test scores and an undergraduate grade point
average that must be at least 2.75 overall or 3.3 in the last sixty hours.
4. Applicants demonstrate acceptable proficiency in the use of the English language based upon performance on a
standardized English Proficiency Test. (Performance on the analytical writing portion of the GRE may be considered as
adequate by the Admissions Committee).
5. Applicants have a personal interview with members of the Urban Planning and Environmental Policy Program’s
Admission Committee.
6. International applicants, in addition to the above requirements, must present a TOEFL score of at least 550 or
appropriate evidence of proficiency in the English language.

All applicants admitted to the Ph.D. degree program must have a minimum of 12 master’s level credit hours in urban planning
and environmental policy or related areas. Otherwise, they must satisfy this requirement before achieving full admission into the
Ph.D. Program. In addition to the above requirements, the socioeconomic background of applicants will be considered in the
admission process. The following are some factors that may be included:

1. Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
2. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
3. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
4. Applicant is multilingual.
5. Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
6. Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
7. Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
8. Geographic region where applicant’s high school is located.
9. Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
10. Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
11. The presence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of residence.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 223
The formal application must include the following:

1. A completed application form and a non-refundable application fee.


2. At least three (3) recommendations from persons qualified to give an evaluation of the applicant’s past scholastic
performance, research and scientific abilities, and personal motivation.
3. An official transcript of credits earned at all colleges and/or universities attended by the applicant.
4. Scores from the Graduate Record Examination. In addition international applicants must provide TOEFL scores.
5. Statement of interest (500 words).

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The overall requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy are summarized as follows:

1. Satisfactory performance on qualifying examinations.


2. Completion of a total of fifty-four (54) credit hours. Of the 54 credit hours, twenty-one (21) credit hours are required
core courses. In addition to the core requirements, students are required to take twenty-one (21) hours of elective
coursework, which include twelve (12) credit hours of specialization of their own choice. The remaining credit hours are
dissertation credits.
3. Of the total 54 credit hours, not more than nine (9) (not including the dissertation) can be transferred into the program from
another university. Such transferred credits must have been earned in a doctoral program and must be of grade “B” (3.0) or better.
4. Satisfactory performance on the Comprehensive Examination.
5. Completion of residency requirement.
6. Presentation and acceptance of dissertation proposal.
7. Completion of the research for an acceptable dissertation.
8. Satisfactory performance on an oral defense of the dissertation.
9. Presentation acceptance of at least one article for publication in a refereed journal.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION

The purpose of the qualifying examination is to test the student’s level of understanding of basic concepts in the area of urban and
regional theory, planning theory, quantitative methods, and environmental planning and policy. This examination is designed to
evaluate the student’s technical, diagnostic, and evaluative abilities within selected areas related to planning. Students are assigned
to take the examination after the completion of twelve (12) credit hours. Any student who fails the qualifying examination
will have only one (1) chance for a retake. The Ph.D. Policy Committee will be responsible for administering the departmental
portions of the qualifying examination. The departmental portion will include three examinations in the following: planning
theory, methods, and planning and environmental policy.

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION

The comprehensive examination is intended to test a student’s mastery of the skills and knowledge that should have been acquired in
the program of study. It is set by the student’s dissertation committee members based on their chosen research area. Upon the successful
completion of this examination and other graduate school requirements, the student becomes a candidate for the doctoral degree.

The examination will be taken at the end of the period of formal course work and study, but prior to the commencement of
substantial work on the dissertation. The examination cannot be taken until all credit hour requirements are completed.

NUMBER OF TIMES COMPREHENSIVE CAN BE TAKEN

A candidate will be given two attempts to take and pass the Comprehensive Examination. A doctoral student who fails the
comprehensive examination the second time may petition for a third examination. The petition must show a plan of action in
which the petitioner will engage to enhance his/her chances for satisfactorily completing the examination that was failed. The
chairperson of the student’s doctoral committee, the department head, the dean of the college and the dean of the graduate school
must approve the petition. A student who fails to pass the doctoral comprehensive exam or any part of it after the third attempt
will be automatically discontinued as a student in the doctoral degree program.

224 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
DOCTORAL CANDIDACY

The doctoral student must satisfy the following requirements before he/she can be admitted to candidacy for the degree:

1. Be admitted unconditionally to the Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Environmental Policy (UPEP) degree
program.
2. Satisfy the residency requirement of two consecutive semesters of full-time residence or an approved equivalence.
3. Satisfy the course requirements for the degree program in which he/she enrolled, including the fifty-four (54) semester
hours of approved graduate-level course work.
4. Pass the doctoral comprehensive examination.

DISSERTATION AND ORAL DEFENSE

After achieving candidacy, the candidate in consultation with the advisor will select and submit for approval the names of
members form a dissertation committee to the dean of the Graduate School. The committee will consist of at least three graduate
faculty members, including the dissertation advisor, who will serve as chairman.

In addition, the dean of the School of Public Affairs will appoint a graduate school representative to the committee. When the
dissertation proposal has been approved, the candidate will prepare a dissertation and upon it’s completion give an oral defense
before the committee. If the defense fails, the candidate must petition this dean through his department for permission to make
a second defense. A second defense will not be permitted within a period of one semester after a failure is recorded on the first
attempt.

DISSERTATION

The dissertation serves a number of purposes, among them, satisfying the academic community, the university, and the supervisory
committee that the student is capable of undertaking and successfully completing independent, scholarly research on a problem of
significance to urban planning and environmental policy. Hence, concerted work on the dissertation will not normally begin until
the student has passed the comprehensive examination. A successful dissertation will require original research and will be expected
to produce significant advances in knowledge of the subject.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

After being admitted to a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, a student will be allowed seven calendar years in
which to complete all the program requirements.

A student’s Doctoral Degree Advisory Committee and the Dean of the Graduate School must approve continuation in the
doctoral degree program beyond the seven-year limit. The maximum time allowed to complete the doctoral program, including
an approved extension, is nine (9) calendar years. This time limit does not include work performed as part of the requirements for
the master’s degree. Credits earned more than seven (7) years prior to the date of completion of doctoral degree requirements at
Texas Southern University cannot count toward satisfying the doctoral degree requirements.

STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

To continue in the program, a student must make reasonable and timely progress toward the degree in terms of course work
completed and examinations. A determination that a student is not making satisfactory progress and should be terminated from
the program may be made at several points in his or her program, including failure to achieve and maintain a doctoral GPA of
at least 3.00, failure to pass twelve (12) credit hours within a twelve-month period, failure of the qualifying or comprehensive
examinations, or failure to defend successfully a dissertation proposal or dissertation. In all such cases, a recommendation of
dismissal must be made to the Admission Committee and program coordinator, both of whom will review the case and issue a
final decision regarding termination from the program.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 225
CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The overall requirements for the doctoral program are as follows:

Core courses........................................................................................................21 credit hours


Specialization/ electives.......................................................................................21 credit hours
Dissertation .......................................................................................................12 credit hours
Total ...................................................................................................................54 credit hours

CORE CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS

All doctoral students in urban planning and environmental policy will be required to take twenty-one (21) semester credit hours of
core courses in three (3) areas (planning theory, methods and planning, and environmental policy) and participate in the doctoral
research curriculum. The core curriculum is designed to provide all students with a general introduction to planning through
analytical methods, planning techniques and environmental issues and policies. The core curriculum will consists of twenty-one
(21) hours as shown below:

Planning Theory Requirements

UPEP 900 Advanced Planning Theory and Practice


UPEP 901 Advanced Urban Theory

Methods and Planning Requirements

UPEP 902 Advanced Planning Analysis (I)


UPEP 903 Advanced Planning Analysis (II)

Environmental Policy Requirements

UPEP 904 Environmental Planning and Policy


UPEP 905 Environmental Planning and Natural Resources Management
UPEP 906 Air Environmental Monitoring and Analysis

COURSES DESCRIPTIONS

UPEP 900 Advanced Planning Theory and Practice (3)


Examines the intellectual and professional roots of contemporary planning theory and practice. Effort
is directed toward analyzing these roots with an eye to stimulating new perspectives and concepts for a
sustainable community orientation.

UPEP 901 Advanced Urban Theory (3)


Studies the evolution of Urban Theory. Genesis and structure of planning thought and methods;
economic, political, and social factors influencing the development of urban theories and policies; the
theory and development of urban structure; and the history of cities.

UPEP 902 Advanced Planning Analysis (3)


Studies methods for investigation and analysis of urban and environmental phenomena; models, data-
gathering techniques; sources and applications of aggregate data; data preparation and data processing;
measures of association and statistical significance.

UPEP 903 Advanced Planning Analysis (3)


Studies applied statistics and computing, inferential statistics; multivariate statistical methods; selecting the
appropriate statistical test for analyzing bivariate relationships and procedures for more complex designs.

226 | Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
UPEP 904 Environmental Planning and Policy (3)
Examines contemporary environmental policy and practice and the institutional framework for
establishing policy and programs. Analysis of case studies of environmental planning at the federal,
state, and local levels.

UPEP 905 Environmental Planning and Natural Resources Management (3)


Examines the problems related to resources management and environmental planning. Relationship
between the physical environment and the quality of urban life. Global population impacts on local
air pollution control and management.

UPEP 906 Environmental Monitoring and Analysis (3)


Studies the interpretation and analysis of scientific information: examination of the chemistry of
atmospheric, land and water environment with particular emphasis on pollution encountered in urban
and industrial sectors.

UPEP 907 Environmental Legislation and Policy (3)


Studies legal principles and institutions involved in protecting the environments, including air, water,
and noise pollution. The approach of lawyers and courts, as differentiated from that of planners.

UPEP 908 Pollution Control (3)


Examines the technological and management options for controlling and preventing air, water, and
solid waste pollution.

UPEP 909 Population and Development Planning (3)


Examines issues, methods, strategies and problems related to the integration of population
information with policies for guiding the social and economic development of third world countries.

UPEP 910 Comprehensive Planning and Growth Management (3)


Explores the comprehensive planning process by developing a plan for a local jurisdiction. Problems
and needs for growth management; planning approaches and methods for controlling growth in the
urban environment.

UPEP 941 Research Colloquium (3)


Seminars for doctoral students addressing issues of interests in research, teaching, and career development.

UPEP 942 Dissertation


Supervised research and dissertation preparation.

UPEP 977 Independent Study (3)


Advisor-supervised preparation for the comprehensive examination.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Barbara Jordan - Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs | 227
228 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The mission of the College of Science and Technology is to prepare competent professionals and leaders capable of providing
effective service and solutions for an ever-evolving and advancing society, especially in urban environments. In pursuing its
mission, the College of Science and Technology encourages research and scholarly endeavors.

Applicants wishing to enroll in one of the programs of study leading to graduate degrees offered through the College of Science
and Technology must gain admission to Texas Southern University through adherence to the policies and procedures established
by the Graduate School.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 229


DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY

The Department of Biology offers one graduate degree, the Master of Science (M.S.) in Biology. The graduate degree is primarily
intended to prepare students who will seek further advanced (e.g., Doctor of Philosophy [Ph.D.]) degrees in specific areas of
research specialization in the biological sciences.

The graduate (M.S.) degree program in the Department is also designed for those who wish to teach biology in public and private
schools, two- and four-year colleges and also for those who wish to seek employment in government, industry and related areas.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School, applicants for unconditional admission
must have a bachelor’s degree in biology, preferably with an undergraduate grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on a 4 point system
and are expected to present evidence of having completed minimally the following courses and/or credit hours:

Biology ............................................................................................................................31 (minimum)

Chemistry .........................................................................................................................16

General Chemistry with laboratory (8);


Organic chemistry with laboratory (8)

Mathematics .....................................................................................................................10

College Algebra (3); Precalculus (3); Calculus (4)

Physics ..............................................................................................................................8

College Physics I and II with laboratory

Those applicants who fail to satisfy the course requirements for admission may register, upon the permission of the Chairperson of
the Department, as graduate students and take a prescribed program of undergraduate and graduate courses until the above-noted
requirements are met. These requirements must be completed within one calendar year of the date of acceptance.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

1. A diagnostic examination (M.S. Qualifying Examination) on the fundamentals of biology before admission to candidacy.
The Qualifying Examination should be taken in the first semester of admission to the graduate program. Students must
have a passing score of 70. The Qualifying Examination will be given the second Wednesday in November (fall semester)
and in April (spring semester).
1. Demonstration of proficiency in English prior to admission to candidacy either by a score of 3.5 on the analytical writing
section of the GRE or by satisfactory performance in English 501. GRE or English requirements must be met by the
end of the first semester of admission.
2. Demonstration by examination of reading proficiency in a foreign language (French, Spanish or German) prior to
admission to candidacy or by passing Computer Science (CS 117).
3. A minimum of thirty (30) semester credit hours, six (6) of which might be earned in research.
4. An acceptable thesis resulting from experimental research. The thesis research may not be initiated prior to
admission to candidacy.
5. An oral or written comprehensive examination on principles and concepts in biology, along with a defense of the thesis,
both of which are given after the thesis has been accepted.

In addition to the program described above for the Master of Science degree, the Department of Biology, in cooperation with
the Department of Curriculum and Instruction in the College of Education, participates in a program for teachers interested in
achieving professional certification for teachers of biology at the secondary school level.
230 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The Department of Biology offers the Master of Science degree, which requires a minimum of thirty (30) semester credit hours
including an acceptable research project. No more than six (6) semester credit hours are allowed from the specified 400 level
courses listed as advanced undergraduate/graduate courses.

Students must meet the general requirements for all graduate students as prescribed in this bulletin. Degree plans must be
approved by the graduate program advisor prior to submission to the Graduate School.

This program is designed to provide instructional enhancement to meet the needs of teachers, practitioners and others who wish
to supplement their undergraduate education and expand their research capabilities in biology through study beyond the master’s
degree.

ALLOCATION OF THIRTY SEMESTER CREDIT HOUR COURSE REQUIREMENTS

General Requirements: a m inimum of thirty (30) semester credit hours, of which six (6) hours of thesis research credit should
be satisfied by taking Biology 861 and 862.

Twenty-four (24) hours of graduate credits* are required through selection from the following courses:

BIOL 526 (3)** BIOL 527 (3) BIOL 623 (3)


BIOL 631 (3) BIOL 636 (3) BIOL 642 (4)
BIOL 647 (4) BIOL 648 (4) BIOL 650 (3)
BIOL 710 (3) BIOL 712 (3) BIOL 715 (3)
BIOL 725 (3) BIOL 775 (3) BIOL 777 (3)
BIOL 785 (3) BIOL 795 (3)

* No more than six (6) semester credit hours may be taken from 400-level courses designated as advanced undergraduate/graduate
courses.

**(N) = Number of semester credit hours.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 231


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Advanced Undergraduate/Graduate

BIOL 434 Evolutionary Biology (3)


Investigation of the fundamental principles of evolution by natural selection, population genetics, and
historical reconstructions and attempt to apply these principles to ecology, development, physiology,
medicine, and sociobiology. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisites: BIOL 131 and BIOL 132.)

BIOL 435 History and Philosophy of Science (3)


A study of the history and philosophy of science and, in particular, the history of the life sciences
giving broader insight into the evolutionary process of how science was developed and what
mechanisms operated. The course will examine characteristics, distinguishing scientific inquiry from
other types of investigation; procedures scientists use in investigating nature; conditions to be satisfied
for a scientific explanation to be correct; and the cognitive status of scientific laws and principles.
Three hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing)

BIOL 438 Plant Biology (3)


Plant structure and physiology; plant biotechnology; medicinal plants; and interactions between plants
and their environment. Two hours of lecture and three (3) laboratory hours a week. (Prerequisite:
Senior standing in Biology)

BIOL 439 Principles of Biology (3)


Comprehensive review of basic biological principles operating at various levels of organization in living systems.
Two (2) hours of lecture and two (2) hours of laboratory a week. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor)

BIOL 441 Histology (4)


Microscopic study of the anatomy and relevant functions of vertebrate tissues and organs using light
microscopy and selected electron micrographs. Three (3) hours of lecture and three (3) lab hours a
week. (Prerequisites: BIOL 231 or BIOL 232 or BIOL 341)

BIOL 443 Molecular Biology (4)


Study of intracellular molecular processes. Three hours of lecture per week. Co-requisite: BIOL 443L.
(Prerequisites: two (2) years of college level biology and two (2) years of college level chemistry; junior
standing in biology.)

BIOL 446 Human Physiology Laboratory (1)


Laboratory experiments and exercises to complement the lectures in human physiology (BIOL 447).
Three (3) hours of laboratory a week. (Prerequisites/BIOL 112 and BIOL 132)

BIOL 447 Human Physiology (3)


Comprehensive treatment of the physiological and biochemical aspects of organ systems in humans.
Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisites: BIOL 112 and BIOL 132)

BIOL 448 Cellular Physiology (3)


Physiological and biochemical consideration of various cellular processes such as photosynthesis and
respiration. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing in biology)

BIOL 449 General Physiology (3)


Comprehensive treatment of the functioning of the digestive, circulatory, neuromuscular, endocrine,
and renal systems. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing in biology)

BIOL 450 Molecular Genetics (3)


In-depth study of the biochemistry and chemistry of genes including aspects of gene expression and
that of biotechnology. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing in biology.

232 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


BIOL 451 Parasitology (4)
The study of parasites, their hosts, and the relationships between them as illustrated by the study of protozo-
ans, helminths, nematodes and arthropods. Three (3) hours of lecture and three (3) hours of laboratory per
week. (Co-requisite: BIOL 451L. Prerequisites: One year of college level biology; BIOL 341.)

BIOL 452 Intermediary and Cellular Metabolism (3)


Quantitative bioenergetics; patterns of breakdown and synthesis of cellular metabolites, metabolic
and hormonal regulations, integration and pathological disorders, and relevance of metabolism to
medicine. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: BIOL 340)

BIOL 454 Immunology (3)


Comprehensive treatment of the immune system and immunological mechanisms. Two (2) hours of
lecture and three (3) lab hours a week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing in biology)

BIOL 460 Biostatistics (3)


Evaluation of the significance of the results of biological experiments, observations and clinical trails
through statistical analysis. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisites: Senior standing in
biology and one year of college level mathematics)

BIOL 499 Seminar (1)


Presentation and analysis of various biological problems and recent research. Required of
graduating seniors in biology. One (1) hour of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Senior standing in
biology; students may enroll for a maximum of two semesters)

Graduate

BIOL 526 Topics in Biology (3)


Discussion of published papers covering a broad spectrum of biological disciplines. Three (3) hours of
lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology, chemistry or toxicology).

BIOL 527 Advanced Plant Physiology (3)


Consideration of the chemistry and biochemistry of plant growth and development with emphasis on
growth regulators, plant mineral nutrition, nitrogen-fixation, photosynthesis and photoperiodism. Three
(3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology, chemistry or toxicology).

BIOL 623 Neurobiology (3)


Structure and function of the brain and of the nervous system as a whole with emphasis on cellular
and molecular mechanisms. Lectures, discussion, student reports. Three (3) hours of lecture per week.
(Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 631 Diagnostic Bacteriology (3)


Fundamental training in isolation and identification of microorganisms obtained from a clinical
laboratory specimen. One (1) hour of lecture per week and two (2) three-hour laboratory classes.
(Prerequisite: BIOL 347)

BIOL 636 Endocrinology (3)


Through lectures and discussions an examination of the glands of internal secretion with special
reference to humans. Three (3) hours of lecture per week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 647 Experimental Biology I (4)


Current topics in biological research utilizing published literature as lecture material and as the
basis for student presentations and experimentation. One (1) hour of lecture and four (4) hours of
laboratory a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology.)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 233


BIOL 648 Experimental Biology II (4)
A continuation of Biology 647, emphasizing the application of modern biological, chemical and
physical methods to the study of the biological sciences. One (1) hour of lecture and four (4) hours of
laboratory a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 650 Enzymology (3)


A study of enzyme classification, structure, kinetic models, rapid and relaxation kinetics for complex
enzyme mechanisms. Three (3) hours of lecture. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 710 Microbial Genetics (3)


An examination of the nature, expression and regulation of the genetic process in microorganisms.
Three (3) hours of lecture a week; (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology).

BIOL 712 Biosynthetic Mechanisms (3)


Molecular processes involved in the DNA function, biosynthesis replication, translation, transcription;
biochemical mechanisms in RNA synthesis and protein biosynthesis. Molecular aspects of evolution and
carcinogenesis. Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 715 Advanced Human Genetics (3)


Comprehensive treatment of various normal aspects of human heredity as well as those aspects due
to abnormal inheritance causing malfunctioning in metabolism. Three (3) hours of lecture a week.
(Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 725 Biochemical Ecology (3)


An advanced in depth biochemical study of structure and function of ecosystems and of their changes
due to natural and anthropogenic causes. Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate
standing in biology, chemistry, or toxicology)

BIOL 775 Bio-Organic Chemistry (3)


A comprehensive treatment of the structure and function of various organic compounds occurring in living
organisms. Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology, chemistry, or toxicology)

BIOL 777 Biophysics (3)


A comprehensive treatment of the concepts in physics and physical chemistry as applicable to biological
systems. Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology or chemistry)

BIOL 785 Advanced Plant Physiology and Plant Biochemistry (3)


An indepth treatment of photosynthesis, photoperiodism, nitrogen-fixation and plant molecular
biology. Three (3) hours of lecture a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in biology)

BIOL 795 Graduate Biology Seminar (3)


Review and indepth critical discussion of current published papers in selected areas of biological and
biochemical sciences. Three (3) hours of presentation a week. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
biology, chemistry, or toxicology)

BIOL 861 Research Problems (3)


An individual investigation of a specific research problem in biological sciences through literature search and
laboratory experimentation. Consent of the Department. Supervised by members of the Graduate Faculty.

BIOL 862 Research Problems II (3)


A continuation of BIOL 861. Required of all candidates for the degree of Master of Science in
Biology. An individual investigation of a specific research problem in biological sciences through
literature search and laboratory experimentation. Consent of the Department. Supervised by members
of the Graduate Faculty. (Prerequisite: BIOL 861).

234 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

The Department of Chemistry offers the Master of Science in Chemistry. It is designed to

1. Prepare students for additional study toward the Ph.D. degree.


2. Prepare well-trained chemists for positions in industry and governmental agencies.
3. Provide continuing education for working chemists.
4. Provide upper-level service courses for public school and junior college teachers seeking either a professional certificate or
the M.Ed. degree for teachers of chemistry offered through the College of Education.

ADMISSION CRITERIA

In addition to the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (see the General Information Section of this
bulletin), applicants for admission to graduate standing in chemistry are expected to present evidence of having completed the
following courses with the indicated semester credit hours :

• General inorganic chemistry with laboratory (8)


• General organic chemistry with laboratory (8)
• Quantitative analysis with laboratory (4)
• Elementary physical chemistry with laboratory (8)
• Instrumental methods of analysis (3)
• College physics (6)
• Differential and integral calculus (6)

A diagnostic examination or qualifying examination covering the fundamentals of chemistry is required of all applicants prior to
official admission to candidacy for the Master of Science in Chemistry degree. Only two attempts to pass this examination are
permitted.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The requirements for the Master of Science in Chemistry are summarized below:

1. Satisfactory performance on the qualifying examination.


2. Completion of a total of thirty (30) semester credit hours of graduate level courses (usually 500 level or above). A
minimum of twenty-four (24) of these credit hours must be in chemistry, including six (6) hours of research (CHEM
861 taken twice). The remaining six (6) hours may be taken in related disciplines such as biology and/ or mathematics.
3. Completion and presentation (through an oral defense) of a thesis to a committee composed of members of the
Department of Chemistry and representatives of the Graduate School.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School (see the General Information
Section of this bulletin).

Persons wishing to acquire the Professional Certificate for Teachers of Chemistry or wishing to earn the M.Ed. for Teachers of
Chemistry should contact an advisor in the College of Education.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 235


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

DEGREE PLAN

Students must meet the general requirements for all graduate students as prescribed in this bulletin. Degree Plans must be
approved by the graduate program advisor prior to submission to the Graduate School.

MASTER OF SCIENCE (THESIS)

This plan is designed to provide instructional enhancement to meet the needs of teachers, practitioners and others who wish to
supplement their undergraduate education and expand their research capabilities in chemistry through study beyond the master’s
degree.

ALLOCATION OF THIRTY SEMESTER HOUR COURSE REQUIREMENTS

General Requirements: Minimum thirty (30) semester credit hours and a research project (thesis).

1. Core Courses (Required)………………………………………………… 18 SCH

CHEM 531 (3) CHEM 543 (3) CHEM 633 (3)


CHEM 635 (3) CHEM 861 (3)**

2. Elective Courses ...................................................................12 SCH

CHEM 445 (4)* CHEM 499 (1)* CHEM 533 (3) CHEM 623 (3)
CHEM 624 (3) CHEM 625 (3) CHEM 634 (3) CHEM 636 (3)
MATH 439 (3)* MATH 577 (3) MATH 578 (3)

TOTAL……………………………………………………………..30 SCH

Approved selected ES (Environmental Toxicology) courses.

*Undergraduate/graduate credit
**Enroll twice

236 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Graduate

CHEM 531 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)


A study of atomic structure; chemical bonding, including valence-bond, molecular orbital, crystal-
field, and ligand-field theories; stereochemistry and the chemistry of coordination compounds. Three
(3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate advisor)

CHEM 533 ORGANIC REACTIONS (3)


A detailed study of the mechanisms associated with the important substitution, elimination, and
addition reactions of aliphatic and aromatic molecules. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite:
CHEM 232)

CHEM 543 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (3)


An in-depth study of the principles of ionic equilibria, acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction, and
precipitation as they apply to processes occurring in both aqueous and non-aqueous media. Three (3)
lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 623 SPECIAL TOPICS (3)


Consideration of special topics in chemistry. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval
of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 624 SPECIAL TOPICS (3)


Consideration of special topics in chemistry. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval
of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 625 SPECIAL TOPICS (3)


Consideration of special topics in chemistry. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval
of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 633 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)


A study of the mechanisms of reactions of aliphatic and aromatic molecules; both carbocyclic and
heterocyclic systems are considered. The effects of changes in structure and stereochemistry on the rate
of reaction are also discussed. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate
advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 634 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)


A continuation of CHEM 633. Three (3) lecture hours per week. (Prerequisite: CHEM 633)

CHEM 635 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3)


A discussion of important concepts in thermodynamics. Three (3) lecture hours per week.
(Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 636 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3)


A discussion of fundamental quantum chemistry and other advanced topics in physical chemistry.
(Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

CHEM 861 RESEARCH PROBLEMS (3)


An individual investigation of a specific problem in chemistry by laboratory experiments or by an
exhaustive study of the literature. The results of this work will constitute the student’s thesis for the
M.S. degree. (Prerequisite: Approval of the graduate advisor or the department chair)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 237


DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

The Master of Science in Computer Science has been designed to provide a flexible graduate curriculum for students who
matriculate through its associated degree program. The main objectives in offering this degree are as follows:

1. Prepare students for successful and productive careers as specialized CS professionals in industry and society.
2. Prepare students for positions in research and development (R&D) and for leadership roles in industry,
3. Prepare students to continue into advanced graduate studies (Ph.D.) in computer science.
4. Prepare students with the necessary skills and ethics to function in a dynamic multidisciplinary technological
environment and serve their community

Students who matriculate from the Department of Computer Science Master’s program will be able to

1. formulate and solve advanced software applications;


2. apply knowledge in a specialized area of the discipline;
3. compile, analyze and document research literature;
4. design and conduct research projects;
5. communicate ideas effectively by completing a graduate project or thesis involving an investigative computer science
project, together with oral and written examinations;
6. undertake doctoral studies in the field of computer science;
7. understand the role, ethics and responsibility of computer scientists in society.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

Admission to the program is accomplished in accord with the requirements for admission to the Graduate School at Texas
Southern University. The entire admission process will be under the direction of the Graduate Committee in the Department of
Computer Science and the Graduate Council in the Graduate School at the University.

For unconditional admission, the University requirements, as well as the Program requirements, are as follows:

1. Graduation with the bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, from an accredited college or university. An example of the
“equivalent” as indicated may be an international student who has graduated from a college or university that issues a
diploma or certificate instead of a degree.
2. A satisfactory undergraduate sequence of courses in the proposed major.
3. A grade point average in all undergraduate work of 2.50 (“C+”) or better or a grade point average of 3.0 for the last sixty
(60) semester hours of undergraduate course work.
4. A score on the aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination that will be used in conjunction with other
admission factors.
5. A score of at least 550 on the TOEFL if the applicant has a degree from a non US university

Conditional admission may be given to applicants who do not satisfy all of the requirements for unconditional admission
in accord with existing University procedures. However, final disposition of these cases ultimately rests with the Dean of the
Graduate School.

In addition to the general requirements for admission referenced above, applicants for admission to graduate standing in
Computer Science are expected to present evidence of having completed the following courses with the minimum number of
semester credit hours indicated with grades of “C” or better:

238 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


• Object Oriented Programming/C++ or JAVA (3)
• Computer Organization (3)
• Computer Architecture (3)/Computer Networks (3)
• Data Structures (3)
• Operating Systems (3)
• Discrete Mathematics (3)
• Differential and Integral Calculus (3 to 6)

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

After successfully completing the course requirements to be described below, students admitted to the program must pass a
department-administered Qualifying Examination upon completion of those courses designated as “core courses” for the M.S. in
Computer Science. This examination must be passed after no more than two attempts and prior to embarking upon a thesis, if the
curriculum plan described below that requires a thesis (Plan A) is followed.

A student cannot be accepted to “candidacy status” for the M.S. in Computer Science until the Qualifying Examination is
successfully completed.

An overall summary of the general requirements for the M.S. in Computer Science follows:

1. Satisfactory completion of the Qualifying Examination upon completion of courses designated as “core courses” if the
Plan A curriculum of study is selected.
2. Completion of a total of thirty (30) semester credit hours in computer science (500 and 600 level) as described in detail
below through Plan A or Plan B with a grade point average of 3.00 or better.
3. Completion and presentation (through an oral defense) of a thesis to a committee composed of members of the
Department of Computer Science and representatives of the Graduate School, if the Plan A curriculum of study is
selected.
4. Completion of a total of six (6) semester credit hours advanced electives (600 level) if the Plan B curriculum of study is
selected.
5. Completion of an application for graduation.

CURRICULUM SUMMARY

In designing the overall curriculum of study for the M.S. in Computer Science, the guidelines for computer science curriculum
content from the Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) were consulted. The ACM is a highly respected professional
organization that has guided the development of computer science educational programs for many years. Essentially, the ACM
recognizes a set of fourteen (14) content areas that represent the body of knowledge for computer science. These areas are as
follows:

Discrete Structures (DS)


Programming Fundamentals (PF)
Algorithms and Complexity (AL)
Architecture and Organization (AR)
Operating Systems (OS)
Net-Centric Computing (NC)
Programming Languages (PL)
Human-Computer Interaction (HC)
Graphics and Visual Computing (GV)
Intelligent Systems (IS)
Information Management (IM)
Social and Professional Issues (SP)
Software Engineering (SE)
Computational Science (CN)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 239


The M.S. in Computer Science, as proposed, requires the completion of thirty (30) semester credit hours to be completed over a
two-year period. Students enrolled will have the option of either doing a thesis (Plan A) or not doing one (Plan B). For the Plan A
curriculum, six (6) semester credit hours are devoted to original research, whereas Plan B curriculum requires the completion of six
(6) extra elective credits.

For Plans A and B, twelve (12) semester credit hours through four courses constitute a core curriculum that must be completed
before a student is allowed to attempt the Qualifying Examination for establishing his/her candidacy for the M.S. Degree Plan
A. The Examination may not be attempted more than twice for a student to remain in good standing. Once the Qualifying
Examination is successfully completed, the student is admitted to candidacy for the M.S. in Computer Science. If the student
elects to follow Plan A, he/she is appointed a thesis advisor by the Chairperson of the Department of Computer Science in accord
with the regulations of the Graduate School.

The four core courses address the first seven (7) content areas of the fourteen (14) total areas referenced by the ACM. The
remaining content areas are addressed in elective offerings in accord with the backgrounds and research interests of the faculty
members to anchor the overall graduate program.

Thus, the Plan A curriculum requires completion of four (4) core courses for twelve (12) semester credit hours, four (4) elective
courses for twelve (12) semester credit hours, and six (6) semester credit hours of thesis research for a total of thirty (30) semester
credit hours. The Plan B curriculum requires completion of four (4) core courses for twelve (12) semester credit hours, and five (5)
elective courses for fifteen (15) semester credit hours, and one course of independent study for three (3) semester credit hours for a
total of thirty (30) semester credit hours.

Plan A requires the satisfactory completion of a departmental Qualifying Examination at the conclusion of the core requirements.
These overall plans are designed for students to complete at Texas Southern University once admitted. Transfer students will
not be recruited. However, in the event that a student wants to transfer credits from an accredited institution of higher learning
to the University for use in fulfilling requirements for the M.S. in Computer Science, the Dean of the Graduate School must
be contacted directly for review of the request. If the request for transfer credits is approved by the Dean, official notification is
provided to the Office of the University Registrar to include these credits on the student’s official transcript. The following two
restrictions apply to these transfer credits: no more than six (6) semester credit hours may be transferred at the graduate level, and
credits accepted for transfer must have been earned with grades of “B” (3.00) or better.

The four core courses are listed below. Reference is made to the ACM content area(s) addressed at the end of each course title.

CS511 Algorithmic Analysis and Data Structures, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: PF, PL and AL
CS531 Advanced Computer Architectures, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content area: AR
CS541 Operating Systems, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: OS and NC
CS551 Theory of Computation, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: DS and AL

The following courses are intended as electives for the degree program with ACM content areas noted:

CS545 Computer Networks, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: NC and OS
CS547 Cryptography and Computer Security, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: SP and NC.
CS553 Formal Languages and Automata, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: PL, AL
CS571 Artificial Intelligence, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content area: IS
CS583 Data Mining, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content area: IM
CS591 Web Services, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: NC, HC, and PL
CS661 Advanced Topics in Software Engineering, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content area: SE
CS681 Advanced Database Management Systems, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content area: IM
CS696 Special Topics in Computer Science, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: All Possible
CS697 Independent Master’s Project, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: All Possible
CS698 Master’s Thesis Research I, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: All Possible
CS699 Master’s Thesis Research II, 3 semester credit hours, ACM content areas: All Possible

240 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


STUDY PLAN

FIRST YEAR

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


Course Hours Course Hours
CS511 Algorithmic Analysis and Data Structures 3 CS541 Operating Systems 3
CS531 Computer Architectures 3 CS551 Theory of Computation 3
CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3 CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3
Total 9 Total 9

SECOND YEAR PLAN-A (Thesis)

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


Course Hours Course Hours
CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3 CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3
CS Thesis Research 3 CS Thesis Research 3
Total 6 Total 6

SECOND YEAR PLAN-B (Non-Thesis)

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER


Course Hours Course Hours
CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3 CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3
CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3 CS Elective (500 or 600 Level) 3
Total 6 Total 6

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 241


COURSE DESCRIPTION

CS511 Algorithmic Analysis and Data Structures (3)


Design, implementation, and analysis of abstract data types; data structures and their algorithms. Also
included are data and procedural abstraction, linked lists , stacks, queues, binary trees, priority queues,
heaps, searching, and sorting. Specific algorithmic design techniques to be addressed are divide and
conquer, the greedy method, backtracking, branch-and-bound, and dynamic programming. Three (3)
hours of lecture per week.

CS531 Advanced Computer Architectures (3)


Architecture of computer hardware, including memory hierarchies, I/O mechanisms, instruction
set and data level parallelism, symbolic computation, multiprocessor networks and consistency, and
performance modeling. Operational units and their interconnections, which result from architectural
specifications are discussed. Also included are memory hierarchies, pipelining, RISC vs. CISC
architectures, super scalar processors, and microprogramming. (Contemporary illustrations included).
Three (3) hours of lecture per week.

CS541 Advanced Operating Systems (3)


Discussion of design principles and construction techniques for operating systems. Also included are
kernel, process management, memory management, multi-threading, auxiliary storage management,
and resource allocation. Comparative structures of different kinds of operating systems included.
Three (3) hours of lecture per week.

CS545 Computer Networks (3)


Presentation of functions required to operate computer communications networks and methodology
procedures for implementing these functions. Broad area of wireless data networks addressed. Other
topics included ad hoc radio nets, wireless LAN’s, 2.5 G and 3 G cellular network architectures, and
Internet protocols. Main focus on the TCP and network layer. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor
or undergraduate course in networking. Three (3) hours of lecture per week.

CS547 Cryptography and Computer Security (3)


Fundamentals of security principles; security policies; access control systems and methodology;
identification, authentication, and accountability; computational number theory and cryptography;
strategies of cryptography; and methods of cryptanalysis. Implications and relationships of security
in different areas discussed along with applications. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three (3)
hours of lecture per week.

CS551 Theory of Computation (3)


Topics include finite automata; regular sets, expressions and their properties; push-down automata;
standard, universal, and linear-bounded Turing machines; relationships between formal languages and
automata; Church-Turing thesis; computational view of P and NP problems, undecidability and its
consequences. Three (3) hours of lecture per week.

CS553 Formal Languages and Automata (3)


In depth presentation of the foundations, design and implementation of programming languages.
The major emphasis will be placed on formal specification of syntax and semantics and a variety of
programming language paradigms including statement-oriented and procedural, logic, functional,
object-oriented and parallel programming languages. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three
[3] hours of lecture per week.)

CS571 Artificial Intelligence (3)


Indepth study of artificial intelligence (AI) systems. Specific topics include intelligent agent, problem
solving, knowledge representation and reasoning, uncertain knowledge and non-monotonic reasoning,
uncertain reasoning and statistical methods, planning, machine learning, natural language processing, image
processing, and robotics. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three [3] hours of lecture per week.)

242 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


CS583 Data Mining (3)
Presentation of concepts of data mining, including applications, data preparation, model building
and evaluation, scoring, data warehousing, architecture data capture, ETL, schema modeling, query
design, and optimization. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three [3] hours of lecture per
week.)

CS591 Web Services (3)


Provides understanding and experience in modeling essential aspects of Web-based business
application systems, including basic processes to the analyze information requirements and to design
appropriate solutions leading to web-based applications in an e-business environment. Emphasis on
object-oriented analysis and design, client/server system development methods, and human-computer
interaction techniques. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three [3] hours of lecture per week.)

CS661 Advanced Topics in Software Engineering (3)


Software measurement and analysis theory, applications, and techniques. Also included are process and
product metrics, risk and hazard assessment, quality assurance certification techniques, COCOMO
model for cost estimation, re-use, re-engineering, and software safety. (Prerequisite: Consent of the
instructor. Three [3] hours of lecture per week.)

CS681 Advanced Database Management Systems (3)


Advanced issues related to database design, data modeling and normalization, query optimization,
functional dependencies, data integrity, and data security. (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
Three [3] hours of lecture per week.)

CS696 Special Topics in Computer Science (3)


Consideration of contemporary topics and issues in computer science and associated technology.
(Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three [3] hours of lecture per week. This course can be
repeated for different topics.)

CS697 Independent Master’s Project (3)


Opportunity for students to do an independent in-depth study on a contemporary topic under
the mentorship of a faculty member. Required of students pursuing the Plan B (nonthesis) option.
(Prerequisites: Completion of eighteen [18] semester credit hours including core courses and
satisfactory completion of the departmental Qualifying Examination.)

CS698 Master’s Thesis Research I (3)


Required independent research project under the mentorship of a faculty member that leads toward
the completion of a written thesis for students pursuing the Plan A (thesis) option. (Prerequisites:
Completion of eighteen [18] semester credit hours including core courses and satisfactory completion
of the departmental Qualifying Examination.)

CS699 Master’s Thesis Research II (3)


Continuation of CS 698. (Prerequisites: CS698.)

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 243


DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The Environmental Toxicology degree program is offered through the Graduate School and housed in the Department of
Environmental Science and Technology within the College of Science and Technology. The program is interdisciplinary with
support provided by faculty mainly from the College of Science and Technology and the College of Pharmacy and Health
Sciences. However, faculty members are also utilized from the Barbara Jordan-Mickey Leland School of Public Affairs and the
Thurgood Marshall School of Law.

The department offers two degree programs which lead to a Master of Science in Environmental Toxicology or a Doctor of
Philosophy in Environmental Toxicology. In offering these degrees, the program is designed to

1. Prepare students for professional careers in industry, government and higher education.
2. Prepare scientists who have knowledge of the basic mechanisms by which pollutants act in the natural environment.
3. Prepare professionals who are qualified to pursue research on environmental problems created by industrial pollution and
by other human activities that change the natural environment.
4. Prepare professionals who are capable of making an impact on the environment by completing environmental risk
assessments and developing appropriate environmental planning and management models that will be used in
formulating environmental policy.
5. Train environmental toxicologists, who are prepared by training and experience to anticipate, assess, and recommend
action on a wide spectrum of environmental problems.
6. Increase the number of minority researchers in the field of environmental toxicology.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY

ADMISSION CRITERIA

Applicants must present Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores (combined verbal and quantitative) which are considered
along with the applicant’s undergraduate grade point average that must be at least 2.75 overall or 3.0 in the last sixty (60) hours.
In addition to the aforementioned requirements, the socioeconomic background of applicants will be considered in the admission
process.

1. Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
2. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
3. Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
4. Applicant is multilingual.
5. Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
6. Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
7. Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
8. Geographic region wherein applicant’s high school is located.
9. Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
10. Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
11. The presence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of residence.
12. The applicant’s performance during a personal interview.

The applicants are expected to present evidence of having completed the following courses with the indicated total semester credit
hours (in parentheses):

• General Chemistry w/laboratory (8)


• General Organic Chemistry w/laboratory (8)
• Biology w/laboratory (8)
• Physics (8)
• Calculus (4)

244 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Thesis Track

The requirements for the Master of Science in Environmental Toxicology are summarized below:

1. Satisfactory performance on the Qualifying Examination.


2. Completion of a total of twenty-four (24) semester credit hours of graduate level courses. A minimum of nine (9) of
these credit hours must be in core courses. A total of fifteen (15) credit hours of electives must be taken. Six (6) credit
hours are required for the research thesis.
3. Completion and presentation (through an oral defense) of a thesis to a committee composed of members of the
environmental toxicology faculty and representatives of the Graduate School.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School (see the General Information
Section of this bulletin).

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY

Master’s degree students will achieve candidacy after passing the qualifying examination, the English proficiency examination, and
course work requirements.

RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT

Master’s students will achieve residency after completing course requirements.

THESIS

Students pursuing the master’s degree must write and defend a thesis based on research done on an approved problem in
environmental toxicology. The defense of the thesis will be made before the student’s thesis committee.

Nonthesis Track

The requirements for the Master of Science in Environmental Toxicology, nonthesis track, are summarized below:

1. Satisfactory performance on the Qualifying Examination.


2. Completion of a total of thirty-six (36) semester credit hours of graduate level credits. A minimum of nine (9) of these
credit hours must be in core courses. A total of twenty-four (24) credit hours of electives must be taken. Three (3) credit
hours are required in ES 725.
3. Completion and presentation (through an oral defense) of a full review (paper) of an environmental toxicology issue to a
committee composed of members of the environmental toxicology faculty.
4. Fulfillment of general requirements for graduation as outlined by the Graduate School (See the General Information
Section of this bulletin).

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY

Master’s degree students will achieve candidacy after passing the qualifying examination, the English proficiency examination, and
course work requirements.

REVIEW OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY ISSUE

Students pursuing the master’s degree in the nonthesis track must write and defend a paper based on an approved problem in
environmental toxicology. The defense of the paper will be made before a committee composed of members of the environmental
toxicology faculty.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 245


DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY

ADMISSION CRITERIA

The admission criteria for applicants to the Doctor of Philosophy Degree Program in Environmental Toxicology are summarized
below.

1. Applicants for the Ph.D. degree program in environmental toxicology must meet the requirements for admission to the
Graduate School. To be considered, the applicant must have earned the Master’s degree in an appropriate field of the
natural sciences or in an equivalent discipline acceptable to the admissions committee. Exceptional applicants without
a Master’s degree may be granted a probationary admission but will be required to complete a total of eighteen (18)
credit hours of coursework at the master’s level in biology, chemistry, and/or the Environmental Toxicology Program as
approved by the department.
2. Applicants who have earned the master’s degree must have a cumulative 3.3 grade point average on a 4.0 scale in their
graduate work.
3. Applicants must present a Graduate Record Examination (GRE) score (combined verbal and quantitative), which is
considered along with the applicant’s grade point average. In addition to the above requirements, the socioeconomic
background of applicants will be considered in the admission process.
a Economic status of family when applicant attended elementary, secondary, and undergraduate school.
b Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend undergraduate school.
c Applicant’s status of first-generation to attend graduate or professional school.
d Applicant is multilingual.
e Applicant’s employment while attending undergraduate school.
f Applicant’s role in helping rear other children in family.
g Applicant’s geographic residence in Texas at time of application.
h Geographic region wherein applicant’s high school is located.
i Applicant’s demonstration of performance in community activities.
j Applicant’s demonstration of commitment to a particular field of study.
k The presence or absence of role models with comparable graduate school training in the applicant’s region of
residence.
4. Applicants must demonstrate acceptable proficiency in the use of the English language based upon performance on a
standardized English Proficiency Test. (Performance on the analytical writing portion of the GRE may be considered as
adequate by the Admissions Committee.)
5. International applicants, in addition to the above requirements, must present a TOEFL score of at least 550 or
appropriate evidence of proficiency in the English language.
6. The formal application must include the following:
a A completed application form and a non-refundable application fee.
b At least three (3) recommendations from persons qualified to give an evaluation of the applicant’s past scholastic
performance, research and scientific abilities, and personal motivation.
c An official transcript of credits earned at all colleges and/or universities attended by the applicant.
d Scores from the Graduate Record Examination (general test). In addition, international applicants must provide
TOEFL scores.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The overall requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Environmental toxicology are summarized as follows:

1. Satisfactory performance on qualifying examinations.


2. Completion of a total of sixty (60) semester credit hours above the master’s degree. A minimum of twelve (12) credit
hours must be completed in core courses and a minimum of twelve (12) credit hours of electives must be completed.
Thirty-six (36) credit hours are required for research and dissertation.
3. Of the total 60 credit hours, not more than nine (9) (not including the dissertation) can be transferred into the program
from another university. Such transferred credits must have been earned in a doctoral program and must be of grade “B”
(3.00) or better.
4. Satisfactory performance on the Comprehensive Examination.
246 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
5. Completion of residency requirement.
6. Completion of the research for an acceptable dissertation.
7. Satisfactory performance on an oral examination covering the dissertation.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION

After the student has completed the core coursework requirements and, if necessary, other background courses in biology,
chemistry, and mathematics, he/she must pass the qualifying examinations. These examinations will consist of subject matter
contained in the core coursework. A student will be allowed two attempts to pass the qualifying examinations and may petition
to take them a third time. Students completing the Master of Science degree in Environmental Toxicology at TSU will be exempt
from this requirement.

RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT

The residency requirement may be met by one of the following:

Enrollment in a minimum full-time course load in two consecutive semesters or a minimum full-time course load taken in a
regular semester immediately preceding or following full-time enrollment in each of the summer terms.

ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY

As a condition for admission to doctoral candidacy, the student must complete all course work, except for the dissertation research,
satisfy residency, pass the qualifying examination and successfully defend his/her research proposal.

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION

A comprehensive examination is required of all doctoral students. It is recommended that the comprehensive examination be
taken in the same semester of the student’s dissertation defense. However, it can be taken after the all course work in the degree
plan has been satisfied, the qualifying examinations have been passed and the dissertation proposal has been approved and
accepted by the graduate school. The comprehensive examination will be composed of test items from the student’s specialization
area and questions from the basic core and related courses in environmental toxicology. The student will be allowed two attempts
to pass the comprehensive examination and may petition the department to take it a third time.

DISSERTATION

The Ph.D. degree is primarily a research degree. The student is expected to demonstrate the ability to design a research project,
implement it, contribute new knowledge to the field of study, and write an acceptable dissertation. The dissertation topic and
nature and extent of the research will be recommended by the student and his/her adviser for approval by the dissertation
committee.

The format of the dissertation, described in a booklet from the Office of the Graduate School, must be followed. The dissertation
must be defended before the committee in an oral examination. Certification of successful completion of the oral examination
requires the signature of all members of the dissertation committee. A student who fails the final oral examination on the
dissertation may petition the Dean of the Graduate School through the department for a second attempt to pass the examination.
All changes in the dissertation suggested by the committee after the Oral Examination must be made before the dissertation
can receive the final approval of the Graduate School. In addition to the dissertation, the student is required to condense
the dissertation or a portion of it into a paper suitable for publication in a refereed journal. This paper must accompany the
dissertation when it is presented to the members of the committee. In addition, an abstract not exceeding 350 words must be
prepared for submission to University Microfilms Incorporated.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 247


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

The objective of the environmental toxicology program is to provide training which will enable students to apply the principles
and methods of the physical and biological sciences to the study of toxicants as a basis for solving problems associated with the
presence of toxicants in the environment. Although the emphasis in the master’s program will be on course work, the Ph.D. degree
curriculum is designed to produce graduates who are highly skilled in designing and implementing research studies, analyzing
data, and applying results that may be used in the formulation of policies and plans for a healthier environment.

Students in both the M.S. and Ph.D. degree programs will study the properties, fate, biological effects, detection and regulation
of natural and/or man-made toxicants present in the environment. Toxicants may include air, water and soil pollutants, such as
pesticides, industrial chemicals, and poisons produced by microbes, plants, and animals. The program for Ph.D. degree students
will have a strong emphasis on research.

RESEARCH TOPICS

Students may pursue research problems in the following areas: air, water, soil pollution; genetic toxicology; chemistry and fate of
pesticides; pathogenesis of toxicants; risk assessment, and natural toxicants.

TIME LIMIT FOR THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

After being admitted to a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, a student will be allowed seven (7) calendar
years in which to complete all of the requirements for the degree, including transferred credit and prior credit at Texas Southern
University. Continuation in the doctoral degree program beyond the seven-year limit must be approved by the student’s doctoral
degree advisory committee and the dean of the Graduate School.

The maximum time allowed to complete the doctoral program, including an approved extension is nine (9) calendar years. This
time limit does not include work done as part of the requirements for a master’s degree or that needed to complete any course
work deficiencies as noted by a probationary admission.

248 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ES 701 PRINCIPLES OF TOXICOLOGY (3)


This course presents the fundamental and basic concepts of toxicology, including dose-response
relationships, pathogenesis of toxic exposures, metabolism of toxicants, toxic kinetics, activation
and detoxification mechanisms, biologic and chemical factors that influence toxicity, mechanisms
of carcinogenesis and mutagenesis target organ toxicology, the principles of testing for toxic effects,
epidemiology and concepts of risk assessment.

ES 702 ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY I (3)


This course presents topics illustrating toxic chemicals, their occurrence, structure, and the reactions
underlying detection, toxicity, fate, and ecological importance.

ES 703 Environmental SCIENCE (3)


This course will provide students with the scientific principles, concepts, and methodologies required
to understand and identify environmental problems both natural and human-made, to evaluate the
relative risks associated with these problems, and to examine alternative solutions for resolving and/or
preventing them.

ES 704 AQUATIC RESOURCES AND POLLUTION (3)


This course presents a survey of global aquatic systems and resources and the impacts of mankind on
these resources. Topics include impacts of chemicals on aquatic ecosystems and man’s utilization of
marine resources. Scientific method applied to the processes. Biota and history of the aquatic systems
and major scientific breakthroughs will be explored.

ES 705 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY and MANAGEMENT (3)


This course presents an examination of selected topics in the formulation and implementation
of environmental policy with a principal emphasis on conceptual and methodological issues.
Examination of recent research and practice in the evaluation of environmentally related policies,
programs, and plans will be reviewed.

ES 707 GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION (3)


The emphasis of this course will be on acquiring extensive working knowledge of the concepts,
principles and professional practices underlying groundwater pollution, hydrology and remediation.

ES 711 AIR POLLUTION (3)


This course is designed to study the influence of man-caused pollution on the atmosphere and its
effect on human health and economy. Techniques for the measurement of atmosphere pollutant
concentrations and determination of local and regional air quality will also be covered. Detailed
presentation of air pollution sources and methods for their control will be covered. The role of local,
state and federal government in air pollution control will be reviewed.

ES 718 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (3)


Special topics will be assigned and discussed in relation to new findings and trends in environmental
toxicological study and research. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

ES 724 RESEARCH PROBLEMS - MASTER’S DEGREE STUDENTS (6)


This course provides supervised student research on approved problems suitable for the preparation of a thesis.

ES 902 ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY II (3)


This course presents biochemical and physiological mechanisms underlying toxicity and detoxification.
(Prerequisite: ES 702)

ES 906 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY (3)


This course presents a study of the influence of geologic processes and hazards on human activities.
Emphasis will be placed upon topics of interest to students in environmental science and toxicology.
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 249
ES 908 SAMPLE ANALYSIS (3)
This course presents the principles of the microanalysis of toxicants. The course addresses theoretical
microanalysis of toxicants, separation, detection, and quantitative determination of toxicants using
chemical and instrumental methods. (Prerequisite: CHEM 332 Analytical Chemistry and consent of
instructor)

ES 909 SAMPLE ANALYSIS LABORATORY (3)


This course presents laboratory techniques for microanalysis of toxicants. The course addresses
separation, detection, and quantitative determination of toxicants using chemical and instrumental
methods. (Prerequisite: ES 908 [may be taken concurrently] or by consent of instructor)

ES 910 REPRODUCTIVE TOXICOLOGY (3)


This course introduces students into the field of reproductive toxicology. Specific topics include
exposure to chemicals during pregnancy, the teratology of chemical exposure, folic acid and the
classical and the environmental estrogen saga. Special attention is given to the interpretation of animal
reproductive toxicity studies which form the basis for human risk assessment of chemicals.

ES 912 NEUROTOXICOLOGY (3)


This course presents mechanism of action of a number of different neurotoxins, including marine
toxins, insecticides and heavy metals. The course gives examples of ways toxins may act on the nervous
system and techniques for the study of neurotoxicology.

ES 913 ADVANCED SIMULATION MODELING (3)


This course presents advanced techniques in simulation modeling, optimization and simulation,
dynamic parameter estimation, linear model error propagation, and sensitivity testing; model
evaluation in ecological and social systems.

ES 914 MODELING LABORATORY (3)


Students must complete a series of exercises on advanced topics in modeling and a term project based
on their graduate research.

ES 915 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (3)


This course presents principles and applications of statistical mechanics; ensemble theory; statistical
thermodynamics of gases, solids, liquids, electrolyte solutions, polymers and chemical equilibriums.
(Prerequisite: Chemistry 432 or equivalent)

ES 916 CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS (3)


This course presents advanced treatment of chemistry of naturally occurring compounds isolated from
a variety of sources. Topics will include isolation, structure determination, chemical transformations,
total synthesis, biological activity, and biosynthesis. (Prerequisite: CHEM 232 or equivalent)

ES 919 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (3)


Special topics will be assigned and discussed in relation to new findings and trends in environmental
toxicological study and research. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

ES 920 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (3)


Special topics will be assigned and discussed in relation to new findings and trends in environmental
toxicological study and research. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

ES 921 SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (2)


This course discusses pertinent diverse issues related to the field of environmental toxicology based
on reports, lectures and field experiences. Attendance and/or viewing with written reports on seminar
presentations is required. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

250 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


ES 922 SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (2)
This course discusses pertinent diverse issues related to the field of environmental toxicology based
on reports, lectures and field experiences. Attendance and/or viewing with written reports on seminar
presentations is required. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

ES 923 SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY (2)


This course discusses pertinent diverse issues related to the field of environmental toxicology based
on reports, lectures and field experiences. Attendance and/or viewing with written reports on seminar
presentations is required. (Prerequisite: Consent of the professor)

ES 925 RESEARCH AND DISSERTATION (3-12)


This course provides supervised research and dissertation preparation.

ES 927 RESEARCH DESIGN AND DATA ANALYSIS (3)


This course will review the practices of research design and data collection and the use of statistics for
data interpretation with emphasis on proper presentation of data in the scientific format.

ES 929 ADVANCED HUMAN TOXICOLOGY (3)


This course examines the advanced concepts of toxicology. Distribution, absorption, metabolic
conversion, and elimination of toxic agents are discussed. Mechanisms of injury to various body
systems following exposure to toxic chemicals are explored at the systemic, organ, and cellular levels.
Topics also include classes of toxicants, methods for detecting and evaluating their effects, and the
scientific basis for risk estimation in humans.

ES 930 BIOCHEMISTRY (3)


Topics covered include chemical principles of biologic systems; chemical and physical properties
of nucleotides, amino acids, proteins and water; protein structure and stability; introduction to
steady-state kinetics; enzyme mechanism; controlling enzyme activity; metabolic circuitry; glucose
transport and metabolism; pyruvate metabolism; the TCA cycle; electron flow and Ox-Phos; glycogen
metabolism; gluconeogenesis and the pentose shunt; fatty acid catabolism and synthesis; disposal of
nitrogen: the urea cycle; amino acid catabolism and synthesis; integrating metabolism: fed and fasted
states and exercise; structure of nucleic acids; physical properties of nucleic acids, DNA replication and
repair; transcription and its control; RNA processing and Translation.

ES 931 ETHICS (3)


This course will enhance students’ understanding of core ethical issues in research. Focus will be made
on IRBs (Institutional Review Boards), IACUC (Institutional Animal Care and Use Committees),
roles of ethical theories, principles, and human rights. Topics in scientific research will include
elements of good science and conflicts of interest.

ES 933 MUTAGENESIS/CARCINOGENESIS (3)


This course analyzes the modes by which organisms handle damage to DNA by physical and
chemical agents, the mechanisms of converting damage to mutations, and the theoretical basis for
carcinogenesis screening methods utilizing mutagenesis. Topics include systems for mutagenesis
testing, mutational spectra, and inducible responses to DNA damage

ES 935 STATISTICAL ASPECT OF RISK ASSESSMENT (3)


This course is designed to introduce the potential environmental toxicology specialist to the
comprehensive coverage of environmental impact and risk assessment disciplines as tools to
environmental planning and management, policy decision making and regulatory standard setting of
exposure limits to toxic substances.

ES 936 OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL EPIDEMIOLOGY (3)


This course will introduce students to environmental and occupational epidemiologic study designs,
basic and novel methods of exposure assessment, and methodologies to improve study validity within
this focus area.
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 251
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STUDIES

GENERAL INFORMATION

Graduate study in Transportation Planning and Management at Texas Southern University focuses on developing an
interdisciplinary program designed to train outstanding students for successful careers in the field of Transportation. Programmatic
emphasis is on preparing the student to enter the public and private sector with considerable training and advanced knowledge
concerning transportation planning and policy, highway traffic operations, transportation systems and technology, transportation
logistics and management, maritime transportation management and security, and homeland security. Emphasis is on technical
and economic as well as public policy aspects of transportation systems.

For those focusing on planning or operations careers, the TSU transportation program has a strong foundation in traffic
operations, transportation planning, public transportation and Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS). Students may structure
degree programs to build on these strengths. For those pursuing management careers, TSU transportation programs have strong
foundations in transportation principles, transportation systems and technologies, highway traffic operations, economics and
finance, logistics, maritime transportation, homeland security, and transportation policy and management.

Through a rigorous graduate program of instruction, students will develop problem solving and analytical thinking skills by study
of transport system design, planning, and analysis. Students will also master appropriate research skills for use in both public
and private transportation-related agencies and organizations. Graduate students and their faculty advisors will form research
partnerships based upon their particular interest and the current needs of the transportation industry.

Majors in transportation are provided with unique opportunities to work with transportation experts through the Center for
Transportation Training and Research (CTTR), the National Transportation Security Center of Excellence for Petrochemical
(NTSCE-P), and the Innovative Transportation Research Institute (ITRI) at Texas Southern University. The CTTR, NTSCE-P
and ITRI provide training programs with specialized internships and research opportunities through ongoing applied and
empirical research and include demonstration activities.

VISION

We envision an education, research, training, and technology transfer program designed to develop a skilled and educated
workforce that is highly competitive in a global market. The academic research and training program serves as an important
resource of traffic and transportation engineers, planners, systems analyst, policy makers, business and industry leaders, logistics
specialists, port managers, and security specialists for local, state, and federal governments, community organizations and agencies,
and consulting companies in the nation.

MISSION

In keeping with the traditional and urban mission of Texas Southern University, the Division of Transportation Studies in
the College of Science and Technology will provide education that builds on the latest data, systems and technologies in
transportation. In preparing the next generation of transportation professionals, particular attention will be given to attracting
and retaining individuals who represent diverse backgrounds socially, economically, and academically, and especially those who
have not been well represented among transportation professionals in the past. There is a strong commitment to partnership
development and a climate wherein various racial/ethnic and culturally diverse groups can develop their full potential.

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

The primary goal of the academic program is to educate transportation planners, engineers, specialists, and managers who are
able to plan, functionally design, and operate facilities and systems which satisfy the demand for both passenger and freight
transportation services. To fulfill both the traditional and urban mission of Texas Southern University, the Transportation Studies
Department has established strategic planning initiatives to fulfill both short and long term needs. The Transportation Studies
Department shall

252 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


• Improve and expand transportation education, training and research.
• Advance technology transfer and expertise.
• Foster sound linkages between the department, other University units, and the public and the private transportation sectors.
• Participate in local, state and federal research and training initiatives.

The principal objectives of graduate study in transportation are (1) to provide students with the professional knowledge and skills
needed to compete successfully in a global economy; (2) to enhance students’ abilities to develop creative solutions to complex
problems in the context of socioeconomic and environmental considerations; and (3) to develop innovative ways to address
transportation needs and problems.

The central focus of the academic program is to identify and respond to the training needs of the transportation industry; provide
an environment which enables students to develop maximum potential; encourage visionary and creative thinking; provide
varied internships and research opportunities which acquaint students with human knowledge and actual work experiences; offer
transportation education and training programs directed toward career development in cooperation with business, industry, labor,
and public service agencies; and identify and meet professional and in service training needs through specialized short-courses,
conferences, symposia, and/or seminars.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from an institution of acceptable standing and have a grade point average point of “B” or
better in work completed during the last two years of undergraduate study. The applicant who will receive the bachelor’s degree
at the end of the semester or term when applying for admission will be considered for a conditional admission. The bachelor’s
degree may be in engineering, natural sciences, urban/city planning, business, public administration, political studies, geography,
sociology, airway science/aviation, avionics, economics, or other transportation-related fields.

The applicant must meet the criteria for admission to the Graduate School. Applications cannot be evaluated until these
requirements are met and the Graduate School receives the completed application. Application for admission forms may be
obtained from: The Graduate School, Texas Southern University, 3100 Cleburne Avenue, Houston, Texas 77004. For information
call the Graduate School at (713) 313-7233, or visit the website at detailed information on the application steps can be found and
downloaded at http://transportation.tsu.edu/.

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Applications from international students are evaluated in the same manner as those of students from the United States. However,
international students who have not received any degree or diploma in an institution whose official language is English must
satisfactorily pass the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination. This requirement is designed to determine
whether or not students have a sufficient command of English to enable them to pursue their graduate studies effectively.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The Master of Science in Transportation Planning and Management degree program is structured to provide a common core of
educational and training experiences as well as to provide the flexibility for interfacing with a variety of related disciplines. Efforts
are made to equip students with the basic analytical, managerial, and planning competencies necessary either to work in the
transportation industry immediately or to advance to doctoral study successfully.

BASIC REQUIREMENTS

1. Completion of a total of thirty-nine (39) semester credit hours of prescribed coursework.


2. A minimum 3.0 (A = 4.00) quality point average for all graduate work attempted.
3. Demonstration of acceptable grasp of the core courses by successful completion of the written comprehensive
examination.
4. Completion of an internship/project report for all non-thesis option students.
5. Completion and successful defense of a thesis with the quality of scientific research for all thesis option students.
6. All other requirements of the Graduate School in Texas Southern University.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 253


COMPUTER LITERACY

Students will be exposed to uses of computers and computer packages in transportation as part of the curricula. Emphasis is
on personal and microcomputers. Students will use packages in highway capacity, traffic signal timing and coordination, traffic
simulation and travel demand models in required course work. Students have access to TSU’s personal computer laboratories with
access to the Internet.

THESIS

The culmination of the program is the successful completion and defense of a thesis which is based upon independent research.
The thesis must be prepared in a way that demonstrates rigorous, independent, empirical or applied research. This option will
require that the final product of independent research is prepared in a way that demonstrates that the student has acquired a high
level analytical ability. The research must exhibit substantive depth, logical organization, high level of creativity, and clarity of
ideas. A faculty committee guides the student’s work and evaluates the thesis. Students choosing this track must enroll in the
thesis class for a total of 6-9 hours, 3 of which can be substituted for by the internship class.

INTERNSHIP

Students electing the nonthesis option are required to submit a final report on an investigation conducted while completing the
internship or a project report assigned by the faculty advisor. Placements of internships will be sought with various public/private
transportation agencies and firms. Students choosing this track must enroll in the 3-hour internship class.

254 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Total Semester Credit Hours Required: 39

Core Curriculum ............................................................................................................. 15 SCH

Thesis Option

Electives .............................................................................................................. 15-18 SCH


Thesis/Internship ............................................................................................... 6-9 SCH

Nonthesis Option

Electives .............................................................................................................. 21 SCH


Internship ........................................................................................................... 3 SCH

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 255


CURRICULUM SUMMARY

1. FOUNDATIONS (Core Courses)........................................................................ 15 SCH

TMGT 810 (3) TMGT 815 (3) TMGT 823 (3)


* TMGT 811(3) **TMGT 812 (3)
* TMGT 826(3) **TMGT 830 (3)

*TMGT 811 and TMGT 826 are for students in Maritime Management and Security
**TMGT 812 and TMGT 830 are for students in other concentrations

2. CONCENTRATION AND ELECTIVE COURSES ............................................15-21 SCH

A. PLANNINGAND POLICY

TMGT 820 (3) TMGT 840 (3) TMGT 842 (3)


TMGT 845 (3) TMGT 850 (3) TMGT 855 (3)
TMGT 862 (3) TMGT 865 (3) TMGT 880 (3)
TMGT 882 (3) TMGT 885 (3) TMGT 890 (3)

B. SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY

TMGT 840 (3) TMGT 842 (3) TMGT 845 (3)


TMGT 846 (3) TMGT 850 (3) TMGT 855 (3)
TMGT 862 (3) TMGT 865 (3) TMGT 880 (3)
TMGT 882 (3) TMGT 885 (3) TMGT 890 (3)

C. LOGISTICS AND MANAGEMENT

TMGT 820 (3) TMGT 825 (3) TMGT 842 (3)


TMGT 845 (3) TMGT 860 (3) TMGT 865 (3)
TMGT 870 (3) TMGT 875 (3) TMGT 880 (3)
TMGT 882 (3) TMGT 885 (3) TMGT 890(3)

D. MARITIME MANAGEMENT AND SECURITY

TMGT 820 (3) TMGT 825 (3) TMGT 866 (3)


TMGT 867 (3) TMGT 868 (3) TMGT 869 (3)
TMGT 870 (3)* TMGT 875 (3) TMGT 871 (3)
TMGT 872 (3) TMGT 882 (3) TMGT 885 (3)

*TMGT 870 is a mandatory course

E. HOMELAND SECURITY

TMGT 820 (3) TMGT 825 (3) TMGT 870 (3)


TMGT 882 (3) TMGT 890 (3) AJ 614 (3)
HSM 650 (3) HSM 655 (3)

3. INTEGRATIVE COMPONENT .......................................................................3-9 SCH

TMGT 895 (1-3) TMGT 899 (1-6)

256 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TMGT 810 Fundamentals of Transportation (3)


This course presents an introduction to the organizational, economic, social, and environmental
aspects of transportation; historical development and characteristics of various modes of travel,
including rail, highway, air, pipeline and water transportation; comparative analysis of domestic
and international systems; and administration of public transportation by providers, carriers and
government.

TNGT 811 Fundamentals of Shipping (3)


This course is designed to provide graduate students with nonmaritime backgrounds an overview of
the shipping industry. It presents elements of commercial shipping, shipping terminology, maritime
geography, sea transport, cargo vessel types, vessel size groups, the liners, liner conferences, chartering,
shipping documentation, the bill of lading, multimodal transport, marine insurance and general
average.

TMGT 812 Principles of Transportation Design and Engineering (3)


This course presents criteria and parameters for the design and engineering of streets and highways,
railroads and transit guideways, land transportation terminals, and air and water transportation
facilities. Design considerations include system components, such as human factors, environmental
constraints, and operational factors; Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS), and other emerging
technologies.

TMGT 815 Computer Applications in Transportation (3)


This course is an introduction to basic computer software for planning and analysis of transportation
operations. Both general purpose and specialized software in such areas as traffic engineering, highway
operations, transit operations and transportation planning will be considered. Examples of software to
be covered include CORSIM, TRANSYT-7F, INTEGRATION, SYNCHRO, HCS, QRS II, etc.

TMGT 820 Transportation Management and Policy (3)


This course presents elements of the transportation environment; formulation and determinants of
national, regional and urban/rural transportation policy; roles of regulation and community attitudes;
and other impacts on transportation policy.

TMGT 823 Economics of Transportation (3)


This course presents economic characteristics of selected transportation technologies; capital
and operational costs of highway and public transportation modes; financing mechanisms and
revenue sources for various modes; economic evaluation of alternative systems; cost effectiveness;
micro-economic theoretical tools, investment appraisal, pricing techniques; role of domestic and
international shipping in the U.S. economy; economic characteristics of waterborne transportation,
including the nature of transport demand and cost functions; economic dimension of transportation
service; and transportation market structures and transport pricing theory and practice.

TMGT 825 Marine Transport Systems (3)


This course presents types of ocean transportation and port facilities, role of port authorities in
international transportation; domestic waterway operations; international water carriage; and elements
and factors involved in international trade and their impact on transportation and marketing.

TMGT 826 Ship Operations and Management (3)


This course presents thorough knowledge of key functions in ship management and responsibilities
in each area, i.e. commercial, operational, technical, crewing, bunkers, finance and administration;
different types of organizational structure from all functions in-house, partly contracted or fully
contracted out. Students are expected to understand thoroughly the structure and essential
components of a ship management contract and become aware of standard documents including
BIMCO Shipman, FUELCON, Lloyds Open Form 2000.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 257


TMGT 830 Urban Transportation Planning (3)
This course presents perspectives on the context of and approaches to planning for public
transportation services; long range versus short range planning; the program development process for
transportation systems management (TSM) strategies and the comprehensive planning process; and
alternative approaches to planning and citizen participation.

TMGT 840 Quantitative Analysis of Transportation (3)


This course is an introduction to analytic tools for operational and managerial decision making in
transportation, including linear programming, dynamic programming, network analysis, queuing
analysis and simulation.

TMGT 842 Transportation Project Implementation (3)


Project implementation is a key outcome of the transportation planning and management
process. Environmental impact statement, and citizen involvement are critical elements leading
to implementation. Students enrolled in this course will learn the federal requirements and
environmental process relating to transportation projects, project management strategies and software
and learn how to incorporate citizen input into the design and implementation process.

TMGT 845 Transportation Systems Analysis (3)


This course presents the system approach and its application to transportation engineering and
planning; the transportation industry as a productive system; the use of Transportation System
Management (TSM) strategies; and systems analysis techniques including optimization, evaluation
and systems modeling.

TMGT 846 Transportation Infrastructure Management (3)


This course presents an integrated approach to the management of infrastructure systems. Analysis
methods are developed recognizing the multidimensional nature of performance of facilities, resource
constraints and technological innovations and institutional factors. Emphasis on an integrated
approach to the design, construction, operations, maintenance and rehabilitation of facilities is
through an understanding of the performance of facilities, approaches to management and available
tools and developing technologies.

TMGT 850 Travel Demand Forecasting and Analysis (3)


This course presents travel demand forecasting theories and applications. It presents traditional
four-step travel demand forecasting models: trip generation, trip distribution, modal split, and traffic
assignment, as well as activity-based travel demand forecasting methods. Computer models to be
covered include QRS II, EMME2, TransCad, and TRANSIM.

TMGT 855 Site Traffic Analysis (3)


This course presents the basic theory and methodologies in site traffic analysis, including statistical
applications in traffic engineering; volume studies and characteristics; speed, travel time, and delay
studies; crash studies; and parking studies. Students will be trained through several field surveys of
volume, speed and delay, and are expected to have the basic ability to conduct on-site traffic analysis.

TMGT 860 Transportation Special Lectures (3)


This course invites transportation engineers, planners, and managers from both public and private
organizations to give special lectures on various transportation topics.

TMGT 862 Highway Traffic Operations (3)


This course presents factors related to freeway operations and traffic signal operations: macroscopic
and microscopic traffic stream characteristics, capacity analysis techniques, shockwave theory, freeway
traffic management systems, freeway traffic simulations, and evaluation and optimization of traffic
signal timings. Software to be covered in this course includes HCS, INTEGRATION, CORSIM, and
TRANSYT-7F.

258 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TMGT 865 Traffic Signals and Signal Control (3)
This course presents the basic elements of traffic signals and signal timings including controllers, cycle
length, phase structure, offset, change interval, all-red-interval, and split-phase; signal warrants that
are included in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD); traffic signal timing
optimization and evaluation software such as TRANSYT-7F, PASSER, TEAPAC, SYNCHRO,
CORSIM, etc.; real-time traffic signal control systems such as SCOOT, SCATS and RT-TRACS; and
relations of traffic signal operations with other elements of ITS applications.

TMGT 866 Marketing of Maritime Transportation Services (3)


This course presents the basic knowledge and skills about marketing, planning, and analysis applicable
to maritime related service firms, including both hip operators and ship owners. Topics include the
assessment of internal vs. external customer needs; quality control; competitive strategies; applications
of marketing principles and practices to the maritime industry.

TMGT 867 Marine Transportation System Design and Policy (3)


This course presents a historical review of the interaction between American shipping policy, and the
design of Vessels, Fleets, and Port Systems. It will also introduce the effects of market structure on
economics and finance; port performance and performance measures; the impact of Cabotage Laws,
CDS and ODS subsidies, and fleets of a Planned Economy upon domestic and global trade.

TMGT 868 Maritime Operations and Technology (3)


This course examines the role of technology in the maritime business environment. Topics include the
technical knowledge of selected aspects in vessel design and operation and/or related maritime land-
based or offshore structures, sub-sea engineering/mining, maritime related research, smart locks, use
of Physical Oceanographic Real-Time System (PORTS®), AIS, VTS, VDR, GPS, AVRA in vessel
and cargo tracking, safety and accident investigations, economic efficiency, coastal resource protection,
litigation, and risk assessment.

TMGT 869 Marine Insurance and Cargo Loss Control (3)


This course presents the theory, techniques, participants and background of risk assessment and
management with emphasis given to contemporary issues in marine insurance law. Topics include
admiralty salvage claims, general average history and evolution into its present form, marine liability
coverage, cause of loss, additional perils, exclusions, warranties, duration of risk, adjustment clauses,
operating clauses, civil commotions, war insurance, and project risk management techniques.

TMGT 870 Freight and Logistics Management (3)


This course presents U.S. and international movement of goods, including railroads, trucking, air
carriers and ocean transport; coordination between the modes; principles of logistics management.

TMGT 871 Maritime Global Trading System (3)


This course introduces the theory of international waterborne trade. It provides a basis for examining
American foreign trade policy, and regional and world trade institutions such as the WTO, ASEAN,
the EU, GATT, and NAFTA. Topics include: International trade theory and policy, open-economy
macroeconomic policy, tariffs, non-tariff barriers and enhancements, multinational enterprises and
foreign direct investment, global competition and integration.

TMGT 872 Maritime Ship and Port Security (3)


This course examines ground-level issues, tasks, and responsibilities managed by the Port Security,
Officer, Port Director, Federal and local law enforcement agencies to deal with various levels of Threat
Analysis as well as responses by Vessels, Companies, and Terminals to various emergencies such as
disasters from fire, explosion, petrochemical releases, or hurricanes that may require evacuations of
various scale. It will also examine the role of third party contractors in Vessel and Facility Threat
Assessment and countermeasures used as response to Piracy and Terrorism.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 259


TMGT 875 Ports and Waterway (3)
This course presents problems and issues related to ports and waterway transportation.

TMGT 876 Advanced Maritime Law (3)


This course introduces the American legal system and analysis of the public policy behind the law.
Fundamental and advanced concepts of maritime law to give the students an understanding of the role
and importance of maritime law in inland and ocean shipping transportation. Topics include: nature
and sources of the law, jurisdiction, constitutional law, administrative law, torts, contracts, seaman
rights, collision, pollution, and salvage.

TMGT 880 ITS Technologies and Applications (3)


This course introduces the basic concepts and applications of the Intelligent Transportation Systems
(ITS) technologies. Selected technologies in each category of ITS User Services that are defined in
The National Architecture for ITS are introduced. Methodologies for evaluating the effectiveness and
efficiency of ITS systems will be introduced with an emphasis on the advanced simulation models.
The selected deployment examples of ITS systems will be examined to identify the policy, institutional
and technological barriers that effect the ITS development and deployment.

TMGT 882 Geographical Information Systems for Transportation (3)


This course will include three parts. The first part will introduce the basic concepts of GIS system,
including the definition of GIS, the data structures that support spatial and attribute data, coordinate
system, map projections and so on. In the second part, the basic skills of ArcGIS software package
will be taught through lectures and laboratory work. The third part will introduce some feature GIS
applications in transportation, such as GPS data analysis for deriving travel time information, transit
bus stops and routes design, hurricane evacuation route design and monitoring, identifying hot spots
of accidents, etc.

TMGT 885 Quantitative Assessment of Transportation Environmental Impact (3)


This course will include five parts. The first part will discuss the overall effects of transportation
and related activities on the environment and present the indicators of these impacts. The second
part will introduce the environmental laws and regulations in transportation and their roles in the
project development process. The third part will focus on the air quality impacts of transportation.
The fourth part of this course will focus on the transportation noise issues. In the last part of this
course, the solutions or the traffic management strategies for mitigating the environmental impacts of
transportation will be introduced.

TMGT 890 Transportation Seminar (3)


This course provides an opportunity for students and the instructor to discuss recent developments
and issues in transportation, i.e., policies, energy and environmental issues, notably implementation
of the Clean Air Act Amendments (CAAA); urban air quality and the economic impact of various
strategies, and applications of advanced technologies in transportation including the Intelligent
Transportation Systems (ITS).

TMGT 892 Problems in Transportation (3)


This course is an individual study of special problems, current and emerging issues in transportation
conducted under supervision of a faculty member. Student must complete core curriculum prior to
enrolling in this course. Approval of graduate advisor is required.

TMGT 895 Internship (3)


Students enrolled in this course are required to submit a written report of the internship or project
experience, detailing the specific tasks performed, contributions and the organizational setting is
required.

260 | College of Science and Technology Graduate Catalog 2012-2014


TMGT 899 Thesis (3)
Students enrolled in this course are required to submit a written research thesis. Thesis must be the
product of independent research and must exhibit substantive depth, logical organization, and clarity
of presentation. A faculty committee will evaluate the student’s progress, and the thesis. A thesis
option student needs to enroll three times in this course in order to get the required 9 semester credit
hours.

AJ 614 Issues in Terrorism and the Administration of Justice (3)


This course presents an analysis of the impact of terrorism on administration and management of
justice agencies. Topics covered include domestic and international terrorism, integrated terrorism
information systems, secure confinement, and technological developments. (Prerequisites: AJ 501,
607.)

HSM 650 Border and Transportation Security


This course examines the critical tasks and complex challenges involved in securing the nation’s
airspace and its land and maritime borders, including efforts to prevent intrusions while facilitating
the lawful movement of goods and persons. Border and transportation security issues are examined in
terms of their impact on the economy, national security, and public safety, with particular emphasis
on the interaction between federal, state and local entities with the military and various private sector
industries and organizations.

HSM 655 Critical Infrastructure and Key Resource (CI/KR) Protection


The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 and effects of Hurricane Katrina in the summer of
2005, poignantly illustrated to the world just how vulnerable some of our critical infrastructures (CI)
and key resources (KR) were to manmade and natural disasters. This course provides the student
with a detailed overview of the way in which public and private leaders are addressing critical CI/
KR vulnerabilities that affect our way of life. It will explore and analyze the subsequent National
Infrastructure Protection Plan and supporting Sector-Specific Plans to determine if they provide
the coordinated approach necessary to set national priorities, goals, and requirements for CI/KR
protection. Based on assigned readings of key government documents, independent reports and expert
analyses, the student will gain a base of knowledge about the vast scope of effort and activities required
to protect the nation’s most essential assets. The student will also be able to reiterate the details
required to reduce CI/KR vulnerabilities, deter threats, and minimize the consequences of attacks and
other natural incidents across the nation.

Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 College of Science and Technology | 261


Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
262 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
Graduate Catalog 2012-2014 Texas Southern University | 263
Notes:

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
264 | Texas Southern University Graduate Catalog 2012-2014
Texas Southern University
The Graduate School
201 Hannah Hall
Houston, Texas 77004

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi